94-6043. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Certain Source Categories; Final Rule ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY  

  • [Federal Register Volume 59, Number 78 (Friday, April 22, 1994)]
    [Unknown Section]
    [Page 0]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 94-6043]
    
    
    [[Page Unknown]]
    
    [Federal Register: April 22, 1994]
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part V
    
    
    
    
    
    Environmental Protection Agency
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    40 CFR Part 63
    
    
    
    
    National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Certain 
    Source Categories; Final Rule
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
    
    40 CFR Part 63
    
    [AD-FRL 4846-2]
    RIN 2060-AC 19
    
     
    National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for 
    Source Categories; Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Synthetic 
    Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry and Other Processes Subject to 
    the Negotiated Regulation for Equipment Leaks
    
    AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
    
    ACTION: Final rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: On December 31, 1992, the EPA proposed to regulate the 
    emissions of certain organic hazardous air pollutants from synthetic 
    organic chemical manufacturing industry (SOCMI) production processes 
    which are part of major sources under section 112 of the Clean Air Act 
    as amended in 1990 (the Act). This Federal Register action announces 
    the EPA's final decisions on the rule which is referred to as the 
    hazardous organic NESHAP or the HON.
        The HON requires sources to achieve emission limits reflecting the 
    application of the maximum achievable control technology consistent 
    with sections 112(d) and 112(h) of the Act. The rule regulates the 
    emissions of 112 of the organic chemicals identified in the Act's list 
    of 189 hazardous air pollutants at both new and existing SOCMI sources 
    and from equipment leaks at sources in certain polymer and resin 
    production processes, certain pesticide production processes, and 
    certain miscellaneous processes as described in the Source Category 
    Schedule for Standards (58 FR 63941). The EPA is also finalizing 
    Methods 304 and 305 with the standard. These methods can be used to 
    demonstrate compliance with control requirements for wastewater 
    streams.
    
    EFFECTIVE DATE: April 22, 1994. The incorporation by reference of 
    certain publications in these standards is approved by the Director of 
    the Office of the Federal Register as of April 22, 1994. The 
    information collection requirements contained in 40 CFR Part 63 
    subparts F, G, H, and I have not been approved by the Office of 
    Management and Budget (OMB) and are not effective until OMB has 
    approved them.
        See Supplementary Information section concerning judicial review.
    
    ADDRESSES:
        Dockets. The following dockets contain supporting information used 
    in developing the proposed rule. Docket Number A-90-19 contains 
    information specific to process vents, emissions averaging and general 
    information used to characterize emissions and control costs for the 
    industry; Docket A-90-20 contains information on equipment leaks; 
    Docket A-90-21 contains information on storage vessels; Docket A-90-22 
    contains information on transfer operations; and Docket A-90-23 
    contains information specific to wastewater operations. Supporting 
    information used in developing the negotiated standard for equipment 
    leaks is available in Docket Number A-89-10. These dockets are 
    available for public inspection and copying between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m., 
    Monday through Friday, at the EPA's Air and Radiation Docket and 
    Information Center (formerly known as the Air Docket), room M1500, U. 
    S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 
    20460. A reasonable fee may be charged for copying.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dr. Janet S. Meyer, Standards 
    Development Branch, Emission Standards Division (MD-13), U. S. 
    Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and 
    Standards, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711, telephone 
    number (919) 541-5299.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Under section 307(b)(1) of the Act, judicial 
    review of NESHAP is available only by filing a petition for review in 
    the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit 
    within 60 days of today's publication of this rule. Under section 
    307(b)(2) of the Act, the requirements that are the subject of today's 
    notice may not be challenged later in civil or criminal proceedings 
    brought by the EPA to enforce these requirements.
        The following outline is provided to aid in reading the preamble to 
    the standards.
    
    I. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations
        A. Definitions
        B. Acronyms
        C. Abbreviations
    II. Background
        A. Development of Hazardous Organic NESHAP and Public 
    Participation
        B. Previous Federal Register Citations and Background Documents
        C. Statutory Requirements for NESHAP
    III. Summary of Promulgated Rule and Significant Changes
        A. Summary of Subpart F
        B. Summary of Subpart G
        C. Summary of Subpart H
        D. Summary of Subpart I
    IV. Impacts
        A. Environmental Impacts
        B. Energy Impacts
        C. Cost Impacts
        D. Economic Impacts
    V. Summary of Significant Comments and Associated Changes to the 
    Proposed Subparts F and G
        A. Selection of Source Category and Source
        B. Selection of Pollutants
        C. Selection of the Rule
        D. Emissions Averaging
        E. Compliance, Recordkeeping, and Reporting
        F. Coordination with Other Clean Air Act Requirements
        G. Miscellaneous Technical Comments
    VI. Summary of Significant Comments and Changes to Proposed Subpart 
    H
        A. Applicability
        B. Compliance Schedule
        C. Selection of Requirements
        D. Recordkeeping and Reporting
    VII. Administrative requirements
        A. Docket
        B. Executive Order 12866
        C. Paperwork Reduction Act
        D. Regulatory Flexibility Act
        E. Review
    
    I. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations
    
        The following lists of definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations for 
    units of measure are provided to aid in reading the preamble to the 
    final rule. Additional definitions are provided near the beginning of 
    subparts F, G, H, and I.
    
    A. Definitions
    
        The following definitions were developed for use in preparing and 
    describing the final rule.
        Control device means any equipment used for recovering or oxidizing 
    organic hazardous air pollutant vapors. Such equipment includes, but is 
    not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, incinerators, 
    flares, boilers, and process heaters. For process vents, recovery 
    devices are not considered control devices.
        Discount factor is a specified percentage used to reduce the value 
    of emission credits. A discount factor of 10 percent reduces 10 Mg of 
    potential emission credits to 9 Mg of actual emission credits that 
    could be used to balance an emissions debit. For regulatory purposes, a 
    10 percent discount factor is represented as 0.9 in credit estimation 
    equations.
        Emissions averaging is a means of complying with subpart G of part 
    63 at existing sources. Emissions averaging allows a source to create 
    emission credits by reducing emissions from specific points to a level 
    below that required by subpart G. Those credits are used to offset 
    emission debits from points that are not controlled to the level 
    required by subpart G.
        Emission credits are excess emission reductions above those 
    required by subpart G that are used to offset emission debits in 
    emissions averaging.
        Emission debits are increased emissions that result when a source 
    elects not to control a Group 1 emission point to the level required by 
    subpart G.
        Emission point means an individual process vent, storage vessel, 
    transfer rack, wastewater stream, or equipment leak.
        Group 1 emission point means an individual process vent, storage 
    vessel, transfer rack, or wastewater stream that satisfies the 
    applicability criteria for the control requirements of subpart G.
        Group 2 emission point means an individual process vent, storage 
    vessel, transfer rack, or wastewater stream that does not satisfy the 
    applicability criteria for the control requirements of subpart G.
        Halogenated vent stream or halogenated stream means a vent stream 
    from a process vent or transfer operation determined to have a mass 
    emission rate of halogen atoms contained in organic compounds of 0.45 
    kilograms per hour or greater.
        Hazardous Air Pollutant or HAP means any air pollutant listed under 
    section 112(b) of the Act.
        Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
    common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
    or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
    are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
    subsidiary, or any combination thereof.
        Reference control technology means a device or devices that can be 
    used to comply with the control requirements in subpart G. Subpart G 
    specifies the reference control technologies for each kind of emission 
    point and establishes a control efficiency that the devices should 
    achieve when being used to comply with this rule.
        Very volatile hazardous air pollutant or very volatile HAP means 
    one of the chemicals listed in table 8 of subpart G.
        Volatile organic concentration or VO concentration refers to the 
    concentration of organic compounds (including both hazardous air 
    pollutant and nonhazardous air pollutant organic compounds) in a 
    wastewater stream that is measured by Method 25D, as found in 40 CFR 
    60, appendix A.
        Volatile organic hazardous air pollutant concentration or VOHAP 
    concentration means the concentration of an individually-speciated 
    organic hazardous air pollutant in a wastewater stream or a residual 
    that is measured by proposed Method 305.
        Waste management unit means any component, piece of equipment, 
    structure, or transport mechanism used in conveying, storing, treating, 
    or disposing of any waste, including a wastewater stream or a residual. 
    Wastewater tanks are an example of a waste management unit.
        Wastewater means organic hazardous air pollutant-containing water, 
    raw material, intermediate, product, by- product, co-product, or waste 
    material that is discharged into an individual drain system and either:
        (1) contains a concentration of at least 5 parts per million by 
    weight total organic hazardous air pollutant and has a flow rate of 
    0.02 liter per minute or greater; or
        (2) contains a concentration of at least 10,000 parts per million 
    by weight total organic hazardous air pollutant at any flow rate.
        Wastewater includes process wastewater and maintenance wastewater.
    
    B. Acronyms 
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Acronym                                Term                            
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Act.......  Clean Air Act.                                              
    ALAPCO....  Association of Local Air Pollution Control Officers.        
    ASPEN.....  Advanced system for process engineering.                    
    BACT......  Best available control technology.                          
    BAT.......  Best available technology.                                  
    BD........  Butadiene.                                                  
    BID.......  Background information document.                            
    BIF.......  Boilers and industrial furnaces.                            
    CEM.......  Continuous emissions monitoring.                            
    CFR.......  Code of Federal Regulations.                                
    CMA.......  Chemical Manufacturers Association.                         
    CMPU......  Chemical manufacturing process unit.                        
    CO........  Carbon monoxide.                                            
    CTG.......  Control techniques guideline.                               
    CWA.......  Clean Water Act.                                            
    DMS.......  Dual mechanical seal.                                       
    DOT.......  Department of Transportation.                               
    DRE.......  Destruction and removal efficiency.                         
    EB/S......  Ethylbenzene/styrene.                                       
    EDC.......  Ethylene dichloride.                                        
    EFR.......  External floating roof.                                     
    EO........  Ethylene oxide.                                             
    E.O.......  Executive Order.                                            
    EPA.......  Environmental Protection Agency.                            
    Fe........  Fraction emitted.                                           
    Fm........  Fraction measured.                                          
    FR........  Federal Register.                                           
    Fr........  Fraction removed.                                           
    FTIR......  Fourier transform infrared.                                 
    HAP.......  Hazardous air pollutant.                                    
    HON.......  Hazardous organic national emission standards for hazardous 
                 air pollutants.                                            
    IFR.......  Internal floating roof.                                     
    LDAR......  Leak detection and repair.                                  
    LAER......  Lowest achievable emission rate.                            
    MACT......  Maximum achievable control technology.                      
    MIBK......  Methyl isobutyl ketone.                                     
    MR........  Mass removal (actual).                                      
    NCS.......  Notification of Compliance Status.                          
    NESHAP....  National emission standards for hazardous air pollutants.   
    NOX.......  Nitrogen oxides.                                            
    NPDES.....  National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.            
    NRDC......  Natural Resources Defense Council.                          
    NSPS......  New source performance standards.                           
    NSR.......  New source review.                                          
    OCCM......  Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards Control Cost   
                 Manual.                                                    
    OCPSF.....  Organic chemicals, plastics, and synthetic fibers.          
    OMB.......  Office of Management and Budget.                            
    OSHA......  Occupational Safety and Health Administration.              
    P.L.......  Public Law.                                                 
    PAV.......  Product accumulator vessel.                                 
    POM.......  Polycyclic organic matter.                                  
    POTW......  Publicly owned treatment works.                             
    PRA.......  Paperwork Reduction Act.                                    
    PRV.......  Pressure relief valve.                                      
    PSD.......  Prevention of significant deterioration.                    
    QIP.......  Quality improvement program.                                
    R&D.......  Research and development.                                   
    RCRA......  Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.                     
    RCT.......  Reference control technology.                               
    RIA.......  Regulatory Impact Analysis.                                 
    RMR.......  Required mass removal.                                      
    SARA......  Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act.                
    SIP.......  State Implementation Plan.                                  
    SMS.......  Single mechanical seal.                                     
    SOCMI.....  Synthetic organic chemical manufacturing industry.          
    STAPPA....  State and Territorial Air Pollution Program Administrators. 
    TAC.......  Total annual cost.                                          
    TACB......  Texas Air Control Board.                                    
    TCI.......  Total capital investment.                                   
    THC.......  Total hydrocarbon.                                          
    TIC.......  Total industry control.                                     
    TOC.......  Total organic compound.                                     
    TRE.......  Total resource effectiveness.                               
    TRI.......  Toxics release inventory.                                   
    TSDF......  Treatment, storage, and disposal facility.                  
    VHAP......  Volatile hazardous air pollutant.                           
    VO........  Volatile organics measurable by Method 25D.                 
    VOC.......  Volatile organic compound.                                  
    VOHAP.....  Volatile organic hazardous air pollutant.                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    C. Abbreviations 
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Abbreviation                        Unit of measure                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    bbl.............  Barrel.                                               
    BOE.............  Barrels of oil equivalent.                            
    Btu.............  British thermal unit.                                 
    Btu/kW-hr.......  British thermal unit per kilowatt-hour.               
     deg.C..........  Degrees Celsius.                                      
     deg.F..........  Degrees Fahrenheit.                                   
    gal.............  Gallon.                                               
    gpm.............  Gallons per minute.                                   
    hr..............  Hour.                                                 
    kg/hr...........  Kilograms per hour.                                   
    kPa.............  Kilopascals.                                          
    kW-hr/yr........  Kilowatt-hour per year.                               
    l/hourm2  Liters per hour per square meter.                     
    lpm.............  Liters per minute.                                    
    gal.............  Gallons.                                              
    m3..............  Cubic meters.                                         
    Mg..............  Megagrams.                                            
    mg..............  Milligrams.                                           
    mg/dscm.........  Milligram per dry standard cubic meter.               
    MW..............  Megawatts.                                            
    ppb.............  Parts per billion.                                    
    ppm.............  Parts per million.                                    
    ppmv............  Parts per million by volume.                          
    ppmw............  Parts per million by weight.                          
    psia............  Pounds per square inch absolute.                      
    scm/min.........  Standard cubic meter per minute.                      
    TJ..............  Terajoules.                                           
    yr..............  Year.                                                 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    II. Background
    
    A. Development of Hazardous Organic NESHAP and Public Participation
    
        On December 31, 1992, the EPA proposed to regulate, under section 
    112 of the Act, the emissions of 112 organic HAP's from SOCMI processes 
    which are part of major sources. Following publication of the proposed 
    rule, two public hearings were held and 339 written comments were 
    received regarding the proposed rule. The EPA considered all public 
    comments and made appropriate changes to the provisions. The final rule 
    issued today represents the EPA's final decisions for the MACT standard 
    for the SOCMI.
        A background information document summarizing and responding to 
    legal comments and technical comments pertaining to this rulemaking may 
    be obtained from either: (1) The National Technical Information Service 
    (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161, telephone (703) 
    487-4650, or (2) the EPA Technology Transfer Network (TTN). The TTN is 
    an electronic bulletin board system which is free, except for the 
    normal long distance charges. To access the HON BID: (1) Set software 
    to data bits: 8, N; stop bits: 1; (2) Use access number (919) 541-5742 
    for 1200, 2400, or 9600 bps modems [access problems should be directed 
    to the system operator at (919) 541-5384]; (3) Specify TTN Bulletin 
    Board: Clean Air Act Amendments; and (4) Select menu item: Recently 
    Signed Rules.
        Please refer to ``Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions from Process 
    Units in the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry--
    Background Information for Promulgated Standards,'' and specify volume 
    number(s).
         Volume 2A: Comments on Process Vents, Storage Vessels, 
    Transfer Operations, and Equipment Leaks (EPA-453/R-94-003a);
         Volume 2B: Comments on Wastewater (EPA-453/R-94-003b);
         Volume 2C: Comments on Emissions Averaging (EPA-453/R-94-
    003c);
         Volume 2D: Comments on Applicability, National Impacts, 
    and Overlap with Other Rules (EPA-453/R-94-003d);
         Volume 2E: Comments on Recordkeeping, Reporting, 
    Compliance, and Test Methods (EPA-453/R-94-003e); and
         Volume 2F: Commenter Identification List (EPA-453/R-94-
    003f).
    
    B. Previous Federal Register Citations and Background Documents
    
        Previous Federal Register Notices. Previous Federal Register 
    notices pertaining to this rulemaking are listed below in chronological 
    order. Since the complete Federal Register citation and dates are 
    listed here, they will not be repeated throughout this notice. Where 
    appropriate, an abbreviated descriptive title used to refer to the 
    document throughout this notice is also listed.
        (1) ``National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for 
    Source Categories: Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Synthetic 
    Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry and Seven Other Processes; 
    Proposed rule and notice of public hearing,'' 57 FR 62608, December 31, 
    1992. Proposal notice.
        (2) ``National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for 
    Source Categories: Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Synthetic 
    Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry and Seven Other Processes; 
    Correction,'' 58 FR 11667, February 26, 1993. Correction notice.
        (3) ``National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for 
    Source Categories: Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Synthetic 
    Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry and Seven Other Processes; 
    Reopening of public comment period and correction to Regulatory 
    Flexibility Act certification,'' 58 FR 53478, October 15, 1993. 
    Supplemental notice.
        Previous Background Documents. The following is a listing of 
    background documents pertaining to this rulemaking. The complete title, 
    EPA publication number, publication date, and National Technical 
    Information Service [NTIS] numbers are included. Where appropriate, an 
    abbreviated descriptive title used to refer to the document throughout 
    this notice is also listed.
        (1) ``Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions from Process Units in the 
    Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry--Background 
    Information for Proposed Standards, Volume 1A: National Impacts 
    Assessment,'' EPA-453/D-92-016a. November 1992. (NTIS Number PB93-
    156552) (Docket item A-90-19: III-B-1). Proposal BID Volume 1A.
        (2) ``Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions from Process Units in the 
    Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry--Background 
    Information for Proposed Standards, Volume 1B: Control Technologies,'' 
    EPA-453/D-92-016b. November 1992. (NTIS Number PB93-156560) (Docket 
    Item A-90-19: III-B-1). Proposal BID Volume 1B.
        (3) ``Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions from Process Units in the 
    Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry--Background 
    Information for Proposed Standards, Volume 1C: Model Emission 
    Sources,'' EPA-453/D-92-016c. November 1992. (NTIS Number PB93-156578) 
    (Docket item A-90-19: III-B-1). Proposal BID Volume 1C.
    
    C. Statutory Requirements for NESHAP
    
        Section 112 of the Act requires that the EPA establish regulations 
    setting emission standards for categories of sources of HAP emissions. 
    In addition, the Act sets out specific criteria for establishing a 
    minimum level of control, and criteria to be considered in evaluating 
    control options more stringent than the minimum control level. For most 
    of these rules, assessment and control of any remaining unacceptable 
    health risk is to occur 8 years after they are promulgated. However, 
    for the rules required to be promulgated in the first 2 years after 
    enactment, EPA is not required to conduct this assessment until 9 years 
    after promulgation.
        Specifically, section 112(c), as amended, directs the Administrator 
    to develop a list of all categories or subcategories of major sources 
    and such categories or subcategories of area sources that meet the 
    requirements of section 112(c)(3), emitting any of the HAP's listed in 
    section 112(b). Section 112(d) directs the Administrator to promulgate 
    emission standards for each listed category or subcategory of HAP 
    sources. Such standards will be applicable to both new and existing 
    sources and shall require:
    
        * * * the maximum degree of reduction in emissions of the 
    hazardous air pollutants subject to this section (including a 
    prohibition on such emissions, where achievable) that the 
    Administrator, taking into consideration the cost of achieving such 
    emission reduction, and any non-air quality health and environmental 
    impacts and energy requirements, determines is achievable for new 
    and existing sources in the category or subcategory to which such 
    emission standard applies * * *
    
    42 U.S.C. 7412(d)(2).
        The Amendments further provide that ``the maximum degree of 
    reduction in emissions that is deemed achievable'' shall be subject to 
    a ``floor'' which is determined differently for new and existing 
    sources. For new sources the standards set shall not be any less 
    stringent than ``the emission control that is achieved in practice by 
    the best controlled similar source.'' For existing sources, the 
    standards may not be less stringent than the average emission 
    limitation achieved by the best performing 12 percent of existing 
    sources in each category or subcategory of 30 or more sources. (Smaller 
    categories or subcategories are limited to the average of the best 
    performing five sources in the category or subcategory.)
    
    III. Summary of Promulgated Rule and Significant Changes
    
        This section of the notice summarizes the final rule and 
    significant changes made in response to public comment. The rationale 
    for specific provisions and changes is explained in sections V and VI.
        The rule consists of four subparts in 40 CFR part 63. Subpart F 
    provides the applicability criteria for SOCMI sources, requires that 
    owners and operators of SOCMI sources comply with subparts G and H, and 
    specifies general recordkeeping and reporting requirements. The 
    specific control, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements 
    are stated in subpart G for process vents, storage vessels, transfer 
    racks, and wastewater streams, and in subpart H for equipment leaks. 
    Subpart I provides the applicability criteria for the non-SOCMI 
    processes subject to the negotiated regulation for equipment leaks and 
    requires owners and operators to comply with subpart H.
    
    A. Summary of Subpart F
    
        Subpart F lists the HAP's regulated by this rule and specifies what 
    is included in the SOCMI source category and thus subject to the 
    requirements in subparts F, G, and H. In the final rule, the EPA has 
    revised the procedures for determining applicability to more clearly 
    indicate the boundaries between processes (i.e., where one process ends 
    and the next begins). In addition, subpart F presents definitions and 
    general information on compliance, reporting, and recordkeeping 
    requirements that are applicable for sources subject to subparts G and 
    H.
    1. Regulated Pollutants
        Subpart F lists 112 organic HAP's that the EPA has determined may 
    be emitted from SOCMI processes because they are either produced as a 
    product or used as a reactant. The emissions of these 112 organic 
    chemicals are regulated by subparts F, G, and H.
    2. Definition of Source Category and Source
        The rule applies to chemical manufacturing process units that are: 
    (1) Part of a major source as defined in section 112 of the Act; (2) 
    produce as a primary product a SOCMI chemical listed in table 1 of 
    subpart F; and (3) use as a reactant or manufacture as a product, by-
    product, or co-product one or more of the organic HAP's listed in table 
    2 of subpart F. A chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to the 
    provisions of subparts F, G, and H only if all of the above three 
    conditions are satisfied. Table 1 of subpart F is a list of 385 
    chemicals which defines SOCMI products that may be produced by a HAP-
    emitting process.
        For the SOCMI source category, a source comprises all the SOCMI 
    chemical manufacturing process units that are subject to the rule and 
    are located at contiguous or adjoining properties under common control. 
    Subpart F defines the SOCMI source as the collection of process vents; 
    storage vessels; transfer racks; wastewater and the associated 
    treatment residuals; and pumps, compressors, agitators, pressure relief 
    devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, 
    valves, connectors, and instrumentation systems in the relevant 
    chemical manufacturing process units. As listed above, the first four 
    kinds of emission points in a SOCMI source are subject to subparts F 
    and G. However, SOCMI equipment leaks are subject to subparts F and H. 
    As such, a SOCMI source is subject to three of the HON's four subparts.
    3. Other Provisions
        Subpart F establishes the compliance dates for new and existing 
    sources and requires the source be properly operated and maintained at 
    all times. Sources are required to develop a start-up, shutdown, and 
    malfunction plan which includes a description of procedures for 
    managing wastewaters generated during maintenance. Monitoring of 
    cooling water is also required to detect leaks in heat exchange 
    equipment. If a leak is detected, the heat exchanger must be repaired 
    or taken out of service.
        Procedures for obtaining permission to use an alternative means of 
    emission reduction are included in subpart F. The applicability of the 
    General Provisions in subpart A to sources subject to subparts F, G, 
    and H is clarified. General performance test requirements are 
    specified, including the provision that performance tests be conducted 
    under maximum representative operating conditions for the process. The 
    General Reporting and Recordkeeping Provisions of subpart F include the 
    requirement that required records and reports must be maintained for 5 
    years, and specify where reports must be sent. Reports can be submitted 
    on electronic media that are compatible with the system used by the 
    Administrator or the State permitting authority.
    
    B. Summary of Subpart G
    
    1. Overview
        The MACT standard for SOCMI sources is expressed as an allowable 
    emissions level that is determined by means of an equation specified in 
    subpart G. The allowable emissions level is the sum of the emissions 
    from all the emission points in the source that would occur after the 
    required emission reductions are achieved for the emission points 
    meeting the HON's applicability criteria (Group 1 points) through use 
    of reference control technologies. Although controls are not required 
    for Group 2 emission points, both Group 1 emission points and Group 2 
    emission points are included in the equation defining the source's 
    allowable emissions level.
        Though subpart G is structured as an allowable emissions level, 
    there is no need for owners or operators to actually calculate 
    emissions estimates for every emission point at the source. Actual 
    emissions estimates are only required for emission points that are 
    included in emissions averages.
        The owner or operator can utilize two methods, or a combination of 
    them, to demonstrate compliance with the HON. The primary method that 
    owners or operators will use to determine compliance with the HON is 
    the application of the reference control technologies (or equivalent 
    controls) at Group 1 emission points. This compliance approach is 
    described in sections 2 through 5 below. Owners or operators may also 
    use emissions averaging to demonstrate compliance at a limited number 
    of emission points. Emissions averaging is described in section 6 
    below. Section 7 describes the HON's recordkeeping and reporting 
    provisions.
    2. Process Vent Provisions
        A process vent means a gas stream that is continuously discharged 
    during the operation of the unit from an air oxidation reactor, other 
    reactor, or distillation unit within a SOCMI chemical manufacturing 
    process unit. Process vents include vents from distillate receivers and 
    product separators. Process vents include gas streams that are 
    discharged directly to the atmosphere and gas streams discharged to the 
    atmosphere after diversion through a product recovery device. The rule 
    applies only to process vents that are associated with continuous (non-
    batch) processes and emit process vent streams containing more than 
    0.005 weight-percent HAP.
        A Group 1 process vent is defined as a process vent with a flow 
    rate greater than or equal to 0.005 scmm, an organic HAP concentration 
    greater than or equal to 50 ppmv, and a TRE index value less than or 
    equal to 1.0. The process vent provisions require the owner or operator 
    of a Group 1 process vent stream to:
        (1) Reduce the emissions of organic HAP using a flare;
        (2) Reduce emissions of organic HAP by 98 weight-percent or to a 
    concentration of 20 ppmv or less; or
        (3) Achieve and maintain a TRE index above 1. Performance test 
    provisions are included for Group 1 process vents to verify that the 
    control device achieves the required performance.
        The organic HAP reduction is based on the level of control achieved 
    by the reference control technology. Group 2 process vent streams with 
    TRE index values between 1.0 and 4.0 are required to monitor those 
    process vent streams to ensure those streams do not become Group 1, 
    which require control. The owner or operator can calculate a TRE index 
    value to determine whether each process vent is a Group 1 or Group 2 
    process vent or the owner or operator can elect to comply directly with 
    the control requirements without calculating the TRE index. The TRE 
    index value is determined after the final recovery device in the 
    process or prior to venting to the atmosphere. The TRE calculation 
    involves an emissions test or engineering assessment and use of the TRE 
    equations in section 63.115 of subpart G.
        The rule encourages pollution prevention through product recovery 
    because an owner or operator of a Group 1 process vent may add recovery 
    devices or otherwise reduce emissions to the extent that the TRE 
    becomes greater than 1.0 and the Group 1 process vent becomes a Group 2 
    process vent.
        Group 1 halogenated streams controlled using a combustion device 
    must vent the emissions from the combustor to an acid gas scrubber or 
    other device to limit emissions of halogens prior to venting to the 
    atmosphere. The control device must reduce the overall emissions of 
    hydrogen halides and halogens by 99 percent (95 percent for control 
    devices installed prior to the December 31, 1992 proposal) or reduce 
    the outlet mass emission rate of total hydrogen halides and halogens to 
    less than 0.45 kg/hr. Monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping 
    provisions necessary to demonstrate compliance are also included in the 
    process vent provisions.
    3. Storage Vessel Provisions
        A storage vessel means a tank or other vessel associated with a 
    SOCMI chemical manufacturing process unit that stores a liquid 
    containing one or more of the organic HAP's listed in table 2 of 
    subpart F. The final rule specifies assignment procedures for 
    determining whether a storage vessel is associated with a SOCMI 
    chemical manufacturing process unit. The storage vessel provisions do 
    not apply to the following: (1) vessels permanently attached to motor 
    vehicles, (2) pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
    Kpa (29.7 psia), (3) vessels with capacities smaller than 38 m\3\ 
    (10,000 gal), (4) wastewater tanks, and (5) vessels storing liquids 
    that contain organic HAP's only as impurities. An impurity is produced 
    coincidentally with another chemical substance and is processed, used, 
    or distributed with it.
        The EPA is not taking final action at this time regarding 
    provisions for storage vessels of 76 m\3\ (20,000 gallons) to 151 m\3\ 
    (40,000 gallons). The reason is that, through a separate Federal 
    Register notice, the EPA is soliciting additional public comment 
    regarding the appropriate interpretation of the language in section 
    112(d)(3)(A) of the Act concerning establishment of the MACT floor and 
    the effect of that interpretation on the control requirements for these 
    storage vessels. The EPA intends to evaluate the public comments 
    received in response to that action promptly and intends to proceed to 
    take final action on provisions for storage vessels of 76 m\3\ to 151 
    m\3\ within 90 days of the publication of the separate notice.
        The storage provisions require that one of the following control 
    systems be applied to Group 1 storage vessels: (1) An internal floating 
    roof with proper seals and fittings; (2) an external floating roof with 
    proper seals and fittings; (3) an external floating roof converted to 
    an internal floating roof with proper seals and fittings; or (4) a 
    closed vent system with a 95-percent efficient control device. The 
    storage provisions give details on the types of seals and fittings 
    required. Monitoring and compliance provisions include periodic visual 
    inspections of vessels, roof seals, and fittings, as well as internal 
    inspections. If a closed vent system and control device is used, the 
    owner or operator must establish appropriate monitoring procedures. 
    Reports and records of inspections, repairs, and other information 
    necessary to determine compliance are also required by the storage 
    provisions. No controls are required for Group 2 storage vessels.
    4. Transfer Operations Provisions
        Transfer operations are defined as the loading of liquid products 
    that are on the list of organic HAP's in subpart F from a transfer rack 
    into a tank truck or railcar. Transfer rack means the collection of 
    loading arms and loading hoses at a single system that is assigned to a 
    SOCMI chemical manufacturing process unit and is used to fill tank 
    trucks and railcars with liquid products that are on the list of 
    organic HAP's in subpart F. Transfer rack includes the associated 
    pumps, meters, shutoff valves, relief valves, and other piping and 
    valves necessary to load tank trucks or railcars. The transfer 
    provisions do not apply to the loading of liquid organic HAP's at an 
    operating pressure in excess of 204.9 Kpa (29.7 psia); loading of 
    marine vessels; racks loading liquids that contain organic HAP's only 
    as impurities; or racks loading liquid organic HAP's if emissions are 
    returned to a storage vessel in a vapor balancing system.
        The transfer provisions require control of Group 1 transfer racks 
    to achieve 98-percent organic HAP reduction or an outlet concentration 
    of 20 ppmv. Combustion devices or product recovery devices may be used 
    to comply with this requirement. Alternatively, vapor balancing systems 
    may be used.
        The transfer provisions include design specifications for vapor 
    collection systems. Specifically, vapor collection systems are required 
    to route the organic vapors to a control device or to a vapor balancing 
    system and are required to operate without detectable emissions. In 
    addition, the provisions require that liquid organic HAP's be loaded 
    only into DOT-certified vehicles or vehicles that have been determined 
    to be vapor tight according to Method 27 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
        Group 1 halogenated streams controlled using a combustion device 
    must vent the emissions from the combustor to an acid gas scrubber or 
    other device to limit emissions of halogens, prior to venting to the 
    atmosphere. The control device must reduce the overall emissions of 
    hydrogen halides and halogens by 99 percent or reduce the outlet mass 
    emission rate of total hydrogen halides and halogens to less than 0.45 
    kg/hr.
        Initial performance tests of control device efficiency are required 
    for racks loading at least 11.8 million liters per year. Design 
    evaluations are allowed in other cases. Monitoring, reporting, and 
    recordkeeping provisions are specified. Controls are not required for 
    Group 2 racks.
    5. Wastewater Provisions
        The final rule applies to any organic HAP-containing water, raw 
    material, intermediate, product, by-product, co- product, or waste 
    material that exits any chemical manufacturing process unit equipment 
    and has either (1) a total volatile organic HAP concentration of 5 ppmw 
    or greater and a flow rate of 0.02 lpm or greater; or (2) a total 
    volatile organic HAP concentration of 10,000 ppmw or greater at any 
    flow rate. ``Wastewater,'' as defined in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F, 
    encompasses both maintenance wastewater, which is regulated by subpart 
    F, and process wastewater, which is regulated by subpart G. The process 
    wastewater provisions in subpart G also apply to organic HAP-containing 
    residuals that are generated from the management and treatment of Group 
    1 wastewater streams. Examples of process wastewater streams include, 
    but are not limited to, wastewater streams exiting process unit 
    equipment (e.g., decanter water, such as condensed steam used in the 
    process), product tank drawdown, feed tank drawdown, and residuals 
    recovered from waste management units. Examples of maintenance 
    wastewater streams are those generated by descaling of heat exchanger 
    tubing bundles, cleaning of distillation column traps, and draining of 
    pumps into an individual drain system.
        In the final rule, an owner or operator may determine the VOHAP 
    concentration and flow rate of a wastewater stream either (1) at the 
    point of generation; or (2) downstream of the point of generation. If 
    wastewater stream characteristics are determined downstream of the 
    point of generation, an owner or operator must make corrections for 
    losses by air emissions; reduction of VOHAP concentration or changes in 
    flow rate by mixing with other water or wastewater streams; and 
    reduction in flow rate or VOHAP concentration by treating or otherwise 
    handling the wastewater stream to remove or destroy HAP's. An owner or 
    operator must determine whether a wastewater stream is a Group 1 or 
    Group 2 wastewater stream by determining the flow rate and VOHAP 
    concentration for the point of generation by (1) sampling; (2) using 
    engineering knowledge; or (3) using pilot-scale or bench-scale test 
    data. An owner or operator who elects to use the process unit 
    alternative in Sec. 63.138(d) or the 95-percent biological treatment 
    option in Sec. 63.138(e) is not required to make a Group 1/Group 2 
    determination. Both the applicability determination and the Group 1/
    Group 2 determination must reflect the wastewater characteristics 
    before losses due to volatilization, a concentration differential due 
    to dilution, or a change in VOHAP concentration or flow rate due to 
    treatment.
        To provide greater flexibility to owners or operators, the EPA has 
    added to the final rule an additional option in Sec. 63.144 of subpart 
    G for determining applicability in lieu of a Group 1/Group 2 
    determination. This option allows an owner or operator to designate a 
    wastewater stream or mixture of wastewater streams to be a Group 1 
    wastewater stream without actually determining the flow rate and VOHAP 
    concentration for the point of generation. This option helps those 
    SOCMI plants that already have emission suppression systems in place 
    from the point of generation to a location downstream. Using this 
    option, an owner or operator can simply declare that a wastewater 
    stream or mixture of wastewater streams is a Group 1 wastewater stream 
    and that the emissions from the stream(s) are controlled from the point 
    of generation through treatment. An owner or operator is required to 
    determine the wastewater stream characteristics (i.e., VOHAP 
    concentration and flow rate) for the designated Group 1 wastewater 
    stream in order to establish the treatment requirements in Sec. 63.138.
        Controls must be applied to Group 1 wastewater streams, unless the 
    source complies with the source-wide mass flow rate provisions of 
    Sec. 63.138(c)(5) or (c)(6) of subpart G; or implements process changes 
    that reduce emissions as specified in Sec. 63.138(c)(7) of subpart G. 
    Control requirements include (1) suppressing emissions from the point 
    of generation to the treatment device; (2) recycling the wastewater 
    stream or treating the wastewater stream to the required Fr values for 
    each HAP as listed in table 9 of subpart G; (3) recycling any residuals 
    or treating any residuals to destroy the total combined HAP mass flow 
    rate by 99 percent or more; and (4) controlling the air emissions 
    generated by treatment processes. While emission controls are not 
    required for Group 2 wastewater streams, owners or operators may opt to 
    include them in management and treatment options.
        Suppression of emissions from the point of generation to the 
    treatment device will be achieved by using covers and enclosures and 
    closed vent systems to collect organic HAP vapors from the wastewater 
    and convey them to treatment devices. Air emissions routed through 
    closed-vent systems from covers, enclosures, and treatment processes 
    must be reduced by 95 percent for combustion or recovery devices; or to 
    a level of 20 ppmv for combustion devices.
        The treatment requirements are designed to reduce the HAP content 
    in the wastewater prior to placement in units without air emissions 
    controls, and thus reduce the HAP emissions to the atmosphere. The 
    required Fr values in table 9 of subpart G are based on steam 
    stripping. The final rule provides several compliance options, 
    including percent reduction, effluent concentration limitations, and 
    mass removal.
        For demonstrating compliance with the various requirements, owners 
    or operators have a choice of using a specified design, conducting 
    performance tests, or documenting engineering calculations. Appropriate 
    compliance, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions are 
    included in the regulation.
    6. Emissions Averaging
        Under subpart G, only owners or operators of existing sources may 
    use emissions averaging. A change to the rule prohibits new sources 
    from using emissions averaging to comply with the rule. Any process 
    vents, storage vessels, or transfer racks in the source can be included 
    in an emissions average. However, only wastewater streams that are not 
    treated in a biological treatment unit are eligible for emissions 
    averaging. Equipment leaks are regulated under a separate subpart and 
    are also not eligible for emissions averaging.
        a. Credit/Debit System. In general, the system for accumulating and 
    quantifying credits and debits remains the same as described at 
    proposal. The owner or operator must identify all the emission points 
    that would be included in an emissions average and estimate their 
    allowable and actual emissions using the reference efficiencies of the 
    reference control technologies for each kind of emission point.
        For each Group 1 point, the allowable emissions level is the 
    emissions remaining after application of a reference control 
    technology. As a result, all Group 1 emission points that are not being 
    controlled with the reference control technology or a control measure 
    achieving an equivalent reduction are emitting more than their 
    allowable emissions. These points are generating emission ``debits.'' 
    Emission debits are calculated by subtracting the amount of emissions 
    allowed by the standard for a given emission point from the amount of 
    actual emissions for that point. If a Group 1 emission point is 
    controlled by a device or a pollution prevention measure that does not 
    achieve the control level of the reference control technology, the 
    amount of emission debits will be based on the difference between the 
    actual control level being achieved and what the reference control 
    would have achieved. Equations for calculating debits are provided in 
    Sec. 63.150 of subpart G.
        The owner or operator must control other emission points to a level 
    more stringent than what is required for that kind of point to generate 
    emission ``credits.'' Emission credits are calculated by subtracting 
    the amount of emissions that actually exist for a given emission point 
    from the amount of emissions that would be allowed under subpart G, and 
    then applying a 10-percent discount factor. If credits are generated 
    through the use of a pollution prevention measure, no discount factor 
    is applied. These provisions for a discount factor were added for the 
    final rule. Equations for calculating credits are also provided in 
    Sec. 63.150 of subpart G. To be in compliance, the owner or operator 
    must be able to show that the source's emission credits were greater 
    than or equal to its emission debits.
        Credits may come from:
        (1) Control of Group 1 emission points using technologies that the 
    EPA has rated as being more effective than the appropriate reference 
    control technology;
        (2) Control of Group 2 emission points; and
        (3) Pollution prevention projects that result in control levels 
    more stringent than what the standard requires for the relevant point 
    or points.
        A reference control technology cannot be used to generate credits 
    beyond its assigned efficiency. For a new control technology or work 
    practice, either the EPA or the permit authority must determine its 
    control efficiency before it can be used to generate credits.
        b. Compliance. The rule requires that emissions averaging plans be 
    reviewed as part of a source's Implementation Plan or operating permit 
    application. The controls in the averaging plan would then be cited in 
    a source's Implementation Plan or operating permit. Thus, to show 
    compliance using emissions averaging, the owner or operator must prove 
    both:
        (1) The appropriate controls have been applied and maintained; and
        (2) That the amount of emission credits and debits meet certain 
    quarterly and annual requirements.
        c. Significant Changes. Significant changes were made to the 
    emissions averaging provision. One change is that the number of 
    emission points that can be included in an average has been limited to 
    no more than 20 points or 25 points if pollution prevention is used. 
    Another notable addition is the requirement that sources must 
    demonstrate that their emissions average will not result in greater 
    risk or hazard than compliance without averaging. Also, State or local 
    agencies have been granted the discretion to not include emissions 
    averaging in their implementation of the rule without having to go 
    through the Sec. 112(l) rule delegation process. Summaries of 
    significant comments and associated changes are discussed in section 
    V.D of this preamble. All comments regarding emissions averaging are 
    summarized and responded to in the BID, volume 2C.
        7. Recordkeeping and Reporting
        The rule requires sources complying with subpart G to keep records 
    and submit reports of information necessary to document compliance. 
    Records must be kept for 5 years. For emission points where continuous 
    monitoring is required, the final rule requires retention of hourly 
    average data values rather than the 15-minute average values specified 
    in the proposed rule. However, 15-minute values must be retained for 
    operating days when the daily average value of the monitored parameter 
    is outside the permitted range.
        The following five types of reports must be submitted to the 
    Administrator: (1) Initial Notification, (2) Implementation Plan (if an 
    operating permit application has not been submitted), (3) Notification 
    of Compliance Status, (4) Periodic Reports, and (5) other reports. The 
    requirements for each of the five types of reports are summarized 
    below.
        a. Initial Notification. The Initial Notification is due 120 days 
    after the date of promulgation for existing sources. For new sources 
    that have an initial start-up more than 90 days after promulgation, the 
    application for approval of construction or reconstruction required 
    under the General Provisions must be submitted in lieu of the Initial 
    Notification. The application is due as soon as practicable before 
    commencement of construction or reconstruction, or 90 days after 
    promulgation of subpart G, whichever is later. For new sources that 
    have an initial start-up prior to 90 days after promulgation, no 
    application for approval of construction is required and the Initial 
    Notification is due within 90 days after promulgation.
        The Initial Notification must list the chemical manufacturing 
    process units that are subject to subpart G, and which provisions may 
    apply (e.g., process vents, transfer operations, storage vessels, and/
    or wastewater provisions). A detailed identification of emission points 
    is not necessary for the Initial Notification. However, the 
    notification must include a statement of whether the source expects 
    that it can achieve compliance by the specified compliance date.
        b. Implementation Plan. The Implementation Plan details how the 
    source plans to comply with subpart G. An Implementation Plan is 
    required only for sources that have not yet submitted an operating 
    permit application.
        Existing sources must submit the Implementation Plan at different 
    times for emission points included in averages and emission points not 
    included in averages. The Implementation Plan for emission points 
    included in an average is due 18 months prior to the date of 
    compliance. The Implementation Plan for emission points not included in 
    an emissions average is due 12 months prior to the date of compliance. 
    For new sources that have an initial start-up more than 90 days after 
    promulgation, the Implementation Plan must be submitted with the 
    application for approval of construction or reconstruction. For new 
    sources that have an initial start-up prior to 90 days after 
    promulgation, the Implementation Plan is due within 90 days after 
    promulgation (at the same time as the Initial Notification). This 
    timing for new source submittals is slightly different than in the 
    proposed rule.
        The information in the Implementation Plan should be incorporated 
    into the source's operating permit application. The terms and 
    conditions of the plan, as approved by the permitting authority, would 
    then be incorporated into the operating permit.
        For points included in an emissions average, the Implementation 
    Plan must include: An identification of all points in the planned 
    average and whether they are Group 1 or Group 2 points; the specific 
    control technique or pollution prevention measure that will be applied 
    to each point; the control efficiency for each control used in the 
    average; the projected credit or debit generated by each point; and the 
    overall expected credits and debits. The Implementation Plan must also 
    state that the same types of testing, monitoring, reporting, and 
    recordkeeping that are required by the proposed rules for Group 1 
    points will be done for all points (both Group 1 and Group 2) included 
    in an emissions average.
        For emission points not included in an average, the Implementation 
    Plan must include a list of emission points subject to the process 
    vents, storage vessels, transfer operations, and wastewater provisions 
    and whether each point is Group 1 or Group 2. The control technology or 
    method of compliance planned for each Group 1 point must be specified. 
    The plan must also state that appropriate testing, monitoring, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping will be done for each Group 1 point.
        If an owner or operator wishes to monitor a unique parameter or use 
    a unique recordkeeping and reporting system for any emission point in 
    their source, the request, including a rationale, must be submitted 
    with the Implementation Plan, unless this information has already been 
    included in their operating permit application.
        c. Notification of Compliance Status. The Notification of 
    Compliance Status must be submitted within 150 days after the source's 
    compliance date. It contains information on Group 1 points and all 
    points in emissions averages that is necessary to demonstrate that 
    compliance has been achieved, such as: The results of any performance 
    tests for process vents, transfer operations, and wastewater emission 
    points; one complete test report for each test method used for a 
    particular kind of emission point; TRE determinations for process 
    vents; design analyses for storage vessels and wastewater emission 
    points; site-specific ranges for each monitored parameter for each 
    emission point and the rationale for the range; and values of all 
    parameters used to calculate emission credits and debits for emissions 
    averaging.
        d. Periodic Reports. Generally, Periodic Reports must be submitted 
    semiannually. However, there are two exceptions. Quarterly reports must 
    be submitted for all points included in an emissions average. In 
    addition, if monitoring results show that the parameter values for an 
    emission point are outside the established range for more than the 
    number of excused excursions, the implementing agency may request that 
    the owner or operator submit quarterly reports for that emission point. 
    After 1 year, semiannual reporting can be resumed, unless the 
    implementing agency requests continuation of quarterly reports.
        All Periodic Reports must include information required to be 
    reported under the recordkeeping and reporting provisions for each 
    emission point. For emission points involved in emissions averages, the 
    report must include the results of the calculations of credits and 
    debits for each month and for the quarter. For continuously monitored 
    parameters, the data on those daily periods when the parameters are 
    outside their established ranges are included in the reports. Periodic 
    Reports must also include results of any performance tests conducted 
    during the reporting period and reports of equipment failures, leaks, 
    or improper work practices that are discovered during required 
    inspections. Additional information the source is required to report 
    under its operating permit or Implementation Plan would also be 
    described in Periodic Reports.
        e. Other Reports. Other reports must be submitted as required by 
    the provisions for each kind of point. Other reports include: reports 
    of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction; notifications of inspections 
    for storage vessels; and information about sources requesting approval 
    for a nominal control efficiency for use in calculating credits for an 
    emissions average.
    
    C. Summary of Subpart H
    
        The applicability and provisions of subpart H generally have not 
    changed since proposal. Minor changes have been made, however, to 
    clarify the EPA's intent in some provisions and some revisions were 
    made to recordkeeping and reporting provisions to reduce unproductive 
    efforts. The following is a brief summary of the requirements of the 
    provisions in subpart H of the final rule.
    1. Applicability
        The standards would apply to equipment in organic HAP service 300 
    or more hours per year that is associated with a process subject to 
    subpart F or I of part 63. The provisions apply to valves, pumps, 
    connectors, compressors, pressure relief devices, open-ended valves or 
    lines, sampling connection systems, instrumentation systems, surge 
    control vessels, bottoms receivers, and agitators. The provisions of 
    subpart H also apply to closed vent systems and control devices used to 
    control emissions from any of the listed equipment.
        For SOCMI processes, compliance with the provisions of subpart H is 
    phased in by type of chemical manufacturing process. Subpart F divides 
    the regulated processes into five distinct groups to which the 
    provisions of subpart H apply beginning 6 months after publication of 
    the final rule in the Federal Register. Thereafter, subpart H applies 
    to another group of processes every 3 months. Table 1 of subpart F 
    lists the group to which each chemical manufacturing process subject to 
    this rule is assigned. Processes listed in subpart I must comply with 
    the provisions of subpart H 6 months after publication of the final 
    standard in the Federal Register.
        a. Pumps and Valves. The standard requires leak detection and 
    repair for pumps in light liquid service and for valves in gas or light 
    liquid service. Standards for both are implemented in three phases. The 
    first and second phases for both types of equipment consist of an LDAR 
    program, with lower leak definitions in the second phase. The LDAR 
    program involves a periodic check for organic vapor leaks with a 
    portable instrument; if leaks are found, they must be repaired within a 
    certain period of time. In the third phase, the periodic monitoring (a 
    work practice standard) is combined with a performance requirement for 
    an allowable percent leaking components.
        The standard requires monthly monitoring of pumps using an 
    instrument and weekly visual inspections for indications of leaks. In 
    the first two phases of the valve standard, quarterly monitoring is 
    required. In phase three, semiannual or annual monitoring may be used 
    by process units with less than 1 percent and less than 0.5 percent 
    leaking valves, respectively.
        In phase three, if the base performance levels for a type of 
    equipment are not achieved, owners or operators must, in the case of 
    pumps, enter into a QIP, and in the case of valves may either enter 
    into a QIP or implement monthly LDAR. The QIP is a concept that enables 
    plants exceeding the base performance levels to eventually achieve the 
    desired levels without incurring penalty or being in a noncompliance 
    status. As long as the requirements of the QIP are met, the plant is in 
    compliance. The basic QIP consists of information gathering, 
    determining superior performing technologies, and replacing poorer 
    performers with the superior technologies until the base performance 
    levels are achieved.
        b. Connectors. The rule also requires leak detection and repair of 
    connectors in gas or light liquid service. The monitoring frequency for 
    connectors is determined by the percent leaking connectors in the 
    process unit and the consistency of performance. Process units that 
    have 0.5 percent or greater leaking connectors are required to monitor 
    all connectors annually. Units that have less than 0.5 percent may 
    monitor biannually and units that show less than 0.5 percent for two 
    monitoring cycles may monitor once every 4 years.
        c. Other Equipment. Standards for compressors, open-ended lines, 
    pressure relief devices, and sampling connection systems remain 
    essentially unchanged from the proposed standard and other existing 
    equipment regulations (See 40 CFR part 61, subpart V). The provisions 
    for closed vent systems were revised to make them consistent with the 
    provisions in subpart G, and to clarify intent. Agitators must be 
    monitored for leaks or better designed systems, such as dual mechanical 
    seals, must be installed. Pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in 
    heavy liquid service; instrumentation systems; and pressure relief 
    devices in liquid service are subject to instrument monitoring only if 
    evidence of a potential leak is found through sight, sound, or smell. 
    Instrumentation systems consist of smaller pipes and tubing that carry 
    samples of process fluids to be analyzed to determine process operating 
    conditions or systems for measurement of process conditions.
    2. Delay of Repair
        Under certain conditions delay of repair beyond the required 15 
    days may be acceptable. Examples of these situations include where: (1) 
    A piece of equipment cannot be repaired without a process unit 
    shutdown, (2) equipment is taken out of organic HAP service, (3) 
    emissions from repair will exceed emissions from delay of repair until 
    the next shutdown, and (4) equipment with better leak performance such 
    as pumps with SMS are replaced with DMS.
    3. Alternative Standards
        Specific alternative standards have been written for batch 
    processes and enclosed buildings. For batch processes, the owner or 
    operator can choose either to meet similar standards to those for 
    continuous processes, with monitoring frequency prorated to time in use 
    of organic HAP, or to periodically pressure test the entire system. For 
    enclosed buildings, the owner or operator may forego monitoring if the 
    building is kept under a negative pressure and emissions are routed 
    through a closed vent system to an approved control device.
    4. Test Methods and Procedures
        The standards require the use of Method 21 of appendix A of part 60 
    to detect leaks. Method 21 requires a portable organic vapor analyzer 
    to monitor for leaks from equipment in use. Test procedures using 
    either a gas or a liquid for pressure testing the batch system are 
    specified to detect for leaks.
    5. Recordkeeping and Reporting
        The standards require certain records to demonstrate compliance 
    with the standard and the records must be retained in a readily 
    accessible recordkeeping system. Subpart H requires that records be 
    maintained of equipment that would be subject to the standards, testing 
    associated with batch processes, design specifications of closed vent 
    systems and control devices, test results from performance tests, and 
    information required by equipment in QIP. Other recordkeeping 
    requirements are specified in Sec. 63.181 of subpart H.
        Subpart H requires owners and operators to submit three types of 
    reports: (1) An Initial Notification; (2) a Notification of Compliance 
    Status; and (3) Periodic Reports. Owners or operators subject to the 
    requirements of subpart G as well as subpart H may submit one Initial 
    Notification for both requirements. Owners or operators of sources 
    subject to subparts I and H must submit an Initial Notification that 
    lists the units subject to subpart H and the location of the source. 
    The Notification of Compliance Status must be submitted within 90 days 
    after the compliance date for process units in the first group. 
    Thereafter, the owner or operator must submit a Periodic Report every 6 
    months that contains summary information on the leak detection and 
    repair program, changes to the process unit, changes in monitoring 
    frequency or monitoring alternatives, and/or initiation of a QIP. The 
    Periodic Report will also include any Notification of Compliance Status 
    for any process units that had compliance dates in the previous 6-month 
    period. Reports can be submitted on electronic media that are 
    compatible with the system used by the Administrator or the State 
    permitting authority.
    
    D. Summary of Subpart I
    
        In contrast to the sources in the SOCMI source category, sources in 
    the non-SOCMI processes would be covered by subparts I and H only. For 
    these processes, the source would include only pumps, compressors, 
    agitators, pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-
    ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, and instrumentation systems. 
    As explained in the Source Category Schedule for Standards (58 FR 
    63941), the EPA is considering regulating the other kinds of emission 
    points in these processes in future section 112 standards. The 
    processes subject to subpart H of the HON are included in 20 different 
    source categories or subsets of source categories. The exact 
    relationship of the HON's equipment leak processes to the source 
    categories listed for section 112 standards is specified in table 1 of 
    the Source Category Schedule for Standards (58 FR 63941).
    
    IV. Impacts
    
        This section presents the environmental, energy, cost, and economic 
    impacts resulting from the control of HAP emissions under the rule. It 
    is estimated that approximately 370 sources and 940 chemical 
    manufacturing processes would be required to apply controls by the 
    standards.
        Impacts are presented relative to a baseline set at the level of 
    control in the absence of the rule. The estimates include the impacts 
    of applying control to: (1) Existing emission points and (2) additional 
    emission points from SOCMI process units that are expected to begin 
    operation over a 5-year period. Thus, the estimates represent annual 
    impacts occurring in the fifth year. Assuming a SOCMI-wide growth rate 
    of 3.5 percent each year over a 5-year period, national impacts for the 
    emission points that will be added in the first 5 years of the rule are 
    estimated to be 19 percent of total national impacts in the fifth year.
    
    A. Environmental Impacts
    
        Environmental impacts include the reduction of HAP and VOC 
    emissions, increases in other air pollutants, and decreases in water 
    pollution and solid waste resulting from the proposed rule.
        Under the rule, it is estimated that emissions of HAP would be 
    reduced by 460,000 Mg/yr (510,000 tons/yr) and the emissions of VOC's 
    would be reduced by 950,000 Mg/yr (1,000,000 tons/yr) (see table 1). 
    Estimates of baseline emissions are presented in conjunction with 
    emissions reductions estimates to better illustrate the level of 
    control being achieved by the rule. Baseline emissions take into 
    account the current estimated level of emissions control, based on 
    State and Federal regulations, for each SOCMI emission point. As a 
    result, baseline emissions reflect the level of control that would be 
    achieved in the absence of the rule.
        The baseline emission estimates in table 1 include the 
    extrapolation of estimates for well-characterized processes to account 
    for processes that could not be characterized. Consequently, the table 
    1 estimates contain considerable uncertainty and are presented only to 
    provide an estimate of the total nationwide impact of the rule. 
    Decisions were based on information from the well-characterized 
    processes only. As discussed in section III.B.3 of this preamble, the 
    EPA has deferred the final decision regarding control of medium-sized 
    storage vessels at existing sources. Therefore, emission reductions for 
    storage vessels shown in table 1, and consequently the total, may be 
    slightly overstated.
        On average, SOCMI sources generate over twice as much VOC emissions 
    as HAP emissions. Although the intent of the rule is to reduce HAP 
    emissions, the control of HAP's also results in the control of non-HAP 
    VOC's. The control requirements of the HON would result in reduction of 
    88 percent of HAP emissions and 79 percent of VOC emissions beyond the 
    baseline control level.
        There would be a very slight increase in emissions of CO and 
    NOX, relative to other sources of these pollutants, resulting from 
    the on-site combustion of fossil fuels as part of control device 
    operations. Additional emissions of NOX and CO (and other 
    pollutants) resulting from increased electricity demand are not 
    included in the impacts presented. Under the rule, estimates of 
    increased emissions of CO and NOX are 1,700 Mg/yr (1,900 tons/yr) 
    and 17,000 Mg/yr (19,000 tons/yr), respectively (see table 2). The 
    impacts for process vents and transfer operations are based on the 
    assumptions that incinerators or flares are used to combust emission 
    streams. To the extent noncombustion controls are used to achieve 
    compliance with the standards, the actual CO and NOX emissions 
    would be lower.
        Impacts for water pollution and solid waste were judged to be 
    negligible and were not quantified as part of the impacts analysis. The 
    basis for judging these impacts to be negligible is discussed in 
    chapter 5.0 of proposal BID volume 1A.
    
    B. Energy Impacts
    
        Increases in energy use were estimated for steam, natural gas, and 
    electricity. These three types of energy were compared and totaled on a 
    BOE basis. Table 3 shows the estimated individual and total energy use 
    increases. Estimates for total energy use are 290 million kw-hr/yr of 
    electricity, 6,900 billion Btu/yr of natural gas, and 3,000 billion 
    Btu/yr of steam. This equates to 13,000 TJ/yr (2.1 million BOE/yr).
    
    C. Cost Impacts
    
        Cost impacts include the capital costs of new control equipment, 
    the cost of energy (supplemental fuel, steam, and electricity) required 
    to operate control equipment, and operation and maintenance costs. 
    Generally, cost impacts also include cost savings generated by reducing 
    the loss of valuable product in the form of emissions. Average cost 
    effectiveness P($/Mg of pollutant removed) is also presented as part of 
    cost impacts. Average cost effectiveness is determined by dividing the 
    annual cost by the annual emission reduction.
        For the final rule, it is estimated that total capital costs for 
    installation of controls would be $450 million (1989 dollars), and 
    total annual costs of this control, excluding the cost savings 
    attributable to equipment leaks, would be $160 million (1989 dollars) 
    per year (see table 4). Because of the EPA's deferral of a final 
    decision on control of medium-sized storage vessels at existing 
    sources, as discussed in section III.B.3 of this preamble, the cost 
    impacts for storage vessels, and consequently the total cost impacts, 
    may be slightly overstated. The estimated cost of the monitoring, 
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements for the rule is $70 million/
    yr. The total nationwide annual cost of this rule is, therefore, $230 
    million/yr.
        It is expected that the actual compliance cost of the rule would be 
    less than those presented, but it is not possible to quantify the 
    amount. This is because cost estimates for some kinds of emission 
    points were made assuming a separate control device would be 
    constructed for each emission point. In reality, some operators will 
    duct emissions from several of these emission points to a common 
    control device, upgrade an existing control device, use other less 
    expensive control technologies, implement pollution prevention 
    technologies, or use emissions averaging. Additionally, owners or 
    operators of sources may develop more efficient monitoring and 
    recordkeeping systems. All of these options would reduce the estimated 
    costs while achieving the same emission reductions. The effect of such 
    practices on the national costs could not be estimated because the 
    ability to use any of these practices is highly site-specific and data 
    were not available to estimate how often the lower cost compliance 
    practices could be utilized.
    
    D. Economic Impacts
    
        Because many SOCMI chemicals are used as raw materials in the 
    production of other SOCMI chemicals, the economic impact analysis 
    looked at cumulative costs of control for each of the SOCMI chemicals 
    listed in subparts F and H. About 94 percent of the chemicals are 
    estimated to have a production cost increase of less than 10 percent; 
    more than 88 percent have cost increases less than 3 percent. 
    Approximately 6 percent of the chemicals analyzed incur a cost increase 
    of over 10 percent. Almost all of the chemicals with a product cost 
    increase exceeding 10 percent have annual national production of less 
    than 10 million kilograms (11,000 tons) and are therefore low volume 
    chemicals. [Two-thirds of the SOCMI chemicals have production over 10 
    million kilograms (11,000 tons).]
        Market analyses for a subset of 21 of the chemicals estimated price 
    increases from 0.1 percent to 3.9 percent and quantity decreases from 
    0.1 percent to 4 percent. The market analyses lead to the conclusion 
    that percentage quantity decreases will be less than the percentage 
    cost increases due to the regulation. The market analyses indicate that 
    severe disruption of the industry is an unlikely result.
        The diversity of chemical producers (most sources are involved in 
    the production of several chemicals) decreases the likelihood of plant 
    closure as a result of the regulation. A more likely consequence of the 
    regulation is a change from a chemical manufacturing process with a 
    higher cumulative control cost to a process with a lower control cost.
        The impact for the low volume chemicals is the most uncertain. The 
    cost estimates for these chemicals involve more uncertainty and, in 
    many cases, industry profile information specific to the manufacturers 
    of these chemicals was not available. Many of the low volume chemicals 
    can be considered specialty chemicals. Generally, there is a lack of 
    viable substitutes for specialty chemicals. In addition, the production 
    cost of specialty chemicals is usually only a small portion of the cost 
    of the final goods made with the specialty chemical. For these two 
    reasons, a price increase for a specialty chemical is less likely to 
    lead to a business closure or a production cutback than a price 
    increase for a large volume chemical. This decreases the likelihood of 
    large quantity impacts or closures.
        The RIA addresses the benefits, costs, and economic impact of the 
    regulation. Because benefits could only be addressed qualitatively, the 
    RIA is not able to provide guidance as to which regulatory option 
    optimizes net benefits. However, the RIA does summarize the types of 
    benefits associated with the reduction of HAP's, VOC's, and particulate 
    matter formed from VOC's.
    
    V. Summary of Significant Comments and Associated Changes to the 
    Proposed Subparts F and G
    
    A. Selection of Source Category and Source
    
    1. Definition of SOCMI
        Public comments have indicated confusion regarding the definition 
    of the source category covered by the HON. Several commenters 
    misinterpreted the definition to include activities that were not 
    intended to be regulated with this rule such as marine vessel loading 
    and refinery processes. Thus, the commenters asserted that the proposed 
    rule contained too many exemptions and loopholes. The commenters 
    concluded that the EPA should broaden the scope of the HON.
        Section 112(c) of the Act requires the EPA to publish a list of all 
    categories of major sources of listed HAP's (and such categories of 
    area sources as the Administrator determines warrant regulation), then 
    to establish rules for each of these categories of sources of HAP 
    emissions. As such, the HON was not intended to require controls for 
    all operations in the chemical industry. Rather, the HON sets section 
    112(d) standards for the SOCMI source category. The SOCMI source 
    category includes only the part of the chemical industry that produces 
    the major industrial chemicals. Other parts of the chemical industry 
    use SOCMI chemicals to produce pesticides, agricultural chemicals, 
    pharmaceuticals, polymers, and specialty chemicals. These operations 
    are substantially different than the SOCMI and were outside the scope 
    of the impact analysis for the HON. Accordingly, these other segments 
    of the chemical industry are separate source categories, and will be 
    subject to separate MACT or GACT standards at a later date.
        The EPA acknowledges that some integrated facilities will have 
    operations from multiple source categories on the same plant site 
    (e.g., refinery units, SOCMI production, and pesticide production). 
    However, to include all emission points at these facilities in the 
    scope of the HON is inappropriate because it is not consistent with 
    Congressional intent to regulate categories of HAP emissions. Further, 
    such an undertaking would make implementation of the rule an 
    insurmountable task. Instead, the HON provides comprehensive coverage 
    of the emissions of 112 organic HAP's from five kinds of emission 
    points in 385 SOCMI production processes. Emissions from processes in 
    other source categories will be covered by separate MACT standards. In 
    conclusion, the EPA does not believe it would be practical or 
    appropriate to broaden the applicability of the HON, as suggested by 
    some commenters, to include emissions from other source categories.
        In previous rules and in the proposed HON, the EPA defined the 
    SOCMI source category with lists of chemical products. In the proposed 
    HON, there were two lists of SOCMI chemicals. One listed chemicals that 
    would be subject to subpart G and the other listed chemicals that would 
    be subject to subpart H. The two differed because the subpart H list 
    had been agreed to by the negotiating committee before all technical 
    analyses were complete.
        Commenters suggested simplifying the applicability of the HON by 
    making the lists identical or by combining them into a single list. 
    Other commenters asserted that there were non-SOCMI chemicals (e.g., 
    phthalate esters) on the proposed lists and that these chemicals should 
    be removed from the final rule.
        The EPA agrees with the commenters that the applicability of the 
    rule will be clearer if there is only one list of SOCMI chemicals. 
    Thus, the EPA has combined the two lists and placed the resulting list 
    in table 1 of subpart F of part 63.
        The EPA re-evaluated several chemicals that some commenters had 
    claimed were not SOCMI chemicals. In several cases the EPA disagreed 
    with the commenters because the chemicals met the criteria that EPA has 
    used to define the SOCMI. However, the EPA agreed with the commenters 
    regarding phthalate esters. These chemicals are primarily used as 
    plasticizers, not as building blocks for other chemical manufacturing, 
    and will be regulated under a separate source category called 
    ``Phthalate Plasticizer Production.'' Because the production of these 
    chemicals will be covered by a future section 112(d) standard, the EPA 
    felt that it would be inappropriate to include them under the HON. 
    Thus, phthalate esters were deleted from the list of SOCMI chemicals in 
    the final rule.
        The EPA added a chemical to the HON SOCMI list that had previously 
    been listed as a separate source category. The dodecanedioic acid 
    process shares equipment with an adiponitrile process which is subject 
    to the provisions of the HON. The EPA determined that it would be more 
    appropriate to regulate production of dodecanedioic acid as part of the 
    HON rather than prepare a separate standard. Thus, this chemical has 
    been added to the list of SOCMI chemicals in the HON.
        Several commenters have alleged that the applicability provisions 
    in the proposed HON are confusing, especially when applied to plant 
    sites with integrated operations. To address the confusion, the EPA has 
    clarified the provisions in the final rule to simplify the 
    determination of applicability for facilities with integrated 
    operations. Several commenters suggested that the term ``chemical 
    manufacturing process'' be clarified regarding where the coverage of 
    the HON begins and ends. The commenters described situations where:
        (1) Unit operations produce a SOCMI chemical as part of an overall 
    non-SOCMI process;
        (2) Solvent is recovered or reclaimed;
        (3) Unit operations, storage vessels, and transfer racks are shared 
    by two or more processes; and
        (4) The intended product is less than a by-product on a mass basis.
        In the final rule, the EPA has changed the term ``chemical 
    manufacturing process'' to ``chemical manufacturing process unit'' and 
    provided additional clarification on the boundary of a process subject 
    to the HON. The term is now defined as follows:
    
        Chemical manufacturing process unit means the equipment 
    assembled and connected by pipes or ducts to process raw materials 
    and to manufacture an intended product. For the purpose of this 
    subpart, chemical manufacturing process unit includes air oxidation 
    reactors and their associated product separators and recovery 
    devices; reactors and their associated product separators and 
    recovery devices; distillation units and their associated distillate 
    receivers and recovery devices; associated unit operations; and any 
    feed, intermediate and product storage vessels, product transfer 
    racks, and connected ducts and piping. A chemical manufacturing 
    process unit includes pumps, compressors, agitators, pressure relief 
    devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, 
    valves, connectors, instrumentation systems, and control devices or 
    systems. A chemical manufacturing process unit is identified by its 
    primary product.
    
        Additionally, the final rule provides a comprehensive assignment 
    procedure for distillation units, storage vessels, and transfer racks 
    that are shared among processes. This assignment procedure is based on 
    the predominant use of the equipment. The EPA has also clarified the 
    term ``source'' by consolidating the definition into two adjacent 
    paragraphs and wording it more in terms of equipment having specific 
    functions. These and other clarifications should remove the confusion 
    on the limits of a chemical manufacturing process unit subject to the 
    HON.
        Commenters also asserted that the proposed definition of ``flexible 
    operation unit'' was inadequate because it addressed only feedstock 
    changes, and not operating changes to accommodate different products or 
    specifications. Because changes in these units could be frequent, the 
    commenters suggested basing applicability on the previous year's 
    production.
        In the final rule, the EPA has changed the definition of ``flexible 
    operation unit'' to include operating changes. Additionally, the EPA 
    reevaluated the proposed requirement that a flexible operation unit 
    would be subject to the HON only during times when the unit was 
    producing a SOCMI product. The EPA decided that, due to the frequent 
    product changes associated with flexible operation units, such a 
    provision could complicate compliance determinations for sources and 
    enforcement agencies. The EPA considered the commenters' suggestion to 
    base applicability on the previous year's production but decided 
    against this because the year preceding promulgation of the final rule 
    might not have been representative of typical operation of the unit. 
    Therefore, in the final rule flexible operation units are assigned to a 
    specific chemical manufacturing process unit based on the anticipated 
    use of the unit. For existing sources, assignment is based on the 
    expected use over the first five years following promulgation, and for 
    new sources, assignment is based on expected use in the first five 
    years after start-up.
    2. Definition of Major Source
        The EPA received a number of comments regarding a source's 
    potential to emit. The EPA's policy on potential to emit is enunciated 
    in the General Provisions. The reader is directed to those provisions 
    for guidance.
        Public comments have indicated confusion on the applicability of 
    the HON to a SOCMI chemical manufacturing process unit at a plant site 
    where the predominant activity is part of another source category 
    (e.g., a petroleum refinery). Some commenters pointed out that the 
    permit rule (40 CFR 70.2) narrowed the basis for determination of major 
    source status to include only the emission points within a single two-
    digit SIC code. The commenters argued that this change would mean that 
    the HON would apply only if a source was major due to its SOCMI 
    processes. In other words, if the SOCMI processes at a source did not 
    exceed the 10/25 tons per year HAP emission threshold, then the HON 
    would not apply.
        The EPA maintains that, although 40 CFR 70.2 defines major source 
    for the purpose of permitting, it does not alter the statutory 
    definition under section 112. The permit rule applies to sources 
    subject to a section 112(d) standard regardless of whether they are 
    major sources as defined by 40 CFR 70.2.
        The EPA's position remains that if a plant site is a major source 
    within the section 112 definition, the HON applies to the HAP-emitting 
    SOCMI processes, and that the applicability of the HON to the SOCMI 
    portion of the plant site is not limited by the principal activity at 
    the site. This is consistent with the intent of the Act to regulate 
    categories of HAP emission sources. The part 70 definition may result 
    in more than one permit being issued for a major source of HAP 
    emissions, but does not affect the applicability of MACT standards.
    3. Exclusion of Area Sources
        In the preamble to the proposed HON, the EPA requested information 
    on the existence and characteristics of any area sources in the SOCMI 
    in order to determine if a separate MACT standard should be prepared. 
    Because the comments did not indicate any reasons to develop an area 
    source standard, the EPA maintains that the HON applies to major 
    sources only. Area sources are not subject to the HON.
    4. Determining New Source Status
        The EPA received a number of comments regarding the process for 
    determining if new or existing source requirements would apply to a 
    particular SOCMI emission point or process unit. In response to those 
    comments the EPA has clarified the relevant section of subpart F. The 
    requirements and definitions used by the HON to distinguish new and 
    existing sources are consistent with section 112(a) and the related 
    components of the General Provisions. As a result, the following could 
    be subject to the HON's requirements for new sources: (1) Chemical 
    manufacturing process units constructed after the date of proposal of 
    the HON (December 31, 1992); (2) existing sources reconstructed after 
    that date; and (3) ``greenfield'' HON chemical manufacturing process 
    units that constitute all or part of a major source constructed after 
    that date. (New source requirements would not be triggered by the 
    addition of an individual emission point, such as a storage vessel.) In 
    addition, a newly constructed chemical manufacturing process unit must 
    also have the potential to emit major quantities (10 tons per year of 
    any HAP or 25 tons per year of any combination of HAP's) in order to be 
    subject to new source requirements for the HON. Thus, any change or 
    addition to an existing SOCMI plant site must meet the same three 
    criteria as a ``greenfield'' plant to be considered a new source. The 
    EPA selected this approach for determining what is subject to new 
    source requirements to avoid providing an incentive for SOCMI owners 
    and operators to construct processes as area sources. Also, EPA wanted 
    to ensure that new sources built at existing plant sites are subject to 
    the same requirements as new sources that are ``greenfield'' sites. 
    Additions to an existing plant that do not meet the requirements of 
    being a chemical manufacturing process unit and do not have the 
    potential to emit major amounts, will be subject to existing source 
    requirements.
    B. Selection of Pollutants
        In selecting the HAP's that would be regulated by the HON, the EPA 
    started with the list of 189 HAP's in the Act. Because the HON was 
    intended to reduce emissions from organic chemical manufacturing, the 
    EPA studied the processes used to manufacture SOCMI chemicals and 
    narrowed the list to those organic HAP's that would be emitted from 
    SOCMI processes.
        In the proposed rule, there were two lists of organic HAP's--one 
    that applied to subpart G and another that applied to subpart H. The 
    lists differed by 37 HAP's because the subpart H list had been agreed 
    to by the negotiating committee before all technical analyses were 
    complete. These technical analyses indicated that 37 of the organic 
    HAP's on the list approved by the committee should be removed from the 
    list because they would not be emitted from SOCMI production processes. 
    In public comments received on the proposed rule, it was suggested that 
    the EPA combine the two lists to simplify implementation of the rule. 
    The EPA decided that it was appropriate to include only one list of 
    organic HAP's in the final rule. The list is located in table 2 of 
    subpart F and contains 112 compounds. Keeping the shorter of the two 
    proposed lists will not result in greater emissions because the 
    additional 37 HAP's on the longer list would not be emitted from SOCMI 
    processes. Also, because the non-SOCMI processes in subpart I are only 
    subject to the standard for the designated pollutants, combining the 
    organic HAP lists does not affect emissions from those processes.
    
    C. Selection of Rule
    
    1. Floor Determination
        a. Background on impacts estimates. As explained in the preamble to 
    the proposed rule (57 FR 62621), the EPA developed the information on 
    control costs and emissions for SOCMI using a model emission point 
    approach to represent the broad range of characteristics of SOCMI 
    operations. The EPA elected to use the model emission point approach in 
    part because of the limited time provided by the statutory requirement 
    to regulate 40 source categories (which legislative history states 
    should be the priority elements of the chemical industry) by 1992 and 
    to establish regulations for all initially listed source categories by 
    2000. Because a generic model emission point approach allows one 
    regulation to cover a large number of different chemical processes, it 
    was considered more resource efficient and the only practical way to 
    develop regulations on the schedule mandated by Congress.
        The impacts estimation methodology involved three steps: (1) 
    Development of a data base characterizing the SOCMI, (2) development 
    and assignment of model emission points for each kind of emission 
    point, and (3) calculation of emissions and control impacts. The 
    characterization of the SOCMI primarily involved identifying the 
    specific routes, reactants, and process technologies used to produce a 
    chemical and the corresponding SOCMI chemical manufacturing process 
    units. In addition, information on existing State and Federal 
    regulations was compiled for each kind of emission point to determine 
    the baseline control requirements applicable to SOCMI chemical 
    manufacturing process units.
        Model emission points were developed to represent each kind of 
    emission point in the SOCMI. The models were developed to emphasize 
    those characteristics that most influence emissions, control costs, 
    energy needs, and secondary environmental impacts. These models were 
    applied to individual chemical manufacturing process units in the SOCMI 
    data base using decision rules based on the level of information in the 
    data base and the specificity of a given model. These models are 
    representative of average, representative, or typical emissions for the 
    specific process or reaction type. Thus, the estimates do not reflect 
    actual emissions that would occur at any particular chemical 
    manufacturing process unit because process design and operation 
    characteristics vary from plant to plant.
        Estimates of existing controls were developed by compiling 
    information in existing state and Federal regulations applicable to 
    SOCMI processes. In this analysis, the EPA used data on the control 
    requirements in existing State and Federal regulations to identify 
    those emission points that must be controlled in the absence of this 
    rule and to identify the required controls. It was assumed that all 
    chemical manufacturing process units would be in compliance with 
    applicable air pollution regulations.
        The data base and model emission points used to estimate the 
    impacts of the HON are based on published literature and information 
    that the EPA has collected during other rulemaking efforts including 
    NSPS for air oxidation processes, distillation operations, reactor 
    processes, volatile organic liquid storage, and equipment leaks; and 
    NESHAP for vinyl chloride and benzene. Some additional information was 
    obtained on wastewater operations and transfer loading operations by 
    requesting it from the industry under authority of section 114 of the 
    Act.
        In development of the proposed rule, the EPA recognized that the 
    data base developed to provide estimates of nationwide costs and 
    emission reductions did not provide site-specific emission and control 
    information and these limitations needed to be considered in the 
    determination of the floor for the category. The EPA developed the 
    floor from an analysis of the information for each kind of emission 
    point. The information the EPA used in determining the source-wide 
    floor consisted of the estimates of the number and characteristics of 
    the model emission points, the emission control requirements currently 
    in place for each point based on information available to the EPA, and 
    the expected control efficiencies for the control technology. To 
    determine the source-wide floor for existing sources at proposal, the 
    EPA examined the supporting information to identify the emission 
    characteristics of the emission points which had at least 12 percent of 
    the points controlled by the reference control technology. This 
    analysis was done for each kind of emission point. The characteristics 
    used to identify groups of emission points were physical parameters 
    such as flow rate, HAP concentration, and vapor pressure. The source-
    wide floor was determined by the combination of the control levels for 
    all four kinds of emission points.
        A similar method was used to determine the source-wide floor for 
    new sources. For each kind of emission point, the characteristics of 
    the smallest emission point controlled by the reference control 
    technology were identified as the means for determining the best 
    controlled similar source. Again, the source-wide floor was determined 
    by the combination of control levels for all emission points.
        b. Public comment issues. Commenters raised three basic issues on 
    the approach used to determine the floor for SOCMI sources:
        (1) Information used to predict existing control understated actual 
    control present;
        (2) The methodology used to estimate the floor overstated the 
    floor; and
        (3) The ranking criterion used for process vents introduced cost 
    considerations into the floor.
        Data base understates actual control. A number of commenters argued 
    that the approach, or the information, the EPA used understated actual 
    control in the SOCMI. Some of these commenters thought that the EPA 
    should have gathered site-specific data on emissions and controls to 
    properly establish the floors. Other commenters argued that the EPA 
    should have used state air toxics and new source review permits to 
    determine actual control levels, since many air toxics programs are 
    implemented through permit programs.
        While the EPA would have preferred to have developed site-specific 
    information on emissions and controls for processes subject to this 
    rule, it was not possible to do so given the deadlines applicable to 
    this rulemaking. Section 112(e)(1) of the CAA required that the EPA 
    promulgate emission standards for at least 40 source categories and 
    subcategories by November 15, 1992. Having failed to meet that 
    statutory deadline, the EPA entered into a consent decree requiring the 
    promulgation of the HON by February 28, 1994. Neither that deadline nor 
    the statutory deadline for the rules covering 40 source categories and 
    subcategories could have been met if the EPA used the alternative 
    approach suggested by the commenters. The EPA's past experience in 
    developing the data base for the previous section 112 program and for 
    NSPS standards demonstrates the great length of time necessary to 
    develop and analyze the data for development of emission standards to 
    control emissions from the SOCMI. The data base developed for this 
    rulemaking used the results of more than 10 years of data gathering and 
    analysis of SOCMI sources. Developing an entirely new data base as 
    suggested by the commenters is expected to require anywhere from 4 to 
    10 years depending on the degree of evaluation of performance and 
    whether permits are reviewed for all SOCMI sources. Consequently, the 
    EPA elected to use information readily available to it to determine the 
    floor for the SOCMI standard under section 112(d) of the CAA. In light 
    of the EPA's prior experience with regulation of the SOCMI, the EPA 
    believes that this decision was entirely reasonable.
        Furthermore, the EPA does not believe that the method used by the 
    EPA to determine existing control levels and the floor understated 
    actual control levels in SOCMI. The EPA holds this view because other 
    assumptions used in the analysis introduced a positive bias. Examples 
    of assumptions that would introduce an upward bias to the analysis 
    include: (1) All sources are in compliance with all applicable control 
    requirements for air emissions; and (2) sources would be in compliance 
    with recently established requirements such as 40 CFR part 61 subpart 
    BB. Thus, the EPA believes that taken as a whole the uncertainties 
    should balance out, and the control level is not understated. It should 
    be noted also that other commenters thought that the floor was 
    overstated.
        Methodology overstated floor. In contrast, another group of 
    commenters argued that the point-by-point approximation of the floor 
    introduced a positive bias in the source-wide floor. These commenters 
    explained that the assumption that the best controlled of each kind of 
    point are co-located is invalid. They noted that in practice different 
    sources have the better controls on the different kinds of points. 
    These commenters argued that the EPA should have considered this bias 
    in decisions to require control beyond the floor. Some of these 
    commenters also questioned inclusion of requirements in recent NESHAP 
    in the assessment of the floor control and the estimates of control 
    efficiency achieved by some control devices. None of the commenters 
    provided data or suggested methodologies that could be used to improve 
    the EPA data base to develop better estimates of the source-wide floor.
        The EPA maintains that, given the uncertainties in the data base, 
    the procedure used to determine the floors in the proposal (and in this 
    final rule) is a reasonable approach to the determination of the floor. 
    As explained above, the EPA could not develop actual site-specific data 
    in the time available for this rulemaking. Thus, the EPA had to rely on 
    existing data sources to develop model emission points characteristics 
    for sources subject to this rule. Where data were available for the 
    specific process, the model emission points characteristics reflected 
    average or representative operations for the specific process. In cases 
    where no data were available for a specific process, the model emission 
    point characteristics were derived from average characteristics for the 
    generic reaction type (e.g., hydrogenation, halogenation, etc.). Thus, 
    the estimates cannot be viewed as reflecting actual emissions and 
    controls at any particular process unit or plant site. The EPA 
    considered whether to develop floors using estimates of site-specific 
    emissions and controls and rejected that approach as introducing 
    additional assumptions and such large uncertainties as to render the 
    analysis meaningless. For example, due to incomplete information, it is 
    probable that not all process units at each plant site were properly 
    identified. In fact, locations of some chemical production processes 
    are unknown. Site specific differences in process unit design could not 
    be taken into account in assigning model emission points and baseline 
    control levels. Thus, there is uncertainty about the existence of any 
    particular emission point, as well as its assigned emission and control 
    level at any particular plant site. Furthermore, independent assignment 
    procedures were used for each kind of emission point. In consideration 
    of these factors, the EPA believes that the uncertainties introduced by 
    the assumptions made in assigning emission point characteristics to 
    specific sites are so large as to undermine the validity of the 
    analysis. The EPA believes that the approach it used of developing 
    point-by-point approximations of the source-wide floor was the most 
    appropriate use of the available data base to determine the floors. 
    Moreover, the EPA does not believe that its methodology, when all 
    aspects are considered, did overstate the source-wide floor. While the 
    assumption of collocation of the best controlled points does introduce 
    an upward bias in the analysis, there are other aspects of the analysis 
    that work in the opposite direction. For example, the use of 
    information from State regulations instead of site-specific control and 
    operation information would be likely to understate the degree of 
    control present in some sources. As previous commenters noted, site- 
    specific controls that may have been included in new source permits or 
    applied voluntarily could not be accounted for in the data base. Thus, 
    the EPA expects these factors are likely to balance out. It should be 
    noted also that other commenters thought that the floor was 
    understated.
        The EPA also believes that its choice of methodology was reasonable 
    since it provided additional assurance that, not withstanding the 
    uncertainties inherent in the data base, the floor determined by the 
    EPA would be no less stringent than the actual source-wide floor. As 
    some of the uncertainties present, such as the reliance on analyses of 
    State regulations rather than actual permitted levels of emissions, 
    would lead to a less stringent floor in the absence of countervailing 
    factors, the EPA believes it was reasonable to provide a safety factor 
    by determining the floor on the basis of a point-by-point approximation 
    that assumed the co-location of the best-controlled points.
        In any event, even if the EPA's point-by-point methodology may have 
    overstated the floor, such an overstatement does not invalidate the 
    emission standard since the overall source-wide standard exceeds the 
    floor determined by the EPA.
        A second issue raised regarding the methodology and information was 
    whether it was appropriate to consider the Benzene Transfer (40 CFR 
    part 61, subpart BB) or Benzene Waste (40 CFR part 61, subpart FF) 
    NESHAP as applicable control requirements. These commenters questioned 
    whether section 112(d)(3)(A) of the Act required that these control 
    requirements not be considered in the floor determination. (See section 
    II.C of this notice.)
        The EPA maintains that it was appropriate to consider the control 
    requirements of Benzene Transfer since these controls were required 
    more than 30 months before promulgation of this rule. Furthermore, 
    information collected in the section 114 surveys shows that a few 
    sources were steam stripping wastewater containing chemicals with 
    volatilities similar to benzene. Because the new source floor is 
    determined based on the best controlled similar source, the 
    requirements were included in the determination of the floor for new 
    sources. In addition, the Vinyl Chloride NESHAP, which was issued in 
    1977, also requires treatment of wastewater streams containing greater 
    than 10 ppm. Consideration of the Benzene Waste NESHAP did not affect 
    the existing source floor because fewer than 1 percent of the 
    wastewater streams in the HON data base are expected to be subject to 
    Benzene Waste NESHAP control requirements, and the floor is determined 
    to be no control for wastewater streams at existing sources.
        Ranking criterion used for process vents analysis. Some commenters 
    thought that the EPA had introduced cost considerations into the floor 
    by the ranking procedure used for process vents. These commenters noted 
    that considering cost in determining the floor was contrary to 
    Congressional intent.
        The EPA does not believe that the procedure used to rank process 
    vents did introduce cost into the determination of characteristics of 
    process vents controlled at the floor. The reasons EPA holds this view 
    can be best explained by restating the process used and comparing it to 
    other ways of analyzing the process vent data.
        To determine the source-wide floor, the EPA ranked the data base 
    for the specific emission point by a characteristic that would affect 
    the likelihood for control. For existing sources, the proposed floor 
    was defined as the emission characteristics where at least 12 percent 
    of the points were controlled by the reference control technology. For 
    new sources, the proposed floor was defined by the characteristics of 
    the point with the smallest emission rate that was controlled. By 
    analyzing the ranked data, it could be determined that emission points 
    with certain physical characteristics are currently controlled, while 
    emission points with other characteristics are not controlled. Storage 
    vessels, for example, were ranked by vapor pressure because vapor 
    pressure is one of the three major factors that influence emissions and 
    potential emission reductions. The ranking clearly showed that vessels 
    storing liquids above a certain vapor pressure are controlled at the 
    best controlled sources, so the source-wide floor would require control 
    of such vessels; whereas, vessels storing liquids with lower vapor 
    pressures are not currently controlled and would not require control 
    under the source-wide floor.
        Process vents were ranked using cost effectiveness of control (or 
    TRE) as a surrogate measure because this can be used to reflect all 
    possible combinations of various factors that affect emission rates and 
    likelihood of current control (flow rate, HAP concentration, net 
    heating value, and corrosion properties). Use of a single criterion of 
    cost effectiveness results in a more easily understood parameter and is 
    consistent with the format of the process vent provisions. The cost-
    effectiveness values were used only to rank the vents in the data base 
    and as a characteristic to identify controlled vent characteristics 
    (similar to the way in which vapor pressure was used to identify the 
    characteristics of the best controlled storage vessels). In determining 
    the process vent component of the source-wide floor, no judgements were 
    made about the reasonableness of the characteristics of the controlled 
    vents.
        Because of the opinions expressed by commenters, the EPA also 
    reevaluated the process vent control level associated with the floor 
    using emissions as the ranking parameter. Emissions correlate with 
    likelihood of control, but the correlation is weaker because other 
    factors (such as concentration and flow) also influence it. The process 
    vent data base was ranked by vent from lowest to highest emission rate. 
    The characteristics of the process vent where at least 12 percent of 
    the process vents are controlled is 64 Mg/yr (71 tons/yr) and the cost-
    effectiveness value is $1,620/Mg ($1,460/ton). Thus, essentially 
    identical results are obtained by both ranking procedures.
        As discussed in section V.C.1.c of this preamble, comment has been 
    requested in other rulemakings on the meaning of the statutory language 
    ``the average emission limitation achieved by the best performing 12 
    percent of the existing sources.'' Because of this, the average 
    characteristics of the top 12 percent of the process vents were 
    determined using the emissions ranking of the data base. This analysis 
    showed that vents with 27 Mg/yr (30 tons/yr) emissions would have to be 
    controlled at the floor. When these average characteristics are used to 
    derive the comparable TRE value, the result is about $2,900/Mg ($2,600/
    ton). The discussion of the control levels selected for existing 
    process vents demonstrates that in this case the interpretation of the 
    statutory floor language is not relevant. This is the case because, 
    when cost and environmental and energy impacts are considered, as 
    required by the statute, the appropriate control level for process 
    vents is equal to the more stringent floor calculation. Thus any 
    ambiguity in the floor language and methodology does not affect the 
    regulatory alternative selected for this rule.
        Analysis of expected control efficiency at floor for storage 
    vessels at existing sources. Several commenters questioned the 
    assessment of the performance capabilities of actual controls on 
    existing storage vessels. As discussed in section V.C.3 of this 
    preamble, the performance was reassessed considering the comments. This 
    reevaluation determined that for existing storage vessels best control 
    systems are:
        (1) A 90-percent efficient control device; or
        (2) An IFR or EFR with a continuous seal, but without controlled 
    fittings.
        Also in the reexamination of existing control level, it was 
    determined that an error had been made in assignment of applicability 
    of the Benzene Storage NESHAP (40 CFR part 60, subpart Y) to storage 
    vessels in the data base. Upon examination of the data base, it was 
    found that some vessels had been assumed to be controlled due to 
    subpart Y, but the liquids stored did not meet the applicability 
    criteria of subpart Y. The Benzene Storage NESHAP applies only to 
    vessels storing liquids that meet the specifications of ASTM D-836-84 
    for industrial grade benzene, or refined benzene -485, -535, or -545. 
    After correction of the data base, 2 percent of the small vessels, 6 
    percent of the medium vessels, and 12 percent of the large vessels were 
    found to be controlled. The effect of this on the assessment of the 
    floor for existing sources is discussed in the next section of this 
    preamble.
        c. Interpretation of statutory language for existing source floors. 
    In recent Federal Register notices of proposed rulemakings (Pulp and 
    Paper and Chromium Electroplating), the EPA has requested comment on 
    the EPA's interpretation of the meaning of ``the average emission 
    limitation achieved by the best performing 12 percent of the existing 
    sources'' and the methodology for determining the MACT floor. Comments 
    have been specifically requested in these proposed rulemakings on 
    whether the MACT floor for existing sources should be set at the 88th 
    percentile or at the level reflecting the median or mean level of 
    control achieved by the best performing 12 percent of sources. 
    Questions have been raised on how the methodology used in determination 
    of the floors for the HON relates to floors being determined using 
    alternative procedures.
        With the exception of process vents and medium-sized storage 
    vessels, the two methodologies result in the same control level for the 
    floor. This results because for most of the HON data base there is 
    little variation in the physical characteristics of the emission points 
    in the top 12 percent of the population. The average or mean is equal 
    to the median value of the distribution as well as the 88th percentile 
    value. Thus, for this data base, whether the floor is determined using 
    the characteristics of the median, mean or 88th percentile does not 
    matter. The assessment of the average characteristics of the best 
    performing 12 percent of each kind of point is described below.
        As described earlier in the discussion of the process vent ranking 
    criterion, the average characteristics of the top 12 percent of the 
    process vents was equivalent to about $3,000/Mg ($2,700/ton). The 
    characteristics of process vents where at least 12 percent are 
    controlled by the reference control technology is equivalent to $1,500/
    Mg ($1,360/ton).
        For small storage vessels, the revised data base showed that only 2 
    percent of the vessels were controlled. Thus, the median 
    characteristics of the top 12 percent of the vessels is no control. 
    This control level is the same as the level predicted by 
    characteristics where at least 12 percent are controlled.
        As mentioned earlier, the EPA is not taking final action at this 
    time concerning the provisions applicable to medium storage vessels. 
    The reason is to take comments on the difference in the floor 
    determination that would result from the application of the two 
    interpretations discussed above. For medium storage vessels, 6 percent 
    of the vessels are controlled with either a 90-percent efficient 
    control device or an IFR or EFR with a continuous seal. All of the 
    controlled medium-sized vessels contained liquids with vapor pressures 
    of 13.1 kPa (1.9 psia). The arithmetic average, or mean characteristics 
    of the top 12 percent of the medium vessels would not represent the 
    performance of any known technology. If the EPA used the median as the 
    average for these vessels, however, the floor determined by the average 
    characteristics of the top 12 percent of the sources would require 
    control of vessels storing liquids with vapor pressures of 13.1 kPa 
    (1.9 psia) by either a 90-percent efficient control device or an IFR or 
    EFR with a continuous seal. This is the same vapor pressure that was 
    identified at proposal. With the revised data base, the floor 
    determined by the characteristics where at least 12 percent of the 
    points are controlled would require no control.
        For large storage vessels, the revised data base showed that 12 
    percent of the vessels were controlled and essentially all controlled 
    vessels in the top 12 percentile of each size range of vessels stored 
    liquids with vapor pressures of 13.1 kPa (1.9 psia). So the median or 
    average characteristics of the top 12 percent of the vessels is the 
    same as the characteristics where at least 12 percent of the vessels 
    were controlled. Both procedures show the floor to require control of 
    vessels containing liquids with vapor pressures of 13.1 kPa (1.9 psia) 
    and higher.
        The data base information for transfer racks also showed that all 
    controlled racks loaded liquids with vapor pressures of 10.3 kPa (1.5 
    psia) and no racks loading liquids with vapor pressures less than 10.3 
    kPa (1.5 psia) were controlled. Thus, the two procedures would predict 
    the same control requirements for the floor.
        Fewer than 1 percent of the wastewater streams in the HON data base 
    were expected to be subject to regulations that required control of air 
    emissions. Thus, for wastewater the average of the top 12 percent of 
    streams would represent no control since the median stream is not 
    controlled and the arithmetic average of the top 12 percent of the 
    sources does not correspond to any known control measure. The 
    alternative procedure for determining the floor also shows that the 
    floor would be no control.
        In summary, the outcome of the debate concerning the appropriate 
    interpretation of the floor language is not pertinent to the final 
    provisions for process vents, transfer operations, wastewater, small 
    storage vessels, and large storage vessels. Under either 
    interpretation, the floor would not alter the regulatory decisions 
    contained in this rule for those emission points because the standard 
    is, on the basis of cost and environmental and economic impacts, set at 
    or above each component of the floor regardless of which interpretation 
    is chosen. In the case of medium storage vessels, however, the EPA is 
    deferring final action pending the receipt and review of additional 
    public comment.
    2. Alternative Control Levels
        a. Stringency of standard. The proposed standard would have 
    required control of emission points with characteristics meeting the 
    criteria listed in table 5 through the use of reference control 
    technologies. The EPA selected the proposed control requirements from 
    the alternatives listed in tables 5 and 6 of the proposed notice of 
    rulemaking (57 FR 62629 and 62630). These alternatives differed only in 
    the number of emission points that would be controlled by the reference 
    control technology. The proposed requirements were selected 
    considering: (1) Magnitude of the emission reduction; (2) cost of the 
    emission reduction; (3) economic impacts and feasibility; (4) 
    consistency with previous decisions; (5) other non-air quality health 
    and environmental impacts; and (6) energy requirements. It was the 
    EPA's judgement that the proposed requirements would be achievable at 
    reasonable cost, and with reasonable economic and other impacts.
        The proposed control requirements were expected to significantly 
    reduce HAP emissions from SOCMI sources. The proposed standard was 
    estimated to reduce HAP emissions from the four kinds of emission 
    points by 422,000 Mg/yr (464,000 tons/yr) from existing and new 
    sources. At proposal the total nationwide annual cost associated with 
    this emission reduction was estimated to be about $182 million/yr, with 
    $48 million/yr of this cost associated with the monitoring, 
    recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.
        Public comments on the proposed control levels were polarized with 
    industry groups arguing the proposed standard was too stringent and 
    environmental and public interest groups arguing the standard did not 
    require sufficient control. Commenters who argued that the standard was 
    too stringent thought that in the decisions to go beyond the floor the 
    EPA should have considered the bias introduced by the procedure used to 
    determine the floor. Several commenters suggested alternative criteria 
    which they considered to be more appropriate. These commenters, 
    however, did not provide supporting rationale for their preferences. 
    Commenters representing environmental and public interest groups 
    expressed concern that the proposed standard did not require control of 
    all emissions, but allowed a large amount of emissions to go 
    uncontrolled. Several State and local regulatory agency commenters 
    thought that, at a minimum, the standard should have required control 
    comparable to existing control requirements for VOC, such as the NSPS 
    standards for SOCMI process vents (40 CFR part 60, subparts III, NNN, 
    and RRR).
        The EPA considered all of the comments in selecting the final 
    control requirements of the standard. In considering these comments, 
    the EPA viewed the concerns in the context that the positions and 
    concerns were diametrically opposed to one another. Thus, no response 
    could completely resolve the issues. The EPA's reexamination of the 
    control requirements of the standard and response to the commenters' 
    concerns is provided in the following paragraphs of this section of the 
    preamble.
        The final regulatory alternatives for existing and new sources are 
    shown in tables 6 and 7.
    
        [Note: Regulatory alternatives were developed using information 
    for the chemical processes that could be characterized sufficiently 
    to permit assignment of model emission points. The estimates 
    presented in tables 6 and 7 differ from the estimates summarized in 
    section IV of this notice because the estimates in section IV 
    include an extrapolation to account for processes that could not be 
    modeled.]
    
        The only differences between these alternatives and the 
    alternatives at proposal are revisions made to the estimates of 
    wastewater emissions and control costs and the storage vessel control 
    costs, as discussed in sections V.C.3.b and V.C.3.d of this preamble.
        The following discussion of the final selection of control levels 
    is limited to the primary factors that affected the decision. The 
    primary factors are the emission reduction, control cost, consistency 
    with other standards, and economic efficiency. Other factors such as 
    non-air environmental impacts (solid waste and water) and energy 
    impacts do not vary significantly among the alternatives. Consequently, 
    these factors are not discussed in this preamble. Readers should see 
    the proposed rulemaking (57 FR 62608) for the discussion of these other 
    factors.
        (i) Process vents. In the final rule, the EPA selected Option 3 
    (TRE cost-effectiveness values of up to $3,000/Mg) as the basis for the 
    requirements for process vents at existing sources. The EPA's selection 
    of Option 3 for process vents was principally based on consideration of 
    the emission reductions, costs, and consistency with other standards. 
    Specifically, the control level required by this option will reduce 
    emissions by 2,000 Mg/yr (2,200 tons/yr) more than Option 2, upon which 
    the proposed requirements were based. This additional emission 
    reduction is estimated to cost approximately $4 million/yr more than 
    Option 2 or $2,500 for each additional Mg of emissions ($2,270/ton).
        The EPA believes that the control required by Option 3 is 
    achievable considering the statutory criteria, for the following 
    reasons. First, EPA has received extensive comment on the proposed 
    rule. No commenters submitted data or arguments demonstrating that the 
    costs of the proposed range of options (Options 1 to 4) were 
    unreasonable. Second, the incremental cost effectiveness of Option 3 
    compared to Option 2 ($2,500/Mg [$2,275/ton]) is within the cost- 
    effectiveness values from recent decisions on other standards. Third, 
    the TRE format of the process vents provisions allows facilities the 
    flexibility to comply through changes in equipment or operations. As a 
    result, actual costs could be lower than estimated. Based on the above 
    considerations, the EPA judged that the control required by Option 3 is 
    achievable considering the statutory criteria.
        Fourth, Option 3 would provide consistency between the HON and the 
    recently issued CTG for SOCMI process vents, which requires control of 
    vents with TRE cost-effectiveness values of $2,500/Mg of VOC ($2,270/
    ton). Option 3 would also be consistent with the applicability criteria 
    for the three SOCMI process vents NSPS, which require control of vents 
    with TRE cost-effectiveness values of $3,000/Mg of VOC ($2,700/ton) 
    adjusted to 1989 dollars. The EPA believes that consistency among these 
    requirements would reduce administrative costs and implementation 
    difficulties for both EPA and permit authorities as well as industry. 
    An additional consideration in selection of Option 3 was public 
    comments that the requirements should be at least equivalent to the 
    requirements of the SOCMI NSPS and CTG.
        In addition, Option 3 is consistent with one interpretation of the 
    statutory language on floors, and thereby arguably is the minimum 
    statutorily permissible level of control. However, based on the above 
    analysis, Option 3 would have been selected whether it was equal to or 
    above the floor.
        More stringent control than Option 3 was not selected because the 
    EPA could not conclude, based on currently available information, that 
    the additional emission reduction warranted the additional cost in this 
    case. The control level for Option 4 as compared with Option 3 would 
    achieve an additional emission reduction of 1,100 Mg/yr (1,200 tons) at 
    an additional cost of $4 million/yr. The incremental cost effectiveness 
    of Option 4 relative to Option 3 is $3,900/Mg ($3,500/ton).
        The final standard retains the proposed requirement for control of 
    process vents with TRE cost-effectiveness values of $11,000/Mg ($9,980/
    ton) at new sources. The EPA considered selecting a level of emission 
    reduction more stringent than the level associated with the source-wide 
    floor for process vents at new sources. However, a standard more 
    stringent than the floor component is not being established because the 
    costs were considered high given the very small additional emission 
    reduction available. The additional control would achieve an additional 
    emission reduction of about 100 Mg/yr at a cost of about $4 million/yr, 
    or $47,000 for each additional Mg of emission reduction ($43,000/ton). 
    Therefore, the control level associated with the source-wide floor was 
    considered to represent the maximum reduction achievable for new 
    sources considering cost and other impacts. The final standard for new 
    sources reflects the floor level of control for process vents.
        (ii) Storage vessels. As described in section V.C.3.b of this 
    preamble, the cost analysis for storage vessels at existing sources was 
    revised after consideration of public comments on the assumptions in 
    the cost analysis. These revisions are reflected in the control cost 
    estimates in table 6. The EPA also revised its estimate of control 
    levels achieved by storage vessels at existing sources. As discussed in 
    section V.C.1 of this preamble, the best controls are IFR or EFR seals 
    without controlled fittings or a 90 percent efficient control device. 
    Because these controls are less economically efficient than the 
    proposed option, which was based on the existing requirements in 40 CFR 
    part 60 subpart Kb, the EPA did not develop a regulatory alternative 
    corresponding to floor control levels for all storage vessels at 
    existing sources. Instead, the regulatory alternatives in table 6 
    reflect the combination of: (1) The proposed control requirements for 
    vessels, which at the time of proposal were equipped with less 
    efficient controls than the control at the revised floor and (2) the 
    floor control for vessels, which at the time of proposal were equipped 
    with the floor controls. The alternatives were structured in this 
    manner because the EPA could not conclude, based on currently available 
    information, that requiring replacement of existing well- operated and 
    maintained controls that met the control efficiency achieved by sources 
    at the floor was justified. This additional control was estimated to 
    cost about $38,000 for each additional Mg of emission reduction 
    achieved ($34,000/ton).
        For small storage vessels at existing sources, the maximum 
    potential reduction of 380 Mg/yr would cost about $22 million/yr, or 
    $58,000 for each additional Mg ($52,000/ton). Due to the relatively 
    high incremental costs and low emission reductions of these 
    alternatives, the EPA believes that the control level for the small 
    storage vessels component of the source-wide floor for existing sources 
    represented the maximum reduction achievable considering cost and other 
    impacts.
        As discussed in section III.B.3 of this preamble, the EPA is not 
    taking final action at this time regarding medium vessels at existing 
    sources.
        For large storage vessels at existing sources, the EPA considered 
    but rejected changing the control levels from the proposed 
    requirements. The selected control level achieves an additional 3,100 
    Mg/yr (3,400 tons/yr) emission reduction above Option 1 at an 
    additional cost of $5 million/yr, or about $1,600 for each additional 
    Mg ($1,400/ton). Another consideration was that the selected control 
    requirements are consistent with the requirements in the NSPS for 
    storage vessels (40 CFR part 60, subpart Kb).
        The more stringent control option, Option 3, was not selected 
    because although it would achieve roughly an additional 4,000 Mg/yr 
    (4,400 tons/yr) emission reduction, the additional cost would be 
    substantial ($15 million/yr). This would be equivalent to about $4,000 
    for each additional Mg of emission reduction ($3,600/ton). The EPA 
    could not conclude, based on currently available information, that the 
    additional emission reduction warranted the additional cost in this 
    case.
        The control decisions for storage vessels at new sources were also 
    reexamined. The regulatory alternatives in table 7 reflect minor 
    revisions made to the cost analysis as a result of public comments. 
    After considering the alternatives and the associated impacts, the EPA 
    concluded that the proposed requirements represented the maximum 
    reduction achievable considering costs and other impacts. More 
    stringent control than the proposed levels would not reduce HAP 
    emissions significantly enough to warrant the increase in control 
    costs.
        For small and medium vessels at new sources, none of the 
    alternative control options more stringent than the floor components 
    were selected. After considering the emission reductions, costs, and 
    other impacts of the alternatives, the EPA determined the cost to 
    achieve the additional reduction was high given the very small 
    potential emission reductions. Additional control would reduce 
    emissions from medium storage vessels by less than 20 Mg/yr (22 tons/
    yr) at an additional cost of about $750,000/yr, or $47,000 for each 
    additional Mg. For the small storage vessels segment of the population, 
    further control would result in less than 10 Mg/yr (11 tons/yr) 
    emission reduction at an added cost of about $2.3 million/yr or 
    $336,000 for each additional Mg. Therefore, due to the relatively high 
    incremental costs and low incremental emission reductions, the EPA 
    determined that the control level for the small and medium storage 
    vessels components of the source-wide floor for new sources represented 
    the maximum reduction achievable considering cost and other impacts.
        For large storage vessels at new sources, the EPA concluded that 
    the proposed control levels represented the maximum reduction 
    achievable considering costs and other impacts. The control requirement 
    for large storage vessels is estimated to achieve an emission reduction 
    of 1,700 Mg/yr (1,900 tons/yr) of HAP's compared to emissions that 
    would occur without the standard. This represents an 84 percent 
    reduction from this segment of the SOCMI storage vessel population. The 
    annual cost to achieve this reduction is about $2.9 million and the 
    average cost effectiveness of this control is $1,700/Mg ($1,500/ton). 
    More stringent control was not selected because the additional emission 
    reduction of 3 Mg/yr achieved through further control is not 
    significant, given the additional cost ($300,000/yr). This cost was 
    judged to be disproportionately high.
        (iii) Transfer operations. No changes were made to the estimates of 
    emissions or control costs for transfer operations. The final transfer 
    operations control requirements for both existing and new sources are 
    unchanged from the proposed requirements. More stringent control was 
    not selected because the small additional emission reduction that could 
    be achieved was disproportionate to the cost. The incremental cost 
    effectiveness of the additional emission reduction that could be 
    achieved is $54,000/Mg.
        (iv) Process wastewater. As discussed in the proposed notice of 
    rulemaking (57 FR 62643-62645), there were a number of issues regarding 
    the emission and control cost estimates that the EPA was evaluating at 
    the time of proposal. The EPA has completed its evaluation of these 
    issues, and section V.G.4 of this preamble summarizes the basis for the 
    final estimates for SOCMI sources subject to the HON. A more detailed 
    description of the analysis and basis for the final estimates is 
    provided in the BID and docket A-90-23. The emission and control cost 
    estimates provided in tables 6 and 7 reflect the revised emission and 
    cost estimates for process wastewater. The revised estimates are 
    approximately 20 percent lower than the estimates presented at proposal 
    (57 FR 62629-62630).
        The EPA reexamined the proposed control requirements in light of 
    these changes and public comments on the stringency of the standard. 
    After considering the alternatives and the associated impacts, the EPA 
    concluded that the proposed control criteria for process wastewater 
    streams at existing sources (flow of 10 lpm or greater and VOHAP 
    concentration of 1000 ppmw) represent the maximum reduction achievable 
    considering costs and other impacts. More stringent control than the 
    proposed levels would not reduce HAP emissions significantly enough to 
    warrant the increase in control costs.
        Alternative control Options 2 through 4 were not selected because 
    the additional emission reduction achieved through further control was 
    not significant, given the costs and the uncertainty regarding the 
    characterization of SOCMI wastewater systems. Specifically, control of 
    wastewater streams with a flow rate of 5 lpm or greater and a VOHAP 
    concentration of 800 ppmw (Option 2) was estimated to result in about 
    700 Mg/yr (770 tons/yr) additional reduction at a cost of about $2.9 
    million/yr. This control option has an incremental cost effectiveness 
    of $4,300/Mg ($3,900 ton). Options 3 and 4 achieve only a small 
    additional emission reduction at incremental cost effectiveness values 
    of $13,400/Mg and $24,000/Mg ($12,100/ton and $21,600/ton). Given the 
    technical uncertainties that exist regarding the representation of 
    SOCMI wastewater streams and industry practices in design of wastewater 
    collection and treatment systems, it is uncertain whether any of the 
    alternative control options considered would result in additional 
    emission reductions.
        The regulatory alternatives considered for process wastewater 
    streams at new sources were a combination of the floor control 
    requirement for organic HAP's with volatilities similar to benzene (see 
    table 8 of subpart G for the list of organic HAP's) and control 
    alternatives for the less volatile organic HAP's (see table 9 of 
    subpart G for the list of organic HAP's). Table 7 shows the emission 
    reductions and costs associated with the floor control for the table 8 
    organic HAP's combined with the emission reduction and costs for 
    control of total VOHAP concentrations of either 1,000 ppmw (Option 2) 
    or 5 ppmw (Option 3). After considering the alternatives and the final 
    emission and control costs, the EPA concluded that the control 
    requirements in Option 2 are achievable. The control requirements for 
    new source wastewater streams would apply to 3 sets of streams: Streams 
    with flow rates of 0.02 lpm or greater and a VOHAP concentration of 10 
    ppmw or greater of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of subpart G; and 
    streams with a flow rate of 10 lpm or greater and a VOHAP concentration 
    of 1000 ppmw or greater of organic HAP's listed in table 9 of subpart 
    G; and any stream with a VOHAP concentration of 10,000 ppmw or greater 
    of organic HAP's listed in table 9 of subpart G. The control level was 
    selected considering the emission reduction achieved by the alternative 
    control options for HAP emissions and considering the criteria 
    enumerated in Section 112(d) of the Act.
        The control requirements of Option 2 are estimated to achieve an 
    emission reduction of 13,500 Mg/yr (14,800 tons/yr) compared to 
    emissions in absence of this rule. This represents an 82 percent 
    reduction from uncontrolled emission rates. The annual cost to achieve 
    this reduction is about $12.8 million. Option 2 is estimated to achieve 
    an emission reduction of about 3,200 Mg/yr (3,500 tons/yr) of HAP 
    emissions above Option 1 (the floor). This control would cost an 
    additional $2.8 million/yr with an average cost-effectiveness value of 
    $948/Mg ($860/ton).
        A more stringent level of emission limitation was not selected 
    because control beyond Option 2 is estimated to achieve only a small 
    additional emission reduction. The further control would reduce 
    emissions by an additional 400 Mg/yr (440 tons/yr) of HAP and would 
    cost about $24 million per year, an increase of about $11 million per 
    year over the cost of Option 2. Because the cost is disproportionately 
    large compared to this additional emission reduction, the EPA did not 
    select the more stringent control option for the standard.
        b. Summary of control decisions. In summary, the selected control 
    provisions are estimated for the well- characterized processes to 
    reduce emissions from existing sources by 312,000 Mg/yr (343,000 tons/
    yr) and new sources by 61,300 Mg/yr over emissions that would occur in 
    absence of this rule. The cost of this control is estimated to be about 
    $107 million/yr for existing sources and $32,300/yr for new sources. 
    The cost of the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements 
    associated with the controls is estimated to be $68 million/yr. Tables 
    6 and 7 also show the emission reduction and cost associated with the 
    maximum reduction that could be achieved. For existing sources, only an 
    additional 10,000 Mg/yr (11,000 tons/yr) emission reduction could 
    result, and this would cost an additional $103 million/yr. Similarly, 
    for new sources, the additional emission reduction is about 400 Mg/yr 
    (670 tons/yr) and this would cost $19 million/yr more than the selected 
    control requirements. The EPA considers the selected standard to be the 
    maximum reduction achievable considering costs and other impacts. [As 
    discussed in previous sections, the EPA is deferring decision on 
    control of medium-sized storage vessels at existing sources. Thus, the 
    costs and emission reductions presented in table 6 may be slightly 
    overstated.]
    3. Selection of Requirements
        a. Process vents. This section discusses the following issues 
    related to the selection of requirements for process vents: 95-percent 
    control vs. 98-percent control for existing sources, 98-percent control 
    for existing sources, 98-percent control for organic HAP's, and the 
    halogenated stream limit.
        (i) 95-Percent Control vs. 98-Percent Control for Existing Sources. 
    For the final rule, the EPA maintains the same position as at proposal 
    that existing control devices must achieve an organic HAP reduction of 
    98 percent or 20 ppmv (measured as total organic HAP or TOC).
        Several commenters suggested that facilities with an existing 
    control device achieving 95 percent reduction be allowed to operate for 
    a period of time (e.g., 10 years) or until a replacement is necessary. 
    One commenter acknowledged that emissions averaging could be used to 
    make up the difference between 95 percent and 98 percent, but that 
    emissions averaging may not be a viable option in all cases, for 
    example at small production facilities.
        Available information shows that controls achieving 98 percent 
    reduction for Group 1 process vents are in use at a significant number 
    of existing sources, and are part of the MACT floor. Thus, the standard 
    must require 98-percent reduction. This level of control is required by 
    previous NSPS and several state regulations. For those existing process 
    vent control devices that are achieving less than 98 percent, the EPA 
    has provided emissions averaging as an alternative compliance option. 
    An emission credit from control of another emission point in the 
    facility can be used to offset the emission debit generated by the use 
    of a process vent control device with less than 98 percent efficiency. 
    For small production facilities, the magnitude of emission debit 
    generated by controlling process vents to efficiencies lower than 98 
    percent should be small. Therefore, emissions averaging should still be 
    a viable option for these facilities. Facilities may also have other 
    options for control of Group 1 process vents. In some cases, addition 
    of supplemental fuel and modification of control device operating 
    conditions can allow existing devices to achieve 98 percent. In other 
    cases, process modifications to raise the TRE to greater than 1.0 may 
    also be a feasible means of compliance.
        (ii) 98-Percent control for organic HAP. For the final rule, the 
    EPA maintains the same position as at proposal that the reference 
    control technology (RCT) of combustion can achieve at least 98-percent 
    reduction for total organic HAP. The 98-percent reduction level applies 
    to both process vents and transfer operations.
        One commenter said that the EPA had not demonstrated that RCT 
    achieves a 98-percent reduction for each HAP and that the efficiency 
    appeared to be based on VOC control levels for previous NSPS. However, 
    several commenters said that the reduction was achievable or that the 
    RCT can provide greater than 98-percent reduction and that at least 
    99.9-percent reduction should be required.
        The EPA would first like to reiterate that control by thermal 
    oxidation is not specifically required by the HON process vents 
    provisions. Thermal oxidation is simply the reference control 
    technology whose performance level must be met by any controls intended 
    to comply with the HON process vents provisions. The commenter 
    correctly states that 98-percent control is based on studies used to 
    determine VOC control levels for past NSPS and has not been proven by 
    testing for each individual HAP. These two issues do not weaken the 
    EPA's decision for 98-percent control of HAP's for the following 
    reasons: (1) Nearly all HAP's covered by this rule are also VOC's; and 
    (2) HON compliance is not based upon control of each individual HAP. 
    Compliance with the HON may be based upon measurements of either total 
    organic HAP or TOC. Clearly, a control device might have a higher level 
    of control for one particular HAP than for another, but compliance is 
    based on the overall reduction of total organic HAP or TOC.
        The 98-percent level of control was chosen because it has been 
    shown to be uniformly achievable by well-designed and operated 
    combustion devices. As stated earlier, test data to demonstrate 
    efficiency in a thermal incinerator are not available for each 
    individual HAP. However, the efficiency conclusions for a thermal 
    incinerator (98-percent reduction or an outlet concentration of 20 
    ppmv) were based on test data using the most difficult VOC compounds to 
    combust, which included several organic HAP's. Therefore, it was 
    concluded that the 98-percent reduction can be achieved for total 
    organic HAP for all well-designed and operated systems. The EPA 
    recognized that thermal incineration may achieve greater than 98-
    percent reduction in some cases, but test data shows that levels 
    greater than 98 percent may not be uniformly achievable under all 
    operating conditions.
        (iii) Halogenated streams limit. For the final rule, the EPA has 
    determined that a mass limit is more appropriate for identifying 
    halogen streams that require control of acid gases. The mass limit 
    format will result in a more efficient control approach for acid gas 
    formation and will provide greater flexibility for compliance. This has 
    been changed from proposal where a halogen stream was defined by a 
    concentration limit.
        Several commenters requested that a mass limit be used in lieu of a 
    concentration for determining if a process vent stream was halogenated 
    or nonhalogenated so multiple process vent streams could be controlled 
    in a common header system. Several commenters also requested a mass 
    limit so flares could be used to control vent streams which contained a 
    small mass rate of halogen compounds. Some commenters cited an existing 
    state regulation in Texas and RCRA rules that were based on a mass 
    limit. Other commenters objected to the requirement to use a scrubber 
    following a combustor to achieve the specified halogen reduction. They 
    noted that other control device combinations, such as a scrubber before 
    a flare, could achieve the same results for some process vent streams.
        The EPA agrees with the commenters, and a mass limit for defining 
    halogen streams was incorporated in the final rule. The mass limit will 
    provide greater flexibility for compliance. The data used to evaluate 
    the proposed concentration limit were used in this reassessment to 
    determine a mass limit for promulgation. This change is consistent with 
    the demonstrated scrubber performance and not a change in the intended 
    stringency of the rule. The rule has been revised to define a 
    halogenated stream as a process vent stream containing 1.0 lb/hr or 
    greater of halogen atoms. If Group 1 halogenated streams are combusted, 
    the rule requires a 99-percent reduction of total halogen and hydrogen 
    halides or a reduction of halogen and hydrogen halide emissions to less 
    than 1.0 lb/hr. If halogen controls were installed prior to proposal, 
    these are required to achieve 95-percent reduction or reduce emissions 
    to 1.0 lb/hr. A commenter noted that State rules require 95-percent 
    control. The EPA did not include costs for replacing existing scrubbers 
    that achieve between 95- and 99-percent removal in the national impact 
    estimates, and it would not be reasonable to require replacement of 
    existing scrubbers given the small additional percent emission 
    reduction that would be achieved.
        The rule has been reworded so that only the emission limit is 
    specified rather than also specifying that a scrubber must be used 
    after a combustor. The rule has also been reworded to allow owners or 
    operators flexibility to reduce halogen atom mass flow rate of a Group 
    1 process vent stream to less than 1.0 lb/hr before combustion (thereby 
    becoming nonhalogenated) and use any type of organics control device 
    (including a flare) to combust the stream.
        b. Storage Vessels--(i) Vapor pressure criteria for large storage 
    vessels--The final rule maintains the same applicability criteria 
    (i.e., vapor pressure and storage vessel size) that were specified in 
    the proposed rule as MACT for large storage vessels located at both new 
    and existing sources.
        Two commenters requested that the vapor pressure criterion for 
    determination of Group 1 status of large storage vessels be increased 
    (i.e., reduced in stringency). The commenters objected to the EPA's 
    selection of options above the floor because, in the commenters' view, 
    the options were not cost-effective. The commenters asserted that the 
    EPA's cost analysis had underestimated the actual cost of compliance by 
    underestimating the following costs:
        (1) The cost of cleaning and degassing storage vessels;
        (2) The capital cost for IFR's;
        (3) The installation cost for retrofitting fixed roof tanks with 
    IFR's; and
        (4) The cost for installing a condenser on a fixed roof storage 
    vessel.
        Regarding the cost of cleaning and degassing storage vessels, the 
    commenters contended that the EPA's cost estimate was low because: (1) 
    It did not include the cost of hazardous waste disposal; and (2) it was 
    based on the cost of cleaning and degassing tanks containing gasoline 
    and light petroleum products. Regarding the cost of IFR's, the 
    commenters contended that the EPA's capital costs for the installation 
    of IFR's were low for two reasons: (1) The EPA's estimated capital 
    costs, which are based on vendor quotes, were lower than the vendor 
    quote obtained by the commenter; and (2) in general, vendor quotes 
    underestimate the installation costs for IFR's because they do not 
    account for additional tank repairs that are discovered after the tank 
    has been emptied and cleaned for retrofit. Regarding the cost of 
    installing a condenser on a fixed roof storage vessel, one commenter 
    contended that the EPA's cost did not incorporate additional start-up 
    costs, such as testing the operation of a new condenser after 
    installation.
        The EPA determined that the costing equation used in the proposal 
    analysis for cleaning and degassing should be revised to include the 
    cost of hazardous sludge disposal. These costs have been incorporated 
    into the impacts analysis for the final rule. Regarding the EPA's 
    costing equation for cleaning and degassing storage vessels (including 
    hazardous sludge disposal), the EPA had its equation reviewed prior to 
    proposal by companies that perform cleaning and degassing for the 
    chemical industry. The EPA concluded that the equation is 
    representative of the cost for the chemical industry. The commenters 
    did not provide adequate detail to demonstrate that the cost for the 
    chemical industry would generally be higher than EPA's estimate.
        The EPA determined that the commenters' capital cost estimates for 
    internal floating roofs are higher than EPA's estimates because the 
    commenters were addressing the capital cost of fiberglass internal 
    floating roofs. The EPA's analysis was based on aluminum internal 
    floating roofs, which are much less expensive than fiberglass IFR's. 
    However, if at baseline a fixed roof storage vessel stores a liquid 
    that is not compatible with an aluminum IFR, the EPA estimated the cost 
    of installing a condenser, rather than a fiberglass IFR, for the fixed 
    roof vessel. The EPA's cost of a refrigerated condenser is, on average, 
    equivalent to the cost for a fiberglass IFR.
        The EPA's cost equation for installing an IFR on a fixed roof 
    storage vessel, which is based on vendor quotes, already accounts for 
    those tank changes that are directly associated with the installation 
    of the IFR (i.e., the cost of cutting openings and vents). The EPA does 
    not consider the additional tank changes suggested by the commenters 
    (e.g., upgrading the column supports) to be directly related to the 
    retrofit or to be applicable to the average retrofit for compliance 
    with the rule. Therefore, the EPA will continue to utilize its vendor 
    quotes for installation costs for IFR's.
        The EPA determined that it had underestimated the start-up costs 
    for installing condensers on fixed roof storage vessels (e.g., the cost 
    of testing a new condenser to ensure that it achieves the required 
    temperature). In the proposal analysis, the EPA had used the costing 
    factor provided in the EPA's OCCM: Chapter 8--Refrigerated Condensers 
    published in November 1991, for installing a packaged condenser system. 
    This factor did not account for the start-up cost mentioned by the 
    commenters. The EPA has revised its installation cost equation for 
    condensers to include the OCCM's costing equation for installing a 
    nonpackaged condenser system. This revised equation accounts for the 
    additional start-up costs for installing a condenser.
        (ii) Performance of existing control equipment on storage vessels 
    at existing sources. For the final rule, the EPA has revised its 
    assessment of the performance achievable by the control equipment for 
    storage vessels at existing sources. Refer to section V.C.2. of this 
    preamble for further discussion of how this issue relates to the MACT 
    floor for existing sources.
        Two commenters recommended changing the RCT requirement for 
    condensers to specify 90-percent control for storage vessels at 
    existing sources. The commenters contended that most existing 
    refrigerated condensers on storage vessels at existing sources can 
    achieve only 90- to 93-percent control and would therefore have to be 
    replaced with new condensers that could achieve 95-percent control.
        The EPA has concluded that most existing refrigerated condensers 
    serving storage vessels at existing sources are achieving 90- to 93-
    percent control. At proposal, the EPA had assumed that these existing 
    condensers could be adjusted to achieve 95-percent control through 
    changes in coolant temperature. However, after reevaluating the 
    available information, the EPA has concluded that not all of the 
    existing condensers achieving 90-percent control can be adjusted to 
    achieve 95-percent control. Additionally, the EPA has determined that 
    IFR's controlling emissions from fixed roof storage vessels at existing 
    sources do not have controlled fittings.
        Therefore, the final rule establishes MACT for storage vessels at 
    existing sources as 95-percent emissions reduction, except where 
    control devices achieve 90- to 95-percent emissions reduction. The 
    final rule does not require upgrade of an existing control device, 
    provided the device was installed on a storage vessel on or before 
    December 31, 1992 and is designed to reduce inlet emissions of total 
    organic HAP's by at least 90 percent. Refer to section V.C.2. of this 
    preamble for further discussion of how this issue relates to the MACT 
    floor for existing sources.
        c. Transfer operations. The analysis of the MACT floor level of 
    control and the control requirement for transfer operations did not 
    change for the final rule. Owners or operators of transfer racks that 
    load 650,000 l/yr or more of organic HAP's with a rack-weighted partial 
    pressure of 10.3 Kpa or greater are required to control emissions by 
    98-percent reduction, use a flare, or use vapor balancing. Facilities 
    using vapor balancing can also choose to exclude the rack being vapor 
    balanced from compliance with the transfer provisions.
        Some commenters supported the stringency level set for transfer 
    operations, including the definitions of Group 1 and Group 2 transfer 
    racks, the level of control (i.e., 98 percent), and the allowance of 
    vapor balancing. However, one commenter contended that the EPA did not 
    identify the best-controlled transfer racks. The commenter asserted 
    that the EPA identified vapor balancing as a superior control 
    technology since transfer racks using this technology are exempt, but 
    the EPA did not identify vapor balancing as the floor or MACT.
        Based on the data available for the floor analysis, the EPA 
    concluded that the average of the top 12 percent of the transfer racks 
    achieve 98-percent reduction. The 98-percent value was based on racks 
    subject to the Benzene Waste NESHAP. Using vapor balancing with vapor 
    collection on a transfer rack exempts the facility from the HON 
    transfer provisions because vapor balancing reduces emissions by 98 
    percent or better, based on a technical analysis. However, data were 
    not available to identify if vapor balancing was being used on a 
    sufficient proportion of SOCMI transfer operations to constitute a 
    floor level of control.
        d. Process wastewater--(i) Lists of hazardous air pollutants. 
    Several commenters requested clarification of the difference in the 
    lists of organic HAP's: (1) In the Act; (2) in table 2 of subpart F; 
    and (3) in tables 8 and 9 of subpart G. The EPA clarifies that the Act 
    includes a list of 189 HAP's from which the EPA has identified 112 
    organic HAP's that are emitted from SOCMI processes (table 2 of subpart 
    F). From the list of 112 organic HAP's in table 2 of subpart F, the EPA 
    has identified 76 organic HAP's that exist in water and that are most 
    likely to be emitted from wastewater. These 76 organic compounds are 
    listed in table 9 of subpart G. Table 8 of subpart G is a subset of 
    table 9 and includes organic HAP's that volatilize from wastewater at a 
    rate approximately equal to or greater than benzene.
        (ii) Definition of ``wastewater.'' In the proposed rule, the 
    definition of ``wastewater'' contained several terms including process 
    fluid, process wastewater, maintenance wastewater, and maintenance-
    turnaround wastewater. These terms were defined within the proposed 
    definition of ``wastewater.''
        In the final rule, the EPA has revised the definition of wastewater 
    in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F to clarify the scope of the EPA's original 
    intent. As part of this clarification, the term ``process fluid'' has 
    been removed from the definition of ``wastewater,'' because commenters 
    were confused that process fluids were considered to be wastewater 
    before they left the process unit equipment and entered the individual 
    drain system. The EPA clarifies that any fluid must exit the process 
    unit equipment before it may be a wastewater stream subject to the HON. 
    The term ``maintenance-turnaround wastewater'' also has been deleted 
    from the definition of ``wastewater'' because all maintenance-related 
    wastewater is now included in the definition of ``maintenance 
    wastewater.'' In the final rule, the definitions of both ``wastewater'' 
    and ``maintenance wastewater'' are in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F. The 
    revised definition of ``wastewater'' in the final rule reads as 
    follows:
    
        Wastewater means organic hazardous air pollutant-containing 
    water, raw material, intermediate, product, by-product, co-product, 
    or material that exits equipment in a chemical manufacturing process 
    unit that meets all applicability criteria specified in Sec. 63.100 
    (b)(1) through (b)(3) of subpart F and either: (1) Contains at least 
    5 ppmw total volatile organic hazardous air pollutants and has a 
    flow rate of 0.02 lpm or greater; or (2) contains at least 10,000 
    ppmw total volatile organic hazardous air pollutants at any flow 
    rate. Wastewater includes both process wastewater and maintenance 
    wastewater.
    
        Numerous comments were received on the definition of ``wastewater'' 
    in section 63.101 of subpart F. All responses to these comments are 
    located in Sec. 4.1.2 of BID volume 2B. Commenters expressed concern 
    about the following issues:
        (1) The EPA should specify a percentage of water in order for a 
    stream to be considered a wastewater subject to the HON;
        (2) The definition of ``wastewater'' should not include ``process 
    fluid,'' ``product,'' and ``intermediate stream''; and
        (3) The EPA should narrow the scope of the wastewater definition 
    because products that are within a process unit should not be 
    regulated.
        The EPA has not specified a percentage of water that must be 
    present in a wastewater stream in order for the stream to be a 
    wastewater stream. The EPA intends for the HON to regulate as 
    wastewater any stream that: (1) Exits process unit equipment; and (2) 
    meets the concentration and flow rate criteria that are specified in 
    the definition of wastewater. The EPA has determined that such 
    wastewater streams have a significant potential for emissions and 
    should therefore be regulated.
        Because the EPA intends to regulate wastewater streams that are 
    generated when organics exit process unit equipment, the EPA continues 
    to include the terms ``product'' and ``intermediate'' in the definition 
    of ``wastewater.'' If an owner or operator chooses to discharge from 
    process unit equipment either a product or intermediate that also meets 
    the definition of a ``wastewater'' (i.e., flow rate and VOHAP 
    concentration), the EPA wants to ensure that emissions from such 
    wastewater streams are controlled. If a product or intermediate stream 
    has not exited the process unit equipment, then such streams cannot 
    meet the definition of ``wastewater'' in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F, and 
    therefore are not subject to the wastewater provisions in the HON. The 
    EPA has deleted the term ``process fluids'' from the definition of 
    ``wastewater'' because commenters stated that process fluids also could 
    mean fluids within a process unit.
        (iii) Basis of standard. In the final rule, the EPA retains steam 
    stripping as the RCT. Numerous commenters opposed basing control of HAP 
    emissions from wastewater on steam stripping and recommended biological 
    treatment as the RCT for the following reasons:
        (1) The most common type of wastewater treatment currently employed 
    by existing SOCMI sources is biological treatment;
        (2) Many of the HAP's listed in table 9 of subpart G are not 
    volatile and cannot be removed by steam stripping, but can be 
    biologically degraded; and
        (3) The inclusion of biological treatment as an RCT would be 
    consistent with the Benzene Waste NESHAP requirements.
        The EPA selected steam stripping as the RCT because it is the most 
    universally applicable treatment technology for removing volatile 
    organic HAP's from wastewater. The EPA is aware that many SOCMI 
    facilities use biological treatment units for wastewater treatment. 
    However, in general, compounds that are not easily steam stripped, but 
    are readily biodegraded, are not being regulated by the HON. The HON 
    regulates volatile organic HAP's and volatile organic HAP's can be 
    treated by steam stripping. Not all of the regulated compounds are 
    significantly biodegradable, because volatility does not correlate with 
    biodegradation efficiency, as it does with steam stripping efficiency.
        When reviewing biological treatment as the potential RCT, the EPA 
    determined that variability in performance is significant. For example, 
    the amount of emissions reduction achieved by biological treatment, 
    even for biologically degradable compounds, will vary among SOCMI 
    sources due to ranges in operating and design parameters, such as the 
    biological degradation rate, surface area of the unit, aeration rate, 
    hydraulic residence time, and the active biomass concentration. A well-
    operated and well-maintained biological treatment system can achieve 
    reductions as high as 99-percent HAP destruction. However, the 
    variability in performance makes it difficult to quantify a required 
    emission reduction for the purpose of setting a standard. Emission 
    reductions for biological treatment systems can only be determined on a 
    site-specific basis. The EPA emphasizes that SOCMI sources using 
    biological treatment can comply with the rule by consistently achieving 
    the required emission reduction.
        The EPA has reviewed the Benzene Waste NESHAP and has determined 
    that the equipment standard for the use of a biological treatment unit 
    in the Benzene Waste NESHAP would not achieve comparable emission 
    control for all 76 HAP's regulated by the HON wastewater provisions. 
    This option may be used in combination with other treatment options, 
    but all wastewater streams must be conveyed or handled in individual 
    drain systems or waste management units that limit HAP emissions to the 
    atmosphere as required by Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of subpart G. The 
    only wastewater streams that may be conveyed or handled in uncontrolled 
    individual drain systems or waste management units are:
        (1) Group 1 wastewater streams that have already been treated and 
    have achieved compliance with one of the HON treatment options in 
    Sec. 63.138 of subpart G; and
        (2) Group 2 wastewater streams. As required in the other wastewater 
    compliance options, facilities using this option must comply with the 
    emission suppression requirements in Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 for 
    all wastewater streams except those wastewater streams that are already 
    in compliance. In the final rule, the EPA has included an additional 
    compliance option for the use of biological treatment. Under this 
    treatment option, an owner or operator is required to control all 
    wastewater streams in accordance with Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 and 
    achieve a 95-percent reduction in total HAP mass for all wastewater 
    that is treated in the biological treatment system.
        (iv) Clarification on the Use of the Terms ``HAP'' and ``VOHAP''. 
    In response to comments, the EPA clarifies the use of the terms ``VOHAP 
    concentration'' and ``HAP'' to reflect the proper use of the terms 
    throughout the preamble, regulation, and BID documents. The terms 
    ``volatile organic hazardous air pollutant concentration'' or ``VOHAP 
    concentration'' mean the concentration of an individually-speciated 
    organic HAP in a wastewater stream or a residual as measured by Method 
    305. The term ``VOHAP concentration'' does not refer to the lists of 
    organic HAP's in tables 8 and 9 of subpart G. The wastewater provisions 
    of the HON regulate emissions from wastewater of those organic HAP's 
    listed in table 8 for new sources and in table 9 for new and existing 
    sources. The applicability of the requirements in the HON to wastewater 
    streams is based on the VOHAP concentration of the HAP's present in the 
    wastewater stream. In addition to using Method 305, the VOHAP 
    concentration of a compound can be calculated by multiplying the HAP 
    concentration of the compound by the compound-specific fraction 
    measured (Fm) value listed in table 34 of subpart G.
        (v) Point of Generation. In the final rule, the conceptual basis 
    for the point of generation has not changed from the proposed rule. 
    However, in consideration of the comments, the EPA has clarified the 
    definition. The point of generation is located where process wastewater 
    exits the chemical manufacturing process unit equipment.
        Numerous commenters requested clarification on both the proposed 
    definition of ``point of generation'' and the location where sampling 
    for the flow rate and VOHAP concentration were permissible. The 
    following comments were submitted:
        (1) The EPA should not define the point of generation as ``prior to 
    mixing'';
        (2) The point of generation should be after the last recovery 
    device and before discharge to a wastewater treatment or disposal 
    system;
        (3) The EPA should delete or explain the use of the term ``integral 
    to the process unit'';
        (4) The EPA should clarify that the point of generation is at the 
    point where material exits the process unit and enters the individual 
    drain system;
        (5) To be consistent with RCRA, the point of generation should be 
    the first point downstream of the process unit where emissions can 
    enter the atmosphere; and
        (6) Sampling should be allowed downstream of the point of 
    generation in situations where the point of generation is either within 
    a closed-pipe system or sampling could be dangerous to workers.
        The basic foundation of the proposed provisions for process 
    wastewater is to identify wastewater streams for control and treatment 
    based on VOHAP concentration and flow rate at their point of 
    generation, which is where the wastewater exits chemical manufacturing 
    process unit equipment. This approach focuses control efforts on the 
    wastewater streams with the highest HAP loadings. If dilution prior to 
    a control determination were allowed, some wastewater streams that 
    would have required control based on the VOHAP concentration criteria 
    would not meet the VOHAP concentration criteria at the point of 
    generation for control and would not be treated. Thus, the EPA has 
    retained the concept of ``prior to mixing'' to avoid the dilution of 
    wastewater streams. However, the EPA allows the owner or operator to 
    make corrections for changes in VOHAP concentration and flow rate using 
    engineering calculations.
        In consideration of commenter concerns, the final rule clarifies 
    the EPA's original intent in Sec. 63.144 of subpart G to reduce the 
    sampling and analysis burden for industry while still meeting the EPA's 
    objectives. The point of generation remains a single location in the 
    final rule. However, sampling to determine the characteristics of a 
    wastewater stream (i.e., VOHAP concentration and flow rate) may be 
    accomplished either at the point of generation or downstream of the 
    point of generation. If wastewater characteristics are determined 
    downstream of the point of generation, the owner or operator must 
    correct for:
        (1) HAP losses due to volatilization;
        (2) Reduction of VOHAP concentration or changes in flow rate by 
    mixing with other water or wastewater; or
        (3) Reduction of VOHAP concentration or flow rate by treatment or 
    handling to destroy or remove HAP's.
        The final rule also incorporates the concept of designating either 
    a single wastewater stream or a mixture of wastewater streams as a 
    Group 1 wastewater stream. This option allows the facility owner or 
    operator to declare that at a designated location downstream of the 
    point(s) of generation, all wastewater streams at this location and 
    upstream are Group 1 and are therefore controlled in accordance with 
    Secs. 63.133 through 63.137. The owner or operator is required to meet 
    all requirements for Group 1 wastewater streams, both upstream and 
    downstream for the designated Group 1 wastewater stream. The advantages 
    to using this option are that no sampling is necessary to make a Group 
    1/Group 2 determination and a facility can reduce the number of 
    locations where wastewater stream characteristics are determined.
        By adding the option to designate Group 1 wastewater streams and 
    clarifying the option to determine wastewater characteristics 
    downstream of the point of generation, the EPA has addressed commenter 
    concerns about sampling in closed piping. While the concept of 
    designating Group 1 wastewater streams does not allow any wastewater 
    streams that would be Group 1 at the point of generation to become 
    Group 2 wastewater streams, it does provide an avenue for fewer point 
    of generation identifications than the proposed rule because sampling 
    does not need to be done at the actual point of generation.
        The EPA encourages owners or operators to sample downstream of the 
    point of generation if sampling from the point of generation could be 
    dangerous to workers or if the point of generation is within a closed-
    pipe system. In fact, the proposed rule allowed sampling downstream of 
    the point of generation. Because numerous comments indicated that the 
    proposed rule was not clear about where to sample and make Group 1/
    Group 2 determinations, the final rule has been clarified. The final 
    provisions now specify that Group 1/Group 2 determinations can be made 
    downstream of the point of generation using sampling, process 
    knowledge, or bench-scale or pilot-scale test data.
        e. Cooling water. In the final rule, the provisions for monitoring 
    cooling tower and once-through cooling water systems have been modified 
    in response to commenter concerns. In the final rule, the EPA clarifies 
    the definition of heat exchange system (i.e., both cooling towers and 
    once-through cooling systems). A leak in a heat exchange system is no 
    longer identified by a statistically significant increase of 1 percent 
    at a 95-percent confidence level but is identified only by a 
    statistically significant increase of at least 1 ppm at a 95-percent 
    confidence level. In the final rule, the EPA clarifies that sampling 
    for leak detection must be conducted at the inlet and outlet of the 
    cooling tower, not the inlet and outlet of each heat exchanger. For the 
    final rule, a once-through cooling system will not be subject to the 
    HON if it has an NPDES permit with a discharge limit of less than 1 
    ppm. An NPDES permit with a discharge limit of less than 1 ppm 
    guarantees that the concentration differential across a once-through 
    cooling water system is less than 1 ppm. Furthermore, the EPA realizes 
    that routing the discharge from a steam jet ejector to a cooling tower 
    may cause a concentration differential of 1 ppm across a heat exchange 
    system. Therefore, in the final rule, the EPA includes re-routing the 
    discharge from a steam jet ejector as a means of repairing a leak in a 
    heat exchange system.
        In response to comments requesting clarification about which HAP's 
    were regulated, the EPA clarifies that water from cooling towers are 
    regulated for the organic HAP's listed in table 2 of subpart F except 
    for four water-reactive HAP's and once-through cooling systems are 
    regulated only for the HAP's listed in table 9 of subpart G.
        Several commenters were concerned that 15 days was not ample time 
    to repair a leak in a heat exchange system. In response to comments, 
    the EPA has extended the delay of repair for leaks in a heat exchange 
    system from 15 days in the proposed rule to 45 days in the final rule. 
    The final rule allows delay of repair beyond 45 days for situations 
    where the owner or operator can show that emissions from shutdown of a 
    process would be greater than emissions from the leak.
        Several commenters submitted comments stating that the EPA: (1) 
    Correct or clarify the original intent to require sampling across the 
    cooling tower, not across each heat exchanger; (2) provide an exemption 
    for heat exchange systems with low flows; (3) clarify which HAP 
    emissions are regulated from cooling towers and once-through cooling 
    water systems; and (4) clearly state which parameters are acceptable 
    for monitoring. Numerous commenters suggested alternate ways of testing 
    for a leak in a heat exchange system rather than testing for speciated 
    HAP's, including testing for TOC or total VOHAP concentration, or using 
    surrogate parameters to determine a leak. Having reviewed several 
    sampling parameters and analytical methods, the EPA concludes that: (1) 
    Sampling for total VOC, total HAP, TOC for semi-volatile compounds, or 
    speciated HAP concentration is allowable; and (2) any method listed in 
    40 CFR part 136 or any other method approved by the Administrator may 
    be used as long as the same method is used on both the inlet and 
    outlet. The EPA concludes that monitoring of surrogate parameters is 
    not sufficient to determine the magnitude of the leak in the cooling 
    tower or once-through cooling system. After analyzing the amount of 
    HAP's that could be emitted if the sampling frequency for leak 
    detection were extended beyond quarterly, the EPA continues to require 
    quarterly monitoring. The rule does not provide an exemption for heat 
    exchange systems with a low flow rate (e.g., 1,000 to 2,000 gpm) 
    because the emissions from such systems are significant if a leak is 
    detected. For example, if a leak at 2,000 gpm is detected after 3 
    months of leaking, 1.1 tons of HAP emissions could have already been 
    emitted.
        f. Maintenance wastewater. In the final rule, the EPA requires that 
    all maintenance-related wastewater be managed in the same manner. The 
    definition of ``maintenance-turnaround wastewater'' has been eliminated 
    from the final rule and incorporated into the definition of 
    ``maintenance wastewater,'' which now encompasses all maintenance-
    related wastewater streams that are subject to the HON. The term 
    ``maintenance wastewater'' in the proposed rule referred to only 
    routine maintenance wastewater.
        Also, in the final rule, all maintenance-related wastewater streams 
    are subject to the same requirements under the HON. Unlike the proposed 
    rule, the final rule does not require that routine maintenance 
    wastewater be managed in a controlled drain system. In the final rule, 
    the facility's start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan must include a 
    description of procedures that will ensure that all maintenance 
    wastewater is properly managed and HAP emissions are controlled. These 
    requirements are consistent with what was proposed for maintenance-
    turnaround wastewater.
        The EPA received numerous comments opposing the proposed 
    maintenance wastewater provisions, including: (1) Maintenance-related 
    wastewaters are not a significant source of HAP emissions; (2) the 
    control of maintenance wastewater cannot be justified; and (3) there 
    should be a Group 1/Group 2 determination or a de minimis level to 
    determine which maintenance wastewaters are subject to the regulation. 
    Several commenters expressed confusion about the proposed requirements 
    for routine maintenance wastewater and whether or not these maintenance 
    wastewaters were required to be collected in a closed or controlled 
    drain system. Numerous commenters suggested that the requirements for 
    routine maintenance wastewater and maintenance-turnaround wastewater be 
    the same.
        In the proposed rule, the EPA's original intent was to require good 
    work practices and reduce the burden of implementing the rule by 
    deleting the requirement that the owner or operator must determine if 
    emissions from maintenance wastewater have exceeded a designated de 
    minimis level. Based on comments received, all maintenance-related 
    wastewater is now subject to the same requirements. The EPA is 
    eliminating the provisions which require that routine maintenance 
    wastewater be managed in a controlled drain system. The EPA is not 
    including a Group 1/Group 2 or de minimis level criteria for 
    maintenance wastewater because of the difficulty in determining the 
    concentration and flow rate and the difficulty of enforcement.
    
    D. Emissions Averaging
    
        This section of the preamble presents the rationale for the 
    emissions averaging provisions (described in section 63.150 of subpart 
    G) and the alternative policies that were considered in developing 
    these provisions.
        As part of the EPA's general policy of encouraging the use of 
    flexible compliance approaches where they can be properly monitored and 
    enforced, the Administrator is allowing sources the option of using 
    emissions averaging to comply with subpart G. Under particular 
    circumstances, emissions averaging can provide sources the flexibility 
    to comply in the least costly manner while still maintaining a 
    regulation that is workable and enforceable. The EPA's goal in crafting 
    the emissions averaging provisions in the final rule has been to make 
    emissions averaging available to sources faced with some emission 
    points that are particularly difficult or costly to control. At the 
    same time, the EPA has simplified and streamlined the emissions 
    averaging provisions in order to ease the enforcement burden on 
    implementing agencies.
        The rationale for the specific provisions of the emissions 
    averaging policy is detailed below. In general, the basic structure of 
    the HON emissions averaging policy remains much the same as at 
    proposal. Fundamental elements such as the credit/debit system, kinds 
    of emission points allowed in averages, reference control efficiency 
    provisions, provisions for approval of new devices, and an annual 
    compliance period remain unchanged.
        However, some provisions have been altered or added in order to 
    sharpen the focus of emissions averaging, ease implementation and 
    administration, and ensure at least the same air quality benefit as 
    point-by-point compliance. For example, the number of emission points 
    that can be included in an average has been limited; banking of credits 
    has been disallowed; actions taken prior to November 15, 1990 or in 
    response to another State or Federal requirement will not be credited; 
    averaging will not be allowed at new sources; and a discount factor of 
    10 percent will be applied to credits generated by control other than 
    pollution prevention measures. In addition, sources must demonstrate, 
    to the implementing agency's satisfaction, that a proposed averaging 
    plan will not cause an increase in risk or hazard relative to point-by-
    point controls. All of these changes are discussed in greater detail in 
    the following sections.
        The EPA included this limited emissions averaging system in the HON 
    to provide sources with flexibility on ways to comply with this 
    standard. The EPA will continue in future standards to seek ways to 
    provide sources with flexibility, while maintaining sources' 
    accountability for meeting health and environmental goals. However, the 
    HON emissions averaging system, and its provisions for interpollutant 
    trading, should not be viewed as setting a precedent for future MACT 
    standards. Moreover, emissions averaging is only one way to provide 
    sources with flexibility. The EPA will determine the proper amount and 
    type of flexibility based on considerations specific to each standard.
    1. Legal Basis and Scope of Emissions Averaging
        a. Legal basis of emissions averaging. For the final rule, the EPA 
    maintains the position that the Administrator has legal authority to 
    permit sources to comply with the requirements of section 112(d) 
    through emissions averaging.
        Several commenters agreed that the legal basis for emissions 
    averaging is sound, citing justifications such as:
        (1) Emissions averaging is consistent with section 112(d) of the 
    Act because cost must be considered in setting MACT standards;
        (2) Section 112(h) requires that a numerical emission limit be 
    promulgated where feasible, leaving it to individual sources to meet 
    the limit; and
        (3) Averaging will achieve equivalent or greater emission 
    reductions than the rule without averaging.
        A number of commenters contended that emissions averaging violates 
    the law. Some did not consider it a permissible application of MACT. 
    Others argued that because Group 1 points are left uncontrolled or 
    undercontrolled under averaging, the rule would fail to achieve the 
    maximum achievable emission reductions required under section 112(d). 
    More commenters considered it doubtful that emissions averaging can 
    achieve the same emission reductions as the rule without averaging, and 
    claimed therefore that it does not represent an equivalent compliance 
    option. Some commenters argued that the EPA does not have statutory 
    authority to allow emissions averaging, and that because Congress 
    specified the use of offsets in section 112(g) and not in section 
    112(d), it is unlikely that averaging was intended for MACT standards.
        Following a thorough review of all the comments received on this 
    issue, the EPA has concluded that emissions averaging is legally 
    permissible under section 112.
        As stated at proposal, section 112(d) requires standards to be 
    established for each category or subcategory of sources listed under 
    section 112(c). Such standards shall then be applicable to sources 
    within those categories or subcategories. The statute does not define 
    ``source category,'' nor does it impose precise limits on the 
    Administrator's discretion to define ``source.'' In this case, the 
    Administrator has exercised that discretion to define ``source'' 
    somewhat broadly to include all emission points relating to SOCMI 
    production at a facility.
        In setting the standard for a category or subcategory, the 
    Administrator is required to determine a floor for the entire category 
    or subcategory, and then set a standard applicable to each source 
    within that category that is at least as stringent as the floor and 
    requires the maximum achievable emission reductions considering certain 
    factors. In determining whether the standard should be more stringent 
    than the floor and by how much, the Administrator is to consider, among 
    other factors, the cost of achieving the additional emission 
    reductions. The statute does not limit how the standard is to be set 
    beyond requiring that it be applicable to all sources in a category, be 
    written as a numerical limit wherever feasible, and be at least as 
    stringent as the floor. Therefore, the relevant statutory language is 
    broad enough to permit the Administrator to exercise discretion to 
    allow sources to meet MACT through the use of emissions averaging 
    provided the standard applies to every source in the category, 
    averaging does not cross source boundaries, and the standard is no less 
    stringent than the floor. In this rule, the Administrator has created 
    an averaging system that stays within those legal parameters. The 
    source has been defined to include all SOCMI processes within a major 
    source, and a standard has been written to apply to all sources in the 
    category as provided by sections 112(d) (1) and (2). This standard is 
    no less stringent than the floor for the category, calculated in 
    accordance with section 112(d)(3), and takes cost and other relevant 
    factors into consideration. The standard applies only to sources in the 
    category, applies to all such sources, is written as a numerical limit 
    where feasible, and averaging can only be conducted within the confines 
    of each individual source, thus ensuring that the standard, as applied 
    to each source, is no less stringent than the floor. In addition, a 
    discount factor is applied when averaging is used, which further 
    ensures that averaging will be at least as stringent as the rule 
    without averaging.
        Some commenters on the supplemental notice argued that the 
    provisions for limiting the number of points, requiring a hazard or 
    risk determination, and allowing States to exclude emissions averaging 
    without having to follow the section 112(l) rule approval processes are 
    inconsistent with E.O. 12866 (September 30, 1993). The commenters 
    claimed that the Executive Order directs agencies to: (1) Develop 
    regulations that do not impose unacceptable or unreasonable costs; and 
    (2) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, 
    including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired 
    behavior. The EPA maintains that the rule adheres to the spirit of the 
    Executive Order throughout, both by providing the most flexible 
    emissions averaging program that is still enforceable and by allowing 
    numerous different control options for each kind of emission point 
    under point-by-point compliance. These two aspects of the rule provide 
    flexibility to reduce emissions in the most cost-effective manner as 
    encouraged in the Executive Order.
        b. Emission points allowed in averages. Emissions averaging is 
    allowed across all the emission points, except equipment leaks, within 
    a single existing source, as ``source'' is defined for the SOCMI source 
    category. As such, emissions from the following kinds of emission 
    points can be averaged: process vents, wastewater operations, storage 
    vessels, and transfer operations. Averaging is allowed across these 
    four kinds of emission points in order to provide as much flexibility 
    as possible while maintaining an enforceable standard.
        No commenters explicitly expressed support for the selection of 
    these particular kinds of emission points to be included in emissions 
    averages. However, the EPA does not interpret this to mean that there 
    was no support. Rather, it is reasonable to assume that commenters who 
    supported emissions averaging in general, but did not explicitly 
    comment on the kinds of emission points available for averaging, 
    supported allowing averaging across all the kinds of points included in 
    the proposal.
        While some commenters supported the exclusion of equipment leaks 
    from emissions averaging, a number of commenters expressed direct 
    support for allowing equipment leaks in emissions averages. They argued 
    that it is already possible to quantify emissions from equipment leaks 
    sufficiently and suggested ways to establish baseline levels and to 
    overcontrol equipment leaks for credit. However, the EPA has determined 
    that, although methods are available for quantifying emissions from 
    equipment leaks, equipment leaks cannot be included in emissions 
    averages at this time because: (1) The negotiated standard for 
    equipment leaks has no fixed performance level; and (2) neither a 
    reference control efficiency nor allowable emission levels can be 
    established for leaks. Without a reference control efficiency or 
    allowable emissions, debits and credits cannot be established.
        A few commenters recommended excluding wastewater from averaging as 
    well, because they considered accurate or reliable estimation of 
    wastewater emissions unlikely or impractical. However, the EPA 
    considers the methods for estimating wastewater emissions to be 
    sufficient for averaging. The reliability of estimations is assured 
    because all sources will be using the same emissions estimation 
    approach. The calculation procedures are specified in Sec. 63.150 of 
    subpart G. Also, the final rule clarifies that wastewater streams 
    treated in biological treatment units cannot be used in averages, which 
    was one of the primary concerns raised by commenters.
        Several commenters also opposed allowing averaging across different 
    kinds of emission points, and recommended that averaging should only be 
    allowed among the same kinds of points. Some of these commenters were 
    concerned that the four kinds of emission points have such different 
    emission characteristics that averaging across the points could alter 
    the dispersion of emissions and thus, their associated impacts. Other 
    commenters were concerned that differences in emission estimation 
    techniques across different kinds of points could be used to calculate 
    credits that may not reflect actual emission reductions.
        The EPA agrees that characteristics of emission points may affect 
    the dispersion of emissions and associated impacts. However, these 
    differences exist under point-by-point compliance as well, and it is 
    equally likely that emissions averaging could decrease impacts as well 
    as increase them. Similarly, the EPA acknowledges the potential for 
    significant complexity in averaging across different kinds of emission 
    points. In order to prevent inappropriate compliance scenarios, the 
    emissions averaging program relies upon consistent emission estimation 
    techniques and data from actual operations. In addition, implementing 
    agencies may require sources to consider differences in dispersion and 
    associated impacts as part of the risk review that is now required when 
    approving emissions averages.
        c. Averaging at new sources. Emissions averaging is not allowed as 
    a compliance option for new sources. The decision to limit emissions 
    averaging to only existing sources represents a departure from the 
    proposal, which envisaged emissions averaging at both existing and new 
    sources.
        While one commenter specifically supported allowing emissions 
    averaging at new sources, a number of commenters specifically opposed 
    allowing averaging at new sources. The EPA concurs with those 
    commenters who maintained that new sources have historically been held 
    to a stricter standard than existing sources, because it is most cost-
    effective to integrate state-of-the-art controls into equipment design 
    and to install the technology during construction of new sources. One 
    reason for allowing averaging is to permit existing sources flexibility 
    to achieve compliance at diverse points with varying degrees of control 
    already in place in the most economically and technically reasonable 
    fashion. This concern does not apply to new sources which can be 
    designed and constructed with compliance in mind. In addition, as 
    averaging must be limited to an individual source, there could not be 
    averaging between new and existing sources, even under the proposal. 
    Therefore, not allowing averaging at new sources does not affect an 
    existing sources' ability to use averaging.
        d. Broader Scope of Emissions Averaging. In the final rule, the EPA 
    is retaining the position taken at proposal that emissions averaging 
    will be permitted only among emission points that are within the SOCMI 
    source category. The EPA requested comment at proposal on a broader 
    averaging alternative that would have allowed averaging of emissions 
    from any point located within a contiguous facility, including both 
    SOCMI and non-SOCMI emission points. Having considered all of the 
    arguments put forth by commenters, both supporting and opposing broader 
    averaging, the EPA has concluded that emissions averaging on a broader 
    scope cannot be legally justified.
        The fundamental problem with the broader averaging approach is that 
    it allows averaging among multiple sources. The HON has defined the 
    source, for the purposes of this standard, as the collection of SOCMI 
    emission points within a major source. Many major sources containing 
    such points will also contain other points not covered by this standard 
    but to be covered by later, different MACT standards. Each of these 
    standards will have a separate floor, and the statute requires that 
    each standard be no less stringent than its floor. If averaging were 
    allowed between sources covered by two separate standards, it is likely 
    that one of the sources involved in the average would be emitting HAP's 
    at a level that violates the standard applicable to it. Thus, averaging 
    between multiple sources in different categories is not legally 
    defensible.
        Similarly, allowing averaging between new and existing sources at 
    the same facility would also likely lead to one source failing to meet 
    its applicable standard. There are separate MACT standards with 
    separate floors for new and existing sources within the HON, just as 
    there will be separate standards for sources in different categories at 
    the same site. An average that included sources with different floors 
    and different standards cannot be reconciled with the statutory 
    requirement that each source in the category comply with the applicable 
    standard.
        The proposal discussed the possibility of defining ``source'' 
    differently for purposes of sections 112 (d) and (i) of the Act. While 
    the EPA believes that there is broad discretion to define ``source'' 
    under section 112, and the term can quite legitimately have different 
    meaning in different parts of the Act (see, Chevron, U.S.A. Inc. v. 
    NRDC, 467 U.S. 837 (1984)), the EPA does not believe that it is 
    appropriate to apply different definitions in the present context. The 
    source to which a MACT standard applies under section 112(d) is the 
    same source that is covered by the compliance requirements of section 
    112(i). Clearly, section 112(i)(3) provides for setting compliance 
    dates for categories of sources for which a MACT standard has been set, 
    and section 112(d) requires standards to be set for categories of 
    sources. It is not reasonable to argue that compliance with a standard 
    can be achieved beyond the boundaries of the individual sources that 
    comprise the category.
    2. Interpollutant Trading and Hazard Assessment or Risk Analysis
        The emissions averaging provisions in the proposed rule allowed 
    averaging across all HAP's covered by the HON. The EPA was aware that 
    these HAP's are associated with a variety of different effects at 
    different levels of exposure. Therefore, at proposal, comment was 
    requested on the appropriateness of allowing interpollutant trading in 
    an unrestricted manner, as well as on two potential approaches for 
    considering toxicity.
        Several commenters maintained that unrestricted interpollutant 
    trading should be allowed because: (1) So long as pollutants are listed 
    in section 112(b) of the Act, they should be freely available for 
    averaging; (2) standards under section 112(d) must be based on the 
    achievability of control technologies instead of hazard or risk; (3) 
    accounting for toxicity would add administrative complexity; and (4) 
    the understanding of HAP toxicity is so limited that adjusting for 
    trades would be difficult, if not impossible. In contrast, several 
    commenters criticized interpollutant trading, especially trading that 
    does not take toxicity into account, citing reasons such as:
        (1) It could endanger public and worker health; and
        (2) The understanding of HAP toxicity is so limited that 
    interpollutant trades should not be allowed at all.
        In weighing the concerns expressed at proposal, the EPA agrees that 
    emissions averages should achieve at least a comparable hazard or risk 
    benefit to point-by-point compliance. At the same time, the EPA 
    recognizes the inherent difficulty of devising one set of provisions 
    that would adequately, fairly, efficiently, and simply address these 
    concerns in all circumstances. After careful deliberation on all 
    available options, the EPA has decided to require that sources who 
    elect to use averaging must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the 
    implementing agency, that compliance through averaging would not result 
    in greater hazard or risk than compliance without averaging. This new 
    provision was introduced in the supplemental notice and has been 
    included in the final rule.
        The EPA will provide a technical support document to aid 
    implementing agencies in making the demonstration based on existing 
    procedures, but the actual methodology to be used by the source is to 
    be chosen by the implementing agency. This approach gives all 
    implementing agencies the authority to consider hazard or risk in 
    approving averages.
        It was also recognized that to satisfy a State or local agency that 
    an averaging plan would not increase hazard or risk, a source might 
    have to identify and quantify all the HAP's included in the average. 
    Hence, comment was requested on whether identifying all the HAP's in 
    the emissions streams would pose difficulties for sources, and if so, 
    what those difficulties would be.
        Several commenters responded to the supplemental notice in favor of 
    requiring sources to conduct hazard or risk assessments claiming that 
    it would better ensure that public health is protected. However, many 
    of these commenters still preferred that emissions averaging not be 
    allowed at all, arguing that: (1) No adequate methodology exists for 
    assessing and comparing hazard or risk in all circumstances; (2) States 
    do not have the knowledge or resources to develop the necessary 
    methodologies; and (3) the new requirement would add to the 
    administrative burden placed on implementing agencies by the rule. 
    Still, several commenters insisted that State and local agencies can 
    and should be allowed to use or develop their own policies and tools 
    for performing the hazard or risk determination.
        The EPA maintains that methodologies exist for assessing and 
    comparing hazard or risk, which are applicable to this context and 
    appropriate for many emissions averaging scenarios. However, two points 
    require clarification. First, the terms hazard and risk should not be 
    equated. Hazard assessments address toxicity but not exposure. Hazard 
    refers to the intrinsic toxic properties of a pollutant, such as 
    potency or the types of toxic endpoints of concern (e.g., cancer, 
    developmental effects). Risk is an integration of hazard and human 
    exposure to the pollutant, used to estimate the type and likelihood of 
    toxic effects associated with a specific pollutant release. Under this 
    rule, the implementing agency can consider either of these factors in 
    determining whether an averaging plan should be approved. Furthermore, 
    the implementing agency may consider ecotoxicity, bioaccumulation, and 
    acute toxicity exposure to organic HAP's when reviewing a hazard or 
    risk determination. However, such considerations are not required.
        The second point of clarification is that both hazard and risk 
    assessment methodologies carry with them some uncertainty. The issue of 
    uncertainty will be addressed in the forthcoming technical support 
    document. The EPA intends that States should have discretion in 
    structuring their determinations. States that have existing programs 
    may wish to continue using their established procedures; in fact, the 
    new requirement was designed largely because some States already use 
    hazard or risk assessments to evaluate HAP control. The new requirement 
    may be seen as an additional burden by some implementing agencies, but 
    as stated previously, an assessment of hazard or risk is necessary to 
    determine that averaging does not result in an increase in hazard or 
    risk.
        Several commenters responded in opposition to the provision 
    requiring hazard or risk assessments and cited some of the reasons 
    stated at proposal for opposing any kind of toxicity weighting. The 
    commenters reiterated that: (1) Hazard or risk considerations are 
    inappropriate in section 112(d) standards, which should be technology-
    based; (2) sources' compliance burdens would be increased, which would 
    decrease the cost effectiveness of using averaging; and (3) there is no 
    evidence that emissions averaging will increase hazard or risk. Some 
    commenters on the supplemental notice added that hazard or risk 
    assessment methodologies are likely to change after the study of risk 
    assessment by the National Academy of Sciences mandated under section 
    112(o) of the Act is finished. They argued, therefore, hazard or risk 
    should not be considered until after the study is submitted.
        The floor and the RCT's for the rule were determined without any 
    consideration of hazard or risk. Emissions averaging represents an 
    alternative to the technology-based system of point-by-point 
    compliance, and as an alternative must be demonstrated to result in 
    equivalent control. This demonstration can consider hazard or risk 
    without violating the intent of section 112(d) of the Act. It is 
    possible that in some cases, having to conduct a hazard or risk 
    assessment may so increase the cost of averaging that it is no longer 
    more cost-effective to average, but the EPA does not think this is 
    likely in most cases because of the limited size of most averages. To 
    address the possibility that an averaging proposal may increase hazard 
    or risk relative to point-by-point compliance, the EPA intends to 
    provide a technical support document that could be used for this hazard 
    or risk demonstration. The EPA recognizes the importance of allowing 
    States substantial flexibility in designing such a demonstration and 
    avoiding a burdensome or prescriptive set of requirements that 
    unnecessarily interfere with averaging. Finally, the Act contains no 
    requirement that hazard or risk considerations be delayed until after 
    the study of risk assessment by the National Academy of Sciences is 
    completed. The statutory requirements and deadlines remain in effect, 
    the study notwithstanding.
        A number of commenters agreed that the EPA should provide standard 
    guidance on hazard or risk assessments for sources and implementing 
    agencies. Some commenters recommended that the guidance should: (1) 
    Take into account different aspects of HAP toxicity, dispersion, and 
    exposure; (2) resemble guidance for air quality modeling, which defines 
    different approaches for different situations; (3) be developed with 
    States involvement; and (4) establish presumptive minimum levels for 
    State programs to follow. The EPA intends to take these and other 
    recommendations into account before issuing a technical support 
    document.
        Some commenters supported requiring identification of all HAP's in 
    emission streams for the purposes of conducting the hazard or risk 
    assessment because: (1) The capability for doing so is available; (2) 
    many sources must do so anyway for the purposes of obtaining permits, 
    paying annual emission fees, and establishing applicability as a major 
    source; and (3) therefore, the requirement will not entail new data 
    collection and should not be burdensome. On the other hand, some 
    commenters opposed having to speciate HAP's in averaged emission 
    streams because: (1) Concentrations of some HAP's are often below 
    detection limits; (2) small concentrations are difficult to measure 
    accurately by many analytical techniques; and (3) it would be 
    inordinately burdensome to identify all HAP's in wastewater considering 
    the variability of wastewater streams. Thus, many of these commenters 
    recommended setting a de minimis level below which a HAP would not have 
    to be identified. The EPA recognizes that the HAP's in an emission 
    stream must be identified to a certain extent in order to make the 
    required demonstration of hazard or risk. The EPA also concurs that it 
    may not be technically feasible to identify HAP's at levels below some 
    minimal concentration. The concerns over HAP identification have been 
    noted and will be considered in developing the technical support 
    document for approving averages.
    3. Limits on Averaging
        a. Number of points allowed in averages. The final rule limits a 
    source to including no more than 20 Group 1 and Group 2 emission points 
    in an emissions average. Where pollution prevention measures are used 
    to control emission points to be included in an average, no more than 
    25 points can be included. For example, if two points to be included in 
    an average are controlled by the use of a pollution prevention measure, 
    the source can include up to 22 points in their emissions average. 
    However, if 6 or more points in the average are controlled by pollution 
    prevention, the source can include no more than 25 points in their 
    average.
        In contrast, the proposed rule allowed for unlimited averaging. A 
    number of commenters expressed concern over the difficulty and burden 
    of overseeing averages of large numbers of points. Some commenters 
    contended that the resources required to administer the rule with 
    emissions averaging are much greater than for the rule without 
    averaging and exceed what can be anticipated from part 70 permit fees.
        Because the complexity of averaging across a large number of points 
    raised significant enforcement concerns, as well as concerns about the 
    resource burden on implementing agencies, the supplemental notice 
    solicited comment on limiting averages.
        A number of commenters responded to the supplemental notice in 
    support of limiting the number of emission points, citing the same 
    concerns as at proposal about the burden and cost of overseeing and 
    enforcing large averages. In contrast, several commenters considered it 
    inappropriate to limit averages, arguing that:
        (1) The design of the program already limits the number of points; 
    and
        (2) Allowing unlimited averaging would not add much burden to 
    implementing agencies because most of the burden of monitoring, 
    recordkeeping, and reporting is borne by the source.
        Some commenters noted, and the EPA concurs, that most sources will 
    not find a large number of opportunities to generate cost-effective 
    credits. Hence, it can be anticipated that most averages will involve a 
    limited number of emission points, and imposing a limit should not 
    affect most sources. The EPA does not agree that the implementing 
    agency would not bear much of the burden of averaging. The source's 
    effort to comply with monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
    requirements will be matched equally by the implementing agency's 
    oversight and approval.
        Some commenters suggested ways to limit averages other than on the 
    basis of number or percent of points such as: (1) Selecting points to 
    include or exclude on a case-by-case basis depending on characteristics 
    of the proposed points and their emissions; (2) excluding wastewater; 
    or (3) setting a mass limit for a source's emissions on the basis of 
    allowable emissions. As explained in section V.D.1.b, ``Emission Points 
    Allowed in Averages,'' of this notice, all emission points except for 
    equipment leaks are considered appropriate for emissions averaging at 
    any source subject to the rule. To limit their inclusion based on their 
    characteristics under case-by-case decisions would add unreasonable 
    complexity for both the source and the implementing agency. Also, as 
    discussed in section V.D.1.b of this notice, the EPA maintains that 
    wastewater emissions points should remain eligible for averaging. 
    Finally, placing a mass limit on a source would be difficult to enforce 
    and also add complexity to the rule.
        Several commenters considered the proposed range of 5 to 15 points 
    or 5 to 15 percent of total points arbitrary and claimed there is no 
    rational basis upon which to base a limit. One commenter advocated 
    leaving selection of the number or percent limit to the discretion of 
    the implementing agency. Otherwise, there was no consensus among 
    commenters on whether the limit should be based on a number or a 
    percent nor what value in the range was appropriate. The EPA rejected 
    the choice of a fixed percentage of points at a source because for 
    larger sources, this could result in hundreds of emission points in 
    averages, which is unacceptable from an enforcement perspective. The 
    limit of 20 points in an average, 25 points if pollution prevention 
    measures are used, was chosen because the EPA anticipates that most 
    sources will rarely want to include more than 20 points in an average. 
    In addition, allowing much more than 20 points would make enforcement 
    increasingly untenable. Thus, the competing interests of flexibility 
    for sources and enforceability were balanced in this decision. A higher 
    number of points is allowed where pollution prevention is used in order 
    to encourage pollution prevention strategies, and because the same 
    pollution prevention measure may reduce emissions from multiple points.
        b. State Discretion. The final rule grants State and local 
    implementing agencies the discretion to preclude sources from using 
    emissions averaging to comply with the HON without using the section 
    112(l) rule approval processes encoded in 40 CFR 63.92 through 63.94. 
    Without this provision, if a State or local agency wished to receive 
    delegation of authority to implement and enforce the HON without 
    averaging, EPA review, according to the procedures in 40 CFR 63.92, 
    would be required.
        Several commenters recommended that State and local agencies be 
    allowed to exclude emissions averaging because: (1) Averaging may 
    conflict with their own policies, such as State new source review and 
    existing programs for controlling HAP's; and (2) the State or local 
    agency may not have the resources to administer the rule, given the 
    complexity added by the emissions averaging provisions. The EPA also 
    recognized that because of statutory limitations, some States do not 
    have the authority to elect requirements that are more stringent than 
    Federal standards. States with these statutory limitations might not 
    otherwise be able to use the rule approval processes [established in 
    subpart E pursuant to section 112(l) of the Act] to remove emissions 
    averaging as a compliance option for the HON. Because of these concerns 
    stated at proposal, the supplemental notice solicited comment on the 
    advisability of granting State or local agencies the discretion to not 
    include emissions averaging in their implementation of the rule without 
    having to go through the section 112(l) rule approval process.
        Several commenters responded in favor of the provision granting 
    States more flexibility in excluding emissions averaging for the 
    reasons stated in comments on the proposal and also because: (1) Some 
    States are opposed to allowing emissions averaging due to concerns over 
    its enforceability and its potential for allowing increased health risk 
    compared to point-by-point compliance; and (2) it allows States greater 
    flexibility in implementing the rule. At the same time, several 
    commenters opposed the provision stating that: (1) States should not 
    have the option of excluding emissions averaging since they do not have 
    the option of excluding other provisions of the rule; (2) averaging 
    does not add much or any administrative burden to States; and (3) if 
    some States exclude averaging, an uneven ``playing field'' of different 
    rules would be created, penalizing sources in States that do not allow 
    averaging.
        The EPA maintains that States should have discretion on whether to 
    allow emissions averaging for the following reasons. First, averaging 
    increases the complexity of the rule and thus, increases the 
    administrative burden on State and local agencies. This is an 
    especially important concern because State and local agencies have 
    limited personnel and resources. Second, the EPA understands that 
    averaging conflicts with some existing State programs for regulating 
    HAP's. Thirdly, because emissions averaging is an alternative 
    compliance method to the primary control strategy, States should have 
    the discretion to exclude it as opposed to other provisions that are 
    essential to the rule and for which no alternative compliance mechanism 
    has been provided. Even though the EPA supports the use of emissions 
    averaging where it may be appropriate, its use must be balanced by the 
    individual needs of States and local agencies that bear the 
    responsibility for administering and enforcing the rule.
        Finally, this provision does not create an uneven ``playing field'' 
    because without this provision, most States could exclude emissions 
    averaging from their implementation of the HON through the section 
    112(l) rule adjustment process in 40 CFR 63.92. Including the provision 
    in the HON will reduce paperwork burdens on States, expedite delegation 
    of the rule to States, and remove a potential source of uncertainty for 
    sources subject to the HON.
        The section 112(l) rule approval processes require States to make a 
    demonstration that the State rule is of equivalent or greater 
    stringency to the Federal rule. For a State rule without averaging, one 
    component of this demonstration would be to show that the lack of 
    averaging did not result in the State rule being less stringent than 
    the Federal rule. The EPA has determined that requiring States to make 
    this demonstration would be a needless exercise for the following 
    reason. Today's rule defines both point-by-point compliance and 
    averaging as acceptable ways of achieving a MACT level of control. If 
    all sources in a State use the point-by-point compliance method--as 
    would be the case in a State that implemented HON requirements without 
    averaging--all sources would be achieving the MACT level of control 
    required by today's rule. Under today's rule, no source is required to 
    achieve emissions reductions greater than would be achieved by point-
    by-point compliance, and no source is required to use averaging. 
    Therefore, a State rule that implements requirements of the HON rule 
    without averaging is equivalent in stringency to the Federal HON rule.
        Based on this equivalency finding and today's rule, the EPA is 
    allowing States to implement the HON unchanged without averaging 
    through the same processes available to States that wish to implement 
    the HON unchanged with averaging. Before a title V operating permit 
    program is in effect in a State, the State may implement the HON 
    without change through a streamlined procedure in the section 112(l) 
    rule encoded as 40 CFR 63.91. After the State's operating permit 
    program is in effect, the State may request delegation of the HON 
    without change without going through the section 112(l) delegation 
    processes. Also, based on today's equivalency finding and rule, a State 
    seeking approval for a State rule that differs from the HON and also 
    lacks averaging will not have to make a demonstration related to 
    averaging as part of their equivalency demonstration to satisfy EPA 
    review under 40 CFR 63.92, 63.93, or 63.94.
        Providing these clarifications at this time will benefit sources as 
    well as States. Without the clarifications, sources might be uncertain 
    during the section 112(l) approval process about whether averaging 
    ultimately would be allowed or not, yet would be given no added time 
    for compliance. The EPA predicts that because of their complex nature, 
    many HON sources will need the full time period allowed for compliance.
        Two commenters objected to the EPA's proposal to provide in the 
    rule itself that States would have the discretion to not include 
    emissions averaging in their implementation of the HON without having 
    to go through a section 112(l) rule approval process. One of the 
    commenters asserted that this proposal would circumvent the mandates of 
    State legislatures that had limited the ability of their environmental 
    agencies to enact requirements more stringent than Federal 
    requirements. The other commenter stated that this proposal was 
    unnecessary because the section 112(l) rule provides ample flexibility 
    and that the proposal would create difficulties for States since they 
    would have to choose whether or not to adopt averaging.
        The EPA does not believe that either of these comments warrants 
    departing from the supplemental proposal regarding this issue. First, 
    by providing for State discretion to decide whether to implement the 
    HON with or without averaging, the EPA is not circumventing any State 
    laws or overriding the decisions of State legislatures that limit the 
    ability of State environmental agencies to adopt requirements more 
    stringent than Federal requirements. The EPA maintains that 
    implementing the rule with averaging will achieve equivalent or better 
    emissions reductions (in part due to the discounting provisions) than 
    implementing the rule without averaging. Consequently, in the EPA's 
    view, a decision to implement the rule without averaging would not be a 
    decision to implement a more stringent program. Moreover, if a State 
    law or constitution contained provisions that, in the State's view, 
    prevented the State from adopting the rule without averaging, nothing 
    in the rule would override that provision, i.e., in that situation, the 
    State agency would not have the authority to implement the rule without 
    averaging and the provision allowing the State to choose would not 
    change that. Second, the EPA does not agree that providing for State 
    discretion in the HON itself is either unnecessary or burdensome for 
    States. Use of a section 112(l) rule approval process would also permit 
    States to choose to implement the HON without averaging, providing for 
    that choice in the HON itself streamlines the process by eliminating 
    EPA review of the choice. In addition, since the section 112(l) rule 
    permits States to make the choice, providing for the exercise of such 
    discretion in the HON itself cannot be viewed as placing any new 
    burdens on the States. Finally, the EPA maintains that the provision of 
    an option will not impose a burden. The provision of an option 
    increases choice and flexibility; it does not impose new requirements.
        c. Credit discount factors. A discount factor of 10 percent is 
    required in calculating credits for emissions averages in the final 
    rule. An exception is provided for reductions accomplished by the use 
    of pollution prevention measures. For pollution prevention measures, 
    full credit with no discounting is allowed.
        At proposal, the EPA sought comment on whether it is appropriate to 
    require the use of a credit discount factor and what value between 0 to 
    20 percent should be selected for the discount factor. A number of 
    commenters supported the use of a discount factor, contending that if 
    the use of emissions averaging can enable sources to realize a cost 
    savings, the environment should benefit from that cost savings as well. 
    The EPA is persuaded that credit discounting is one way to provide such 
    a benefit to the environment. A discount factor would reduce the value 
    of credits in the emissions average by a certain percentage before the 
    credits are compared to the debits.
         In considering a discount factor, the EPA examined the 
    requirements for determining MACT in section 112(d) of the Act. Section 
    112(d)(2) specifies that MACT standards shall require the maximum 
    degree of reduction in emissions of HAP's, taking into consideration, 
    among other things, the cost of achieving those reductions. By defining 
    the source broadly and including the option for emissions averaging in 
    the final rule, it could be argued that the EPA is providing 
    flexibility for source owners and operators that would lower the costs 
    of compliance. The EPA is persuaded that, to carry out the mandate of 
    section 112(d)(2), some portion of these cost savings should be shared 
    with the environment by requiring sources using averaging to achieve 
    more emission reductions than they would otherwise.
        Several commenters opposed the idea of a discount factor for a 
    variety of reasons. Several warned that a discount factor would reduce 
    and could completely eliminate the incentive to use emissions averaging 
    and to develop innovative technologies which, in turn, could defeat the 
    EPA's efforts to encourage flexible compliance and innovation. However, 
    the EPA maintains that the discount factor is not large enough to 
    provide such a disincentive. The value is consistent with those used in 
    similar rules and programs. In addition, pollution prevention 
    innovations are specifically exempted, which is discussed in the next 
    paragraph. Other commenters viewed a discount factor as an 
    inappropriate penalty or price for achieving cost savings through 
    averaging, and some considered a discount factor to be inconsistent 
    with the statutory intent that MACT be implemented in a flexible and 
    cost-effective fashion. The EPA submits, however, that the emissions 
    averaging program as a whole provides ample flexibility and opportunity 
    for cost savings. Sources clearly have more flexibility to choose more 
    cost-effective means of compliance through averaging than without it. A 
    10 percent discount on credits does not negate this.
        Credits generated through use of a pollution prevention measure 
    need not be discounted, because the EPA recognizes that encouraging 
    pollution prevention will result in more overall emission reductions, 
    possibly including multimedia reductions and lower overall releases 
    into the environment. For the purposes of the rule, the EPA is 
    referring to any pollution prevention activities described in the 
    Agency's Pollution Prevention Strategy (56 FR 7849) that are applicable 
    to this industry. The following activities are included in the 
    description of pollution prevention: (1) Substitution of feedstocks in 
    making a product that reduces HAP emissions; (2) alterations to the 
    production process to reduce the volume of materials released to the 
    environment; (3) equipment modifications; (4) housekeeping measures; 
    and (5) in-process recycling that returns waste materials directly to 
    production as raw materials. Other pollution prevention approaches that 
    are identified in the EPA's Pollution Prevention Strategy and are 
    applicable to this industry are also acceptable for credit.
    4. Implementation and Enforcement
        a. Compliance period. The EPA has decided to establish an annual 
    compliance period for emissions averaging. The rule was originally 
    proposed with an annual compliance period, and additional comment was 
    solicited in the supplemental notice on four alternative bases for 
    determining compliance:
        (1) A quarterly block averaging period;
        (2) A quarterly block averaging period with banking for up to one 
    or two additional quarters;
        (3) A semiannual block averaging period with banking for an 
    additional six-month period; and
        (4) A semiannual block averaging period.
        Several commenters supported an annual compliance averaging period 
    at proposal and in response to the supplemental notice claiming: (1) It 
    is necessary to accommodate realistic operating scenarios in which 
    production rates naturally vary; (2) it is consistent with compliance 
    periods for programs promulgated under title I and title IV of the Act; 
    and (3) concerns about the enforceability of an annual period are 
    unwarranted. At the same time, several commenters criticized the 
    proposed annual period as: (1) Too long, especially compared to other 
    regulatory programs; (2) an administrative burden and thus, an obstacle 
    to effective enforcement; and (3) not protective of public health 
    because an annual compliance period could allow peak exposures for 
    short periods during the year.
        Some commenters recommended the quarterly block averaging period 
    without banking as manageable, enforceable, and the best of the four 
    proposed options in the supplemental notice. A few commenters supported 
    quarterly averaging with banking. Other commenters supported semi-
    annual averaging with banking as a period that would ensure operational 
    flexibility and reduce risk. No commenters recommended the semiannual 
    period without banking. Some commenters contended that the compliance 
    period should not be any longer than periods currently used in State 
    programs.
        The final rule requires that the credits and debits generated in 
    emissions averages balance on an annual basis, and that debits do not 
    exceed credits by more than 30 percent in any one quarter of the year. 
    These two requirements are used together to establish an emissions 
    averaging system that provides flexibility for changes in production 
    over time without allowing for wide-ranging fluctuations in HAP 
    emissions over time. The annual compliance period was selected to 
    provide sources considerable latitude in selecting points for inclusion 
    in emissions averages. With an annual compliance period, sources can 
    average emission points that may not have the same emission rates 
    during some periods of the year, as long as they are similar on an 
    annual basis. This latitude will also be useful to accommodate averages 
    with points that must undergo temporary maintenance shutdowns at 
    different times during the year. Nevertheless, the annual compliance 
    period required here is solely meant to accommodate the specific 
    circumstances of the HON, and is not intended in any way as 
    establishing a precedent for future rulemakings.
        In selecting a compliance period for averaging, the EPA also 
    considered the need to verify compliance and, when appropriate, take 
    enforcement action in a timely fashion. One concern about an annual 
    compliance period is that the EPA's authority to take administrative 
    enforcement actions would be significantly reduced because section 
    113(d) of the Act limits assessment of administrative penalties to 
    violations that occur no more than 12 months prior to the initiation of 
    the administrative proceeding. Administrative proceedings are far less 
    costly than judicial proceedings for both the EPA and the regulated 
    community. The requirement that debits not exceed credits by more than 
    30 percent in any quarter enables the EPA to use this administrative 
    enforcement authority by providing a shorter period in which to verify 
    compliance.
        b. Quarterly emissions check. As noted previously, the final rule 
    also includes a quarterly emissions check whereby debits cannot exceed 
    credits by more than 30 percent. The emissions check was proposed as a 
    limit on the percent by which debits could exceed credits in a quarter. 
    Comment was requested on what the limit should be within a range of 25-
    35 percent. The proposal preamble also presented another alternate 
    quarterly limit suggested by industry which would structure the check 
    as an absolute emissions limit.
        Several commenters who supported an annual compliance period 
    concurred that a quarterly check was reasonable to allay concerns over 
    high emissions in short periods. However, several commenters opposed 
    the proposal contending that:
        (1) Debits should never be allowed to exceed credits in any time 
    period;
        (2) 25 to 35 percent is still not protective of health and welfare; 
    and
        (3) It would be difficult for inspectors to determine whether or 
    not a facility is in compliance with its allowable emissions level.
        The EPA did not adopt the suggestions of these commenters because 
    the emissions averaging program is intended to allow flexibility within 
    the quarterly and annual limits. This flexibility would be too severely 
    restricted if the suggestions, such as never allowing debits to exceed 
    credits, were adopted. The quarterly check will protect against 
    emission peaks so that health and welfare effects are avoided. The 30-
    percent differential between debits and credits should not result in a 
    significant increase in emissions because only the emissions from the 
    few points in the average would increase. The EPA maintains that these 
    requirements are enforceable on a quarterly basis in that inspectors 
    will be able to total the credits and debits and determine if the 
    source is in compliance with the quarterly emissions checks and the 
    annual balance of credits and debits.
        Some commenters supported the alternative industry proposal for a 
    quarterly check because: (1) It avoids situations where an emission 
    point is operated simply to generate needed credit; and (2) it allows 
    for easier, more flexible planning because the source would know what 
    its allowable emissions are for a fixed period. In contrast, one 
    commenter opposed the alternative proposal claiming that the allowable 
    emissions level would bear no relationship to the emissions level 
    sought to be achieved. The EPA maintains that a system of assigning 
    credits based on allowable emissions requires a great deal more 
    scrutiny of the source's prediction of operating levels. Operating 
    levels for allowable emissions are based on representative predictions 
    of realistic operating scenarios, and such a system creates an 
    incentive to ``game,'' i.e., to project higher utilization rates for 
    credit-generating points than is representative or realistic.
        The EPA did not adopt the industry alternative for the quarterly 
    emissions check because of concerns about an absolute emissions limit 
    based on projections. However, the EPA did select the midpoint of the 
    proposed range of the quarterly check as a way of balancing industry's 
    concerns about operational flexibility with other commenters' concerns 
    about protection from peak emissions.
        c. Banking. Credits cannot be banked for future use in emissions 
    averaging. Provisions for banking were included in the proposed rule, 
    and the EPA requested comment on whether or not allowing credit banking 
    was appropriate.
        A number of commenters opposed allowing banking of emission credits 
    for several reasons, including:
        (1) The requirement to achieve the maximum achievable emission 
    reductions is violated when banked credits are used to offset debits;
        (2) Sources with banked credits will plan and operate less 
    carefully; and
        (3) The use of banked credits will increase HAP exposures and 
    create administrative difficulties.
        Several commenters supported allowing credit banking, claiming that 
    it would:
        (1) Act as a safety valve for unexpected events and thus offer 
    needed flexibility to sources and increase the likelihood of a 
    successful averaging program; and
        (2) Encourage sources to install more stringent controls earlier to 
    begin creating surplus credits to be banked.
        Banking of surplus credits was deleted from the final rule 
    primarily due to the likelihood of significant administrative burden 
    resulting from its use. The EPA believes that administration of the 
    rule must be kept as simple as possible, and banking represented a 
    complication that would have affected sources and implementing agencies 
    alike. In addition, if banked credits were allowed to offset unexpected 
    increases in emission debits, peak HAP exposures could be more likely, 
    and in some years when banked credits would be used, sources could be 
    emitting beyond the standard. The additional flexibility afforded 
    sources through banking would have been offset by the increased 
    administrative burden and potential for peak exposures such that little 
    overall advantage could be gained from banking.
        d. Credits for previous actions. Credit is not allowed in the final 
    rule for any previous actions, which, for the purposes of the rule, are 
    defined as any control actions taken prior to the passage of the 1990 
    Amendments to the Act on November 15, 1990. This is in contrast to the 
    proposal, which allowed three exceptions:
        (1) Pollution prevention measures taken after 1987 and qualifying 
    under the EPA's Pollution Prevention Strategy; (2) 33/50 commitments; 
    or (3) Early Reductions commitments other than equipment shutdowns. 
    Control actions that meet the other requirements in the standard, and 
    that were taken after November 15, 1990, such as actions taken as 
    pollution prevention measures as part of the 33/50 program, can be used 
    to generate credits for an averaging program. However, as outlined in 
    the proposal, controls applied as part of an Early Reductions 
    commitment can generate credits only if they are more stringent than 
    HON requirements and only after the relevant point becomes subject to 
    the rule, that is, after the expiration of the 6-year extension for the 
    Early Reductions source.
        Several commenters generally opposed allowing emissions averaging 
    credit for previous actions, and several specifically opposed the 
    proposal to allow the three exceptions. The commenters stated various 
    reasons for their opposition to allowing credits for previous actions 
    including:
        (1) Participants in these programs had already derived sufficient 
    regulatory, economic, and public relations benefits so that additional 
    credit was unwarranted;
        (2) Reductions under the 33/50 and Early Reductions Programs do not 
    constitute emission reductions under the HON;
        (3) The EPA would be granting credit for emission reductions that 
    would have occurred anyway, possibly because of existing State or 
    Federal requirements, and thus, these credits would be only ``paper 
    credits,'' not new emission reductions; and
        (4) Such credits violate the maximum achievable reductions 
    requirement.
        On the other hand, a number of commenters argued that emissions 
    averaging credit should be allowed for all previous actions. The 
    commenters argued, for instance, that:
        (1) Not allowing credit was unfair and penalized sources that 
    installed controls early and that early actions should be rewarded 
    instead; (2) it is a contradiction that a controlled emission point 
    that meets the requirements of the rule can be in compliance no matter 
    when it was controlled but is ineligible to generate credits for 
    emissions averaging; and (3) if credit is not allowed, control devices 
    already installed on Group 2 emission points will be removed and placed 
    on Group 1 points. Many of these commenters considered other prior 
    reductions to be appropriate as credit generators, such as: (1) any 
    voluntary control measures; and (2) any verifiable control measures.
        The EPA agrees that emission reductions achieved prior to November 
    15, 1990 were accomplished for reasons unrelated to the Amendments or 
    the rule and thus constitute part of the baseline control of a source. 
    This rule does not allow actions taken before passage of the 1990 
    Amendments to be used to generate emission credits because such 
    reductions would have occurred anyway, for reasons unrelated to the 
    1990 Amendments or the proposed rule. If the EPA allowed these actions 
    to generate emission credits, then the source would be able to generate 
    more emission debits and, thus, more total emissions. Emissions 
    averaging is a method for complying with subpart G and should not 
    result in more emissions than the other compliance options.
        With concern about the equivalency of emissions reductions from 
    averaging and non-averaging in mind, the Administrator also imposed the 
    limitation that controls applied to comply with a State or Federal rule 
    or statute (other than the HON) cannot be used to generate emissions 
    averaging credit. As with credits for controls applied before the HON 
    baseline date, credits for controls applied to comply with another rule 
    increase the source's ability to generate debits, but do not generate 
    new emission reductions, thus creating more total emissions. At the 
    suggestion of the public comment, the Administrator chose to disallow 
    HON averaging credit for controls applied to comply with other 
    requirements, thus ensuring that the source would not receive a 
    ``windfall'' of credits. However, if an emission point has been used to 
    generate emissions averaging credit in an approved emissions average, 
    and the point is subsequently made subject to a State or Federal rule 
    other than this subpart, the point can continue to generate emissions 
    averaging credit for the purpose of complying with the previously 
    approved average. This provision does not constrain a State's ability 
    to establish any control requirements it believes are necessary for 
    purposes of attaining the national ambient air quality standards or to 
    reduce air toxic emissions. By including this provision in the final 
    rule, the Administrator has taken yet another step to ensure that 
    averaging provides equivalent or better air quality protection.
        Although the three exceptions to the 1990 baseline that were 
    included in the proposal were deleted from the final rule, the EPA is 
    committed to the success of the 33/50 and Early Reductions Programs and 
    encourages the use of pollution prevention wherever feasible. This rule 
    does not diminish that commitment. Reductions achieved after November 
    15, 1990 under the 33/50 and Early Reductions Programs or by the use of 
    pollution prevention are fully creditable towards an averaging program.
        e. Questionable monitoring. In the final rule, when an emission 
    point included in an average experiences an excursion, the presumption 
    is that a sufficient malfunction has occurred such that no credits or 
    maximum debits should be assigned to the point. As discussed in section 
    V.E.2.b, ``Excused Excursions,'' of this notice, an excursion occurs 
    when either: (1) There are insufficient monitoring data; or (2) the 
    operating parameter values are outside the permitted range. The final 
    rule provides that no credits and maximum debits will be assigned for 
    excursions because any other assumption would result in emission 
    reductions that could not be verified or adequately enforced. However, 
    if the source has data indicating that some partial credits or debits 
    may be warranted, it can submit that information to the implementing 
    agency with their next Periodic Report. Thus, partial credits and 
    debits can be assigned with the approval of the implementing agency. 
    The proposed rule did not contain these provisions, but comment was 
    requested in the supplemental notice on the advisability of including 
    these provisions.
        A number of commenters supported the provisions to account for 
    excursions because: (1) They create an incentive for sources to 
    maintain and operate their monitoring equipment in good working order; 
    and (2) other methods for estimating emissions are inadequate and 
    should not be allowed as substitutes during these periods. On the other 
    hand, several commenters considered the provisions too extreme, 
    claiming that: (1) Even though excursions may occur, the control device 
    may not have failed completely; and (2) the compliance provisions for 
    points included in averages should not be more stringent than for the 
    ones that are not included.
        The EPA maintains that these provisions are necessary to ensure 
    that averaging achieves equivalent reductions to point-by-point 
    compliance at all times. Emissions averaging depends on emissions 
    estimates made beforehand and the demonstration that debits and credits 
    balance made after the fact. Compliance on a point-by-point basis 
    requires only that the source demonstrate that the RCT was operated at 
    the proper design specifications. Hence, these provisions are not more 
    stringent; rather, they are more detailed to ensure the consistency of 
    the debit/credit estimation.
        The EPA agrees that there may be some cases or conditions under 
    which the implementing agency can be satisfied that granting partial or 
    full credits and debits is still warranted. Therefore, the final rule 
    provides that the evaluation and issuance of credits and debits during 
    questionable periods shall be at the discretion of the implementing 
    agency.
        f. Reference Control Efficiencies. The final rule does not allow 
    sources to get emissions averaging credit for the use of RCT above its 
    designated reference efficiency rating. In contrast, the proposed rule 
    provided two exceptions in which credit would be allowed for control 
    above rated efficiencies: (1) Storage vessels controlled with closed 
    vent systems and a 98-percent efficient control device, and (2) process 
    vents on which the source had demonstrated to the EPA that control can 
    achieve 99.9-percent reduction. These two exceptions have been deleted 
    in the final rule.
        Several commenters supported allowing credit for the use of RCT at 
    a more efficient level than its rated efficiency as long as more 
    efficient control was demonstrable. Some commenters suggested that 
    credit for potentially significant reductions would otherwise be lost. 
    Other commenters warned that without such credit, sources would have no 
    incentive to develop existing control technologies further to achieve 
    greater efficiencies from RCT.
        At the same time, some commenters supported not allowing credit for 
    RCT achieving higher efficiencies and opposed the two exceptions 
    included in the proposal. One commenter argued that allowing credit for 
    overcontrol is inappropriate because the rated efficiencies are 
    intentionally conservative and understate the actual reductions the RCT 
    would achieve if properly operated. As such, more credit would be 
    allowed for overcontrol than is warranted. Some commenters stated that 
    the use of fixed reference control efficiencies simplifies the 
    averaging process by applying uniform credits and debits.
        Reference control efficiency ratings for RCT were established 
    because each RCT has a minimum level of emissions reduction that can 
    generally be achieved. The EPA acknowledges that RCT can sometimes 
    achieve greater emission reductions. However, providing credits for 
    these instances is inappropriate because the magnitude of debits, not 
    just credits, is based on the RCT's reference efficiency ratings. If it 
    could be determined that the RCT on a debit generator could achieve 
    greater reductions than its rated efficiency, the magnitude of debits 
    from the point would be greater. Thus, to give credit for reductions 
    above an RCT's rated efficiency and not to increase the magnitude of 
    debits as well would represent a windfall from averaging.
        g. Approval of New Devices. The procedures that were proposed for 
    approving new devices for compliance purposes or as reference control 
    technologies have been maintained in the final rule without change.
        Some commenters requested more guidance from the EPA on the process 
    for approving innovative control technologies. Others were concerned 
    with the time required to approve new technologies, including the time 
    required to review for broader applicability.
        The EPA considers it necessary to be deliberate in approving new 
    technologies especially when proven reference control technologies are 
    available. The design and operation of new technologies are certain to 
    be unfamiliar, so the rule provides for a 120-day period for the EPA or 
    the permitting authority to determine whether sufficient information to 
    determine a nominal efficiency has been submitted. Then, the EPA or the 
    permitting authority must decide within an additional 120 days after 
    sufficient information has been submitted whether to approve a new 
    technology and what nominal efficiency to assign.
        Moreover, review of a new technology for broad applicability does 
    not require any additional time beyond the time required for review and 
    approval of the new technology. Where the EPA is responsible for 
    approval, the approval and the review for broad applicability are one 
    and the same. Where the permitting authority is responsible for 
    approval, the rule provides that any further EPA review for broader 
    applicability shall not delay the permitting authority's approval of 
    the new technology for use in limited circumstances.
    
    E. Compliance, Recordkeeping, and Reporting
    
    1. General Burden
        In the final rule, every effort has been made to reduce the 
    recordkeeping and reporting burden of the HON. The EPA has streamlined 
    the rule to include only the monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
    necessary to ensure compliance.
        Many commenters stated that the proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, 
    and reporting requirements of the HON would be excessive and 
    burdensome. The commenters contended that the requirements would be 
    very costly, are unnecessary for assessing a source's compliance 
    status, and provide no environmental benefit.
        The single most significant change made to reduce the burden is 
    requiring retention of hourly average values of monitored parameters 
    instead of 15-minute values. This change reduces by a factor of four 
    the number of records that must be digitally converted by computer 
    systems, copied onto tapes or printed as hard copy, duplicated, and 
    stored.
        There are a number of other areas where the burden has been reduced 
    in the final rule. For instance, the transfer operation provisions were 
    revised to no longer require 5-minute records and to allow design 
    analyses instead of performance testing for racks that are used 
    infrequently (see section V.G.3.b of this notice, ``Transfer 
    Operations--Testing and Monitoring'').
        Equipment leaks recordkeeping and reporting requirements have been 
    reduced by streamlining the reporting system so there are two reports 
    per year, which can be submitted at the same time as the subpart G 
    reports. To reduce the leak detection burden, response factor 
    adjustments to Method 21 results are not required in the final rule. 
    The requirements to identify and document equipment not in VOHAP 
    service and equipment in vacuum service have been deleted. (The 
    rationale for these equipment leaks changes is contained in section 
    VI.D and E of this notice.)
        Wastewater operations monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
    requirements have also been reduced. Method 21 is now only required 
    initially, instead of annually as proposed, and visual inspections are 
    performed on a semi-annual basis. Monthly measurements required in 
    table 11 of the proposed subpart G were deleted because the initial 
    performance test is sufficient to determine compliance. A change to the 
    location of point of generation sampling will reduce the testing, 
    monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements for some sources 
    because sampling may be done at fewer locations. The compliance 
    requirements for maintenance wastewater and maintenance turnaround 
    wastewater have been combined, which simplifies compliance and 
    reporting. Very small containers (less than 0.1 m\3\ capacity) are no 
    longer subject to the rule, reducing the monitoring and recordkeeping 
    burden. These and other changes to the wastewater provisions are 
    discussed in sections V.C.3 and V.G.4 of this notice and in BID volume 
    2B.
        In addition, the final rule allows sources to request approval to 
    use alternative monitoring and recordkeeping systems (in addition to 
    being able to request approval to monitor alternative parameters as 
    allowed in the proposed rule). This will reduce the burden by allowing 
    greater use of existing systems. Alternative monitoring systems 
    specifically discussed in the rule include non-automated systems and 
    data compression systems. These systems will be allowed on a site-
    specific basis, dependent upon approval of the permit authority, as 
    described in section V.E.2.c of this preamble.
        Some repetitive reporting has been eliminated. For example, new 
    sources that submit an application for approval of construction do not 
    need to submit an Initial Notification. Electronic submission of 
    reports is also allowed, if acceptable to the permit authority.
        For further discussion, see chapters 2 and 3 of BID volume 2E and 
    the following sections of this preamble.
    2. Monitoring and Relationship to Compliance
         a. Continuous parameter monitoring and compliance determination. 
    The final subpart G provisions, as did the proposed provisions, require 
    monitoring of control device operating parameters and reporting of 
    periods when parameter values are outside the site-specific ranges the 
    source established in its operating permit or Notification of 
    Compliance Status.
        Some commenters agreed with the HON approach to establish site-
    specific parameter ranges to indicate proper operating conditions, but 
    many industry commenters asserted that parameter values outside the 
    established range should not be considered a violation of the 
    requirements for proper operation. These commenters requested the 
    removal of provisions stating that parameter range excursions indicate 
    the operator has failed to properly operate the control device.
        Several of these commenters requested that sources be able to 
    demonstrate, through performance testing, that no violation of the 
    emission standard has occurred. Several commenters stated that a direct 
    correlation between the monitored parameter values and efficiency of 
    the control device has not been established. Some environmental 
    organizations and private citizens requested monitoring of the actual 
    emission levels instead of monitoring whether the control equipment is 
    operating properly.
        Several commenters discussed the difficulty of knowing whether an 
    emission limit has been exceeded using parameter monitoring because 
    excursions are initially violations of a permit condition and not a 
    violation of an emission standard. The commenters were also concerned 
    that emission standards may be difficult to enforce using this system.
        Several commenters requested clarification of the interaction of 
    the Title VII Enhanced Monitoring program and HON and asked whether 
    enhanced monitoring has been incorporated in the HON rule.
        The part 64 enhanced monitoring rule does not apply to sources 
    subject to 40 CFR part 63, and therefore does not apply to sources 
    subject to the HON. However, rules developed under section 112 of the 
    Clean Air Act will include monitoring strategies that incorporate the 
    concepts of enhanced monitoring established in section 114(a)(3) of the 
    Act. This approach is designed to ensure that monitoring procedures 
    developed for section 112 standards provide data that can be used as a 
    determinant of compliance with each applicable standard, including 
    emission standards.
        For rules where CEM's are not technologically or economically 
    feasible, the EPA will generally establish operating parameters which 
    must be continuously monitored to determine a source's compliance 
    status. In order to determine compliance, parameters must be monitored 
    frequently enough to allow the source owner or operator to certify 
    whether compliance was continuous or intermittent for each 
    recordkeeping period associated with the applicable emission limitation 
    or standard. Generally, the EPA will select the parameters that must be 
    monitored; however, the sources will establish, through performance 
    tests, engineering analysis, and manufacturer's recommendations, the 
    levels which must be maintained in order to remain in compliance with 
    the emission standard. These source-specific levels will be 
    incorporated in a source's operating permit (or, in the absence of an 
    operating permit, these established levels will be directly 
    enforceable) and will be used to determine a source's compliance 
    status. For future section 112 standards, deviations from the operating 
    parameters are expected to be considered violations of the applicable 
    emission standard.
        However, in developing an operating parameter monitoring strategy 
    for the HON, it became evident that the complexity of this particular 
    standard, the wide range of processes and pollutants covered, and the 
    potentially large numbers of emission points located at any one 
    facility, would warrant a somewhat different approach in determining 
    compliance based on monitored parameters. Specifically, when a daily 
    average value of a monitored parameter is outside the established 
    range, such an excursion would not be considered a violation of the 
    emission standard, but rather, a violation of proper operating 
    conditions. Further, the HON allows for a designated number of excused 
    excursions, i.e., a predetermined number of average daily parameter 
    values outside the source's established range, that would not 
    constitute an operating parameter violation.
        This variation to the Agency's standard approach of incorporating 
    enhanced monitoring concepts into section 112 rules does not signal a 
    change in underlying Agency policy, nor should it be viewed as a 
    precedent for future standards developed under 40 CFR part 63. Rather, 
    the method of compliance determination in the HON represents an 
    exception to the normal enhanced monitoring requirements, and one that 
    is deemed necessary because of the diversity of emission points and the 
    unique nature of the facilities regulated under this standard. The EPA 
    believes that for other MACT standards which will regulate a more 
    narrow range of industrial sources, a more precise link between 
    operating requirements and emission violations will be justified.
        Many commenters requested that CEM's be included in the rule for 
    use in monitoring HAP emission levels, instead of using continuous 
    parameter monitoring.
        The EPA considered CEM's for use in the HON, but found them to be 
    technically infeasible due to the lack of CEM technology for all 112 
    HAP's regulated by the HON. This determination is discussed further in 
    section 3.2.4 of BID volume 2E.
        b. Excused excursions. The final provisions allow a maximum of six 
    excused excursions for the first semiannual reporting period, 
    decreasing by one excursion each semiannual reporting period, down to 
    one excused excursion per period by the end of 3 years. Thereafter, 
    sources are allowed one excused excursion per semiannual reporting 
    period. Excused excursions are not considered violations.
        The EPA requested comment in the proposal preamble on the number of 
    days or percent of operating time that should be allowed as excused 
    excursions, and whether the excused number of days should decrease over 
    time. A range of 3 to 6 days was proposed.
        Commenters supported a range of 0 to 6 days of excused excursions. 
    A number of commenters stated that the excused excursions were 
    necessary to account for inevitable and unanticipated operating 
    parameter fluctuations.
        The system of decreasing the number of excused excursions as the 
    source becomes more familiar with the operation of their control device 
    allows sources to benefit from the knowledge they gain over time.
        The final rule states, as at proposal, that a malfunction that is 
    included in the source's start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan, 
    required in Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of the General Provisions, is not 
    considered an excursion if the plan is followed. If the plan is not 
    followed, or if the malfunction is not included in the plan, this is 
    considered an excursion.
        For the final rule, an excursion has occurred when the source's 
    daily average falls outside the established ranges, or when monitoring 
    data are insufficient to calculate valid hourly averages for at least 
    75 percent of the operating hours in a day. Monitoring data are 
    insufficient to calculate a valid hourly average if measured values are 
    unavailable for any of the 15-minute periods within the hour. If the 
    excursion is not an excused excursion, it is a violation of the 
    operating permit conditions (i.e., a violation of proper operation and 
    maintenance of the control device). Each excursion is a direct 
    violation of the operating conditions, but not the emission limit. As a 
    violation of the operating conditions, the regulatory authority can 
    take enforcement actions against the source. If the regulatory 
    authority requests a performance test to determine compliance with the 
    emission limit, and the test reveals the emission limit is exceeded, 
    then the source has violated the emission limit and is subject to 
    enforcement actions for violating the emission standard.
        c. Alternative monitoring and recordkeeping. The proposed 
    provisions allowing sources to request approval to monitor alternative 
    parameters were retained in the final provisions and expanded to allow 
    sources to request approval to use alternative monitoring and 
    recordkeeping systems. These monitoring systems would be approved by 
    the permit authority on a case-by-case basis, and would include 
    requests to use non-automated monitoring and recording systems and data 
    compression systems.
        Many commenters requested that the rule allow the utilization of 
    existing monitoring and recordkeeping equipment to the maximum extent 
    possible, and discussed the need for these alternative monitoring and 
    recordkeeping systems. A few commenters requested that sources that do 
    not have automated monitoring and recording systems be allowed to 
    continue to use manual recording systems and be granted a less frequent 
    monitoring schedule.
        The EPA expects that there will be few facilities that would choose 
    not to use automated recording systems (e.g., strip charts or computer 
    systems) in light of the labor costs of manual recordkeeping. However, 
    there may be specific cases where use of a manual system would be less 
    burdensome, for example, a smaller, older facility that does not have 
    computerized recording and already has a manual monitoring and 
    recordkeeping system. Provisions were added to the final rule to allow 
    sources with non-automated systems to request approval from the 
    permitting authority to manually read the value of the relevant 
    operating parameter less frequently than every 15 minutes. The rule 
    provides specific criteria for such requests to ensure that the 
    monitoring and recordkeeping system is sufficient to determine 
    compliance. In particular, the system shall include manual reading and 
    recording of operating parameter values no less frequently than once 
    per hour and daily average values calculated from the hourly values. 
    The request shall contain a description of the monitoring and 
    recordkeeping system, documentation that the source does not have an 
    automated system, reasons the source is requesting an alternative 
    system, and demonstration that the monitoring frequency is sufficient 
    to represent control device operating conditions. Approval of such 
    systems will be decided on a case-by-case basis by the permit 
    authority.
        Many commenters requested that data compression be allowed in order 
    to allow use of current systems, while still allowing determination of 
    when exceedances have occurred. Data compression systems do not record 
    monitored operating parameter values at a set frequency, but record all 
    values that meet set criteria for variation from previously recorded 
    values. The commenters stated that they currently used data compression 
    systems or intended to install such systems, and that the advantages of 
    data compression include the ability to more accurately represent 
    operating parameter variation, the ease of data retrieval from archived 
    data, reduced data storage requirements resulting in reduced computer 
    costs, automatic record generation, the ability to quickly detect 
    operating problems, and access past data and predict future problems. 
    The commenters provided technical information on data compression 
    systems.
        After considering technical information on data compression 
    systems, the EPA concluded that properly designed data compression 
    systems can provide sufficient information for determining compliance. 
    The final rule allows a source to request approval from the permitting 
    authority to use data compression as an alternative monitoring and 
    recordkeeping system. The EPA has established minimum criteria for 
    using data compression, including: Measuring the operating parameter 
    value at least once every 15 minutes; recording at least four 
    representative values each hour; recording the date and time when 
    monitors are turned off and on; recognizing unchanging data, alerting 
    the operator, and recording the incident; and computing daily averages 
    from the recorded data. At the end of the operating day, if the daily 
    average value is not an excursion, the data may be converted to hourly 
    averages instead of retaining the four individual data values for each 
    hour. Approval of such systems will be decided on a case-by-case basis.
        Some commenters requested that sources be allowed to use interlock 
    devices which monitor the control device operating parameters and shut 
    down the process before an excursion can occur. The commenters 
    suggested that if such systems are used, recordkeeping is not 
    necessary.
        While the EPA wishes to encourage innovative technologies such as 
    interlock systems, the EPA has insufficient information on the variety 
    of designs and applications of interlock systems to specify alternative 
    recordkeeping procedures that would be appropriate for all such 
    systems. Sources wishing to use other alternative monitoring methods, 
    including sources using interlock devices, may apply to do so according 
    to the process described in the General Provisions Sec. 63.8(f).
        d. Inspections and non-continuous monitoring. For some emission 
    points, such as storage vessels and some wastewater operations, 
    continuous parameter monitoring is not feasible in certain 
    circumstances due to the design of the control device or other 
    operational and system design characteristics of the emission points or 
    control technologies. One example of non-continuous monitoring is the 
    periodic visual inspection of storage vessels equipped with internal or 
    external floating roofs. If a failure, such as a gap or tear in the 
    seal, is detected, the vessel must be repaired or emptied within 45 
    days. In addition, two 30-day extensions may be requested from the 
    Administrator. Violations occur only when a failure is detected and the 
    vessel is not repaired or emptied within 45 days or the time provided 
    with an extension. More information on inspections and non-continuous 
    monitoring is provided in chapter 6 of BID volume 2B for wastewater 
    operations and chapter 3 of BID volume 2A for storage vessels.
    3. Records
        a. Continuous records. The final rule allows retention of hourly 
    average values of monitored parameters instead of 15-minute values for 
    operating days when there is not an excursion. If there is a monitoring 
    parameter excursion, the 15-minute values for the excursion period must 
    be retained.
        A number of commenters requested that only hourly or daily averages 
    be required, as 15-minute values would require reprogramming their 
    computer systems and would be costly. The commenters also contend that 
    15-minute values may not be necessary to demonstrate compliance with 
    the rule because operational problems would occur over a period of 
    several hours, and could be discovered through the hourly averages. 
    Some commenters suggested that 15-minute records should only be kept 
    for days when there are parameter excursions.
        The EPA agrees with the commenters who suggested that hourly 
    average values are generally sufficient to determine compliance, and 
    that 15-minute records should be kept only if there is an excursion. As 
    at proposal, compliance with the operating conditions is based on the 
    daily average value of continuously monitored parameters. If the daily 
    average value is outside the established range, this is an 
    ``excursion.'' The proposal required retention of 15-minute average 
    data values to substantiate the daily average calculations and provide 
    a record of trends in control device operation over a shorter time 
    period. Records of hourly average values are sufficient to accomplish 
    these purposes, and will greatly reduce the recordkeeping burden of the 
    HON. This change will reduce by a factor of four the number of records 
    that must be digitally converted by computer systems, copied onto tapes 
    and/or printed as hard copy, duplicated, and stored. It will avoid the 
    cost of reprogramming existing computerized recordkeeping systems that 
    commenters said are currently programmed to retain hourly averages. The 
    reduction in the number of records will also simplify review of these 
    records by enforcement agencies.
        The reduction in the number of records will not impair the ability 
    to detect parameter excursions. The final rule requires continuous 
    monitors to measure parameter values at least once every 15 minutes, as 
    did the proposal, and many monitors are designed to measure more 
    frequently. The final rule also requires recording of 15-minute average 
    values or instantaneous readings taken at least once every 15 minutes. 
    However, the final rule allows the 15-minute values to be converted to 
    hourly average values at the end of the operating day if there was not 
    an excursion. The 15-minute values can then be discarded, and only the 
    hourly averages must be retained. For operating days when there is an 
    excursion, the final rule requires retention of the 15-minute values of 
    parameters. This will provide a more detailed record of those periods 
    when there are problems. Keeping 15-minute instead of hourly values for 
    excursion periods will not significantly increase the recordkeeping 
    burden because there should only be a couple of days per year when 
    there are parameter excursions for any given emission point.
        A few commenters stated that the requirement in the transfer 
    operations provisions to take 5 [and 15] minute values was incompatible 
    with their current data collection system, would be extremely costly, 
    burdensome, and of no environmental benefit.
        The transfer provisions have been revised for the final rule and no 
    longer require retention of 5-minute and 15-minute records. Hourly 
    records (and 15-minute records for excursions) are required for 
    transfer as well as the other kinds of emission points. Transfer is 
    discussed in more detail in section V.G.3.b and in the BID.
        b. Accessibility/storage. A number of commenters requested that 
    sources have the option of storing records at an accessible off-site 
    location because retaining records on-site at a source for 5 years 
    would be burdensome and expensive.
        This is an issue addressed in the notice presenting the final 
    General Provisions to part 63. The provisions of subpart F are 
    consistent with the final General Provisions. For the first 2 years, 
    records may be retained on-site or at a central location accessible by 
    computer. For the following 3 years, records may be maintained at an 
    off-site location.
        c. Retention time. Several commenters maintained that retaining 
    records for 5 years as required in the proposal would be burdensome and 
    expensive. Instead, commenters suggested records be retained for 1 or 2 
    years.
        The final rule requires retention of records for 5 years. This is 
    consistent with the General Provisions and the operating permits rule. 
    This issue is addressed in the notice presenting the final General 
    Provisions to part 63. The Agency's rationale is contained in the 
    preamble to the final General Provisions.
    4. Compliance Schedule
        a. Group status changes. The final rule establishes compliance 
    dates for cases in which a Group 2 emission point becomes a Group 1 
    emission point. The final provisions differ from the proposed 
    provisions.
        Several commenters requested that a Group 2 emission point that 
    becomes a Group 1 emission point be granted 3 years to come into 
    compliance, as existing sources are allowed 3 years, and the proposed 
    150-day period may not be possible given the time needed for permitting 
    and installation of controls.
        The EPA decided that, in some cases, the proposed 150 days may not 
    be sufficient to engineer, permit, purchase, and construct control 
    equipment to comply with the requirements; whereas, in other cases, 
    compliance could be achieved sooner. Therefore, the proposed 150 day 
    period was deleted from the rule, and compliance date provisions were 
    added to Sec. 63.100 of subpart F. In certain cases specified in 
    subpart F, the source is allowed to establish a site-specific schedule 
    subject to the approval of their permit authority. To be consistent 
    with section 112 of the Act, the schedule can be no longer than 3 
    years. The reader should refer to Sec. 63.100 of subpart F to determine 
    whether a site-specific schedule is allowed in a particular case.
        b. Compliance extensions. The final rule, like the proposed rule, 
    states that requests for extensions must be submitted as part of the 
    operating permit application or as part of the Initial Notification or 
    as a separate submittal no later than the date the Implementation Plan 
    is due. In the preamble to the proposed HON rule, the EPA requested 
    comment on the potential difficulties of complying with the HON in the 
    3-year compliance time and through use of the 1-year request for a 
    compliance extension.
        Many commenters stated that it would be difficult or impossible for 
    some sources to meet the HON's 3-year compliance date due to both 
    obvious and unforeseen circumstances and that the need for a compliance 
    extension may not be recognized until after the Implementation Plan is 
    due. The sources requested that they be allowed to apply for a 
    compliance extension up until the compliance date.
        The issue of whether compliance extensions can be requested up 
    until the compliance date is an issue with broad applicability to all 
    part 63 standards and was raised in the public comments on the General 
    Provisions to part 63. The HON is consistent with the final General 
    Provisions.
    5. Other Comments
        Many other comments were received on topics such as the five report 
    system, electronic submittal of reports, recordkeeping and reporting 
    consistency with other requirements, burden cost estimates, data 
    collection and recording frequency, current use of automated and non-
    automated monitoring systems, record retention time and accessibility, 
    impacts on regulatory agencies, site-specific ranges, performance 
    testing, enforcement, and many other topics. A complete summary of the 
    comments received and the EPA responses pertaining to monitoring, 
    recordkeeping, reporting, and compliance may be found in chapters 2 and 
    3 of BID volume 2E. Comments and requirements pertaining to emissions 
    averaging monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting issues are discussed 
    in section V.D of this notice and in section 2.8.2 of BID volume 2C.
    
    F. Coordination with Other Clean Air Act Requirements
    
    1. General Provisions
        After proposal of the General Provisions (August 11, 1993; 58 FR 
    42760), the HON public comment period was reopened to take comment on 
    several issues, one of which was the overlap between the HON and the 
    General Provisions. Written comments were received from approximately 
    75 commenters. Many of these commenters contended that it was difficult 
    to determine those instances when the General Provisions requirements 
    apply to the HON. The commenters suggested that the HON specifically 
    state those General Provisions sections that apply to the HON, instead 
    of the current system which states which General Provisions sections do 
    not apply. The commenters, some of whom also included the comments they 
    had submitted to the General Provisions docket, provided tables and 
    suggested text changes showing which specific General Provisions 
    sections they thought were relevant to the HON, and which General 
    Provisions sections they thought should not apply to HON sources. In 
    response to these comments, the EPA has provided a table in subpart F 
    of the rule which specifies which General Provisions sections do and do 
    not apply to the HON.
    2. Overlap with NSPS, NESHAP, and CTG
        For the final rule, the EPA has clarified which requirements are to 
    be met when an emission point is subject to other air regulations in 
    addition to the HON. The EPA agreed with commenters that the proposed 
    rule did not provide adequate guidance regarding what to do when the 
    HON overlaps with other NESHAP and NSPS.
        Several commenters contended that the proposed HON would lead to 
    overlap with existing regulations, and because EPA did not provide 
    details on which requirements are to be met when such situations occur, 
    the overlap between the HON and other regulations would lead to 
    confusion, inconsistent application of the requirements, and possible 
    compliance violations. The commenters claimed that the EPA's direction 
    to comply with the most stringent regulation was inadequate. Several 
    commenters specifically questioned whether the language on overlapping 
    requirements was intended for all facets of the HON or only for 
    recordkeeping and reporting, since the requirement appeared in the 
    recordkeeping and reporting section of subpart F.
        A number of commenters specifically stated that sources complying 
    with the Benzene NESHAP or the Vinyl Chloride NESHAP should be exempt 
    from complying with the HON because these standards are more stringent 
    than the HON. A few commenters expressed concern that the wastewater 
    provisions in the HON may conflict with the requirements of the Benzene 
    NESHAP, particularly the use of biological oxidation units.
        The EPA recognizes that the guidance in the proposed HON on 
    determining which requirements to comply with when regulations overlap 
    was confusing. In order to clarify these requirements, the EPA has 
    listed in Sec. 63.110 of the final rule which provisions owners or 
    operators are required to comply with when they are subject to existing 
    regulations.
        The EPA believes that in most cases the HON contains more stringent 
    requirements than in other existing regulations. For these cases, the 
    EPA has decided to override the requirements of the existing 
    regulations with the requirements of the HON. In other cases, the owner 
    or operator must either comply with the HON and the overlapping 
    regulation, with the overlapping regulation, or some combination of the 
    two.
        For most Group 1 emission points that are also subject to existing 
    NSPS and NESHAP, the owner or operator is required to comply with the 
    HON requirements. For wastewater, Group 1 and Group 2 streams must 
    either comply with both the HON and the Vinyl Chloride NESHAP or submit 
    a demonstration that compliance with the Vinyl Chloride NESHAP assures 
    compliance with the HON. Group 1 and Group 2 wastewater streams subject 
    to both the HON and the Benzene NESHAP must comply with both rules 
    because it is not possible for one rule to override the other. The 
    benzene rule cannot override the HON because the HON covers 112 organic 
    HAP's whereas the benzene waste operations NESHAP only covers emissions 
    of benzene. The EPA does not believe that in all cases demonstration of 
    control of benzene will also demonstrate compliance with control 
    requirements for all HAP's. The HON cannot override the benzene rule 
    because the benzene rule applies to waste and wastewater and the HON 
    only applies to wastewater. Thus, in the final HON, the EPA is 
    requiring that a source subject to both rules must comply with both 
    rules.
        For Group 2 emission points that are also subject to existing NSPS 
    and NESHAP, Sec. 63.110 specifies which provisions of HON and which 
    provisions of the other rules will apply. The EPA developed the 
    specifications through a comparison of the rules and their monitoring, 
    recordkeeping, and reporting requirements for each kind of emission 
    point. When HON wastewater provisions overlap with RCRA regulations, 
    the EPA has decided to allow owners or operators to either comply with 
    the regulation they consider the most stringent, or to request a case-
    by-case determination by the Administrator of which requirements to 
    comply with.
        A few commenters expressed concern that if future MACT standards 
    require more stringent control, facilities would have to replace 
    technology required by one standard with that required by another.
        The EPA's plan for implementing the Act is for each source category 
    to have its own MACT standard. No two MACT standards should be 
    applicable to the same emission point. The only future requirements 
    that should apply to the emission points subject to the HON are those 
    developed during the residual risk analysis for the HON. The EPA has 
    done its best to clarify the applicability of the HON. However, it is 
    difficult to anticipate all the potential overlaps with MACT standards 
    that have not yet been drafted. In developing the applicability 
    provisions of future MACT standards, the EPA will be as clear as 
    possible and will avoid applying more than one MACT standard to the 
    same emission point.
    3. PSD/NSR
        For the final rule, the EPA maintains that the approach for 
    estimating secondary impacts that was presented in the proposed HON is 
    sufficient for rulemaking purposes.
        Several commenters argued that compliance with the RCT requirements 
    of the HON would increase NOx and CO emissions, thereby requiring 
    PSD or NSR determination depending on non- attainment status of the 
    source. The commenters also contended that PSD and NSR determination 
    would require a BACT or LAER analysis, air emissions modeling, offsets 
    for NOx emission increases, and possibly a Federal Land Manager 
    review. Several of the commenters claimed that the cost of these 
    analyses and the control technologies they may require were not 
    included in the cost analysis for the HON. The commenters contended 
    that such costs would make compliance with the HON unaffordable.
        The commenters are correct that costs for controlling secondary 
    impacts were not analyzed in the HON. However, the EPA did analyze the 
    extent of multimedia impacts of applying the RCT's. The results of the 
    analysis indicated that controls on process vents would result in only 
    6 percent of the sources exceeding the PSD NOx threshold of 40 tpy 
    in non-attainment areas if combustion controls were applied, and none 
    of the sources would exceed the CO emissions threshold of 100 tpy. None 
    of the sources were determined to exceed the CO and NOx emission 
    levels as a result of controlling transfer operations. Based on these 
    results and the great flexibility provided in compliance options, the 
    EPA does not consider that control of secondary impacts of applying the 
    RCT's will significantly impact the cost of the HON.
        In addition, although the HON provisions for process vents and 
    transfer operations require 98-percent control, they do not necessarily 
    require combustion. A facility has the choice of applying the RCT or 
    using any technology that achieves an equivalent emissions reduction. 
    The process vents provisions also provide the option of modifying the 
    process or using additional product recovery to raise the TRE to 
    greater than 1.0, thereby converting the vent to a Group 2 vent.
        Other commenters argued that the permit review process for PSD and 
    NSR would increase the amount of time for complying with the HON, and 
    cause some sources to miss compliance dates.
        The EPA considers PSD and NSR concerns to be best handled on a 
    site-specific basis. An individual source may cite the delays involved 
    with obtaining PSD or NSR permits in requesting extensions from the 
    EPA. Under the Pollution Control Project exclusion section of the NSR 
    regulations, States will also have the flexibility to consider overall 
    environmental benefits of pollution control and may not require a 
    source to obtain preconstruction permits under PSD or NSR.
        Several commenters requested that EPA exclude from the definition 
    of modification, and thus from NSR requirements, the installation of 
    controls required in the HON that are considered environmentally 
    beneficial.
        The EPA is reviewing possible changes to the NSR/PSD program. Until 
    such changes are made, the EPA has decided that sources requesting 
    exemptions will be handled on a case-by-case basis. Where a source 
    merits it, the EPA will consider exclusions from some NSR/PSD 
    requirements.
    4. Section 112(g)
        Several commenters requested that the EPA clarify the relationship 
    between the HON and requirements in section 112(g) of the Act. Some 
    commenters requested that EPA provide definitions for modification and 
    reconstruction as they apply to the HON. One commenter requested that 
    the EPA incorporate a de minimis emissions increase concept for minor 
    modifications.
        Case-by-case MACT emission limitations under the proposed section 
    112(g) rule do not apply to SOCMI sources covered by today's rule. The 
    EPA need not add a de minimis emissions increase concept for the HON 
    because the HON has established procedures for determining which 
    operational changes require control and what level of control must be 
    applied when an operational change occurs. In addition, since section 
    112(a) of the Act provides a definition for modification and Sec. 63.2 
    of the General Provisions (subpart A of 40 CFR part 63) provides a 
    definition for reconstruction, these definitions need not be added to 
    the HON. Sources subject to the HON are required to use the definitions 
    in the Act and General Provisions, unless that part of the General 
    Provisions is specifically overridden in the HON.
        Sources subject to the HON should note that subparts F and G 
    establish administrative procedures to cover a variety of operational 
    changes that are likely to occur at SOCMI facilities. These procedures 
    specify the notification and approval requirements for each type of 
    change. As stated in the preamble to the proposed rule implementing 
    section 112(j) of the Act, it is the EPA's intent that the control 
    requirements of individual MACT standards established under section 
    112(d) or 112(j) of the Act should supersede the control requirements 
    of the section 112(g) rule. The proposed rule for section 112(j) was 
    published in the Federal Register at 58 FR 37777 (July 13, 1993). In 
    addition, as stated in the proposed rule implementing section 112(g) of 
    the Act, it is the EPA's intent that the administrative procedures of 
    individual MACT standards established under section 112(d) or the Act 
    will supersede the administrative procedures of the section 112(g) rule 
    to the extent that the administrative procedures of a section 112(d) 
    rule satisfy the requirements of section 112(g) of the Act. [As 
    proposed (58 FR 37778), standards established under section 112(j) of 
    the Act would rely on the administrative procedures in the section 
    112(g) rule.] The question of whether MACT standard administrative 
    procedures, such as those in the HON, supersede the administrative 
    procedures of the section 112(g) rule is one on which comment is being 
    requested in the section 112(g) rulemaking. Consequently, the 
    application of section 112(g) administrative procedures to HON sources 
    will not be finally resolved until the promulgation of the section 
    112(g) rule. Until final action on the section 112(g) rule, sources 
    subject to the HON should follow the administrative procedures in 
    subparts F and G, and, as appropriate, the General Provisions of 40 CFR 
    part 63 subpart A, and the title V operating permits rule.
        One commenter requested that the EPA clarify whether emission 
    points that are not regulated by the HON, but are part of the same 
    plant site, would be considered area sources and what emissions would 
    be available for offsets under section 112(g).
        The Act defines both major source and area source. If a plant site 
    meets the definition of major source, it will be regulated as a major 
    source under any applicable MACT standard. Plant sites that do not meet 
    the definition of major source are considered area sources and could be 
    covered under emission standards that regulate area sources. For 
    example, if within a petroleum refinery that is a major source plant 
    site, there are emission points associated with SOCMI processes, the 
    SOCMI emission points would be regulated under the HON, whether or not 
    they alone would constitute a major source. The refinery emission 
    points would be regulated under the refinery MACT standard. The rule 
    implementing case-by-case MACT emission limitations under section 
    112(g) will address sources that are not covered by a promulgated MACT 
    standard. Only emission points that are not subject to a promulgated 
    MACT standard could be available for offsets. If a source is regulated 
    by a promulgated MACT standard such as the HON, the controls applied to 
    comply with the promulgated MACT will not be available for offsets 
    under section 112(g), as proposed. At plant sites with sources subject 
    to the equipment leak provisions in subparts I and H, only the 
    equipment leaks are covered by the HON. Thus, the section 112(g) 
    control requirements could apply to the other actions and equipment at 
    the plant site.
    5. Residual Risk
        A number of commenters expressed concern with calculating residual 
    risk on a plant-wide basis because once a MACT standard is promulgated 
    for one source category within a facility, residual risk requirements 
    could be triggered before other MACT standards are established for 
    other source categories at the facility. In contrast, one commenter 
    asserted that the legislative history of the Act requires that residual 
    risk be calculated on a plant-wide basis.
        A number of other commenters expressed concerns with calculating 
    residual risk on a source category basis because public health could be 
    compromised if emissions were artificially split up for purposes of 
    risk assessment, rather than considered as a whole. However, two 
    commenters contended that implementation would be simplified if a 
    source category approach were taken.
        Several other commenters argued that the basis for estimating 
    residual risk should not be addressed in the HON or at this time. The 
    commenters contended that Congress intended to defer risk-based 
    standards until better methods of risk analysis have been defined. Some 
    commenters requested that the EPA begin to investigate the appropriate 
    methodology for determining residual risk.
        As many of the commenters have noted, residual risk will be 
    determined at a later time. The EPA's intent in requesting comments on 
    residual risk was to facilitate ideas on how residual risk should be 
    analyzed.
    6. RCRA and OW Regulations
        Several commenters asserted that the HON did not consider overlaps 
    with RCRA rules. The EPA disagrees with the commenter's assertion that 
    the EPA has not considered the implications associated with regulatory 
    overlap between the HON and the RCRA regulations. In fact, the EPA has 
    made every effort to identify areas in which these regulatory programs 
    may overlap. The commenter did not express any particular concerns 
    about specific areas of overlap. The EPA has identified several 
    potential areas in which both the RCRA and the HON could apply to the 
    same situation. To avoid dually regulating these areas, the EPA has 
    tried to make the regulatory language in the HON consistent with 
    existing RCRA requirements and, where appropriate, has designated which 
    regulations the owner or operator must comply with to satisfy the 
    requirements of both regulatory programs. For example, in the 
    provisions that specify the required treatment processes for managing 
    wastewater at SOCMI sources, the EPA will accept demonstration of 
    compliance with RCRA requirements as demonstration of compliance with 
    the HON for the following treatment processes: (1) hazardous waste 
    incinerator permitted under 40 CFR part 270; (2) boilers and industrial 
    furnaces either permitted under 40 CFR part 270 or certified as an 
    interim status facility in compliance with 40 CFR part 266; and (3) 
    underground injection wells permitted under 40 CFR part 207 and in 
    compliance with 40 CFR part 122. These treatment processes are not 
    subject to the treatment process requirements in the HON because the 
    EPA recognizes that such treatment processes are already strictly 
    regulated under the RCRA program. However, emissions from the 
    wastewater stream must still be suppressed up to these treatment 
    processes according to Secs.  63.133 through 63.137 of the HON.
    7. Pollution Prevention
        For the final rule, the EPA maintains that the proposed HON 
    sufficiently promotes pollution prevention for the various chemical 
    manufacturing process units in the SOCMI.
        One commenter did not consider the HON to meet the requirements of 
    the Act because it does not consider pollution prevention activities. 
    Several other commenters contended that the HON discourages pollution 
    prevention activities because it promotes use of pollution controls and 
    safety measures instead of redesign of processes or material 
    substitutions to eliminate emissions. Some of the commenters believed 
    that industry will innovate and apply pollution prevention only if EPA 
    forces them to do so. Many of the commenters recommended that the EPA 
    revise the HON to encourage more pollution prevention. The commenters 
    suggested that EPA:
        (1) Incorporate pollution prevention approaches in existing State 
    programs;
        (2) Set a timetable for the elimination of emissions; and
        (3) Require evaluation of process and product changes prior to end-
    of-pipe controls.
        Pollution prevention activities, particularly process redesign, are 
    site-specific. Therefore, it would not be practical or possible to 
    stipulate specific requirements for the large number of chemical 
    production processes subject to the HON.
        The EPA also considers that elimination of pollution through 
    material substitution will not be possible in all cases because SOCMI 
    products (many of which are listed as HAP's in section 112 of the Act) 
    cannot be eliminated from use without adverse economic impact. 
    Specifically, because the products of the SOCMI are used in the 
    production of polymers, resins, pesticides, pharmaceuticals, etc., 
    elimination of a SOCMI product would affect not only the SOCMI producer 
    but also the downstream user of that SOCMI product. Many of the end-use 
    products (e.g., resins, pharmaceuticals, etc.) could not be made from 
    other materials. Thus, the EPA maintains that material substitution is 
    better left determined by the marketplace rather than by mandate 
    through a specific Federal requirement.
        The EPA believes that the HON sufficiently encourages pollution 
    prevention. For example, within the provisions for process vents, 
    storage vessels, transfer operations, and wastewater collection and 
    treatment operations, there are compliance options that only specify a 
    percent reduction of HAP emissions. To comply with most of these 
    options, a source may use any means, including process changes or 
    recovery devices, to reduce emissions by the specified percent. While 
    process vent provisions do not allow use of recovery devices to achieve 
    the 98-percent reduction, the process vents provisions encourage the 
    use of process changes and recovery devices by including an option for 
    achieving a specified TRE value instead of adding control. Thus, the 
    owner or operator does not have to combust emissions to comply with the 
    standards. The storage vessel provisions encourage the use of floating 
    roofs to control emissions. Many of the requirements in the equipment 
    leaks and wastewater provisions also encourage pollution prevention 
    options to control emissions. The emissions averaging provisions 
    encourage pollution prevention by: (1) Not applying a discount factor 
    to credits generated by pollution prevention measures and (2) allowing 
    an additional five emission points to be included in an average if 
    pollution prevention measures are used.
    
    G. Miscellaneous Technical Comments
    
    1. Process Vents
        a. Monitoring for Group 2 vents with TRE between 1 and 4. For the 
    final rule, the EPA maintains the same position as at proposal for 
    monitoring for process vents with a TRE between 1 and 4.
        Several commenters recommended that the same monitoring provisions 
    for vents with a TRE between 1 and 4 be applied to vents with a TRE 
    greater than 4 due to process fluctuations. Several other commenters 
    requested that monitoring requirements for vent streams with a TRE 
    between 1 and 4 be reduced or eliminated because of the burden without 
    emissions reduction.
        The rule requires monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
    requirements for Group 2 vent streams with TRE index values between 1 
    and 4 to ensure those vents do not become Group 1 vents due to process 
    or recovery device operating variations and remain uncontrolled. Group 
    2 vents with TRE index values greater than 4 are not required to 
    monitor. An analysis was performed prior to proposal that shows that a 
    vent with TRE greater than 4 is unlikely to become Group 1 due to 
    process or recovery device operating fluctuations or measurement 
    uncertainties, whereas if TRE is greater than 4, it is important to 
    monitor recovery device operating parameters, because variations in 
    process or recovery device operations could cause such streams to 
    become Group 1. The EPA recognizes the uncertainty present in TRE 
    calculations, but decided that a sufficiently large safety factor has 
    been included for vents with a TRE greater than 4. The decision not to 
    require monitoring for process vents with a TRE greater than 4 reduces 
    the burden of regulation for both the industry and regulatory agencies.
        b. Product accumulator vessels. For the final rule, the EPA has 
    deleted the term ``product accumulator vessel,'' and will regulate 
    equipment previously described as product accumulator vessels as 
    follows: (1) Vents from distillate receivers and product separators 
    will be regulated as process vents under subpart G; (2) hot wells will 
    be regulated by the wastewater provisions under subpart G; and (3) 
    surge control vessels and bottoms receivers will remain in subpart H. 
    The definition of process vent has been revised to include distillate 
    receivers and product separators.
        Several commenters expressed concern due to the inconsistencies in 
    the proposed provisions for product accumulator vessels. The major 
    concerns included: (1) Multiple standards (process vents under subpart 
    G and equipment leaks under subpart H) would apply to the same vent; 
    (2) there are different compliance dates in subparts G and H; (3) the 
    proposed definition did not distinguish between product accumulator 
    vessels and storage vessels or other in-process vessels; and (4) 
    product accumulator vessels, which are point sources, would be 
    regulated under provisions that were intended for fugitive emissions 
    (i.e., equipment leaks). The commenters suggested eliminating the 
    inconsistencies by: (1) Deleting the subpart H requirements for product 
    accumulator vessels and regulating them as process vents under subpart 
    G; (2) allowing sources to select whether to comply with the 
    requirements of subpart G or subpart H; or (3) regulating product 
    accumulator vessels as storage vessels under subpart G. Several 
    commenters also suggested deleting from the HON the requirements for 
    product accumulator vessels associated with the non-SOCMI processes 
    subject to subpart H. The commenters preferred regulating such vessels 
    under future MACT standards for the appropriate source category.
        The EPA agrees that there is need to clarify the applicability of 
    the HON to product accumulator vessels. Previous definitions and 
    control cost analyses for process vents have included indirect 
    releases, such as those from distillate receivers and product 
    separators. These emissions were clearly intended to be process vents 
    requiring 98-percent control under subpart G. Condensates from hot 
    wells were included in the proposed definition of wastewater and were 
    intended to be controlled at 95 percent under the subpart G provisions 
    for wastewater. Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers are 
    typically smaller than storage vessels subject to the HON, and have 
    relatively low emissions. Also, previous analyses on process vents have 
    not been clear on the inclusion of these vessels. Thus, the EPA decided 
    that surge control vessels and bottoms receivers will remain in subpart 
    H to be controlled at 95 percent. The term ``product accumulator 
    vessel'' has been deleted from the HON, and replaced with ``surge 
    control vessels and bottoms receivers.'' The above clarification 
    reflects the EPA's original intent regarding how the various equipment 
    types should be regulated and is not designed to alter the stringency 
    of the HON.
    2. Storage Vessels
        a. Time allowance for planned routine maintenance of control 
    devices. In the final rule, the EPA has increased the allowance for 
    sources to complete planned routine maintenance of a control device 
    from 72 hours per year to 240 hours per year.
        Several commenters asserted that the proposed 72 hours per year for 
    routine maintenance of a control device would be insufficient for 
    reasons including: (1) Routine maintenance of a flare may require up to 
    7 to 10 days per year; (2) rebricking a thermal oxidizer requires at 
    least 7 days; (3) some States have included in incinerator air permits 
    an allowance of 10 days per year for routine maintenance; and (4) in 
    general, repair of boilers and water scrubbers requires more than 72 
    hours per year for routine maintenance. Several commenters requested 
    that the rule allow for longer routine maintenance periods by: (1) 
    Increasing the time allowance; (2) allowing extensions from the 
    permitting authority; or (3) requiring that storage vessels not be 
    filled during any routine maintenance that exceeds the 72-hour 
    allowance.
        The EPA concluded that the 72-hour allowance for routine 
    maintenance is inadequate. After reevaluating the available 
    information, the EPA determined that increasing the time allowance to 
    240 hours (i.e., 10 days) would be the most reasonable approach to 
    address the need for more time to complete routine maintenance and to 
    be consistent with State air permitting activities. The EPA did not 
    choose either of the other two approaches suggested by the commenters 
    because of the additional burden associated with them. Specifically, 
    requiring that storage vessels not be filled during any routine 
    maintenance exceeding 72 hours would require the addition of equipment 
    to monitor liquid level for enforcement purposes. Further, allowing for 
    extensions for routine maintenance beyond the 72 hours would require 
    added reporting burden for both sources and permitting authorities.
        While the EPA is allowing sources to utilize the full 240 hours to 
    perform routine maintenance on each control device, the EPA does not 
    expect that sources will utilize all 240 hours for all control devices, 
    because many types of control devices do not require 240 hours of 
    maintenance time per year. The EPA has included provisions in the 
    regulation that make sources accountable for their utilization of this 
    allowance. Sources are required to periodically (i.e., every six 
    months) report the routine maintenance performed and the amount of time 
    used to complete that routine maintenance. In addition, sources must 
    indicate the routine maintenance they expect to perform during the 
    following six months.
        b. AP-42 Equations for emissions averaging with storage vessels. 
    For the final rule, the EPA will include the September 1985 version of 
    the AP-42 equations; however, the EPA will allow sources to utilize 
    either the September 1985 version or the October 1992 version (i.e., 
    referenced as American Petroleum Institute Publication 2518, second 
    edition, October 1991) of the AP-42 equations for estimating breathing 
    losses from fixed roof storage vessels, for the purposes of emissions 
    averaging. Whichever set of equations a source selects, the source must 
    utilize the same set of equations for calculating breathing losses of 
    fixed roof storage vessels for estimating both credits and debits.
        Two commenters recommended that the EPA update the storage vessel 
    emissions equations in the emissions averaging section of the final 
    rule in order to reflect the latest changes in the EPA document 
    ``Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP-42)'' included in 
    chapter 12 of supplement E, entitled ``Storage of Organic Liquids.''
        The EPA agrees that sources should be given the option to use the 
    latest AP-42 equations for estimating breathing loss emissions from 
    fixed roof storage vessels. However, the EPA will not require that 
    sources use these latest equations because it could be more burdensome 
    for some sources. The EPA determined that the October 1992 equations 
    are more site-specific and will require that sources make more 
    measurements of tank parameters because the EPA cannot provide default 
    values for some of the variables in the equations. Although the EPA 
    will allow sources to choose either the 1985 or the 1992 version of the 
    equations for estimating breathing losses from fixed roof storage 
    vessels, the source must use the same set of equations for estimating 
    both credits and debits from storage vessels for the purposes of 
    emissions averaging.
    3. Transfer Operations
        a. Determination of applicability and group status. For the final 
    rule, the EPA has clarified many of the applicability and group 
    determination provisions regarding transfer operations in the proposed 
    HON. The intent of these provisions has not changed.
        Many commenters expressed confusion regarding whether the transfer 
    provisions refer to arms or transfer racks being loaded. Several 
    commenters requested that the EPA clarify that the HON is only 
    applicable to transfers of materials from SOCMI processes and not all 
    materials transferred at any given rack or arm.
        The intent of the language in proposed Sec. 63.100(b)(5) of subpart 
    F and in the final Sec. 63.100(i) of subpart F is to assign loading 
    racks, loading arms, or loading hoses to a chemical manufacturing 
    process unit. If the chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to 
    the HON, then the loading rack, arm, or hose is also subject to the 
    HON.
        Once it is determined that a rack, arm, or hose is subject to the 
    HON, group status must be determined. Group status is determined for a 
    transfer rack. A transfer rack is defined as the collection of all arms 
    or hoses that are assigned to a chemical manufacturing process unit 
    that is subject to the HON. For example, if a facility has a rack that 
    consists of eight arms and six of these arms are assigned to chemical 
    manufacturing process units subject to the HON and the other two load 
    petroleum refinery products not subject to HON, then the ``transfer 
    rack,'' as defined for the HON, is made up of the six arms that are 
    assigned to the chemical manufacturing process unit subject to the HON. 
    Group status must be determined based on the vapor pressures and 
    throughputs of the HAP's loaded at the arms that are subject to the 
    HON. In cases where a rack or arm(s) has been assigned to a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit subject to the HON, the rack or collection 
    of arms must be controlled during transfers of all HAP's regardless of 
    whether those HAP's were associated with SOCMI chemical manufacturing 
    process units.
        The EPA determined that assigning equipment to be subject to the 
    HON would be easier from an enforcement and control perspective, as 
    opposed to assigning transfer operations. Also, by assigning equipment, 
    applicability will be more obvious when other rules are promulgated 
    affecting transfer operations under other source categories.
         One commenter suggested that the organic HAP partial pressure 
    considering all the materials loaded at a specific loading arm or rack 
    should be used to determine applicability instead of the rack-weighted 
    vapor pressure.
         The EPA agrees with the commenter's suggestion. The final transfer 
    provisions have been revised to replace the definition of rack-weighted 
    average vapor pressure with a definition for rack-weighted average 
    partial pressure.
         b. Testing and Monitoring. The following changes have been made to 
    the testing and monitoring provisions for transfer operations:
        (1) 15-minute monitoring of operating parameters is required 
    regardless of loading cycle time;
        (2) The requirement for a performance test has been replaced with 
    design analysis for racks that load less than 11.8 million liters/yr; 
    and
        (3) Performance test requirements have been clarified for 
    facilities using common control devices for both process vent and 
    transfer emissions or for emissions from multiple arms loading 
    simultaneously.
        Several commenters contended that 5-minute monitoring and 
    recordkeeping requirements for loading cycles less than 3 hours were 
    overly burdensome and would serve no purpose. The commenters suggested 
    that the 15-minute monitoring and recordkeeping requirements of loading 
    cycles be made standard for all cycles in the final rule.
        The EPA agrees with the commenters that 5-minute monitoring 
    intervals are not necessary. The EPA considers 15-minute monitoring to 
    provide sufficient statistical confidence in the performance of a 
    control device. Fifteen-minute monitoring intervals will also 
    adequately identify performance that is outside of the approved 
    operating parameter ranges.
        Two commenters contended that it was unduly burdensome to require a 
    performance test duration of three loading cycles for infrequent 
    loading operations. Both commenters suggested that the EPA allow owners 
    or operators to conduct performance testing over only one loading cycle 
    for infrequent loading operations. One commenter expressed concerns 
    regarding simultaneous loadings and suggested that the EPA provide 
    performance test provisions for control devices shared between racks or 
    other emission points.
        The EPA agrees with the commenters' assertion that the proposed 
    provisions for performance tests for infrequent loading operations were 
    burdensome. The EPA determined that for owners and operators loading 
    less than 11.8 million liters/year (3.12 million gal/yr) at a single 
    transfer rack, requiring a performance test on three loading cycles 
    could extend the completion of the performance test to 2 weeks or 
    longer. The EPA's intent in requiring testing during three different 
    loading cycles was to acquire sufficient data to ensure that a control 
    device was operating properly. The EPA has determined that a test of 
    one loading cycle would not provide sufficient data on the performance 
    of the control device; thus, requiring one loading cycle to be tested 
    would not be meaningful. Therefore, in the final rule a design 
    evaluation is allowed instead of a test for those racks with infrequent 
    loading (i.e., less than 11.8 million liters/year of materials loaded).
        Although the proposed rule did not preclude shared control devices, 
    it was not clear how an owner or operator would demonstrate compliance. 
    Provisions have been added to the rule to clarify that in the case of a 
    control device being shared with process vents, the performance test 
    required under the process vent provisions is adequate for the transfer 
    provisions. For control devices shared among transfer racks or arms, 
    and where materials are simultaneously loaded, the performance test 
    requirements have been revised to be similar to the process vent 
    provisions: three one-hour performance test runs. Simultaneous loading 
    occurs when the beginning and ending times of loading cycles coincide 
    and overlap such that there is no interruption in vapor flow to the 
    control device; as one loading cycle is completed, another one begins 
    or has already begun.
    4. Wastewater
        a. Design steam stripper specifications. For the final rule, the 
    EPA has revised several of the specifications for the design steam 
    stripper. The following changes are incorporated into the final rule:
        (1) The design steam stripper must have ten actual trays;
        (2) The minimum wastewater feed temperature to the design steam 
    stripper must be 95  deg.C;
        (3) The requirement to use a water-cooled condenser has been 
    deleted;
        (4) The steam-to-feed ratio for the design steam stripper is 0.04 
    kilogram of steam for every one kilogram of wastewater;
        (5) The steam heat value must be at least 2,765 kJ/kg (equivalent 
    to 690 kPa); and
        (6) The maximum liquid tray loading is 67,000 l/hr-m2.
        (i) Actual number of trays. Several commenters requested 
    clarification regarding the EPA's intent to specify theoretical or 
    actual trays. Based on additional analyses after the proposed rule was 
    published, the EPA has determined that a steam stripper that is 
    operated using 10 actual trays will achieve the required HAP target 
    removal efficiencies. These analyses are summarized in the promulgation 
    BID volume 2D and details of the analysis are in docket A-90-23.
         (ii) Minimum wastewater feed temperature. The proposed rule 
    specified 35  deg.C as the feed temperature of wastewater to the steam 
    stripper. However, in the design analysis for the wastewater provisions 
    in both the proposed and final HON, the EPA has assumed that the feed 
    stream is heated to 95  deg.C before it enters the design steam 
    stripper. The feed stream is pre-heated to 95  deg.C by using a heat 
    exchanger to recover heat from the treated wastewater. The temperature 
    of 35  deg.C, which was inadvertently designated as the feed 
    temperature in the proposed rule, refers to the temperature of the 
    wastewater before it is pre-heated by the heat exchanger and sent to 
    the design steam stripper. The EPA has corrected this error and 
    included 95  deg.C in the final rule as the minimum wastewater feed 
    temperature to the steam stripper after the wastewater has been pre-
    heated.
        (iii) Condenser. The proposed rule required that a water-cooled 
    condenser with a maximum primary condenser outlet vapor temperature of 
    50  deg.C be used in conjunction with the design steam stripper. 
    Several commenters questioned why the EPA required the use of a water-
    cooled condenser as part of the design steam stripper specifications. 
    The commenters suggested that the requirements for treatment devices in 
    section 63.138(h) were sufficient to control HAP emissions from 
    treatment devices. While the EPA agrees to eliminate the condenser from 
    the design steam stripper, it is clarified that a primary condenser, if 
    used, does not count toward the 95-percent control requirement because 
    this control requirement applies to non-condensibles.
        (iv) Steam-to-feed ratio. Although no specific comments were 
    received on this issue, the EPA updated this number as part of the 
    analysis to revise the design steam stripper. The proposed rule 
    required a steam-to-feed ratio of 0.096 kilograms of steam for every 
    one kilogram of wastewater. The revised steam-to-feed ratio of 0.04 
    kilograms of steam for every one kilogram of wastewater optimizes the 
    efficiency of the design steam stripper to remove HAP's from 
    wastewater. The steam heat value specified for the design steam 
    stripper is 2765 kJ/kg, which is based on saturated steam at 690 kPa. 
    This parameter is specified in the design because use of a lower 
    quality steam would reduce the fraction of HAP's removed from the 
    wastewater treated by the design steam stripper.
        (v) Maximum liquid tray loading. The maximum liquid tray loading in 
    the proposed rule was 39,900 l/hr-m 2. Because the liquid tray 
    loading is dependent on several other steam stripper parameters, 
    including the steam-to-feed ratio, the EPA has revised this input 
    parameter for the design steam stripper as a result of the revised 
    design analysis. The design analysis indicates that the revised maximum 
    liquid tray loading is 67,000 l/hr-m2.
        (vi) Materials of construction. Although the rule does not specify 
    a particular type of steel that the SOCMI must use to construct the 
    design steam stripper, the cost estimates for the final rule include 
    the cost of stainless steel construction. The cost estimate for the 
    steam stripper in the proposed rule was based on carbon steel 
    construction. Numerous comments on this issue requested that the EPA 
    reevaluate the cost of constructing a design steam stripper based on 
    the use of stainless steel for construction. Commenters in favor of 
    stainless steel construction stated that stainless steel was stronger, 
    more durable, and more reliable than carbon steel. Also, stainless 
    steel is the minimum grade of building material that would be used by 
    the industry because of corrosion problems associated with carbon 
    steel. The EPA received no comments in favor of carbon steel 
    construction. The EPA has revised the cost estimate for the design 
    steam stripper using stainless steel and has determined that the design 
    steam stripper remains a cost-effective option for treating wastewater.
        b. Fraction removed (Fr). In the final rule, the EPA has revised 
    the required Fr values (i.e., strippabilities) and assigned an Fr for 
    each of the individual compounds regulated by the wastewater provisions 
    (i.e., compounds listed on table 9). Several commenters requested that 
    the EPA:
        (1) Re-evaluate the Fr estimates in the proposed rule using actual 
    Henry's law constants at 100  deg.C; and
        (2) Assign a better estimate of individual compound-specific Fr 
    values rather than use the strippability groups.
        In response to comments, the EPA conducted a literature search to 
    determine peer-reviewed Henry's law constants at 25 and 100  deg.C, and 
    selected the best estimates available for each compound. The revised 
    Henry's law constants at 100  deg.C were used to estimate Fr values for 
    each of the 76 compounds in the wastewater provisions of the final 
    rule. The report documenting the development of the constants is titled 
    ``Henry's Law Constants for the 83 HAP's Regulated in the Proposed HON 
    Wastewater Provisions,'' and is provided in Docket A-90-23. In the 
    proposed rule, each of the compounds listed on table 9 was assigned to 
    one of these strippability groups. The strippability groups represented 
    a range of actual strippabilities with a single target removal 
    efficiency (i.e., strippability). The EPA agreed with commenters that 
    assigning HAP's to a specific strippability group could preclude 
    compliance with the standard for some compounds. Therefore, the EPA 
    generated compound-specific Fr values based on the revised Henry's law 
    constants for each of the compounds listed in table 9 of subpart G. 
    Additionally, the EPA has revised the proposed compliance option that 
    required compounds listed on table 9 of subpart G to meet the target 
    removal efficiencies that were associated with the strippability 
    groups. The compliance option in the final rule requires that the owner 
    or operator treat compounds to meet their individual Fr's, which are 
    assigned in table 9 of subpart G.
        c. Emission estimates--(i) Wastewater models. For the final rule, 
    the EPA has revised the emission models for lift stations, junction 
    boxes, open sumps, trapped drains, and weirs using a study provided by 
    one commenter, in which the emissions of organic HAP's were measured. 
    The EPA reviewed the information and determined that the report and 
    source data were appropriate to use to improve the emission models. The 
    air emission model for weirs was modified to account for gas-phase 
    resistance. These revised models also incorporate an approach for 
    modeling site-specific configurations of lift stations, junction boxes, 
    sumps, drains, and weirs that are currently used by the SOCMI. The 
    models used to calculate the Fe's are described in ``Estimation of Air 
    Emission Factors from Airflow in Wastewater Collection Systems,'' 
    November 30, 1993.
        (ii) Collection and treatment scenarios. The EPA also revised the 
    SOCMI source wastewater collection and treatment scenarios based on 
    information provided by one commenter, EPA staff observations, and 
    State and EPA environmental regulatory enforcement representatives from 
    Texas, Louisiana, and New Jersey. Several commenters stated that 
    baseline emission estimates should be revised based on emission data 
    and SOCMI source scenarios that were submitted to the EPA during the 
    public comment period. The EPA considered and incorporated, where 
    appropriate, data that were submitted by commenters.
        (iii) Fraction emitted (Fe) values. The revised Fe's in the final 
    rule are based on two different wastewater collection and treatment 
    system scenarios with three different levels of control, and with each 
    control level weighted based on the expected level of occurrence. The 
    three control levels and the corresponding fraction of occurrence are: 
    (1) Uncontrolled = 0.50; (2) medium degree of control = 0.40; and (3) 
    higher degree of control = 0.10. Values for Fe for individual compounds 
    were calculated for each of the two scenarios and the control 
    distributions summarized above. The resulting two control weighted 
    average Fe's for each individual compound (one for each scenario) were 
    averaged together, resulting in the final Fe values. This procedure is 
    described in detail in the memorandum, ``Estimation of Air Emissions 
    from Model Wastewater Collection and Treatment Plants Systems,'' 
    February 2, 1994.
        The EPA used revised scenarios and emission models in conjunction 
    with the revised Henry's law constants to revise the Fe values for each 
    compound listed on table 9. The EPA used the revised Fe values to 
    calculate the baseline emission estimates for the final rule and to re-
    evaluate which organic HAP's should be subject to the wastewater 
    provisions of the HON. Based on the revised Fe's, the EPA has deleted 
    seven compounds from the final rule. Each of these compounds is 
    unlikely to be emitted in significant quantities from the collection 
    system (due to the low Fe value) and will be readily biodegraded upon 
    reaching the biological treatment unit.
        Several commenters stated that some of the HAP's regulated by the 
    proposed HON are non-volatile or semi-volatile, are not likely to be 
    emitted from wastewater, and should be deleted. Based on the revised Fe 
    values, the EPA has removed the following seven compounds from the 
    wastewater provisions of the final rule: Aniline (62533); 2-
    chloroacetophenone (532274); o-cresol (95487); 3,3-dimethylbenzidine 
    (119937); diethylene glycol diethyl ether (112367); diethylene glycol 
    dimethyl ether (111966); and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate 
    (111159). An increase in baseline emission estimates for wastewater of 
    9 percent resulted from the emission estimate revisions. The primary 
    reasons for the change were:
        (1) Revised Henry's law constants;
        (2) Revised wastewater emission models for lift stations, junction 
    boxes, open sumps, and open drains; and
        (3) Revised scenarios and Fe values.
        d. Wastewater tanks. In the final rule, the EPA requires any owner 
    or operator of a SOCMI source who is subject to the wastewater tank 
    provisions in Sec. 63.133 of subpart G to calculate the vapor pressure 
    and the capacity of the tank in order to determine the applicable 
    compliance options. The proposed rule did not require the owner or 
    operator to determine the vapor pressure or the tank capacity, but 
    rather required the same compliance options for wastewater tanks 
    regardless of size and vapor pressure.
        Several commenters requested the following changes to the proposed 
    wastewater tank provisions including:
        (1) That wastewater tanks be managed in accordance with the 
    proposed storage vessel provisions;
        (2) That wastewater tank requirements be based on the partial 
    pressure of the liquid in the tank;
        (3) That wastewater tank requirements be based on the capacity of 
    the tank; and
        (4) That wastewater tanks operated under negative pressure be 
    exempt from using Method 21 for leak detection.
        In response to comments, the EPA has incorporated several changes 
    to the wastewater tank provisions. The EPA continues to require 
    emission controls on all wastewater tanks that manage Group 1 
    wastewater streams or residuals generated from Group 1 wastewater 
    streams. However, the EPA has included capacity and maximum partial 
    vapor pressure thresholds that are consistent with those of the storage 
    vessel provisions. The EPA also is allowing the owner or operator to 
    demonstrate compliance with the wastewater tank provisions by 
    installing only a fixed roof if the tank meets any of the following 
    criteria: (1) Is less than 75 m\3\; (2) is greater than or equal to 75 
    m\3\ and less than 151 m\3\ and has a maximum true vapor pressure less 
    than 13 kPa; or (3) is greater than or equal to 151 m\3\ and has a 
    maximum true vapor pressure less than 5.2 kPa. The EPA has determined 
    that a fixed roof is sufficient to suppress emissions from any 
    wastewater tank that meets the preceding criteria. In addition, the EPA 
    has dropped the requirement for annual Method 21 inspections on 
    wastewater tanks. In the final rule, Method 21 inspections are required 
    initially and annual visual inspections are required. Furthermore, the 
    EPA has added a provision to the final rule which states that any 
    wastewater tank operated and maintained under negative pressure is not 
    required to comply with the requirements for leak detection by Method 
    21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A because it cannot emit.
        e. Containers. In the final rule, the EPA has included a de minimis 
    capacity of 0.1 m\3\ (i.e., approximately 26.4 gal) in the definition 
    of container, below which the container is not subject to the HON. For 
    the purpose of monitoring and submerged filling, the EPA distinguishes 
    between containers that are less than or equal to 0.42 m\3\ (i.e., 
    approximately 110 gal) and those that exceed 0.42 m\3\. Furthermore, 
    the EPA has changed the requirements for a submerged fill pipe. In the 
    final rule, a submerged fill pipe outlet shall extend to no more than 6 
    inches or within two fill pipe diameters of the bottom of the container 
    while the container is being filled. Submerged filling is not required 
    for containers with capacities less than or equal to 0.42 cubic meters.
        The proposed rule did not distinguish between container capacities. 
    All containers regardless of size were required to meet the same 
    requirements. The EPA received comments in favor of changing the 
    monitoring requirements and establishing a de minimis container size. 
    Specifically, commenters asserted that the HON should not apply to 
    either very small containers which include lab sample bottles or 
    containers with small capacities such as 30 gallons or 55 gallons. 
    Commenters also claimed that the requirement to use Method 21 for 
    containers, particularly those that are on site for a short time, would 
    be burdensome.
        In response to comments, the EPA has established a de minimis 
    capacity of 0.1 m\3\, which exempts lab bottles and other very small 
    containers from the HON. The EPA has also provided an additional 
    compliance option for leak detection monitoring for containers with 
    capacities less than or equal to 0.42 m\3\. If a container has a 
    capacity less than or equal to 0.42 m\3\, the owner or operator may 
    either: (1) Use Method 21 initially to demonstrate that the container 
    is not leaking; or (2) document that the container meets DOT 
    specifications and testing requirements in 49 CFR part 178. The EPA has 
    determined that if an owner or operator is in compliance with the DOT 
    specifications and testing requirements in 49 CFR part 178, no 
    additional requirements are necessary to ensure that the containers do 
    not leak. The owner or operator must maintain records documenting the 
    Method 21 test for non-DOT containers. For DOT-approved containers, the 
    owner or operator does not need to keep a record because compliance may 
    be determined by a visual inspection.
        The EPA also has reduced the monitoring burden for larger 
    containers with a capacity greater than 0.42 m\3\. Whereas the proposed 
    rule specified the use of Method 21 initially and annually, the final 
    rule requires the use of Method 21 initially and allows annual visual 
    inspections thereafter.
        f. Method 304 and method 305. No major changes have been made to 
    Method 304. However, the EPA has included both Method 304A and 304B in 
    the final rule. Commenters requested that Method 304 allow more 
    flexibility in choice of laboratory equipment, clarifier design, and 
    some operating parameters. The EPA agreed with the commenters and has 
    added options to increase the flexibility of the method, such as 
    allowing air cylinders in addition to oxygen cylinders to aerate the 
    microbial population. The additional flexibility added to the method 
    does not reduce the accuracy or precision of the method results and 
    could in some cases improve the results by better representing the 
    actual biological treatment process. Changes made to the final Methods 
    304A and 304B are in section 4.0 of BID volume 2E.
        Several commenters misunderstood the requirements of Method 305. 
    The EPA discusses clarifications to the method in volume 2B of the BID. 
    One commenter questioned why the EPA developed Method 305 when other 
    methods, such as the 600 series for water and wastewater, were 
    available. Another commenter was concerned whether the test method 
    results are realistic.
        To determine the significance of HAP emissions from wastewater, it 
    is more important to know how likely a HAP is to leave the wastewater 
    and go into the atmosphere than to know the actual concentration of the 
    HAP in the wastewater. The EPA developed Method 305 to provide a 
    relative measure of the emission potential of wastewater. Other methods 
    measure the actual concentration of pollutants; no other methods define 
    the relative measure of emission potential. Although the results of 
    Method 305 do not necessarily represent the actual pollutant 
    concentration in wastewater, the test method results are realistic--the 
    results measure the relative emission potential. The parameters of the 
    test method were chosen to define emission potential based on 
    mathematical modeling of actual data collected from various sources 
    throughout the country. In addition, the regulation requires that 
    concentration be reported in terms of Method 305 results; it does not 
    require the owner or operator to use Method 305. The owner or operator 
    may use any method that has been validated by section 5.1 or 5.3 of 
    Method 301 and converted to Method 305 results using the appropriate 
    Fm factor.
        g. Water seal controls. The EPA revised the requirements for water 
    seals. In Sec. 63.137(e) of the final wastewater provisions if a water 
    seal is used on a drain hub receiving a Group 1 wastewater stream, the 
    owner or operator shall either extend the drain pipe discharging the 
    wastewater below the liquid surface in the water seal, or install a 
    flexible cap (or other enclosure which restricts wind motion) that 
    encloses the space between the drain discharging the wastewater to the 
    drain hub receiving the wastewater.
    
    VI. Summary of Significant Comments and Changes To Proposed Subpart 
    H
    
        Approximately 60 letters commenting on proposed subpart H were 
    received; most of these letters contained multiple comments. The EPA's 
    responses to these comments can be found in the BID referenced in the 
    ADDRESSES listing in this preamble. The most significant comments and 
    responses for the equipment leak standard (subpart H) are summarized in 
    this section of the preamble.
    
    A. Applicability
    
    1. SOCMI Processes
        Many commenters requested that EPA make the list of SOCMI processes 
    in subpart H consistent with the list in subpart F and that the EPA 
    correct errors in nomenclature and CAS numbers provided. Some of these 
    commenters also recommended consolidation of all the applicability 
    provisions for SOCMI processes in subpart F. As discussed in section 
    V.A.1 of this preamble, the lists of SOCMI processes have been 
    consolidated into a single list in subpart F and errors in CAS numbers 
    have been corrected. The revised subpart F presents all the criteria 
    for determining applicability of the HON for SOCMI processes. The EPA 
    believes this revised organization will be easier and more efficient to 
    use.
    2. The Seven Non-SOCMI Processes
        At proposal, the provisions of subpart H applied to both SOCMI 
    processes and to equipment handling specific chemicals for seven listed 
    non-SOCMI processes. Subparts F and H in the proposed rule presented 
    the applicability provisions for both SOCMI and non-SOCMI processes. In 
    the final rule, the applicability provisions for the non-SOCMI 
    processes are presented in a separate subpart, subpart I, from the 
    SOCMI applicability provisions which are specified in subpart F. 
    Subpart I identifies the specific non-SOCMI processes that are subject 
    to the provisions of subpart H. In addition, subpart I presents 
    definitions and general information on compliance, reporting, and 
    recordkeeping.
        a. Separate from SOCMI category. A number of commenters thought 
    that the non-SOCMI processes subject to subpart H should be regulated 
    separately from the SOCMI processes. These commenters thought that 
    combining the non-SOCMI processes in a standard for SOCMI processes 
    could result in piecemeal regulation, overlapping section 112(d) 
    regulations, and confusion for regulatory agencies. A few of these 
    commenters also argued that regulation of the non-SOCMI processes 
    should be deferred until the rest of the section 112(d) emission 
    standard is issued for each specific non-SOCMI process.
        The EPA agrees with the commenters' suggestions for reorganization 
    of the regulatory provisions into separate subparts. The applicability 
    provisions for the non-SOCMI processes have been placed in subpart I. 
    Subpart I refers to subpart H for the substantive requirements. As 
    discussed in section VI.A.2.b through e of this preamble and in the 
    BID, subpart I contains revised definitions for some of the non-SOCMI 
    processes. The definitions were revised to specifically identify the 
    intended processes and to directly correspond to the categories listed 
    in the source category list (57 FR 31576). The EPA expects that these 
    changes will minimize the possibility for confusion and development of 
    overlapping regulations. The EPA does not agree with the suggestion to 
    defer the applicability of the equipment leak standard to the non-SOCMI 
    processes until requirements for the other emission points are issued. 
    This change suggested by the commenters is not consistent with the 
    spirit of the negotiated agreement.
        b. Chlorine production. Under the negotiated agreement, chlorine 
    production processes that used carbon tetrachloride as a diluent for 
    nitrogen trichloride or as scrubbing liquid to recover chlorine from 
    the liquefaction of tail gas would implement the equipment leak 
    provisions for equipment in 5 percent, or greater, carbon tetrachloride 
    service. At the Fourth Meeting of the Parties to the Montreal Protocol 
    in November 1992, the United States Government and the Other Parties 
    agreed to accelerate the phase-out schedule for carbon tetrachloride by 
    requiring a reduction from 1989 levels of 85 percent in 1995 and a 
    complete phase-out by January 1, 1996. Because of this development, 
    chlorine producers will cease use of carbon tetrachloride by January 1, 
    1996. Therefore, several commenters questioned the value of continued 
    application of subpart H to chlorine production processes.
        The EPA agrees that the reasons for application of the negotiated 
    equipment leak rule to chlorine production processes have significantly 
    diminished and will disappear entirely in the next 2 years. Therefore, 
    to avoid essentially duplicative regulation of the same operations, 
    chlorine production has been removed from the list of seven additional 
    processes subject to subpart H.
        c. Pesticide production. One commenter argued that the proposed 
    definition of ``pesticide production'' defines a source category that 
    is broader than any category in the agricultural chemical production 
    industry grouping identified in the List of Source Categories (57 FR 
    31576), or in the proposed Schedule for Promulgation of Emission 
    Standards (57 FR 44147). The commenter noted that only the production 
    of Captafol, Captan, Chlorothalonil, Dacthal(tm), and Tordon(tm) were 
    listed in 57 FR 31576 or 57 FR 44147 as being specifically regulated by 
    the HON equipment leak standard. The commenter argued that if EPA wants 
    to update the source category list, EPA must comply with statutory 
    requirements to include only categories of major sources and area 
    sources where a finding of adverse health effects has been made. The 
    commenter recommended that the definition of pesticide production in 
    subpart H be modified to regulate equipment leaks only from the 
    production of Captafol, Captan, Chlorothalonil, DacthalTM, and 
    TordonTM.
        The definition for pesticide production in proposed subpart H was 
    developed in the regulatory negotiation before creation of the source 
    category list. The source category list and schedule (57 FR 31576 and 
    57 FR 44147) identifies the pesticide production processes that EPA had 
    information on at the time of the negotiations on the equipment leak 
    standard. Therefore, subpart H is being applied only to the five 
    production processes identified in the source category list (production 
    of Captafol, Captan, Chlorothalonil, DacthalTM, and 
    TordonTM). As EPA obtains information on other pesticide 
    processes, these processes will be added to the source category list in 
    the future and standards will be developed.
        d. Chlorinated hydrocarbon use. Numerous inquiries have been 
    received from members of the public questioning whether, through the 
    ``chlorinated hydrocarbon use category'' in subpart H, the EPA intended 
    subpart H to apply to all operations that use chlorinated organic 
    solvents. A few written comments were also received requesting 
    clarification that this definition applied to production operations 
    only.
        The term ``chlorinated hydrocarbon use'' was a label created in the 
    regulatory negotiation to refer to a number of specific miscellaneous 
    chemical manufacturing processes that used chlorinated solvents as a 
    solvent or processing aid. Examples of the specific processes included 
    under this term are production of polycarbonate and production of 
    polysulfide rubber. The provisions of subpart H were intended to apply 
    only to the specific types of processes listed in the definition and 
    not to all use of chlorinated organic solvents. Because of the 
    confusion created by the label applied to these processes, the final 
    rule does not use the term chlorinated hydrocarbon use. Instead, 
    subpart I specifically identifies the processes subject to subpart H.
        e. Miscellaneous butadiene use. Comments were received requesting 
    that the definition of this term clarify that these are processes 
    producing chemicals or chemical products.
        The EPA agrees that ``miscellaneous butadiene use'' refers to a 
    number of miscellaneous chemical manufacturing processes that use 
    butadiene to produce other chemicals or chemical products. To eliminate 
    the possibility of confusion regarding the applicability, subpart I 
    lists the specific processes subject to H and the term ``miscellaneous 
    butadiene use'' is not used in the final rule.
    
    B. Compliance Schedule
    
     1. Consistency with Subpart G
        Unlike most standards, compliance with the provisions of subpart H 
    is phased in by type of chemical manufacturing process. The proposed 
    subpart H divided the regulated processes into five distinct groups to 
    which the provisions would apply beginning 6 months after publication 
    of the final rule in the Federal Register. Thereafter, the rule would 
    apply to another group of processes every 3 months. The final rule for 
    subpart H uses the same approach. In the proposed and final provisions 
    in subpart G, sources are required to comply by 3 years from date of 
    publication of the final rule in the Federal Register.
        Many commenters requested a compliance schedule for subpart H 
    similar to the 3-year schedule provided under subpart G. Several 
    commenters argued that the 6-to-18-month compliance period in proposed 
    subpart H did not take into consideration the implementation problems 
    that could arise during installation of required equipment. A few 
    commenters thought that proposed subpart H did not permit applications 
    for compliance extensions.
        The EPA does not agree with the commenters that sources should be 
    allowed up to 3 years to comply with the provisions in subpart H. 
    Subpart H consists of a combination of work practice requirements for 
    many equipment components and equipment standards for compressors, 
    sampling systems, open ended lines or valves, and pressure relief 
    valves. Unlike the requirements in subpart G, the equipment required by 
    subpart H should not involve long periods of time for design, 
    construction, and installation. The commenters did not provide any 
    information that would justify establishing a source-category-wide 
    compliance schedule for subpart H similar to that provided for subpart 
    G. The EPA recognizes that there may be circumstances present in 
    individual facilities where an extension is appropriate for compliance 
    with certain requirements in subpart H. In such cases, the owner or 
    operator may request an extension of compliance through the provisions 
    of 40 CFR 63.6(i)(4). Section 63.182(a)(6) has been added to subpart H 
    to clarify that extensions of compliance may be requested if additional 
    time is necessary for installation of equipment required by subpart H.
    2. Phase-In of Valve Provisions
        The proposed standard for valves was structured to be implemented 
    in three phases, with lower leak definitions in each phase. In the 
    first and second phases of the proposed standard, monitoring was to be 
    conducted quarterly. In the third phase of the proposed standard, the 
    monitoring frequency would be determined by the percent leaking valves, 
    with the best performers having an annual monitoring requirement. The 
    final standard retains the phased-in implementation of the proposed 
    standard and the proposed monitoring frequencies.
        Many commenters requested that the rule be modified to allow 
    facilities to begin Phase III of the valve provisions on the 
    applicability date. Some of these commenters thought facilities that 
    qualify for reduced monitoring frequency should be allowed to do so at 
    the earliest possible date. Other commenters thought the rule should 
    allow the owner or operator to elect the monitoring frequency based on 
    the source's current status since records may not have been retained. 
    The commenters submitted that disallowing early adoption of Phase III 
    would penalize facilities that have implemented the proposed rule 
    before required or that have established low leak rates through 
    existing programs.
        The EPA agrees that the final rule should allow owners or operators 
    the flexibility to initiate Phase III at any time, and it was intended 
    that this option would be available. Subpart H has been revised to 
    clarify this point. This clarification does not, however, allow an 
    owner or operator to elect to use reduced monitoring frequencies 
    without Method 21 data to document achievement of lower leak rates for 
    the required periods.
    
    C. Selection of Requirements
    
     1. Closed Vent Systems and Control Devices
        At proposal, both subparts G and H contained requirements for 
    monitoring inspections of closed vent systems. In the final rule, the 
    inconsistencies between the proposed provisions in subparts G and H 
    have been eliminated and the two sets of provisions have been 
    coordinated. The final subparts G and H each include provisions for 
    closed vent systems.
        Several commenters recommended that all provisions for closed vent 
    systems be consolidated in subpart H and all inconsistencies 
    eliminated. These commenters speculated that different provisions for 
    closed vent systems serving different operations would increase 
    confusion, recordkeeping costs, and potential for recordkeeping 
    violations. Some of these commenters questioned the basis for treating 
    valves, connectors, and compressors in closed vent systems separately 
    from the same equipment in the process. The commenters noted that the 
    equipment is either in low pressure or vacuum service and the annual 
    inspection requirements are of no environmental benefit.
        The EPA evaluated the commenters' suggestions and agrees that it 
    would be appropriate to have a consistent set of provisions for closed 
    vent systems in the rule. A uniform set of provisions for closed vent 
    systems will benefit both State and Federal enforcement programs and 
    industry by both reducing review time and complexity of record systems. 
    Because subpart G also included requirements for inspections of 
    equipment other than closed vent systems, the closed vent system 
    provisions in subpart G were not consolidated into subpart H.
        The EPA also reevaluated the provisions requiring annual Method 21 
    monitoring of closed vent systems. Closed vent systems in chemical 
    plants and refineries are constructed of piping and connections and are 
    operated at low pressures or under vacuum. An assessment of recent data 
    and experience from implementation of existing standards under 40 CFR 
    part 60 and part 61 showed that only rarely are leaking connectors and 
    other equipment identified through the annual Method 21 inspections of 
    closed-vent systems. As discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule 
    (57 FR 62666 and 57 FR 62676), connectors have very low leak 
    frequencies and once leak-tight they remain leak-tight. Consequently, 
    the final rule only requires an initial Method 21 demonstration that 
    all connections and other equipment in closed vent systems are operated 
    with instrument readings less than 500 ppm and annual inspections for 
    indications of leaks (visual, olfactory, or audible). The EPA believes 
    that this requirement along with the requirement for flow indicators or 
    car seals on by-pass lines that could divert emissions from the control 
    device to the atmosphere will ensure emissions are controlled as 
    required.
        The EPA would like to clarify that the provisions for inspections 
    of closed vent systems do not apply if the closed vent system is 
    operated in vacuum service. The closed vent systems provisions in 
    section 63.148 of subpart G and section 63.172 of subpart H have been 
    revised to clarify that these provisions do not apply if the system is 
    operated under vacuum.
    2. Inaccessible Connectors
        Proposed subpart H excluded connectors that ``were unable to be 
    reached from a 7.6-meter (25-foot) portable scaffold on the ground, and 
    were greater than 2 meters above a support surface'' from the 
    monitoring provisions. In the final rule, EPA has revised this 
    definition to reflect concerns with safety of monitoring connectors 
    accessible only via portable scaffolds and to clarify the original 
    intent.
        Several commenters requested that the definition of inaccessible 
    connectors be revised to be any that are greater than 2 meters above a 
    support surface and, thus, the same as the difficult-to-monitor valve 
    definition. The commenters objected that portable scaffolds presented 
    safety and practical concerns due to limitations on access due to 
    equipment spacing, explosion hazards, and risks of damaging electrical 
    cables and piping.
        During the Committee discussions in negotiation of these 
    provisions, the portable scaffolding envisioned was a wheeled scissor-
    lift platform that would sit on the ground below the monitoring or 
    repair location. Portable scaffolding was not envisioned as including 
    field-erected scaffolding or movement over grassed or unstable stone 
    covered areas below pipelines because of concerns these operations 
    would endanger the monitoring personnel's lives. Because the proposed 
    rule's language was not clear on this point, the EPA agrees that 
    clarification of the term ``portable scaffold'' is warranted. A 
    definition has been added to the final rule. The EPA believes that 
    clarifications in subpart F to the definition of production process 
    should also address commenters' concerns regarding monitoring 
    connectors in interunit pipelines.
    3. Response Factor Adjustments
        The proposed standard required correction of the Method 21 
    instrument readings if the response factor for the process fluid was 3 
    or greater, and documentation of the response factor for every process 
    stream subject to the standard. The proposed standard also specified 
    the use of methane as the sole reference gas for the response factors. 
    The final standard retains the use of methane as the sole basis for 
    response factors, but revises the requirements for response factor 
    adjustment to ensure the instrument meets specifications of Method 21. 
    The final standard, thus, does not require process stream response 
    factor adjustments.
        Several commenters objected to the proposed requirement to 
    determine response factors for process streams arguing that most 
    factors are less than 3, the difference in number of leaks detected 
    will be small, and the program complication will be immense. Another 
    issue with the proposed requirement was that the equation for 
    calculating response factors of mixtures was applicable only to gas 
    mixtures. For mixtures of liquids, the equation would have to be 
    adjusted by the vapor pressure of each component. A number of 
    commenters were also concerned that the stipulation of methane as the 
    sole reference gas would preclude the use of some monitoring 
    instruments.
        As discussed in the proposed notice (57 FR 62682), the Committee 
    decided to limit the acceptable range of response factors to ensure 
    that the effect of the standard could not be significantly altered by 
    the monitoring instrument used or by the composition of streams 
    monitored. At the time of the negotiations, few response factors at 500 
    ppm were available and it was believed that most SOCMI processes would 
    have no more than four to five compounds present in any given stream. 
    Based on these assumptions, the Committee thought that the requirement 
    to correct any response factors greater than 3 would not impose 
    unproductive costs or be especially burdensome.
        The EPA reevaluated this proposed requirement in light of the 
    public comments and the experience gained by chemical plants that have 
    implemented the negotiated rule. Experience with the correction for 
    response factors has shown the proposed provisions to be significantly 
    more burdensome than originally anticipated. Specifically, several 
    facilities have reported that instead of quantifying 4 to 5 compounds 
    in some streams, they are quantifying 50 to 100 compounds. In some 
    cases, owners or operators have elected to correct all instrument 
    readings by the highest response factor for any compound in the process 
    rather than undertake the effort associated with the stream specific 
    corrections.
        The EPA also reviewed the reasons the Committee originally 
    considered requiring adjustment of screening values by response 
    factors. The response factor adjustment originated in Committee 
    discussions on studies to improve the emission estimates. (Response 
    factors are used to correct instrument readings to indicate actual 
    concentrations for developing emission estimates.) The appropriateness 
    of adjusting screening values in the leak detection and repair 
    provisions was not considered. These adjustments will not change the 
    emission reductions achieved from implementing the standard. Therefore, 
    EPA believes that eliminating this provision does not change the effect 
    of the standard and preserves the Committee's intent of minimizing 
    unproductive effort.
        The final standard requires the owner or operator to use a 
    monitoring instrument that meets the specifications of Method 21 of 
    appendix A of 40 CFR part 60. The proposed provisions in 
    Sec. 63.180(b)(6) have been removed from the standard. It has been 
    clarified that the leak definitions are expressed in terms of total 
    VOC, and not speciated concentration readings.
        A number of commenters also objected to the specification of 
    methane as the calibration gas for the Method 21 monitoring. These 
    commenters were concerned that this specification precluded the use of 
    photoionization detectors and recommended the rule allow use of 
    calibration gas best suited to the detector.
        The provisions in Sec. 63.180(b)(4) designate methane as the 
    calibration gas to identify methane as the sole reference gas for 
    calculation of response factors. If an instrument has a poor response 
    or no response to methane, a calibration gas other than methane may be 
    used. In cases where the instrument's response factor is greater than 
    10, the instrument readings must be converted to a methane basis as 
    described in section 3.2 of Method 21. Section 63.180(b)(4) has been 
    clarified on this point.
    
    D. Recordkeeping and Reporting
    
    1. Consistency With Subpart G and General Provisions Reporting 
    Requirements
        Proposed subpart H required owners or operators of sources to 
    submit an initial report and semiannual reports thereafter. The initial 
    reports were to be submitted within 90 days of the applicability date 
    for each group of chemical production processes. In the final rule, the 
    system of reports in subpart H has been revised to be compatible with 
    the five-report system of subpart G, and the relationship of the 
    general provisions to subpart H has been clarified.
        Several commenters suggested that subpart H use a system of reports 
    similar to that specified in subpart G and that the final standard 
    should provide a means to coordinate reporting for processes in 
    different applicability groups. The commenters urged EPA to make these 
    changes to facilitate management and enforcement of the provisions. A 
    few commenters questioned the need for semiannual reporting when 70 to 
    95 percent of the components at a facility would be monitored on an 
    annual basis. Additionally, the need for certain reports was questioned 
    by several commenters.
        The EPA agrees that, to the extent possible, reporting requirements 
    for subpart H should be consistent with those of subpart G. A 
    consistent system will, as noted by the commenters, make management of 
    the program easier for the permit authority as well as the source. As 
    proposed, an owner or operator of a source with processes in each of 
    the five applicability groups could be required to submit as many as 
    eight reports each year. Therefore, to streamline reporting 
    requirements and minimize potential confusion, the following changes 
    have been made to the proposed requirements:
        (1) Submit the compliance notification report no later than 90 days 
    after the applicability date for the group of chemical processes and 
    the periodic reports every 6 months thereafter;
        (2) Allow the source to adjust the reporting schedule to combine 
    the periodic reports for subpart H with those for subpart G once the 
    source comes into compliance with the provisions in subpart G; and
        (3) Consolidation of several special reports into the periodic 
    report.
        The final standard does not allow annual reporting as requested by 
    several commenters. Although many components may be monitored on an 
    annual basis, the monitoring frequency for pumps and agitators is 
    monthly and annual reporting would not be consistent with the reporting 
    system in subpart G. The operating permit provisions of the Act, 
    section 504(a), also requires reporting to be at least semiannual. 
    Additionally, unless all units at a source are on the same monitoring 
    schedule, the source would have to submit multiple annual reports. The 
    EPA believes that consolidating the reporting into semiannual reports 
    for G and H is more efficient for both industry and enforcement 
    agencies.
    2. Burden of Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements
        The vast majority of the comments received on proposed subpart H 
    concerned the burden of the recordkeeping and reporting requirements. 
    Some commenters argued that the proposed subpart H would require from 
    1.5 to 2.5 person-years effort for the initial report and from 1 to 1.5 
    person-years effort for subsequent reports. These commenters thought 
    that the proposed requirements were not necessary to ensure 
    enforceability of or compliance with the provisions. Many comments were 
    received regarding documentation of equipment not subject to the 
    provisions, compatibility with computerized systems, and duplicative 
    records and reports. The detailed summary of these comments and EPA's 
    response is provided in chapter 5 of promulgation BID volume 2A.
        In light of these comments, EPA reevaluated the proposed 
    requirements to ensure that only those records and reports essential 
    for enforcement of the standard are required. This review showed that 
    some of the commenters' concerns arose from a lack of clarity in the 
    proposed standard regarding actual records required for some of the 
    provisions and other concerns arose from overlapping or duplicative 
    requirements. It was also determined that some provisions should be 
    redrafted to be compatible with computerized data management systems 
    and the revised provisions would still provide the information 
    necessary to demonstrate compliance. Examples of such changes include: 
    allowing a source to maintain on file a written procedure outlining the 
    conditions for delay of repair and requiring certain records only for 
    nonautomated systems. The EPA also reviewed the proposed standard to 
    identify implied recordkeeping requirements and to specify all the 
    required records in Sec. 63.181.
    
    VII. Administrative Requirements
    
    A. Docket
    
        The docket is an organized and complete file of all the information 
    considered by the EPA in the development of this rulemaking. The docket 
    is a dynamic file, since material is added throughout the rulemaking 
    development. The docketing system is intended to allow the public to 
    readily identify and locate documents so that they can effectively 
    participate in the rulemaking process. Along with the statement of 
    basis and purpose of the proposed and promulgated standards and the 
    EPA's responses to significant comments, the contents of the docket, 
    except for interagency review materials, will serve as the record in 
    case of judicial review [section 307(d)(7)(A)].
    
    B. Executive Order 12866
    
        This regulation has been reviewed in accordance with Executive 
    Order 12866. Under the terms of the Order, the Administrator has 
    assessed the potential costs and benefits of this regulatory action. 
    The methods for and results of these cost and benefit analyses are 
    described in the HON's Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA). The RIA was 
    included in the HON docket at proposal, and thus it was made available 
    for public comment.
        Executive Order 12866 also requires that the record for 
    ``significant'' rules include an assessment of the potentially 
    effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned action. 
    The potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the 
    control requirements in the HON were also analyzed as part of the rule 
    development process. The methods for and results of these analyses are 
    described in the HON's Background Information Document (BID). The BID 
    was included in the HON docket at proposal, and thus it was also 
    available for public comment. In addition, many of the alternative 
    requirements considered by the Administrator were described in the 
    preamble for the HON proposal.
        The potential costs associated with alternatives selected by the 
    Administrator for this rule are primarily the result of statutory 
    requirements. All elements of the cost that are not directly 
    attributable to statutory requirements were deemed appropriate because 
    the Administrator determined that they were necessary for administering 
    this program effectively and efficiently. In assessing the potential 
    costs and benefits--both quantitative and qualitative--of this rule, 
    the Administrator has determined that the benefits justify the costs. 
    Burdens specifically associated with information collection 
    requirements are identified and explained in the next section of this 
    preamble under the heading Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980.
        The Administrator has also determined that this regulatory action 
    does not unduly interfere with State, local and tribal governments in 
    the exercise of their governmental functions.
    
    C. Paperwork Reduction Act
    
        The information collection requirements in this rule have been 
    submitted for approval to the OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 
    U.S.C. 3501 et seq. An Information Collection Request document has been 
    prepared by the EPA (ICR No. 1414.02), and a copy may be obtained from 
    Sandy Farmer, Information Policy Branch, EPA, 401 M Street, SW. (2136), 
    Washington, DC 20460, or by calling (202) 260-2740. These requirements 
    are not effective until OMB approves them and a technical amendment to 
    that effect is published in the Federal Register.
        This collection of information has an estimated reporting burden 
    averaging 1,400 hours per response, and an estimated annual 
    recordkeeping burden averaging 5,400 hours per respondent. These 
    estimates include time for reviewing instructions, searching existing 
    data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing 
    and reviewing the collection of information.
        Send comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of 
    this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this 
    burden, to Chief, Information Policy Branch, EPA, 401 M Street, SW., 
    (Mail code 2136); Washington, DC 20460; and to the Office of 
    Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, 
    Washington, DC 20503, marked ``Attention: Desk Officer for EPA.''
    
    D. Regulatory Flexibility Act
    
        The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires EPA 
    to consider potential impacts of proposed regulations on small 
    ``entities.'' If a preliminary analysis indicates that a proposed 
    regulation would have a significant economic impact on 20 percent or 
    more of small entities, then a regulatory flexibility analysis must be 
    prepared.
        Regulatory impacts are considered significant if any of the 
    following criteria are met:
        (1) Compliance increases annual production costs by more than 5 
    percent, assuming costs are passed on to consumers;
        (2) Compliance costs as a percentage of sales for small entities 
    are at least 10 percent more than compliance costs as a percentage of 
    sales for large entities;
        (3) Capital costs of compliance represent a ``significant'' portion 
    of capital available to small entities, considering internal cash flow 
    plus external financial capabilities; or
        (4) Regulatory requirements are likely to result in closures of 
    small entities.
        Firms in the chemical industry are classified as small by the Small 
    Business Administration (SBA) if employment is less than 500 to less 
    than 1,000 employees depending on the particular Standard Industrial 
    Classification (SIC) of the firm. The firms classified as small by this 
    definition are only small in a relative way because an average firm 
    with 500 employees in the SOCMI industry has an average sales of over 
    $180 million.
        Of the 66 firms analyzed in the economic impact analysis, only 10 
    have fewer than 1,000 employees. Since these 10 are only 15 percent of 
    the firms analyzed, they do not constitute a substantial number 
    (usually 20 percent).
        The economic analysis also projected generally small impacts (87 
    percent of the analyzed sample are projected to have output changes of 
    less than 2 percent). Therefore, the standard is not expected to have a 
    significant economic impact on a substantial number of small firms.
        Pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 605(b), I hereby certify 
    that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a 
    substantial number of small business entities.
    
    E. Review
    
        This regulation will be reviewed 9 years from the date of 
    promulgation. This review will include an assessment of such factors as 
    evaluation of the residual health risks, any overlap with other 
    programs, the existence of alternative methods, enforceability, 
    improvements in emission control technology and health data, and the 
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
    
                          Table 1.--National Primary Air Pollution Impacts in the Fifth Yeara                       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Baseline emissions (Mg/           Emission reductions          
                                                              yr)            ---------------------------------------
                   Emission points                 --------------------------          (Mg/yr)            Percent   
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                        HAP          VOCb         HAP          VOCb      HAP    VOCb
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Equipment leaks...............................       62,000       79,000       54,000       69,000     87     87
    Process vents.................................      310,000      600,000      300,000      500,000     97     83
    Storage vesselsc..............................       14,000       14,000        7,300        7,300     52     52
    Wastewater collection and treatment operations      130,000      490,000      100,000      370,000     77     76
    Transfer loading operations...................          900          900          500          500     56    56 
                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------------
        Totalc....................................      520,000    1,200,000      460,000      950,000     88    79 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThese numbers represent estimated values for the fifth year. Existing emission points contribute 84 percent of 
      the total emission reduction. Emission points associated with chemical manufacturing process equipment built  
      in the first 5 years of the standard contribute 16 percent of the total emission reduction.                   
    bThe VOC estimates consist of the sum of the HAP estimates and the non-HAP VOC estimates.                       
    cAs discussed in section III.B.3 of the preamble, the EPA has deferred the final decision regarding control of  
      medium-sized storage vessels at existing sources. Therefore, the emission reductions for storage vessels shown
      above, and consequently for the total, may be slightly overstated.                                            
    
    
       Table 2.--National CO and NOx Emissions Impacts in the Fifth Year    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Increase in CO    Increase in 
                Emission points               emissionsa (Mg/ NOx emissionsa
                                                   yr)            (Mg/yr)   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Equipment leaks.........................               0               0
    Process ventsb..........................           1,600          16,000
    Storage vessels.........................               0               0
    Wastewater collection and treatment                                     
     operationsc............................             100             800
    Transfer loading operationsb............               d               d
                                             -------------------------------
        Total...............................           1,700         17,000 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aEmissions of these criteria pollutants are caused by operation of      
      control devices.                                                      
    bEmissions result from the combustion of natural gas along with the     
      organic HAP emission streams in incinerators and flares.              
    cEmissions result from the combustion of various fossil fuels to        
      generate steam for use in a steam stripper.                           
    dEmissions are less than 5 Mg/yr.                                       
    
    
                                                       Table 3.--National Energy Impacts In The Fifth Year                                                  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Increase in electricity   Increase in Natural gas      Increase in steam              Totald         
                                                            consumptiona              consumptionb             consumptionb,c      -------------------------
                    Emission points                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------                         
                                                       106 kw-hr/                                                                   103 BOE/yr        TJ    
                                                          yr        103 BOE/yr  109 Btu/yr    103 BOE/yr  109 Btu/yr    103 BOE/yr                          
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Equipment leaks.................................            0            0            0            0            0            0            0            0
    Process vents...................................          260          430        6,900        1,100            0            0        1,500        9,600
    Storage vesselse................................           16           26            0            0            0            0           26          170
    Wastewater collection and treatment.............           13           21            3          0.5        3,000          500          520        3,300
    Transfer loading operations.....................            f            0           45            7            0            0            7           45
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Totale......................................          290          480        6,900        1,100        3,000          500        2,100      13,000 
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aConversion to BOE assumed a power plant heat rate of 10,000 Btu/kw-hr, heating value for oil of 144,400 Btu/gal, and 42 gal/bbl.                       
    bConversion to BOE assumed a heating value for oil of 144,400 Btu/gal and 42 gal/bbl.                                                                   
    cSteam use is calculated by multiplying the total volume of wastewater (lpm) from new and existing sources by the steam to feed ratio in the steam      
      stripper (0.04) and assuming the steam stripper operates 351 days per year. It is assumed that the latent heat of the steam is 1131 Btu/lb and the    
      boiler has an efficiency of 80 percent (Memorandum from Kristine Pelt, Radian Corporation, to Mary Tom Kissell, EPA/SDB, ``Secondary Environmental    
      Impact Factors used in the Framework for Steam Stirpping Wastewater.'' February 1, 1994.)                                                             
    dDue to rounding, column totals may be slightly different.                                                                                              
    eAs discussed in section III.B.3 of this preamble, the EPA has deferred the final decision regarding control of medium-sized storage vessels at existing
      sources. Therefore, the energy impacts for storage vessels, and consequently for the total, may be slightly overstated.                               
    fElectricity usage is less than 1 * 10\6\ kw-hr/yr.                                                                                                     
    
    
                               Table 4.--National Control Cost Impacts In The Fifth Year                            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Total                     Average HAP     Average VOC 
                                                             capital    Total annual       cost            cost     
                       Emission points                      costs (106  costs (106 $/ effectivenessa  effectivenessa
                                                               $)           yr)         ($/Mg HAP)      ($/Mg VOC)  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Equipment leaks......................................          120        (0.26)            (5)             (4) 
    Process vents........................................          100        86                290             170 
    Storage vesselsb.....................................           77        20              2,800           2,800 
    Wastewater collection and treatment operations.......          140        50                490             130 
    Transfer loading operations..........................           12         5             10,000          10,000 
                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
        Totalb, c........................................          450       160                350            170  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aAverage cost-effectiveness values are determined by dividing total annual costs by total annual emissions      
      reduction.                                                                                                    
    bAs discussed in section III.B.3 of the preamble, the EPA has deferred the final decision regarding control of  
      medium-sized storage vessels at existing sources. Therefore, the cost impacts associated with storage vessels,
      and consequently the total, may be slightly overstated.                                                       
    cExcept for the Total Capital Costs column, the total figures do not include an element for equipment leaks     
      because the analysis of equipment leak requirements indicated a cost savings.                                 
    
    
       Table 5.--Summary of Characteristics of Emission Points Subject to   
                               Proposed Subpart G                           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Emission point        For existing sources       For new sources   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Process vents..........  Vent streams from        Vent streams from     
                              continuous (non-batch)   continuous (non-     
                              process that:.           batch) process that: 
                             (1) contain 50 ppmw HAP's and     eq>50 ppmw HAP's and 
                             (2) have a flowrate 0.005 scmm and    0.005 scmm
                                                       and                  
                             (3) have a cost          (3) have a cost       
                              effectiveness $2,000/Mg             eq>$11,000/Mg.       
    Storage tanksa.........  Storage vessels having:  Storage vessels       
                             (1) a capacity 75 m\3\ and <151 (1)="" a="" capacity="">38 m\3\ and <151 pressure="">13.1 kilopascal; or   pressure 13.1 kilopascal;  
                              eq>151 m\3\ with a       or                   
                              vapor pressure 5.2 kilopascal        eq>151 m\3\ with a   
                                                       vapor pressure 0.7           
                                                       kilopascal.          
    Transfer operations....  Transfer racks that      Same as existing      
                              load 0.65     source.              
                              million liters of HAP-                        
                              containing liquids                            
                              with a vapor pressure                         
                              10.3                               
                              kilopascal.                                   
    Wastewater treatment     Wastewater streams       Wastewater streams    
     operationsb.             that:                    that:                
                             (1) contain a total      (1) have a flowrate   
                              VOHAP concentration of   10 lpm and
                              table 9 HAP's of 10,000 ppmw; or   concentration of     
                             (2) have a flowrate 10 lpm and        thn-eq>1,000 ppmw; or
                              contain a total VOHAP   (2) have a flowrate   
                              concentration of table   0.02 lpm  
                              9 HAP's of 1,000 ppmw            concentration of any 
                                                       table 8 HAP 10 ppmw.          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aAs discussed in section III.B.3 of the preamble, the EPA has deferred  
      the final decision regarding control of medium-sized storage vessels  
      (i.e., 76 m\3\ and <151 m\3\).="" the="" applicability="" criteria="" specified="" in="" this="" table="" represent="" option="" 1="" in="" table="" 6.="">bWastewater treatment operations are exempt if the total source mass HAP
      flow rate from all of these streams, determined prior to exposure to  
      the atmosphere and prior to treatment, is less than 1 metric ton per  
      year.                                                                 
    
    
                       Table 6.--Control Alternatives for Existing Sources Subject to Subpart Ga                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Emission     Percent                                         
          Kind of emission point          Control     reduction     emission   Cost $1,000/  Avg. $/Mg    Inc. $/Mg 
                                          option        Mg/yr      reduction       yr                               
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Process ventsb....................            1      235,000           93       55,000          234  ...........
                                                  2      236,000           93       58,000          245        1,800
                                                  3      238,000           94       62,000          260        2,500
                                                  4      239,000           94       66,000          276        3,900
                                                  5      241,000           95       97,000          404       23,000
    Wastewaterc.......................            0            0            0            0            0  ...........
                                                  1       68,400           79       29,200          430          430
                                                  2       69,100           80       32,100          470        4,300
                                                  3       69,600           81       39,100          560       13,000
                                                  4       73,100           85      123,000        1,700       24,000
    Transferd.........................            1          360           65        3,100        8,700  ...........
                                                  2          420           77        6,500       15,000       54,000
    Storage: Smalle...................            1            0            0            0            0  ...........
                                                  2          380           95       22,000       58,000       58,000
    Storage: Mediumf,g................            1          370           72        2,400        6,600  ...........
                                                  2          450           88        6,400       14,200       48,000
    Storage: Largeh...................            1        2,000           19        5,300        2,600  ...........
                                                  2        5,100           48       10,300        2,000        1,600
                                                  3        8,900           84       25,300        2,800        3,900
                                                  4        9,000           84       27,100        3,000      122,000
        Totali: Floorg................  ...........      238,000           68       66,000          280  ...........
          Selected optiong............  ...........      312,000           89      107,000          340          550
          Total controlg..............  ...........      324,000           92      282,000          870      14,600 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe impacts in this table are based on well-characterized chemical manufacturing processes and were estimated  
      using the model emission point approach described in Section V of the proposal (57 FR 62621-62622).           
    bProcess vent options are:                                                                                      
    1TRE = $1,500/Mg                                                                                                
    2TRE = $2,000/Mg                                                                                                
    3TRE = $3,000/Mg                                                                                                
    4TRE = $5,000/Mg                                                                                                
    5Control of all process vents.                                                                                  
    cWastewater options are:                                                                                        
    110 lpm and 1,000 ppm                                                                                           
    25 lpm and 800 ppm                                                                                              
    31 lpm and 500 ppm                                                                                              
    4Control of all wastewater streams.                                                                             
    dTransfer options are:                                                                                          
    10.65 million liter and 10.3 kilopascal                                                                         
    2Control of all transfer racks.                                                                                 
    eSmall denotes storage vessels with capacity greater than or equal to 38 m3 (10,000 gal), but less than 75 m3   
      (20,000 gal). Option 1 is no control; and option 2 is control of all storage vessels.                         
    fMedium denotes storage vessels with capacity greater than or equal to 75 m3 (20,000 gal), but less than 151 m3 
      (40,000 gal). Option 1 is 1.9 psia; and option 2 is control of all storage vessels.                           
    gAs discussed in section III.B.3 of the preamble, the EPA has deferred the final decision regarding control of  
      medium-sized storage vessels at existing sources. Therefore, figures for emission reduction and cost may be   
      slightly overstated for storage vessels, and consequently for the totals.                                     
    hLarge denotes storage vessels with capacity greater than or equal to 151 m3 (40,000 gal). Option 1 is 1.9 psia;
      option 2 is 0.75 psia; and option 3 is control of all storage vessels.                                        
    iThese totals do not include control impacts for equipment leaks. The floor is represented by the first option  
      for each emission point, except storage.                                                                      
    
    
                         Table 7.--Control Alternatives for New Sources Subject to Subpart Ga,b                     
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Emission     Percent                                         
          Kind of emission point          Control     reduction     emission   Cost $1,000/  Avg. $/Mg    Inc. $/Mg 
                                          option        Mg/yr      reduction       yr                               
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Process Ventsc....................            1       46,000           95       14,000          300  ...........
                                                  2       46,000           95       18,000          400       47,000
    Wastewaterd.......................            1       10,300           63       10,000          975  ...........
                                                  2       13,500           82       12,800          948          860
                                                  3       13,900           85       23,500        1,690       28,000
    Transfere.........................            1           68           65          590        8,700  ...........
                                                  2           80           77        1,200       15,000       54,000
    Storage...........................            1           64           86        1,800       28,400  ...........
    Smallf............................            2           71           95        4,100       58,100      336,000
    Storage...........................            1           70           72          450        6,400  ...........
    Mediumg...........................            2           86           88        1,200       13,800       47,000
    Storage...........................            1          970           48        1,600        1,600  ...........
    Largeh............................            2        1,700           84        2,900        1,700        1,900
                                                  3        1,700           84        3,200        1,900       89,000
        Totali: floor.................  ...........       57,500           86       28,400          490  ...........
          Selected option.............  ...........       61,400           92       32,500          530        1,100
          Total control...............  ...........       61,800           92       51,200          830      46,800 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe impacts in this table are based on well-characterized chemical manufacturing processes and were estimated  
      using the model emission point approach described in Section V of the proposal (57 FR 62621--62622).          
    bEstimated control impacts for fifth year after promulgation of the HON based on an assumed industry growth of  
      3.5 percent each year.                                                                                        
    cProcess vents options are:                                                                                     
    1TRE = $11,000/Mg                                                                                               
    2control of all process vents                                                                                   
    dWastewater options are:                                                                                        
    110 ppmw                                                                                                        
    20.02 lpm and 10 ppmw                                                                                           
    3control of all wastewater streams                                                                              
    eNew and existing transfer options are the same.                                                                
    fSmall denotes storage vessels with capacity greater than or equal to 38 m\3\ (10,000 gal), but less than 75    
      m\3\ (20,000 gal). Option 1 is 1.9 psia; and option 2 is control of all storage vessels.                      
    gMedium denotes storage vessels with capacity greater than or equal to 75 m\3\ (20,000 gal), but less than 151  
      m\3\ (40,000 gal). Option 1 is 1.9 psia; and option 2 is control of all storage vessels.                      
    hLarge denotes storage vessels with capacity greater than or equal to 151 m\3\ (40,000 gal). Option 1 is 0.75   
      psia; option 2 is 0.10 psia; and option 2 is control of all storage vessels.                                  
    iThese totals do not include control impacts for equipment leaks. The floor is represented by option 1 for each 
      emission point.                                                                                               
    
    List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 63
    
        Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Hazardous 
    substances, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping 
    requirements.
    
        Dated: February 28, 1994.
    Carol M. Browner,
    The Administrator.
    
        For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 40, chapter I, part 
    63 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
    
    PART 63--NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS 
    FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES
    
        1. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows:
    
        Authority: Sections 101, 112, 114, 116, and 301 of the Clean Air 
    Act (42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq., as amended by Pub. L. 101-549, 104 
    Stat. 2399).
    
        2. Section 63.14 is amended by adding paragraphs (b)(3) and (c) to 
    read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 63.14  Incorporation by reference.
    
    * * * * *
        (b) * * *
        (3) ASTM D2879-83, Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure--
    Temperature Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of 
    Liquids by Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. 63.111 of subpart G of 
    this part.
        (c) The materials listed below are available for purchase from the 
    American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street, NW., Washington, DC 
    20005.
        (1) API Publication 2517, Evaporative Loss from External Floating-
    Roof Tanks, Third Edition, February 1989, IBR approved for Sec. 63.111 
    of subpart G of this part.
        (2) API Publication 2518, Evaporative Loss from Fixed-roof Tanks, 
    Second Edition, October 1991, IBR approved for Sec. 63.150(g)(3)(i)(C) 
    of subpart G of this part.
        3. Part 63 is amended by adding subparts F, G, H, and I, and adding 
    and reserving subparts J and K to read as follows:
    Subpart F--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
    Pollutants From the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry
    Secs.
    63.100  Applicability and designation of source.
    63.101  Definitions.
    63.102  General standards.
    63.103  General compliance, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions.
    63.104  Heat exchange system requirements.
    63.105  Maintenance wastewater requirements.
    63.106  Delegation of authority.
    
    Table 1 to Subpart F--Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry 
    Chemicals
    
    Table 2 to Subpart F--Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants
    
    Table 3 to Subpart F--General Provisions Applicable to Supbarts F, G, 
    and H
    
    Subpart G--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
    Pollutants From Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry 
    Process Vents, Storage Vessels, Transfer Operations, and Wastewater
    Secs.
    63.110  Applicability.
    63.111  Definitions.
    63.112  Emission standard.
    63.113  Process vent provisions--reference control technology.
    63.114  Process vent provisions--monitoring requirements.
    63.115  Process vent provisions--methods and procedures for process 
    vent group determination.
    63.116  Process vent provisions--performance test methods and 
    procedures to determine compliance.
    63.117  Process vent provisions--reporting and recordkeeping 
    requirements for group and TRE determinations and performance tests.
    63.118  Process vent provisions--periodic reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements.
    63.119  Storage vessel provisions--reference control technology.
    63.120  Storage vessel provisions--procedures to determine 
    compliance.
    63.121  Storage vessel provisions--alternative means of emission 
    limitation.
    63.122  Storage vessel provisions--reporting.
    63.123  Storage vessel provisions--recordkeeping.
    63.124  [Reserved]
    63.125  [Reserved]
    63.126  Transfer operations provisions--reference control 
    technology.
    63.127  Transfer operations provisions--monitoring requirements.
    63.128  Transfer operations provisions--test methods and procedures.
    63.129  Transfer operations provisions--reporting and recordkeeping 
    for performance tests and notification of compliance status.
    63.130  Transfer operations provisions--periodic reporting and 
    recordkeeping.
    63.131  Process wastewater provisions--flow diagrams and tables.
    63.132  Process wastewater provisions--general.
    63.133  Process wastewater provisions--wastewater tanks.
    63.134  Process wastewater provisions--surface impoundments.
    63.135  Process wastewater provisions--containers.
    63.136  Process wastewater provisions--individual drain systems.
    63.137  Process wastewater provisions--oil-water separators.
    63.138  Process wastewater provisions--treatment processes.
    63.139  Process wastewater provisions--control devices.
    63.140  Process wastewater provisions--delay of repair.
    63.141  [Reserved]
    63.142  [Reserved]
    63.143  Process wastewater provisions--inspections and monitoring of 
    operations.
    63.144  Process wastewater provisions--test methods and procedures 
    for applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determination.
    63.145  Process wastewater provisions--test methods and procedures 
    to determine compliance.
    63.146  Process wastewater provisions--reporting.
    63.147  Process wastewater provisions--recordkeeping.
    63.148  Leak inspection provisions.
    63.149  [Reserved]
    63.150  Emissions averaging provisions.
    63.151  Initial notification and implementation plan.
    63.152  General reporting and continuous records.
    
    Appendix to Subpart G--Tables and Figures
    
    Subpart H--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
    Pollutants for Equipment Leaks
    
    Secs.
    63.160  Applicability and designation of source.
    63.161  Definitions.
    63.162  Standards: General.
    63.163  Standards: Pumps in light liquid service.
    63.164  Standards: Compressors.
    63.165  Standards: Pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service.
    63.166  Standards: Sampling connection systems.
    63.167  Standards: Open-ended valves or lines.
    63.168  Standards: Valves in gas/vapor service and in light liquid 
    service.
    63.169  Standards: Pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in heavy 
    liquid service; instrumentation systems; and pressure relief devices 
    in liquid service.
    63.170  Standards: Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers.
    63.171  Standards: Delay of repair.
    63.172  Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.
    63.173  Standards: Agitators in gas/vapor service and in light 
    liquid service.
    63.174  Standards: Connectors in gas/vapor service and in light 
    liquid service.
    63.175  Quality improvement program for valves.
    63.176  Quality improvement program for pumps.
    63.177  Alternative means of emission limitation: General.
    63.178  Alternative means of emission limitation: Batch processes.
    63.179  Alternative means of emission limitation: Enclosed-vented 
    process units.
    63.180  Test methods and procedures.
    63.181  Recordkeeping requirements.
    63.182  Reporting requirements.
    
    Table 1 to Subpart H--Batch Processes
    
    Subpart I--National Emission  Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
    Pollutants for Certain  Processes Subject to the Negotiated Regulation 
    for Equipment Leaks
    
    63.190  Applicability and designation of source.
    63.191  Definitions.
    63.192  Standard.
    63.193  Delegation of authority.
    
    Subpart J--[Reserved]
    
    Subpart K--[Reserved]
    
    Subpart F--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
    Pollutants from the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing 
    Industry.
    
    
    Sec. 63.100  Applicability and designation of source.
    
        (a) This subpart provides applicability provisions, definitions, 
    and other general provisions that are applicable to subparts G and H of 
    this part.
        (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the 
    provisions of subparts F, G, and H of this part apply to chemical 
    manufacturing process units that meet all the criteria specified in 
    paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3) of this section:
        (1) Manufacture as a primary product one or more of the chemicals 
    listed in table 1 of this subpart;
        (2) Use as a reactant or manufacture as a product, by-product, or 
    co-product, one or more of the organic hazardous air pollutants listed 
    in table 2 of this subpart; and
        (3) Are located at a plant site that is a major source as defined 
    in section 112(a) of the Act.
        (c) The owner or operator of a chemical manufacturing process unit 
    that meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(3) of 
    this section but does not use as a reactant or manufacture as a 
    product, by-product, or co-product any organic hazardous air pollutant 
    listed in table 2 of this subpart shall comply only with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.103(e) of this subpart. To comply with this 
    subpart, such chemical manufacturing process units shall not be 
    required to comply with the provisions of subpart A of this part.
        (d) The primary product of a chemical manufacturing process unit 
    shall be determined according to the procedures specified in paragraphs 
    (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of this section.
        (1) If a chemical manufacturing process unit produces more than one 
    intended chemical product, the product with the greatest annual design 
    capacity on a mass basis determines the primary product of the process.
        (2) If a chemical manufacturing process unit has two or more 
    products that have the same maximum annual design capacity on a mass 
    basis and if one of those chemicals is listed in table 1 of this 
    subpart, then the listed chemical is considered the primary product and 
    the chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to this subpart. If 
    more than one of the products is listed in table 1 of this subpart, 
    then the owner or operator may designate as the primary product any of 
    the listed chemicals and the chemical manufacturing process unit is 
    subject to this subpart.
        (3) For chemical manufacturing process units that are designed and 
    operated as flexible operation units, the primary product shall be 
    determined for existing sources based on the expected utilization for 
    the five years following April 22, 1994 and for new sources based on 
    the expected utilization for the first five years after initial start-
    up.
        (i) If the predominant use of the flexible operation unit, as 
    described in paragraphs (d)(3)(i)(A) and (d)(3)(i)(B) of this section, 
    is to produce one or more chemicals listed in table 1 of this subpart, 
    then the flexible operation unit shall be subject to the provisions of 
    subparts F, G, and H of this part.
        (A) If the flexible operation unit produces one product for the 
    greatest annual operating time, then that product shall represent the 
    primary product of the flexible operation unit.
        (B) If the flexible operation unit produces multiple chemicals 
    equally based on operating time, then the product with the greatest 
    annual production on a mass basis shall represent the primary product 
    of the flexible operation unit.
        (ii) The determination of applicability of this subpart to chemical 
    manufacturing process units that are designed and operated as flexible 
    operation units shall be reported in the Implementation Plan required 
    by Sec. 63.151 (c), (d), and (e) of subpart G of this part or as part 
    of an operating permit application.
        (e) The source to which this subpart applies is the collection of 
    the process vents; storage vessels; transfer racks; wastewater and the 
    associated treatment residuals; and pumps, compressors, agitators, 
    pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-ended valves 
    or lines, valves, connectors, instrumentation systems, surge control 
    vessels, and bottoms receivers that are associated with the chemical 
    manufacturing process units that meet the criteria specified in 
    paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section.
        (1) Subparts F and G of this part apply to emissions from process 
    vents, storage vessels, transfer racks, and wastewater streams and 
    associated treatment residuals within a source that is subject to this 
    subpart.
        (2) Subparts F and H of this part apply to emissions from pumps, 
    compressors, agitators, pressure relief devices, sampling connection 
    systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, 
    instrumentation systems, surge control vessels, and bottoms receivers, 
    within a source that is subject to this subpart.
        (f) The source does not include the emission points listed in 
    paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(9) of this section. This subpart does not 
    require emission points that are not included in the source to comply 
    with the provisions of subpart A of this part.
        (1) Vents from chemical manufacturing process units that are 
    designed and operated as batch operations;
        (2) Stormwater from segregated sewers;
        (3) Water from fire-fighting and deluge systems in segregated 
    sewers;
        (4) Spills;
        (5) Water from safety showers;
        (6) Vessels storing organic liquids that contain organic hazardous 
    air pollutants only as impurities;
        (7) Loading racks, loading arms, or loading hoses that only 
    transfer liquids containing organic hazardous air pollutants as 
    impurities;
        (8) Loading racks, loading arms, or loading hoses that vapor 
    balance during all loading operations; and
        (9) Equipment that is intended to operate in organic hazardous air 
    pollutant service, as defined in Sec. 63.161 of subpart H of this part, 
    for less than 300 hours during the calendar year.
        (g) The owner or operator shall follow the procedures specified in 
    paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section to determine whether a 
    storage vessel is part of the source to which this subpart applies.
        (1) Where a storage vessel is used exclusively by a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit, the storage vessel shall be considered part 
    of that chemical manufacturing process unit.
        (i) If the chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to this 
    subpart according to the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of this 
    section, then the storage vessel is part of the source to which this 
    subpart applies.
        (ii) If the chemical manufacturing process unit is not subject to 
    this subpart according to the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of 
    this section, then the storage vessel is not part of the source to 
    which this subpart applies.
        (2) If a storage vessel is not dedicated to a single chemical 
    manufacturing process unit, then the applicability of subparts F and G 
    of this part shall be determined according to the provisions in 
    paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (g)(2)(iv) of this section.
        (i) If a storage vessel is shared among chemical manufacturing 
    process units and one of the process units has the predominant use, as 
    determined by paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) and (g)(2)(i)(B) of this section, 
    then the storage vessel is part of that chemical manufacturing process 
    unit.
        (A) If the greatest input into the storage vessel is from a 
    chemical manufacturing process unit that is located on the same plant 
    site, then that chemical manufacturing process unit has the predominant 
    use.
        (B) If the greatest input into the storage vessel is provided from 
    a chemical manufacturing process unit that is not located on the same 
    plant site, then the predominant use is the chemical manufacturing 
    process unit on the same plant site that receives the greatest amount 
    of material from the storage vessel.
        (ii) If a storage vessel is shared among chemical manufacturing 
    process units so that there is no single predominant use, and at least 
    one of those chemical manufacturing process units is subject to this 
    subpart, the storage vessel shall be considered to be part of the 
    chemical manufacturing process unit that is subject to this subpart. If 
    more than one chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to this 
    subpart, the owner or operator may assign the storage vessel to any of 
    the chemical manufacturing process units subject to this subpart.
        (iii) If the predominant use of a storage vessel varies from year 
    to year, then the applicability of this subpart shall be determined 
    based on the utilization that occurred during the year preceding April 
    22, 1994. This determination shall be reported in the Implementation 
    Plan required by Sec. 63.151(c), (d), and (e) of subpart G of this part 
    or as part of an operating permit application.
        (iv) If there is a change in the material stored in the storage 
    vessel, the owner or operator shall reevaluate the applicability of 
    this subpart to the vessel.
        (h) The owner or operator shall follow the procedures specified in 
    paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this section to determine whether the 
    arms and hoses in a loading rack are part of the source to which this 
    subpart applies.
        (1) Where a loading rack is used exclusively by a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit, the loading rack shall be considered part 
    of that specific chemical manufacturing process unit.
        (i) If the chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to this 
    subpart according to the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of this 
    section and the loading rack does not meet the criteria specified in 
    paragraphs (f)(7) and (f)(8) of this section, then the loading rack is 
    considered a transfer rack (as defined in Sec. 63.101 of this subpart) 
    and is part of the source to which this subpart applies.
        (ii) If the chemical manufacturing process unit is not subject to 
    this subpart according to the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of 
    this section, then the loading rack is not considered a transfer rack 
    (as defined in Sec. 63.101 of this subpart) and is not a part of the 
    source to which this subpart applies.
        (2) If a loading rack is shared among chemical manufacturing 
    process units, then the applicability of subparts F and G of this part 
    shall be determined at each loading arm or loading hose according to 
    the provisions in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (h)(2)(v) of this 
    section.
        (i) Each loading arm or loading hose that is dedicated to the 
    transfer of liquid organic hazardous air pollutants listed in table 2 
    of this subpart from a chemical manufacturing process unit to which 
    this subpart applies is part of that chemical manufacturing process 
    unit and is part of the source to which this subpart applies unless the 
    loading arm or loading hose meets the criteria specified in paragraph 
    (f)(7) or (f)(8) of this section.
        (ii) If a loading arm or loading hose is shared among chemical 
    manufacturing process units, and one of the chemical manufacturing 
    process units provides the greatest amount of the material that is 
    loaded by the loading arm or loading hose, then the loading arm or 
    loading hose is part of that chemical manufacturing process unit.
        (A) If the chemical manufacturing process unit is subject to this 
    subpart according to the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of this 
    section, then the loading arm or loading hose is part of the source to 
    which this subpart applies unless the loading arm or loading hose meets 
    the criteria specified in paragraph (f)(7) or (f)(8) of this section.
        (B) If the chemical manufacturing process unit is not subject to 
    this subpart according to the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of 
    this section, then the loading arm or loading hose is not part of the 
    source to which this subpart applies.
        (iii) If a loading arm or loading hose is shared among chemical 
    manufacturing process units so that there is no single predominant use 
    as described in paragraph (h)(2)(ii) of this section and at least one 
    of those chemical manufacturing process units is subject to this 
    subpart, then the loading arm or hose is part of the chemical 
    manufacturing process unit that is subject to this subpart. If more 
    than one of the chemical manufacturing process units is subject to this 
    subpart, the owner or operator may assign the loading arm or loading 
    hose to any of the chemical manufacturing process units subject to this 
    subpart.
        (iv) If the predominant use of a loading arm or loading hose varies 
    from year to year, then the applicability of this subpart shall be 
    determined based on the utilization that occurred during the year 
    preceding April 22, 1994. This determination shall be reported in the 
    Implementation Plan required by Sec. 63.151 (c), (d), and (e) of 
    subpart G or as part of an operating permit application.
        (v) If there is a change in the material loaded at the loading arm 
    or loading hose, the owner or operator shall reevaluate the 
    applicability of this subpart to the loading arm or loading hose.
        (i) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(6) of this section, the 
    owner or operator shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs 
    (i)(1) through (i)(5) of this section to determine whether the vent(s) 
    from a distillation unit is part of the source to which this subpart 
    applies.
        (1) If the greatest input to the distillation unit is from a 
    chemical manufacturing process unit located on the same plant site, 
    then the distillation unit shall be assigned to that chemical 
    manufacturing process unit.
        (2) If the greatest input to the distillation unit is provided from 
    a chemical manufacturing process unit that is not located on the same 
    plant site, then the distillation unit shall be assigned to the 
    chemical manufacturing process unit located at the same plant site that 
    receives the greatest amount of material from the distillation unit.
        (3) If a distillation unit is shared among chemical manufacturing 
    process units so that there is no single predominant use, as described 
    in paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this section, and at least one of 
    those chemical manufacturing process units is subject to this subpart, 
    the distillation unit shall be assigned to the chemical manufacturing 
    process unit that is subject to this subpart. If more than one chemical 
    manufacturing process unit is subject to this subpart, the owner or 
    operator may assign the distillation unit to any of the chemical 
    manufacturing process units subject to this rule.
        (4) If the chemical manufacturing process unit to which the 
    distillation unit is assigned is subject to this subpart and the vent 
    stream contains greater than 0.005 weight percent total organic 
    hazardous air pollutants, then the vent(s) from the distillation unit 
    is considered a process vent (as defined in Sec. 63.101 of this 
    subpart) and is part of the source to which this subpart applies.
        (5) If the predominant use of a distillation unit varies from year 
    to year, then the applicability of this subpart shall be determined 
    based on the utilization that occurred during the year preceding April 
    22, 1994. This determination shall be included in the Implementation 
    Plan required by Sec. 63.151 (c), (d), and (e) of subpart G of this 
    part or as part of an operating permit application.
        (6) If the distillation unit is part of one of the chemical 
    manufacturing process units listed in paragraphs (i)(6)(i) through 
    (i)(6)(iii) of this section and the vent stream contains greater than 
    0.005 weight percent total organic hazardous air pollutants, then the 
    vents from the distillation unit are considered process vents (as 
    defined in Sec. 63.101 of this subpart) and are part of the source to 
    which this subpart applies.
        (i) The Aromex unit that produces benzene, toluene, and xylene;
        (ii) The unit that produces hexane; or
        (iii) The unit that produces cyclohexane.
        (j) The provisions of subparts F, G, and H of this part do not 
    apply to the processes specified in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(6) of 
    this section. Subparts F, G, and H do not require processes specified 
    in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(6) to comply with the provisions of 
    subpart A of this part.
        (1) Research and development facilities, regardless of whether the 
    facilities are located at the same plant site as a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit that is subject to the provisions of 
    subparts F, G, or H of this part.
        (2) Petroleum refining process units, regardless of whether the 
    units supply feedstocks that include chemicals listed in table 1 of 
    this subpart to chemical manufacturing process units that are subject 
    to the provisions of subparts F, G, or H of this part.
        (3) Ethylene process units, regardless of whether the units supply 
    feedstocks that include chemicals listed in table 1 of this subpart to 
    chemical manufacturing process units that are subject to the provisions 
    of subparts F, G, or H of this part.
        (4) Equipment that is located within a chemical manufacturing 
    process unit that is subject to this subpart but does not contain 
    organic hazardous air pollutants.
        (5) Chemical manufacturing process units that are located in coke 
    by-product recovery plants.
        (6) Solvent reclamation, recovery, or recycling operations at 
    hazardous waste TSDF facilities requiring a permit under 40 CFR part 
    270 that are separate entities and not part of a SOCMI chemical 
    manufacturing process unit.
        (k) Except as provided in paragraphs (l) and (m) of this section, 
    sources subject to subparts F, G, or H of this part are required to 
    achieve compliance on or before the dates specified in paragraphs 
    (k)(1), (k)(2), and (k)(3) of this section.
        (1) New sources that commence construction or reconstruction after 
    December 31, 1992 shall be in compliance with subparts F, G, and H of 
    this part upon initial start-up or April 22, 1994, whichever is later, 
    as provided in Sec. 63.6(b) of subpart A of this part.
        (2) Existing sources shall be in compliance with subparts F and G 
    of this part no later than 3 years after April 22, 1994, as provided in 
    Sec. 63.6(c) of subpart A of this part, unless an extension has been 
    granted by the Administrator as provided in Sec. 63.151(a)(6) of 
    subpart G of this part or granted by the operating permit authority as 
    provided in Sec. 63.6(i) of subpart A of this part.
        (3) Existing sources shall be in compliance with subpart H of this 
    part no later than the dates specified in paragraphs (k)(3)(i) through 
    (k)(3)(v) of this section. The group designation for each process unit 
    is indicated in table 1 of this subpart.
        (i) Group I: October 24, 1994.
        (ii) Group II: January 23, 1995.
        (iii) Group III: April 24, 1995.
        (iv) Group IV: July 24, 1995.
        (v) Group V: October 23, 1995.
        (l)(1) If an additional chemical manufacturing process unit meeting 
    the criteria specified in paragraph (b) of this section is added to a 
    plant site that is a major source as defined in section 112(a) of the 
    Act, the addition shall be subject to the requirements for a new source 
    in subparts F, G, and H of this part if:
        (i) It is an addition that meets the definition of construction in 
    Sec. 63.2 of subpart A of this part;
        (ii) Such construction commenced after December 31, 1992; and
        (iii) The addition has the potential to emit 10 tons per year or 
    more of any HAP or 25 tons per year or more of any combination of 
    HAP's, unless the Administrator establishes a lesser quantity.
        (2) If any change is made to a chemical manufacturing process unit 
    subject to this subpart, the change shall be subject to the 
    requirements of a new source in subparts F, G, and H of this part if:
        (i) It is a change that meets the definition of reconstruction in 
    Sec. 63.2 of subpart A of this part; and
        (ii) Such reconstruction commenced after December 31, 1992.
        (3) If an additional chemical manufacturing process unit is added 
    to a plant site or a change is made to a chemical manufacturing process 
    unit and the addition or change is determined to be subject to the new 
    source requirements according to paragraph (l)(1) or (l)(2) of this 
    section:
        (i) The new or reconstructed source shall be in compliance with the 
    new source requirements of subparts F, G, and H of this part upon 
    initial start-up of the new or reconstructed source or by April 22, 
    1994, whichever is later; and
        (ii) The owner or operator of the new or reconstructed source shall 
    comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements in subparts F, 
    G, and H of this part that are applicable to new sources. The 
    applicable reports include, but are not limited to:
        (A) The application for approval of construction or reconstruction 
    which shall be submitted by the date specified in Sec. 63.151(b)(2)(ii) 
    of subpart G of this part, or an Initial Notification as specified in 
    Sec. 63.151(b)(2)(iii) of subpart G of this part;
        (B) The Implementation Plan and Implementation Plan Updates 
    required by Sec. 63.151(c) and (j) of subpart G of this part, unless 
    the information has been submitted in an operating permit application 
    or amendment;
        (C) The Notification of Compliance Status as required by 
    Sec. 63.152(b) of subpart G of this part for the new or reconstructed 
    source;
        (D) Periodic Reports and Other Reports as required by 
    Sec. 63.152(c) and (d) of subpart G of this part;
        (E) Reports required by Sec. 63.182 of subpart H of this part; and
        (F) Reports and notifications required by sections of subpart A of 
    this part that are applicable to subparts F, G, and H of this part, as 
    identified in table 3 of this subpart.
        (4) If an additional chemical manufacturing process unit is added 
    to a plant site or if an emission point is added to an existing 
    chemical manufacturing process unit or if another deliberate 
    operational process change creating an additional Group 1 emission 
    point(s) is made to an existing chemical manufacturing process unit, 
    and if the addition or change is not subject to the new source 
    requirements as determined according to paragraph (l)(1) or (l)(2) of 
    this section, the requirements in paragraphs (l)(4)(i) through 
    (l)(4)(iii) of this section shall apply. Examples of process changes 
    include, but are not limited to, changes in production capacity, 
    feedstock type, or catalyst type, or whenever there is replacement, 
    removal, or addition of recovery equipment. For purposes of this 
    paragraph and paragraph (m) of this section, process changes do not 
    include: Process upsets, unintentional temporary process changes, and 
    changes that are within the equipment configuration and operating 
    conditions documented in the Notification of Compliance Status required 
    by Sec. 63.152(b) of subpart G of this part.
        (i) The added emission point(s) and any emission point(s) within 
    the added or changed chemical manufacturing process unit are subject to 
    the requirements of subparts F, G, and H of this part for an existing 
    source;
        (ii) The added emission point(s) and any emission point(s) within 
    the added or changed chemical manufacturing process unit shall be in 
    compliance with subparts F, G, and H of this part by the dates 
    specified in paragraph (l)(4)(ii) (A) or (B) of this section, as 
    applicable.
        (A) If a chemical manufacturing process unit is added to a plant 
    site or an emission point(s) is added to an existing chemical 
    manufacturing process unit, the added emission point(s) shall be in 
    compliance upon initial start-up of the added chemical manufacturing 
    process unit or emission point(s) or by 3 years after April 22, 1994, 
    whichever is later.
        (B) If a deliberate operational process change to an existing 
    chemical manufacturing process unit causes a Group 2 emission point to 
    become a Group 1 emission point, the owner or operator shall be in 
    compliance upon initial start-up or by 3 years after April 22, 1994 
    unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the Administrator that 
    achieving compliance will take longer than making the change. If this 
    demonstration is made to the Administrator's satisfaction, the owner or 
    operator shall follow the procedures in paragraphs (m)(1) through 
    (m)(3) of this section to establish a compliance date.
        (iii) The owner or operator of a chemical manufacturing process 
    unit or emission point that is added to a plant site and is subject to 
    the requirements for existing sources shall comply with the reporting 
    and recordkeeping requirements of subparts F, G, and H of this part 
    that are applicable to existing sources, including, but not limited to, 
    the reports listed in paragraphs (l)(4)(iii) (A) through (E) of this 
    section. A change to an existing chemical manufacturing process unit 
    shall be subject to the reporting requirements for existing sources 
    including, but not limited to, the reports listed in paragraphs 
    (l)(4)(iii) (A) through (E) of this section if the change meets the 
    criteria specified in Sec. 63.118 (g), (h), (i), or (j) of subpart G of 
    this part for process vents or the criteria in Sec. 63.151 (i) or (j) 
    of subpart G of this part for Implementation Plan Updates. The 
    applicable reports include, but are not limited to:
        (A) The Implementation Plan Updates specified in Sec. 63.151 (i) 
    and (j) of subpart G of this part, unless the information has been 
    submitted in an operating permit application or amendment;
        (B) The Notification of Compliance Status as required by 
    Sec. 63.152(b) of subpart G of this part for the emission points that 
    were added or changed;
        (C) Periodic Reports and other reports as required by Sec. 63.152 
    (c) and (d) of subpart G of this part;
        (D) Reports required by Sec. 63.182 of subpart H of this part; and
        (E) Reports and notifications required by sections of subpart A of 
    this part that are applicable to subparts F, G, and H of this part, as 
    identified in table 3 of this subpart.
        (m) If a change that does not meet the criteria in paragraph (l)(4) 
    of this section is made to a chemical manufacturing process unit 
    subject to subparts F and G of this part, and the change causes a Group 
    2 emission point to become a Group 1 emission point (as defined in 
    Sec. 63.111 of subpart G of this part), then the owner or operator 
    shall comply with the requirements of subpart G of this part for the 
    Group 1 emission point as expeditiously as practicable, but in no event 
    later than 3 years after the emission point becomes Group 1.
        (1) The owner or operator shall submit to the Administrator for 
    approval a compliance schedule, along with a justification for the 
    schedule.
        (2) The compliance schedule shall be submitted with the 
    Implementation Plan update required in Sec. 63.151(i)(2) of subpart G 
    of this part for emission points included in an emissions average or 
    Sec. 63.151(j)(1) of subpart G of this part for emission points not in 
    an emissions average, unless the compliance schedule has been submitted 
    in an operating permit application or amendment.
        (3) The Administrator shall approve the compliance schedule or 
    request changes within 120 calendar days of receipt of the compliance 
    schedule and justification.
    
    
    Sec. 63.101  Definitions.
    
        (a) The following terms as used in subparts F, G, and H of this 
    part shall have the meaning given them in subpart A of this part: Act, 
    actual emissions, Administrator, affected source, approved permit 
    program, commenced, compliance date, construction, continuous 
    monitoring system, continuous parameter monitoring system, effective 
    date, emission standard, emissions averaging, EPA, equivalent emission 
    limitation, existing source, Federally enforceable, fixed capital cost, 
    hazardous air pollutant, lesser quantity, major source, malfunction, 
    new source, owner or operator, performance evaluation, performance 
    test, permit program, permitting authority, reconstruction, relevant 
    standard, responsible official, run, standard conditions, State, and 
    stationary source.
        (b) All other terms used in this subpart and subparts G and H of 
    this part shall have the meaning given them in the Act and in this 
    section. If the same term is defined in subpart A of this part and in 
    this section, it shall have the meaning given in this section for 
    purposes of subparts F, G, and H of this part.
        Air oxidation reactor means a device or vessel in which air, or a 
    combination of air and oxygen, is used as an oxygen source in 
    combination with one or more organic reactants to produce one or more 
    organic compounds. Air oxidation reactor includes the product separator 
    and any associated vacuum pump or steam jet.
        Batch operation means a noncontinuous operation in which a discrete 
    quantity or batch of feed is charged into a chemical manufacturing 
    process unit and distilled or reacted at one time. Batch operation 
    includes noncontinuous operations in which the equipment is fed 
    intermittently or discontinuously. Addition of raw material and 
    withdrawal of product do not occur simultaneously in a batch operation. 
    After each batch operation, the equipment is generally emptied before a 
    fresh batch is started.
        Bottoms receiver means a tank that collects distillation bottoms 
    before the stream is sent for storage or for further downstream 
    processing.
        By-product means a chemical that is produced coincidentally during 
    the production of another chemical.
        Chemical manufacturing process unit means the equipment assembled 
    and connected by pipes or ducts to process raw materials and to 
    manufacture an intended product. For the purpose of this subpart, 
    chemical manufacturing process unit includes air oxidation reactors and 
    their associated product separators and recovery devices; reactors and 
    their associated product separators and recovery devices; distillation 
    units and their associated distillate receivers and recovery devices; 
    associated unit operations (as defined in this section); and any feed, 
    intermediate and product storage vessels, product transfer racks, and 
    connected ducts and piping. A chemical manufacturing process unit 
    includes pumps, compressors, agitators, pressure relief devices, 
    sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, 
    connectors, instrumentation systems, and control devices or systems. A 
    chemical manufacturing process unit is identified by its primary 
    product.
        Control device means any equipment used for recovering or oxidizing 
    organic hazardous air pollutant vapors. Such equipment includes, but is 
    not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, incinerators, 
    flares, boilers, and process heaters. For process vents (as defined in 
    this section), recovery devices are not considered control devices.
        Co-product means a chemical that is produced during the production 
    of another chemical.
        Distillate receiver means overhead receivers, overhead 
    accumulators, reflux drums, and condenser(s) including ejector-
    condenser(s) associated with a distillation unit.
        Distillation unit means a device or vessel in which one or more 
    feed streams are separated into two or more exit streams, each exit 
    stream having component concentrations different from those in the feed 
    stream(s). The separation is achieved by the redistribution of the 
    components between the liquid and the vapor phases by vaporization and 
    condensation as they approach equilibrium within the distillation unit. 
    Distillation unit includes the distillate receiver, reboiler, and any 
    associated vacuum pump or steam jet.
        Emission point means an individual process vent, storage vessel, 
    transfer rack, wastewater stream, or equipment leak.
        Equipment leak means emissions of organic hazardous air pollutants 
    from a pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling 
    connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, surge control 
    vessel, bottoms receiver, or instrumentation system in organic 
    hazardous air pollutant service as defined in Sec. 63.161 of subpart H 
    of this part.
        Ethylene process or ethylene process unit means a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit in which ethylene and/or propylene are 
    produced by separation from petroleum refining process streams or by 
    subjecting hydrocarbons to high temperatures in the presence of steam. 
    The ethylene process unit includes the separation of ethylene and/or 
    propylene from associated streams such as a C4 product, pyrolysis 
    gasoline, and pyrolysis fuel oil. The ethylene process does not include 
    the manufacture of SOCMI chemicals such as the production of butadiene 
    from the C4 stream and aromatics from pyrolysis gasoline.
        Flexible operation unit means a chemical manufacturing process unit 
    that manufactures different chemical products periodically by 
    alternating raw materials or operating conditions. These units are also 
    referred to as campaign plants or blocked operations.
        Heat exchange system means any cooling tower system or once-through 
    cooling water system (e.g., river or pond water). A heat exchange 
    system can include more than one heat exchanger and can include an 
    entire recirculating or once-through cooling system.
        Impurity means a substance that is produced coincidentally with the 
    primary product, or is present in a raw material. An impurity does not 
    serve a useful purpose in the production or use of the primary product 
    and is not isolated.
        Initial start-up means the first time a new or reconstructed source 
    begins production, or, for equipment added or changed as described in 
    Sec. 63.100 (l) or (m) of this subpart, the first time the equipment is 
    put into operation. Initial start-up does not include operation solely 
    for testing equipment. For purposes of subpart G of this part, initial 
    start-up does not include subsequent start-ups (as defined in this 
    section) of chemical manufacturing process units following malfunctions 
    or shutdowns or following changes in product for flexible operation 
    units or following recharging of equipment in batch operation. For 
    purposes of subpart H of this part, initial start-up does not include 
    subsequent start-ups (as defined in Sec. 63.161 of subpart H of this 
    part) of process units (as defined in Sec. 63.161 of subpart H of this 
    part) following malfunctions or process unit shutdowns.
        Loading rack means a single system used to fill tank trucks and 
    railcars at a single geographic site. Loading equipment and operations 
    that are physically separate (i.e, do not share common piping, valves, 
    and other equipment) are considered to be separate loading racks.
        Maintenance wastewater means wastewater generated by the draining 
    of process fluid from components in the chemical manufacturing process 
    unit into an individual drain system prior to or during maintenance 
    activities. Maintenance wastewater can be generated during planned and 
    unplanned shutdowns and during periods not associated with a shutdown. 
    Examples of activities that can generate maintenance wastewaters 
    include descaling of heat exchanger tubing bundles, cleaning of 
    distillation column traps, draining of low legs and high point bleeds, 
    draining of pumps into an individual drain system, and draining of 
    portions of the chemical manufacturing process unit for repair.
        Operating permit means a permit required by 40 CFR part 70 or 71.
        Organic hazardous air pollutant or organic HAP means one of the 
    chemicals listed in table 2 of this subpart.
        Petroleum refining process, also referred to as a petroleum 
    refining process unit, means a process that for the purpose of 
    producing transportation fuels (such as gasoline and diesel fuels), 
    heating fuels (such as fuel gas, distillate, and residual fuel oils), 
    or lubricants separates petroleum or separates, cracks, or reforms 
    unfinished derivatives. Examples of such units include, but are not 
    limited to, alkylation units, catalytic hydrotreating, catalytic 
    hydrorefining, catalytic hydrocracking, catalytic reforming, catalytic 
    cracking, crude distillation, and thermal processes.
        Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
    common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
    or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
    are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
    subsidiary, or any combination thereof.
        Process vent means a gas stream containing greater than 0.005 
    weight percent total organic hazardous air pollutants that is 
    continuously discharged during operation of the unit from an air 
    oxidation reactor, other reactor, or distillation unit (as defined in 
    this section) within a chemical manufacturing process unit that meets 
    all applicability criteria specified in Sec. 63.100(b)(1) through 
    (b)(3) of this subpart. Process vents include vents from distillate 
    receivers, product separators, and ejector-condensers. Process vents 
    include gas streams that are either discharged directly to the 
    atmosphere or are discharged to the atmosphere after diversion through 
    a product recovery device. Process vents exclude relief valve 
    discharges and leaks from equipment regulated under subpart H of this 
    part.
        Process wastewater means wastewater which, during manufacturing or 
    processing, comes into direct contact with or results from the 
    production or use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished 
    product, by-product, or waste product. Examples are product tank 
    drawdown or feed tank drawdown; water formed during a chemical reaction 
    or used as a reactant; water used to wash impurities from organic 
    products or reactants; water used to cool or quench organic vapor 
    streams through direct contact; and condensed steam from jet ejector 
    systems pulling vacuum on vessels containing organics.
        Product means a compound or chemical which is manufactured as the 
    intended product of the chemical manufacturing process unit. By-
    products, isolated intermediates, impurities, wastes, and trace 
    contaminants are not considered products.
        Product separator means phase separators, flash drums, knock-out 
    drums, decanters, degassers, and condenser(s) including ejector-
    condenser(s) associated with a reactor or an air oxidation reactor.
        Reactor means a device or vessel in which one or more chemicals or 
    reactants, other than air, are combined or decomposed in such a way 
    that their molecular structures are altered and one or more new organic 
    compounds are formed. Reactor includes the product separator and any 
    associated vacuum pump or steam jet.
        Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
    and used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for use, reuse, or 
    sale. Recovery devices include, but are not limited to, absorbers, 
    carbon adsorbers, and condensers.
        Research and development facility means laboratory and pilot plant 
    operations whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development 
    into new processes and products, where the operations are under the 
    close supervision of technically trained personnel, and is not engaged 
    in the manufacture of products for commercial sale, except in a de 
    minimis manner.
        Shutdown means the cessation of operation of a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit or a reactor, air oxidation reactor, 
    distillation unit, or the emptying and degassing of a storage vessel 
    for purposes including, but not limited to, periodic maintenance, 
    replacement of equipment, or repair. Shutdown does not include the 
    routine rinsing or washing of equipment in batch operation between 
    batches.
        Source means the collection of emission points to which this 
    subpart applies as determined by the criteria in Sec. 63.100 of this 
    subpart. For purposes of subparts F, G, and H of this part, the term 
    affected source as used in subpart A of this part has the same meaning 
    as the term source defined here.
        Start-up means the setting into operation of a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit for the purpose of production. Start-up does 
    not include operation solely for testing equipment. Start-up does not 
    include the recharging of equipment in batch operation. Start-up does 
    not include changes in product for flexible operation units.
        Start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan means the plan required 
    under Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of subpart A of this part. This plan details the 
    procedures for operation and maintenance of the source during periods 
    of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction.
        Storage vessel means a tank or other vessel that is used to store 
    organic liquids that contain one or more of the organic HAP's listed in 
    table 2 of this subpart and that has been assigned, according to the 
    procedures in Sec. 63.100(g) of this subpart, to a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit that is subject to this subpart. Storage 
    vessel does not include:
        (1) Vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles such as trucks, 
    railcars, barges, or ships;
        (2) Pressure vessels designed to operate in excess of 204.9 
    kilopascals and without emissions to the atmosphere;
        (3) Vessels with capacities smaller than 38 cubic meters;
        (4) Vessels storing organic liquids that contain organic hazardous 
    air pollutants only as impurities;
        (5) Bottoms receiver tanks;
        (6) Surge control vessels; or
        (7) Wastewater storage tanks. Wastewater storage tanks are covered 
    under the wastewater provisions.
        Surge control vessel means feed drums, recycle drums, and 
    intermediate vessels. Surge control vessels serve several purposes 
    including equalization of load, mixing, recycle, and emergency supply.
        Transfer operation means the loading, into a tank truck or railcar, 
    of organic liquids that contain one or more of the organic hazardous 
    air pollutants listed in table 2 of this subpart from a transfer rack 
    (as defined in this section). Transfer operations do not include 
    loading at an operating pressure greater than 204.9 kilopascals.
        Transfer rack means the collection of loading arms and loading 
    hoses, at a single loading rack, that are assigned to a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit subject to this subpart according to the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.100(h) of this subpart and are used to 
    fill tank trucks and railcars with organic liquids that contain one or 
    more of the organic hazardous air pollutants listed in table 2 of this 
    subpart. Transfer rack includes the associated pumps, meters, shutoff 
    valves, relief valves, and other piping and valves. Transfer rack does 
    not include:
        (1) Racks, arms, or hoses that only transfer liquids containing 
    organic hazardous air pollutants as impurities;
        (2) Racks, arms, or hoses that vapor balance during all loading 
    operations; or
        (3) Racks transferring organic liquids that contain organic 
    hazardous air pollutants only as impurities.
        Unit operation means one or more pieces of process equipment used 
    to make a single change to the physical or chemical characteristics of 
    one or more process streams. Unit operations include, but are not 
    limited to, reactors, distillation columns, extraction columns, 
    absorbers, decanters, dryers, condensers, and filtration equipment.
        Vapor balancing system means a piping system that is designed to 
    collect organic HAP vapors displaced from tank trucks or railcars 
    during loading; and to route the collected organic HAP vapors to the 
    storage vessel from which the liquid being loaded originated, or to 
    compress collected organic HAP vapors and commingle with the raw feed 
    of a chemical manufacturing process unit.
        Wastewater means organic hazardous air pollutant-containing water, 
    raw material, intermediate, product, by- product, co-product, or waste 
    material that exits equipment in a chemical manufacturing process unit 
    that meets all of the criteria specified in Sec. 63.100(b)(1) through 
    (b)(3) of this subpart; and either:
        (1) Contains a total volatile organic hazardous air pollutant 
    concentration of at least 5 parts per million by weight and has a flow 
    rate of 0.02 liter per minute or greater; or
        (2) Contains a total volatile organic hazardous air pollutant 
    concentration of at least 10,000 parts per million by weight at any 
    flow rate.
    Wastewater includes process wastewater and maintenance wastewater.
    
    
    Sec. 63.102  General standards.
    
        (a) Owners and operators of sources subject to this subpart shall 
    comply with the requirements of subparts G and H of this part.
        (1) The provisions set forth in subparts F and G of this part shall 
    apply at all times except during periods of start-up, malfunction, and 
    shutdown (as defined in Sec. 63.101 of this subpart). However, if a 
    start-up, shutdown, or malfunction of one portion of a chemical 
    manufacturing process unit does not affect the ability of a particular 
    emission point to comply with the specific provisions to which it is 
    subject, then that emission point shall still be required to comply 
    with the applicable provisions of subparts F and G during the start-up, 
    shutdown, or malfunction. For example, if there is an overpressure in 
    the reactor area, a storage vessel in the chemical manufacturing 
    process unit would still be required to be controlled in accordance 
    with Sec. 63.119 of subpart G of this part. Similarly, the degassing of 
    a storage vessel would not affect the ability of a process vent to meet 
    the requirements of Sec. 63.113 of subpart G of this part.
        (2) The provisions set forth in subpart H of this part shall apply 
    at all times except during periods of start-up, malfunction, and 
    process unit shutdown (as defined in Sec. 63.161 of subpart H of this 
    part).
        (b) If, in the judgment of the Administrator, an alternative means 
    of emission limitation will achieve a reduction in organic HAP 
    emissions at least equivalent to the reduction in organic HAP emissions 
    from that source achieved under any design, equipment, work practice, 
    or operational standards in subpart G or H of this part, the 
    Administrator will publish in the Federal Register a notice permitting 
    the use of the alternative means for purposes of compliance with that 
    requirement.
        (1) The notice may condition the permission on requirements related 
    to the operation and maintenance of the alternative means.
        (2) Any notice under paragraph (b) of this section shall be 
    published only after public notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
        (3) Any person seeking permission to use an alternative means of 
    compliance under this section shall collect, verify, and submit to the 
    Administrator information showing that the alternative means achieves 
    equivalent emission reductions.
        (c) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart 
    shall obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or part 71 from the 
    appropriate permitting authority.
        (1) If EPA has approved a State operating permit program under 40 
    CFR part 71, the permit shall be obtained from the State authority. If 
    the State operating permit program has not been approved, the source 
    shall apply to the EPA regional office pursuant to 40 CFR part 70.
        (2) If an operating permit application has not been submitted by 
    the dates specified in Sec. 63.151(c) of subpart G of this part, the 
    owner or operator shall submit an Implementation Plan as specified in 
    Sec. 63.151 (c), (d), and (e) of subpart G of this part.
        (d) The requirements in subparts F, G, and H of this part are 
    Federally enforceable under section 112 of the Act on and after the 
    dates specified in Sec. 63.100(k) of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.103  General compliance, reporting, and recordkeeping 
    provisions.
    
        (a) Table 3 of this subpart specifies the provisions of subpart A 
    that apply and those that do not apply to owners and operators of 
    sources subject to subparts F, G, and H of this part.
        (b) Initial performance tests and initial compliance determinations 
    shall be required only as specified in subparts G and H of this part.
        (1) Performance tests and compliance determinations shall be 
    conducted according to the schedule and procedures in Sec. 63.7(a) of 
    subpart A of this part and the applicable sections of subparts G and H 
    of this part.
        (2) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the 
    intention to conduct a performance test at least 30 calendar days 
    before the performance test is scheduled to allow the Administrator the 
    opportunity to have an observer present during the test.
        (3) Performance tests shall be conducted according to the 
    provisions of Sec. 63.7(e) of subpart A of this part, except that 
    performance tests shall be conducted at maximum representative 
    operating conditions for the process. During the performance test, an 
    owner or operator may operate the control or recovery device at maximum 
    or minimum representative operating conditions for monitored control or 
    recovery device parameters, whichever results in lower emission 
    reduction.
        (4) Data shall be reduced in accordance with the EPA-approved 
    methods specified in the applicable subpart or, if other test methods 
    are used, the data and methods shall be validated according to the 
    protocol in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
        (5) Performance tests may be waived with approval of the 
    Administrator as specified in Sec. 63.7(h)(2) of subpart A of this 
    part. Owners or operators of sources subject to subparts F, G, and H of 
    this part who apply for a waiver of a performance test shall submit the 
    application by the dates specified in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this 
    section rather than the dates specified in Sec. 63.7(h)(3) of subpart A 
    of this part.
        (i) If a request is made for an extension of compliance under 
    Sec. 63.151(a)(6) of subpart G or Sec. 63.6(i) of subpart A of this 
    part, the application for a waiver of an initial performance test shall 
    accompany the information required for the request for an extension of 
    compliance. If no extension of compliance is requested, the application 
    for a waiver of an initial performance test shall be submitted no later 
    than 90 calendar days before the Notification of Compliance Status 
    required in Sec. 63.152(b) of subpart G of this part is due to be 
    submitted.
        (ii) Any application for a waiver of a performance test shall 
    include information justifying the owner or operator's request for a 
    waiver, such as the technical or economic infeasibility, or the 
    impracticality, of the source performing the required test.
        (c) Each owner or operator of a source subject to subparts F, G, 
    and H of this part shall keep copies of all applicable reports and 
    records required by subparts F, G, and H of this part for at least 5 
    years; except that, if subparts G or H require records to be maintained 
    for a time period different than 5 years, those records shall be 
    maintained for the time specified in subpart G or H of this part.
        (1) All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner 
    that they can be readily accessed. The most recent 2 years of records 
    shall be retained on site at the source or shall be accessible from a 
    central location by computer. The remaining 3 years of records may be 
    retained offsite. Records may be maintained in hard copy or computer-
    readable form including, but not limited to, on paper, microfilm, 
    computer, floppy disk, magnetic tape, or microfiche.
        (2) The owner or operator subject to subparts F, G, and H of this 
    part shall keep the records specified in this paragraph, as well as 
    records specified in subparts G and H.
        (i) Records of the occurrence and duration of each start-up, 
    shutdown, and malfunction of operation of a chemical manufacturing 
    process unit subject to subparts F, G, or H of this part.
        (ii) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of 
    air pollution control equipment or continuous monitoring systems used 
    to comply with subpart F, G, or H of this part.
        (iii) For each start-up, shutdown, and malfunction, records that 
    the procedures specified in the source's start-up, shutdown, and 
    malfunction plan were followed, and documentation of actions taken that 
    are not consistent with the plan. For example, if a start-up, shutdown, 
    and malfunction plan includes procedures for routing a control device 
    to a backup control device (e.g., the incinerator for a halogenated 
    stream could be routed to a flare during periods when the primary 
    control device is out of service), records must be kept of whether the 
    plan was followed.
        (iv) For continuous monitoring systems used to comply with subpart 
    G, records documenting the completion of calibration checks and 
    maintenance of continuous monitoring systems that are specified in the 
    manufacturer's instructions.
        (3) Records of start-up, shutdown and malfunction and continuous 
    monitoring system calibration and maintenance are not required if they 
    pertain solely to Group 2 emission points, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of 
    subpart G of this part, that are not included in an emissions average.
        (d) All reports required under subparts F, G, and H of this part 
    shall be sent to the Administrator at the addresses listed in 
    Sec. 63.13 of subpart A of this part, except that requests for 
    permission to use an alternative means of compliance as provided for in 
    Sec. 63.102(b) of this subpart and application for approval of a 
    nominal efficiency as provided for in Sec. 63.150 (i)(1) through (i)(6) 
    of subpart G of this part shall be submitted to the Director of the EPA 
    Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards rather than to the 
    Administrator or delegated authority.
        (1) Wherever subpart A specifies ``postmark'' dates, submittals may 
    be sent by methods other than the U.S. Mail (e.g., by fax or courier).
        (i) Submittals sent by U.S. Mail shall be postmarked on or before 
    the specified date.
        (ii) Submittals sent by other methods shall be received by the 
    Administrator on or before the specified date.
        (2) If acceptable to both the Administrator and the owner or 
    operator of a source, reports may be submitted on electronic media.
        (e) Information, data, and analyses used to determine that a 
    chemical manufacturing process unit does not use as a reactant or 
    manufacture as a product any organic hazardous air pollutant shall be 
    recorded. Examples of information that could document this include, but 
    are not limited to, records of chemicals purchased for the process, 
    analyses of process stream composition, engineering calculations, or 
    process knowledge.
    
    
    Sec. 63.104  Heat exchange system requirements.
    
        (a) Owners and operators of sources subject to subpart G of this 
    part shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs (b) and 
    (c) of this section.
        (b) For each heat exchange system that cools process equipment or a 
    process fluid and that is part of a chemical manufacturing process unit 
    that is subject to the provisions of this subpart, the owner or 
    operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) 
    through (b)(4) of this section, except as provided in paragraph (c) of 
    this section.
        (1) The cooling water shall be monitored monthly for the first 6 
    months and quarterly thereafter to detect leaks.
        (i) The cooling water shall be monitored for total HAP, total VOC, 
    or speciated HAP's.
        (A) For recirculating heat exchange systems (cooling tower 
    systems), speciated HAP's or total HAP's includes all HAP's listed in 
    table 2 of this subpart, except for benzotrichloride (98077), 
    bis(chloromethyl)ether (542881), maleic anhydride (108316), and methyl 
    isocyanate (624839).
        (B) For once-through heat exchange systems, speciated HAP's or 
    total HAP's includes all HAP's listed in table 9 of subpart G of this 
    part.
        (C) If monitoring for speciated HAP's, only HAP's that are present 
    in the process fluid in concentrations greater than 5 percent by weight 
    are required to be measured in the cooling water.
        (ii) The concentration in the cooling water shall be determined 
    using any EPA-approved method listed in 40 CFR part 136 as long as the 
    method is sensitive to concentrations as low as 1 ppm and the same 
    method is used for both entrance and exit samples. Alternative methods 
    may be used upon approval by the Administrator.
        (iii) The samples shall be taken at the entrance and exit of each 
    heat exchange system.
        (A) For recirculating heat exchange systems, the entrance and exit 
    are the points at which the cooling water enters the cooling tower 
    after cooling the process fluid and exits the cooling tower prior to 
    cooling the process fluid.
        (B) For once-through heat exchange systems, the entrance and exit 
    are the points where the cooling water enters and exits the plant site.
        (iv) A minimum of three sets of samples shall be taken of the 
    cooling water at the entrance and exit of the system, for a total of 
    six samples. The average inlet and outlet concentrations shall then be 
    calculated.
        (v) A leak is detected if a statistically significant difference in 
    concentration of at least 1 part per million at the 95 percent 
    confidence level is observed.
        (2) If a leak is detected, the owner or operator shall comply with 
    the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii) of this 
    section, except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
        (i) The leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable but not later 
    than 45 calendar days after the owner or operator receives results of 
    monitoring tests that indicate that a leak is present. Repair of a leak 
    can include such activities as repairing a leaking heat exchanger or 
    rerouting the waste from a steam jet ejector.
        (ii) Once the leak has been repaired, the owner or operator must 
    test the heat exchange system using the procedures described in 
    paragraph (b)(1) of this section to ensure that the leak has been 
    repaired.
        (3) Delay of repair of heat exchange systems for which leaks have 
    been detected is allowed if either of the conditions in paragraph 
    (b)(3)(i) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section are met.
        (i) If the owner or operator can demonstrate that a shutdown would 
    cause greater emissions than the emissions from the leaking heat 
    exchange system until the next planned shutdown, a shutdown is not 
    required. Repair of this equipment shall occur before the end of the 
    next shutdown.
        (ii) If the equipment is isolated from the process and does not 
    remain in HAP service.
        (4) If an owner or operator invokes the delay of repair provisions 
    for a heat exchange system, the following information shall be 
    submitted in the next semi-annual Periodic Report required by 
    Sec. 63.152(c) of subpart G of this part. If the leak remains 
    unrepaired, the information shall also be submitted in each subsequent 
    periodic report, until repair of the leak is reported.
        (i) The owner or operator shall report the presence of the leak and 
    the date that the leak was detected.
        (ii) The owner or operator shall report whether or not the leak has 
    been repaired.
        (iii) The owner or operator shall report the reason(s) for delay of 
    repair. If delay of repair is invoked due to the reasons described in 
    paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, documentation of emissions 
    estimates must also be submitted.
        (iv) If the leak remains unrepaired, the owner or operator shall 
    report the expected date of repair.
        (v) If the leak is repaired, the owner or operator shall report the 
    date of successful repair of the leak.
        (c) An owner or operator is not required to meet the requirements 
    in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section if either of the 
    conditions in paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section are met.
        (1) The heat exchange system is operated with the minimum pressure 
    on the cooling water side at least 35 kilopascals greater than the 
    maximum pressure on the process side.
        (2) The once-through heat exchange system currently has an NPDES 
    permit with an allowable discharge limit of less than 1 ppm.
    
    
    Sec. 63.105  Maintenance wastewater requirements.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart 
    shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (e) of 
    this section for maintenance wastewaters containing those organic HAP's 
    listed in table 2 of this subpart.
        (b) The owner or operator shall prepare a description of 
    maintenance procedures for management of wastewaters generated from the 
    emptying and purging of equipment in the process during temporary 
    shutdowns for inspections, maintenance, and repair (i.e., a 
    maintenance-turnaround) and during periods which are not shutdowns 
    (i.e., routine maintenance). The descriptions shall:
        (1) Specify the process equipment or maintenance tasks that are 
    anticipated to create wastewater during maintenance activities.
        (2) Specify the procedures that will be followed to properly manage 
    the wastewater and control organic HAP emissions to the atmosphere; and
        (3) Specify the procedures to be followed when clearing materials 
    from process equipment.
        (c) The owner or operator shall modify and update the information 
    required by paragraph (b) of this section as needed following each 
    maintenance procedure based on the actions taken and the wastewaters 
    generated in the preceding maintenance procedure.
        (d) The owner or operator shall implement the procedures described 
    in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section as part of the start-up, 
    shutdown, and malfunction plan required under Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of 
    subpart A of this part.
        (e) The owner or operator shall maintain a record of the 
    information required by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section as part 
    of the start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan required under 
    Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of subpart A of this part.
    
    
    Sec. 63.106  Delegation of authority.
    
        (a) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a 
    State under section 112(d) of the Act, the authorities contained in 
    paragraph (b) of this section shall be retained by the Administrator 
    and not transferred to a State.
        (b) Authorities which will not be delegated to States: 
    Sec. 63.102(b) of this subpart, Sec. 63.150(i)(1) through (i)(4) of 
    subpart G of this part, and Sec. 63.177 of subpart H of this part.
    
     Table 1 to Subpart F--Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry
                                    Chemicals                               
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Chemical namea                     CAS No.b    Group 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Acenaphthene.......................................        83329  V     
    Acetal.............................................       105577  V     
    Acetaldehyde.......................................        75070  II    
    Acetaldol..........................................       107891  II    
    Acetamide..........................................        60355  II    
    Acetanilide........................................       103844  II    
    Acetic acid........................................        64197  II    
    Acetic anhydride...................................       108247  II    
    Acetoacetanilide...................................       102012  III   
    Acetone............................................        67641  I     
    Acetone cyanohydrin................................        75865  V     
    Acetonitrile.......................................        75058  I     
    Acetophenone.......................................        98862  I     
    Acrolein...........................................       107028  IV    
    Acrylamide.........................................        79061  I     
    Acrylic acid.......................................        79107  IV    
    Acrylonitrile......................................       107131  I     
    Adiponitrile.......................................       111693  I     
    Alizarin...........................................        72480  V     
    Alkyl anthraquinones...............................          008  V     
    Allyl alcohol......................................       107186  I     
    Allyl chloride.....................................       107051  IV    
    Allyl cyanide......................................       109751  IV    
    Aminophenol sulfonic acid..........................         0010  V     
    Aminophenol (p-)...................................       123308  I     
    Aniline............................................        62533  I     
    Aniline hydrochloride..............................       142041  III   
    Anisidine (o-).....................................        90040  II    
    Anthracene.........................................       120127  V     
    Anthraquinone......................................        84651  III   
    Azobenzene.........................................       103333  I     
    Benzaldehyde.......................................       100527  III   
    Benzene............................................        71432  I     
    Benzenedisulfonic acid.............................        98486  I     
    Benzenesulfonic acid...............................        98113  I     
    Benzil.............................................       134816  III   
    Benzilic acid......................................        76937  III   
    Benzoic acid.......................................        65850  III   
    Benzoin............................................       119539  III   
    Benzonitrile.......................................       100470  III   
    Benzophenone.......................................       119619  I     
    Benzotrichloride...................................        98077  III   
    Benzoyl chloride...................................        98884  III   
    Benzyl acetate.....................................       140114  III   
    Benzyl alcohol.....................................       100516  III   
    Benzyl benzoate....................................       120514  III   
    Benzyl chloride....................................       100447  III   
    Benzyl dichloride..................................        98873  III   
    Biphenyl...........................................        92524  I     
    Bisphenol A........................................        80057  III   
    Bis(Chloromethyl) Ether............................       542881  I     
    Bromobenzene.......................................       108861  I     
    Bromoform..........................................        75252  V     
    Bromonaphthalene...................................     27497514  IV    
    Butadiene (1,3-)...................................       106990  II    
    Butanediol (1,4-)..................................       110634  I     
    Butyl acrylate (n-)................................       141322  V     
    Butylene glycol (1,3-).............................       107880  II    
    Butyrolacetone.....................................        96480  I     
    Caprolactam........................................       105602  II    
    Carbaryl...........................................        63252  V     
    Carbazole..........................................        86748  V     
    Carbon disulfide...................................        75150  IV    
    Carbon tetrabromide................................       558134  II    
    Carbon tetrachloride...............................        56235  I     
    Carbon tetrafluoride...............................        75730  II    
    Chloral............................................        75876  II    
    Chloroacetic acid..................................        79118  II    
    Chloroacetophenone (2-)............................       532274  I     
    Chloroaniline (p-).................................       106478  II    
    Chlorobenzene......................................       108907  I     
    2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene (Chloroprene)...............       126998  II    
    Chlorodifluoroethane...............................     25497294  V     
    Chlorodifluoromethane..............................        75456  I     
    Chloroform.........................................        67663  I     
    Chloronaphthalene..................................     25586430  IV    
    Chloronitrobenzene                                        121733  I     
    (m-).                                                                   
    Chloronitrobenzene                                         88733  I     
    (o-).                                                                   
    Chloronitrobenzene                                        100005  I     
    (p-).                                                                   
    Chlorophenol (m-)..................................       108430  II    
    Chlorophenol (o-)..................................        95578  II    
    Chlorophenol (p-)..................................       106489  II    
    Chlorotoluene (m-).................................       108418  III   
    Chlorotoluene (o-).................................        95498  III   
    Chlorotoluene (p-).................................       106434  III   
    Chlorotrifluoromethane.............................        75729  II    
    Chrysene...........................................       218019  V     
    Cresol and cresylic acid (m-)......................       108394  III   
    Cresol and cresylic acid (o-)......................        95487  III   
    Cresol and cresylic acid (p-)......................       106445  III   
    Cresols and cresylic acids (mixed).................      1319773  III   
    Cumene.............................................        98828  I     
    Cumene hydroperoxide...............................        80159  I     
    Cyanoacetic acid...................................       372098  II    
    Cyclohexane........................................       110827  I     
    Cyclohexanol.......................................       108930  I     
    Cyclohexanone......................................       108941  I     
    Cyclohexylamine....................................       108918  III   
    Cyclooctadienes....................................     29965977  II    
    Decahydronaphthalene...............................        91178  IV    
    Diacetoxy-2-Butene (1,4-)..........................         0012  V     
    Diaminophenol hydrochloride........................       137097  V     
    Dibromomethane.....................................        74953  V     
    Dichloroaniline (mixed isomers)....................     27134276  I     
    Dichlorobenzene (p-)...............................       106467  I     
    Dichlorobenzene (m-)...............................       541731  I     
    Dichlorobenzene (o-)...............................        95501  I     
     Dichlorobenzidine                                         91941  I     
    (3,3'-).                                                                
    Dichlorodifluoromethane............................        75718  I     
    Dichloroethane (1,2-) (Ethylenedichloride) (EDC)...       107062  I     
    Dichloroethyl ether (bis(2-chloroethyl)ether)......       111444  I     
    Dichloroethylene (1,2-)............................       540590  II    
    Dichlorophenol (2,4-)..............................       120832  III   
    Dichloropropene (1,3-).............................       542756  II    
    Dichlorotetrafluoro-                                     1320372  V     
    ethane.                                                                 
    Dichloro-1-butene (3,4-)...........................       760236  II    
    Dichloro-2-butene (1,4-)...........................       764410  V     
    Diethanolamine (2,2'-Iminodiethanol)...............       111422  I     
    Diethyl sulfate....................................        64675  II    
    Diethylamine.......................................       109897  IV    
    Diethylaniline (2,6-)..............................       579668  V     
    Diethylene glycol..................................       111466  I     
    Diethylene glycol dibutyl ether....................       112732  I     
    Diethylene glycol diethyl ether....................       112367  I     
    Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether...................       111966  I     
    Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate..........       124174  I     
    Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether..................       112345  I     
    Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate..........       112152  I     
    Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether..................       111900  I     
    Diethylene glycol monohexyl ether..................       112594  V     
    Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.........       629389  V     
    Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether.................       111773  I     
    Dihydroxybenzoic acid (Resorcylic acid)............     27138574  V     
     Dimethylbenzidine                                        119937  II    
    (3,3'-).                                                                
    Dimethyl ether.....................................       115106  IV    
    Dimethylformamide (N,N-)...........................        68122  II    
     Dimethylhydrazine                                         57147  II    
    (1,1-).                                                                 
    Dimethyl sulfate...................................        77781  I     
    Dimethyl terephthalate.............................       120616  II    
    Dimethylamine......................................       124403  IV    
    Dimethylaminoethanol (2-)..........................       108010  I     
    Dimethylaniline (N,N)..............................       121697  III   
    Dinitrobenzenes (NOS)c.............................     25154545  I     
    Dinitrophenol (2,4-)...............................        51285  III   
    Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)..............................       121142  III   
    Dioxane (1,4-) (1,4-Diethyleneoxide)...............         1239  11I   
    Dioxolane (1,3-)...................................       646060  I     
    Diphenyl methane...................................       101815  I     
    Diphenyl oxide.....................................       101848  I     
    Diphenyl thiourea..................................       102089  III   
    Diphenylamine......................................       122394  III   
    Dipropylene glycol.................................       110985  I     
    Di-o-tolyguanidine.................................        97392  III   
    Dodecandedioic acid................................       693232  I     
    Dodecyl benzene (branched).........................       123013  V     
    Dodecyl phenol (branched)..........................    121158585  V     
    Dodecylaniline.....................................     28675174  V     
    Dodecylbenzene (n-)................................       121013  I     
    Dodecylphenol......................................     27193868  III   
    Epichlorohydrin (1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane)........       106898  I     
    Ethanolamine.......................................       141435  I     
    Ethyl acrylate.....................................       140885  II    
    Ethylbenzene.......................................       100414  I     
    Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane)......................        75003  IV    
    Ethyl chloroacetate................................       105395  II    
    Ethylamine.........................................        75047  V     
    Ethylaniline (N-)..................................       103695  III   
    Ethylaniline (o-)..................................       578541  III   
    Ethylcellulose.....................................      9004573  V     
    Ethylcyanoacetate..................................       105566  V     
    Ethylene carbonate.................................        96491  I     
    Ethylene dibromide (Dibromoethane).................       106934  I     
    Ethylene glycol....................................       107211  I     
    Ethylene glycol diacetate..........................       111557  I     
    Ethylene glycol dibutyl ether......................       112481  V     
     Ethylene glycol diethyl ether                            629141  I     
    (1,2-diethoxyethane).                                                   
     Ethylene glycol                                          110714  I     
    dimethyl ether                                                          
    Ethylene glycol monoacetate........................       542596  V     
     Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether                          112072  I     
    acetate.                                                                
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether....................       111762  I     
     Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether                          111159  I     
    acetate.                                                                
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether....................       110805  I     
    Ethylene glycol monohexyl ether....................       112254  V     
    Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate...........       110496  I     
    Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether...................       109864  I     
    Ethylene glycol monooctyl ether....................          002  V     
    Ethylene glycol monophenyl ether...................       122996  I     
    Ethylene glycol monopropyl ether...................      2807309  I     
    Ethylene oxide.....................................        75218  I     
    Ethylenediamine....................................       107153  II    
    Ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid...................        60004  V     
    Ethylenimine (Aziridine)...........................       151564  II    
    Ethylhexyl acrylate (2-isomer).....................       103117  II    
    Fluoranthene.......................................       206440  V     
    Formaldehyde.......................................        50000  I     
    Formamide..........................................        75127  II    
    Formic acid........................................        64186  II    
    Fumaric acid.......................................       110178  I     
    Glutaraldehyde.....................................       111308  IV    
    Glyceraldehyde.....................................       367475  V     
    Glycerol...........................................        56815  II    
    Glycerol tri- (polyoxypro- pylene)ether............     25791962  II    
    Glycine............................................        56406  II    
    Glyoxal............................................       107222  II    
    Hexachlorobenzene..................................       118741  II    
    Hexachlorobutadiene................................        87683  II    
    Hexachloroethane...................................        67721  II    
    Hexadiene (1,4-)...................................       592450  II    
     Hexamethylene-                                           100970  I     
    tetramine.                                                              
    Hexane.............................................       110543  V     
    Hexanetriol (1,2,6-)...............................       106694  IV    
    Hydroquinone.......................................       123319  I     
    Hydroxyadipaldehyde................................       141311  V     
    Isobutyl acrylate..................................       106638  V     
    Isobutylene........................................       115117  V     
    Isophorone.........................................        78591  IV    
    Isophorone nitrile.................................         0017  V     
    Isophthalic acid...................................       121915  III   
    Isopropylphenol....................................     25168063  III   
    Linear alkylbenzene................................        ____d  I     
    Maleic anhydride...................................       108316  I     
    Maleic hydrazide...................................       123331  I     
    Malic acid.........................................      6915157  I     
    Metanilic acid.....................................       121471  I     
    Methacrylic acid...................................        79414  V     
    Methanol...........................................        67561  IV    
    Methionine.........................................        63683  I     
    Methyl acetate.....................................        79209  IV    
    Methyl acrylate....................................        96333  V     
    Methyl bromide (Bromomethane)......................        74839  IV    
    Methyl chloride (Chloromethane)....................        74873  IV    
    Methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone)...................        78933  V     
    Methyl formate.....................................       107313  II    
    Methyl hydrazine...................................        60344  IV    
    Methyl isobutyl carbinol...........................       108112  IV    
    Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone)....................       108101  IV    
    Methyl isocyanate..................................       624839  IV    
    Methyl mercaptan...................................        74931  IV    
    Methyl methacrylate................................        80626  IV    
    Methyl phenyl carbinol.............................        98851  II    
    Methyl tert-butyl ether............................      1634044  V     
    Methylamine........................................        74895  IV    
    Methylaniline (N-).................................       100618  III   
    Methylcyclohexane..................................       108872  III   
    Methylcyclohexanol.................................     25639423  V     
    Methylcyclohexanone................................      1331222  III   
    Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)...............        75092  I     
    Methylene dianiline (4,4'-isomer)..................       101779  I     
    Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate (4,4'-) (MDI)......       101688  III   
    Methylionones (a-).................................        79696  V     
    Methylpentynol.....................................        77758  V     
    Methylstyrene (a-).................................        98839  I     
    Naphthalene........................................        91203  IV    
    Naphthalene sulfonic acid (a-).....................        85472  IV    
    Naphthalene sulfonic acid (b-).....................       120183  IV    
    Naphthol (a-)......................................        90153  IV    
    Naphthol (b-)......................................       135193  IV    
    Naphtholsulfonic acid (1-).........................       567180  V     
    Naphthylamine sulfonic acid (1,4-).................        84866  V     
    Naphthylamine sulfonic acid (2,1-).................        81163  V     
    Naphthylamine (1-).................................       134327  V     
    Naphthylamine (2-).................................        91598  V     
    Nitroaniline (m-)..................................        99092  II    
    Nitroaniline (o-)..................................        88744  I     
    Nitroanisole (o-)..................................        91236  III   
    Nitroanisole (p-)..................................       100174  III   
    Nitrobenzene.......................................        98953  I     
    Nitronaphthalene (1-)..............................        86577  IV    
    Nitrophenol (p-)...................................       100027  III   
    Nitrophenol (o-)...................................        88755  III   
    Nitropropane (2-)..................................        79469  II    
    Nitrotoluene (all isomers).........................      1321126  III   
    Nitrotoluene (o-)..................................        88722  III   
    Nitrotoluene (m-)..................................        99081  III   
    Nitrotoluene (p-)..................................        99990  III   
    Nitroxylene........................................     25168041  V     
    Nonylbenzene (branched)............................      1081772  V     
    Nonylphenol........................................     25154523  V     
    Octene-1...........................................       111660  I     
    Octylphenol........................................     27193288  III   
    Paraformaldehyde...................................     30525894  I     
    Paraldehyde........................................       123637  II    
    Pentachlorophenol..................................        87865  III   
    Pentaerythritol....................................       115775  I     
    Peracetic acid.....................................        79210  II    
    Perchloromethyl mercaptan..........................       594423  IV    
    Phenanthrene.......................................        85018  V     
    Phenetidine (p-)...................................       156434  III   
    Phenol.............................................       108952  III   
    Phenolphthalein....................................        77098  III   
    Phenolsulfonic acids (all isomers).................      1333397  III   
    Phenyl anthranilic acid (all isomers)..............        91407  III   
    Phenylenediamine (p-)..............................       106503  I     
    Phloroglucinol.....................................       108736  III   
    Phosgene...........................................        75445  IV    
    Phthalic acid......................................        88993  III   
    Phthalic anhydride.................................        85449  III   
    Phthalimide........................................        85416  III   
    Phthalonitrile.....................................        91156  III   
    Picoline (b-)......................................       108996  II    
    Piperazine.........................................       110850  I     
    Polyethylene glycol................................     25322683  V     
    Polypropylene glycol...............................     25322694  V     
    Propiolactone (beta-)..............................        57578  I     
    Propionaldehyde....................................       123386  IV    
    Propionic acid.....................................        79094  I     
    Propylene carbonate................................       108327  V     
    Propylene dichloride (1,2-dichloropropane).........        78875  IV    
    Propylene glycol...................................        57556  I     
    Propylene glycol monomethyl ether..................       107982  I     
    Propylene oxide....................................        75569  I     
    Pyrene.............................................       129000  V     
    Pyridine...........................................       110861  II    
    p-tert-Butyl toluene...............................        98511  III   
    Quinone............................................       106514  III   
    Resorcinol.........................................       108463  I     
    Salicylic acid.....................................        69727  III   
    Sodium methoxide...................................       124414  IV    
    Sodium phenate.....................................       139026  III   
    Stilbene...........................................       588590  III   
    Styrene............................................       100425  I     
    Succinic acid......................................       110156  I     
    Succinonitrile.....................................       110612  I     
    Sulfanilic acid....................................       121573  III   
    Sulfolane..........................................       126330  II    
    Tartaric acid......................................       526830  I     
    Terephthalic acid..................................       100210  II    
    Tetrabromophthalic anhydride.......................       632791  III   
    Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,4,5-)......................        95943  I     
    Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-).......................        79345  II    
    Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)............       127184  I     
     Tetrachlorophthalic-                                     117088  III   
    anhydride.                                                              
    Tetraethyl lead....................................        78002  IV    
    Tetraethylene glycol...............................       112607  I     
     Tetraethylene-                                           112572  V     
    pentamine.                                                              
    Tetrahydrofuran....................................       109999  I     
    Tetrahydronapthalene...............................       119642  IV    
    Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride.......................        85438  II    
     Tetramethylene-                                          110601  II    
    diamine.                                                                
    Tetramethylethylenediamine.........................       110189  V     
    Tetramethyllead....................................        75741  V     
    Thiocarbanilide....................................       102089  V     
    Toluene............................................       108883  I     
    Toluene 2,4 diamine................................        95807  II    
    Toluene 2,4 diisocyanate...........................       584849  II    
    Toluene diisocyanates (mixture)....................     26471625  II    
    Toluene sulfonic acids.............................       104154  III   
    Toluenesulfonyl chloride...........................        98599  III   
    Toluidine (o-).....................................        95534  II    
     Trichloroaniline-                                        634935  III   
     (2,4,6-).                                                              
    Trichlorobenzene (1,2,3-)..........................        87616  V     
    Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)..........................       120821  I     
     Trichloroethane                                           71556  II    
    (1,1,1-)                                                                
    Trichloroethane (1,1,2-) (Vinyl trichloride).......        79005  II    
    Trichloroethylene..................................        79016  I     
    Trichlorofluoromethane.............................        75694  I     
     Trichlorophenol                                           95954  I     
    (2,4,5-).                                                               
    (1,1,2-) Trichloro                                         76131  I     
    (1,2,2-) trifluoroethane.                                               
    Triethanolamine....................................       102716  I     
    Triethylamine......................................       121448  IV    
    Triethylene glycol.................................       112276  I     
     Triethylene glycol                                       112492  I     
    dimethyl ether.                                                         
    Triethylene glycol monoethyl ether.................       112505  V     
    Triethylene glycol monomethyl ether................       112356  I     
    Trimethylamine.....................................        75503  IV    
    Trimethylcyclohexanol..............................       933482  IV    
     Trimethylcyclo-                                         2408379  IV    
    hexanone.                                                               
     Trimethylcyclo-                                        34216347  V     
    hexylamine.                                                             
    Trimethylolpropane.................................        77996  I     
    Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)..........................       540841  V     
    Tripropylene glycol................................     24800440  V     
    Vinyl acetate......................................       108054  II    
    Vinyl chloride (Chloroethylene)....................        75014  I     
    Vinyl toluene......................................     25013154  III   
    Vinylcyclohexene (4-)..............................       100403  II    
     Vinylidene chloride                                       75354  II    
    (1,1-dichloroethylene).                                                 
    Vinyl(N-)-pyrrolidone(2-)..........................        88120  V     
    Xanthates..........................................       140896  V     
    Xylene sulfonic acid...............................     25321419  III   
    Xylenes (NOS)c.....................................      1330207  I     
    Xylene (m-)........................................       108383  I     
    Xylene (o-)........................................        95476  I     
    Xylene (p-)........................................       106423  I     
    Xylenols (Mixed)...................................      1300716  V     
    Xylidene...........................................      1300738  III   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aIsomer means all structural arrangements for the same number of atoms  
      of each element and does not mean salts, esters, or derivatives.      
    bCAS Number = Chemical Abstract Service number.                         
    cNOS = not otherwise specified.                                         
    dNo CAS number assigned.                                                
    
    
             Table 2. to Subpart F--Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Chemical name a,b                        CAS No.c 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Acetaldehyde................................................       75070
    Acetamide...................................................       60355
    Acetonitrile................................................       75058
    Acetophenone................................................       98862
    Acrolein....................................................      107028
    Acrylamide..................................................       79061
    Acrylic acid................................................       79107
    Acrylonitrile...............................................      107131
    Allyl chloride..............................................      107051
    Aniline.....................................................       62533
    Anisidine (o-)..............................................       90040
    Benzene.....................................................       71432
    Benzotrichloride............................................       98077
    Benzyl chloride.............................................      100447
    Biphenyl....................................................       92524
    Bis(chloromethyl)ether......................................      542881
    Bromoform...................................................       75252
    Butadiene (1,3-)............................................      106990
    Caprolactam.................................................      105602
    Carbon disulfide............................................       75150
    Carbon tetrachloride........................................       56235
    Chloroacetic acid...........................................       79118
    Chloroacetophenone (2-).....................................      532274
    Chlorobenzene...............................................      108907
    2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene (Chloroprene)........................      126998
    Chloroform..................................................       67663
    Cresols and cresylic acids (mixed)..........................     1319773
    Cresol and cresylic acid (o-)...............................       95487
    Cresol and cresylic acid (m-)...............................      108394
    Cresol and cresylic acid (p-)...............................      106445
    Cumene......................................................       98828
    Dichlorobenzene (p-)........................................      106467
    Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)...................................       91941
    Dichloroethane (1,2-) (Ethylene dichloride) (EDC)...........      107062
     Dichloroethylether                                               111444
    (Bis(2-chloroethyl)                                                     
    ether).                                                                 
    Dichloropropene (1,3-)......................................      542756
     Diethanolamine (2,2'-                                            111422
    Iminodiethanol).                                                        
    Dimethylaniline (N,N-)......................................      121697
    Diethyl sulfate.............................................       64675
    Dimethylbenzidine (3,3'-)...................................      119937
    Dimethylformamide (N,N-)....................................       68122
    Dimethylhydrazine (1,1-)....................................       57147
    Dimethyl phthalate..........................................      131113
    Dimethyl sulfate............................................       77781
    Dinitrophenol (2,4-)........................................       51285
    Dinitrotoluene (2,4-).......................................      121142
     Dioxane (1,4-)(1,4-                                              123911
    Diethyleneoxide).                                                       
    1,2-Diphenylhydrazine.......................................      122667
    Epichlorohydrin (1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane).................      106898
    Ethyl acrylate..............................................      140885
    Ethylbenzene................................................      100414
    Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane)...............................       75003
     Ethylene dibromide                                               106934
    (Dibromoethane).                                                        
    Ethylene glycol.............................................      107211
    Ethylene oxide..............................................       75218
     Ethylidene dichloride                                             75343
    (1,1-Dichloroethane).                                                   
    Formaldehyde................................................       50000
    Glycol ethersd                                                          
    Hexachlorobenzene...........................................      118741
    Hexachlorobutadiene.........................................       87683
    Hexachloroethane............................................       67721
    Hexane......................................................      100543
    Hydroquinone................................................      123319
    Isophorone..................................................       78591
    Maleic anhydride............................................      108316
    Methanol....................................................       67561
    Methyl bromide (Bromomethane)...............................       74839
    Methyl chloride (Chloromethane).............................       74873
     Methyl ethyl ketone                                               78933
    (2-Butanone).                                                           
    Methyl hydrazine............................................       60344
    Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone).............................      108101
    Methyl isocyanate...........................................      624839
    Methyl methacrylate.........................................       80626
    Methyl tert-butyl ether.....................................     1634044
    Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)........................       75092
    Methylene diphenyl diisocyanate (4,4'-) (MDI)...............      101688
    Methylenedianiline (4,4'-)..................................      101779
    Naphthalene.................................................       91203
    Nitrobenzene................................................       98953
    Nitrophenol (p-)............................................      100027
    Nitropropane (2-)...........................................       79469
    Phenol......................................................      108952
    Phenylenediamine (p-).......................................      106503
    Phosgene....................................................       75445
    Phthalic anhydride..........................................       85449
    Polycyclic organic mattere                                              
    Propiolactone (beta-).......................................       57578
    Propionaldehyde.............................................      123386
     Propylene dichloride                                              78875
    (1,2-Dichloropropane).                                                  
    Propylene oxide.............................................       75569
    Quinone.....................................................      106514
    Styrene.....................................................      100425
    Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)................................       79345
    Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene).....................      127184
    Toluene.....................................................      108883
    Toluene diamine (2,4-)......................................       95807
    Toluene diisocyanate (2,4-).................................      584849
    Toluidine (o-)..............................................       95534
    Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)...................................      120821
    Trichloroethane (1,1,1-) (Methyl chloroform)................       71556
    Trichloroethane (1,1,2-) (Vinyl trichloride)................       79005
    Trichloroethylene...........................................       79016
    Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)....................................       95954
    Triethylamine...............................................      121448
    Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)...................................      540841
    Vinyl acetate...............................................      108054
    Vinyl chloride (chloroethylene).............................       75014
     Vinylidene chloride                                               75354
    (1,1-Dichloroethylene).                                                 
    Xylenes (NOS)...............................................     1330207
    Xylene (m-).................................................      108383
    Xylene (o-).................................................       95476
    Xylene (p-).................................................     106423 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aFor all listings above containing the word ``Compounds'' and for glycol
      ethers, the following applies: Unless otherwise specified, these      
      listings are defined as including any unique chemical substance that  
      contains the named chemical (i.e., antimony, arsenic) as part of that 
      chemical's infrastructure.                                            
    bIsomer means all structural arrangements for the same number of atoms  
      of each element and does not mean salts, esters, or derivatives.      
    cCAS Number=Chemical Abstract Service number.                           
    dIncludes mono- and di- ethers of ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol,   
      and triethylene glycol R-(OCH2CH2)n-OR' where:                        
    n=1, 2, or 3;                                                           
    R=alkyl or aryl groups; and                                             
    R'=R, H, or groups which, when removed, yield glycol ethers with the    
      structure: R-(OCH2CH2)n-OH                                            
     Polymers are excluded from the glycol category.                        
    eincludes organic compounds with more than one benzene ring, and which  
      have a boiling point greater than or equal to 100  deg.C.             
    
    
                    Table 3 to Subpart F--General Provisions Applicability to subparts F, G, and Ha                 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Applies to                                               
                         Reference                       Subparts F, G,                    Comment                  
                                                              and H                                                 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    63.1(a)(1)........................................  Yes.............  Overlap clarified in Sec. 63.101, Sec.    
                                                                           63.111, Sec. 63.161.                     
    63.1(a)(2)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.1(a)(3)........................................  Yes.............  Sec. 63.110 and Sec. 63.160(b) of subparts
                                                                           G and H identify which standards are     
                                                                           overridden.                              
    63.1(a)(4)........................................  No..............  Subpart F specifies applicability of each 
                                                                           paragraph in subpart A to subparts F, G, 
                                                                           and H.                                   
    63.1(a)(5)-(a)(9).................................  No.                                                         
    63.1(a)(10).......................................  No..............  Subparts F, G, and H specify calendar or  
                                                                           operating day.                           
    63.1(a)(11).......................................  No..............  Subpart F Sec. 63.103(d) specifies        
                                                                           acceptable methods for submitting        
                                                                           reportsa.                                
    63.1(a)(12)-(a)(14)...............................  Yes.                                                        
    63.1(b)(1)........................................  No..............  Subpart F specifies applicability.        
    63.1(b)(2)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.1(b)(3)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.1(c)(1)........................................  No..............  Subpart F specifies applicability.        
    63.1(c)(2)........................................  No..............  Area sources are not subject to subparts  
                                                                           F, G, and H.                             
    63.1(c)(3)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.1(c)(4)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.1(c)(5)........................................  No..............  Subparts G and H specify applicable       
                                                                           notification requirements.               
    63.1(d)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.1(e)...........................................  No..............  Subparts F, G, and H established before   
                                                                           permit program.                          
    63.2..............................................  Yes.............  Subpart F Sec. 63.103 specifies those     
                                                                           subpart A definitions that apply to the  
                                                                           HON. Subpart F definition of ``source''  
                                                                           is equivalent to subpart A definition of 
                                                                           ``affected source''.                     
    63.3..............................................  No..............  Units of measure are spelled out in       
                                                                           subparts F, G, and H.                    
    63.4(a)(1)-(a)(3).................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.4(a)(4)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.4(a)(5)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.4(b)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.4(c)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(a)(1)........................................  Yes.............  Except replace term ``source'' and        
                                                                           ``stationary source'' in Sec. 63.5(a)(1) 
                                                                           of subpart A with ``affected source''.   
    63.5(a)(2)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(b)(1)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(b)(2)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.5(b)(3)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(b)(4)........................................  Yes.............  Except the cross reference to Sec. 63.9(b)
                                                                           is changed to Sec. 63.9(b) (4) and (5).  
                                                                           Subpart F overrides Sec. 63.9 (b)(2) and 
                                                                           (b)(3).                                  
    63.5(b)(5)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(b)(6)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(c)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.5(d)(1)(i).....................................  No..............  Subpart G Sec. 63.151(b) (2)(ii) and      
                                                                           (2)(iii) specify the applicability and   
                                                                           timing of this submittal for sources     
                                                                           subject to subpart G.                    
    63.5(d)(1)(ii)....................................  Yes.............  Except that for affected sources subject  
                                                                           to subpart G instead of the information  
                                                                           in Sec. 63.5(d)(1)(ii)(H), submit the    
                                                                           implementation plan information specified
                                                                           in Sec. 63.151(e).                       
    63.5(d)(1)(iii)...................................  No.               Subpart G requires submittal of the       
                                                                           notification of compliance status in Sec.
                                                                           63.152(b).                               
    63.5(d)(2)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.5(d)(3)........................................  Yes.............  Except Sec. 63.5(d)(3)(ii) does not apply 
                                                                           to subpart G.                            
    63.5(d)(4)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(e)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(f)(1)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(f)(2)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.5(f)(3)........................................  Yes.............  Except the cross-reference to Sec.        
                                                                           63.5(d)(1) is changed to Sec.            
                                                                           63.151(b)(ii) of subpart G, and the cross-
                                                                           reference to (b)(2) does not apply.      
    63.5(f)(4)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(a)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(b)(1)........................................  No..............  Subparts F and H specify compliance dates 
                                                                           for sources subject to subparts F, G, and
                                                                           H.                                       
    63.6(b)(2)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(b)(3)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(b)(4)........................................  No..............  May apply when standards are proposed     
                                                                           under section 112(f) of the Act.         
    63.6(b)(5)........................................  No..............  Subparts G and H include notification     
                                                                           requirements.                            
    63.6(b)(6)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(b)(7)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(c)(1)........................................  No..............  Subpart F specifies the compliance date.  
    63.6(c)(2)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(c)(3)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(c)(4)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(c)(5)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(d)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(e)...........................................  Yes.............  Does not apply to Group 2 emission points 
                                                                           unless they are included in an emissions 
                                                                           averageb.                                
    63.6(f)(1)........................................  No..............  Sec. 63.102(a) of subpart F specifies when
                                                                           the standards apply.                     
    63.6(f)(2)(i).....................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(f)(2)(ii)....................................  Yes.............  Sec. 63.151(c)(2) of subpart G specifies  
                                                                           the use of monitoring data in determining
                                                                           compliance with subpart G.               
    63.6(f)(2)(iii) (A), (B), and (C).................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(f)(2)(iii)(D)................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(f)(2)(iv)....................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(f)(2)(v).....................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(f)(3)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(g)...........................................  No..............  Procedures specified in Sec. 63.102(b) of 
                                                                           subpart F.                               
    63.6(h)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(i)(1)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(i)(2)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(i)(3)........................................  No..............  Sec. 63.151(a)(6) of subpart G specifies  
                                                                           procedures.                              
    63.6(i)(4)(i)(A)..................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(i)(4)(i)(B)..................................  No..............  Dates are specified in Sec. 63.151(a)(6)  
                                                                           of subpart G.                            
    63.6(i)(4)(ii)....................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(i)(5)-(14)...................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(i)(15).......................................  No.                                                         
    63.6(i)(16).......................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.6(j)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.7(a)(1)........................................  No..............  Subparts F, G, and H specify required     
                                                                           testing and compliance demonstration     
                                                                           procedures.                              
    63.7(a)(2)........................................  No..............  Test results must be submitted in the     
                                                                           notification of compliance status due 150
                                                                           days after compliance date, as specified 
                                                                           in Sec. 63.152(b) of subparts G and H.   
    63.7(a)(3)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.7(b)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.7(c)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.7(d)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.7(e)(1)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.7(e)(2)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.7(e)(3)........................................  No..............  Subparts F, G, and H specify test methods 
                                                                           and procedures.                          
    63.7(e)(4)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.7(f)...........................................  No..............  Subparts F, G, and H specify applicable   
                                                                           methods and provide alternatives.        
    63.7(g)...........................................  No..............  Performance test reporting specified in   
                                                                           Sec. 63.152(b) of subparts G and H.      
    63.7(h)(1)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.7(h)(2)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.7(h)(3)........................................  No..............  Sec. 63.103(b)(5) of subpart F specifies  
                                                                           provisions for requests to waive         
                                                                           performance tests.                       
    63.7(h)(4)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.7(h)(5)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(a)(1)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(a)(2)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.8(a)(3)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.8(a)(4)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(b)(1)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(b)(2)........................................  No..............  Subparts G and H specify locations to     
                                                                           conduct monitoring.                      
    63.8(b)(3)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(c)(1)(i).....................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(c)(1)(ii)....................................  No..............  Addressed by periodic reports in Sec.     
                                                                           63.152(c) of subpart G.                  
    63.8(c)(1)(iii)...................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(c)(2)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(c)(3)........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(c)(4)........................................  No..............  HON specifies monitoring frequency in Sec.
                                                                           63.111 and Sec. 63.152(f) of subpart G.  
    63.8(c)(5)-(c)(8).................................  No.                                                         
    63.8(d)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.8(e)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.8(f)(1)-(f)(3).................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(f)(4)(i).....................................  No..............  Timeframe for submitting request specified
                                                                           in Sec. 63.152(g)(1) of subpart G.       
    63.8(f)(4)(ii)....................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(f)(4)(iii)...................................  No.                                                         
    63.8(f)(5)(i).....................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(f)(5)(ii)....................................  No.                                                         
    63.8(f)(5)(iii)...................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.8(f)(6)........................................  No..............  Subparts G and H do not require CEM's.    
    63.8(g)...........................................  No..............  Data reduction procedures specified in    
                                                                           Sec. 63.152(f) of subpart G.             
    63.9(a)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.9(b)(1)(i).....................................  No..............  Specified in Sec. 63.151(b)(2)(ii) of     
                                                                           subpart G.                               
    63.9(b)(1)(ii)....................................  No.                                                         
    63.9(b)(2)........................................  No..............  Initial notification provisions are       
                                                                           specified in Sec. 63.151(b) of subpart G.
    63.9(b)(3)........................................  No.                                                         
    63.9(b)(4)........................................  Yes.............  Except that the notification in Sec.      
                                                                           63.9(b)(4)(i) shall be submitted at the  
                                                                           time specified in Sec. 63.151(b)(2)(ii)  
                                                                           of subpart G.                            
    63.9(b)(5)........................................  Yes.............  Except that the notification in Sec.      
                                                                           63.9(b)(5) shall be submitted at the time
                                                                           specified in Sec. 63.151(b)(2)(ii) of    
                                                                           subpart G.                               
    63.9(c)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.9(d)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.9(e)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.9(f)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.9(g)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.9(h)...........................................  No..............  Sec. 63.152(b) of subpart G specifies     
                                                                           notification of compliance status        
                                                                           requirements.                            
    63.9(i)...........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.9(j)...........................................  No.                                                         
    63.10(a)..........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.10(b)(1).......................................  No..............  Sec. 63.103(c) of subpart F specifies     
                                                                           record retention requirements.           
    63.10(b)(2).......................................  No..............  Sec. 63.103(c) of subpart F specifies     
                                                                           required records.                        
    63.10(b)(3).......................................  No.                                                         
    63.10(c)..........................................  No.                                                         
    63.10(d)(1).......................................  No.                                                         
    63.10(d)(2).......................................  No..............  Sec. 63.152(b) of subpart F specifies     
                                                                           performance test reporting.              
    63.10(d)(3).......................................  No.                                                         
    63.10(d)(4).......................................  Yes.............                                            
    63.10(d)(5)(i)....................................  Yes.............  Except that reports required by Sec.      
                                                                           63.10(d)(5)(i) shall be submitted at the 
                                                                           time specified in Sec. 63.152(c) of      
                                                                           subpart G..                              
    63.10(d)(5)(ii)...................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.10(e)..........................................  No.                                                         
    63.10(f)..........................................  Yes.                                                        
    63.11-63.15.......................................  Yes.                                                        
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aWherever subpart A specifies ``postmark'' dates, submittals may be sent by methods other than the U.S. Mail    
      (e.g., by fax or courier). Submittals shall be sent by the specified dates, but a postmark is not necessarily 
      required.                                                                                                     
    bThe plan, and any records or reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction do not apply to Group 2 emission   
      points unless they are included in an emissions average.                                                      
    
    Subpart G--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
    Pollutants From the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing 
    Industry for Process Vents, Storage Vessels, Transfer Operations, 
    and Wastewater
    
    
    Sec. 63.110  Applicability.
    
        (a) This subpart applies to all process vents, storage vessels, 
    transfer racks, and wastewater streams within a source subject to 
    subpart F of this part.
        (b) Overlap with other regulations for storage vessels.
        (1) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 1 or Group 2 storage vessel that is also 
    subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart Kb is required to 
    comply only with the provisions of this subpart.
        (2) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 1 storage vessel that is also subject to the 
    provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart Y is required to comply only with 
    the provisions of this subpart.
        (3) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 2 storage vessel that is also subject to the 
    provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart Y is required to comply only with 
    the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart Y. The recordkeeping and 
    reporting requirements of 40 CFR part 61 subpart Y will be accepted as 
    compliance with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements of this 
    subpart.
        (c) Overlap with other regulations for transfer racks.
        (1) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 1 transfer rack that is also subject to the 
    provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart BB is required to comply only with 
    the provisions of this subpart.
        (2) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 2 transfer rack that is also subject to the 
    provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart BB is required to comply with the 
    provisions of either paragraph (c)(2)(i) or (c)(2)(ii) of this subpart.
        (i) If the transfer rack is subject to the control requirements 
    specified in Sec. 61.302 of 40 CFR part 61 subpart BB, then the 
    transfer rack is required to comply with the control requirements of 
    Sec. 61.302 of 40 CFR part 61 subpart BB. The owner or operator may 
    elect to comply with either the associated testing, monitoring, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping requirements of 40 CFR part 61 subpart BB 
    or with the testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
    requirements specified in this subpart for Group 1 transfer racks. The 
    owner or operator shall indicate this decision in either the 
    Notification of Compliance Status specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this 
    subpart or in an operating permit application or amendment.
        (ii) If the transfer rack is subject only to reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements under 40 CFR part 61 subpart BB, then the 
    transfer rack is required to comply only with the reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements specified in this subpart for Group 2 
    transfer racks and is exempt from the reporting and recordkeeping 
    requirements in 40 CFR part 61 subpart BB.
        (d) Overlap with other regulations for process vents.
        (1) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 1 process vent that is also subject to the 
    provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart III is required to comply only 
    with the provisions of this subpart.
        (2) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, the owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent that is 
    also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart III shall 
    determine requirements according to paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) 
    of this section.
        (i) If the Group 2 process vent has a TRE value less than 1 as 
    determined by the procedures in 40 CFR part 60 subpart III, the process 
    vent is required to comply with the provisions in paragraphs 
    (d)(2)(i)(A) through (d)(2)(i)(C) of this section.
        (A) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart III for applicability determination and the associated 
    recordkeeping and reporting;
        (B) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart III for process changes and recalculation of the TRE index 
    value and the associated recordkeeping and reporting; and
        (C) The control requirements in Sec. 60.612 of 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart III. The owner or operator may elect to comply with either the 
    associated testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping 
    requirements of 40 CFR part 60 subpart III or with the testing, 
    monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements specified in this 
    subpart for Group 1 process vents. The owner or operator shall indicate 
    this decision in either the Notification of Compliance Status specified 
    in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart or in an operating permit application 
    or amendment.
        (ii) If the Group 2 process vent has a TRE value greater than or 
    equal to 1 as determined by the procedures in 40 CFR part 60 subpart 
    III, the process vent is required to comply only with the provisions 
    specified in paragraphs (d)(2)(ii)(A) through (d)(2)(ii)(D) of this 
    section.
        (A) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart III for applicability determination and the associated 
    recordkeeping and reporting;
        (B) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart III for process changes and recalculation of the TRE index 
    value and the associated recordkeeping and reporting;
        (C) If the provisions of both this subpart and 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart III require continuous monitoring of recovery device operating 
    parameters, the process vent is required to comply only with the 
    provisions that are specified in this subpart for continuous monitoring 
    of recovery device operating parameters and the associated testing, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping.
        (D) If only the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart III require 
    continuous monitoring of recovery device operating parameters, the 
    process vent is required to comply only with the provisions that are 
    specified in 40 CFR part 60 subpart III for continuous monitoring of 
    recovery device operating parameters and the associated testing, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping.
        (3) After the compliance dates specified in 63.100 of subpart F of 
    this part, if an owner or operator of a process vent subject to this 
    subpart that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart III elects to control the process vent to the levels required 
    in Sec. 63.113 (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this subpart without calculating the 
    TRE index value for the vent according to the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.115(d) of this subpart then the owner or operator shall comply 
    with the testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions 
    of this subpart and shall be exempt from the testing, monitoring, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart III.
        (4) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 1 process vent that is also subject to the 
    provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart NNN is required to comply only 
    with the provisions of this subpart.
        (5) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, the owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent that is 
    also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart NNN shall 
    determine requirements according to paragraphs (d)(5)(i) and (d)(5)(ii) 
    of this section.
        (i) If the Group 2 process vent has a TRE value less than 1 as 
    determined by the procedures in 40 CFR part 60 subpart NNN, the process 
    vent is required to comply with the provisions in paragraphs 
    (d)(5)(i)(A) through (d)(5)(i)(C) of this section.
        (A) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart NNN for applicability determination and the associated 
    recordkeeping and reporting;
        (B) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart NNN for process changes and recalculation of the TRE index 
    value and the associated recordkeeping and reporting; and
        (C) The control requirements in Sec. 60.662 of 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart NNN. The owner or operator may elect to comply with either the 
    associated testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping 
    requirements of 40 CFR part 60 subpart NNN or with the testing, 
    monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements specified in this 
    subpart for Group 1 process vents. The owner or operator shall indicate 
    this decision in either the Notification of Compliance Status specified 
    in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart or in an operating permit application 
    or amendment.
        (ii) If the Group 2 process vent has a TRE value greater than or 
    equal to 1 as determined by the procedures in 40 CFR part 60 subpart 
    NNN, the process vent is required to comply only with the provisions 
    specified in paragraphs (d)(5)(ii)(A) through (d)(5)(ii)(D) of this 
    section.
        (A) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart NNN for applicability determination and the associated 
    recordkeeping and reporting;
        (B) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart NNN for process changes and recalculation of the TRE index 
    value and the associated recordkeeping and reporting;
        (C) If the provisions of both this subpart and 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart NNN require continuous monitoring of recovery device operating 
    parameters, the process vent is required to comply only with the 
    provisions that are specified in this subpart for continuous monitoring 
    of recovery device operating parameters and the associated testing, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping.
        (D) If only the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart NNN require 
    continuous monitoring of recovery device operating parameters, the 
    process vent is required to comply only with the provisions that are 
    specified in 40 CFR part 60 subpart NNN for continuous monitoring of 
    recovery device operating parameters and the associated testing, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping.
        (6) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, if an owner or operator of a process vent subject to 
    this subpart that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart NNN elects to control the process vent to the levels required 
    in Sec. 63.113(a)(1) or (a)(2) of this subpart without calculating the 
    TRE index value for the vent according to the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.115(d) of this subpart then the owner or operator shall comply 
    with the testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions 
    of this subpart and shall be exempt from the testing, monitoring, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart NNN.
        (7) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 1 process vent that is also subject to the 
    provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart RRR is required to comply only 
    with the provisions of this subpart.
        (8) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, the owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent that is 
    also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart RRR shall 
    determine requirements according to paragraphs (d)(8)(i) and (d)(8)(ii) 
    of this section.
        (i) If the Group 2 process vent has a TRE value less than 1 as 
    determined by the procedures in 40 CFR part 60 subpart RRR, the process 
    vent is required to comply with the provisions in paragraphs 
    (d)(8)(i)(A) through (d)(8)(i)(C) of this section.
        (A) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart RRR for applicability determination and the associated 
    recordkeeping and reporting;
        (B) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart RRR for process changes and recalculation of the TRE index 
    value and the associated recordkeeping and reporting; and
        (C) The control requirements in Sec. 60.702 of 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart RRR. The owner or operator may elect to comply with either the 
    associated testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping 
    requirements of 40 CFR part 60 subpart RRR or with the testing, 
    monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements specified in this 
    subpart for Group 1 process vents. The owner or operator shall indicate 
    this decision in either the Notification of Compliance Status specified 
    in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart or in an operating permit application 
    or amendment.
        (ii) If the Group 2 process vent has a TRE value greater than or 
    equal to 1 as determined by the procedures in 40 CFR part 60 subpart 
    RRR, the process vent is required to comply only with the provisions 
    specified in paragraphs (d)(8)(ii)(A) through (d)(8)(ii)(D) of this 
    section.
        (A) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart RRR for applicability determination and the associated 
    recordkeeping and reporting;
        (B) The provisions in both this subpart and in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart RRR for process changes and recalculation of the TRE index 
    value and the associated recordkeeping and reporting;
        (C) If the provisions of both this subpart and 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart RRR require continuous monitoring of recovery device operating 
    parameters, the process vent is required to comply only with the 
    provisions that are specified in this subpart for continuous monitoring 
    of recovery device operating parameters and the associated testing, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping.
        (D) If only the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart RRR require 
    continuous monitoring of recovery device operating parameters, the 
    process vent is required to comply only with the provisions that are 
    specified in 40 CFR part 60 subpart RRR for continuous monitoring of 
    recovery device operating parameters and the associated testing, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping.
        (9) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, if an owner or operator of a process vent subject to 
    this subpart that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart RRR elects to control the process vent to the levels required 
    in Sec. 63.113(a)(1) or (a)(2) of this subpart without calculating the 
    TRE index value for the vent according to the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.115(d) of this subpart then the owner or operator shall comply 
    with the testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions 
    of this subpart and shall be exempt from the testing, monitoring, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping provisions of 40 CFR part 60 subpart RRR.
        (e) Overlap with other regulations for wastewater.
        (1) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, a Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream that is also 
    subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart FF is required to 
    comply with the provisions of both this subpart and 40 CFR part 61 
    subpart FF.
        (2) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, the owner or operator of any Group 1 or Group 2 
    wastewater stream that is also subject to provisions in 40 CFR parts 
    260 through 272 shall comply with the requirements of either paragraph 
    (e)(2)(i) or (e)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (i) For each Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream, the owner or 
    operator shall comply with the more stringent control requirements 
    (e.g., waste management units, numerical treatment standards, etc.) and 
    the more stringent testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting 
    requirements that overlap between the provisions of this subpart and 
    the provisions of 40 CFR parts 260 through 272. The owner or operator 
    shall keep a record of the information used to determine which 
    requirements were the most stringent and shall submit this information 
    if requested by the Administrator; or
        (ii) The owner or operator shall submit as part of the 
    Implementation Plan required by Sec. 63.151(c) of this subpart or as 
    part of an operating permit application a request for a case-by-case 
    determination of requirements. The request shall include the 
    information specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)(A) and (e)(2)(ii)(B) of 
    this section.
        (A) Identification of the wastewater streams that are subject to 
    this subpart and to provisions in 40 CFR parts 260 through 272, 
    determination of the Group 1/Group 2 status of those streams, 
    determination of whether or not those streams are listed or exhibit a 
    characteristic as specified in 40 CFR part 261, and determination of 
    whether the waste management unit is subject to permitting under 40 CFR 
    part 270.
        (B) Identification of the specific control requirements (e.g., 
    waste management units, numerical treatment standards, etc.) and 
    testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements that 
    overlap between the provisions of this subpart and the provisions of 40 
    CFR parts 260 through 272.
        (f) Overlap with the Vinyl Chloride NESHAP.
        (1) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, the owner or operator of any Group 1 process vent that 
    is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart F shall 
    comply only with the provisions of this subpart.
        (2) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, the owner or operator of any Group 2 process vent that 
    is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart F shall 
    comply with the provisions specified in either paragraph (f)(2)(i) or 
    (f)(2)(ii) of this subpart.
        (i) If the process vent is already controlled by a combustion 
    device meeting the requirements of 40 CFR part 61 subpart F, then the 
    owner or operator shall comply with either the associated testing, 
    monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions for Group 1 process 
    vents in this subpart or the testing, monitoring, reporting, and 
    recordkeeping provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart F. The owner or 
    operator shall indicate this decision in either the Notification of 
    Compliance Status specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart or in an 
    operating permit application or amendment.
        (ii) If the process vent is not already controlled by a combustion 
    device, then the owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of 
    both this subpart and 40 CFR part 61 subpart F.
        (3) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, if an owner or operator of a process vent subject to 
    this subpart that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 61 
    subpart F elects to control the process vent to the levels required in 
    Sec. 63.113(a)(1) or (a)(2) of this subpart without calculating the TRE 
    index value for the vent according to the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.115(d) of this subpart then the owner or operator shall comply 
    with the testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping provisions 
    of this subpart and shall be exempt from the testing, monitoring, 
    reporting, and recordkeeping provisions of 40 CFR part 61 subpart F.
        (4) After the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart 
    F of this part, the owner or operator of a Group 1 or Group 2 
    wastewater stream that is also subject to the provisions of 40 CFR part 
    61 subpart F shall comply with the provisions of either paragraph 
    (f)(4)(i) or (f)(4)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of both 
    this subpart and 40 CFR part 61 subpart F or
        (ii) The owner or operator may submit, as part of the 
    Implementation Plan required by Sec. 63.151(c) of this subpart or as 
    part of an operating permit application, information demonstrating how 
    compliance with 40 CFR part 61 subpart F will also ensure compliance 
    with this subpart. The information shall include a description of the 
    testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping that will be 
    performed.
    
    
    Sec. 63.111  Definitions.
    
        All terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning given them in 
    the Act, in subpart F of this part, and in this section, as follows.
        Air oxidation reactor means a device or vessel in which air, or a 
    combination of air and oxygen, is used as an oxygen source in 
    combination with one or more organic reactants to produce one or more 
    organic compounds. Air oxidation reactor includes the product separator 
    and any associated vacuum pump or steam jet.
        Automated monitoring and recording system means any means of 
    measuring values of monitored parameters and creating a hard copy or 
    computer record of the measured values that does not require manual 
    reading of monitoring instruments and manual transcription of data 
    values. Automated monitoring and recording systems include, but are not 
    limited to, computerized systems and strip charts.
        Average concentration, as used in the wastewater provisions, means 
    the flow-weighted annual average concentration, as determined according 
    to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(b) of this subpart.
        Average flow rate, as used in the wastewater provisions, means the 
    annual average flow rate, as determined according to the procedures 
    specified in Sec. 63.144(e) of this subpart.
        Batch operation means a noncontinuous operation in which a discrete 
    quantity or batch of feed is charged into a chemical manufacturing 
    process unit and distilled or reacted at one time. Batch operation 
    includes noncontinuous operations in which the equipment is fed 
    intermittently or discontinuously. Addition of raw material and 
    withdrawal of product do not occur simultaneously in a batch operation. 
    After each batch operation, the equipment is generally emptied before a 
    fresh batch is started.
        Boiler means any enclosed combustion device that extracts useful 
    energy in the form of steam and is not an incinerator.
        By compound means by individual stream components, not carbon 
    equivalents.
        Car-seal means a seal that is placed on a device that is used to 
    change the position of a valve (e.g., from opened to closed) in such a 
    way that the position of the valve cannot be changed without breaking 
    the seal.
        Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the 
    atmosphere and is composed of piping, ductwork, connections, and, if 
    necessary, flow inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from an 
    emission point to a control device or back into the process.
        Combustion device means an individual unit of equipment, such as a 
    flare, incinerator, process heater, or boiler, used for the combustion 
    of organic hazardous air pollutant vapors.
        Container, as used in the wastewater provisions, means any portable 
    waste management unit that has a capacity greater than or equal to 0.1 
    m3 in which a material is stored, transported, treated, or 
    otherwise handled. Examples of containers are drums, barrels, tank 
    trucks, barges, dumpsters, tank cars, dump trucks, and ships.
        Continuous record means documentation, either in hard copy or 
    computer readable form, of data values measured at least once every 15 
    minutes and recorded at the frequency specified in Sec. 63.152(f) of 
    this subpart.
        Continuous recorder means a data recording device that either 
    records an instantaneous data value at least once every 15 minutes or 
    records 15-minute or more frequent block average values.
        Continuous seal means a seal that forms a continuous closure that 
    completely covers the space between the wall of the storage vessel and 
    the edge of the floating roof. A continuous seal may be a vapor-
    mounted, liquid-mounted, or metallic shoe seal.
        Continuous vapor processing system means a vapor processing system 
    that treats total organic compound vapors collected from tank trucks or 
    railcars on a demand basis without intermediate accumulation in a vapor 
    holder.
        Control device means any equipment used for recovering or oxidizing 
    organic hazardous air pollutant vapors. Such equipment includes, but is 
    not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, incinerators, 
    flares, boilers, and process heaters. For process vents, recovery 
    devices are not considered control devices and for a steam stripper, a 
    primary condenser is not considered a control device.
        Cover, as used in the wastewater provisions, means a device or 
    system which is placed on or over a waste management unit containing 
    wastewater or residuals so that the entire surface area is enclosed and 
    sealed to minimize air emissions. A cover may have openings necessary 
    for operation, inspection, and maintenance of the waste management unit 
    such as access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge wells provided that 
    each opening is closed and sealed when not in use. Examples of covers 
    include a fixed roof installed on a wastewater tank, a lid installed on 
    a container, and an air-supported enclosure installed over a waste 
    management unit.
        Distillate receiver means overhead receivers, overhead 
    accumulators, reflux drums, and condenser(s) including ejector-
    condenser(s) associated with a distillation unit.
        Distillation unit means a device or vessel in which one or more 
    feed streams are separated into two or more exit streams, each exit 
    stream having component concentrations different from those in the feed 
    stream(s). The separation is achieved by the redistribution of the 
    components between the liquid and the vapor phases by vaporization and 
    condensation as they approach equilibrium within the distillation unit. 
    Distillation unit includes the distillate receiver, reboiler, and any 
    associated vacuum pump or steam jet.
        Duct work means a conveyance system that does not meet the 
    definition of hard-piping.
        External floating roof means a pontoon-type or double-deck-type 
    cover that rests on the liquid surface in a storage vessel or waste 
    management unit with no fixed roof.
        Fill or filling means the introduction of organic hazardous air 
    pollutant into a storage vessel or the introduction of a wastewater 
    stream or residual into a waste management unit, but not necessarily to 
    complete capacity.
        First attempt at repair means to take action for the purpose of 
    stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to the atmosphere.
        Fixed roof means a cover that is mounted on a waste management unit 
    or storage vessel in a stationary manner and that does not move with 
    fluctuations in liquid level.
        Flame zone means the portion of the combustion chamber in a boiler 
    occupied by the flame envelope.
        Floating roof means a cover consisting of a double deck, pontoon 
    single deck, internal floating cover or covered floating roof, which 
    rests upon and is supported by the liquid being contained, and is 
    equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the 
    roof edge and waste management unit or storage vessel wall.
        Flow indicator means a device which indicates whether gas flow is 
    present in a line.
        Group 1 process vent means a process vent for which the flow rate 
    is greater than or equal to 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute, the 
    total organic HAP concentration is greater than or equal to 50 parts 
    per million by volume, and the total resource effectiveness index 
    value, calculated according to Sec. 63.115 of this subpart, is less 
    than or equal to 1.0.
        Group 2 process vent means a process vent for which the flow rate 
    is less than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute, the total organic 
    HAP concentration is less than 50 parts per million by volume or the 
    total resource effectiveness index value, calculated according to 
    Sec. 63.115 of this subpart, is greater than 1.0.
        Group 1 storage vessel means a storage vessel that meets the 
    criteria for design storage capacity and stored-liquid maximum true 
    vapor pressure specified in table 5 of this subpart for storage vessels 
    at existing sources, and in table 6 of this subpart for storage vessels 
    at new sources.
        Group 2 storage vessel means a storage vessel that does not meet 
    the definition of a Group 1 storage vessel.
        Group 1 transfer rack means a transfer rack that annually loads 
    greater than or equal to 0.65 million liter of liquid products that 
    contain organic hazardous air pollutants with a rack weighted average 
    vapor pressure greater than or equal to 10.3 kilopascals.
        Group 2 transfer rack means a transfer rack that does not meet the 
    definition of Group 1 transfer rack.
        Group 1 wastewater stream means a process wastewater stream from a 
    process unit at an existing or new source with a total volatile organic 
    hazardous air pollutant average concentration greater than or equal to 
    10,000 parts per million by weight of compounds listed in table 9 of 
    this subpart at any flowrate; or a process wastewater stream from a 
    process unit at an existing or new source that has an average flow rate 
    greater than or equal to 10 liters per minute and a total volatile 
    organic hazardous air pollutant average concentration greater than or 
    equal to 1,000 parts per million by weight. A process wastewater stream 
    from a process unit at a new source that has an average flow rate 
    greater than or equal to 0.02 liter per minute and an average 
    concentration of 10 parts per million by weight or greater of any one 
    of the compounds listed in table 8 of this subpart is also considered a 
    Group 1 wastewater stream. Average flow rate and total volatile organic 
    hazardous air pollutant average concentration are determined for the 
    point of generation of each process wastewater stream.
        Group 2 wastewater stream means any process wastewater stream that 
    does not meet the definition of a Group 1 wastewater stream.
        Halogenated vent stream or halogenated stream means a vent stream 
    from a process vent or transfer operation determined to have a mass 
    emission rate of halogen atoms contained in organic compounds of 0.45 
    kilograms per hour or greater determined by the procedures presented in 
    Sec. 63.115(d)(2)(v) of this subpart.
        Halogens and hydrogen halides means hydrogen chloride (HCl), 
    chlorine (Cl2), hydrogen bromide (HBr), bromine (Br2), and 
    hydrogen fluoride (HF).
        Hard-piping means tubing that is manufactured and properly 
    installed using good engineering judgement and standards, such as ANSI 
    B31-3.
        Incinerator means an enclosed combustion device that is used for 
    destroying organic compounds. Auxiliary fuel may be used to heat waste 
    gas to combustion temperatures. Any energy recovery section present is 
    not physically formed into one manufactured or assembled unit with the 
    combustion section; rather, the energy recovery section is a separate 
    section following the combustion section and the two are joined by 
    ducts or connections carrying flue gas. The above energy recovery 
    section limitation does not apply to an energy recovery section used 
    solely to permit the incoming vent stream or combustion air.
        Individual drain system means the system used to convey wastewater 
    streams from a process unit, product storage tank, feed storage tank, 
    or waste management unit to a waste management unit. The term includes 
    all process drains and junction boxes, together with their associated 
    sewer lines and other junction boxes, manholes, sumps, and lift 
    stations, down to the receiving waste management unit. A segregated 
    stormwater sewer system, which is a drain and collection system 
    designed and operated for the sole purpose of collecting rainfall-
    runoff at a facility, and which is segregated from all other individual 
    drain systems, is excluded from this definition.
        Intermittent vapor processing system means a vapor processing 
    system that employs an intermediate vapor holder to accumulate total 
    organic compound vapors collected from tank trucks or railcars, and 
    treats the accumulated vapors only during automatically controlled 
    cycles.
        Internal floating roof means a cover that rests or floats on the 
    liquid surface (but not necessarily in complete contact with it) inside 
    a storage vessel or waste management unit that has a permanently 
    affixed roof.
        Junction box means a manhole or access point to a wastewater sewer 
    system line or a lift station.
        Liquid-mounted seal means a foam- or liquid-filled seal mounted in 
    contact with the liquid between the wall of the storage vessel or waste 
    management unit and the floating roof. The seal is mounted continuously 
    around the circumference of the vessel or unit.
        Loading cycle means the time period from the beginning of filling a 
    tank truck or railcar until flow to the control device ceases, as 
    measured by the flow indicator.
        Loading rack means a single system used to fill tank trucks and 
    railcars at a single geographic site. Loading equipment and operations 
    that are physically separate (i.e., do not share common piping, valves, 
    and other equipment) are considered to be separate loading racks.
        Mass flow rate, as used in the wastewater provisions, means the 
    mass of a constituent in a wastewater stream, determined by multiplying 
    the average concentration of that constituent in the wastewater stream 
    by the annual volumetric flow rate and density of the wastewater 
    stream.
        Maximum true vapor pressure means the equilibrium partial pressure 
    exerted by the total organic HAP's in the stored or transferred liquid 
    at the temperature equal to the highest calendar-month average of the 
    liquid storage or transfer temperature for liquids stored or 
    transferred above or below the ambient temperature or at the local 
    maximum monthly average temperature as reported by the National Weather 
    Service for liquids stored or transferred at the ambient temperature, 
    as determined:
        (1) In accordance with methods described in American Petroleum 
    Institute Publication 2517, Evaporative Loss From External Floating-
    Roof Tanks (incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 63.14 of 
    subpart A of this part); or
        (2) As obtained from standard reference texts; or
        (3) As determined by the American Society for Testing and Materials 
    Method D2879-83 (incorporated by reference as specified in Sec. 63.14 
    of subpart A of this part); or
        (4) Any other method approved by the Administrator.
        Metallic shoe seal or mechanical shoe seal means a metal sheet that 
    is held vertically against the wall of the storage vessel by springs, 
    weighted levers, or other mechanisms and is connected to the floating 
    roof by braces or other means. A flexible coated fabric (envelope) 
    spans the annular space between the metal sheet and the floating roof.
        Non-automated monitoring and recording system means manual reading 
    of values measured by monitoring instruments and manual transcription 
    of those values to create a record. Non-automated systems do not 
    include strip charts.
        Oil-water separator or organic-water separator means a waste 
    management unit, generally a tank used to separate oil or organics from 
    water. An oil-water or organic-water separator consists of not only the 
    separation unit but also the forebay and other separator basins, 
    skimmers, weirs, grit chambers, sludge hoppers, and bar screens that 
    are located directly after the individual drain system and prior to 
    additional treatment units such as an air flotation unit, clarifier, or 
    biological treatment unit. Examples of an oil-water or organic-water 
    separator include, but are not limited to, an American Petroleum 
    Institute separator, parallel-plate interceptor, and corrugated-plate 
    interceptor with the associated ancillary equipment.
        Operating permit means a permit required by 40 CFR part 70 or part 
    71.
        Organic hazardous air pollutant or organic HAP means any of the 
    chemicals listed in table 2 of subpart F of this part.
        Organic monitoring device means a unit of equipment used to 
    indicate the concentration level of organic compounds exiting a 
    recovery device based on a detection principle such as infra-red, 
    photoionization, or thermal conductivity.
        Point of generation means the location where process wastewater 
    exits the process unit equipment.
    
        [Note: The regulation allows determination of the 
    characteristics of a wastewater stream (1) at the point of 
    generation or (2) downstream of the point of generation if 
    corrections are made for changes in flow rate and VOHAP 
    concentration. Such changes include losses by air emissions; 
    reduction of VOHAP concentration or changes in flow rate by mixing 
    with other water or wastewater streams; and reduction in flow rate 
    or VOHAP concentration by treating or otherwise handling the 
    wastewater stream to remove or destroy HAP's.]
    
        Primary fuel means the fuel that provides the principal heat input 
    to the device. To be considered primary, the fuel must be able to 
    sustain operation without the addition of other fuels.
        Process heater means a device that transfers heat liberated by 
    burning fuel directly to process streams or to heat transfer liquids 
    other than water.
        Process unit has the same meaning as chemical manufacturing process 
    unit as defined in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F of this part and means the 
    equipment assembled and connected by pipes or ducts to process raw 
    materials and to manufacture an intended product. For the purpose of 
    this subpart, process unit or chemical manufacturing process unit 
    includes air oxidation reactors and their associated product separators 
    and recovery devices; reactors and their associated product separators 
    and recovery devices; distillation units and their associated 
    distillate receivers and recovery devices; associated unit operations 
    (as defined in this section); and any feed, intermediate and product 
    storage vessels, product transfer racks, and connected ducts and 
    piping. A chemical manufacturing process unit includes pumps, 
    compressors, agitators, pressure relief devices, sampling connection 
    systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, 
    instrumentation systems, and control devices or systems. A chemical 
    manufacturing process unit is identified by its primary product.
        Process wastewater stream means a stream that contains process 
    wastewater as defined in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F of this part.
        Product separator means phase separators, flash drums, knock-out 
    drums, decanters, degassers, and condenser(s) including ejector-
    condenser(s) associated with a reactor or an air oxidation reactor.
        Product tank, as used in the wastewater provisions, means a 
    stationary unit that is designed to contain an accumulation of 
    materials that are fed to or produced by a process unit, and is 
    constructed primarily of non-earthen materials (e.g., wood, concrete, 
    steel, plastic) which provide structural support. This term has the 
    same meaning as a product storage vessel.
        Product tank drawdown means any material or mixture of materials 
    discharged from a product tank for the purpose of removing water or 
    other contaminants from the product tank.
        Rack-weighted average partial pressure means the throughput 
    weighted average of the average maximum true vapor pressure of liquids 
    containing organic HAP's transferred at a transfer rack. The rack-
    weighted average partial pressure shall be calculated using the 
    equation below:
    
    TR22AP94.200
    
    where:
    
    P=Rack-weighted average partial pressure, kilopascals.
    Pi=Individual HAP maximum true vapor pressure, kilopascals.
    Gi=Yearly volume of individual organic HAP transferred at the 
    rack, liters.
    
        Reactor means a device or vessel in which one or more chemicals or 
    reactants, other than air, are combined or decomposed in such a way 
    that their molecular structures are altered and one or more new organic 
    compounds are formed. Reactor includes the product separator and any 
    associated vacuum pump or steam jet.
        Recovery device means an individual unit of equipment capable of 
    and used for the purpose of recovering chemicals for use, reuse, or 
    sale. Recovery devices include, but are not limited to, absorbers, 
    carbon adsorbers, and condensers.
        Relief valve means a valve used only to release an unplanned, 
    nonroutine discharge. A relief valve discharge can result from an 
    operator error, a malfunction such as a power failure or equipment 
    failure, or other unexpected cause that requires immediate venting of 
    gas from process equipment in order to avoid safety hazards or 
    equipment damage.
        Reference control technology for process vents means a combustion 
    device used to reduce organic HAP emissions by 98 percent, or to an 
    outlet concentration of 20 parts per million by volume.
        Reference control technology for storage vessels means an internal 
    floating roof meeting the specifications of Sec. 63.119(b) of this 
    subpart, an external floating roof meeting the specifications of 
    Sec. 63.119(c) of this subpart, an external floating roof converted to 
    an internal floating roof meeting the specifications of Sec. 63.119(d) 
    of this subpart, or a closed-vent system to a control device achieving 
    95-percent reduction in organic HAP emissions. For purposes of 
    emissions averaging, these four technologies are considered equivalent.
        Reference control technology for transfer racks means a combustion 
    device or recovery device used to reduce organic HAP emissions by 98 
    percent, or to an outlet concentration of 20 parts per million by 
    volume; or a vapor balancing system.
        Reference control technology for wastewater means the use of: (1) 
    Controls specified in Sec. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137;
        (2) A steam stripper meeting the specifications of Sec. 63.138(g) 
    of this subpart or any of the other alternative control measures 
    specified in Sec. 63.138 (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this subpart; and
        (3) A control device to reduce by 95 percent (or to an outlet 
    concentration of 20 parts per million by volume for combustion devices) 
    the organic HAP emissions in the vapor streams vented from wastewater 
    tanks, oil-water separators, containers, surface impoundments, 
    individual drain systems, and treatment processes (including the design 
    steam stripper) managing wastewater.
        Residual means any HAP-containing water or organic that is removed 
    from a wastewater stream by a waste management unit or treatment 
    process that does not destroy organics (nondestructive unit). Examples 
    of residuals from nondestructive wastewater management units are: The 
    organic layer and bottom residue removed by a decanter or organic-water 
    separator and the overheads from a steam stripper or air stripper. 
    Examples of materials which are not residuals are: Silt; mud; leaves; 
    bottoms from a steam stripper or air stripper; and sludges, ash, or 
    other materials removed from wastewater being treated by destructive 
    devices such as biological treatment units and incinerators.
        Secondary fuel means a fuel fired through a burner other than the 
    primary fuel burner that provides supplementary heat in addition to the 
    heat provided by the primary fuel.
        Sewer line means a lateral, trunk line, branch line, or other 
    conduit including, but not limited to, grates, trenches, etc., used to 
    convey wastewater streams or residuals to a downstream waste management 
    unit.
        Simultaneous loading means, for a shared control device, loading of 
    organic HAP materials from more than one transfer arm at the same time 
    such that the beginning and ending times of loading cycles coincide or 
    overlap and there is no interruption in vapor flow to the shared 
    control device.
        Single-seal system means a floating roof having one continuous seal 
    that completely covers the space between the wall of the storage vessel 
    and the edge of the floating roof. This seal may be a vapor-mounted, 
    liquid-mounted, or metallic shoe seal.
        Specific gravity monitoring device means a unit of equipment used 
    to monitor specific gravity and having an accuracy of 0.02 
    specific gravity units.
        Steam jet ejector means a steam nozzle which discharges a high-
    velocity jet across a suction chamber that is connected to the 
    equipment to be evacuated.
        Surface impoundment means a waste management unit which is a 
    natural topographic depression, manmade excavation, or diked area 
    formed primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with 
    manmade materials), which is designed to hold an accumulation of liquid 
    wastes or waste containing free liquids. A surface impoundment is used 
    for the purpose of treating, storing, or disposing of wastewater or 
    residuals, and is not an injection well. Examples of surface 
    impoundments are equalization, settling, and aeration pits, ponds, and 
    lagoons.
        Temperature monitoring device means a unit of equipment used to 
    monitor temperature and having an accuracy of 1 percent of 
    the temperature being monitored expressed in degrees Celsius or 
    0.5 degrees Celsius ( deg.C), whichever is greater.
        The 33/50 program means a voluntary pollution prevention initiative 
    established and administered by the EPA to encourage emissions 
    reductions of 17 chemicals emitted in large volumes by industrial 
    facilities. The EPA Document Number 741-K-92-001 provides more 
    information about the 33/50 program.
        Total organic compounds or TOC, as used in the process vents 
    provisions, means those compounds measured according to the procedures 
    of Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
        Total volatile organic hazardous air pollutant concentration means 
    the sum of the concentrations of all individually-speciated organic 
    HAP's, as measured by Method 305 in appendix A of this part.
        Total resource effectiveness index value or TRE index value means a 
    measure of the supplemental total resource requirement per unit 
    reduction of organic HAP associated with a process vent stream, based 
    on vent stream flow rate, emission rate of organic HAP, net heating 
    value, and corrosion properties (whether or not the vent stream 
    contains halogenated compounds), as quantified by the equations given 
    under Sec. 63.115 of this subpart.
        Treatment process means a specific technique that removes or 
    destroys the organics in a wastewater or residual stream such as a 
    steam stripping unit, thin-film evaporation unit, waste incinerator, 
    biological treatment unit, or any other process applied to wastewater 
    streams or residuals to comply with Sec. 63.138 of this subpart. Most 
    treatment processes are conducted in tanks. Treatment processes are a 
    subset of waste management units.
        Vapor collection system, as used in the transfer provisions, means 
    the equipment used to collect and transport organic HAP vapors 
    displaced during the loading of tank trucks or railcars. This does not 
    include the vapor collection system that is part of any tank truck or 
    railcar vapor collection manifold system.
        Vapor-mounted seal means a continuous seal that completely covers 
    the annular space between the wall of the storage vessel or waste 
    management unit and the edge of the floating roof and is mounted such 
    that there is a vapor space between the stored liquid and the bottom of 
    the seal.
        Vent stream, as used in the process vent provisions, means a 
    process vent as defined in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F of this part.
        Volatile organic concentration or VO concentration refers to the 
    concentration of organic compounds (including both HAP and non-HAP 
    organic compounds) in a wastewater stream that is measured by Method 
    25D, as found in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
        Volatile organic hazardous air pollutant concentration or VOHAP 
    concentration means the concentration of an individually-speciated 
    organic HAP in a wastewater stream or a residual that is measured by 
    Method 305 in appendix A of this part.
        Waste management unit means any component, piece of equipment, 
    structure, or transport mechanism used in conveying, storing, treating, 
    or disposing of wastewater streams or residuals. Examples of waste 
    management units include wastewater tanks, air flotation units, surface 
    impoundments, containers, oil-water or organic-water separators, 
    individual drain systems, biological treatment units, waste 
    incinerators, and organic removal devices such as decanters, steam and 
    air stripper units, and thin-film evaporation units.
        Wastewater stream means a stream that contains only wastewater as 
    defined in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F of this part.
        Wastewater tank means a stationary waste management unit that is 
    designed to contain an accumulation of wastewater or residuals and is 
    constructed primarily of non-earthen materials (e.g., wood, concrete, 
    steel, plastic) which provide structural support. Wastewater tanks used 
    for flow equalization are included in this definition.
        Water seal controls means a seal pot, p-leg trap, or other type of 
    trap filled with water (e.g, flooded sewers that maintain water levels 
    adequate to prevent air flow through the system) that creates a water 
    barrier between the sewer line and the atmosphere. The water level of 
    the seal must be maintained in the vertical leg of a drain in order to 
    be considered a water seal.
    
    
    Sec. 63.112   Emission standard.
    
        (a) The owner or operator of an existing source subject to the 
    requirements of this subpart shall control emissions of organic HAP's 
    to the level represented by the following equation:
    
    EA = 0.02EPV1 + EPV2 + 
    0.05ES1 + ES2 + 0.02ETR1 + 
    ETR2 + EWW1C + EWW2
    
    where:
    
    EA = Emission rate, megagrams per year, allowed for the source.
    0.02EPV1 = Sum of the residual emissions, megagrams per 
    year, from all Group 1 process vents, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
    subpart.
    EPV2 = Sum of the emissions, megagrams per year, from all 
    Group 2 process vents as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.
    0.05ES1 = Sum of the residual emissions, megagrams per 
    year, from all Group 1 storage vessels, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of 
    this subpart.
    ES2 = Sum of the emissions, megagrams per year, from all 
    Group 2 storage vessels, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.
    0.02ETR1 = Sum of the residual emissions, megagrams per 
    year, from all Group 1 transfer racks, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of 
    this subpart.
    ETR2 = Sum of the emissions, megagrams per year, from all 
    Group 2 transfer racks, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.
    EWW1C = Sum of the residual emissions from all Group 1 
    wastewater streams, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart. This 
    term is calculated for each Group 1 stream according to the equation 
    for EWW1C in Sec. 63.150(g)(5)(i) of this subpart.
    EWW2 = Sum of emissions from all Group 2 wastewater 
    streams, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.
    
    The emissions level represented by this equation is dependent on the 
    collection of emission points in the source. The level is not fixed and 
    can change as the emissions from each emission point change or as the 
    number of emission points in the source changes.
        (b) The owner or operator of a new source subject to the 
    requirements of this subpart shall control emissions of organic HAP's 
    to the level represented by the equation in paragraph (a) of this 
    section.
        (c) The owner or operator of an existing source shall demonstrate 
    compliance with the emission standard in paragraph (a) of this section 
    by following the procedures specified in paragraph (e) of this section 
    for all emission points, or by following the emissions averaging 
    compliance approach specified in paragraph (f) of this section for some 
    emission points and the procedures specified in paragraph (e) of this 
    section for all other emission points within the source.
        (d) The owner or operator of a new source shall demonstrate 
    compliance with the emission standard in paragraph (b) of this section 
    only by following the procedures in paragraph (e) of this section. The 
    owner or operator of a new source may not use the emissions averaging 
    compliance approach.
        (e) The owner or operator of an existing or new source may comply 
    with the process vent provisions in Secs. 63.113 through 63.118 of this 
    subpart, the storage vessel provisions in Secs. 63.119 through 63.123 
    of this subpart, the transfer operation provisions in Secs. 63.126 
    through 63.130 of this subpart, the wastewater provisions in 
    Secs. 63.131 through 63.147 of this subpart, and the leak inspection 
    provisions in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (1) The owner or operator using this compliance approach shall also 
    comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.151 and Sec. 63.152 of this 
    subpart, as applicable.
        (2) The owner or operator using this compliance approach is not 
    required to calculate the annual emission rate specified in paragraph 
    (a) of this section.
        (f) The owner or operator of an existing source may elect to 
    control some of the emission points within the source to different 
    levels than specified under Secs. 63.113 through 63.148 of this subpart 
    by using an emissions averaging compliance approach as long as the 
    overall emissions for the source do not exceed the emission level 
    specified in paragraph (a) of this section. The owner or operator using 
    emissions averaging must meet the requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) and 
    (f)(2) of this section.
        (1) Calculate emission debits and credits for those emission points 
    involved in the emissions average as specified in Sec. 63.150 of this 
    subpart; and
        (2) Comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.151 and Sec. 63.152 of 
    this subpart, as applicable.
        (g) A State may restrict the owner or operator of an existing 
    source to using only the procedures in paragraph (e) of this section to 
    comply with the emission standard in paragraph (a) of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.113  Process vent provisions--reference control technology.
    
        (a) The owner or operator of a Group 1 process vent as defined in 
    subpart F of this part and in this subpart shall comply with the 
    requirements of paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section.
        (1) Reduce emissions of organic HAP using a flare.
        (i) The flare shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b) 
    of subpart A of this part.
        (ii) Halogenated vent streams, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
    subpart, shall not be vented to a flare.
        (2) Reduce emissions of total organic HAP by 98 weight-percent or 
    to a concentration of 20 parts per million by volume, on a dry basis, 
    corrected to 3 percent oxygen, whichever is less stringent. Compliance 
    can be determined by measuring either organic HAP or TOC using the 
    procedures in Sec. 63.116 of this subpart.
        (3) Achieve and maintain a TRE index value greater than 1.0 at the 
    outlet of the final recovery device, or prior to release of the vent 
    stream to the atmosphere if no recovery device is present. In this 
    case, the vent shall comply with the provisions for a Group 2 process 
    vent specified in either paragraph (d) or (e) of this section, 
    whichever is applicable.
        (b) If a boiler or process heater is used to comply with the 
    percent reduction requirement or concentration limit specified in 
    paragraph (a)(2) of this section, then the vent stream shall be 
    introduced into the flame zone of such a device.
        (c) Halogenated Group 1 process vent streams that are combusted 
    shall be controlled according to paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this 
    section.
        (1) If a combustion device is used to comply with paragraph (a)(2) 
    of this section for a halogenated vent stream, then the vent stream 
    shall be ducted from the combustion device to an additional control 
    device, including but not limited to a scrubber, before it is 
    discharged to the atmosphere.
        (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, the 
    additional control device shall reduce overall emissions of hydrogen 
    halides and halogens, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, by 99 
    percent or shall reduce the outlet mass of total hydrogen halides and 
    halogens to less than 0.45 kilogram per hour, whichever is less 
    stringent.
        (ii) If a scrubber or other halogen control device was installed 
    prior to December 31, 1992, the control device shall reduce overall 
    emissions of hydrogen halides and halogens, as defined in Sec. 63.111 
    of this subpart, by 95 percent or shall reduce the outlet mass of total 
    hydrogen halides and halogens to less than 0.45 kilograms per hour, 
    whichever is less stringent.
        (2) A control device, such as a scrubber, or other technique may be 
    used to reduce the vent stream halogen atom mass emission rate to less 
    than 0.45 kilogram per hour prior to any combustion control device, and 
    thus make the vent stream nonhalogenated; the vent stream must comply 
    with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.
        (d) The owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent having a flow 
    rate greater than or equal to 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute, a 
    HAP concentration greater than or equal to 50 parts per million by 
    volume, and a TRE index value greater than 1.0 but less than or equal 
    to 4.0 shall maintain a TRE index value greater than 1.0 and shall 
    comply with the monitoring of recovery device parameters in 
    Sec. 63.114(b) or (c) of this subpart, the TRE index calculations of 
    Sec. 63.115 of this subpart, and the applicable reporting and 
    recordkeeping provisions of Secs. 63.117 and 63.118 of this subpart. 
    Such owner or operator is not subject to any other provisions of 
    Secs. 63.114 through 63.118 of this subpart.
        (e) The owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent with a TRE 
    index greater than 4.0 shall maintain a TRE index value greater than 
    4.0, comply with the provisions for calculation of TRE index in 
    Sec. 63.115 of this subpart and the reporting and recordkeeping 
    provisions in Sec. 63.117(b) of this subpart, Sec. 63.118(c) of this 
    subpart, and Sec. 63.118(h) of this subpart, and is not subject to 
    monitoring or any other provisions of Secs. 63.114 through 63.118 of 
    this subpart.
        (f) The owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent with a flow 
    rate less than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute shall maintain a 
    flow rate less than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute; comply with 
    the Group determination procedures in Sec. 63.115 (a), (b), and (e) of 
    this subpart; and the reporting and recordkeeping requirements in 
    Sec. 63.117(c) of this subpart, Sec. 63.118(d) of this subpart, and 
    Sec. 63.118(i) of this subpart; and is not subject to monitoring or any 
    other provisions of Secs. 63.114 through 63.118 of this subpart.
        (g) The owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent with a 
    concentration less than 50 parts per million by volume shall maintain a 
    concentration less than 50 parts per million by volume; comply with the 
    Group determination procedures in Sec. 63.115 (a), (c), and (e) of this 
    subpart; the reporting and recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 63.117(d) 
    of this subpart, Sec. 63.118(e) of this subpart, and Sec. 63.118(j) of 
    this subpart; and is not subject to monitoring or any other provisions 
    of Secs. 63.114 through 63.118 of this subpart.
        (h) The owner or operator of a process vent complying with 
    paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section is not required to perform 
    the group determination described in Sec. 63.115 of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.114  Process vent provisions--monitoring requirements.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator of a process vent that uses a combustion 
    device to comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.113 (a)(1) or (a)(2) 
    of this subpart shall install monitoring equipment specified in 
    paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), or (a)(4) of this section, depending 
    on the type of combustion device used. All monitoring equipment shall 
    be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated according to 
    manufacturers specifications.
        (1) Where an incinerator is used, a temperature monitoring device 
    equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
        (i) Where an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is 
    used, a temperature monitoring device shall be installed in the firebox 
    or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox in a position 
    before any substantial heat exchange occurs.
        (ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature monitoring 
    devices shall be installed in the gas stream immediately before and 
    after the catalyst bed.
        (2) Where a flare is used, the following monitoring equipment is 
    required: A device (including but not limited to a thermocouple, ultra-
    violet beam sensor, or infrared sensor) capable of continuously 
    detecting the presence of a pilot flame.
        (3) Where a boiler or process heater of less than 44 megawatts 
    design heat input capacity is used, the following monitoring equipment 
    is required: A temperature monitoring device in the firebox equipped 
    with a continuous recorder. Any boiler or process heater in which all 
    vent streams are introduced with primary fuel or are used as the 
    primary fuel is exempt from this requirement.
        (4) Where a scrubber is used with an incinerator, boiler, or 
    process heater in the case of halogenated vent streams, the following 
    monitoring equipment is required for the scrubber.
        (i) A pH monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder 
    shall be installed to monitor the pH of the scrubber effluent.
        (ii) Flow meters equipped with continuous recorders shall be 
    located at the scrubber influent for liquid flow and the scrubber inlet 
    for gas stream flow.
        (b) Each owner or operator of a process vent with a TRE index value 
    greater than 1.0 as specified under Sec. 63.113(a)(3) or Sec. 63.113(d) 
    of this subpart, that uses one or more product recovery devices shall 
    install either an organic monitoring device equipped with a continuous 
    recorder or the monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (b)(1), 
    (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section, depending on the type of recovery 
    device used. All monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, 
    and maintained according to the manufacturers specifications. 
    Monitoring is not required for process vents with TRE index values 
    greater than 4.0 as specified in Sec. 63.113(e) of this subpart.
        (1) Where an absorber is the final recovery device in the recovery 
    system, a scrubbing liquid temperature monitoring device and a specific 
    gravity monitoring device, each equipped with a continuous recorder 
    shall be used;
        (2) Where a condenser is the final recovery device in the recovery 
    system, a condenser exit (product side) temperature monitoring device 
    equipped with a continuous recorder shall be used;
        (3) Where a carbon adsorber is the final recovery device in the 
    recovery system, an integrating regeneration stream flow monitoring 
    device having an accuracy of 10 percent, capable of 
    recording the total regeneration stream mass flow for each regeneration 
    cycle; and a carbon bed temperature monitoring device, capable of 
    recording the carbon bed temperature after each regeneration and within 
    15 minutes of completing any cooling cycle shall be used.
        (c) An owner or operator of a process vent may request approval to 
    monitor parameters other than those listed in paragraph (a) or (b) of 
    this section. The request shall be submitted according to the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.151(f) or Sec. 63.152(e) of this 
    subpart. Approval shall be requested if the owner or operator:
        (1) Uses a control device other than an incinerator, boiler, 
    process heater, or flare; or
        (2) Maintains a TRE greater than 1.0 but less than or equal to 4.0 
    without a recovery device or with a recovery device other than the 
    recovery devices listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section; or
        (3) Uses one of the control or recovery devices listed in 
    paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, but seeks to monitor a 
    parameter other than those specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
    section.
        (d) The owner or operator of a process vent using a vent system 
    that contains bypass lines that could divert a vent stream away from 
    the control device used to comply with Sec. 63.113 (a)(1) or (a)(2) of 
    this subpart shall comply with paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this 
    section. Equipment such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer 
    vents, open-ended valves or lines, and pressure relief valves needed 
    for safety purposes are not subject to this paragraph.
        (1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
    determines whether vent stream flow is present at least once every 15 
    minutes. Records shall be generated as specified in Sec. 63.118(a)(3) 
    of this subpart. The flow indicator shall be installed at the entrance 
    to any bypass line that could divert the vent stream away from the 
    control device to the atmosphere; or
        (2) Secure the bypass line valve in the closed position with a car-
    seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of the 
    seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month 
    to ensure that the valve is maintained in the closed position and the 
    vent stream is not diverted through the bypass line.
        (e) The owner or operator shall establish a range that indicates 
    proper operation of the control or recovery device for each parameter 
    monitored under paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section. In order 
    to establish the range, the information required in Sec. 63.152(b) of 
    this subpart shall be submitted in the Notification of Compliance 
    Status or the operating permit application or amendment.
    
    
    Sec. 63.115  Process vent provisions--methods and procedures for 
    process vent group determination.
    
        (a) For purposes of determining process vent stream flow rate, 
    total organic HAP or TOC concentration or TRE index value, as specified 
    under paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, the sampling site 
    shall be after the last product recovery device (if any recovery 
    devices are present) but prior to the inlet of any control device that 
    is present, prior to any dilution of the process vent stream, and prior 
    to release to the atmosphere.
        (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, 
    shall be used for selection of the sampling site.
        (2) No traverse site selection method is needed for vents smaller 
    than 0.10 meter in diameter.
        (b) To demonstrate that a process vent stream flow rate is less 
    than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute in accordance with the Group 
    2 process vent definition of this subpart, the owner or operator shall 
    measure flow rate by the following procedures:
        (1) The sampling site shall be selected as specified in paragraph 
    (a) of this section.
        (2) The gas volumetric flow rate shall be determined using Method 
    2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.
        (c) Each owner or operator seeking to demonstrate that a process 
    vent stream has an organic HAP concentration below 50 parts per million 
    by volume in accordance with the Group 2 process vent definition of 
    this subpart shall measure either total organic HAP or TOC 
    concentration using the following procedures:
        (1) The sampling site shall be selected as specified in paragraph 
    (a) of this section.
        (2) Method 18 or Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be 
    used to measure concentration; alternatively, any other method or data 
    that has been validated according to the protocol in Method 301 of 
    appendix A of this part may be used.
        (3) Where Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used, the 
    following procedures shall be used to calculate parts per million by 
    volume concentration:
        (i) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which 
    either an integrated sample or four grab samples shall be taken. If 
    grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at approximately 
    equal intervals in time, such as 15 minute intervals during the run.
        (ii) The concentration of either TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
    organic HAP shall be calculated according to paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) or 
    (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section as applicable.
        (A) The TOC concentration (CTOC) is the sum of the 
    concentrations of the individual components and shall be computed for 
    each run using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.201
    
    where:
    
    CTOC=Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane), dry basis, 
    parts per million by volume.
    Cji=Concentration of sample component j of the sample i, dry 
    basis, parts per million by volume.
    n=Number of components in the sample.
    x=Number of samples in the sample run.
    
        (B) The total organic HAP concentration (CHAP) shall be 
    computed according to the equation in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of this 
    section except that only the organic HAP species shall be summed. The 
    list of organic HAP's is provided in table 2 of subpart F of this part.
        (4) Where Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used, the 
    following procedures shall be used to calculate parts per million by 
    volume TOC concentration:
        (i) Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used only if 
    a single organic HAP compound is greater than 50 percent of total 
    organic HAP, by volume, in the process vent stream.
        (ii) The process vent stream composition may be determined by 
    either process knowledge, test data collected using an appropriate EPA 
    method or a method or data validated according to the protocol in 
    Method 301 of appendix A of this part. Examples of information that 
    could constitute process knowledge include calculations based on 
    material balances, process stoichiometry, or previous test results 
    provided the results are still relevant to the current process vent 
    stream conditions.
        (iii) The organic HAP used as the calibration gas for Method 25A of 
    40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be the single organic HAP compound 
    present at greater than 50 percent of the total organic HAP by volume.
        (iv) The span value for Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A 
    shall be 50 parts per million by volume.
        (v) Use of Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
    if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 
    times the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration 
    gas when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
        (vi) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that the concentration 
    of TOC including methane and ethane measured by Method 25A of 40 CFR 
    part 60, appendix A is below 25 parts per million by volume to be 
    considered a Group 2 vent with an organic HAP concentration below 50 
    parts per million by volume and to qualify for the low concentration 
    exclusion in Sec. 63.113(g) of this subpart.
        (d) To determine the TRE index value, the owner or operator shall 
    conduct a TRE determination and calculate the TRE index value according 
    to the procedures in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section and the 
    TRE equation in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
        (1) Engineering assessment may be used to determine process vent 
    stream flow rate, net heating value, TOC emission rate, and total 
    organic HAP emission rate for the representative operating condition 
    expected to yield the lowest TRE index value.
        (i) If the TRE value calculated using such engineering assessment 
    and the TRE equation in paragraph (d)(3) of this section is greater 
    than 4.0, then the owner or operator is not required to perform the 
    measurements specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
        (ii) If the TRE value calculated using such engineering assessment 
    and the TRE equation in paragraph (d)(3) of this section is less than 
    or equal to 4.0, then the owner or operator is required to perform the 
    measurements specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section for group 
    determination or consider the process vent a Group 1 vent and comply 
    with the emission reduction specified in Sec. 63.113(a) of this 
    subpart.
        (iii) Engineering assessment includes, but is not limited to, the 
    following:
        (A) Previous test results provided the tests are representative of 
    current operating practices at the process unit.
        (B) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data representative of the 
    process under representative operating conditions.
        (C) Maximum flow rate, TOC emission rate, organic HAP emission 
    rate, or net heating value limit specified or implied within a permit 
    limit applicable to the process vent.
        (D) Design analysis based on accepted chemical engineering 
    principles, measurable process parameters, or physical or chemical laws 
    or properties. Examples of analytical methods include, but are not 
    limited to:
        (1) Use of material balances based on process stoichiometry to 
    estimate maximum organic HAP concentrations,
        (2) Estimation of maximum flow rate based on physical equipment 
    design such as pump or blower capacities,
        (3) Estimation of TOC or organic HAP concentrations based on 
    saturation conditions,
        (4) Estimation of maximum expected net heating value based on the 
    stream concentration of each organic compound or, alternatively, as if 
    all TOC in the stream were the compound with the highest heating value.
        (E) All data, assumptions, and procedures used in the engineering 
    assessment shall be documented.
        (2) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, process 
    vent stream flow rate, net heating value, TOC emission rate, and total 
    organic HAP emission rate shall be measured and calculated according to 
    the procedures in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(v) of this 
    section and used as input to the TRE index value calculation in 
    paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
        (i) The vent stream volumetric flow rate (Qs), in standard 
    cubic meters per minute at 20  deg.C, shall be determined using Method 
    2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate. If the 
    vent stream tested passes through a final steam jet ejector and is not 
    condensed, the stream volumetric flow shall be corrected to 2.3 percent 
    moisture.
        (ii) The molar composition of the process vent stream, which is 
    used to calculate net heating value, shall be determined using the 
    following methods:
        (A) Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to measure the 
    concentration of each organic compound.
        (B) American Society for Testing and Materials D1946-77 to measure 
    the concentration of carbon monoxide and hydrogen.
        (C) Method 4 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to measure the moisture 
    content of the stack gas.
        (iii) The net heating value of the vent stream shall be calculated 
    using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.202
    
    where:
    
    HT=Net heating value of the sample, megaJoule per standard cubic 
    meter, where the net enthalpy per mole of vent stream is based on 
    combustion at 25  deg.C and 760 millimeters of mercury, but the 
    standard temperature for determining the volume corresponding to one 
    mole is 20  deg.C, as in the definition of Qs (vent stream flow 
    rate).
    Kl=Constant, 1.740 x 10-7 (parts per million)-1 (gram-
    mole per standard cubic meter) (megaJoule per kilocalorie), where 
    standard temperature for (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20 
    deg.C.
    Bws=Water vapor content of the vent stream, proportion by volume; 
    except that if the vent stream passes through a final steam jet and is 
    not condensed, it shall be assumed that Bws=0.023 in order to 
    correct to 2.3 percent moisture.
    Cj=Concentration on a dry basis of compound j in parts per 
    million, as measured for all organic compounds by Method 18 of 40 CFR 
    part 60, appendix A and measured for hydrogen and carbon monoxide by 
    American Society for Testing and Materials D1946-77 as indicated in 
    paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section.
    Hj=Net heat of combustion of compound j, kilocalorie per gram-
    mole, based on combustion at 25  deg.C and 760 millimeters mercury. The 
    heats of combustion of vent stream components shall be determined using 
    American Society for Testing and Materials D2382-76 if published values 
    are not available or cannot be calculated.
    
        (iv) The emission rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) 
    (ETOC) and the emission rate of total organic HAP (EHAP) in 
    the vent stream shall both be calculated using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.203
    
    where:
    
    E=Emission rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or emission rate of 
    total organic HAP in the sample, kilograms per hour.
    K2=Constant, 2.494 x 10-6 (parts per million)-1 (gram-
    mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/gram) (minutes/hour), where 
    standard temperature for (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 
    20 deg.C.
    Cj=Concentration on a dry basis of organic compound j in parts per 
    million as measured by Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A as 
    indicated in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section. If the TOC emission 
    rate is being calculated, Cj includes all organic compounds 
    measured minus methane and ethane; if the total organic HAP emission 
    rate is being calculated, only organic HAP compounds listed in table 2 
    in subpart F of this part are included.
    Mj=Molecular weight of organic compound j, gram/gram-mole.
    Qs=Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meter per minute, at 
    a temperature of 20 deg.C.
    
        (v) In order to determine whether a vent stream is halogenated, the 
    mass emission rate of halogen atoms contained in organic compounds 
    shall be calculated.
        (A) The vent stream concentration of each organic compound 
    containing halogen atoms (parts per million by volume, by compound) 
    shall be determined based on the following procedures:
        (1) Process knowledge that no halogen or hydrogen halides are 
    present in the process, or
        (2) Applicable engineering assessment as discussed in paragraph 
    (d)(1)(iii) of this section, or
        (3) Concentration of organic compounds containing halogens measured 
    by Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or
        (4) Any other method or data that has been validated according to 
    the applicable procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
        (B) The following equation shall be used to calculate the mass 
    emission rate of halogen atoms:
    
    TR22AP94.204
    
    where:
    
    E=mass of halogen atoms, dry basis, kilogram per hour.
    K2=Constant, 2.494 x 10-6 (parts per million)-1 
    (kilogram-mole per standard cubic meter) (minute/hour), where standard 
    temperature is 20 deg.C.
    Cj=Concentration of halogenated compound j in the gas stream, dry 
    basis, parts per million by volume.
    Mji=Molecular weight of halogen atom i in compound j of the gas 
    stream, kilogram per kilogram-mole.
    Lji=Number of atoms of halogen i in compound j of the gas stream.
    Q=Flow rate of gas stream, dry standard cubic meters per minute, 
    determined according to paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2)(i) of this section.
    j=Halogenated compound j in the gas stream.
    i=Halogen atom i in compound j of the gas stream.
    n=Number of halogenated compounds j in the gas stream.
    m=Number of different halogens i in each compound j of the gas stream.
    
        (3) The owner or operator shall calculate the TRE index value of 
    the vent stream using the equations and procedures in this paragraph.
        (i) The equation for calculating the TRE index for a vent stream 
    controlled by a flare or incinerator is as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.205
    
    where:
    
    TRE=TRE index value.
    EHAP=Hourly emission rate of total organic HAP, kilograms per 
    hour, as calculated in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2)(iv) of this section.
    Qs=Vent stream flow rate, standard cubic meters per minute, at a 
    standard temperature of 20  deg.C, as calculated in paragraph (d)(1) or 
    (d)(2)(i) of this section.
    HT=Vent stream net heating value, megaJoules per standard cubic 
    meter, as calculated in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2)(iii) of this 
    section.
    ETOC=Emission rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane), kilograms 
    per hour, as calculated in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2)(iv) of this 
    section.
    a,b,c,d=Coefficients presented in table 1 of this subpart, selected in 
    accordance with paragraphs (d)(3)(ii) and (iii) of this section.
    
        (ii) The owner or operator of a nonhalogenated vent stream shall 
    calculate the TRE index value based on the use of a flare, a thermal 
    incinerator with 0 percent heat recovery, and a thermal incinerator 
    with 70 percent heat recovery and shall select the lowest TRE index 
    value. The owner or operator shall use the applicable coefficients in 
    table 1 of this subpart for nonhalogenated vent streams located within 
    existing sources and the applicable coefficients in table 2 of this 
    subpart for nonhalogenated vent streams located within new sources.
        (iii) The owner or operator of a halogenated vent stream shall 
    calculate the TRE index value based on the use of a thermal incinerator 
    with 0 percent heat recovery, and a scrubber. The owner or operator 
    shall use the applicable coefficients in table 1 of this subpart for 
    halogenated vent streams located within existing sources and the 
    applicable coefficients in table 2 of this subpart for halogenated vent 
    streams located within new sources.
        (e) The owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent shall 
    recalculate the TRE index value, flow, or organic HAP concentration for 
    each process vent, as necessary to determine whether the vent is Group 
    1 or Group 2, whenever process changes are made. Examples of process 
    changes include, but are not limited to, changes in production 
    capacity, production rate, feedstock type, or catalyst type, or 
    whenever there is replacement, removal, or addition of recovery 
    equipment. For purposes of this paragraph, process changes do not 
    include: Process upsets; unintentional, temporary process changes; and 
    changes that are within the range on which the original TRE calculation 
    was based.
        (1) The TRE index value, flow rate, or organic HAP concentration 
    shall be recalculated based on measurements of vent stream flow rate, 
    TOC, and organic HAP concentrations, and heating values as specified in 
    Sec. 63.115 (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this subpart, as applicable, or 
    on best engineering assessment of the effects of the change. 
    Engineering assessments shall meet the specifications in paragraph 
    (d)(1) of this section.
        (2) Where the recalculated TRE index value is less than or equal to 
    1.0, or less than or equal to 4.0 but greater than 1.0, the 
    recalculated flow rate is greater than or equal to 0.005 standard cubic 
    meter per minute, or the recalculated concentration is greater than or 
    equal to 50 parts per million by volume, the owner or operator shall 
    submit a report as specified in Sec. 63.118 (g), (h), (i), or (j) of 
    this subpart and shall comply with the appropriate provisions in 
    Sec. 63.113 of this subpart by the dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of 
    subpart F of this part.
    
    
    Sec. 63.116  Process vent provisions--performance test methods and 
    procedures to determine compliance.
    
        (a) When a flare is used to comply with Sec. 63.113(a)(1) of this 
    subpart, the owner or operator shall comply with the flare provisions 
    in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
        (1) The compliance determination required by Sec. 63.6(h) of 
    subpart A of this part shall be conducted using Method 22 of 40 CFR 
    part 60, appendix A, to determine visible emissions.
        (2) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
    test to determine percent emission reduction or outlet organic HAP or 
    TOC concentration when a flare is used.
        (b) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
    test when any control device specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through 
    (b)(4) of this section is used.
        (1) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
    44 megawatts or greater.
        (2) A boiler or process heater into which the process vent stream 
    is introduced with the primary fuel or is used as the primary fuel.
        (3) A control device for which a performance test was conducted for 
    determining compliance with an NSPS and the test was conducted using 
    the same procedures specified in this section and no process changes 
    have been made since the test.
        (4) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which 
    the owner or operator:
        (i) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
    complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H, or
        (ii) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
    of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
        (c) Except as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, 
    an owner or operator using a control device to comply with the organic 
    HAP concentration limit or percent reduction efficiency requirements in 
    Sec. 63.113(a)(2) of this subpart shall conduct a performance test 
    using the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this 
    section. The organic HAP concentration and percent reduction may be 
    measured as either total organic HAP or as TOC minus methane and ethane 
    according to the procedures specified.
        (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, 
    shall be used for selection of the sampling sites.
        (i) For determination of compliance with the 98 percent reduction 
    of total organic HAP requirement of Sec. 63.113(a)(2) of this subpart, 
    sampling sites shall be located at the inlet of the control device as 
    specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (c)(1)(i)(B) of this section, 
    and at the outlet of the control device.
        (A) The control device inlet sampling site shall be located after 
    the final product recovery device.
        (B) If a process vent stream is introduced with the combustion air 
    or as a secondary fuel into a boiler or process heater with a design 
    capacity less than 44 megawatts, selection of the location of the inlet 
    sampling sites shall ensure the measurement of total organic HAP or TOC 
    (minus methane and ethane) concentrations in all process vent streams 
    and primary and secondary fuels introduced into the boiler or process 
    heater.
        (ii) For determination of compliance with the 20 parts per million 
    by volume total organic HAP limit in Sec. 63.113(a)(2) of this subpart, 
    the sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the control device.
        (2) The gas volumetric flow rate shall be determined using Method 
    2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.
        (3) To determine compliance with the 20 parts per million by volume 
    total organic HAP limit in Sec. 63.113(a)(2) of this subpart, the owner 
    or operator shall use Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to 
    measure either TOC minus methane and ethane or total organic HAP. 
    Alternatively, any other method or data that has been validated 
    according to the applicable procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of 
    this part, may be used. The following procedures shall be used to 
    calculate parts per million by volume concentration, corrected to 3 
    percent oxygen:
        (i) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which 
    either an integrated sample or a minimum of four grab samples shall be 
    taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at 
    approximately equal intervals in time, such as 15 minute intervals 
    during the run.
        (ii) The concentration of either TOC (minus methane or ethane) or 
    total organic HAP shall be calculated according to paragraph 
    (c)(3)(ii)(A) or (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
        (A) The TOC concentration (CTOC) is the sum of the 
    concentrations of the individual components and shall be computed for 
    each run using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.206
    
    where:
    
    CTOC=Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane), dry basis, 
    parts per million by volume.
    Cji=Concentration of sample components j of sample i, dry basis, 
    parts per million by volume.
    n=Number of components in the sample.
    x=Number of samples in the sample run.
    
        (B) The total organic HAP concentration (CHAP) shall be 
    computed according to the equation in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(A) of this 
    section except that only the organic HAP species shall be summed. The 
    list of organic HAP's is provided in table 2 of subpart F of this part.
        (iii) The concentration of TOC or total organic HAP shall be 
    corrected to 3 percent oxygen if a combustion device is the control 
    device.
        (A) The emission rate correction factor or excess air, integrated 
    sampling and analysis procedures of Method 3B of 40 CFR part 60, 
    appendix A shall be used to determine the oxygen concentration 
    (%O2d). The samples shall be taken during the same time that the 
    TOC (minus methane or ethane) or total organic HAP samples are taken.
        (B) The concentration corrected to 3 percent oxygen (Cc) shall 
    be computed using either of the following equations:
    
    TR22AP94.207
    
    where:
    
    Cc=Concentration of TOC or organic HAP corrected to 3 percent 
    oxygen, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
    Cm=Concentration of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or organic HAP, 
    dry basis, parts per million by volume.
    %O2d=Concentration of oxygen, dry basis, percent by volume.
    
        (4) To determine compliance with the 98 percent reduction 
    requirement of Sec. 63.113(a)(2) of this subpart, the owner or operator 
    shall use Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; alternatively, any 
    other method or data that has been validated according to the 
    applicable procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part may be 
    used. The following procedures shall be used to calculate percent 
    reduction efficiency:
        (i) The minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour in which 
    either an integrated sample or a minimum of four grab samples shall be 
    taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be taken at 
    approximately equal intervals in time such as 15 minute intervals 
    during the run.
        (ii) The mass rate of either TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
    total organic HAP (Ei, Eo) shall be computed.
        (A) The following equations shall be used:
    
    TR22AP94.208
    
    
    TR22AP94.209
    
    where:
    
    Cij, Coj=Concentration of sample component j of the gas 
    stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, respectively, dry 
    basis, parts per million by volume.
    Ei, Eo=Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total 
    organic HAP at the inlet and outlet of the control device, 
    respectively, dry basis, kilogram per hour.
    Mij, Moj=Molecular weight of sample component j of the gas 
    stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, respectively, 
    gram/gram-mole.
    Qi, Qo=Flow rate of gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the 
    control device, respectively, dry standard cubic meter per minute.
    K2=Constant, 2.494  x  10-6 (parts per million)-1 (gram-
    mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/gram) (minute/hour), where 
    standard temperature (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20  deg.C.
        (B) Where the mass rate of TOC is being calculated, all organic 
    compounds (minus methane and ethane) measured by Method 18 of 40 CFR 
    part 60, appendix A are summed using the equation in paragraph 
    (c)(4)(ii)(A) of this section.
        (C) Where the mass rate of total organic HAP is being calculated, 
    only the organic HAP species shall be summed using the equation in 
    paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(A) of this section. The list of organic HAP's is 
    provided in table 2 of subpart F of this part.
        (iii) The percent reduction in TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
    total organic HAP shall be calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.210
    
    where:
    
    R=Control efficiency of control device, percent.
    Ei=Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total organic 
    HAP at the inlet to the control device as calculated under paragraph 
    (c)(4)(ii) of this section, kilograms TOC per hour or kilograms organic 
    HAP per hour.
    Eo=Mass rate of TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total organic 
    HAP at the outlet of the control device, as calculated under paragraph 
    (c)(4)(ii) of this section, kilograms TOC per hour or kilograms organic 
    HAP per hour.
    
        (iv) If the process vent stream entering a boiler or process heater 
    with a design capacity less than 44 megawatts is introduced with the 
    combustion air or as a secondary fuel, the weight-percent reduction of 
    total organic HAP or TOC (minus methane and ethane) across the device 
    shall be determined by comparing the TOC (minus methane and ethane) or 
    total organic HAP in all combusted vent streams and primary and 
    secondary fuels with the TOC (minus methane and ethane) or total 
    organic HAP exiting the combustion device, respectively.
        (d) An owner or operator using a combustion device followed by a 
    scrubber or other control device to control halogenated process vent 
    streams in compliance with Sec. 63.113(c)(1) of this subpart shall 
    conduct a performance test to determine compliance with the control 
    efficiency or emission limits for hydrogen halides and halogens.
        (1) For an owner or operator determining compliance with the 
    percent reduction of total hydrogen halides and halogens, sampling 
    sites shall be located at the inlet and outlet of the scrubber or other 
    control device used to reduce halogen emissions. For an owner or 
    operator determining compliance with the less than 0.45 kilogram per 
    hour outlet emission limit for total hydrogen halides and halogens, the 
    sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the scrubber or other 
    control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.
        (2) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, Method 
    26 or Method 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be used to 
    determine the concentration, in milligrams per dry standard cubic 
    meter, of total hydrogen halides and halogens that may be present in 
    the vent stream. The mass emissions of each hydrogen halide and halogen 
    compound shall be calculated from the measured concentrations and the 
    gas stream flow rate.
        (3) To determine compliance with the percent removal efficiency, 
    the mass emissions for any hydrogen halides and halogens present at the 
    inlet of the scrubber or other control device shall be summed together. 
    The mass emissions of the compounds present at the outlet of the 
    scrubber or other control device shall be summed together. Percent 
    reduction shall be determined by comparison of the summed inlet and 
    outlet measurements.
        (4) To demonstrate compliance with the less than 0.45 kilogram per 
    hour outlet emission limit, the test results must show that the mass 
    emission rate of total hydrogen halides and halogens measured at the 
    outlet of the scrubber or other control device is below 0.45 kilogram 
    per hour.
        (5) The owner or operator may use any other method to demonstrate 
    compliance if the method or data has been validated according to the 
    applicable procedures of Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
        (e) An owner or operator using a scrubber or other control 
    technique to reduce the vent stream halogen atom mass emission rate to 
    less than 0.45 kilogram per hour prior to a combustion control device 
    in compliance with Sec. 63.113(c)(2) of this subpart shall determine 
    the halogen atom mass emission rate prior to the combustor according to 
    the procedures in Sec. 63.115(d)(2)(v) of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.117  Process vents provisions--reporting and recordkeeping 
    requirements for group and TRE determinations and performance tests.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator subject to the control provisions for 
    Group 1 vent streams in Sec. 63.113(a) of this subpart or the 
    provisions for Group 2 vent streams with a TRE index value greater than 
    1.0 but less than or equal to 4.0 in Sec. 63.113(d) of this subpart 
    shall:
        (1) Keep an up-to-date, readily accessible record of the data 
    specified in paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(8) of this section, as 
    applicable, and
        (2) Include the data in paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(8) of this 
    section in the Notification of Compliance Status report as specified in 
    Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart.
        (3) If any subsequent TRE determinations or performance tests are 
    conducted after the Notification of Compliance Status has been 
    submitted, report the data in paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(8) of this 
    section in the next Periodic Report as specified in Sec. 63.152(c) of 
    this subpart.
        (4) Record and report the following when using a combustion device 
    to achieve a 98 weight percent reduction in organic HAP or an organic 
    HAP concentration of 20 parts per million by volume, as specified in 
    Sec. 63.113(a)(2) of this subpart:
        (i) The parameter monitoring results for incinerators, catalytic 
    incinerators, boilers or process heaters specified in table 3 of this 
    subpart, and averaged over the same time period of the performance 
    testing.
        (ii) For an incinerator, the percent reduction of organic HAP or 
    TOC achieved by the incinerator determined as specified in 
    Sec. 63.116(c) of this subpart, or the concentration of organic HAP or 
    TOC (parts per million by volume, by compound) determined as specified 
    in Sec. 63.116(c) of this subpart at the outlet of the incinerator on a 
    dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen.
        (iii) For a boiler or process heater, a description of the location 
    at which the vent stream is introduced into the boiler or process 
    heater.
        (iv) For a boiler or process heater with a design heat input 
    capacity of less than 44 megawatts and where the process vent stream is 
    introduced with combustion air or used as a secondary fuel and is not 
    mixed with the primary fuel, the percent reduction of organic HAP or 
    TOC, or the concentration of organic HAP or TOC (parts per million by 
    volume, by compound) determined as specified in Sec. 63.116(c) of this 
    subpart at the outlet of the combustion device on a dry basis corrected 
    to 3 percent oxygen.
        (5) Record and report the following when using a flare to comply 
    with Sec. 63.113(a)(1) of this subpart:
        (i) Flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
    assisted);
        (ii) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
    flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during 
    the compliance determination required by Sec. 63.116(a) of this 
    subpart; and
        (iii) All periods during the compliance determination when the 
    pilot flame is absent.
        (6) Record and report the following when using a scrubber following 
    a combustion device to control a halogenated process vent stream:
        (i) The percent reduction or scrubber outlet mass emission rate of 
    total hydrogen halides and halogens as specified in Sec. 63.116(d) of 
    this subpart;
        (ii) The pH of the scrubber effluent; and
        (iii) The scrubber liquid to gas ratio.
        (7) Record and report the following when achieving and maintaining 
    a TRE index value greater than 1.0 but less than 4.0 as specified in 
    Sec. 63.113(a)(3) or Sec. 63.113(d) of this subpart:
        (i) The parameter monitoring results for absorbers, condensers, or 
    carbon adsorbers, as specified in table 4 of this subpart, and averaged 
    over the same time period of the measurements of vent stream flow rate 
    and concentration used in the TRE determination (both measured while 
    the vent stream is normally routed and constituted), and
        (ii) The measurements and calculations performed to determine the 
    TRE index value of the vent stream.
        (8) Record and report the halogen concentration in the process vent 
    stream determined according to the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.115(d)(2)(v) of this subpart.
        (b) The owner or operator of a Group 2 process vent with a TRE 
    index greater than 4.0 as specified in Sec. 63.113(e) of this subpart, 
    shall maintain records and submit as part of the Notification of 
    Compliance Status specified in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart, 
    measurements, engineering assessments, and calculations performed to 
    determine the TRE index value of the vent stream. Documentation of 
    engineering assessments shall include all data, assumptions, and 
    procedures used for the engineering assessments, as specified in 
    Sec. 63.115(d)(1) of this subpart.
        (c) Each owner or operator who elects to demonstrate that a process 
    vent is a Group 2 process vent based on a flow rate less than 0.005 
    standard cubic meter per minute must submit to the Administrator the 
    flow rate measurement using methods and procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.115 (a) and (b) of this subpart with the Notification of 
    Compliance Status specified in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.
        (d) Each owner or operator who elects to demonstrate that a process 
    vent is a Group 2 process vent based on organic HAP or TOC 
    concentration less than 50 parts per million by volume must submit to 
    the Administrator an organic HAP or TOC concentration measurement using 
    the methods and procedures specified in Sec. 63.115 (a) and (c) of this 
    subpart with the Notification of Compliance Status specified in 
    Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.
        (e) If an owner or operator uses a control or recovery device other 
    than those listed in tables 3 and 4 of this subpart or requests 
    approval to monitor a parameter other than those specified in tables 3 
    and 4 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall submit a description 
    of planned reporting and recordkeeping procedures as required under 
    Sec. 63.151(f) or Sec. 63.152(e) of this subpart. The Administrator 
    will specify appropriate reporting and recordkeeping requirements as 
    part of the review of the Implementation Plan or permit application.
        (f) For each parameter monitored according to tables 3 or 4 of this 
    subpart or paragraph (e) of this section, the owner or operator shall 
    establish a range for the parameter that indicates proper operation of 
    the control or recovery device. In order to establish the range, the 
    information required in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart shall be 
    submitted in the Notification of Compliance Status or the operating 
    permit application or amendment.
    
    
    Sec. 63.118  Process vents provisions--Periodic reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator using a control device to comply with 
    Sec. 63.113 (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this subpart shall keep the following 
    records up-to-date and readily accessible:
        (1) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
    specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.114(a) of this subpart and 
    listed in table 3 of this subpart or specified by the Administrator in 
    accordance with Sec. 63.114(c) and Sec. 63.117(e) of this subpart. For 
    flares, the hourly records and records of pilot flame outages specified 
    in table 3 of this subpart shall be maintained in place of continuous 
    records.
        (2) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 
    monitored parameter for each operating day, except as provided in 
    paragraphs (a)(2)(iv) and (a)(2)(v) of this section.
        (i) The daily average shall be calculated as the average of all 
    values for a monitored parameter recorded during the operating day, 
    except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section. The average 
    shall cover a 24-hour period if operation is continuous, or the number 
    of hours of operation per operating day if operation is not continuous.
        (ii) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system 
    breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (low-level) and high-
    level adjustments shall not be included in computing the hourly or 
    daily averages. Records shall be kept of the times and durations of all 
    such periods and any other periods of process or control device 
    operation when monitors are not operating.
        (iii) The operating day shall be the period defined in the 
    operating permit or the Notification of Compliance Status in 
    Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart. It may be from midnight to midnight or 
    another daily period.
        (iv) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
    operating day are within the range established in the Notification of 
    Compliance Status in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart or operating 
    permit, the owner or operator may record that all values were within 
    the range rather than calculating and recording a daily average for 
    that operating day.
        (v) For flares, records of the times and duration of all periods 
    during which the pilot flame is absent shall be kept rather than daily 
    averages.
        (3) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator specified under 
    Sec. 63.114(d)(1) of this subpart was operating and whether flow was 
    detected at any time under the hour, as well as records of the times 
    and durations of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the 
    control device or the monitor is not operating.
        (4) Where a seal mechanism is used to comply with Sec. 63.114(d)(2) 
    of this subpart, hourly records of flow are not required. In such 
    cases, the owner or operator shall record that the monthly visual 
    inspection of the seals or closure mechanism has been done, and shall 
    record the duration of all periods when the seal mechanism is broken, 
    the bypass line valve position has changed, or the key for a lock-and-
    key type lock has been checked out, and records of any car-seal that 
    has broken.
        (b) Each owner or operator using a product recovery device or other 
    means to achieve and maintain a TRE index value greater than 1.0 but 
    less than 4.0 as specified in Sec. 63.114(a)(3) or Sec. 63.113(d) of 
    this subpart shall keep the following records up-to-date and readily 
    accessible:
        (1) Continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
    specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.114(b) of this subpart and 
    listed in table 4 of this subpart or specified by the Administrator in 
    accordance with Sec. 63.114(c) of this subpart and Sec. 63.114(e) of 
    this subpart and
        (2) Records of the daily average value of each continuously 
    monitored parameter for each operating day, except as provided in 
    paragraph (b)(2)(iv) and (b)(2)(v) of this section.
        (i) The daily average shall be calculated as the average of all 
    values for a monitored parameter recorded during the operating day 
    except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. The average 
    shall cover a 24-hour period if operating is continous, or the number 
    of hours of operation per operating day if operation is not continuous.
        (ii) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system 
    breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (low-level) and high-
    level adjustments shall not be included in computing the hourly or 
    daily averages. Records shall be kept of the times and durations of all 
    such periods and any other periods of process or control device 
    operation when monitors are not operating.
        (iii) The operating day shall be the period defined in the 
    operating permit or the Notification of Compliance Status. It may be 
    from midnight to midnight or another daily period.
        (iv) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
    operating day are within the range established in the Notification of 
    Compliance Status or operating permit, the owner or operator may record 
    that all values were within the range rather than calculating and 
    recording a daily average for that operating day.
        (v) If carbon adsorber regeneration stream flow and carbon bed 
    regeneration temperature are monitored, the records specified in table 
    4 of this subpart shall be kept instead of the daily averages.
        (c) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this 
    subpart and who elects to demonstrate compliance with the TRE index 
    value greater than 4.0 under Sec. 63.113(e) of this subpart or greater 
    than 1.0 under Sec. 63.113(a)(3) or Sec. 63.113(d) of this subpart 
    shall keep up-to-date, readily accessible records of:
        (1) Any process changes as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) of this 
    subpart; and
        (2) Any recalculation of the TRE index value pursuant to 
    Sec. 63.115(e) of this subpart.
        (d) Each owner or operator who elects to comply by maintining a 
    flow rate less than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute under 
    Sec. 63.113(f) of this subpart, shall keep up-to-date, readily 
    accessible records of:
        (1) Any process changes as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) of this 
    subpart that increase the vent stream flow rate,
        (2) Any recalculation or measurement of the flow rate pursuant to 
    Sec. 63.115(e) of this subpart, and
        (3) If the flow rate increases to 0.005 standard cubic meter per 
    minute or greater as a result of the process change, the TRE 
    determination performed according to the procedures of Sec. 63.115(d) 
    of this subpart.
        (e) Each owner or operator who elects to comply by maintaining an 
    organic HAP concentration less than 50 parts per million by volume 
    organic HAP concentration under Sec. 63.113(g) of this subpart shall 
    keep up-to-date, readily accessible records of:
        (1) Any process changes as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) of this 
    subpart that increase the organic HAP concentration of the process vent 
    stream,
        (2) Any recalculation or measurement of the concentration pursuant 
    to Sec. 63.115(e) of this subpart, and
        (3) If the organic HAP concentration increases to 50 parts per 
    million by volume or greater as a result of the process change, the TRE 
    determination performed according to the procedures of Sec. 63.115(d) 
    of this subpart.
        (f) Each owner or operator who elects to comply with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.113 of this subpart shall submit to the 
    Administrator Periodic Reports of the following recorded information 
    according to the schedule in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.
        (1) Reports of daily average values of monitored parameters for all 
    operating days when the daily average values recorded under paragraphs 
    (a) and (b) of this section were outside the ranges established in the 
    Notification of Compliance Status or operating permit.
        (2) For Group 1 points, reports of the duration of periods when 
    monitoring data is not collected for each excursion caused by 
    insufficient monitoring data as defined in Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of 
    this subpart.
        (3) Reports of the times and durations of all periods recorded 
    under paragraph (a)(3) of this section when the vent stream is diverted 
    from the control device through a bypass line.
        (4) Reports of all periods recorded under paragraph (a)(4) of this 
    section in which the seal mechanism is broken, the bypass line valve 
    position has changed, or the key to unlock the bypass line valve was 
    checked out.
        (5) Reports of the times and durations of all periods recorded 
    under paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section in which all pilot flames of 
    a flare were absent.
        (6) Reports of all carbon bed regeneration cycles during which the 
    parameters recorded under paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section were 
    outside the ranges established in the Notification of Compliance Status 
    or operating permit.
        (g) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) of this 
    subpart, is made that causes a Group 2 process vent to become a Group 1 
    process vent, the owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 
    calendar days after the process change as specified in Sec. 63.151(j) 
    of this subpart. The report shall include:
        (1) A description of the process change;
        (2) The results of the recalculation of the flow rate, organic HAP 
    concentration, and TRE index value required under Sec. 63.115(e) of 
    this subpart and recorded under paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this 
    section; and
        (3) A statement that the owner or operator will comply with the 
    provisions of Sec. 63.113 of this subpart for Group 1 process vents by 
    the dates specified in subpart F of this part.
        (h) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) of this 
    subpart, is made that causes a Group 2 process vent with a TRE greater 
    than 4.0 to become a Group 2 process vent with a TRE less than 4.0, the 
    owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 calendar days after 
    the process change. The report may be submitted as part of the next 
    periodic report. The report shall include:
        (1) A description of the process change,
        (2) The results of the recalculation of the TRE index value 
    required under Sec. 63.115(e) of this subpart and recorded under 
    paragraph (c) of this section, and
        (3) A statement that the owner or operator will comply with the 
    requirements specified in Sec. 63.113(d) of this subpart.
        (i) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) of this 
    subpart, is made that causes a Group 2 process vent with a flow rate 
    less than 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute to become a Group 2 
    process vent with a flow rate of 0.005 standard cubic meter per minute 
    or greater and a TRE index value less than or equal to 4.0, the owner 
    or operator shall submit a report within 180 calendar days after the 
    process change. The report may be submitted as part of the next 
    periodic report. The report shall include:
        (1) A description of the process change,
        (2) The results of the recalculation of the flow rate and the TRE 
    determination required under Sec. 63.115(e) of this subpart and 
    recorded under paragraph (d) of this section, and
        (3) A statement that the owner or operator will comply with the 
    requirements specified in Sec. 63.113(d) of this subpart.
        (j) Whenever a process change, as defined in Sec. 63.115(e) of this 
    subpart, is made that causes a Group 2 process vent with an organic HAP 
    concentration less than 50 parts per million by volume to become a 
    Group 2 process vent with an organic HAP concentration of 50 parts per 
    million by volume or greater and a TRE index value less than or equal 
    to 4.0, the owner or operator shall submit a report within 180 calendar 
    days after the process change. The report may be submitted as part of 
    the next periodic report. The report shall include:
        (1) A description of the process change,
        (2) The results of the recalculation of the organic HAP 
    concentration and the TRE determination required under Sec. 63.115(e) 
    of this subpart and recorded under paragraph (e) of this section, and
        (3) A statement that the owner or operator will comply with the 
    requirements specified in Sec. 63.113(d) of this subpart.
        (k) The owner or operator is not required to submit a report of a 
    process change if one of the conditions listed in paragraph (k)(1), 
    (k)(2), (k)(3), or (k)(4) of this section is met.
        (1) The process change does not meet the definition of a process 
    change in Sec. 63.115(e) of this subpart, or
        (2) The vent stream flow rate is recalculated according to 
    Sec. 63.115(e) of this subpart and the recalculated value is less than 
    0.005 standard cubic meter per minute, or
        (3) The organic HAP concentration of the vent stream is 
    recalculated according to Sec. 63.115(e) of this subpart and the 
    recalculated value is less than 50 parts per million by volume, or
        (4) The TRE index value is recalculated according to Sec. 63.115(e) 
    of this subpart and the recalculated value is greater than 4.0.
    
    
    Sec. 63.119  Storage vessel provisions--reference control technology.
    
        (a) For each storage vessel to which this subpart applies, the 
    owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 
    (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), and (a)(4) of this section according to the 
    schedule provisions of Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part.
        (1) For each Group 1 storage vessel (as defined in table 5 of this 
    subpart for existing sources and table 6 of this subpart for new 
    sources) storing a liquid for which the maximum true vapor pressure of 
    the total organic HAP's in the liquid is less than 76.6 kilopascals, 
    the owner or operator shall reduce HAP emissions to the atmosphere by 
    operating and maintaining either a fixed roof and internal floating 
    roof, an external floating roof, an external floating roof converted to 
    an internal floating roof, or a closed vent system and control device 
    in accordance with the requirements in paragraph (b), (c), (d), or (e) 
    of this section, or equivalent as provided in Sec. 63.121 of this 
    subpart.
        (2) For each Group 1 storage vessel (as defined in table 5 of this 
    subpart for existing sources and table 6 of this subpart for new 
    sources) storing a liquid for which the maximum true vapor pressure of 
    the total organic HAP's in the liquid is greater than or equal to 76.6 
    kilopascals, the owner or operator shall operate and maintain a closed 
    vent system and control device meeting the requirements specified in 
    paragraph (e) of this section, or equivalent as provided in Sec. 63.121 
    of this subpart.
        (3) For each Group 2 storage vessel that is not part of an 
    emissions average as described in Sec. 63.150 of this subpart, the 
    owner or operator shall comply with the recordkeeping requirement in 
    Sec. 63.123(a) of this subpart and is not required to comply with any 
    other provisions in Secs. 63.119 through 63.123 of this subpart.
        (4) For each Group 2 storage vessel that is part of an emissions 
    average, the owner or operator shall comply with the emissions 
    averaging provisions in Sec. 63.150 of this subpart.
        (b) The owner or operator who elects to use a fixed roof and an 
    internal floating roof, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, to 
    comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall 
    comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through 
    (b)(6) of this section.
    
        [Note: The intent of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this 
    section is to avoid having a vapor space between the floating roof 
    and the stored liquid for extended periods. Storage vessels may be 
    emptied for purposes such as routine storage vessel maintenance, 
    inspections, petroleum liquid deliveries, or transfer operations. 
    Storage vessels where liquid is left on walls, as bottom clingage, 
    or in pools due to floor irregularity are considered completely 
    empty.]
    
        (1) The internal floating roof shall be floating on the liquid 
    surface at all times except when the floating roof must be supported by 
    the leg supports during the periods specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) 
    through (b)(1)(iii) of this section.
        (i) During the initial fill.
        (ii) After the vessel has been completely emptied and degassed.
        (iii) When the vessel is completely emptied before being 
    subsequently refilled.
        (2) When the floating roof is resting on the leg supports, the 
    process of filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and 
    shall be accomplished as soon as possible.
        (3) Each internal floating roof shall be equipped with a closure 
    device between the wall of the storage vessel and the roof edge. Except 
    as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this section, the closure device 
    shall consist of one of the devices listed in paragraph (b)(3)(i), 
    (b)(3)(ii), or (b)(3)(iii) of this section.
        (i) A liquid-mounted seal as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
    subpart.
        (ii) A metallic shoe seal as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
    subpart.
        (iii) Two seals mounted one above the other so that each forms a 
    continuous closure that completely covers the space between the wall of 
    the storage vessel and the edge of the internal floating roof. The 
    lower seal may be vapor- mounted, but both must be continuous seals.
        (iv) If the internal floating roof is equipped with a vapor-mounted 
    seal as of December 31, 1992, the requirement for one of the seal 
    options specified in paragraphs (b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), and (b)(3)(iii) 
    of this section does not apply until the earlier of the dates specified 
    in paragraphs (b)(3)(iv)(A) and (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section.
        (A) The next time the storage vessel is emptied and degassed.
        (B) No later than 10 years after April 22, 1994.
        (4) Automatic bleeder vents are to be closed at all times when the 
    roof is floating, except when the roof is being floated off or is being 
    landed on the roof leg supports.
        (5) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(5)(viii) of this section, 
    each internal floating roof shall meet the specifications listed in 
    paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(vii) of this section.
        (i) Each opening in a noncontact internal floating roof except for 
    automatic bleeder vents (vacuum breaker vents) and rim space vents is 
    to provide a projection below the liquid surface.
        (ii) Each opening in the internal floating roof except for leg 
    sleeves, automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, column wells, ladder 
    wells, sample wells, and stub drains shall be equipped with a cover or 
    lid. The cover or lid shall be equipped with a gasket.
        (iii) Each penetration of the internal floating roof for the 
    purposes of sampling shall be a sample well. Each sample well shall 
    have a slit fabric cover that covers at least 90 percent of the 
    opening.
        (iv) Each automatic bleeder vent shall be gasketed.
        (v) Each rim space vent shall be gasketed.
        (vi) Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows for 
    passage of a ladder shall have a gasketed sliding cover.
        (vii) Each penetration of the internal floating roof that allows 
    for passage of a column supporting the fixed roof shall have a flexible 
    fabric sleeve seal or a gasketed sliding cover.
        (viii) If the internal floating roof does not meet any one of the 
    specifications listed in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) through (b)(5)(vii) of 
    this section as of December 31, 1992, the requirement for meeting those 
    specifications does not apply until the earlier of the dates specified 
    in paragraphs (b)(5)(viii)(A) and (b)(5)(viii)(B) of this section.
        (A) The next time the storage vessel is emptied and degassed.
        (B) No later than 10 years after April 22, 1994.
        (6) Each cover or lid on any opening in the internal floating roof 
    shall be closed (i.e., no visible gaps), except when the cover or lid 
    must be open for access. Covers on each access hatch and each gauge 
    float well shall be bolted or fastened so as to be air-tight when they 
    are closed. Rim space vents are to be set to open only when the 
    internal floating roof is not floating or when the pressure beneath the 
    rim seal exceeds the manufacturer's recommended setting.
        (c) The owner or operator who elects to use an external floating 
    roof, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, to comply with the 
    requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall comply with the 
    requirements specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this 
    section.
        (1) Each external floating roof shall be equipped with a closure 
    device between the wall of the storage vessel and the roof edge.
        (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, the 
    closure device is to consist of two seals, one above the other. The 
    lower seal is referred to as the primary seal and the upper seal is 
    referred to as the secondary seal.
        (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(v) of this section, the 
    primary seal shall be either a metallic shoe seal or a liquid-mounted 
    seal.
        (iii) Except during the inspections required by Sec. 63.120(b) of 
    this subpart, both the primary seal and the secondary seal shall 
    completely cover the annular space between the external floating roof 
    and the wall of the storage vessel in a continuous fashion.
        (iv) If the external floating roof is equipped with a liquid-
    mounted or metallic shoe primary seal as of December 31, 1992, the 
    requirement for a secondary seal in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section 
    does not apply until the earlier of the dates specified in paragraphs 
    (c)(1)(iv)(A) and (c)(1)(iv)(B) of this section.
        (A) The next time the storage vessel is emptied and degassed.
        (B) No later than 10 years after April 22, 1994.
        (v) If the external floating roof is equipped with a vapor-mounted 
    primary seal and a secondary seal as of December 31, 1992, the 
    requirement for a liquid-mounted or metallic shoe primary seal in 
    paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section does not apply until the earlier 
    of the dates specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(v)(A) and (c)(1)(v)(B) of 
    this section.
        (A) The next time the storage vessel is emptied and degassed.
        (B) No later than 10 years after April 22, 1994.
        (2) Each external floating roof shall meet the specifications 
    listed in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(xii) of this section.
        (i) Except for automatic bleeder vents (vacuum breaker vents) and 
    rim space vents, each opening in the noncontact external floating roof 
    shall provide a projection below the liquid surface except as provided 
    in paragraph (c)(2)(xii) of this section.
        (ii) Except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, roof 
    drains, and leg sleeves, each opening in the roof is to be equipped 
    with a gasketed cover, seal or lid which is to be maintained in a 
    closed position (i.e., no visible gap) at all times except when the 
    cover or lid must be open for access. Covers on each access hatch and 
    each gauge float well shall be bolted or fastened so as to be air-tight 
    when they are closed.
        (iii) Automatic bleeder vents are to be closed at all times when 
    the roof is floating, except when the roof is being floated off or is 
    being landed on the roof leg supports.
        (iv) Rim space vents are to be set to open only when the roof is 
    being floated off the roof leg supports or when the pressure beneath 
    the rim seal exceeds the manufacturer's recommended setting.
        (v) Automatic bleeder vents and rim space vents are to be gasketed.
        (vi) Each roof drain that empties into the stored liquid is to be 
    provided with a slotted membrane fabric cover that covers at least 90 
    percent of the area of the opening.
        (vii) Each unslotted guide pole well shall have a gasketed sliding 
    cover or a flexible fabric sleeve seal.
        (viii) Each unslotted guide pole shall have on the end of the pole 
    a gasketed cap which is closed at all times except when gauging the 
    liquid level or taking liquid samples.
        (ix) Each slotted guide pole well shall have a gasketed sliding 
    cover or a flexible fabric sleeve seal.
        (x) Each slotted guide pole shall have a gasketed float or other 
    device which closes off the liquid surface from the atmosphere.
        (xi) Each gauge hatch/sample well shall have a gasketed cover which 
    is closed at all times except when the hatch or well must be open for 
    access.
        (xii) If each opening in a noncontact external floating roof except 
    for automatic bleeder vents (vacuum breaker vents) and rim space vents 
    does not provide a projection below the liquid surface as of December 
    31, 1992, the requirement for providing these projections below the 
    liquid surface does not apply until the earlier of the dates specified 
    in paragraphs (c)(2)(xii)(A) and (c)(2)(xii)(B) of this section.
        (A) The next time the storage vessel is emptied and degassed.
        (B) No later than 10 years after April 22, 1994.
    
        [Note: The intent of paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this 
    section is to avoid having a vapor space between the floating roof 
    and the stored liquid for extended periods. Storage vessels may be 
    emptied for purposes such as routine storage vessel maintenance, 
    inspections, petroleum liquid deliveries, or transfer operations. 
    Storage vessels where liquid is left on walls, as bottom clingage, 
    or in pools due to floor irregularity are considered completely 
    empty.]
    
        (3) The external floating roof shall be floating on the liquid 
    surface at all times except when the floating roof must be supported by 
    the leg supports during the periods specified in paragraphs (c)(3)(i) 
    through (c)(3)(iii) of this section.
        (i) During the initial fill.
        (ii) After the vessel has been completely emptied and degassed.
        (iii) When the vessel is completely emptied before being 
    subsequently refilled.
        (4) When the floating roof is resting on the leg supports, the 
    process of filling, emptying, or refilling shall be continuous and 
    shall be accomplished as soon as possible.
        (d) The owner or operator who elects to use an external floating 
    roof converted to an internal floating roof (i.e., fixed roof installed 
    above external floating roof) to comply with paragraph (a)(1) of this 
    section shall comply with paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section.
        (1) Comply with the requirements for internal floating roof vessels 
    specified in paragraphs (b)(1), (2), and (3) of this section; and
        (2) Comply with the requirements for deck fittings that are 
    specified for external floating roof vessels in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) 
    through (c)(2)(xii) of this section.
        (e) The owner or operator who elects to use a closed vent system 
    and control device, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, to 
    comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this 
    section shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs 
    (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section.
        (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the 
    control device shall be designed and operated to reduce inlet emissions 
    of total organic HAP by 95 percent or greater. If a flare is used as 
    the control device, it shall meet the specifications described in the 
    general control device requirements of Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of 
    this part.
        (2) If the owner or operator can demonstrate that a control device 
    installed on a storage vessel on or before December 31, 1992 is 
    designed to reduce inlet emissions of total organic HAP by greater than 
    or equal to 90 percent but less than 95 percent, then the control 
    device is required to be operated to reduce inlet emissions of total 
    organic HAP by 90 percent or greater.
        (3) Periods of planned routine maintenance of the control device, 
    during which the control device does not meet the specifications of 
    paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this section, as applicable, shall not 
    exceed 240 hours per year.
        (4) The specifications and requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) and 
    (e)(2) of this section for control devices do not apply during periods 
    of planned routine maintenance.
        (5) The specifications and requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) and 
    (e)(2) of this section for control devices do not apply during a 
    control system malfunction.
    
    
    Sec. 63.120  Storage vessel provisions--procedures to determine 
    compliance.
    
        (a) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.119(b) of this subpart 
    (storage vessel equipped with a fixed roof and internal floating roof) 
    or with Sec. 63.119(d) of this subpart (storage vessel equipped with an 
    external floating roof converted to an internal floating roof), the 
    owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
    (a)(1) through (a)(7) of this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall visually inspect the internal 
    floating roof, the primary seal, and the secondary seal (if one is in 
    service), according to the schedule specified in paragraphs (a)(2) and 
    (a)(3) of this section.
        (2) For vessels equipped with a single-seal system, the owner or 
    operator shall perform the inspections specified in paragraphs 
    (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Visually inspect the internal floating roof and the seal 
    through manholes and roof hatches on the fixed roof at least once every 
    12 months after initial fill, or at least once every 12 months after 
    the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part.
        (ii) Visually inspect the internal floating roof, the seal, 
    gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals (if any) each time the 
    storage vessel is emptied and degassed, and at least once every 10 
    years after the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F 
    of this part.
        (3) For vessels equipped with a double-seal system as specified in 
    Sec. 63.119(b)(3)(iii) of this subpart, the owner or operator shall 
    perform either the inspection required in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this 
    section or the inspections required in both paragraphs (a)(3)(ii) and 
    (a)(3)(iii) of this section.
        (i) The owner or operator shall visually inspect the internal 
    floating roof, the primary seal, the secondary seal, gaskets, slotted 
    membranes, and sleeve seals (if any) each time the storage vessel is 
    emptied and degassed and at least once every 5 years after the 
    compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part; or
        (ii) The owner or operator shall visually inspect the internal 
    floating roof and the secondary seal through manholes and roof hatches 
    on the fixed roof at least once every 12 months after initial fill, or 
    at least once every 12 months after the compliance date specified in 
    Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part, and
        (iii) Visually inspect the internal floating roof, the primary 
    seal, the secondary seal, gaskets, slotted membranes, and sleeve seals 
    (if any) each time the vessel is emptied and degassed and at least once 
    every 10 years after the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 of 
    subpart F of this part.
        (4) If during the inspections required by paragraph (a)(2)(i) or 
    (a)(3)(ii) of this section, the internal floating roof is not resting 
    on the surface of the liquid inside the storage vessel and is not 
    resting on the leg supports; or there is liquid on the floating roof; 
    or the seal is detached; or there are holes or tears in the seal 
    fabric; or there are visible gaps between the seal and the wall of the 
    storage vessel, the owner or operator shall repair the items or empty 
    and remove the storage vessel from service within 45 calendar days. If 
    a failure that is detected during inspections required by paragraph 
    (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this section cannot be repaired within 45 
    calendar days and if the vessel cannot be emptied within 45 calendar 
    days, the owner or operator may utilize up to 2 extensions of up to 30 
    additional calendar days each. Documentation of a decision to utilize 
    an extension shall include a description of the failure, shall document 
    that alternate storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a 
    schedule of actions that will ensure that the control equipment will be 
    repaired or the vessel will be emptied as soon as possible.
        (5) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, for all 
    the inspections required by paragraphs (a)(2)(ii), (a)(3)(i), and 
    (a)(3)(iii) of this section, the owner or operator shall notify the 
    Administrator in writing at least 30 calendar days prior to the 
    refilling of each storage vessel to afford the Administrator the 
    opportunity to have an observer present.
        (6) If the inspection required by paragraph (a)(2)(ii), (a)(3)(i), 
    or (a)(3)(iii) of this section is not planned and the owner or operator 
    could not have known about the inspection 30 calendar days in advance 
    of refilling the vessel, the owner or operator shall notify the 
    Administrator at least 7 calendar days prior to the refilling of the 
    storage vessel. Notification may be made by telephone and immediately 
    followed by written documentation demonstrating why the inspection was 
    unplanned. Alternatively, the notification including the written 
    documentation may be made in writing and sent so that it is received by 
    the Administrator at least 7 calendar days prior to refilling.
        (7) If during the inspections required by paragraph (a)(2)(ii), 
    (a)(3)(i), or (a)(3)(iii) of this section, the internal floating roof 
    has defects; or the primary seal has holes, tears, or other openings in 
    the seal or the seal fabric; or the secondary seal has holes, tears, or 
    other openings in the seal or the seal fabric; or the gaskets no longer 
    close off the liquid surface from the atmosphere; or the slotted 
    membrane has more than 10 percent open area, the owner or operator 
    shall repair the items as necessary so that none of the conditions 
    specified in this paragraph exist before refilling the storage vessel 
    with organic HAP.
        (b) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.119(c) of this subpart 
    (storage vessel equipped with an external floating roof), the owner or 
    operator shall comply with the requirements specified in paragraphs 
    (b)(1) through (b)(10) of this section.
        (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(7) of this section, the 
    owner or operator shall determine the gap areas and maximum gap widths 
    between the primary seal and the wall of the storage vessel, and the 
    secondary seal and the wall of the storage vessel according to the 
    frequency specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iii) of this 
    section.
        (i) For an external floating roof vessel equipped with primary and 
    secondary seals, measurements of gaps between the vessel wall and the 
    primary seal shall be performed during the hydrostatic testing of the 
    vessel or by the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F 
    of this part, whichever occurs last, and at least once every 5 years 
    thereafter.
        (ii) For an external floating roof vessel equipped with a liquid-
    mounted or metallic shoe primary seal and without a secondary seal as 
    provided for in Sec. 63.119(c)(1)(iv) of this subpart, measurements of 
    gaps between the vessel wall and the primary seal shall be performed by 
    the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part 
    and at least once per year thereafter, until a secondary seal is 
    installed. When a secondary seal is installed above the primary seal, 
    measurements of gaps between the vessel wall and both the primary and 
    secondary seals shall be performed within 90 calendar days of 
    installation of the secondary seal, and according to the frequency 
    specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(iii) of this section 
    thereafter.
        (iii) For an external floating roof vessel equipped with primary 
    and secondary seals, measurements of gaps between the vessel wall and 
    the secondary seal shall be performed by the compliance date specified 
    in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part and at least once per year 
    thereafter.
        (iv) If any storage vessel ceases to store organic HAP for a period 
    of 1 year or more, or if the maximum true vapor pressure of the total 
    organic HAP's in the stored liquid falls below the values defining 
    Group 1 storage vessels specified in table 5 or table 6 of this subpart 
    for a period of 1 year or more, measurements of gaps between the vessel 
    wall and the primary seal, and gaps between the vessel wall and the 
    secondary seal shall be performed within 90 calendar days of the vessel 
    being refilled with organic HAP.
        (2) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(7) of this section, the 
    owner or operator shall determine gap widths and gap areas in the 
    primary and secondary seals (seal gaps) individually by the procedures 
    described in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
        (i) Seal gaps, if any, shall be measured at one or more floating 
    roof levels when the roof is not resting on the roof leg supports.
        (ii) Seal gaps, if any, shall be measured around the entire 
    circumference of the vessel in each place where a 0.32 centimeter 
    diameter uniform probe passes freely (without forcing or binding 
    against the seal) between the seal and the wall of the storage vessel. 
    The circumferential distance of each such location shall also be 
    measured.
        (iii) The total surface area of each gap described in paragraph 
    (b)(2)(ii) of this section shall be determined by using probes of 
    various widths to measure accurately the actual distance from the 
    vessel wall to the seal and multiplying each such width by its 
    respective circumferential distance.
        (3) The owner or operator shall add the gap surface area of each 
    gap location for the primary seal and divide the sum by the nominal 
    diameter of the vessel. The accumulated area of gaps between the vessel 
    wall and the primary seal shall not exceed 212 square centimeters per 
    meter of vessel diameter and the width of any portion of any gap shall 
    not exceed 3.81 centimeters.
        (4) The owner or operator shall add the gap surface area of each 
    gap location for the secondary seal and divide the sum by the nominal 
    diameter of the vessel. The accumulated area of gaps between the vessel 
    wall and the secondary seal shall not exceed 21.2 square centimeters 
    per meter of vessel diameter and the width of any portion of any gap 
    shall not exceed 1.27 centimeters. These seal gap requirements may be 
    exceeded during the measurement of primary seal gaps as required by 
    paragraph (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
        (5) The primary seal shall meet the additional requirements 
    specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and (b)(5)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Where a metallic shoe seal is in use, one end of the metallic 
    shoe shall extend into the stored liquid and the other end shall extend 
    a minimum vertical distance of 61 centimeters above the stored liquid 
    surface.
        (ii) There shall be no holes, tears, or other openings in the shoe, 
    seal fabric, or seal envelope.
        (6) The secondary seal shall meet the additional requirements 
    specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (b)(6)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The secondary seal shall be installed above the primary seal so 
    that it completely covers the space between the roof edge and the 
    vessel wall except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
        (ii) There shall be no holes, tears, or other openings in the seal 
    or seal fabric.
        (7) If the owner or operator determines that it is unsafe to 
    perform the seal gap measurements required in paragraphs (b)(1) and 
    (b)(2) of this section or to inspect the vessel to determine compliance 
    with paragraphs (b)(5) and (b)(6) of this section because the floating 
    roof appears to be structurally unsound and poses an imminent or 
    potential danger to inspecting personnel, the owner or operator shall 
    comply with the requirements in either paragraph (b)(7)(i) or 
    (b)(7)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The owner or operator shall measure the seal gaps or inspect 
    the storage vessel no later than 30 calendar days after the 
    determination that the roof is unsafe, or
        (ii) The owner or operator shall empty and remove the storage 
    vessel from service no later than 45 calendar days after determining 
    that the roof is unsafe. If the vessel cannot be emptied within 45 
    calendar days, the owner or operator may utilize up to 2 extensions of 
    up to 30 additional calendar days each. Documentation of a decision to 
    utilize an extension shall include an explanation of why it was unsafe 
    to perform the inspection or seal gap measurement, shall document that 
    alternate storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule 
    of actions that will ensure that the vessel will be emptied as soon as 
    possible.
        (8) The owner or operator shall repair conditions that do not meet 
    requirements listed in paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of 
    this section (i.e., failures) no later than 45 calendar days after 
    identification, or shall empty and remove the storage vessel from 
    service no later than 45 calendar days after identification. If during 
    seal gap measurements required in paragraph (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this 
    section or during inspections necessary to determine compliance with 
    paragraphs (b)(5) and (b)(6) of this section a failure is detected that 
    cannot be repaired within 45 calendar days and if the vessel cannot be 
    emptied within 45 calendar days, the owner or operator may utilize up 
    to 2 extensions of up to 30 additional calendar days each. 
    Documentation of a decision to utilize an extension shall include a 
    description of the failure, shall document that alternate storage 
    capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule of actions that 
    will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or the vessel 
    will be emptied as soon as possible.
        (9) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in writing 
    30 calendar days in advance of any gap measurements required by 
    paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section to afford the Administrator 
    the opportunity to have an observer present.
        (10) The owner or operator shall visually inspect the external 
    floating roof, the primary seal, secondary seal, and fittings each time 
    the vessel is emptied and degassed.
        (i) If the external floating roof has defects; the primary seal has 
    holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the seal fabric; or the 
    secondary seal has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or the 
    seal fabric; or the gaskets no longer close off the liquid surface from 
    the atmosphere; or the slotted membrane has more than 10 percent open 
    area, the owner or operator shall repair the items as necessary so that 
    none of the conditions specified in this paragraph exist before filling 
    or refilling the storage vessel with organic HAP.
        (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(10)(iii) of this section, 
    for all the inspections required by paragraph (b)(10) of this section, 
    the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator in writing at 
    least 30 calendar days prior to filling or refilling of each storage 
    vessel with organic HAP to afford the Administrator the opportunity to 
    inspect the storage vessel prior to refilling.
        (iii) If the inspection required by paragraph (b)(10) of this 
    section is not planned and the owner or operator could not have known 
    about the inspection 30 calendar days in advance of refilling the 
    vessel with organic HAP, the owner or operator shall notify the 
    Administrator at least 7 calendar days prior to refilling of the 
    storage vessel. Notification may be made by telephone and immediately 
    followed by written documentation demonstrating why the inspection was 
    unplanned. Alternatively, this notification including the written 
    documentation may be made in writing and sent so that it is received by 
    the Administrator at least 7 calendar days prior to the refilling.
        (c) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.119(d) of this subpart 
    (storage vessel equipped with an external floating roof converted to an 
    internal floating roof), the owner or operator shall comply with the 
    requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
        (d) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.119(e) of this subpart 
    (storage vessel equipped with a closed vent system and control device) 
    using a control device other than a flare, the owner or operator shall 
    comply with the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(7) of 
    this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall either prepare a design evaluation, 
    which includes the information specified in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this 
    section, or submit the results of a performance test as described in 
    paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The design evaluation shall include documentation demonstrating 
    that the control device being used achieves the required control 
    efficiency during reasonably expected maximum filling rate. This 
    documentation is to include a description of the gas stream which 
    enters the control device, including flow and organic HAP content under 
    varying liquid level conditions, and the information specified in 
    paragraphs (d)(1)(i)(A) through (d)(1)(i)(E) of this section, as 
    applicable.
        (A) If the control device receives vapors, gases or liquids, other 
    than fuels, from emission points other than storage vessels subject to 
    this subpart, the efficiency demonstration is to include consideration 
    of all vapors, gases, and liquids, other than fuels, received by the 
    control device.
        (B) If an enclosed combustion device with a minimum residence time 
    of 0.5 seconds and a minimum temperature of 760  deg.C is used to meet 
    the emission reduction requirement specified in Sec. 63.119 (e)(1) or 
    (e)(2), as applicable, documentation that those conditions exist is 
    sufficient to meet the requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this 
    section.
        (C) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(i)(B) of this section, 
    for thermal incinerators, the design evaluation shall include the 
    autoignition temperature of the organic HAP, the flow rate of the 
    organic HAP emission stream, the combustion temperature, and the 
    residence time at the combustion temperature.
        (D) For carbon adsorbers, the design evaluation shall include the 
    affinity of the organic HAP vapors for carbon, the amount of carbon in 
    each bed, the number of beds, the humidity of the feed gases, the 
    temperature of the feed gases, the flow rate of the organic HAP 
    emission stream, the desorption schedule, the regeneration stream 
    pressure or temperature, and the flow rate of the regeneration stream. 
    For vacuum desorption, pressure drop shall be included.
        (E) For condensers, the design evaluation shall include the final 
    temperature of the organic HAP vapors, the type of condenser, and the 
    design flow rate of the organic HAP emission stream.
        (ii) If the control device used to comply with Sec. 63.119(e) of 
    this subpart is also used to comply with Sec. 63.113(a)(2), 
    Sec. 63.126(b)(1), or Sec. 63.139(c) of this subpart, the performance 
    test required by Sec. 63.116(c), Sec. 63.128(a), or Sec. 63.139(d)(1) 
    of this subpart is acceptable to demonstrate compliance with 
    Sec. 63.119(e) of this subpart. The owner or operator is not required 
    to prepare a design evaluation for the control device as described in 
    paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, if the performance tests meets the 
    criteria specified in paragraphs (d)(1)(ii)(A) and (d)(1)(ii)(B) of 
    this section.
        (A) The performance test demonstrates that the control device 
    achieves greater than or equal to the required control efficiency 
    specified in Sec. 63.119 (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this subpart, as 
    applicable; and
        (B) The performance test is submitted as part of the Notification 
    of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.151(b) of this subpart.
        (2) The owner or operator shall submit, as part of the 
    Implementation Plan required by Sec. 63.151(c) of this subpart, the 
    information specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section and in 
    either (d)(2)(ii) or (d)(2)(iii) of this section.
        (i) A description of the parameter or parameters to be monitored to 
    ensure that the control device is being properly operated and 
    maintained, an explanation of the criteria used for selection of that 
    parameter (or parameters), and the frequency with which monitoring will 
    be performed; and either
        (ii) The documentation specified in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this 
    section, if the owner or operator elects to prepare a design 
    evaluation; or
        (iii) The information specified in paragraph (d)(2)(iii) (A) and 
    (B) of this section if the owner or operator elects to submit the 
    results of a performance test.
        (A) Identification of the storage vessel and control device for 
    which the performance test will be submitted, and
        (B) Identification of the emission point(s) that share the control 
    device with the storage vessel and for which the performance test will 
    be conducted.
        (3) The owner or operator shall submit, as part of the Notification 
    of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart, the 
    information specified in paragraphs (d)(3)(i) and, if applicable, 
    (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The operating range for each monitoring parameter identified in 
    the Implementation Plan. The specified operating range shall represent 
    the conditions for which the control device is being properly operated 
    and maintained.
        (ii) Results of the performance test described in paragraph 
    (d)(1)(ii) of this section.
        (4) The owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.119(e)(3) of this subpart (planned routine 
    maintenance of a control device, during which the control device does 
    not meet the specifications of Sec. 63.119 (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this 
    subpart, as applicable, shall not exceed 240 hours per year) by 
    including in each Periodic Report required by Sec. 63.152(c) of this 
    subpart the information specified in Sec. 63.122(g)(1) of this subpart.
        (5) The owner or operator shall monitor the parameters specified in 
    the Notification of Compliance Status required in Sec. 63.152(b) of 
    this subpart or in the operating permit and shall operate and maintain 
    the control device such that the monitored parameters remain within the 
    ranges specified in the Notification of Compliance Status.
        (6) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(7) of this section, each 
    closed vent system shall be inspected as specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart. The initial and annual inspections required by 
    Sec. 63.148(b) of this subpart shall be done during filling of the 
    storage vessel.
        (7) For any fixed roof tank and closed vent system that are 
    operated and maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator 
    is not required to comply with the requirements specified in 
    Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (e) To demonstrate compliance with Sec. 63.119(e) of this subpart 
    (storage vessel equipped with a closed vent system and control device) 
    using a flare, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements 
    in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6) of this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall perform the compliance 
    determination specified in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
        (2) The owner or operator shall submit, as part of the Notification 
    of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart, the 
    information specified in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (e)(2)(iii) of 
    this section.
        (i) Flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
    assisted);
        (ii) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
    flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during 
    the compliance determination required by paragraph (e)(1) of this 
    section; and
        (iii) All periods during the compliance determination when the 
    pilot flame is absent.
        (3) The owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.119(e)(3) of this subpart (planned routine 
    maintenance of a flare, during which the flare does not meet the 
    specifications of Sec. 63.119(e)(1) of this subpart, shall not exceed 
    240 hours per year) by including in each Periodic Report required by 
    Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart the information specified in 
    Sec. 63.122(g)(1) of this subpart.
        (4) The owner or operator shall continue to meet the general 
    control device requirements specified in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of 
    this part.
        (5) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, each 
    closed vent system shall be inspected as specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart. The inspections required to be performed in accordance 
    with Sec. 63.148(c) of this subpart shall be done during filling of the 
    storage vessel.
        (6) For any fixed roof tank and closed vent system that is operated 
    and maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
    required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.121  Storage vessel provisions--alternative means of emission 
    limitation.
    
        (a) Determination of equivalence to the reduction in emissions 
    achieved by the requirements of Sec. 63.119 (b), (c), or (d) of this 
    subpart will be evaluated according to Sec. 63.102(b) of subpart F of 
    this part.
        (b) The determination of equivalence referred to in paragraph (a) 
    of this section will be based on the application to the Administrator 
    which shall include the information specified in either paragraph 
    (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section.
        (1) Actual emissions tests that use full-size or scale-model 
    storage vessels that accurately collect and measure all organic HAP 
    emissions from a given control technique, and that accurately simulate 
    wind and account for other emission variables such as temperature and 
    barometric pressure, or
        (2) An engineering analysis that the Administrator determines is an 
    accurate method of determining equivalence.
    
    
    Sec. 63.122  Storage vessel provisions--reporting.
    
        (a) For each Group 1 storage vessel, the owner or operator shall 
    comply with the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of 
    this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall submit an Initial Notification as 
    required by Sec. 63.151(b) of this subpart.
        (2) The owner or operator shall submit an Implementation Plan as 
    required by Sec. 63.151(c) of this subpart and shall submit as part of 
    the Implementation Plan the information specified in paragraph (b) of 
    this section.
        (3) The owner or operator shall submit a Notification of Compliance 
    Status as required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart and shall submit 
    as part of the Notification of Compliance Status the information 
    specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
        (4) The owner or operator shall submit Periodic Reports as required 
    by Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart and shall submit as part of the 
    Periodic Reports the information specified in paragraphs (d), (e), (f), 
    and (g) of this section.
        (5) The owner or operator shall submit, as applicable, other 
    reports as required by Sec. 63.152(d) of this subpart, containing the 
    information specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
        (b) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(e) 
    of this subpart by using a closed vent system and a control device 
    other than a flare shall submit, as part of the Implementation Plan 
    required by Sec. 63.151(c) of this subpart, the information specified 
    in Sec. 63.120(d)(2)(i) of this subpart and the information specified 
    in either Sec. 63.120(d)(2)(ii) of this subpart or 
    Sec. 63.120(d)(2)(iii) of this subpart.
        (c) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(e) 
    of this subpart by using a closed vent system and a control device 
    shall submit, as part of the Notification of Compliance Status required 
    by Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart, the information specified in either 
    paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section.
        (1) If a control device other than a flare is used, the owner or 
    operator shall submit the information specified in Sec. 63.120(d)(3)(i) 
    and, if applicable, (d)(3)(ii) of this subpart.
        (2) If a flare is used, the owner or operator shall submit the 
    information specified in Sec. 63.120(e)(2)(i), (e)(2)(ii), and 
    (e)(2)(iii) of this subpart.
        (d) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(b) 
    of this subpart by using a fixed roof and an internal floating roof or 
    with Sec. 63.119(d) of this subpart by using an external floating roof 
    converted to an internal floating roof shall submit, as part of the 
    Periodic Report required under Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart, the 
    results of each inspection conducted in accordance with Sec. 63.120(a) 
    of this subpart in which a failure is detected in the control 
    equipment.
        (1) For vessels for which annual inspections are required under 
    Sec. 63.120 (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this subpart, the specifications 
    and requirements listed in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(iii) of 
    this section apply.
        (i) A failure is defined as any time in which the internal floating 
    roof is not resting on the surface of the liquid inside the storage 
    vessel and is not resting on the leg supports; or there is liquid on 
    the floating roof; or the seal is detached from the internal floating 
    roof; or there are holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or seal 
    fabric; or there are visible gaps between the seal and the wall of the 
    storage vessel.
        (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section, 
    each Periodic Report shall include the date of the inspection, 
    identification of each storage vessel in which a failure was detected, 
    and a description of the failure. The Periodic Report shall also 
    describe the nature of and date the repair was made or the date the 
    storage vessel was emptied.
        (iii) If an extension is utilized in accordance with 
    Sec. 63.120(a)(4) of this subpart, the owner or operator shall, in the 
    next Periodic Report, identify the vessel; include the documentation 
    specified in Sec. 63.120(a)(4) of this subpart; and describe the date 
    the storage vessel was emptied and the nature of and date the repair 
    was made.
        (2) For vessels for which inspections are required under 
    Sec. 63.120 (a)(2)(ii), (a)(3)(i), or (a)(3)(iii) of this subpart, the 
    specifications and requirements listed in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and 
    (d)(2)(ii) of this section apply.
        (i) A failure is defined as any time in which the internal floating 
    roof has defects; or the primary seal has holes, tears, or other 
    openings in the seal or the seal fabric; or the secondary seal (if one 
    has been installed) has holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or 
    the seal fabric; or the gaskets no longer close off the liquid surface 
    from the atmosphere; or the slotted membrane has more than 10 percent 
    open area.
        (ii) Each Periodic Report required under Sec. 63.152(c) of this 
    subpart shall include the date of the inspection, identification of 
    each storage vessel in which a failure was detected, and a description 
    of the failure. The Periodic Report shall also describe the nature of 
    and date the repair was made.
        (e) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(c) 
    of this subpart by using an external floating roof shall meet the 
    periodic reporting requirements specified in paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), 
    and (e)(3) of this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall submit, as part of the Periodic 
    Report required under Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart, documentation of 
    the results of each seal gap measurement made in accordance with 
    Sec. 63.120(b) of this subpart in which the requirements of Sec. 63.120 
    (b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(5), or (b)(6) of this subpart are not met. This 
    documentation shall include the information specified in paragraphs 
    (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(iv) of this section.
        (i) The date of the seal gap measurement.
        (ii) The raw data obtained in the seal gap measurement and the 
    calculations described in Sec. 63.120 (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this 
    subpart.
        (iii) A description of any condition specified in Sec. 63.120 
    (b)(5) or (b)(6) of this subpart that is not met.
        (iv) A description of the nature of and date the repair was made, 
    or the date the storage vessel was emptied.
        (2) If an extension is utilized in accordance with 
    Sec. 63.120(b)(7)(ii) or (b)(8) of this subpart, the owner or operator 
    shall, in the next Periodic Report, identify the vessel; include the 
    documentation specified in Sec. 63.120(b)(7)(ii) or (b)(8) of this 
    subpart, as applicable; and describe the date the vessel was emptied 
    and the nature of and date the repair was made.
        (3) The owner or operator shall submit, as part of the Periodic 
    Report required under Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart, documentation of 
    any failures that are identified during visual inspections required by 
    Sec. 63.120(b)(10) of this subpart. This documentation shall meet the 
    specifications and requirements in paragraphs (e)(3)(i) and (e)(3)(ii) 
    of this section.
        (i) A failure is defined as any time in which the external floating 
    roof has defects; or the primary seal has holes, or other openings in 
    the seal or the seal fabric; or the secondary seal has holes, tears, or 
    other openings in the seal or the seal fabric; or the gaskets no longer 
    close off the liquid surface from the atmosphere; or the slotted 
    membrane has more than 10 percent open area.
        (ii) Each Periodic Report required under Sec. 63.152(c) of this 
    subpart shall include the date of the inspection, identification of 
    each storage vessel in which a failure was detected, and a description 
    of the failure. The periodic report shall also describe the nature of 
    and date the repair was made.
        (f) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(d) 
    of this subpart by using an external floating roof converted to an 
    internal floating roof shall comply with the periodic reporting 
    requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.
        (g) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(e) 
    of this subpart by installing a closed vent system and control device 
    shall submit, as part of the next Periodic Report required by 
    Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart, the information specified in paragraphs 
    (g)(1) through (g)(3) of this section.
        (1) As required by Sec. 63.120(d)(4) and Sec. 63.120(e)(3) of this 
    subpart, the Periodic Report shall include the information specified in 
    paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (g)(1)(ii) of this section for those planned 
    routine maintenance operations that would require the control device 
    not to meet the requirements of Sec. 63.119 (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this 
    subpart, as applicable.
        (i) A description of the planned routine maintenance that is 
    anticipated to be performed for the control device during the next 6 
    months. This description shall include the type of maintenance 
    necessary, planned frequency of maintenance, and lengths of maintenance 
    periods.
        (ii) A description of the planned routine maintenance that was 
    performed for the control device during the previous 6 months. This 
    description shall include the type of maintenance performed and the 
    total number of hours during those 6 months that the control device did 
    not meet the requirements of Sec. 63.119 (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this 
    subpart, as applicable, due to planned routine maintenance.
        (2) If a control device other than a flare is used, the Periodic 
    Report shall describe each occurrence when the monitored parameters 
    were outside of the parameter ranges documented in the Notification of 
    Compliance Status in accordance with Sec. 63.120(d)(3)(i) of this 
    subpart. The description shall include the information specified in 
    paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Identification of the control device for which the measured 
    parameters were outside of the established ranges, and
        (ii) Cause for the measured parameters to be outside of the 
    established ranges.
        (3) If a flare is used, the Periodic Report shall describe each 
    occurrence when the flare does not meet the general control device 
    requirements specified in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part and 
    shall include the information specified in paragraphs (g)(3)(i) and 
    (g)(3)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Identification of the flare which does not meet the general 
    requirements specified in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part, and
        (ii) Reason the flare did not meet the general requirements 
    specified in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
        (h) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119 (b), 
    (c), or (d) of this subpart shall submit, as applicable, the reports 
    specified in paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this section.
        (1) In order to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an 
    observer present, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator 
    of the refilling of a storage vessel that has been emptied and 
    degassed.
        (i) If the storage vessel is equipped with an internal floating 
    roof as specified in Sec. 63.119(b) of this subpart, the notification 
    shall meet the requirements of either Sec. 63.120 (a)(5) or (a)(6) of 
    this subpart, as applicable.
        (ii) If the storage vessel is equipped with an external floating 
    roof as specified in Sec. 63.119(c) of this subpart, the notification 
    shall meet the requirements of either Sec. 63.120 (b)(10)(ii) or 
    (b)(10)(iii) of this subpart, as applicable.
        (iii) If the storage vessel is equipped with an external floating 
    roof converted into an internal floating roof as specified in 
    Sec. 63.119(d) of this subpart, the notification shall meet the 
    requirements of either Sec. 63.120 (a)(5) or (a)(6) of this subpart, as 
    applicable.
        (2) In order to afford the Administrator the opportunity to have an 
    observer present, the owner or operator of a storage vessel equipped 
    with an external floating roof as specified in Sec. 63.119(c) of this 
    subpart shall notify the Administrator of any seal gap measurements. 
    This notification shall meet the requirements of Sec. 63.120(b)(9) of 
    this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.123  Storage vessel provisions--recordkeeping.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 or Group 2 storage vessel 
    shall keep readily accessible records showing the dimensions of the 
    storage vessel and an analysis showing the capacity of the storage 
    vessel. This record shall be kept as long as the storage vessel retains 
    Group 1 or Group 2 status and is in operation. For each Group 2 storage 
    vessel, the owner or operator is not required to comply with any other 
    provisions of Secs. 63.119 through 63.123 of this subpart other than 
    those required by this paragraph unless such vessel is part of an 
    emissions average as described in Sec. 63.150 of this subpart.
        (b) Each owner or operator shall keep a record of all reports 
    submitted in accordance with Sec. 63.122 of this subpart, including the 
    Initial Notification, Implementation Plan, Notification of Compliance 
    Status, Periodic Reports, and other reports.
        (c) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(b) 
    of this subpart shall keep a record that each inspection required by 
    Sec. 63.120(a) of this subpart was performed.
        (d) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(c) 
    of this subpart shall keep records describing the results of each seal 
    gap measurement made in accordance with Sec. 63.120(b) of this subpart. 
    The records shall include the date of the measurement, the raw data 
    obtained in the measurement, and the calculations described in 
    Sec. 63.120(b) (3) and (4) of this subpart.
        (e) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(d) 
    of this subpart shall keep a record that each inspection required by 
    Sec. 63.120 (a) and (c) of this subpart was performed.
        (f) An owner or operator who elects to comply with Sec. 63.119(e) 
    of this subpart shall keep in a readily accessible location the records 
    specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section.
        (1) A record of the measured values of the parameters monitored in 
    accordance with Sec. 63.120(d)(5) of this subpart.
        (2) A record of the planned routine maintenance performed on the 
    control device including the duration of each time the control device 
    does not meet the specifications of Sec. 63.119 (e)(1) or (e)(2) of 
    this subpart, as applicable, due to the planned routine maintenance. 
    Such a record shall include the information specified in paragraphs 
    (f)(2)(i) and (f)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The first time of day and date the requirements of Sec. 63.119 
    (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this subpart, as applicable, were not met at the 
    beginning of the planned routine maintenance, and
        (ii) The first time of day and date the requirements of Sec. 63.119 
    (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this subpart, as applicable, were met at the 
    conclusion of the planned routine maintenance.
        (g) An owner or operator who elects to utilize an extension in 
    emptying a storage vessel in accordance with Sec. 63.120 (a)(4), 
    (b)(7)(ii), or (b)(8) of this subpart shall keep in a readily 
    accessible location, the documentation specified in Sec. 63.120 (a)(4), 
    (b)(7)(ii), or (b)(8), as applicable.
        Sec. 63.124 Reserved.
        Sec. 63.125 Reserved.
        Sec. 63.126 Transfer operations provisions--reference control 
    technology.
        (a) For each Group 1 transfer rack the owner or operator shall 
    equip each transfer rack with a vapor collection system and control 
    device.
        (1) Each vapor collection system shall be designed and operated to 
    collect the organic HAP vapors displaced from tank trucks or railcars 
    during loading, and to route the collected HAP vapors to a control 
    device as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
        (2) Each vapor collection system shall be designed and operated 
    such that organic HAP vapors collected at one loading arm will not pass 
    through another loading arm in the rack to the atmosphere.
        (3) Whenever organic HAP emissions are vented to a control device 
    used to comply with the provisions of this subpart, such control device 
    shall be operating.
        (b) For each Group 1 transfer rack the owner or operator shall 
    comply with paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this section.
        (1) Use a control device to reduce emissions of total organic HAP's 
    by 98 weight-percent or to an exit concentration of 20 parts per 
    million by volume, on a dry basis, corrected to 3 percent oxygen, 
    whichever is less stringent. If a boiler or process heater is used to 
    comply with the percent reduction requirement, then the vent stream 
    shall be introduced into the flame zone of such a device.
        (2) Reduce emissions of organic HAP's using a flare.
        (i) The flare shall comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.11(b) 
    of subpart A of this part.
        (ii) Halogenated vent streams, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
    subpart, shall not be vented to a flare.
        (3) Reduce emissions of organic HAP using a vapor balancing system 
    designed and operated to collect organic HAP vapors displaced from tank 
    trucks or railcars during loading; and to route the collected HAP 
    vapors to the storage vessel from which the liquid being loaded 
    originated, or to compress collected HAP vapors and commingle the 
    liquid with the raw feed of a chemical manufacturing process unit.
        (c) For each Group 2 transfer rack, the owner or operator shall 
    maintain records as required in Sec. 63.130(f). No other provisions for 
    transfer racks apply to the Group 2 transfer rack.
        (d) Halogenated emission streams from Group 1 transfer racks that 
    are combusted shall be controlled according to paragraph (d)(1) or 
    (d)(2) of this section. Determination of whether a vent stream is 
    halogenated shall be made using procedures in (d)(3).
        (1) If a combustion device is used to comply with paragraph (b)(1) 
    of this section for a halogenated vent stream, then the vent stream 
    shall be ducted from the combustion device to an additional control 
    device, including, but not limited to, a scrubber before it is 
    discharged to the atmosphere.
        (i) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the 
    additional control device shall reduce overall emissions of hydrogen 
    halides and halogens, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart, by 99 
    percent or shall reduce the outlet mass emission rate of total hydrogen 
    halides and halogens to 0.45 kilograms per hour or less, whichever is 
    less stringent.
        (ii) If a scrubber or other halogen control device was installed 
    prior to December 31, 1992, the control device shall reduce overall 
    emissions of hydrogen halides and halogens, as defined in Sec. 63.111 
    of this subpart, by 95 percent or shall reduce the outlet mass of total 
    hydrogen halides and halogens to less than 0.45 kilograms per hour, 
    whichever is less stringent.
        (2) A control device, such as a scrubber, or other technique may be 
    used to make the vent stream nonhalogenated by reducing the vent stream 
    halogen atom mass emission rate to less than 0.45 kilograms per hour 
    prior to any combustion control device used to comply with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section.
        (3) In order to determine whether a vent stream is halogenated, the 
    mass emission rate of halogen atoms contained in organic compounds 
    shall be calculated.
        (i) The vent stream concentration of each organic compound 
    containing halogen atoms (parts per million by volume by compound) 
    shall be determined based on the following procedures:
        (A) Process knowledge that no halogen or hydrogen halides are 
    present in the process, or
        (B) Applicable engineering assessment as specified in 
    Sec. 63.115(d)(1)(iii) of this subpart, or
        (C) Concentration of organic compounds containing halogens measured 
    by Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, or
        (D) Any other method or data that has been validated according to 
    the applicable procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
        (ii) The following equation shall be used to calculate the mass 
    emission rate of halogen atoms:
    
    TR22AP94.211
    
    where:
    
    E=Mass of halogen atoms, dry basis, kilograms per hour.
    K2=Constant, 2.494  x  10-6 (parts per million)-1 
    (kilogram-mole per standard cubic meter) (minute/hour), where standard 
    temperature is 20  deg.C.
    Cj=Concentration of halogenated compound j in the gas stream, dry 
    basis, parts per million by volume.
    Mji=Molecular weight of halogen atom i in compound j of the gas 
    stream, kilogram per kilogram-mole.
    Lji=Number of atoms of halogen i in compound j of the gas stream.
    Vs=Flow rate of gas stream, dry standard cubic meters per minute, 
    determined according to Sec. 63.128(a)(8) of this subpart.
    j=Halogenated compound j in the gas stream.
    i=Halogen atom i in compound j of the gas stream.
    n=Number of halogenated compounds j in the gas stream.
    m=Number of different halogens i in each compound j of the gas stream.
    
        (e) For each Group 1 transfer rack the owner or operator shall load 
    organic HAP's into only tank trucks and railcars which:
        (1) Have a current certification in accordance with the U. S. 
    Department of Transportation pressure test requirements of 49 CFR part 
    180 for tank trucks and 49 CFR 173.31 for railcars; or
        (2) Have been demonstrated to be vapor-tight within the preceding 
    12 months, as determined by the procedures in Sec. 63.128(f) of this 
    subpart. Vapor-tight means that the truck or railcar tank will sustain 
    a pressure change of not more than 750 pascals within 5 minutes after 
    it is pressurized to a minimum of 4,500 pascals.
        (f) The owner or operator of a transfer rack subject to the 
    provisions of this subpart shall load organic HAP's to only tank trucks 
    or railcars equipped with vapor collection equipment that is compatible 
    with the transfer rack's vapor collection system.
        (g) The owner or operator of a transfer rack subject to this 
    subpart shall load organic HAP's to only tank trucks or railcars whose 
    collection systems are connected to the transfer rack's vapor 
    collection systems.
        (h) The owner or operator of a transfer rack subject to the 
    provisions of this subpart shall ensure that no pressure-vacuum vent in 
    the transfer rack's vapor collection system or in the organic HAP 
    loading equipment of each tank truck or railcar shall begin to open 
    during loading.
        (i) Each valve in the vent system that would lead the vent stream 
    to the atmosphere, either directly or indirectly, shall be secured 
    closed using a car seal or a lock-and-key type configuration, or shall 
    be equipped with a flow indicator. Equipment such as low leg drains, 
    high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, and 
    pressure relief valves needed for safety purposes are not subject to 
    this paragraph.
    
    
    Sec. 63.127  Transfer operations provisions--monitoring requirements.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack equipped with 
    a combustion device used to comply with the 98 percent total organic 
    HAP reduction or 20 parts per million by volume outlet concentration 
    requirements in Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart shall install, 
    calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the manufacturers' 
    specifications the monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (a)(1), 
    (a)(2), (a)(3), or (a)(4) of this section, as appropriate.
        (1) Where an incinerator is used, a temperature monitoring device 
    equipped with a continuous recorder is required.
        (i) Where an incinerator other than a catalytic incinerator is 
    used, a temperature monitoring device shall be installed in the firebox 
    or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox in a position 
    before any substantial heat exchange occurs.
        (ii) Where a catalytic incinerator is used, temperature monitoring 
    devices shall be installed in the gas stream immediately before and 
    after the catalyst bed.
        (2) Where a flare is used, a device (including but not limited to a 
    thermocouple, infrared sensor, or an ultra-violet beam sensor) capable 
    of continuously detecting the presence of a pilot flame is required.
        (3) Where a boiler or process heater with a design heat input 
    capacity less than 44 megawatts is used, a temperature monitoring 
    device in the firebox equipped with a continuous recorder is required. 
    Any boiler or process heater in which all vent streams are introduced 
    with the primary fuel or are used as the primary fuel is exempt from 
    this requirement.
        (4) Where a scrubber is used with an incinerator, boiler, or 
    process heater in the case of halogenated vent streams, the following 
    monitoring equipment is required for the scrubber:
        (i) A pH monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder 
    shall be installed to monitor the pH of the scrubber effluent.
        (ii) Flow meters equipped with continuous recorders shall be 
    located at the scrubber influent for liquid flow and the scrubber inlet 
    for gas stream flow.
        (b) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack that uses a 
    recovery device to comply with the 98 percent organic HAP reduction or 
    20 parts per million by volume HAP concentration requirements in 
    Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart shall install either an organic 
    monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder, or the 
    monitoring equipment specified in paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) 
    of this section, depending on the type of recovery device used. All 
    monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, and maintained 
    according to the manufacturer's specifications.
        (1) Where an absorber is used, a scrubbing liquid temperature 
    monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder shall be used; 
    and a specific gravity monitoring device equipped with a continuous 
    recorder shall be used.
        (2) Where a condenser is used, a condenser exit (product side) 
    temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder shall 
    be used.
        (3) Where a carbon adsorber is used, an integrating regeneration 
    stream flow monitoring device having an accuracy of 10 
    percent, capable of recording the total regeneration stream mass flow 
    for each regeneration cycle; and a carbon bed temperature monitoring 
    device, capable of recording the temperature of the carbon bed after 
    regeneration and within 15 minutes of completing any cooling cycle 
    shall be used.
        (c) An owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack may request 
    approval to monitor parameters other than those listed in paragraph (a) 
    or (b) of this section. The request shall be submitted according to the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.151(f) or Sec. 63.152(e) of this 
    subpart. Approval shall be requested if the owner or operator:
        (1) Seeks to demonstrate compliance with the standards specified in 
    Sec. 63.126(b) of this subpart with a control device other than an 
    incinerator, boiler, process heater, flare, absorber, condenser, or 
    carbon adsorber; or
        (2) Uses one of the control devices listed in paragraphs (a) and 
    (b) of this section, but seeks to monitor a parameter other than those 
    specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subpart.
        (d) The owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack using a vent 
    system that contains by-pass lines that could divert a vent stream flow 
    away from the control device used to comply with Sec. 63.126(b) of this 
    subpart shall comply with paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section. 
    Equipment such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, 
    open-ended valves or lines, and pressure relief valves needed for 
    safety purposes are not subject to this paragraph.
        (1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
    determines whether vent stream flow is present at least once every 15 
    minutes. Records shall be generated as specified in Sec. 63.130(b) of 
    this subpart. The flow indicator shall be installed at the entrance to 
    any by-pass line that could divert the vent stream away from the 
    control device to the atmosphere; or
        (2) Secure the by-pass line valve in the closed position with a 
    car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration.
        (i) A visual inspection of the seal or closure mechanism shall be 
    performed at least once every month to ensure that the valve is 
    maintained in the closed position and the vent stream is not diverted 
    through the by-pass line.
        (ii) If a car-seal has been broken or a valve position changed, the 
    owner or operator shall record that the vent stream has been diverted. 
    The car-seal or lock-and-key combination shall be returned to the 
    secured position as soon as practicable but not later than 15 calendar 
    days after the change in position is detected.
        (e) The owner or operator shall establish a range that indicates 
    proper operation of the control device for each parameter monitored 
    under paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section. In order to 
    establish the range, the information required in Sec. 63.152(b)(2) of 
    this subpart shall be submitted in the Notification of Compliance 
    Status or the operating permit application or amendment.
    
    
    Sec. 63.128  Transfer operations provisions--test methods and 
    procedures.
    
        (a) A performance test is required for determining compliance with 
    the reduction of total organic HAP emissions in Sec. 63.126(b) of this 
    subpart for all control devices except as specified in paragraph (c) of 
    this section. Performance test procedures are as follows:
        (1) For control devices shared between transfer racks and process 
    vents, the performance test procedures in Sec. 63.116(c) of this 
    subpart shall be followed.
        (2) A performance test shall consist of three runs.
        (3) All testing equipment shall be prepared and installed as 
    specified in the appropriate test methods.
        (4) For control devices shared between multiple arms that load 
    simultaneously, the minimum sampling time for each run shall be 1 hour 
    in which either an integrated sample or a minimum of four grab samples 
    shall be taken. If grab sampling is used, then the samples shall be 
    taken at approximately equal intervals in time, such as 15-minute 
    intervals during the run.
        (5) For control devices that are capable of continuous vapor 
    processing but do not meet the conditions in (a)(7)(i)(B) of this 
    section.
        (A) Sampling sites shall be located at the inlet and outlet of the 
    control device, except as provided in paragraph (a)(7)(i)(B) of this 
    section.
        (B) If a vent stream is introduced with the combustion air or as a 
    secondary fuel into a boiler or process heater with a design capacity 
    less than 44 megawatts, selection of paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(4) of this 
    section, each run shall represent at least one complete filling period, 
    during which liquid organic HAP's are loaded, and samples shall be 
    collected using integrated sampling or grab samples taken at least four 
    times per hour at approximately equal intervals of time, such as 15-
    minute intervals.
        (6) For intermittent vapor processing systems that do not meet the 
    conditions in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(4) of this section, each run 
    shall represent at least one complete control device cycle, and samples 
    shall be collected using integrated sampling or grab samples taken at 
    least four times per hour at approximately equal intervals of time, 
    such as 15-minute intervals.
        (7) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate, 
    shall be used for selection of sampling sites.
        (i) For an owner or operator complying with the 98-percent total 
    organic HAP reduction requirements in Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this 
    subpart, sampling sites shall be located as specified in paragraph 
    (a)(7)(i)(A) or (a)(7)(i)(B) of this section.
        (A) Sampling sites shall be located at the inlet and outlet of the 
    control device, except as provided in paragraph (a)(7)(i)(B) of this 
    section.
        (B) If a vent stream is introduced with the combustion air or as a 
    secondary fuel into a boiler or process heater with a design capacity 
    less than 44 megawatts, selection of the location of the inlet sampling 
    sites shall ensure the measurement of total organic HAP or TOC (minus 
    methane and ethane) concentrations in all vent streams and primary and 
    secondary fuels introduced into the boiler or process heater. A 
    sampling site shall also be located at the outlet of the boiler or 
    process heater.
        (ii) For an owner or operator complying with the 20 parts per 
    million by volume limit in Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart, the 
    sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the control device.
        (8) The volumetric flow rate, in standard cubic meters per minute 
    at 20  deg.C, shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of 40 
    CFR part 60, appendix A as appropriate.
        (9) For the purpose of determining compliance with the 20 parts per 
    million by volume limit in Sec. 63.126(b)(1), Method 18 or Method 25A 
    of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used to measure either organic 
    compound concentration or organic HAP concentration, except as provided 
    in paragraph (a)(11) of this section.
        (i) If Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used, the 
    following procedures shall be used to calculate the concentration of 
    organic compounds (CT):
        (A) The principal organic HAP in the vent stream shall be used as 
    the calibration gas.
        (B) The span value for Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A 
    shall be between 1.5 and 2.5 times the concentration being measured.
        (C) Use of Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is acceptable 
    if the response from the high-level calibration gas is at least 20 
    times the standard deviation of the response from the zero calibration 
    gas when the instrument is zeroed on the most sensitive scale.
        (D) The concentration of TOC shall be corrected to 3 percent oxygen 
    using the procedures and equation in paragraph (a)(9)(v) of this 
    section.
        (ii) If Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used to measure 
    the concentration of organic compounds, the organic compound 
    concentration (CT) is the sum of the individual components and 
    shall be computed for each run using the following equation:
    
    
    TR22AP94.212
    
    where:
    
    CT=Total concentration of organic compounds (minus methane and 
    ethane), dry basis, parts per million by volume.
    Cj=Concentration of sample components j, dry basis, parts per 
    million by volume.
    n=Number of components in the sample.
        (iii) If an owner or operator uses Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, 
    appendix A to compute total organic HAP concentration rather than 
    organic compounds concentration, the equation in paragraph (a)(9)(ii) 
    of this section shall be used except that only organic HAP species 
    shall be summed. The list of organic HAP's is provided in table 2 of 
    subpart F of this part.
        (iv) The emission rate correction factor or excess air integrated 
    sampling and analysis procedures of Method 3B of 40 CFR part 60, 
    appendix A shall be used to determine the oxygen concentration. The 
    sampling site shall be the same as that of the organic HAP or organic 
    compound samples, and the samples shall be taken during the same time 
    that the organic HAP or organic compound samples are taken.
        (v) The organic compound concentration corrected to 3 percent 
    oxygen (Cc) shall be calculated using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.213
    
    where:
    
    Cc=Concentration of organic compounds corrected to 3 percent 
    oxygen, dry basis, parts per million by volume.
    CT=Total concentration of organic compounds, dry basis, parts per 
    million by volume.
    %O2d=Concentration of oxygen, dry basis, percent by volume.
    
        (10) For the purpose of determining compliance with the 98-percent 
    reduction requirement in Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart, Method 18 
    or Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used, except as 
    provided in paragraph (a)(11) of this section.
        (i) For the purpose of determining compliance with the reduction 
    efficiency requirement, organic compound concentration may be measured 
    in lieu of organic HAP concentration.
        (ii) If Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used to measure 
    the concentration of organic compounds (CT), the principal organic 
    HAP in the vent stream shall be used as the calibration gas.
        (A) An emission testing interval shall consist of each 15-minute 
    period during the performance test. For each interval, a reading from 
    each measurement shall be recorded.
        (B) The average organic compound concentration and the volume 
    measurement shall correspond to the same emissions testing interval.
        (C) The mass at the inlet and outlet of the control device during 
    each testing interval shall be calculated as follows:
    
              Mj=FKVsCT
    
    where:
    Mj=Mass of organic compounds emitted during testing interval j, 
    kilograms.
    Vs=Volume of air-vapor mixture exhausted at standard conditions, 
    20  deg.C and 760 millimeters mercury, standard cubic meters.
    CT=Total concentration of organic compounds (as measured) at the 
    exhaust vent, parts per million by volume, dry basis.
    K=Density, kilograms per standard cubic meter organic HAP. 659 
    kilograms per standard cubic meter organic HAP. (Note: The density term 
    cancels out when the percent reduction is calculated. Therefore, the 
    density used has no effect. The density of hexane is given so that it 
    can be used to maintain the units of Mj.)
    F=10-6=Conversion factor, (cubic meters organic HAP per cubic 
    meters air) * (parts per million by volume)-1.
    
        (D) The organic compound mass emission rates at the inlet and 
    outlet of the control device shall be calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.214
    
    
    TR22AP94.215
    
    where:
    
    Ei, Eo=Mass flow rate of organic compounds at the inlet (i) 
    and outlet (o) of the combustion or recovery device, kilograms per 
    hour.
    Mij, Moj=Mass of organic compounds at the inlet (i) or outlet 
    (o) during testing interval j, kilograms.
    T=Total time of all testing intervals, hours.
    n=Number of testing intervals.
    
        (iii) If Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used to measure 
    organic compounds, the mass rates of organic compounds (Ei, 
    Eo) shall be computed using the following equations:
    
    
    TR22AP94.216
    
    
    TR22AP94.217
    
    where:
    
    Cij, Coj=Concentration of sample component j of the gas 
    stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, respectively, dry 
    basis, parts per million by volume.
    MWij, MWoj=Molecular weight of sample component j of the gas 
    stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device, respectively, 
    gram/gram-mole.
    Qi, Qo=Flow rate of gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the 
    control device, respectively, dry standard cubic meter per minute.
    K2=Constant, 2.494  x  10-6 (parts per million)-1 (gram-
    mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/gram) (minute/hour), where 
    standard temperature for (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20 
    deg.C.
    
        (iv) Where Method 18 or 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A is used 
    to measure the percent reduction in organic compounds, the percent 
    reduction across the control device shall be calculated as follows:
    
    
    TR22AP94.218
    
    where:
    
    R=Control efficiency of control device, percent.
    Ei=Mass emitted or mass flow rate of organic compounds at the 
    inlet to the combustion or recovery device as calculated under 
    paragraph (a)(10)(ii)(D) or (a)(10)(iii) of this section, kilogram per 
    hour.
    Eo=Mass emitted or mass flow rate of organic compounds at the 
    outlet of the combustion or recovery device, as calculated under 
    paragraph (a)(10)(ii)(D) or (a)(10)(iii) of this section, kilogram per 
    hour.
        (11) The owner or operator may use any methods or data other than 
    Method 18 or Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, if the method or 
    data has been validated according to Method 301 of appendix A of this 
    part.
        (b) When a flare is used to comply with Sec. 63.126(b)(2) of this 
    subpart, the owner or operator shall comply with the flare provisions 
    in Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
        (1) The compliance determination required by Sec. 63.6(h) of 
    subpart A of this part shall be conducted using Method 22 of 40 CFR 
    part 60, appendix A, to determine visible emissions. The observation 
    period shall be at least 2 hours and shall be conducted according to 
    Method 22 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
        (i) If the loading cycle is less than 2 hours, then the observation 
    period for that run shall be for the entire loading cycle.
        (ii) If additional loading cycles are initiated within the 2-hour 
    period, then visible emission observations shall be conducted for the 
    additional cycles.
        (2) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
    test to determine the percent emission reduction or outlet total HAP or 
    TOC concentration when a flare is used.
        (c) An owner or operator is not required to conduct a performance 
    test when any of the conditions specified in paragraph (c)(1), (c)(2), 
    (c)(3), (c)(4), (c)(5), or (c)(6) of this section are met.
        (1) When a boiler or process heater with a design heat input 
    capacity of 44 megawatts or greater is used.
        (2) When a boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste is used 
    for which the owner or operator:
        (i) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
    complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H, or
        (ii) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
    of 40 CFR part 266 subpart H.
        (3) When a boiler or process heater into which the vent stream is 
    introduced with the primary fuel.
        (4) When a vapor balancing system is used.
        (5) When emissions are recycled to a chemical manufacturing process 
    unit.
        (6) When a transfer rack transfers less than 11.8 million liters 
    per year and the owner or operator complies with the requirements in 
    paragraph (h) of this section or uses a flare to comply with 
    Sec. 63.126(b)(2) of this subpart.
        (d) An owner or operator using a combustion device followed by a 
    scrubber or other control device to control a halogenated transfer vent 
    stream in compliance with Sec. 63.126(d) of this subpart shall conduct 
    a performance test to determine compliance with the control efficiency 
    or emission limits for hydrogen halides and halogens.
        (1) For an owner or operator determining compliance with the 
    percent reduction of total hydrogen halides and halogens, sampling 
    sites shall be located at the inlet and outlet of the scrubber or other 
    control device used to reduce halogen emissions. For an owner or 
    operator complying with the 0.45 kilograms per hour outlet mass 
    emission rate limit for total hydrogen halides and halogens, the 
    sampling site shall be located at the outlet of the scrubber or other 
    control device and prior to release to the atmosphere.
        (2) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(5) of this section, Method 
    26 or 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, shall be used to determine the 
    concentration in milligrams per dry standard cubic meter of the 
    hydrogen halides and halogens that may be present in the stream. The 
    mass emission rate of each hydrogen halide and halogen compound shall 
    be calculated from the concentrations and the gas stream flow rate.
        (3) To determine compliance with the percent emissions reduction 
    limit, the mass emission rate for any hydrogen halides and halogens 
    present at the scrubber inlet shall be summed together. The mass 
    emission rate of the compounds present at the scrubber outlet shall be 
    summed together. Percent reduction shall be determined by comparison of 
    the summed inlet and outlet measurements.
        (4) To demonstrate compliance with the 0.45 kilograms per hour mass 
    emission rate limit, the test results must show that the mass emission 
    rate of the total hydrogen halides and halogens measured at the 
    scrubber outlet is below 0.45 kilograms per hour.
        (5) The owner or operator may use any other method or data to 
    demonstrate compliance if the method or data has been validated 
    according to the protocol of Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
        (e) The owner or operator shall inspect the vapor collection system 
    and vapor balancing system, according to the requirements for vapor 
    collection systems in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (1) Inspections shall be performed only while a tank truck or 
    railcar is being loaded.
        (2) For vapor collection systems only, an inspection shall be 
    performed prior to each performance test required to demonstrate 
    compliance with Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart.
        (3) For each vapor collection system that is operated and 
    maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
    required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
        (f) For the purposes of demonstrating vapor tightness to determine 
    compliance with Sec. 63.126(e)(2) of this subpart, the following 
    procedures and equipment shall be used:
        (1) The pressure test procedures specified in Method 27 of 40 CFR 
    part 60, appendix A; and
        (2) A pressure measurement device which has a precision of 
    2.5 millimeters of mercury and which is capable of 
    measuring above the pressure at which the tank truck or railcar is to 
    be tested for vapor tightness.
        (g) An owner or operator using a scrubber or other control 
    technique to reduce the vent stream halogen atom mass emission rate to 
    less than 0.45 kilograms per hour prior to a combustion device used to 
    comply with Sec. 63.126(d)(2) of this subpart shall determine the 
    halogen atom mass emission rate prior to the combustor according to the 
    procedures in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
        (h) For transfer racks that transfer less than 11.8 million liters 
    per year of liquid organic HAP's, the owner or operator may comply with 
    the requirements in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(3) of this section 
    instead of the requirements in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall prepare, as part of the 
    Implementation Plan required by Sec. 63.151(c) of this subpart, a 
    design evaluation that shall document that the control device being 
    used achieves the required control efficiency during reasonably 
    expected maximum loading conditions. This documentation is to include a 
    description of the gas stream which enters the control device, 
    including flow and organic HAP content, and the information specified 
    in paragraphs (h)(1)(i) through (h)(1)(v) of this section, as 
    applicable.
        (i) If the control device receives vapors, gases, or liquids, other 
    than fuels, from emission points other than transfer racks subject to 
    this subpart, the efficiency demonstration is to include consideration 
    of all vapors, gases, and liquids, other than fuels, received by the 
    control device.
        (ii) If an enclosed combustion device with a maximum residence time 
    of 0.5 seconds and a minimum temperature of 760  deg.C is used to meet 
    the 98-percent emission reduction requirement, documentation that those 
    conditions exist is sufficient to meet the requirements of paragraph 
    (h)(1) of this section.
        (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section, 
    for thermal incinerators, the design evaluation shall include the 
    autoignition temperature of the organic HAP, the flow rate of the 
    organic HAP emission stream, the combustion temperature, and the 
    residence time at the combustion temperature.
        (iv) For carbon adsorbers, the design evaluation shall include the 
    affinity of the organic HAP vapors for carbon, the amount of carbon in 
    each bed, the number of beds, the humidity of the feed gases, the 
    temperature of the feed gases, the flow rate of the organic HAP 
    emission stream, the desorption schedule, the regeneration stream 
    pressure or temperature, and the flow rate of the regeneration stream. 
    For vacuum desorption, pressure drop shall be included.
        (v) For condensers, the design evaluation shall include the final 
    temperature of the organic HAP vapors, the type of condenser, and the 
    design flow rate of the organic HAP emission stream.
        (2) The owner or operator shall submit, as part of the Notification 
    of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart, the 
    operating range for each monitoring parameter identified in the 
    Implementation Plan. The specified operating range shall represent the 
    conditions for which the control device can achieve the 98-percent-or-
    greater emission reduction required by Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this 
    subpart.
        (3) The owner or operator shall monitor the parameters specified in 
    the Notification of Compliance Status required in Sec. 63.152(b) of 
    this subpart or operating permit and shall operate and maintain the 
    control device such that the monitored parameters remain within the 
    ranges specified in the Notification of Compliance Status.
    
    
    Sec. 63.129  Transfer operations provisions--reporting and 
    recordkeeping for performance tests and notification of compliance 
    status.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack shall:
        (1) Keep an up-to-date, readily accessible record of the data 
    specified in paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(7) of this section, as 
    applicable.
        (2) Include the data specified in paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(7) 
    of this section in the Notification of Compliance Status report as 
    specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart.
        (3) If any subsequent performance tests are conducted after the 
    Notification of Compliance Status has been submitted, report the data 
    in paragraphs (a)(4) through (a)(7) of this section in the next 
    Periodic Report as specified in Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart.
        (4) Record and report the following when using a control device 
    other than a flare to achieve a 98 weight percent reduction in total 
    organic HAP or a total organic HAP concentration of 20 parts per 
    million by volume, as specified in Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart:
        (i) The parameter monitoring results for thermal incinerators, 
    catalytic incinerators, boilers or process heaters, absorbers, 
    condensers, or carbon adsorbers specified in table 7 of this subpart, 
    recorded during the performance test, and averaged over the time period 
    of the performance testing.
        (ii) The percent reduction of total organic HAP or TOC achieved by 
    the control device determined as specified in Sec. 63.128(a) of this 
    subpart, or the concentration of total organic HAP or TOC (parts per 
    million by volume, by compound) determined as specified in 
    Sec. 63.128(a) of this subpart at the outlet of the control device on a 
    dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen.
        (iii) The parameters shall be recorded at least every 15 minutes.
        (iv) For a boiler or process heater, a description of the location 
    at which the vent stream is introduced into the boiler or process 
    heater.
        (5) Record and report the following when using a flare to comply 
    with Sec. 63.126(b)(2) of this subpart:
        (i) Flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
    assisted);
        (ii) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
    flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during 
    the compliance determination required by Sec. 63.128(b) of this 
    subpart; and
        (iii) All periods during the compliance determination when the 
    pilot flame is absent.
        (6) Record and report the following when using a scrubber following 
    a combustion device to control a halogenated vent stream, as specified 
    in Sec. 63.126(d) of this subpart:
        (i) The percent reduction or scrubber outlet mass emission rate of 
    total hydrogen halides and halogens determined according to the 
    procedures in Sec. 63.128(d) of this subpart;
        (ii) The parameter monitoring results for scrubbers specified in 
    table 7 of this subpart, and averaged over the time period of the 
    performance test; and
        (iii) The parameters shall be recorded at least every 15 minutes.
        (7) Record and report the halogen concentration in the vent stream 
    determined according to the procedures as specified in Sec. 63.128(d) 
    of this subpart.
        (b) If an owner or operator requests approval to use a control 
    device other than those listed in table 7 of this subpart or to monitor 
    a parameter other than those specified in table 7 of this subpart, the 
    owner or operator shall submit a description of planned reporting and 
    recordkeeping procedures as required under Sec. 63.151(f) or 
    Sec. 63.152(e) of this subpart. The Administrator will specify 
    appropriate reporting and recordkeeping requirements as part of the 
    review of the Implementation Plan or permit application.
        (c) For each parameter monitored according to table 7 of this 
    subpart or paragraph (b) of this section, the owner or operator shall 
    establish a range for the parameter that indicates proper operation of 
    the control device. In order to establish the range, the information 
    required in Sec. 63.152(b)(2) of this subpart shall be submitted in the 
    Notification of Compliance Status or the operating permit application 
    or amendment.
        (d) Each owner or operator shall maintain a record describing in 
    detail the vent system used to vent each affected transfer vent stream 
    to a control device. This document shall list all valves and vent pipes 
    that could vent the stream to the atmosphere, thereby by-passing the 
    control device; identify which valves are secured by car-seals or lock-
    and-key type configurations; and indicate the position (open or closed) 
    of those valves which have car-seals. Equipment leaks such as low leg 
    drains, high point bleeds, analyzer vents, open-ended valves or lines, 
    and pressure relief valves needed for safety purposes are not subject 
    to this paragraph.
        (e) An owner or operator meeting the requirements of Sec. 63.128(h) 
    of this subpart shall submit, as part of the Implementation Plan 
    required by Sec. 63.151(c) of this subpart, the information specified 
    in Sec. 63.128(h)(1) of this subpart.
        (f) An owner or operator meeting the requirements of Sec. 63.128(h) 
    of this subpart shall submit, as part of the Notification of Compliance 
    Status required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart, the operating range 
    for each monitoring parameter identified in the Implementation Plan or 
    in the operating permit.
    
    
    Sec. 63.130  Transfer operations provisions--periodic recordkeeping and 
    reporting.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator using a control device to comply with 
    Sec. 63.126(b)(1) or (b)(2) of this subpart shall keep the following 
    up-to-date, readily accessible records:
        (1) While the transfer vent stream is being vented to the control 
    device, continuous records of the equipment operating parameters 
    specified to be monitored under Sec. 63.127 of this subpart, and listed 
    in table 7 of this subpart or specified by the Administrator in 
    accordance with Secs. 63.127(c) and 63.129(b). For flares, the hourly 
    records and records of pilot flame outages specified in table 7 shall 
    be maintained in place of continuous records.
        (2) Records of the daily average value of each monitored parameter 
    for each operating day, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2)(iv) 
    through (a)(2)(vii) of this section.
        (i) The daily average shall be calculated as the average of all 
    values for a monitored parameter recorded during the operating day, 
    except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section. The average 
    shall cover periods of loading.
        (ii) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system 
    breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (low-level) and high-
    level adjustments shall not be included in computing the hourly or 
    daily averages. Records shall be kept of the times and durations of all 
    such periods and any other periods of loading or control device 
    operation.
        (iii) The operating day shall be the period defined in the 
    operating permit or the Notification of Compliance Status. It may be 
    from midnight to midnight or another daily period.
        (iv) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
    operating day are within the range established in the Notification of 
    Compliance Status or operating permit, the owner or operator may record 
    that all values were within the range rather than calculating and 
    recording a daily average for that operating day.
        (v) For flares, records of the times and duration of all periods 
    during which the pilot flame is absent shall be kept rather than daily 
    averages.
        (vi) If carbon adsorber regeneration stream flow and carbon bed 
    regeneration temperature are monitored, the records specified in table 
    7 of this subpart shall be kept instead of the daily averages.
        (vii) Records of the duration of all periods when the vent stream 
    is diverted through by-pass lines shall be kept rather than daily 
    averages.
        (3) For boilers or process heaters, records of any changes in the 
    location at which the vent stream is introduced into the flame zone as 
    required under the reduction of total organic HAP emissions in 
    Sec. 63.126(b)(1) of this subpart.
        (b) If a vapor collection system containing valves that could 
    divert the emission stream away from the control device is used, each 
    owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack subject to the provisions 
    of Sec. 63.127(d) of this subpart shall keep up-to-date, readily 
    accessible records of:
        (1) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator specified under 
    Sec. 63.127(d)(1) of this subpart was operating and whether flow was 
    detected at any time during the hour, as well as records of the times 
    durations of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the 
    control device or the monitor is not operating.
        (2) Where a seal mechanism is used to comply with 
    Sec. 63.127(d)(2), hourly records of flow are not required. In such 
    cases, the owner or operator shall record that the monthly visual 
    inspection of the seals or closure mechanisms has been done, and shall 
    record the duration of all periods when the seal mechanism is broken, 
    the by-pass line valve position has changed, or the key for a lock-and-
    key type lock has been checked out, and records of any car-seal that 
    has broken, as listed in table 7 of this subpart.
        (c) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack who uses a 
    flare to comply with Sec. 63.126(b)(2) of this subpart shall keep up-
    to-date, readily accessible records of the flare pilot flame monitoring 
    specified under Sec. 63.127(a)(2) of this subpart.
        (d) Each owner or operator of a transfer rack subject to the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.126 of this subpart shall submit to the 
    Administrator Periodic Reports of the following information according 
    to the schedule in Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart:
        (1) Reports of daily average values of monitored parameters for all 
    operating days when the daily average values were outside the range 
    established in the Notification of Compliance Status or operating 
    permit.
        (2) Reports of the duration of periods when monitoring data are not 
    collected for each excursion caused by insufficient monitoring data as 
    defined in Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this subpart.
        (3) Reports of the times and durations of all periods recorded 
    under paragraph (b)(1) of this section when the vent stream was 
    diverted from the control device.
        (4) Reports of all times recorded under paragraph (b)(2) of this 
    section when maintenance is performed on car-sealed valves, when the 
    car-seal is broken, when the by-pass line valve position is changed, or 
    the key for a lock-and-key type lock has been checked out.
        (5) Reports of the times and durations of all periods recorded 
    under paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section in which all pilot flames of 
    a flare were absent.
        (6) Reports of all carbon bed regeneration cycles during which the 
    parameters recorded under paragraph (a)(2)(vi) of this section were 
    outside the ranges established in the Notification of Compliance Status 
    or operating permit.
        (e) The owner or operator of a Group 1 transfer rack shall record 
    that the verification of DOT tank certification or Method 27 testing, 
    required in Sec. 63.126(e) of this subpart, has been performed. Various 
    methods for the record of verification can be used, such as: A check 
    off on a log sheet; a list of DOT serial numbers or Method 27 data; or 
    a position description for gate security, showing that the security 
    guard will not allow any trucks on site that do not have the 
    appropriate documentation.
        (f) Each owner or operator of a Group 1 or Group 2 transfer rack 
    shall record, update annually, and maintain the information specified 
    in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section in a readily 
    accessible location on site:
        (1) An analysis demonstrating the design and actual annual 
    throughput of the transfer rack;
        (2) An analysis documenting the weight-percent organic HAP's in the 
    liquid loaded. Examples of acceptable documentation include but are not 
    limited to analyses of the material and engineering calculations.
        (3) An analysis documenting the annual rack weighted average HAP 
    partial pressure of the transfer rack.
        (i) For Group 2 transfer racks that are limited to transfer of 
    organic HAP's with partial pressures less than 10.3 kilopascals, 
    documentation is required of the organic HAP's (by compound) that are 
    transferred. The rack weighted average partial pressure does not need 
    to be calculated.
        (ii) For racks transferring one or more organic HAP's with partial 
    pressures greater than 10.3 kilopascals, as well as one or more organic 
    HAP's with partial pressures less than 10.3 kilopascals, a rack 
    weighted partial pressure shall be documented. The rack weighted 
    average HAP partial pressure shall be weighted by the annual throughput 
    of each chemical transferred.
    
    
    Sec. 63.131  Process wastewater provisions--flow diagrams and tables.
    
        (a) The flow diagrams in this subpart are provided as guidance for 
    understanding the basic interrelationships of the wastewater provisions 
    for process units at new and existing sources. Paragraphs (b) through 
    (k) of this section briefly outline the flow diagrams provided.
        (b) Figure 1 of this subpart provides an overview of the HON 
    wastewater provisions.
        (c) Figure 2 of this subpart outlines the process for determining 
    whether a stream meets the definition of wastewater in Sec. 63.101 of 
    subpart F of this part.
        (d) Figure 3 of this subpart summarizes the requirements for 
    designating as a Group 1 wastewater stream a wastewater stream or 
    mixture of wastewater streams.
        (e) Figure 4 of this subpart summarizes the steps for making Group 
    1 and Group 2 determinations for wastewater streams that are generated 
    from a process unit at a new source and contain organic HAP's listed in 
    table 8 of this subpart.
        (f) Figure 5 of this subpart summarizes the steps for making Group 
    1 and Group 2 determinations for wastewater streams that are generated 
    from process units at new and existing sources and contain organic 
    HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart.
        (g) Figure 6 of this subpart summarizes compliance options for 
    control of wastewater streams containing organic HAP's listed in table 
    8 of this subpart.
        (h) Figure 7 of this subpart summarizes compliance options for 
    control of wastewater streams containing organic HAP's listed in table 
    9 of this subpart.
        (i) Figure 8 of this subpart presents the process unit alternative 
    compliance option for control of wastewater streams at existing sources 
    containing organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart.
        (j) Figure 9 of this subpart presents the 95-percent biological 
    treatment option for control of wastewater streams at new and existing 
    sources containing organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart.
        (k) Figure 10 of this subpart outlines compliance options for 
    control of residuals.
    
    
    Sec. 63.132  Process wastewater provisions--general.
    
        (a) For each process wastewater stream to which this subpart 
    applies that is located at a new source, the owner or operator shall 
    comply with the requirements in either paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2) or 
    (a)(3) of this section no later than the dates specified in Sec. 63.100 
    of subpart F of this part.
        (1) The requirements of paragraphs (c), (e), and (h) of this 
    section, or
        (2) The requirements of paragraphs (d) through (i) of this section, 
    or
        (3) The requirements of paragraphs (d), (g), and (j) of this 
    section.
        (b) For each process wastewater stream to which this subpart 
    applies that is located at an existing source, the owner or operator 
    shall comply with the requirements in either paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), 
    or (b)(3) of this section no later than the dates specified in 
    Sec. 63.100 of subpart F of this part.
        (1) The requirements of paragraphs (c) and (h) of this section, or
        (2) The requirements of paragraphs (g), (h), and (i) of this 
    section; or
        (3) The requirements of paragraphs (g) and (j) of this section.
        (c) For each process wastewater stream or mixture of wastewater 
    streams to which this subpart applies that is located at a new or 
    existing source, the owner or operator shall designate such streams as 
    Group 1 wastewater streams according to procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(d) of this subpart. The requirements of this paragraph are 
    illustrated in figure 3 of this subpart.
        (d) For each process wastewater stream to which this subpart 
    applies that is located at a new source, the owner or operator shall 
    determine the average flow rate and average VOHAP concentration of each 
    organic HAP listed in table 8 of this subpart for the point of 
    generation of each process wastewater stream generated by the chemical 
    manufacturing process unit. Average flow rate shall be determined 
    according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(c) of this 
    subpart. Average VOHAP concentration of each organic HAP listed in 
    table 8 of this subpart shall be determined according to the procedures 
    specified in Sec. 63.144(b) of this subpart. The requirements of this 
    paragraph are illustrated in figure 4 of this subpart.
        (1) A process wastewater stream shall be a Group 1 wastewater 
    stream for organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart if the 
    average flow rate is 0.02 liter per minute or greater and the average 
    VOHAP concentration of any individual organic HAP listed in table 8 of 
    this subpart is 10 parts per million by weight or greater.
        (2) A process wastewater stream shall be a Group 2 wastewater 
    stream for organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart if the 
    average flow rate is less than 0.02 liter per minute or the average 
    VOHAP concentration for each individual organic HAP listed in table 8 
    of this subpart is less than 10 parts per million by weight.
        (e) Except as provided in paragraph (j) of this section, the owner 
    or operator of each Group 1 stream for organic HAP's listed in table 8 
    of this subpart shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) 
    through (e)(4) of this section and with the requirements of either 
    paragraph (e)(5) or (e)(6) of this section.
        (1) The requirements for waste management units specified in 
    Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of this subpart.
        (2) The monitoring and inspection requirements of Sec. 63.143 of 
    this subpart.
        (3) The reporting and recordkeeping requirements of Secs. 63.146 
    and 63.147 of this subpart.
        (4) The requirements in paragraph (g) of this section to determine 
    whether each stream is Group 1 or Group 2 for organic HAP's listed in 
    table 9 of this subpart.
        (5) The treatment requirements specified in Sec. 63.138(b) of this 
    subpart, or
        (6) The 95-percent biological treatment option in Sec. 63.138(e) of 
    this subpart.
        (f) The owner or operator of each Group 2 stream for organic HAP's 
    listed in table 8 of this subpart shall comply with: (1) The 
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements of Secs. 63.146 and 63.147 of 
    this subpart, and
        (2) The requirements in paragraph (g) of this section to determine 
    whether each stream is Group 1 or Group 2 for organic HAP's listed in 
    table 9 of this subpart.
        (g) The owner or operator of SOCMI process units at new and 
    existing sources shall determine the average flow rate and total VOHAP 
    average concentration for HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart for 
    the point of generation of each wastewater stream generated by the 
    process unit. Average flow rate shall be determined according to the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(c) of this subpart. Total VOHAP 
    average concentration shall be determined according to the procedures 
    specified in Sec. 63.144(b) of this subpart. The requirements of this 
    paragraph are illustrated in figure 5 of this subpart.
        (1) A process wastewater stream shall be a Group 1 wastewater 
    stream for organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart if:
        (i) The total VOHAP average concentration of the wastewater stream 
    is greater than or equal to 10,000 parts per million by weight at any 
    flow rate, or
        (ii) The total VOHAP average concentration is greater than or equal 
    to 1,000 parts per million by weight and the average flow rate is 
    greater than or equal to 10 liters per minute.
        (2) A process wastewater stream shall be a Group 2 wastewater 
    stream for HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart if:
        (i) The total VOHAP average concentration is less than 1,000 parts 
    per million by weight, or
        (ii) The average flow rate is less than 10 liters per minute and 
    the total VOHAP average concentration is less than 10,000 parts per 
    million by weight.
        (h) Except as provided in paragraph (j) of this section, the owner 
    or operator of each Group 1 stream for HAP's listed in table 9 of this 
    subpart shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (h)(1) through 
    (h)(3) of this section and with the requirements of paragraph (h)(4), 
    (h)(5), or (h)(6) of this section.
        (1) The requirements for waste management units specified in 
    Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of this subpart.
        (2) The monitoring and inspection requirements of Sec. 63.143 of 
    this subpart.
        (3) The reporting and recordkeeping requirements of Secs. 63.146 
    and 63.147 of this subpart.
        (4) The treatment requirements specified in Sec. 63.138(c) of this 
    subpart, or
        (5) The process unit alternative specified in Sec. 63.138(d) of 
    this subpart.
        (6) The 95-percent biological treatment option in Sec. 63.138(e) of 
    this subpart.
        (i) The owner or operator of each Group 2 stream for HAP's listed 
    in table 9 of this subpart shall comply with the recordkeeping and 
    reporting requirements of Secs. 63.146 and 63.147 of this subpart.
        (j) The owner or operator may elect to transfer a Group 1 
    wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream 
    to an on-site treatment operation not owned or operated by the owner or 
    operator of the source generating the wastewater stream or residual, to 
    an off-site treatment operation, or to sell it for any other purpose. 
    The owner or operator transferring the wastewater stream or residual 
    shall:
        (1) Comply with the provisions specified in Secs. 63.133 through 
    63.137 of this subpart for each waste management unit that receives or 
    manages a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream prior to and during shipment or transport.
        (2) Ensure that the wastewater stream or residual is ultimately 
    treated in accordance with the requirements of:
        (i) Sec. 63.138(b) of this subpart if the stream or residual is 
    Group 1 for table 8 compounds and with the requirements of 
    Sec. 63.138(c) of this subpart if the stream or residual is Group 1 for 
    table 9 compounds, or
        (ii) Sec. 63.102(b) of subpart F or subpart D of this part, if 
    alternative emission limitations have been granted in accordance with 
    these provisions.
        (3) Include with the shipment or transport of each Group 1 
    wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream 
    a notice. The notice shall state that the wastewater stream or residual 
    contains organic HAP's which are required to be managed and treated in 
    accordance with the provisions of this subpart. When the transport is 
    continuous (for example, discharge to a publicly-owned treatment 
    works), the notice shall be submitted to the treatment operator at 
    least once per year.
    
    
    Sec. 63.133  Process wastewater provisions--wastewater tanks.
    
        (a) For each wastewater tank that receives, manages, or treats a 
    Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
    requirements of either paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) as specified in table 
    10 of this subpart.
        (1) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain a fixed roof 
    unless the wastewater tank is used for mixing wastewater, heating 
    wastewater, or treating with an exothermic reaction. In which case, the 
    owner or operator shall comply with the requirements specified in 
    paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
        (2) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in 
    paragraphs (b) through (h) of this section and shall operate and 
    maintain one of the emission control techniques listed in paragraphs 
    (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iv).
        (i) A fixed roof and a closed-vent system that routes the organic 
    HAP vapors vented from the wastewater tank to a control device. The 
    fixed roof, closed-vent system, and control device shall meet the 
    requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
        (ii) A fixed roof and an internal floating roof that meets the 
    requirements specified in Sec. 63.119(b) of this subpart;
        (iii) An external floating roof that meets the requirements 
    specified in Secs. 63.119(c), 63.120(b)(5), and 63.120(b)(6) of this 
    subpart; or
        (iv) An equivalent means of emission limitation. Determination of 
    equivalence to the reduction in emissions achieved by the requirements 
    of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii) of this section will be 
    evaluated according to Sec. 63.102(b) of subpart F of this part. The 
    determination will be based on the application to the Administrator 
    which shall include the information specified in either paragraph 
    (a)(2)(iv)(A) or (a)(2)(iv)(B) of this section.
        (A) Actual emissions tests that use full-size or scale-model 
    wastewater tanks that accurately collect and measure all organic HAP 
    emissions from a given control technique, and that accurately simulate 
    wind and account for other emission variables such as temperature and 
    barometric pressure, or
        (B) An engineering evaluation that the Administrator determines is 
    an accurate method of determining equivalence.
        (b) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
    of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section, the fixed roof shall meet the 
    requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the control device 
    shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and 
    the closed-vent system shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) 
    of this section:
        (1) The fixed-roof shall meet the following requirements:
        (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
    fixed roof and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and 
    gauge wells) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
    specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (ii) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
    (e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
    the wastewater tank contains a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual 
    removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream except when it is necessary to 
    use the opening for wastewater sampling, removal, or for equipment 
    inspection, maintenance, or repair.
        (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
    in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
        (3) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
    closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (4) For any fixed roof tank and closed-vent system that is operated 
    and maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
    required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
        (c) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
    of paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the floating roof shall be 
    inspected according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.120(a)(2) 
    and (a)(3) of this subpart.
        (d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, if the 
    owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements of (a)(2)(iii) 
    of this section, seal gaps shall be measured according to the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.120(b)(2)(i) through (b)(4) of this 
    subpart and the wastewater tank shall be inspected to determine 
    compliance with Sec. 63.120(b)(5) and (b)(6) of this subpart.
        (e) If the owner or operator determines that it is unsafe to 
    perform the seal gap measurements specified in Sec. 63.120(b)(2)(i) 
    through (b)(4) of this subpart or to inspect the wastewater tank to 
    determine compliance with Sec. 63.120(b)(5) and (b)(6) of this subpart 
    because the floating roof appears to be structurally unsound and poses 
    an imminent or potential danger to inspecting personnel, the owner or 
    operator shall comply with the requirements in either paragraph (e)(1) 
    or (e)(2) of this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall measure the seal gaps or inspect 
    the wastewater tank within 30 calendar days of the determination that 
    the floating roof is unsafe, or
        (2) The owner or operator shall empty and remove the wastewater 
    tank from service within 45 calendar days of determining that the roof 
    is unsafe. If the wastewater tank cannot be emptied within 45 calendar 
    days, the owner or operator may utilize up to 2 extensions of up to 30 
    additional calendar days each. Documentation of a decision to utilize 
    an extension shall include an explanation of why it was unsafe to 
    perform the inspection or seal gap measurement, shall document that 
    alternate storage capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule 
    of actions that will ensure that the wastewater tank will be emptied as 
    soon as possible.
        (f) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each 
    wastewater tank shall be inspected initially, and semi-annually 
    thereafter, for improper work practices in accordance with Sec. 63.143 
    of this subpart. For wastewater tanks, improper work practice includes, 
    but is not limited to, leaving open or ungasketed any access door or 
    other opening when such door or opening is not in use.
        (g) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each 
    wastewater tank shall be inspected for control equipment failures as 
    defined in paragraph (g)(1) of this section according to the schedule 
    in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section.
        (1) Control equipment failures for wastewater tanks include, but 
    are not limited to, the conditions specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) 
    through (g)(1)(ix) of this section.
        (i) The floating roof is not resting on either the surface of the 
    liquid or on the leg supports.
        (ii) There is liquid on the floating roof.
        (iii) A rim seal is detached from the floating roof.
        (iv) There are holes, tears, or other openings in the rim seal or 
    seal fabric of the floating roof.
        (v) There are visible gaps between the seal of an internal floating 
    roof and the wall of the wastewater tank.
        (vi) There are gaps between the metallic shoe seal or the liquid 
    mounted primary seal of an external floating roof and the wall of the 
    wastewater tank that exceed 212 square centimeters per meter of tank 
    diameter or the width of any portion of any gap between the primary 
    seal and the tank wall exceeds 3.81 centimeters.
        (vii) There are gaps between the secondary seal of an external 
    floating roof and the wall of the wastewater tank that exceed 21.2 
    square centimeters per meter of tank diameter or the width of any 
    portion of any gap between the secondary seal and the tank wall exceeds 
    1.27 centimeters.
        (viii) Where a metallic shoe seal is used on an external floating 
    roof, one end of the metallic shoe does not extend into the stored 
    liquid or one end of the metallic shoe does not extend a minimum 
    vertical distance of 61 centimeters above the surface of the stored 
    liquid.
        (ix) A gasket, joint, lid, cover, or door is cracked, gapped, or 
    broken.
        (2) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
    failures in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (g)(1)(viii) according to the 
    schedule specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
        (3) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
    failures in paragraph (g)(1)(ix) of this section initially, and semi-
    annually thereafter.
        (h) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
    improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
    first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
    after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
    days after identification. If a failure that is detected during 
    inspections required by paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this 
    section cannot be repaired within 45 calendar days and if the vessel 
    cannot be emptied within 45 calendar days, the owner or operator may 
    utilize up to 2 extensions of up to 30 additional calendar days each. 
    Documentation of a decision to utilize an extension shall include a 
    description of the failure, shall document that alternate storage 
    capacity is unavailable, and shall specify a schedule of actions that 
    will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or the vessel 
    will be emptied as soon as possible.
    
    
    Sec. 63.134  Process wastewater provisions--surface impoundments.
    
        (a) For each surface impoundment that receives, manages, or treats 
    a Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section.
        (b) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain on each 
    surface impoundment a cover (e.g., air-supported structure or rigid 
    cover) and a closed-vent system that routes the organic HAP vapors 
    vented from the surface impoundment to a control device.
        (1) The cover and all openings shall meet the following 
    requirements:
        (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
    cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge 
    wells) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
    specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (ii) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
    (e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
    a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream is in the surface impoundment except when it is 
    necessary to use the opening for sampling, removal, or for equipment 
    inspection, maintenance, or repair.
        (iii) The cover shall be used at all times that a Group 1 
    wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream 
    is in the surface impoundment except during removal of treatment 
    residuals in accordance with 40 CFR 268.4 or closure of the surface 
    impoundment in accordance with 40 CFR 264.228.
        (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
    in accordance with Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
        (3) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
    closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
        (4) For any cover and closed-vent system that is operated and 
    maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
    required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
        (c) Each surface impoundment shall be inspected initially, and 
    semi-annually thereafter, for improper work practices and control 
    equipment failures in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.
        (1) For surface impoundments, improper work practice includes, but 
    is not limited to, leaving open or ungasketed any access hatch or other 
    opening when such hatch or opening is not in use.
        (2) For surface impoundments, control equipment failure includes, 
    but is not limited to, any time a seal, gasket, joint, lid, cover, or 
    door is cracked, gapped, or broken.
        (d) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
    improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
    first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
    after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
    days after identification.
    
    
    Sec. 63.135  Process wastewater provisions--containers.
    
        (a) For each container that receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 
    wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater 
    stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
    paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
        (b) The owner or operator shall operate and maintain a cover on 
    each container used to handle, transfer, or store a Group 1 wastewater 
    stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream in 
    accordance with the following requirements:
        (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, if the 
    capacity of the container is greater than 0.42 m3, the cover and 
    all openings (e.g., bungs, hatches, sampling ports, and pressure relief 
    devices) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
    specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (2) If the capacity of the container is less than or equal to 0.42 
    m3, the owner or operator shall comply with either (b)(2)(i) or 
    (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The container must meet existing DOT specifications and testing 
    requirements under 49 CFR part 178; or
        (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the 
    cover and all openings shall be maintained without leaks as specified 
    in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (3) The cover and all openings shall be maintained in a closed, 
    sealed position (e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) 
    at all times that a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from 
    a Group 1 wastewater stream is in the container except when it is 
    necessary to use the opening for filling, removal, inspection, 
    sampling, or pressure relief events related to safety considerations.
        (c) For containers with a capacity greater than or equal to 0.42 
    m3, a submerged fill pipe shall be used when a container is being 
    filled by pumping with a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed 
    from a Group 1 wastewater stream.
        (1) The submerged fill pipe outlet shall extend to no more than 6 
    inches or within two fill pipe diameters of the bottom of the container 
    while the container is being filled.
        (2) The cover shall remain in place and all openings shall be 
    maintained in a closed, sealed position except for those openings 
    required for the submerged fill pipe and for venting of the container 
    to prevent physical damage or permanent deformation of the container or 
    cover.
        (d) During treatment of a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual 
    removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, including aeration, thermal 
    or other treatment, in a container, whenever it is necessary for the 
    container to be open, the container shall be located within an 
    enclosure with a closed-vent system that routes the organic HAP vapors 
    vented from the container to a control device.
        (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the 
    enclosure and all openings (e.g., doors, hatches) shall be maintained 
    in accordance with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of this 
    subpart.
        (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
    in accordance with Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
        (3) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the 
    closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
        (4) For any enclosure and closed-vent system that is operated and 
    maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
    required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
        (e) Each container shall be inspected initially, and semi-annually 
    thereafter, for improper work practices and control equipment failures 
    in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.
        (1) For containers, improper work practice includes, but is not 
    limited to, leaving open or ungasketed any access hatch or other 
    opening when such hatch or opening is not in use.
        (2) For containers, control equipment failure includes, but is not 
    limited to, any time a seal, gasket, joint, lid, cover, or door is 
    cracked, gapped, or broken.
        (f) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
    improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
    first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
    after identification and repair shall be completed within 15 calendar 
    days after identification.
    
    
    Sec. 63.136  Process wastewater provisions--individual drain systems.
    
        (a) For each individual drain system that receives or manages a 
    Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. For each 
    junction box or drain that receives or manages a Group 1 wastewater 
    stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner 
    or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs (b), (c), 
    and (d) or with paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) of this section.
        (b) If the owner or operator elects to comply with this paragraph, 
    the owner or operator shall operate and maintain on each opening in the 
    individual drain system a cover and closed-vent system that routes the 
    organic vapors vented from the individual drain system to a control 
    device and the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
    paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section.
        (1) The cover and all openings shall meet the following 
    requirements:
        (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
    cover and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports) shall be 
    maintained in accordance with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 
    of this subpart.
        (ii) The cover and all openings shall be maintained in a closed, 
    sealed position (e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) 
    at all times that a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from 
    a Group 1 wastewater stream is in the drain system except when it is 
    necessary to use the opening for sampling or removal, or for equipment 
    inspection, maintenance, or repair.
        (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
    in accordance with Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
        (3) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
    closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
        (4) For any cover and closed-vent system that is operated and 
    maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
    required to comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.148 of 
    this subpart.
        (5) The individual drain system shall be designed and operated to 
    segregate the vapors within the system from other drain systems and the 
    atmosphere through means such as water seals.
        (c) Each individual drain system shall be inspected initially, and 
    semi-annually thereafter, for improper work practices and control 
    equipment failures, in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.
        (1) For individual drain systems, improper work practice includes, 
    but is not limited to, leaving open or ungasketed any access hatch or 
    other opening when such hatch or opening is not in use.
        (2) For individual drain systems, control equipment failure 
    includes, but is not limited to, any time a seal, gasket, joint, lid, 
    cover, or door is cracked, gapped, or broken.
        (d) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
    improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
    first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
    after identification and repair shall be completed within 15 calendar 
    days after identification.
        (e) If the owner or operator elects to comply with this paragraph, 
    the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs 
    (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section:
        (1) Each drain shall be equipped with water seal controls, such as 
    a p-trap or s-trap, or a tightly sealed cap or plug. The owner or 
    operator shall comply with paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (e)(1)(ii) of this 
    section.
        (i) For each drain using a p-trap or s-trap, the owner or operator 
    shall ensure that water is maintained in the p-trap or s-trap. For 
    example, a flow-monitoring device indicating positive flow from a main 
    to a branch water line supplying a trap or water being continuously 
    dripped into the trap by a hose could be used to verify flow of water 
    to the trap.
        (ii) If a water seal is used on a drain hub receiving a Group 1 
    wastewater, the owner or operator shall either extend the drain pipe 
    discharging the wastewater below the liquid surface in the water seal, 
    or install a flexible cap (or other enclosure which restricts wind 
    motion) that encloses the space between the drain discharging the 
    wastewater to the drain hub receiving the wastewater.
    
        Note: Water seals which are used on hubs receiving Group 2 
    wastewater for the purpose of eliminating cross ventilation to 
    drains carrying Group 1 wastewater are not required to have a 
    flexible cap or extended subsurface drain.
    
        (2) Each junction box shall be equipped with a cover and, if 
    vented, shall have a vent pipe. Any vent pipe shall be at least 90 
    centimeters in length and shall not exceed 10.2 centimeters in 
    diameter.
        (i) Junction box covers shall have a tight seal around the edge and 
    shall be kept in place at all times, except during inspection and 
    maintenance.
        (ii) One of the following methods shall be used to control 
    emissions from the junction box vent pipe to the atmosphere:
        (A) Equip the junction box with a system to prevent the flow of 
    organic HAP vapors from the vent pipe to the atmosphere during normal 
    operation. An example of such a system includes use of water seal 
    controls on the junction box.
        (B) Connect the vent pipe to a closed-vent system that is inspected 
    in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.148 of this subpart and 
    control device that is designed, operated, and inspected in accordance 
    with the requirements of Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
        (3) Each sewer line shall not be open to the atmosphere and shall 
    be covered or enclosed in a manner so as to have no visible gaps or 
    cracks in joints, seals, or other emission interfaces.
        (f) Equipment used to comply with paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(2), or 
    (e)(3) of this section shall be inspected as follows:
        (1) Each drain using a tightly sealed cap or plug shall be visually 
    inspected initially, and semi-annually thereafter, to ensure caps or 
    plugs are in place and properly installed.
        (2) Each junction box shall be visually inspected initially, and 
    semi-annually thereafter, to ensure that the cover is in place and to 
    ensure that the cover has a tight seal around the edge.
        (3) The unburied portion of each sewer line shall be visually 
    inspected initially, and semi-annually thereafter, for indication of 
    cracks or gaps that could result in air emissions.
        (g) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when a gap, 
    or cracked or broken seal, joint, or cover is identified, first efforts 
    at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days after 
    identification, and repair shall be completed within 15 calendar days 
    after identification.
    
    
    Sec. 63.137  Process wastewater provisions--oil-water separators.
    
        (a) For each oil-water separator that receives, manages, or treats 
    a Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section and shall 
    operate and maintain one of the following:
        (1) A fixed roof and a closed vent system that routes the organic 
    HAP vapors vented from the oil-water separator to a control device. The 
    fixed roof, closed-vent system, and control device shall meet the 
    requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
        (2) A floating roof meeting the requirements in 40 CFR part 60 
    subpart QQQ Secs. 60.693-2 (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2), (a)(3), and 
    (a)(4). For portions of the oil-water separator where it is infeasible 
    to construct and operate a floating roof, such as over the weir 
    mechanism, the owner or operator shall operate and maintain a fixed 
    roof, closed vent system, and control device that meet the requirements 
    specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
        (3) An equivalent means of emission limitation. Determination of 
    equivalence to the reduction in emissions achieved by the requirements 
    of paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section will be evaluated 
    according to Sec. 63.102(b) of subpart F of this part. The 
    determination will be based on the application to the Administrator 
    which shall include the information specified in either paragraph 
    (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Actual emissions tests that use full-size or scale-model oil-
    water separators that accurately collect and measure all organic HAP 
    emissions from a given control technique, and that accurately simulate 
    wind and account for other emission variables such as temperature and 
    barometric pressure, or
        (ii) An engineering evaluation that the Administrator determines is 
    an accurate method of determining equivalence.
        (b) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
    of paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section, the fixed roof shall 
    meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the control 
    device shall meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, 
    and the closed-vent system shall meet the requirements of (b)(3) of 
    this section.
        (1) The fixed-roof shall meet the following requirements:
        (i) Except as provided in (b)(4) of this section, the fixed roof 
    and all openings (e.g., access hatches, sampling ports, and gauge 
    wells) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements 
    specified in Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (ii) Each opening shall be maintained in a closed, sealed position 
    (e.g., covered by a lid that is gasketed and latched) at all times that 
    the oil-water separator contains a Group 1 wastewater stream or 
    residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream except when it is 
    necessary to use the opening for sampling or removal, or for equipment 
    inspection, maintenance, or repair.
        (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected 
    in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.139 of this subpart.
        (3) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, the 
    closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (4) For any fixed roof and closed-vent system that is operated and 
    maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
    required to comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.148 of this 
    subpart.
        (c) If the owner or operator elects to comply with the requirements 
    of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, seal gaps shall be measured 
    according to the procedures specified in 40 CFR part 60 subpart QQQ 
    Sec. 60.696(d)(1) and the schedule specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and 
    (c)(2) of this section.
        (1) Measurement of primary seal gaps shall be performed within 60 
    calendar days after installation of the floating roof and introduction 
    of a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream and once every 5 years thereafter.
        (2) Measurement of secondary seal gaps shall be performed within 60 
    calendar days after installation of the floating roof and introduction 
    of a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream and once every year thereafter.
        (d) Each oil-water separator shall be inspected initially, and 
    semi-annually thereafter, for improper work practices in accordance 
    with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart. For oil-water separators, improper 
    work practice includes, but is not limited to, leaving open or 
    ungasketed any access door or other opening when such door or opening 
    is not in use.
        (e) Each oil-water separator shall be inspected for control 
    equipment failures as defined in paragraph (e)(1) of this section 
    according to the schedule specified in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of 
    this section.
        (1) For oil-water separators, control equipment failure includes, 
    but is not limited to, the conditions specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) 
    through (e)(1)(vii) of this section.
        (i) The floating roof is not resting on either the surface of the 
    liquid or on the leg supports.
        (ii) There is liquid on the floating roof.
        (iii) A rim seal is detached from the floating roof.
        (iv) There are holes, tears, or other openings in the rim seal or 
    seal fabric of the floating roof.
        (v) There are gaps between the primary seal and the separator wall 
    that exceed 67 square centimeters per meter of separator wall perimeter 
    or the width of any portion of any gap between the primary seal and the 
    separator wall exceeds 3.8 centimeters.
        (vi) There are gaps between the secondary seal and the separator 
    wall that exceed 6.7 square centimeters per meter of separator wall 
    perimeter or the width of any portion of any gap between the secondary 
    seal and the separator wall exceeds 1.3 centimeters.
        (vii) A gasket, joint, lid, cover, or door is cracked, gapped, or 
    broken.
        (2) The owner or operator shall inspect for the control equipment 
    failures in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (e)(1)(vi) according to the 
    schedule specified in paragraph (c) of this section.
        (3) The owner or operator shall inspect for control equipment 
    failures in paragraph (e)(1)(vii) of this section initially, and semi-
    annually thereafter.
        (f) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, when an 
    improper work practice or a control equipment failure is identified, 
    first efforts at repair shall be made no later than 5 calendar days 
    after identification and repair shall be completed within 45 calendar 
    days after identification.
    
    
    Sec. 63.138  Process wastewater provisions--treatment processes.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraph (m) of this section, the owner 
    or operator shall comply with the requirements of this section 
    according to paragraph (a)(1) for new sources and paragraph (a)(2) for 
    existing sources.
        (1) The owner or operator at a new source shall comply with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), and (l) of 
    this section and the requirements of either paragraphs (b) and (c), or 
    (e) of this section.
        (2) The owner or operator at an existing source shall comply with 
    the requirements of paragraphs (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), and (l) of 
    this section and the requirements of paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this 
    section.
        (b) Except as provided in the 95-percent biological treatment 
    alternative in paragraph (e) of this section, the owner or operator of 
    new sources shall comply with the following requirements for each 
    wastewater stream that is a Group 1 wastewater stream for HAP's listed 
    in table 8 of this subpart. The requirements of this paragraph are 
    illustrated in figure 6 of this subpart.
        (1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section, the 
    Group 1 wastewater stream shall be treated by one of the following 
    methods:
        (i) Recycle to a process in accordance with the requirements 
    specified in paragraph (f) of this section. Once a wastewater stream is 
    returned to the production process, the wastewater stream is no longer 
    subject to this section.
        (ii) Treat using a waste management unit or treatment process which 
    meets one of the following conditions:
        (A) Reduces, by removal or destruction, the average VOHAP 
    concentration of each individual organic HAP listed in table 8 of this 
    subpart to less than 10 parts per million by weight as determined by 
    the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(b) of this subpart;
        (B) Meets all design and operation specifications for a steam 
    stripper in paragraph (g) of this section; or
        (C) Reduces, by removal or destruction, by 99 percent or more, the 
    total HAP mass flow rate of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this 
    subpart for a single stream, or the combined HAP mass flow rate of 
    organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart for mixed streams as 
    determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c) or (d) of this 
    subpart.
        (iii) Treat one Group 1 stream or a combination of one or more 
    Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater streams using a waste management unit or 
    treatment process which meets one of the following conditions:
        (A) Reduces, by removal or destruction, by 99 percent or more the 
    total HAP mass flow rate of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this 
    subpart for a single stream or the combined HAP mass flow rate of 
    organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart for mixed streams as 
    determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c) or (d) of this 
    subpart, or
        (B) Meets all design and operation specifications for a steam 
    stripper in paragraph (g) of this section; or
        (C) Achieves the required HAP mass removal of organic HAP's listed 
    in table 8 of this subpart determined by the procedure in 
    Sec. 63.145(f) of this subpart. The owner or operator shall demonstrate 
    compliance with the required HAP mass removal by calculating the actual 
    HAP mass removal according to the procedures in Sec. 63.145(h) of this 
    subpart. A series of treatment processes may be used to comply with 
    this requirement. All wastewater collection and treatment processes and 
    waste management units located between any two treatment processes 
    being used to achieve the required HAP mass removal shall comply with 
    paragraph (i) of this section. For example, if a combination of two 
    steam strippers is used to achieve the required HAP mass removal, and a 
    surface impoundment is located between the two steam strippers, then 
    the surface impoundment shall comply with Sec. 63.134 of this subpart.
        (2) For each treatment process or waste management unit used to 
    comply with the requirements of this paragraph, the owner or operator 
    shall comply with paragraph (i) of this section for control of air 
    emissions.
        (3) For each residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the 
    owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (h) of this section for 
    control of air emissions.
        (4) The intentional or unintentional reduction in the individual 
    VOHAP concentration or the total VOHAP average concentration of a 
    wastewater stream by dilution of the wastewater stream with other 
    wastewaters or materials is not allowed for the purpose of complying 
    with the effluent VOHAP concentration requirements specified in 
    paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section.
        (5) If process changes, not wastewater treatment, result in a Group 
    1 wastewater stream for organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart 
    meeting the requirements of either paragraph (b)(5)(i) or (b)(5)(ii) of 
    this section, the owner or operator need not comply with paragraph 
    (b)(1) of this section for that stream.
        (i) If the average flow rate at the point of generation is reduced 
    to less than 0.02 liter per minute, or
        (ii) If the average VOHAP concentration at the point of generation 
    for each organic HAP listed in table 8 of this subpart is reduced to 
    less than 10 parts per million by weight.
        (c) Except as provided in the process unit alternative in paragraph 
    (d) of this section and the 95-percent biological treatment alternative 
    in paragraph (e) of this section, the owner or operator of new and 
    existing sources shall comply with the following requirements for each 
    wastewater stream that is a Group 1 wastewater stream for organic HAP's 
    listed in table 9 of this subpart. The requirements of this paragraph 
    are illustrated in figure 7 of this subpart.
        (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(5) through (c)(7) of this 
    section, the Group 1 wastewater stream shall be treated by one of the 
    following methods:
        (i) Recycle to a process in accordance with the requirements 
    specified in paragraph (f) of this section. Once a wastewater stream is 
    returned to the production process, the wastewater stream is no longer 
    subject to this section.
        (ii) Treat using a waste management unit which meets one of the 
    following conditions:
        (A) Is a steam stripper meeting all of the design and operation 
    specifications of paragraph (g) of this section;
        (B) Reduces, by removal or destruction, by 99 percent or more, the 
    total HAP mass flow rate of the organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this 
    subpart for a single stream or the combined HAP mass flow rate of the 
    organic HAP's listed in table 9 for mixed streams as determined by the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c) or (d) of this subpart;
        (C) Reduces, by removal or destruction, the total VOHAP average 
    concentration of the organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart to 
    a level less than 50 parts per million by weight as determined by the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(b) of this subpart; or
        (D) Reduces, by removal or destruction, the HAP mass flow rate of 
    each organic HAP listed in table 9 of this subpart by at least the 
    reduction efficiency percentages specified in table 9 of this subpart, 
    as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c) or (d) of 
    this subpart.
        (iii) Treat one Group 1 wastewater stream or a combination of Group 
    1 and Group 2 wastewater streams that have been aggregated or mixed for 
    purposes of facilitating treatment using a waste management unit which 
    meets one of the following conditions:
        (A) Is a steam stripper meeting all of the design and operation 
    specifications of paragraph (g) of this section; or
        (B) Reduces, by removal or destruction, by 99 percent or more, the 
    total HAP mass flow rate of the organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this 
    subpart for a single stream or the combined HAP mass flow rate of the 
    organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart for mixed streams as 
    determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c) or (d) of this 
    subpart; or
        (C) Reduces, by removal or destruction, the HAP mass flow rate of 
    each organic HAP listed in table 9 of this subpart by at least the 
    reduction efficiency percentages specified in table 9 of this subpart 
    or more as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(c) or 
    (d) of this subpart; or
        (D) Achieves the required HAP mass removal of the HAP mass flow 
    rate of the organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart determined 
    by the procedures in Sec. 63.145(g) of this subpart. The owner or 
    operator shall demonstrate compliance with the required HAP mass 
    removal by calculating the actual HAP mass removal according to the 
    procedures in Sec. 63.145(h) of this subpart. A series of treatment 
    processes may be used to comply with this requirement. All wastewater 
    collection and treatment processes and waste management units located 
    between any two treatment processes being used to achieve the required 
    HAP mass removal shall comply with paragraph (i) of this section. For 
    example, if a combination of two steam strippers are used to achieve 
    the required HAP mass removal, and a surface impoundment is located 
    between the two steam strippers, then the surface impoundment shall 
    comply with Sec. 63.134 of this subpart.
        (2) For each treatment process or waste management unit used to 
    comply with the requirements of this paragraph, the owner or operator 
    shall comply with paragraph (i) of this section for control of air 
    emissions.
        (3) For each residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the 
    owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (h) of this section for 
    control of air emissions.
        (4) The intentional or unintentional reduction in the individual 
    VOHAP concentration or total VOHAP average concentration of a 
    wastewater stream by dilution of the wastewater stream with other 
    wastewaters or materials is prohibited for the purpose of complying 
    with the effluent VOHAP concentration requirements specified in 
    paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(C) of this section.
        (5) If the sum, for the source, of the VOHAP mass flow rates of 
    Group 1 wastewater streams for organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this 
    subpart (as determined at each stream's point of generation by the 
    procedures in Sec. 63.144(e) of this subpart) is less than 1 megagram 
    per year, the owner or operator need not comply with paragraph (c)(1) 
    of this section.
        (6) If a Group 1 wastewater stream for organic HAP's listed in 
    table 9 of this subpart is treated or managed in treatment processes 
    according to the requirements in paragraphs (c)(6)(i) and (c)(6)(ii) of 
    this section, the owner or operator need not comply with the 
    requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
        (i) The sum, for the source, of the combined VOHAP mass flow rate 
    of the organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart of each Group 1 
    wastewater stream as determined by the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(f) of this subpart and in paragraphs (c)(6)(i)(A), 
    (c)(6)(i)(B), and (c)(6)(i)(C) of this section is reduced to less than 
    1 megagram per year.
        (A) The combined VOHAP mass flow rate of the organic HAP's listed 
    in table 9 of this subpart in each untreated Group 1 wastewater stream 
    is determined for that stream's point of generation.
        (B) The combined VOHAP mass flow rate of the organic HAP's listed 
    in table 9 of this subpart in each Group 1 wastewater stream that is 
    treated to levels less stringent than those required by paragraph (c) 
    of this section is determined at the treatment unit outlet, but before 
    the wastewater stream is mixed with other wastewater streams and prior 
    to exposure to the atmosphere.
        (C) The combined VOHAP mass flow rate of the organic HAP's listed 
    in table 9 of this subpart in each Group 1 wastewater stream treated to 
    the levels required by paragraph (c) of this section is not included in 
    the calculation of the total source combined VOHAP mass flow rate of 
    the organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart.
        (ii) Each waste management unit that receives, manages, or treats 
    the wastewater stream prior to or during treatment meets the 
    requirements of Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of this subpart, as 
    applicable.
        (7) If process changes result in a Group 1 wastewater stream for 
    organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart meeting the 
    requirements of either paragraph (c)(7)(i) or (c)(7)(ii) of this 
    section, the owner or operator need not comply with paragraph (c)(1) of 
    this section for that stream.
        (i) The total VOHAP average concentration of organic HAP's listed 
    in table 9 of this subpart at the point of generation is reduced to 
    less than 1,000 parts per million by weight, or
        (ii) The flow rate at the point of generation is reduced to less 
    than 10 liters per minute and the total VOHAP average concentration of 
    organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart at the point of 
    generation is reduced to less than 10,000 parts per million by weight.
        (d) As an alternative to the treatment requirements in paragraph 
    (c) of this section, an owner or operator may elect to treat all 
    wastewater streams generated at an existing source by complying with 
    the requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(4) of this section. 
    The requirements of this Process Unit Alternative are illustrated in 
    figure 8 of this subpart.
        (1) The owner or operator shall ensure that the total VOHAP average 
    concentration of organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart of 
    each process wastewater stream exiting the chemical manufacturing 
    process unit is less than 10 parts per million by weight as determined 
    by the procedures in Sec. 63.145(b) of this subpart.
        (2) If the total VOHAP average concentration of organic HAP's 
    listed in table 9 of this subpart for any individual wastewater stream 
    or combination of wastewater streams, as determined either at the point 
    of generation for an individual wastewater stream or at the point 
    following combination with other process wastewater streams prior to 
    exposure to the atmosphere, is greater than or equal to 10 parts per 
    million by weight, the owner or operator shall comply with the 
    requirements of either paragraph (d)(2)(i) or (d)(2)(ii) of this 
    section.
        (i) The wastewater stream shall be treated to achieve a total VOHAP 
    average concentration of organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this 
    subpart of less than 10 parts per million by weight as determined by 
    the procedures in Sec. 63.145(b) of this subpart, or
        (ii) The wastewater stream shall be recycled to the process in 
    accordance with paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section. Once a 
    wastewater stream is returned to the production process, the wastewater 
    stream is no longer subject to this section.
        (3) For each residual removed from a wastewater stream, the owner 
    or operator shall comply with paragraph (h) of this section for control 
    of air emissions.
        (4) For each treatment process or waste management unit that 
    receives, manages, or treats wastewater streams generated within the 
    process unit, the owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (i) of 
    this section for control of air emissions.
        (e) As an alternative to the treatment requirements in paragraphs 
    (b) and (c) of this section, an owner or operator may elect to treat 
    all Group 1 and Group 2 wastewater streams in a biological treatment 
    unit by complying with the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) through 
    (e)(4) of this section.
        (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, the 
    owner or operator shall ensure that all wastewater streams entering a 
    biological treatment unit are treated to destroy at least 95-percent 
    total organic HAP mass of all organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this 
    subpart.
        (2) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that 95 percent of the 
    mass of the HAP's listed in table 9 is removed from the wastewater 
    stream or combination of wastewater streams by the procedure specified 
    in Sec. 63.145(i) of this subpart.
        (3) For each treatment process or waste management unit that 
    receives, manages, or treats wastewater streams subject to this 
    paragraph, the owner or operator shall comply with paragraph (i) of 
    this section for control of air emissions from the point of generation 
    to the biological treatment unit.
        (4) The owner or operator may combine this compliance option with 
    other options provided in either paragraph (b) of this section for new 
    sources or (c) or (d) of this section for new and existing sources. 
    However, if a wastewater stream is in compliance with a treatment 
    option provided in either paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, 
    and the treated wastewater is mixed with untreated wastewater that is 
    destined for the biological treatment unit, the owner or operator shall 
    comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.133 through Sec. 63.137 of this 
    subpart until the wastewater enters the biological treatment unit.
        (f) If an owner or operator elects to comply with the provisions in 
    paragraph (b)(1)(i), (c)(1)(i), (d)(2)(ii), or (h)(1) of this section 
    to recycle to a production process a Group 1 wastewater stream or 
    residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner or 
    operator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1) and 
    (f)(2) of this section.
        (1) The wastewater stream or residual shall not be exposed to the 
    atmosphere during recycle or at the process unit, and
        (2) Each waste management unit that receives, manages, or treats 
    the wastewater stream or residual, prior to or during recycle, shall 
    meet the requirements of Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of this subpart, 
    as applicable.
        (3) Each waste management unit that receives, manages, or treats 
    the wastewater stream or residual, prior to or during recycle, shall 
    meet the inspection and monitoring requirements in Sec. 63.143(a) as 
    summarized in table 11 of this subpart, as applicable. Recycled 
    wastewater streams and recycled residuals are not subject to the 
    monitoring requirements for treatment processes in Sec. 63.143(b) as 
    summarized in table 12 of this subpart.
        (g) If an owner or operator elects to comply with paragraph 
    (b)(1)(ii)(B), (b)(1)(iii)(B), (c)(1)(ii)(A), or (c)(1)(iii)(A) of this 
    section, the owner or operator shall operate and maintain a steam 
    stripper that meets the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through 
    (g)(5) of this section.
        (1) Minimum active column height of 5 meters,
        (2) Countercurrent flow configuration with a minimum of 10 actual 
    trays,
        (3) Minimum steam flow rate of 0.04 kilograms of steam per liter of 
    wastewater feed,
        (4) Minimum wastewater feed temperature to the steam stripper of 
    P95  deg.C,
        (5) Maximum liquid loading of 67,100 liters per hour per square 
    meter, and
        (6) Minimum steam quality of 2,765 kiloJoules per kilogram.
        (h) For each residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the 
    owner or operator shall control for air emissions by complying with 
    paragraph (i) of this section and by complying with one of the 
    provisions in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(3) of this section. The 
    requirements of this paragraph are illustrated in figure 8 of this 
    subpart.
        (1) Recycle the residual to a production process or sell the 
    residual for the purpose of recycling in accordance with the 
    requirements specified in paragraph (f) of this section. Once a 
    residual is returned to the production process, the residual is no 
    longer subject to this section.
        (2) Return the residual to the treatment process.
        (3) Treat the residual to destroy the total combined HAP mass flow 
    rate by 99 percent or more, as determined by the procedures specified 
    in Sec. 63.145 (c) or (d) of this subpart.
        (i) For each treatment process or waste management unit that 
    receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater stream, or residual 
    removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, prior to and during treatment 
    or recycle, the owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
    paragraph (i)(1), (i)(2), or (i)(3) of this section.
        (1) If the treatment process or waste management unit is a 
    wastewater tank, surface impoundment, container, individual drain 
    system, or oil-water separator, the owner or operator shall comply with 
    the applicable provisions in Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of this 
    subpart.
        (2) If the treatment process or waste management unit is a properly 
    operated biological treatment unit which meets the HAP mass removal 
    requirements of either paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(C) or (e) of this section 
    for new sources, or either paragraph (c)(1)(iii)(D) or (e) of this 
    section for new and existing sources, as applicable, the biological 
    treatment unit need not be covered and vented to a control device as 
    required by the applicable provisions in Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of 
    this subpart; or
        (3) If Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of this subpart are not 
    applicable to the treatment process or waste management unit, the owner 
    or operator shall comply with the requirements in paragraphs (i)(3)(i) 
    through (i)(3)(iv) of this section.
        (i) Each opening from the treatment process or waste management 
    unit shall be covered and vented to a closed-vent system that routes 
    the organic HAP vapors from the unit to a control device designed and 
    operated in accordance with Sec. 63.139 of this subpart;
        (ii) The closed-vent system shall be inspected in accordance with 
    Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (iii) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(3)(iv) of this section, 
    each cover shall be maintained without leaks as specified in 
    Sec. 63.148 of this subpart.
        (iv) For any cover and closed-vent system that is operated and 
    maintained under negative pressure, the owner or operator is not 
    required to comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.148 of this 
    subpart.
        (j) Except as provided in paragraph (m) of this section, the owner 
    or operator shall demonstrate by the procedures in either paragraph 
    (j)(1) or (j)(2) of this section that each treatment process or waste 
    management unit used to comply with paragraph (b)(1), (c)(1), or (d) of 
    this section achieves the conditions specified in paragraph (b)(1), 
    (c)(1), or (d) of this section, whichever is applicable. If a 
    biological treatment unit is used to comply with the HON, the owner or 
    operator shall comply with paragraph (j)(3) of this section.
        (1) A design evaluation and supporting documentation that addresses 
    the operating characteristics of the treatment process or waste 
    management unit and that is based on operation at a representative 
    wastewater stream flow rate and a VOHAP concentration under which it 
    would be most difficult to demonstrate compliance; or
        (2) Performance tests conducted using test methods and procedures 
    that meet the requirements specified in Sec. 63.145 of this subpart.
        (3) The owner or operator shall use the procedures specified in 
    appendix C of this part to demonstrate compliance.
        (k) If the treatment process or waste management unit has any 
    openings (e.g., access doors, hatches, etc.), all such openings shall 
    be sealed (e.g., gasketed, latched, etc.) and kept closed at all times 
    that a Group 1 wastewater stream, or residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream, is in the treatment process or waste management 
    unit, except during inspection and maintenance, and except as provided 
    in paragraph (i)(2) of this section for properly operated biological 
    treatment units.
        (1) Each seal, access door, and all other openings shall be checked 
    by visual inspections initially, and semi-annually thereafter, to 
    ensure that no cracks or gaps occur and that openings are closed and 
    gasketed properly.
        (2) When a gap, tear, or broken seal or gasket is identified by a 
    visual inspection, first efforts at repair shall be no later than 5 
    calendar days after the leak is detected, and repair shall be completed 
    within 15 calendar days after identification.
        (l) The owner or operator of a treatment process or waste 
    management unit that is used to comply with the provisions of this 
    section shall monitor the unit in accordance with the applicable 
    requirements in Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.
        (m) A wastewater stream or residual is in compliance with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (b), (c), and (h) of this section, as 
    applicable, and is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (j) of 
    this section provided that the owner or operator complies with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (f), (i), (k), and (l) of this section and 
    documents that the wastewater stream or residual is in compliance with 
    one of the regulatory requirements specified in paragraphs (m)(1) 
    through (m)(3) of this section.
         (1) The wastewater stream or residual is discharged to a hazardous 
    waste incinerator for which the owner or operator has been issued a 
    final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and complies with the requirements 
    of 40 CFR part 264, subpart O;
        (2) The wastewater stream or residual is discharged to an 
    industrial furnace or boiler burning hazardous waste for which the 
    owner or operator:
         (i) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
    complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H; or
        (ii) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
    of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
        (3) The wastewater stream or residual is discharged to an 
    underground injection well for which the owner or operator has been 
    issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 or 40 CFR part 144 and 
    complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 122.
    
        [Note: The owner or operator shall comply with all applicable 
    HON requirements prior to the point where the wastewater enters the 
    underground portion of the injection well.]
    
    
    Sec. 63.139  Process wastewater provisions--control devices.
    
        (a) For each control device used to comply with the provisions in 
    Secs. 63.133 through 63.138 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
    shall operate and maintain the control device in accordance with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
        (b) Whenever organic HAP emissions are vented to a control device 
    which is used to comply with the provisions of this subpart, such 
    control device shall be operating.
        (c) The control device shall be designed and operated in accordance 
    with paragraph (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), (c)(4), or (c)(5) of this 
    section.
        (1) An enclosed combustion device (including but not limited to a 
    vapor incinerator, boiler, or process heater) shall meet the conditions 
    in paragraph (c)(1)(i), (c)(1)(ii), or (c)(1)(iii) of this section. If 
    a boiler or process heater is used as the control device, then the vent 
    stream shall be introduced into the flame zone of the boiler or process 
    heater.
        (i) Reduce the total organic compound emissions, less methane and 
    ethane, or total organic HAP emissions vented to the control device by 
    95 percent by weight or greater;
        (ii) Achieve an outlet total organic compound concentration, less 
    methane and ethane, or total organic HAP concentration of 20 parts per 
    million by volume on a dry basis corrected to 3 percent oxygen. The 
    owner or operator shall use either Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, 
    appendix A, or any other method or data that has been validated 
    according to the applicable procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of 
    this part; or
        (iii) Provide a minimum residence time of 0.5 seconds at a minimum 
    temperature of 760  deg.C.
         (2) A vapor recovery system (including but not limited to a carbon 
    adsorption system or condenser) shall reduce the total organic compound 
    emissions, less methane and ethane, or total organic HAP emissions 
    vented to the control device of 95 percent by weight or greater.
        (3) A flare shall comply with the requirements of 63.11(b) of 
    subpart A of this part.
        (4) A scrubber shall reduce the total organic compound emissions, 
    less methane and ethane, or total organic HAP emissions in such a 
    manner that 95 weight percent is destroyed by chemical reaction with 
    the scrubbing liquid.
        (5) Any other control device used shall reduce the total organic 
    compound emissions, less methane and ethane, or total organic HAP 
    emissions vented to the control device by 95 percent by weight or 
    greater.
        (d) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, an 
    owner or operator shall demonstrate that each control device achieves 
    the appropriate conditions specified in paragraph (c) of this section 
    by using one of the methods specified in paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), or 
    (d)(3) of this section.
        (1) Performance tests conducted using the test methods and 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.145(e) of this subpart; or
        (2) A design evaluation that addresses the vent stream 
    characteristics and control device operating parameters specified in 
    paragraphs (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(vii) of this section.
        (i) For a thermal vapor incinerator, the design evaluation shall 
    consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
    flow rate and shall establish the design minimum and average 
    temperature in the combustion zone and the combustion zone residence 
    time.
        (ii) For a catalytic vapor incinerator, the design evaluation shall 
    consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
    flow rate and shall establish the design minimum and average 
    temperatures across the catalyst bed inlet and outlet.
        (iii) For a boiler or process heater, the design evaluation shall 
    consider the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, and 
    flow rate; shall establish the design minimum and average flame zone 
    temperatures and combustion zone residence time; and shall describe the 
    method and location where the vent stream is introduced into the flame 
    zone.
        (iv) For a condenser, the design evaluation shall consider the vent 
    stream composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative 
    humidity, and temperature and shall establish the design outlet organic 
    compound concentration level, design average temperature of the 
    condenser exhaust vent stream, and the design average temperatures of 
    the coolant fluid at the condenser inlet and outlet.
        (v) For a carbon adsorption system that regenerates the carbon bed 
    directly on-site in the control device such as a fixed-bed adsorber, 
    the design evaluation shall consider the vent stream composition, 
    constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, and 
    temperature and shall establish the design exhaust vent stream organic 
    compound concentration level, adsorption cycle time, number and 
    capacity of carbon beds, type and working capacity of activated carbon 
    used for carbon beds, design total regeneration stream flow over the 
    period of each complete carbon bed regeneration cycle, design carbon 
    bed temperature after regeneration, design carbon bed regeneration 
    time, and design service life of carbon.
        (vi) For a carbon adsorption system that does not regenerate the 
    carbon bed directly on-site in the control device such as a carbon 
    canister, the design evaluation shall consider the vent stream 
    composition, constituent concentrations, flow rate, relative humidity, 
    and temperature and shall establish the design exhaust vent stream 
    organic compound concentration level, capacity of carbon bed, type and 
    working capacity of activated carbon used for carbon bed, and design 
    carbon replacement interval based on the total carbon working capacity 
    of the control device and source operating schedule.
        (vii) For a scrubber, the design evaluation shall consider the vent 
    stream composition; constituent concentrations; liquid-to-vapor ratio; 
    scrubbing liquid flow rate and concentration; temperature; and the 
    reaction kinetics of the constituents with the scrubbing liquid. The 
    design evaluation shall establish the design exhaust vent stream 
    organic compound concentration level and will include the additional 
    information in paragraphs (d)(2)(vii)(A) and (d)(2)(vii)(B) of this 
    section for trays and a packed column scrubber.
        (A) Type and total number of theoretical and actual trays;
        (B) Type and total surface area of packing for entire column, and 
    for individual packed sections if column contains more than one packed 
    section.
        (3) For flares, the compliance determination specified in 
    Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
        (4) An owner or operator using any control device specified in 
    paragraphs (d)(4)(i) through (d)(4)(iii) of this section is exempt from 
    the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section 
    and from the requirements in Sec. 63.6(f) of subpart A of this part.
        (i) A boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 
    44 megawatts or greater.
        (ii) A boiler or process heater into which the emission stream is 
    introduced with the primary fuel.
        (iii) A boiler or process heater burning hazardous waste for which 
    the owner or operator:
        (A) Has been issued a final permit under 40 CFR part 270 and 
    complies with the requirements of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H, or
        (B) Has certified compliance with the interim status requirements 
    of 40 CFR part 266, subpart H.
        (e) The owner or operator of a control device that is used to 
    comply with the provisions of this section shall monitor the control 
    device in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this subpart.
        (f) Except as provided in Sec. 63.140 of this subpart, if visible 
    defects in ductwork, piping, and connections to covers and control 
    devices are observed during an inspection, a first effort to repair the 
    control device shall be made as soon as practicable but no later than 5 
    calendar days after identification. Repair shall be completed no later 
    than 15 calendar days after identification or the visible defect is 
    observed.
    
    
    Sec. 63.140  Process wastewater provisions--delay of repair.
    
        Delay of repair of equipment for which an improper work practice or 
    a control equipment failure has been identified, is allowed if the 
    repair is technically infeasible without a shutdown, as defined in 
    Sec. 63.101 of subpart F of this part, or if the owner or operator 
    determines that emissions of purged material from immediate repair 
    would be greater than the fugitive emissions likely to result from 
    delay of repair. Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the 
    next shutdown.
    
    
    Sec. 63.141  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 63.142  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 63.143  Process wastewater provisions--inspections and monitoring 
    of operations.
    
        (a) For each wastewater tank, surface impoundment, container, 
    individual drain system, and oil-water separator that receives, 
    manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater stream, a residual removed from 
    a Group 1 wastewater stream, a recycled Group 1 wastewater stream, or a 
    recycled residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner 
    or operator shall comply with the inspection requirements specified in 
    table 11 of this subpart.
         (b) For each design steam stripper and biological treatment unit 
    used to comply with Sec. 63.138 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
    shall comply with the monitoring requirements specified in table 12 of 
    this subpart.
        (c) If the owner or operator elects to comply with Items 1 or 2 in 
    table 12 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall request approval 
    to monitor appropriate parameters that demonstrate proper operation of 
    the biological treatment unit. The request shall be submitted according 
    to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.146(a)(3) of this subpart.
        (d) If the owner or operator elects to comply with Item 4 in table 
    12 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall request approval to 
    monitor appropriate parameters that demonstrate proper operation of the 
    selected treatment process. The request shall be submitted according to 
    the procedures specified in Sec. 63.146(a)(3) of this subpart, and 
    shall include a description of planned reporting and recordkeeping 
    procedures. The Administrator will specify appropriate reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements as part of the review of the Implementation 
    Plan or permit application.
        (e) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(5) of this 
    section, for each control device used to comply with the requirements 
    of Secs. 63.133 through 63.139 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
    shall comply with the requirements in Sec. 63.139(d) of this subpart, 
    and with the requirements specified in paragraph (e)(1), (e)(2), or 
    (e)(3) of this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall comply with the monitoring 
    requirements specified in table 13 of this subpart; or
        (2) The owner or operator shall use an organic monitoring device 
    installed at the outlet of the control device and equipped with a 
    continuous recorder. Continuous recorder is defined in Sec. 63.111 of 
    this subpart; or
        (3) The owner or operator shall request approval to monitor 
    parameters other than those specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) 
    of this section. The request shall be submitted according to the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.146(a)(3) of this subpart, and shall 
    include a description of planned reporting and recordkeeping 
    procedures. The Administrator will specify appropriate reporting and 
    recordkeeping requirements as part of the review of the Implementation 
    Plan or permit application.
        (4) For a boiler or process heater in which all vent streams are 
    introduced with primary fuel, the owner or operator shall comply with 
    the requirements in Sec. 63.139(d) of this subpart but the owner or 
    operator is exempt from the monitoring requirements specified in 
    paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section.
        (5) For a boiler or process heater with a design heat input 
    capacity of 44 megawatts or greater, the owner or operator shall comply 
    with the requirements in Sec. 63.139(d) of this subpart but the owner 
    or operator is exempt from the monitoring requirements specified in 
    paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section.
        (f) For each parameter monitored in accordance with paragraph (c), 
    (d), or (e) of this section, the owner or operator shall establish a 
    range that indicates proper operation of the treatment process or 
    control device. In order to establish the range, the owner or operator 
    shall comply with the requirements specified in Sec. 63.146 
    (b)(7)(ii)(A) and (b)(8)(ii) of this subpart.
        (g) Monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, and 
    maintained according to the manufacturer's specifications.
    
    
    Sec. 63.144  Process wastewater provisions--test methods and procedures 
    for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations.
    
        (a) An owner or operator of a wastewater stream shall comply with 
    paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section. These may be used 
    in combination.
        (1) An owner or operator shall determine whether a wastewater 
    stream is a Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream in accordance with 
    paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
        (2) An owner or operator shall comply with the requirements for 
    designating a wastewater stream to be a Group 1 wastewater stream in 
    accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
        (3) An owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance with the 
    source-wide 1 megagram per year option in accordance with either 
    paragraph (e) or (f) of this section.
        (b) An owner or operator of a new or existing source who elects to 
    comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall 
    determine the total VOHAP average concentration for HAP's listed on 
    table 9 of this subpart; and, for new sources, the owner or operator 
    shall determine the average VOHAP concentration of each individually 
    speciated organic HAP listed on table 8 of this subpart either at the 
    point of generation of each wastewater stream as specified in paragraph 
    (b)(1) of this section or downstream of the point(s) of generation for 
    a single wastewater stream or a mixture of wastewater streams as 
    specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
        (1) An owner or operator who elects to determine the total VOHAP 
    average concentration for HAP's listed on table 9 of this subpart or 
    the average VOHAP concentration of each individually speciated organic 
    HAP listed on table 8 of this subpart at the point of generation shall 
    comply with paragraph (b)(3), (b)(4), or (b)(5) of this section.
        (2) An owner or operator who elects to determine the total VOHAP 
    average concentration for HAP's listed on table 9 of this subpart or 
    the average VOHAP concentration of each individually speciated organic 
    HAP listed on table 8 of this subpart downstream of the point of 
    generation shall comply with paragraph (b)(3), (b)(4), or (b)(5) of 
    this section and with paragraph (b)(6) of this section. An owner or 
    operator shall make corrections to account for changes in VOHAP 
    concentration that result from air emissions; mixing with other water 
    or wastewater streams; and treatment or otherwise handling the 
    wastewater stream to remove or destroy HAP's.
        (3) Knowledge of the wastewater. The owner or operator shall 
    provide sufficient information to document the total VOHAP average 
    concentration for HAP's listed on table 9 of this subpart or average 
    VOHAP concentration of each individually speciated organic HAP listed 
    on table 8 of this subpart for each wastewater stream. Examples of 
    information that could constitute knowledge include material balances, 
    records of chemical purchases, process stoichiometry, or previous test 
    results provided the results are still representative of current 
    operating practices at the process unit(s). If test data are used, then 
    the owner or operator shall provide documentation describing the 
    testing protocol and the means by which sampling variability and 
    analytical variability were accounted for in the determination of the 
    total VOHAP average concentration of HAP's listed on table 9 of this 
    subpart or average VOHAP concentration of each individually speciated 
    organic HAP listed on table 8 of this subpart for the wastewater 
    stream. The owner or operator shall document how process knowledge is 
    used to determine the total VOHAP average concentration of HAP's listed 
    on table 9 of this subpart or the average VOHAP concentration of each 
    individually speciated HAP listed on table 8 of this subpart, if it is 
    determined that the wastewater stream is not a Group 1 wastewater 
    stream due to VOHAP concentration.
        (4) Bench-scale or pilot-scale test data. The owner or operator 
    shall provide sufficient information to demonstrate that the bench-
    scale or pilot-scale test concentration data are representative of the 
    actual total VOHAP average concentration of HAP's listed on table 9 of 
    this subpart or average VOHAP concentration of each individually 
    speciated organic HAP listed on table 8 of this subpart. The owner or 
    operator shall also provide documentation describing the testing 
    protocol, and the means by which sampling variability and analytical 
    variability were accounted for in the determination of total VOHAP 
    average concentration or average VOHAP concentration of each 
    individually speciated organic HAP for the wastewater stream.
        (5) Measurements made at the point of generation or at a location 
    downstream of the point of generation. Each wastewater stream shall be 
    analyzed using one of the following test methods for determining the 
    total VOHAP average concentration or average VOHAP concentration of 
    each individually speciated organic HAP.
        (i) Use procedures specified in Method 305 of 40 CFR part 63, 
    appendix A.
        (A) The following equation shall be used to calculate the VOHAP 
    concentration of an individually speciated organic HAP listed on table 
    8 of this subpart:
    
    TR22AP94.219
    
    where:
    
    Ci=VOHAP concentration of the individually-speciated organic HAP 
    in the wastewater, parts per million by weight.
    CC=Concentration of the organic HAP (i) in the gas stream, as 
    measured by Method 305 of appendix A of this part, parts per million by 
    volume on a dry basis.
    MS=Mass of sample, from Method 305 of appendix A of this part, 
    milligrams.
    MW=Molecular weight of the organic HAP (i), grams per gram-mole.
    24.055=Ideal gas molar volume at 293  deg.Kelvin and 760 
    millimeters of mercury, liters per gram-mole.
    Pi=Barometric pressure at the time of sample analysis, millimeters 
    mercury absolute.
    760=Reference or standard pressure, millimeters mercury absolute.
    293=Reference or standard temperature,  deg.Kelvin.
    Ti=Sample gas temperature at the time of sample analysis, 
     deg.Kelvin.
    t=Actual purge time, from Method 305 of appendix A of this part, 
    minutes.
    L=Actual purge rate, from Method 305 of appendix A of this part, liters 
    per minute.
    103=Conversion factor, milligrams per gram.
    
        (B) Total VOHAP concentration (stream) can be determined by summing 
    the VOHAP concentrations of all individually speciated organic HAP's in 
    the wastewater.
    
    TR22AP94.220
    
    where:
    
     Cstream=Total VOHAP concentration of wastewater stream
    i=Number of organic HAP's in the wastewater stream
     Ci=VOHAP concentration of individual organic HAP (i) calculated 
    according to the procedures in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this section
        (C) The calculations in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A), and where 
    applicable, (b)(5)(i)(B) of this section shall be performed for a 
    minimum of three samples from each wastewater stream which are 
    representative of normal flow and concentration conditions. Wastewater 
    samples shall be collected using the sampling procedures specified in 
    Method 25D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. Where feasible, samples shall 
    be taken from an enclosed pipe prior to the wastewater being exposed to 
    the atmosphere. When sampling from an enclosed pipe is not feasible, a 
    minimum of three representative samples shall be collected in a manner 
    to minimize exposure of the sample to the atmosphere and loss of 
    organic HAP's prior to sampling.
        (D) If the wastewater stream has a steady flow rate throughout the 
    year, the total VOHAP average concentration for HAP's listed on table 9 
    of this subpart of the wastewater stream shall be calculated by 
    averaging the values calculated in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B) for the 
    individual samples:
    
    TR22AP94.221
    
    where:
    
    Cstream, avg=total VOHAP average concentration for HAP's listed on 
    table 9 of this subpart of the wastewater stream
    j=number of samples
    Cstream, j=total VOHAP concentration of wastewater stream as 
    measured in sample (j), calculated according to the procedures in 
    paragraph (b)(5)(i)(B) of this section
    
        (E) The average VOHAP concentration for each individually speciated 
    organic HAP (i) listed on table 8 of this subpart shall be calculated 
    by averaging the values calculated in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this 
    section for the individual samples:
    
    TR22AP94.222
    
    where:
    
    Ci, avg=average VOHAP concentration for each individually 
    speciated organic HAP (i) listed on table 8 of this subpart
    j=number of samples
    Ci, j=VOHAP concentration of an individual organic HAP (i) as 
    measured in sample (j)
    
        (ii) Use Method 25D of part 60, appendix A to measure total VO 
    average concentration as a surrogate for total VOHAP average 
    concentration;
        (iii) Use a test method or results from a test method that measures 
    organic HAP concentrations in the wastewater, and that has been 
    validated according to section 5.1 or 5.3 of Method 301 of appendix A 
    of this part. The specific requirement of Method 305 of appendix A of 
    this part to collect the sample into polyethylene glycol would not be 
    applicable. The concentrations of the individual organic HAP's measured 
    in the water may be corrected to their concentrations had they been 
    measured by Method 305 of appendix A of this part, by multiplying each 
    concentration by the compound-specific fraction measured factor listed 
    in table 34 of this subpart.
        (iv) If the chemical manufacturing process unit equipment has 
    variable flow rates (e.g., flexible operation units), the owner or 
    operator shall make corrections to account for such changes.
        (6) When the total VOHAP average concentration or the average VOHAP 
    concentration of each individual organic HAP is determined downstream 
    of the point of generation at a location where two or more wastewater 
    streams have been mixed, or one or more wastewater streams have been 
    treated or organic HAP losses to the atmosphere have occurred, the 
    owner or operator shall make corrections for such changes in VOHAP 
    concentration when calculating to represent the VOHAP concentration at 
    the point of generation. Total VOHAP average concentration or average 
    VOHAP concentration of each individual organic HAP shall be determined 
    for each individual wastewater stream according to the procedure 
    specified in paragraph (b)(3), (b)(4), or (b)(5) of this section.
        (c) An owner or operator who elects to comply with paragraph (a)(1) 
    of this section shall determine the annual average wastewater flow rate 
    either at the point of generation for each wastewater stream, as 
    specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or downstream of the 
    point(s) of generation for a single wastewater stream or a mixture of 
    wastewater streams as specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
        (1) An owner or operator who elects to determine the annual average 
    wastewater flow rate at the point of generation shall comply with 
    paragraph (c)(3), (c)(4), or (c)(5) of this section.
        (2) An owner or operator who elects to determine the annual average 
    wastewater flow rate downstream of the point of generation shall comply 
    with paragraph (c)(3), (c)(4), or (c)(5) of this section and with 
    paragraph (c)(6) of this section.
        (3) Use the maximum annual average production capacity of the 
    process unit, knowledge of the process, and mass balance information to 
    either: Estimate directly the annual average wastewater flow rate; or 
    estimate the total annual wastewater volume and then divide total 
    volume by 525,600 minutes in a year. If knowledge of the process is 
    used to determine the annual average flow rate for a wastewater stream 
    and it is determined that the wastewater stream is not Group 1, the 
    owner or operator shall document how process knowledge is used to 
    determine annual average flow rate.
        (4) Select the highest annual average flow rate of wastewater from 
    historical records representing the most recent 5 years of operation 
    or, if the process unit has been in service for less than 5 years but 
    at least 1 year, from historical records representing the total 
    operating life of the process unit.
        (5) Measure the flow rate of the wastewater for the point of 
    generation during conditions that are representative of average 
    wastewater generation rates.
        (6) When the average wastewater flow rate is determined downstream 
    of the point of generation at a location where two or more wastewater 
    streams have been mixed, or one or more wastewater streams have been 
    treated or organic HAP losses to the atmosphere have occurred, the 
    owner or operator shall make corrections for such changes in average 
    wastewater flow rate when calculating to represent the average 
    wastewater flow rate at the point of generation. The annual average 
    flow rate shall be determined for each individual wastewater stream 
    according to the procedures specified in paragraph (c)(1), (c)(2), or 
    (c)(3) of this section.
        (d) An owner or operator who elects to comply with paragraph (a)(2) 
    of this section shall designate as a Group 1 wastewater stream a single 
    wastewater stream or a mixture of wastewater streams and shall comply 
    with the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this 
    section.
        (1) From the point of generation for each wastewater stream that is 
    included in the Group 1 designation to the location where the owner or 
    operator elects to designate such wastewater stream(s) as Group 1 
    wastewater, the owner or operator must comply with all applicable 
    emission suppression requirements specified in Secs. 63.133 through 
    63.137.
        (2) From the location where the owner or operator designates a 
    wastewater stream or mixture of wastewater streams to be Group 1 
    wastewater, such Group 1 wastewater streams shall be managed in 
    accordance with all applicable emission suppression requirements 
    specified in Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 and with the treatment 
    requirements in Sec. 63.138 of this part.
        (3) An owner or operator who complies with paragraph (d) of this 
    section is not required to determine the VOHAP concentration or flow 
    rate for each wastewater stream at its point of generation. However, an 
    owner or operator who elects to designate as a Group 1 wastewater 
    stream a single wastewater stream or a mixture of wastewater streams 
    shall determine the following characteristics for the location where 
    Group 1 designation is made [Note: Characteristics must be known to 
    ensure compliance with treatment requirements]:
        (i) The total VOHAP average concentration for HAP's listed on table 
    9 of this subpart or the VOHAP average concentration for each 
    individually speciated organic HAP listed on table 8 of this subpart 
    using the methods specified in paragraph (b)(3), (b)(4), or (b)(5)(i) 
    through (b)(5)(iv) of this section, and
        (ii) The average wastewater flow rate using methods specified in 
    paragraph (c)(1) or (c)(2), or by measuring the flow rate of the 
    wastewater during conditions that are representative of average 
    wastewater generation rates.
        (e) To demonstrate that the total source VOHAP mass flow rate from 
    untreated Group 1 wastewater streams in new and existing SOCMI units is 
    less than 1 megagram per year as specified in Sec. 63.138(c)(5) of this 
    subpart, an owner or operator who elects to comply with paragraph 
    (a)(3) of this section shall determine for the source the total VOHAP 
    mass flow rate from all Group 1 wastewater streams identified in 
    Sec. 63.132(g)(1) of this subpart at their points of generation by the 
    following procedure:
        (1) Determine the total VOHAP average concentration for each 
    wastewater stream using the procedures specified in paragraph (b) of 
    this section.
        (2) Calculate the annual total VOHAP mass flow rate in each 
    wastewater stream by multiplying the annual average flow rate of the 
    wastewater stream, as determined by procedures specified in paragraph 
    (c) of this section, times the total VOHAP average concentration, as 
    determined by procedures specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
        (3) Calculate the total source VOHAP mass flow rate from all Group 
    1 wastewater streams by adding together the annual total VOHAP mass 
    flow rate from each Group 1 wastewater stream.
        (f) An owner or operator who elects to comply with paragraph (a)(3) 
    of this section and to reduce the total source VOHAP mass flow rate to 
    less than 1 megagram per year in accordance with Sec. 63.138(c)(6) of 
    this subpart shall determine the total source VOHAP mass flow rate from 
    Group 1 wastewater streams identified in Sec. 63.132(g)(1) of this 
    subpart by the following procedures:
        (1) The annual total VOHAP mass flow rate of each Group 1 
    wastewater stream treated to the level of the provisions of 
    Sec. 63.138(c) of this subpart shall not be included in the total 
    source VOHAP mass flow rate calculation.
        (2) For each untreated Group 1 wastewater stream, annual total 
    VOHAP mass flow rate shall be determined by the procedures in paragraph 
    (e) of this section.
        (3) For each Group 1 wastewater stream treated to levels less than 
    required by the provisions of Sec. 63.138(c) of this subpart, the 
    annual total VOHAP mass flow rate shall be determined as follows:
        (i) Measurement or sampling shall occur at the point of discharge 
    of the treatment process or series of treatment processes. The point of 
    discharge is defined as the point where the treated wastewater exits 
    the treatment process but before it is mixed with other wastewater 
    streams, and prior to exposure to the atmosphere.
        (ii) Determine the total VOHAP average concentration for each 
    wastewater stream at the point of discharge using the procedures 
    specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
        (iii) Calculate the annual total VOHAP mass flow rate of each 
    wastewater stream by multiplying the annual average flow rate of the 
    wastewater stream times the total VOHAP average concentration.
        (4) The total source VOHAP mass flow rate shall be calculated by 
    summing the annual total VOHAP mass flow rate from all wastewater 
    streams as determined in paragraphs (f)(2) and (f)(3) of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.145  Process wastewater provisions--test methods and procedures 
    to determine compliance.
    
        (a) This paragraph applies to the use of all performance tests to 
    demonstrate compliance of a treatment process or waste management unit.
        (1) The test shall be conducted when the treatment process or waste 
    management unit is operating at a representative inlet wastewater 
    stream flow rate and VOHAP concentration under which it would be most 
    difficult to demonstrate compliance.
        (2) Operations during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction 
    shall not constitute representative conditions for the purpose of a 
    test.
        (3) All testing equipment shall be prepared and installed as 
    specified in the appropriate test methods.
        (4) The owner or operator shall record all process information as 
    is necessary to document operating conditions during the test.
        (b) This paragraph applies to the use of performance tests to 
    demonstrate compliance of a treatment process with the parts per 
    million by weight wastewater stream concentration limits at the outlet 
    of the treatment process.
        (1) The total VOHAP average concentration shall be measured for 
    compliance with the concentration alternatives specified in 
    Sec. 63.138(c)(1)(ii)(C), (d)(1), and (d)(2)(i) of this subpart; or the 
    average concentration of each HAP shall be measured for compliance with 
    the concentration alternatives specified in Sec. 63.138(b)(1)(ii)(A) of 
    this subpart.
        (2) A minimum of three representative samples of the wastewater 
    stream exiting the treatment process shall be collected and analyzed 
    using the procedures in Sec. 63.144(b)(5) of this subpart.
        (c) This paragraph applies to the use of performance tests to 
    demonstrate compliance of a noncombustion treatment process with the 
    percent reduction limits. Refer to paragraph (c)(1) of this section to 
    demonstrate compliance with the percent reduction limits for total HAP 
    mass flow rate. Refer to paragraph (c)(2) of this section to 
    demonstrate compliance with the percent reduction limits for each 
    individually speciated HAP.
        (1) The percent reduction of total HAP mass flow rate shall be 
    measured for compliance with Sec. 63.138(b)(1)(ii)(C), (b)(1)(iii)(A), 
    (c)(1)(ii)(B), or (c)(1)(iii)(B) of this subpart by the procedures in 
    paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (c)(1)(iii) of this section.
        (i) The same test method shall be used to analyze the wastewater 
    samples from both the inlet and outlet of the treatment process.
        (ii) The total HAP mass flow rate entering the treatment process 
    (Eb) and exiting the treatment process (Ea) shall be 
    determined by computing the product of the average flow rate of the 
    wastewater stream entering or exiting the treatment process, and the 
    total average HAP concentration of the entering or exiting wastewater 
    streams, respectively.
        (A) The flow rate of the entering and exiting wastewater streams 
    shall be determined using the inlet and outlet flow meters, 
    respectively. Where the outlet flow is not greater than the inlet flow, 
    a flow meter shall be used at either the inlet or outlet.
        (B) The total HAP average concentrations of the entering and 
    exiting wastewater streams shall be determined according to the 
    procedures specified in either paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(B)(1) or 
    (c)(1)(ii)(B)(2) of this section.
        (1) Calculated according to the procedures specified in paragraphs 
    (j) and (k) of this section; or
        (2) By direct measurement using the method specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(iii) of this subpart and no correction to the 
    concentrations is required.
        (C) Three grab samples of the entering wastewater stream shall be 
    taken at equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-
    hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist 
    of a minimum of 3 runs.
        (D) Three grab samples of the exiting wastewater stream shall be 
    taken at equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-
    hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist 
    of a minimum of 3 runs conducted over the same 3-hour period at which 
    the total HAP mass flow rate entering the treatment process is 
    determined.
        (E) The total HAP mass flow rates entering and exiting the 
    treatment process are calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.223
    
    
    TR22AP94.224
    
    where:
    
    Eb=Total HAP mass flow rate entering the treatment process, 
    kilograms per hour.
    Ea=Total HAP mass flow rate exiting the treatment process, 
    kilograms per hour.
    K=Density of the wastewater stream, kilograms per cubic meter.
    Vbp=Average volumetric flow rate of wastewater entering the 
    treatment process during each run p, cubic meters per hour.
    Vap=Average volumetric flow rate of wastewater exiting the 
    treatment process during each run p, cubic meters per hour.
    Cbp,avg=Total HAP average concentration in the wastewater stream 
    entering the treatment process during each run p, parts per million by 
    weight. This shall be determined using the procedure in paragraph (k) 
    of this section.
    Cap,avg=Total HAP average concentration in the wastewater stream 
    exiting the treatment process during each run p, parts per million by 
    weight. This shall be determined using the procedure in paragraph (k) 
    of this section.
    p=Run
    n=Number of runs.
        (iii) The percent reduction across the treatment process shall be 
    calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.225
    
    where:
    
    R=HAP control efficiency of the treatment process, percent.
    Eb=Total HAP mass flow rate entering the treatment process, 
    kilograms per hour.
    Ea=Total HAP mass flow rate exiting the treatment process, 
    kilograms per hour.
    
        (2) The percent reduction of the mass flow rate of each 
    individually speciated HAP shall be measured for compliance with 
    Sec. 63.138(c)(1)(ii)(D) or (c)(1)(iii)(C) of this subpart by the 
    procedures in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section.
        (i) The same test method shall be used to analyze the wastewater 
    samples from both the inlet and outlet of the treatment process.
        (ii) The HAP mass flow rate of each individually speciated HAP 
    compound entering the treatment process (Eb) and exiting the 
    treatment process (Ea) shall be determined by computing the 
    product of the flow rate of the wastewater stream entering or exiting 
    the treatment process, and the average HAP concentration of each 
    individual HAP compound of the entering or exiting wastewater streams, 
    respectively.
        (A) The flow rate of the entering and exiting wastewater streams 
    shall be determined using the inlet and outlet flow meters, 
    respectively.
        (B) The average HAP concentration of each individual HAP of the 
    entering and exiting wastewater streams shall be determined according 
    to the procedures specified in either paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B)(1) or 
    (c)(2)(ii)(B)(2) of this section.
        (1) Calculated according to the procedures specified in paragraph 
    (j) of this section; or
        (2) By direct measurement using the method specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(iii) and no correction to the concentrations is 
    required.
        (C) Three grab samples of the entering wastewater stream shall be 
    taken at equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-
    hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist 
    of a minimum of 3 runs.
        (D) Three grab samples of the exiting wastewater stream shall be 
    taken at equally spaced time intervals over a 1-hour period. Each 1-
    hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test shall consist 
    of a minimum of 3 runs conducted over the same 3-hour period at which 
    the total HAP mass flow rate entering the treatment process is 
    determined.
        (E) The HAP mass flow rates of each individual HAP compound 
    entering and exiting the treatment process are calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.226
    
    
    TR22AP94.227
    
    where:
    
    Eb=HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound 
    entering the treatment process, kilograms per hour.
    Ea=HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound 
    exiting the treatment process, kilograms per hour.
    K=Density of the wastewater stream, kilograms per cubic meter.
    Vbp=Average volumetric flow rate of wastewater exiting the 
    treatment process during each run p, cubic meters per hour.
    Vap=Average volumetric flow rate of wastewater exiting the 
    treatment process during each run p, cubic meters per hour.
    Cbp=Average HAP concentration of an individually speciated HAP in 
    the wastewater stream entering the treatment process during each run p, 
    parts per million by weight.
    Cap=Average HAP concentration of an individually speciated HAP in 
    the wastewater stream exiting the treatment process during each run p, 
    parts per million by weight.
    n=Number of runs.
    
        (iii) The percent reduction across the treatment process for each 
    individually speciated HAP compound shall be calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.228
    
    where:
    
    R=Control efficiency for an individually speciated HAP compound of the 
    treatment process, percent.
    Eb=HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound 
    entering the treatment process, kilograms per hour.
    Ea=HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound 
    exiting the treatment process, kilograms per hour.
    
        (d) This paragraph applies to the use of a performance test to 
    demonstrate compliance of a combustion treatment process with the 
    percent reduction limits for total HAP mass flow rate.
        (1) The percent reduction of total HAP mass flow rate shall be 
    measured for compliance with Sec. 63.138(b)(1)(ii)(C), (b)(1)(iii)(A), 
    (c)(1)(ii)(B) or (c)(1)(iii)(B) of this subpart by the procedures in 
    paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(vi) of this section.
        (i) The total HAP mass flow rate entering the combustion unit 
    (Eb) shall be determined by computing the product of the average 
    flow rate of the wastewater stream entering the combustion unit, as 
    determined by the inlet flow meter, and the total HAP average 
    concentration in the waste stream entering the combustion device, as 
    determined according to the procedures specified in paragraph 
    (c)(1)(ii)(B) of this section.
        (ii) Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test 
    shall consist of a minimum of 3 runs conducted over at least a 3-hour 
    period.
        (iii) If grab sampling techniques are used, then these grab samples 
    shall be taken at a minimum of three equally spaced time intervals 
    during the run.
        (iv) The total HAP mass flow rate entering the combustion unit 
    (Eb) is calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.229
    
    where:
    
    Eb=Total HAP mass flow rate entering the combustion unit, 
    kilograms per hour.
    K=Density of the wastewater stream, kilograms per cubic meter.
    Vp=Average volumetric flow rate of waste entering the combustion 
    unit during each run p, cubic meters per hour.
    Cp=Total HAP average concentration in the wastewater stream 
    entering the combustion unit during each run p, parts per million by 
    weight. This shall be determined using the procedure in paragraph (k) 
    of this section.
    p=Runs.
    n=Number of runs.
    
        (v) The total HAP mass flow rate exiting the combustion unit 
    exhaust stack (Ea) shall be determined as follows:
        (A) The time period for the test shall not be less than 3 hours 
    during which at least three 1-hour runs are conducted and be the same 
    time period at which the total HAP mass flow rate entering the 
    treatment process is determined. Each run shall represent a time-
    integrated composite sample corresponding to the periods when the waste 
    feed is sampled.
        (B) A run shall consist of a 1-hour period during the test. For 
    each run:
        (1) The volume exhausted shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 
    2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.
        (2) The total HAP average concentration in the exhaust downstream 
    of the combustion unit shall be determined using Method 18 of 40 CFR 
    part 60, appendix A. Alternatively, any other test method validated 
    according to the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
        (C) The total HAP mass emitted during each run shall be calculated 
    as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.230
    
    where:
    
    Mp=Total HAP mass emitted during run p, kilograms.
    V=Volume of air-vapor mixture exhausted at standard conditions, cubic 
    meters.
    Cj=HAP concentration of compound j measured in the exhaust, parts 
    per million by volume.
    MWj=Molecular weight of compound j in exhaust stream, kilograms 
    per kilogram-mole.
    p=Run.
    m=Number of organic HAP's in total.
    0.0416=Conversion factor for molar volume, kilogram-mole per cubic 
    meter at 293  deg.Kelvin and 760 millimeters mercury absolute.
    
        (D) The total HAP mass emission rate in the exhaust shall be 
    calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.231
    
    where:
    
    Ea=Total HAP mass flow rate emitted, kilograms per hour.
    Mp=Total mass of total or strippability group VOHAP emitted during 
    run p, kilograms.
    T=Total time of all runs, hours.
    n=Number of runs.
    
        (vi) The total HAP destruction efficiency for the combustion unit 
    shall be calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.232
    
    where:
    
    R=HAP destruction efficiency for the combustion unit, percent.
    Eb=Total HAP mass flow rate entering the combustion unit, 
    kilograms per hour.
    Ea=Total HAP mass flow rate exiting the combustion unit, kilograms 
    per hour.
    
        (2) The percent reduction of the mass flow rate of each individual 
    HAP shall be measured for compliance with Sec. 63.138(c)(1)(ii)(D) or 
    (c)(1)(iii)(C) of this subpart by the procedures in paragraphs 
    (d)(2)(i) through (d)(2)(vi) of this section.
        (i) The mass flow rate of each individual HAP entering the 
    combustion unit (Eb) shall be determined by computing the product 
    of the average flow rate of the wastewater stream entering the 
    combustion unit, as determined by the inlet flow meter, and the average 
    HAP concentration of each individual HAP in the waste stream entering 
    the combustion device as determined according to the procedures 
    specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
        (ii) Each 1-hour period constitutes a run, and the performance test 
    shall consist of a minimum of 3 runs conducted over at least a 3-hour 
    period.
        (iii) If grab sampling techniques are used, then these grab samples 
    shall be taken at a minimum of three equally spaced time intervals 
    during the run.
        (iv) The total HAP mass flow rate of each individual HAP entering 
    the combustion unit is calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.233
    
    where:
    
    Eb=HAP mass flow rate of an individually speciated HAP compound 
    entering the combustion unit, kilograms per hour.
    K=Density of the waste stream, kilograms per cubic meter.
    Vp=Average volumetric flow rate of waste entering the combustion 
    unit during each run p, cubic meters per hour.
    Cp=Average HAP concentration of an individually speciated HAP 
    compound in the waste stream entering the combustion unit during each 
    run p, parts per million by weight.
    p=Run.
    n=Number of runs.
    
        (v) The mass flow rate of each individually speciated HAP exiting 
    the combustion unit exhaust stack (Ea) shall be determined as 
    follows:
        (A) The time period for the test shall not be less than 3 hours 
    during which at least three 1-hour runs are conducted and be the same 
    time period at which the mass flow rate of each individually speciated 
    HAP entering the treatment process is determined. Each run shall 
    represent a time-integrated composite sample corresponding to the 
    periods when the waste feed is sampled.
        (B) A run shall consist of a 1-hour period during the test. For 
    each run:
        (1) The volume exhausted shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 
    2C, or 2D from appendix A of 40 CFR part 60, as appropriate.
        (2) The average concentration of each individually speciated HAP in 
    the exhaust downstream of the combustion unit shall be determined using 
    Method 18 of appendix A of 40 CFR part 60. Alternatively, any other 
    test method validated according to the procedures in Method 301 of 
    appendix A of this part.
        (C) The mass of each individually speciated HAP emitted during each 
    run shall be calculated as follows: 
    
    TR22AP94.234
    
    where:
    
    Mp=Mass of an individual HAP emitted during run p, kilograms.
    V=Volume of air-vapor mixture exhausted at standard conditions, cubic 
    meters.
    Cj=VOHAP concentration of compound j measured in the exhaust, 
    parts per million by volume.
    MWj=Molecular weight of compound j in exhaust stream, kilograms 
    per kilogram-mole.
    0.0416=Conversion factor for molar volume, kilogram-mole per cubic 
    meter at 293  deg.Kelvin and 760 millimeters mercury absolute.
    
        (D) The mass emission rate in the exhaust of each individual HAP 
    shall be calculated as follows: 
    
    TR22AP94.235
    
    where:
    
    Ea=Mass flow rate of each individual HAP, kilograms per hour.
    Mp=Mass of each individual HAP emitted during run p, kilograms.
    T=Total time of all runs, hours.
    p=Run.
    n=Number of runs.
    
        (vi) The destruction efficiency of each individual HAP for the 
    combustion unit shall be calculated as follows: 
    
    TR22AP94.236
    
    where:
    
    R=HAP destruction efficiency of an individual HAP for the combustion 
    unit, percent.
    Eb=Mass flow rate of an individual HAP entering the combustion 
    unit, kilograms per hour.
    Ea=Mass flow rate of an individual HAP exiting the combustion 
    unit, kilograms per hour.
    
        (e) A performance test to demonstrate compliance of a vent stream 
    control device with the organic compound reduction efficiency 
    requirement specified under Sec. 63.139(d)(1) of this subpart shall use 
    the following procedures:
        (1) Sampling sites shall be selected using Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR 
    part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.
        (2) The mass flow rate of organic compounds entering and exiting 
    the control device shall be determined as follows:
        (i) The time period for the test shall not be less than 3 hours 
    during which at least three runs are conducted.
        (ii) A run shall consist of a 1-hour period during the test. For 
    each run:
        (A) The volume exhausted shall be determined using Method 2, 2A, 
    2C, or 2D of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, as appropriate;
        (B) The organic concentration in the vent stream entering and 
    exiting the control device shall be determined using Method 18 of 40 
    CFR part 60, appendix A. Alternatively, any other test method validated 
    according to the procedures in Method 301 of appendix A of this part 
    may be used.
         (iii) The mass flow rate of organic compounds entering and exiting 
    the control device during each run shall be calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.237
    
    
    TR22AP94.238
    
    where:
    
    Ea=Mass flow rate of organic compounds exiting the control device, 
    kilograms per hour.
    Eb=Mass flow rate of organic compounds entering the control 
    device, kilograms per hour.
    Vap=Average volumetric flow rate of vent stream exiting the 
    control device during run p at standards conditions, cubic meters per 
    hour.
    Vbp=Average volumetric flow rate of vent stream entering the 
    control device during run p at standards conditions, cubic meters per 
    hour.
    p=Run.
    m=Number of runs.
    Caip=Concentration of organic compound i measured in the vent 
    stream exiting the control device during run p as determined by Method 
    18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, parts per million by volume on a dry 
    basis.
    Cbip=Concentration of organic compound i measured in the vent 
    stream entering the control device during run p as determined by Method 
    18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, parts per million by volume on a dry 
    basis.
    MWi = Molecular weight of organic compound i in the vent stream, 
    kilograms per kilogram-mole.
    n = Number of organic compounds in the vent stream.
    0.0416 = Conversion factor for molar volume, kilograms-mole per cubic 
    meter at 293 deg. Kelvin and 760 millimeters mercury absolute.
    
    (3) The organic reduction efficiency for the control device shall be 
    calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.239
    
    where:
    
    R = Total organic reduction efficiency for the control device, percent.
    Eb=Mass flow rate of organic compounds entering the control 
    device, kilograms per hour.
    Ea=Mass flow rate of organic compounds exiting the control device, 
    kilograms per hour.
    
        (f) A performance test to demonstrate compliance with the mass 
    removal provision for new sources in Sec. 63.138(b)(1)(iii)(C) of this 
    subpart shall consist of a determination of mass removal required to be 
    achieved, and a determination of mass removal actually achieved. Actual 
    mass removal and compliance shall be determined by the procedure in 
    paragraph (h) of this section. The required mass removal for each Group 
    1 wastewater stream prior to combination of the streams for treatment 
    shall be determined using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.240
    
    where:
    
    RMR=Required mass removal of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this 
    subpart in a Group 1 wastewater stream, in kilograms per year.
    K=Density of the Group 1 wastewater stream, kilograms per liter.
    V=Annual average wastewater flowrate of the Group 1 wastewater stream, 
    liters per minute.
    n=Number of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart in stream.
    Cj,avg=Average HAP concentration of each organic HAP j listed in 
    table 8 of this subpart in the Group 1 wastewater stream at the point 
    of generation, parts per million by weight.
    0.99 = Required removal fraction of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of 
    this subpart.
    
        (1) The annual average wastewater flow rate for each Group 1 
    wastewater stream to be combined for treatment (V), shall be determined 
    using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(c) of this subpart.
        (2) The average HAP concentration of each HAP (Cj,avg) listed in 
    table 8 of this subpart in each Group 1 wastewater stream to be 
    combined for treatment shall be determined according to the procedures 
    specified in either paragraph (f)(2)(i) or (f)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Calculated according to the procedures specified in paragraph 
    (j) of this section; or
        (ii) By direct measurement using the method specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(iii) of this subpart and no correction to the 
    concentrations is required.
        (3) The total required mass removal is calculated by adding the 
    required mass removal for each individual Group 1 stream to be combined 
    for treatment.
        (g) A performance test to demonstrate compliance with the mass 
    removal provisions for new and existing sources in 
    Sec. 63.138(c)(1)(iii)(D) of this subpart shall consist of a 
    determination of mass removal required to be achieved, and a 
    determination of mass removal actually achieved. Actual mass removal 
    and compliance shall be determined by the procedure in paragraph (h) of 
    this section. The required mass removal for each Group 1 wastewater 
    stream prior to combination of the streams for treatment shall be 
    determined using the following equation: 
    
    TR22AP94.241
    
    where:
    
    RMR=Required mass removal of table 9 organic HAP's in a Group 1 
    wastewater stream, prior to combination with other Group 1 wastewater 
    streams, kilograms per hour.
    K=Density of the Group 1 wastewater stream, kilograms per liter.
    V=Annual average wastewater flow rate of the Group 1 wastewater stream, 
    liters per minute.
    n=Number of table 9 organic HAP compounds in stream.
    Cj, avg=Average HAP concentration of each organic HAP j listed in 
    table 9 of this subpart in the Group 1 wastewater stream at the point 
    of generation, parts per million by weight.
    F=Required percent removal of each compound j (target removal 
    efficiency from table 9 of this subpart).
    
        (1) The annual average wastewater flow rate for each Group 1 
    wastewater stream to be combined for treatment (V), shall be determined 
    using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.144(c) of this subpart.
    
        (2) The average HAP concentration of each table 9 organic HAP 
    compound (Cj,avg) in each Group 1 wastewater stream to be combined for 
    treatment shall be determined according to the procedures specified in 
    either paragraph (g)(2)(i) or (g)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Calculated according to the procedures specified in paragraph 
    (j) of this section; or
        (ii) By direct measurement using the method specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(iii) of this subpart and no correction to the 
    concentrations is required.
        (3) The total required mass removal is calculated by adding 
    together the required mass removal for each individual Group 1 
    wastewater stream to be combined for treatment.
        (h) For a performance test to demonstrate compliance of a treatment 
    process with the mass removal standards, the actual total HAP mass 
    removal of organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart [for 
    compliance with Sec. 63.138(c)(1)(iii)(D) of this subpart] or of 
    organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart [for compliance with 
    Sec. 63.138(b)(1)(iii)(C) of this subpart] in the wastewater stream 
    shall be determined by the following procedure:
        (1) The actual mass removal of a treatment process, or series of 
    treatment processes other than a properly operated biological treatment 
    unit shall be determined using the following equation:
    
                MR=(Eb-Ea)
    
    where:
    
    MR=Actual total HAP mass removal by the treatment process or series of 
    treatment processes of organic HAP's listed in table 9 of this subpart 
    or of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart, kilograms per 
    hour.
    Eb=Total HAP mass flow rate of organic HAP's listed in table 9 of 
    this subpart or of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart 
    entering the treatment process, kilograms per hour.
    Ea=Total HAP mass flow rate of organic HAP's listed in table 9 of 
    this subpart or of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart 
    exiting the treatment process, kilograms per hour.
    
        (2) The actual mass removal (MR) of a treatment process which is a 
    properly operated biological treatment unit is equal to the mass 
    removed due to biological destruction. The mass removal should be 
    determined using the following equation:
    
                MR=(Eb-Ea)*Fbio
    
    where:
    
    MR=Actual mass removal by the biological treatment process of total 
    organic HAP's listed on table 8 or table 9 of this subpart, kilograms 
    per hour.
    Eb=Mass flow rate of total organic HAP's listed on table 8 or 
    table 9 of this subpart entering the biological treatment process, 
    kilograms per hour.
    Ea=Mass flow rate of total organic HAP's listed on table 8 or 
    table 9 of this subpart exiting the biological treatment process, 
    kilograms per hour.
    Fbio=The fraction of organic HAP's listed on table 8 of this 
    subpart, or the total organic HAP's listed on table 9 of this subpart, 
    biodegraded in a properly operated biological treatment unit. This 
    fraction shall be determined using the procedures in appendix C of this 
    part.
    
        (i) The total HAP mass flow rate of organic HAP's listed in table 9 
    of this subpart or of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart 
    entering the treatment process (Eb) shall be determined using the 
    procedures specified in paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this section for 
    combustion and paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(E) of this section for 
    noncombustion.
        (ii) The total HAP mass flow rate of organic HAP's listed in table 
    9 of this subpart or of organic HAP's listed in table 8 of this subpart 
    exiting the treatment process (Ea) shall be determined using the 
    procedures specified in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section for 
    combustion and paragraph (c)(1)(ii)(E) of this section for 
    noncombustion.
        (3) Compliance with the mass removal provisions in 
    Sec. 63.138(b)(1)(iii)(C) or Sec. 63.138(c)(1)(iii)(D) of this subpart 
    is achieved when the actual mass removal of the treatment process (MR) 
    is demonstrated to meet or exceed the total required mass removal 
    (RMR), determined using the procedures specified in paragraph (f) or 
    (g) of this section.
        (i) This paragraph applies to the use of a performance test to 
    demonstrate compliance of a biological treatment process with the 95 
    percent HAP mass reduction requirement of Sec. 63.138(e) of this 
    subpart for organic HAP's listed on table 8 or table 9 of this subpart. 
    The percent HAP mass reduction of a biological treatment unit is equal 
    to the mass removed due to biological destruction. The percent VOHAP 
    mass reduction should be determined using the following equation: 
    
    TR22AP94.242
    
    where:
    
    R=Control efficiency of the biological treatment process, percent.
    Eb=Mass flow rate of total organic HAP's entering the treatment 
    process, kilograms per hour.
    Ea=Mass flow rate of total organic HAP's exiting the treatment 
    process, kilograms per hour.
    Fbio=The fraction of HAP biodegraded in a properly operated 
    biological treatment unit. This fraction shall be determined using the 
    procedures in appendix C of this part.
    
        (1) The total HAP mass flow rate entering the biological treatment 
    process (Eb) shall be determined using the procedures specified in 
    paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this section for combustion and paragraph 
    (c)(1)(ii)(E) of this section for noncombustion.
        (2) The total HAP mass flow rate exiting the biological treatment 
    process (Ea) shall be determined using the procedures specified in 
    paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section for combustion and paragraph 
    (c)(1)(ii)(E) of this section for noncombustion.
        (3) For new sources that start up within nine months of 
    promulgation, an owner or operator may determine K1, which is 
    needed when determining Fbio, by using the average of results from 
    several test methods.
        (j) The owner or operator shall convert the average VOHAP 
    concentration of each individually speciated HAP, i, to the average HAP 
    concentration of each individually speciated HAP using the following 
    equation:
    
    TR22AP94.243
    
    where:
    
    C(b or a),i=Average HAP concentration of each individually 
    speciated HAP, i, in the wastewater stream entering (b) or exiting (a) 
    the treatment process, parts per million by weight.
    Ci,avg=VOHAP concentration of the individually speciated organic 
    HAP calculated according to the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(E).
    Fmi=Fraction measured of each individually speciated organic HAP 
    in wastewater as listed in table 34 of this subpart.
    
        (k) The owner or operator shall calculate the total VOHAP average 
    concentration using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.244
    
    where:
    
    C(b or a),avg=Total VOHAP average concentration in the wastewater 
    stream entering (b) or exiting (a) the treatment process, parts per 
    million by weight.
    C (b or a),i = Average HAP concentration of each individually 
    speciated HAP, i, in the wastewater stream entering (b) or exiting (a) 
    the treatment process, calculated according to the procedures specified 
    in paragraph (j) of this section, parts per million by weight.
    
    
    Sec. 63.146  Process wastewater provisions--reporting.
    
        (a) The owner or operator shall submit the information specified in 
    paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section as part of the 
    Implementation Plan required by Sec. 63.151(c), (d), or (e) of this 
    subpart.
        (1) For each new source, the owner or operator shall submit the 
    information specified in table 14a of this subpart for organic HAP's 
    listed on table 8 of this subpart.
        (2) For each new and existing source, the owner or operator shall 
    submit the information specified in table 14b of this subpart for 
    organic HAP's listed on table 9 of this subpart. For each new source, 
    the owner or operator is not required to submit information on table 
    14b of this subpart for any organic HAP's that have been documented in 
    table 14a of this subpart. If applicable, the owner or operator must 
    comply with paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The owner or operator who elects to comply with 
    Sec. 63.138(c)(5) of this subpart, must submit in table 14b of this 
    subpart the annual total VOHAP mass flow rate of each Group 1 stream at 
    the point of generation in megagrams per year.
        (ii) If the sum, for the source, of the total VOHAP mass flow rate 
    of those Group 1 wastewater streams not treated to levels required in 
    Sec. 63.138(c)(1) of this subpart has been reduced to less than 1 
    megagram per year, the owner or operator shall enter the following on 
    table 14b of this subpart:
        (A) The VOHAP mass flow rate at the point of generation for each 
    untreated Group 1 wastewater stream;
        (B) The VOHAP mass flow rate at the outlet of the treatment process 
    for each Group 1 wastewater stream treated less stringently than 
    required in Sec. 63.138(c)(1) of this subpart;
        (C) Zero for each Group 2 wastewater stream and for each Group 1 
    wastewater stream treated to the level required in Sec. 63.138(b)(1) of 
    this subpart; and
        (D) The sum of the VOHAP mass flow rates in paragraphs 
    (a)(2)(ii)(A), (a)(2)(ii)(B), and (a)(2)(ii)(C) of this section to 
    demonstrate that annual total VOHAP mass flow rate for the source has 
    been reduced below 1 megagram per year.
        (3) For each waste management unit, treatment process, or control 
    device used to comply with Sec. 63.138(b)(1), (c)(1), (d), (e), or 
    Sec. 63.139 of this subpart for which the owner or operator seeks to 
    monitor a parameter other than those specified in table 11, table 12, 
    or table 13 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall submit a 
    request for approval to monitor alternative parameters according to the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.151(g) or Sec. 63.152(e) of this 
    subpart.
        (b) The owner or operator shall submit the information specified in 
    paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(9) of this section as part of the 
    Notification of Compliance Status required by Sec. 63.152(b) of this 
    subpart.
        (1) For each new source, the owner or operator shall submit the 
    information specified in table 15a of this subpart for organic HAP's 
    listed on table 8 of this subpart.
        (2) For each new and existing source, the owner or operator shall 
    submit the information specified in table 15b of this subpart for 
    organic HAP's listed on table 9 of this subpart. For each new source, 
    the owner or operator is not required to submit information on table 
    15b of this subpart for any organic HAP's that have been documented in 
    table 15a of this subpart.
        (3) For each existing source for which the owner or operator elects 
    to comply with the Process Unit Alternative specified in Sec. 63.138(d) 
    of this subpart, the owner or operator shall submit the information 
    specified in table 16 of this subpart. If table 16 of this subpart is 
    completed for the Notification of Compliance Status, then table 15b of 
    this subpart need not be completed.
        (4) For each treatment process identified in table 15a, 15b, or 16 
    of this subpart that receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater 
    stream or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner 
    or operator shall submit the information specified in table 17 of this 
    subpart.
        (5) For each waste management unit identified in table 15a, 15b, or 
    16 of this subpart that receives or manages a Group 1 wastewater stream 
    or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner or 
    operator shall submit the information specified in table 18 of this 
    subpart.
        (6) For each residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the 
    owner or operator shall submit the information specified in table 19 of 
    this subpart.
        (7) For each control device used to comply with Secs. 63.133 
    through 63.139 of this subpart, the owner or operator shall submit the 
    information specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (b)(7)(ii) of this 
    section.
        (i) For each flare, the owner or operator shall submit the 
    information specified in paragraphs (b)(7)(i)(A) through (b)(7)(i)(C) 
    of this section.
        (A) Flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
    assisted);
        (B) All visible emission readings, heat content determinations, 
    flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during 
    the compliance determination required by Sec. 63.139(c)(3) of this 
    subpart; and
        (C) Reports of the times and durations of all periods during the 
    compliance determination when the pilot flame is absent or the monitor 
    is not operating.
        (ii) For each control device other than a flare, the owner or 
    operator shall submit the information specified in paragraph 
    (b)(7)(ii)(A) of this section and in either paragraph (b)(7)(ii)(B) or 
    (b)(7)(ii)(C) of this section.
        (A) The information on parameter ranges specified in 
    Sec. 63.152(b)(2) of this subpart for the applicable parameters 
    specified in table 13 of this subpart, unless the parameter range has 
    already been established in the operating permit; and either
        (B) The design evaluation specified in Sec. 63.139(d)(2) of this 
    subpart; or
        (C) Results of the performance test specified in Sec. 63.139(d)(1) 
    of this subpart. Performance test results shall include operating 
    ranges of key process and control parameters during the performance 
    test; the value, averaged over the period of the performance test, of 
    each parameter identified in the Implementation Plan or operating 
    permit as being monitored in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this 
    subpart; and applicable supporting calculations.
        (8) For each treatment process used to comply with 
    Sec. 63.138(b)(1)(iii)(C), (c)(1)(iii)(D), (d), or (e) of this subpart, 
    the owner or operator shall submit the information specified in 
    paragraphs (b)(8)(i) and (b)(8)(ii) of this section.
        (i) For Items 1 and 2 in table 12 of this subpart, the owner or 
    operator shall submit the information specified in paragraphs 
    (b)(8)(ii)(A) and (b)(8)(ii)(B) of this section.
        (A) The information on parameter ranges specified in 
    Sec. 63.152(b)(2) of this subpart for the parameters approved by the 
    Administrator, unless the parameter range has already been established 
    in the operating permit.
        (B) Results of the initial measurements of the parameters approved 
    by the Administrator and any applicable supporting calculations.
        (ii) For Item 3 in table 12 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
    shall submit the information on parameter ranges specified in 
    Sec. 63.152(b)(2) of this subpart for the parameters specified in Item 
    3 of table 12 of this subpart, unless the parameter range has already 
    been established in the operating permit.
        (9) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(9)(iii) of this section, 
    for each waste management unit or treatment process used to comply with 
    Sec. 63.138(b)(1), (c)(1), (d), (e), or (h)(3) of this subpart, the 
    owner or operator shall submit the information specified in either 
    paragraph (b)(9)(i) or (b)(9)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The design evaluation and supporting documentation specified in 
    Sec. 63.138(j)(1) of this subpart.
        (ii) Results of the performance test specified in Sec. 63.138(j)(2) 
    of this subpart. Performance test results shall include operating 
    ranges of key process and control parameters during the performance 
    test; the value, averaged over the period of the performance test, of 
    each parameter identified in the Implementation Plan or operating 
    permit as being monitored in accordance with Sec. 63.143 of this 
    subpart; and applicable supporting calculations.
        (iii) If the owner or operator elects to use one of the 
    technologies specified in Sec. 63.138(m) of this subpart, the owner or 
    operator is exempt from the requirements specified in paragraphs 
    (b)(9)(i) and (b)(9)(ii) of this section.
        (c) For each waste management unit that receives, manages, or 
    treats a Group 1 wastewater stream or residual removed from a Group 1 
    wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall submit as part of the 
    next Periodic Report required by Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart the 
    results of each inspection required by Sec. 63.143(a) of this subpart 
    in which a control equipment failure was identified. Control equipment 
    failure is defined for each waste management unit in Secs. 63.133 
    through 63.137 of this subpart. Each Periodic Report shall include the 
    date of the inspection, identification of each waste management unit in 
    which a control equipment failure was detected, description of the 
    failure, and description of the nature of and date the repair was made.
        (d) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, for each 
    treatment process used to comply with Sec. 63.138(b)(1), (c)(1), (d), 
    or (e) of this subpart, the owner or operator shall submit as part of 
    the next Periodic Report required by Sec. 63.152(c) the information 
    specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section for the 
    monitoring required by Sec. 63.143(b) of this subpart.
        (1) For Items 1 and 2 in table 12, the owner or operator shall 
    submit the information specified in either paragraph (d)(1)(i) or 
    (d)(1)(ii) of this section.
        (i) For each parameter approved by the Administrator and required 
    by the Administrator to be monitored continuously, the owner or 
    operator shall submit the monitoring results for each operating day 
    during which the daily average value of the monitored parameter is 
    outside the range established in the Notification of Compliance Status 
    or operating permit.
        (ii) For each parameter approved by the Administrator for which 
    monitoring is not required by the Administrator to be continuous, the 
    owner or operator shall submit the results of measurements that 
    indicate that the biological treatment unit failed to meet the 
    requirements specified in the applicable paragraphs cited in column 1 
    of table 12 of this subpart.
        (2) For Item 3 in table 12 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
    shall submit the monitoring results for each operating day during which 
    the daily average value of any monitored parameter specified in Item 3 
    of table 12 of this subpart was outside the range established in the 
    Notification of Compliance Status or operating permit.
        (e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, for each 
    control device used to comply with Secs. 63.133 through 63.139 of this 
    subpart, the owner or operator shall submit as part of the next 
    Periodic Report required by Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart the 
    information specified in either paragraph (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this 
    section.
        (1) The information specified in table 20 of this subpart, or
        (2) If the owner or operator elects to comply with 
    Sec. 63.143(e)(2) of this subpart, i.e., an organic monitoring device 
    installed at the outlet of the control device, the owner or operator 
    shall submit the monitoring results for each operating day during which 
    the daily average concentration level or reading is outside the range 
    established in the Notification of Compliance Status or operating 
    permit.
        (f) Where the owner or operator obtains approval to use a treatment 
    process or control device other than one for which monitoring 
    requirements are specified in Sec. 63.143 of this subpart, or to 
    monitor parameters other than those specified in table 12 or 13 of this 
    subpart, the Administrator will specify appropriate reporting 
    requirements.
        (g) If the owner or operator requests an extension for emptying a 
    wastewater tank in accordance with Sec. 63.133(e)(2) of this subpart, 
    the request shall include the information specified in 
    Sec. 63.133(e)(2) of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.147  Process wastewater provisions--recordkeeping.
    
        (a) The owner or operator shall keep a record of all reports 
    submitted in accordance with Sec. 63.146 of this subpart, including the 
    Implementation Plan, Notification of Compliance Status, and Periodic 
    Reports.
        (b) The owner or operator transferring a Group 1 wastewater stream 
    or residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream in accordance with 
    Sec. 63.132(i) of this subpart shall keep a record of the notice sent 
    to the treatment operator stating that the wastewater stream or 
    residual contains organic HAP's which are required to be managed and 
    treated in accordance with the provisions of this subpart.
        (c) The owner or operator shall keep in a readily accessible 
    location the records specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(6) of 
    this section.
        (1) A record that each waste management unit inspection required by 
    Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 of this subpart was performed.
        (2) A record that each inspection for control devices required by 
    Sec. 63.139 of this subpart was performed.
        (3) A record of the results of each seal gap measurement required 
    by Secs. 63.133(d) and 63.137(c) of this subpart. The records shall 
    include the date of the measurement, the raw data obtained in the 
    measurement, and the calculations described in Sec. 63.120(b) (2), (3), 
    and (4) of this subpart.
        (4) For Item 1 and Item 2 of table 12 of this subpart, the owner or 
    operator shall keep the records approved by the Administrator.
        (5) Except as provided in paragraphs (e) and (g) of this section, 
    continuous records of the monitored parameters specified in Item 3 of 
    table 12 and table 13 of this subpart, and in Sec. 63.143(e)(2) of this 
    subpart.
        (6) Documentation of a decision to use an extension, as specified 
    in Sec. 63.133(e)(2) or (h) of this subpart, which shall include a 
    description of the failure, documentation that alternate storage 
    capacity is unavailable, and specification of a schedule of actions 
    that will ensure that the control equipment will be repaired or the 
    vessel will be emptied as soon as possible.
        (d) For each boiler or process heater used to comply with 
    Secs. 63.133 through 63.139 of this subpart, the owner or operator 
    shall keep a record of any changes in the location at which the vent 
    stream is introduced into the flame zone as required in 
    Sec. 63.139(c)(1) of this subpart.
        (e) The owner or operator shall keep records of the daily average 
    value of each continuously monitored parameter for each operating day, 
    except as provided in paragraphs (e)(3) and (e)(4) of this section.
        (1) The daily average shall be calculated as the average of all 
    values for a monitored parameter recorded during the operating day, 
    except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. The average 
    shall cover a 24-hour period if operation is continuous, or the number 
    of hours of operation per operating day if operation is not continuous.
        (2) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system 
    breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (low-level) and high-
    level adjustments shall not be included in computing the hourly or 
    daily averages. Records shall be kept of the times and durations of all 
    such periods and any other periods of process or control device 
    operation when monitors are not operating.
        (3) The operating day shall be the period defined in the operating 
    permit or the Notification of Compliance Status. It may be from 
    midnight to midnight or another daily period.
        (4) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
    operating day are within the range established in the Notification of 
    Compliance Status or operating permit, the owner or operator may record 
    that all values were within the range rather than calculating and 
    recording a daily average for that operating day.
        (5) For flares, records of the times and duration of all periods 
    during which the pilot flame is absent shall be kept rather than daily 
    averages.
        (6) For carbon adsorbers, the owner or operator shall keep the 
    records specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(i) and (e)(6)(ii) of this 
    section instead of daily averages.
        (i) Records of the total regeneration stream mass flow for each 
    carbon bed regeneration cycle.
        (ii) Records of the temperature of the carbon bed after each 
    regeneration cycle.
        (f) Where the owner or operator obtains approval to use a control 
    device other than one for which monitoring requirements are specified 
    in Sec. 63.143 of this subpart, or to monitor parameters other than 
    those specified in table 12 or table 13 of this subpart, the 
    Administrator will specify appropriate recordkeeping requirements.
        (g) If the owner or operator uses process knowledge to determine 
    the VOHAP concentration of a wastewater stream as specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(b)(1) of this subpart and/or uses process knowledge to 
    determine the annual average flow rate as specified in 
    Sec. 63.144(e)(1) of this subpart, and determines that the wastewater 
    stream is not a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner or operator shall 
    keep in a readily accessible location the documentation of how process 
    knowledge was used to determine the VOHAP concentration and/or the 
    annual average flow rate of the wastewater stream.
    
    
    Sec. 63.148  Leak inspection provisions.
    
        (a) Except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section, for each 
    vapor collection system, closed-vent system, fixed roof, cover, or 
    enclosure required to comply with this section, the owner or operator 
    shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (j) of 
    this section.
        (b) Except as provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section, 
    each vapor collection system and closed-vent system shall be inspected 
    according to the procedures and schedule specified in paragraphs (b)(1) 
    and (b)(2) of this section and each fixed roof, cover, and enclosure 
    shall be inspected according to the procedures and schedule specified 
    in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
        (1) If the vapor collection system or closed vent system is 
    constructed of hard-piping, the owner or operator shall:
        (i) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
    paragraph (c) of this section, and
        (ii) Conduct annual visual inspections for visible, audible, or 
    olfactory indications of leaks.
        (2) If the vapor collection system or closed vent system is 
    constructed of ductwork, the owner or operator shall:
        (i) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
    paragraph (c) of this section, and
        (ii) Conduct annual inspections according to the procedures in 
    paragraph (c) of this section.
        (iii) Conduct annual visual inspections for visible, audible, or 
    olfactory indications of leaks.
        (3) For each fixed roof, cover, and enclosure, the owner or 
    operator shall:
        (i) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
    paragraph (c) of this section, and
        (ii) Conduct semi-annual visual inspections for visible, audible, 
    or olfactory indications of leaks as specified in Sec. 63.133 through 
    Sec. 63.137 of this subpart.
        (c) Each vapor collection system, closed vent system, fixed roof, 
    cover, and enclosure shall be inspected according to the procedures 
    specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this section.
        (1) Inspections shall be conducted in accordance with Method 21 of 
    40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
        (2) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of 
    Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, except the instrument response 
    factor criteria in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 shall be for the 
    average composition of the process fluid not each individual VOC in the 
    stream.
        (3) The detection instrument shall be calibrated before use on each 
    day of its use by the procedures specified in Method 21 of 40 CFR part 
    60, appendix A.
        (4) Calibration gases shall be as follows:
        (i) Zero air (less than 10 parts per million hydrocarbon in air); 
    and
        (ii) A mixture of methane in air at a concentration less than 
    10,000 parts per million.
        (5) The background level shall be determined according to the 
    procedures in Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60 appendix A.
        (6) The arithmetic difference between the maximum concentration 
    indicated by the instrument and the background level shall be compared 
    with 500 parts per million for determining compliance.
        (d) Leaks, as indicated by an instrument reading greater than 500 
    parts per million above background or by visual inspections, shall be 
    repaired as soon as practicable, except as provided in paragraph (e) of 
    this section.
        (1) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after the leak is detected.
        (2) Repair shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days after 
    the leak is detected, except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this 
    section.
        (3) For leaks found in vapor collection systems used for transfer 
    operations, repairs shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days 
    after the leak is detected or at the beginning of the next transfer 
    loading operation, whichever is later.
        (e) Delay of repair of a vapor collection system, closed vent 
    system, fixed roof, cover, or enclosure for which leaks have been 
    detected is allowed if the repair is technically infeasible without a 
    shutdown, as defined in Sec. 63.101 of subpart F of this part, or if 
    the owner or operator determines that emissions resulting from 
    immediate repair would be greater than the fugitive emissions likely to 
    result from delay of repair. Repair of such equipment shall be complete 
    by the end of the next shutdown.
        (f) For each vapor collection system or closed vent system that 
    contains bypass lines that could divert a vent stream away from the 
    control device and to the atmosphere, the owner or operator shall 
    comply with the provisions of either paragraph (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this 
    section, except as provided in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
        (1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
    determines whether vent stream flow is present at least once every 15 
    minutes. Records shall be generated as specified in Sec. 63.118(a)(3) 
    of this subpart. The flow indicator shall be installed at the entrance 
    to any bypass line; or
        (2) Secure the bypass line valve in the closed position with a car-
    seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of the 
    seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month 
    to ensure the valve is maintained in the closed position and the vent 
    stream is not diverted through the bypass line.
        (3) Equipment such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer 
    vents, open-ended valves or lines, and pressure relief valves needed 
    for safety purposes are not subject to this paragraph.
        (g) Any parts of the vapor collection system, closed vent system, 
    fixed roof, cover, or enclosure that are designated, as described in 
    paragraph (i)(1) of this section, as unsafe to inspect are exempt from 
    the inspection requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and (b)(3)(i) 
    of this section if:
        (1) The owner or operator determines that the equipment is unsafe 
    to inspect because inspecting personnel would be exposed to an imminent 
    or potential danger as a consequence of complying with paragraphs 
    (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3)(i) of this section; and
        (2) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
    inspection of the equipment as frequently as practicable during safe-
    to-inspect times.
        (h) Any parts of the vapor collection system, closed vent system, 
    fixed roof, cover, or enclosure that are designated, as described in 
    paragraph (i)(2) of this section, as difficult to inspect are exempt 
    from the inspection requirements of paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and 
    (b)(3)(i) of this section if:
        (1) The owner or operator determines that the equipment cannot be 
    inspected without elevating the inspecting personnel more than 2 meters 
    above a support surface; and
        (2) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
    inspection of the equipment at least once every 5 years.
        (i) The owner or operator shall record the information specified in 
    paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(5) of this section.
        (1) Identification of all parts of the vapor collection system, 
    closed vent system, fixed roof, cover, or enclosure that are designated 
    as unsafe to inspect, an explanation of why the equipment is unsafe to 
    inspect, and the plan for inspecting the equipment.
        (2) Identification of all parts of the vapor collection system, 
    closed vent system, fixed roof, cover, or enclosure that are designated 
    as difficult to inspect, an explanation of why the equipment is 
    difficult to inspect, and the plan for inspecting the equipment.
        (3) For each vapor collection system or closed vent system that 
    contains bypass lines that could divert a vent stream away from the 
    control device and to the atmosphere, the owner or operator shall keep 
    a record of the information specified in either paragraph (i)(3)(i) or 
    (i)(3)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Hourly records of whether the flow indicator specified under 
    paragraph (f)(1) of this section was operating and whether flow was 
    detected at any time during the hour, as well as records of the times 
    and durations of all periods when the vent stream is diverted from the 
    control device or the monitor is not operating.
        (ii) Where a seal mechanism is used to comply with paragraph (f)(2) 
    of this section, hourly records of flow are not required. In such 
    cases, the owner or operator shall record that the monthly visual 
    inspection of the seals or closure mechanisms has been done, and shall 
    record the duration of all periods when the seal mechanism is broken, 
    the bypass line valve position has changed, or the key for a lock-and-
    key type lock has been checked out, and records of any car-seal that 
    has broken.
        (4) For each inspection during which a leak is detected, a record 
    of the information specified in paragraphs (i)(4)(i) through 
    (i)(4)(viii) of this section.
        (i) The instrument identification numbers; operator name or 
    initials; and identification of the equipment.
        (ii) The date the leak was detected and the date of the first 
    attempt to repair the leak.
        (iii) Maximum instrument reading measured by the method specified 
    in paragraph (d) of this section after the leak is successfully 
    repaired or determined to be nonrepairable.
        (iv) ``Repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if a leak is 
    not repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
        (v) The name, initials, or other form of identification of the 
    owner or operator (or designee) whose decision it was that repair could 
    not be effected without a shutdown.
        (vi) The expected date of successful repair of the leak if a leak 
    is not repaired within 15 calendar days.
        (vii) Dates of shutdowns that occur while the equipment is 
    unrepaired.
        (viii) The date of successful repair of the leak.
        (5) For each inspection conducted in accordance with paragraph (c) 
    of this section during which no leaks are detected, a record that the 
    inspection was performed, the date of the inspection, and a statement 
    that no leaks were detected.
        (6) For each visual inspection conducted in accordance with 
    paragraph (b)(1)(ii) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section during which no 
    leaks are detected, a record that the inspection was performed, the 
    date of the inspection, and a statement that no leaks were detected.
        (j) The owner or operator shall submit as part of the reports 
    required by Sec. 63.182(b) of subpart H of this part, the information 
    specified in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(3) of this section.
        (1) The information specified in paragraph (i)(4) of this section;
        (2) Reports of the times and durations of all periods recorded 
    under paragraph (i)(3)(i) of this section when the vent stream is 
    diverted from the control device through a bypass line; and
        (3) Reports of all periods recorded under paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of 
    this section in which the seal mechanism is broken, the bypass line 
    valve position has changed, or the key to unlock the bypass line valve 
    was checked out.
        (k) If a closed-vent system subject to this section is also subject 
    to Sec. 63.172 of subpart H of this part, the owner or operator shall 
    comply with the provisions of Sec. 63.172 of subpart H of this part and 
    is exempt from the requirements of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.149  [Reserved]
    
    
    Sec. 63.150  Emissions averaging provisions.
    
        (a) This section applies to owners or operators of existing sources 
    who seek to comply with the emission standard in Sec. 63.112(a) of this 
    subpart by using emissions averaging according to Sec. 63.112(f) of 
    this subpart rather than following the provisions of Secs. 63.113 
    through 63.148 of this subpart.
        (b) Unless an operating permit application has been submitted, the 
    owner or operator shall develop and submit for approval an 
    Implementation Plan containing all of the information required in 
    Sec. 63.151(d) of this subpart for all points to be included in an 
    emissions average. The Implementation Plan or operating permit 
    application shall identify all emission points to be included in the 
    emissions average. This must include any Group 1 emission points to 
    which the reference control technology (defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
    subpart) is not applied and all other emission points being controlled 
    as part of the average.
        (c) The following emission points can be used to generate emissions 
    averaging credits, if control was applied after November 15, 1990 and 
    if sufficient information is available to determine the appropriate 
    value of credits for the emission point:
        (1) Group 2 emission points.
        (2) Group 1 emission points that are controlled by a technology 
    that the Administrator or permitting authority agrees has a higher 
    nominal efficiency than the reference control technology. Information 
    on the nominal efficiencies for such technologies must be submitted and 
    approved as provided in paragraph (i) of this section.
        (3) Emission points from which emissions are reduced by pollution 
    prevention measures. Percent reductions for pollution prevention 
    measures shall be determined as specified in paragraph (j) of this 
    section.
        (i) For a Group 1 emission point, the pollution prevention measure 
    must reduce emissions more than the reference control technology would 
    have had the reference control technology been applied to the emission 
    point instead of the pollution prevention measure except as provided in 
    paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section.
        (ii) If a pollution prevention measure is used in conjunction with 
    other controls for a Group 1 emission point, the pollution prevention 
    measure alone does not have to reduce emissions more than the reference 
    control technology, but the combination of the pollution prevention 
    measure and other controls must reduce emissions more than the 
    reference control technology would have had it been applied instead.
        (d) The following emission points cannot be used to generate 
    emissions averaging credits:
        (1) Emission points already controlled on or before November 15, 
    1990, unless the level of control is increased after November 15, 1990, 
    in which case credit will be allowed only for the increase in control 
    after November 15, 1990.
        (2) Group 1 emission points that are controlled by a reference 
    control technology, unless the reference control technology has been 
    approved for use in a different manner and a higher nominal efficiency 
    has been assigned according to the procedures in paragraph (i) of this 
    section. For example, it is not allowable to claim that an internal 
    floating roof meeting the specifications of Sec. 63.119(b) of this 
    subpart applied to a storage vessel is achieving greater than 95 
    percent control.
        (3) Emission points on shut-down process units. Process units that 
    are shut down cannot be used to generate credits or debits.
        (4) Wastewater that is not process wastewater or wastewater streams 
    treated in biological treatment units. These two types of wastewater 
    cannot be used to generate credits or debits. For the purposes of this 
    section, the terms wastewater and wastewater stream are used to mean 
    process wastewater.
        (5) Emission points controlled to comply with a State or Federal 
    rule other than this subpart, unless the level of control has been 
    increased after November 15, 1990 above what is required by the other 
    State or Federal rule. Only the control above what is required by the 
    other State or Federal rule will be credited. However, if an emission 
    point has been used to generate emissions averaging credit in an 
    approved emissions average, and the point is subsequently made subject 
    to a State or Federal rule other than this subpart, the point can 
    continue to generate emissions averaging credit for the purpose of 
    complying with the previously approved average.
        (e) For all points included in an emissions average, the owner or 
    operator shall:
        (1) Calculate and record monthly debits for all Group 1 emission 
    points that are controlled to a level less stringent than the reference 
    control technology for those emission points. Equations in paragraph 
    (g) of this section shall be used to calculate debits.
        (2) Calculate and record monthly credits for all Group 1 or Group 2 
    emission points that are overcontrolled to compensate for the debits. 
    Equations in paragraph (h) of this section shall be used to calculate 
    credits. Emission points and controls that meet the criteria of 
    paragraph (c) of this section may be included in the credit 
    calculation, whereas those described in paragraph (d) of this section 
    shall not be included.
        (3) Demonstrate that annual credits calculated according to 
    paragraph (h) of this section are greater than or equal to debits 
    calculated for the same annual compliance period according to paragraph 
    (g) of this section.
        (i) The owner or operator may choose to include more than the 
    required number of credit-generating emission points in an average in 
    order to increase the likelihood of being in compliance.
        (ii) The initial demonstration in the Implementation Plan or 
    operating permit application that credit-generating emission points 
    will be capable of generating sufficient credits to offset the debits 
    from the debit-generating emission points must be made under 
    representative operating conditions. After the compliance date, actual 
    operating data will be used for all debit and credit calculations.
        (4) Demonstrate that debits calculated for a quarterly (3-month) 
    period according to paragraph (g) of this section are not more than 
    1.30 times the credits for the same period calculated according to 
    paragraph (h) of this section. Compliance for the quarter shall be 
    determined based on the ratio of credits and debits from that quarter, 
    with 30 percent more debits than credits allowed on a quarterly basis.
        (5) Record and report quarterly and annual credits and debits in 
    the Periodic Reports as specified in Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart. 
    Every fourth Periodic Report shall include a certification of 
    compliance with the emissions averaging provisions as required by 
    Sec. 63.152(c)(5)(iv)(B) of this subpart.
        (f) Debits and credits shall be calculated in accordance with the 
    methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this 
    section, respectively, and shall not include emissions from the 
    following:
        (1) More than 20 individual Group 1 or Group 2 emission points. 
    Where pollution prevention measures (as specified in paragraph (j)(1) 
    of this section) are used to control emission points to be included in 
    an emissions average, no more than 25 emission points may be included 
    in the average. For example, if two emission points to be included in 
    an emissions average are controlled by pollution prevention measures, 
    the average may include up to 22 emission points.
        (2) Periods of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction as described in 
    the source's start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan required by 
    Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of subpart A of this part.
        (3) Periods of monitoring excursions as defined in 
    Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this subpart. For these periods, the 
    calculation of monthly credits and debits shall be adjusted as 
    specified in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) through (f)(3)(iii) of this section.
         (i) No credits would be assigned to the credit-generating emission 
    point.
        (ii) Maximum debits would be assigned to the debit-generating 
    emission point.
        (iii) The owner or operator may demonstrate to the Administrator 
    that full or partial credits or debits should be assigned using the 
    procedures in paragraph (l) of this section.
        (g) Debits are generated by the difference between the actual 
    emissions from a Group 1 emission point that is uncontrolled or is 
    controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control 
    technology, and the emissions allowed for the Group 1 emission point. 
    Debits shall be calculated as follows:
        (1) The overall equation for calculating source-wide debits is:
    
    TR22AP94.245
    
    where:
    
        Debits and all terms of the equation are in units of megagrams per 
    month, and
    
     EPViACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 1 process vent i that is 
    uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the 
    reference control technology. This is calculated according to paragraph 
    (g)(2) of this section.
    (0.02) EPViu=Emissions from each Group 1 vent i if the reference 
    control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled emissions, 
    calculated according to paragraph (g)(2) of this section.
    ESiACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i that is 
    uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the 
    reference control technology. This is calculated according to paragraph 
    (g)(3) of this section.
    (0.05) ESiu=Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i if the 
    reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
    emissions, calculated according to paragraph (g)(3) of this section.
    ETRiACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 1 transfer rack i that is 
    uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the 
    reference control technology. This is calculated according to paragraph 
    (g)(4) of this section.
    (0.02) ETRiu=Emissions from each Group 1 transfer rack i if the 
    reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
    emissions, calculated according to paragraph (g)(4) of this section.
    EWWiACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i that is 
    uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent than the 
    reference control technology. This is calculated according to paragraph 
    (g)(5) of this section.
    EWWic=Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if the 
    reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
    emissions. This is calculated according to paragraph (g)(5) of this 
    section.
    n=The number of emission points being included in the emissions 
    average. The value of n is not necessarily the same for process vents, 
    storage vessels, transfer racks, and wastewater.
    
        (2) Emissions from process vents shall be calculated as follows:
        (i) For purposes of determining process vent stream flow rate, 
    organic HAP concentrations, and temperature, the sampling site shall be 
    after the final product recovery device, if any recovery devices are 
    present; before any control device (for process vents, recovery devices 
    shall not be considered control devices); and before discharge to the 
    atmosphere. Method 1 or 1A of part 60, appendix A, shall be used for 
    selection of the sampling site.
        (ii) The following equation shall be used for each process vent i 
    to calculate EPViu:
    
    TR22AP94.246
    
    where:
    
    EPViu=Uncontrolled process vent emission rate from process vent i, 
    megagrams per month.
    Q=Vent stream flow rate, dry standard cubic meters per minute, measured 
    using Method 2, 2A, 2C, or 2D of part 60, appendix A, as appropriate.
    h=Monthly hours of operation during which positive flow is present in 
    the vent, hours per month.
    Cj=Concentration, parts per million by volume, dry basis, of organic 
    HAP j as measured by Method 18 of part 60, appendix A.
    Mj=Molecular weight of organic HAP j, gram per gram-mole.
    n=Number of organic HAP's.
        (A) The values of Q, Cj, and Mj shall be determined 
    during a performance test conducted under representative operating 
    conditions. The values of Q, Cj, and Mj shall be established 
    in the Notification of Compliance Status and must be updated as 
    provided in paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
        (B) If there is a change in capacity utilization other than a 
    change in monthly operating hours, or if any other change is made to 
    the process or product recovery equipment or operation such that the 
    previously measured values of Q, Cj, and Mj are no longer 
    representative, a new performance test shall be conducted to determine 
    new representative values of Q, Cj, and Mj. These new values 
    shall be used to calculate debits and credits from the time of the 
    change forward, and the new values shall be reported in the next 
    Periodic Report.
        (iii) The following procedures and equations shall be used to 
    calculate EPViACTUAL:
        (A) If the vent is not controlled by a control device or pollution 
    prevention measure, EPViACTUAL = EPViu, where EPViu is 
    calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and 
    (g)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (B) If the vent is controlled using a control device or a pollution 
    prevention measure achieving less than 98-percent reduction,
    
    TR22AP94.247
    
        (1) The percent reduction shall be measured according to the 
    procedures in Sec. 63.116 of this subpart if a combustion control 
    device is used. For a flare meeting the criteria in Sec. 63.116(a) of 
    this subpart, or a boiler or process heater meeting the criteria in 
    Sec. 63.116(b) of this subpart, the percent reduction shall be 98 
    percent. If a non-combustion control device is used, percent reduction 
    shall be demonstrated by a performance test at the inlet and outlet of 
    the device, or, if testing is not feasible, by a control design 
    evaluation and documented engineering calculations.
        (2) For determining debits from Group 1 process vents, product 
    recovery devices shall not be considered control devices and cannot be 
    assigned a percent reduction in calculating EPViACTUAL. The 
    sampling site for measurement of uncontrolled emissions is after the 
    final product recovery device. However, as provided in 
    Sec. 63.113(a)(3) of this subpart, a Group 1 process vent may add 
    sufficient product recovery to raise the TRE index value above 1.0, 
    thereby becoming a Group 2 process vent.
        (3) Procedures for calculating the percent reduction of pollution 
    prevention measures are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.
        (3) Emissions from storage vessels shall be calculated as follows:
        (i) The following equation shall be used for each storage vessel i 
    to calculate ESiu:
    
    
    TR22AP94.248
    
    where:
    
    ESiu=Uncontrolled emissions, defined as emissions from a fixed 
    roof vessel having identical dimensions and vessel color as vessel i, 
    megagrams per month.
    LB=Breathing loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(i)(A) of this section.
    LW=Working loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(i)(B) of this section.
    12=Constant, months per year.
    
        (A) Breathing loss emissions shall be calculated using the 
    following equation:
    
    
    TR22AP94.249
    
    where:
    
    Mv=Molecular weight of vapor in storage vessel, pound per pound-
    mole.
    PA=Average atmospheric pressure, pounds per square inch absolute.
    P=True vapor pressure of the HAP at liquid storage temperature, pounds 
    per square inch absolute. See table 21 of this subpart.
    D = Tank diameter, feet.
    H=Average vapor space height, feet. Use vessel-specific values or an 
    assumed value of one-half the height.
    T=Average ambient diurnal temperature change,  deg.F. A 
    typical value of 20  deg.F may be used.
    Fp=Paint factor, dimensionless, from table 22 of this subpart; use 
    Fp=1 for vessels located indoors.
    C=Adjustment factor for small diameter tanks, dimensionless; use C=1 
    for diameter 30 feet; use C = 0.0771D - 0.0013D2 - 
    0.1334 for diameter <30 feet.="">C=Product factor, dimensionless. Use 1.0 for organic HAP's.
    
        (B) Working losses shall be calculated using the following 
    equation:
    
    LW=1.089  x  10-8 Mv (P)(V)(N) (KN) (KC)
    where:
    
    V=Tank capacity, gallon.
    N=Number of turnovers per year.
    KN=Turnover factor, dimensionless, and 
    
    TR22AP94.250
    
    Mv, P, and KC as defined in paragraph (g)(3)(i)(A) of this 
    section.
        (C) The owner or operator may elect to calculate ESiu in 
    accordance with the methods described in American Petroleum Institute 
    Publication 2518, Evaporative Loss from Fixed-Roof Tanks (incorporated 
    by reference as specified in Sec. 63.14 of this part).
        (1) The owner or operator who elects to use these alternative 
    methods must use them for all storage vessels included in the emissions 
    average as debit or credit generating points.
        (2) The equations of paragraphs (g)(3)(i)(A) and (g)(3)(i)(B) of 
    this section shall not be used in conjunction with the alternative 
    methods provided under paragraph (g)(3)(i)(C) of this section.
        (ii) The following procedures and equations shall be used for each 
    fixed roof storage vessel i that is not controlled with a floating roof 
    to calculate ESiACTUAL:
        (A) If the vessel is not controlled, ESiACTUAL = ESiu, 
    where ESiu is calculated according to the procedures in paragraph 
    (g)(3)(i) of this section.
        (B) Except as provided in paragraph (g)(3)(ii)(C) of this section, 
    if the vessel is controlled using a control device or pollution 
    prevention measure achieving less than 95-percent reduction, 
    
    TR22AP94.251
    
        (1) The percent reduction for a control device shall be determined 
    through a design evaluation according to the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.120(d) of this subpart.
        (2) Procedures for calculating the percent reduction for pollution 
    prevention measures are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.
        (C) If the vessel is controlled according to the provisions of 
    Sec. 63.119(e)(2) of this section whereby the control device is only 
    required to achieve at least 90-percent reduction, the vessel shall not 
    be considered to be generating debits.
        (iii) The following equation shall be used for each internal 
    floating roof vessel i that does not meet the specifications of 
    Sec. 63.119(b) or (d) of this subpart to calculate ESiACTUAL:
    
    
    TR22AP94.252
    
    where:
    
    LW=Withdrawal loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(iii)(A) of this section.
    LR=Rim seal loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(iii)(B) of this section.
    LF=Fitting loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(iii)(C) of this section.
    LD=Deck seam loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(iii)(D) of this section.
    12=Constant, months per year.
    
        (A) Withdrawal loss emissions shall be calculated using the 
    following equation:
    
    
    TR22AP94.253
    
    where:
    
    Q=Throughput, gallon per year; (gallon/turnover) * (turnovers per 
    year).
    C=Shell clingage factor, barrel per 1,000 square foot, see table 23 of 
    this subpart.
    WL=Average liquid density, pound per gallon.
    D=Tank diameter, feet.
    Nc=Number of columns, dimensionless, see table 24 of this subpart.
    Fc=Effective column diameter, feet [column perimeter 
    (feet)3.1416], see table 25 of this subpart.
    
        (B) Rim seal loss emissions shall be calculated using the following 
    equation:
    
    TR22AP94.254
    
    where:
    
    Mv=Molecular weight of vapor in storage vessel, pound per pound-
    mole.
    D=Tank diameter, feet.
    Kc=Product factor, dimensionless; use 1.0 for organic HAP's.
    Ks=Seal factor, pound-mole per [foot (miles per hour)n year], 
    see table 26 of this subpart.
    V=Average wind speed at the source, miles per hour. A value of 10 miles 
    per hour may be assumed if source-specific data are not available.
    n=Seal related wind speed exponent, dimensionless, see table 26 of this 
    subpart.
    2,205=Constant, pounds per megagram.
    P*=Vapor pressure function, dimensionless, and
    
    TR22AP94.255
    
    where:
    
    PA=Average atmospheric pressure, pounds per square inch absolute.
    P=True vapor pressure at liquid storage temperature, pounds per square 
    inch absolute.
    
        (C) Fitting loss emissions shall be calculated using the following 
    equation:
    
    TR22AP94.256
    
    where:
    
    Ff=The total deck fitting loss factor, pound-mole per year, and
    
    where:
    
    
    TR22AP94.257
    
    NFi=Number of fittings of a particular type, dimensionless. 
    NFi is determined for the specific tank or estimated from tables 
    24 and 27 of this subpart.
    KFi=Deck fitting loss factor for a particular type fitting, pound-
    mole per year. KFi is determined for each fitting type from table 
    27 of this subpart.
    n=Number of different types of fittings, dimensionless.
    
    P*, Mv, Kc, and 2,205 as defined in paragraph (g)(3)(iii)(B) 
    of this section.
        (D) Deck seam loss emissions shall be calculated using the 
    following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.258
    
    where:
    
    KD=Deck seam loss factor, pound-mole per foot per year, and
    KD=0.34 for non-welded decks.
    KD=0 for welded decks.
    SD=Deck seam length factor, feet per square foot, see table 28 of 
    this subpart.
    D, P*, Mv, Kc, and 2,205 as defined in paragraph 
    (g)(3)(iii)(B) of this section.
        (iv) The following equation shall be used for each external 
    floating roof vessel i that does not meet the specifications of 
    Sec. 63.119(c) of this subpart to calculate ESiACTUAL:
    
    TR22AP94.259
    
    where:
    
    LW=Withdrawal loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(iv)(A) of this section.
    LR=Rim seal loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(iv)(B) of this section.
    LF=Fitting loss emissions, megagrams per year, calculated 
    according to paragraph (g)(3)(iv)(C) of this section.
    12=Constant, months per year.
    
        (A) Withdrawal loss emissions shall be calculated using the 
    following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.260
    
    where:
    
    Q=Throughput, gallons per year.
    C=Shell clingage factor, barrel per 1,000 square foot, see table 23 of 
    this subpart.
    WL=Average liquid density, pound per gallon.
    D=Vessel diameter, feet.
    
        (B) Rim seal loss emissions shall be calculated using the following 
    equation:
    
    TR22AP94.261
    
    where:
    
    Ks=Seal factor, pound-mole per [foot (miles per hour)N year], 
    see table 29 of this subpart.
    V=Average wind speed, miles per hour, at the source. A value of 10 
    miles per hour may be assumed if source-specific data are not 
    available.
    N=Seal wind speed exponent, dimensionless, see table 29 of this 
    subpart.
    P*=Vapor pressure function, dimensionless, as defined in paragraph 
    (g)(3)(iii)(B) of this section.
    D=Vessel diameter, feet.
    MV=Molecular weight of the HAP, pound per pound-mole.
    Kc=Product factor, dimensionless; use 1.0 for organic HAP's.
    2,205=Constant, pounds per megagram.
    
        (C) Fitting loss emissions shall be calculated using the following 
    equation:
    
    
    TR22AP94.262
    
    where:
    
    FF=The total deck fitting loss factor, pound-mole per year, and
    
    
    TR22AP94.263
    
    where:
    
    NFi=Number of fittings of a particular type, dimensionless. 
    NFi is determined for the specific tank or estimated from tables 
    30 through 32 of this subpart.
    KFi=Deck fitting loss factor for a particular type fitting, pound-
    mole per year, and
    KFi=KFai+KFbi Vmi, pound-mole per year, see table 
    30 of this subpart for the appropriate values of KFa, KFb, 
    and m for each fitting type.
    
    V, P*, Mv, Kc, and 2,205 as defined in paragraph 
    (g)(3)(iv)(B) of this section.
        (4) Emissions from transfer racks shall be calculated as follows:
        (i) The following equation shall be used for each transfer rack i 
    to calculate ETRiu:
    
    
    TR22AP94.264
    
    where:
    
    ETRiu=Uncontrolled transfer HAP emission rate from transfer rack 
    i, megagrams per month.
    S=Saturation factor, dimensionless (see table 33 of this subpart).
    P=Weighted average rack partial pressure of organic HAP's transferred 
    at the rack during the month, kilopascals.
    M = Weighted average molecular weight of organic HAP's transferred at 
    the transfer rack during the month, gram per gram-mole.
    G = Monthly volume of organic HAP's transferred, liters per month.
    T = Weighted rack bulk liquid loading temperature during the month, 
    Kelvin ( deg.C + 273).
    
        (ii) The following equation shall be used for each transfer rack i 
    to calculate the weighted average rack partial pressure:
    
    
    TR22AP94.265
    
    where:
    
    Pj = Maximum true vapor pressure of individual organic HAP 
    transferred at the rack, kilopascals.
    G = Monthly volume of organic HAP transferred, liters per month, and
    
    
    TR22AP94.266
    
    Gj = Monthly volume of individual organic HAP transferred at the 
    transfer rack, liters per month.
    n = Number of organic HAP's transferred at the transfer rack.
    
        (iii) The following equation shall be used for each transfer rack i 
    to calculate the weighted average rack molecular weight:
    
    
    TR22AP94.267
    
    where:
    
    Mj = Molecular weight of individual organic HAP transferred at the 
    rack, gram per gram-mole.
    
    G, Gj, and n as defined in paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section.
        (iv) The following equation shall be used for each transfer rack i 
    to calculate the monthly weighted rack bulk liquid loading temperature:
    
    
    TR22AP94.268
    
    where:
    
    Tj = Average annual bulk temperature of individual organic HAP 
    loaded at the transfer rack, Kelvin ( deg.C + 273).
    
    G, Gj, and n as defined in paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section.
        (v) The following procedures and equations shall be used to 
    calculate ETRiACTUAL:
        (A) If the transfer rack is not controlled, ETRiACTUAL = 
    ETRiu, where ETRiu is calculated using the equations 
    specified in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (g)(4)(iv) of this section.
        (B) If the transfer rack is controlled using a control device or a 
    pollution prevention measure achieving less than the 98-percent 
    reduction,
    
    
    TR22AP94.269
    
        (1) The percent reduction for a control device shall be measured 
    according to the procedures and test methods specified in 
    Sec. 63.128(a) of this subpart. For a flare meeting the criteria in 
    Sec. 63.128(b) of this subpart or a boiler or process heater meeting 
    the criteria in Sec. 63.128(c) of this subpart, the percent reduction 
    shall be 98 percent. If testing is not feasible, percent reduction 
    shall be determined through a design evaluation according to the 
    procedures specified in Sec. 63.128(h) of this subpart.
        (2) Procedures for calculating the percent reduction for pollution 
    prevention measures are specified in paragraph (j) of this section.
        (5) Emissions from wastewater shall be calculated as follows:
        (i) The following equation shall be used for each wastewater stream 
    i to calculate EWWic:
    
    
    TR22AP94.270
    
    where:
    
    EWWic = Monthly wastewater stream emission rate if wastewater 
    stream i is controlled by the reference control technology, megagrams 
    per month.
    Qi = Average flow rate for wastewater stream i, as determined by 
    the procedure in Sec. 63.144(c)(3) of this subpart, liters per minute.
    Hi = Number of hours during the month that wastewater stream i was 
    generated, hours per month.
    Frm = Fraction removed of organic HAP m in wastewater, from table 
    9 of this subpart, dimensionless.
    Fem = Fraction emitted of organic HAP m in wastewater from table 9 
    of this subpart, dimensionless.
    s = Total number of organic HAP's in wastewater stream i.
    HAPim = Average concentration of organic HAP m in wastewater 
    stream i, parts per million by weight,
    
        (A) HAPim shall be determined for the point of generation or 
    at a location downstream of the point of generation using the sampling 
    procedure in Sec. 63.144(b)(5)(i)(C) of this subpart. The samples 
    collected may be analyzed by either of the following procedures:
        (1) A test method or results from a test method that measures 
    organic HAP concentrations in the wastewater, and that has been 
    validated pursuant to section 5.1 or 5.3 of Method 301 of appendix A of 
    this part may be used; or
        (2) Method 305 of appendix A of this part may be used to determine 
    Cim, the average VOHAP concentration of organic HAP m in 
    wastewater stream i, and then HAPim may be calculated using the 
    following equation:
    
    HAPim = Cim/Fmm,
    
    where Fmm for organic HAP m is obtained from table 34 of this 
    subpart.
        (B) Values for Qi, HAPim, and Cim shall be 
    determined during a performance test conducted under representative 
    conditions. The average value obtained from three test runs shall be 
    used. The values of Qi, HAPim, and Cim shall be 
    established in the Notification of Compliance Status and must be 
    updated as provided in paragraph (g)(5)(i)(C) of this section.
        (C) If there is a change to the process or operation such that the 
    previously measured values of Qi, HAPim, and Cim are no 
    longer representative, a new performance test shall be conducted to 
    determine new representative values of Qi, HAPim, and 
    Cim. These new values shall be used to calculate debits and 
    credits from the time of the change forward, and the new values shall 
    be reported in the next Periodic Report.
        (ii) The following equation shall be used to calculate 
    EWWiACTUAL for each wastewater stream i that is not managed 
    according to the provisions for waste management units of Secs. 63.133 
    through 63.137 or Sec. 63.138(i)(3) of this subpart, as applicable, 
    which specify equipment and work practices for suppressing and 
    controlling vapors.
    
    
    TR22AP94.271
    
    where:
    
    EWWiACTUAL=Monthly wastewater stream emission rate if wastewater 
    stream i is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent 
    than the reference control technology, megagrams per month.
    
    Qi, Hi, s, Fem, and HAPim are as defined and 
    determined according to paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section.
        (iii) The following equation shall be used to calculate 
    EWWiACTUAL for each wastewater stream i that is managed according 
    to the requirements of Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 or Sec. 63.138(i)(3) 
    of this subpart, as applicable, and wastewater stream i is uncontrolled 
    or is controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control 
    technology (for the purposes of the wastewater emissions averaging 
    provisions, the term control is used to mean treatment):
    
    
    TR22AP94.272
    
    where:
    
    EWWiACTUAL=Monthly wastewater stream emission rate if wastewater 
    stream i is uncontrolled or is controlled to a level less stringent 
    than the reference control technology, megagrams per month.
    PRim=The efficiency of the treatment process, or series of 
    treatment processes, which treat wastewater stream i, in reducing the 
    emission potential of organic HAP m in wastewater, dimensionless, as 
    calculated by:
    
    
    TR22AP94.273
    
    where:
    
    HAPim-in=Average concentration of organic HAP m, parts per million 
    by weight, as defined and determined according to paragraph (g)(5)(i) 
    of this section, in the wastewater entering the first treatment process 
    in the series.
    HAPim-out=Average concentration of organic HAP m, parts per 
    million by weight, as defined and determined according to paragraph 
    (g)(5)(i) of this section, in the wastewater exiting the last treatment 
    process in the series.
    Ri=Reduction efficiency of the device used to control any vapor 
    streams emitted and collected from wastewater stream i during 
    treatment, dimensionless, as determined according to the procedures in 
    Sec. 63.145(e) of this subpart.
    
    Qi, Hi, s, Fem, and HAPim are as defined and 
    determined according to paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section.
        (h) Credits are generated by the difference between emissions that 
    are allowed for each Group 1 and Group 2 emission point and the actual 
    emissions from a Group 1 or Group 2 emission point that has been 
    controlled after November 15, 1990 to a level more stringent than what 
    is required by this subpart or any other State or Federal rule or 
    statute. Credits shall be calculated as follows:
        (1) The overall equation for calculating source-wide credits is:
    
    
    TR22AP94.550
    
    
    where: Credits and all terms of the equation are in units of megagrams 
    per month, the baseline date is November 15, 1990, and:
    
    D=Discount factor=0.9 for all credit generating emission points except 
    those controlled by a pollution prevention measure, which will not be 
    discounted.
    EPV1iACTUAL=Emissions for each Group 1 process vent i that is 
    controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control 
    technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
    (0.02) EPV1iu=Emissions from each Group 1 process vent i if the 
    reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
    emissions. EPV1iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of 
    this section.
    EPV2iACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 2 process vent i that is 
    controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
    EPV2iBASE=Emissions from each Group 2 process vent i at the 
    baseline date, as calculated in paragraph (h)(2) of this section.
    ES1iACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i that is 
    controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control 
    technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
    (0.05) ES1iu=Emissions from each Group 1 storage vessel i if the 
    reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
    emissions. ES1iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of 
    this section.
    ES2iACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i that is 
    controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
    ES2iBASE=Emissions from each Group 2 storage vessel i at the 
    baseline date, as calculated in paragraph (h)(3) of this section.
    ETR1iACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 1 transfer rack i that is 
    controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control 
    technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
    (0.02) ETR1iu=Emissions from each Group 1 transfer rack i if the 
    reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
    emissions. ETR1iu is calculated according to paragraph (h)(4) of 
    this section.
    ETR2iACTUAL=Emissions from each Group 2 transfer rack i that are 
    controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
    ETR2iBASE=Emissions from each Group 2 transfer rack i at the 
    baseline date, as calculated in paragraph (h)(4) of this section.
    EWW1iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i that 
    is controlled to a level more stringent than the reference control 
    technology, calculated according to paragraph (h)(5) of this section.
    EWW1ic = Emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i if the 
    reference control technology had been applied to the uncontrolled 
    emissions, calculated according to paragraph (h)(5) of this section.
    EWW2iACTUAL = Emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i that 
    is controlled, calculated according to paragraph (h)(5) of this 
    section.
    EWW2iBASE = Emissions from each Group 2 wastewater stream i at the 
    baseline date, calculated according to paragraph (h)(5) of this 
    section.
    n = Number of Group 1 emission points included in the emissions 
    average. The value of n is not necessarily the same for process vents, 
    storage vessels, transfer racks, and wastewater.
    m = Number of Group 2 emission points included in the emissions 
    average. The value of m is not necessarily the same for process vents, 
    storage vessels, transfer racks, and wastewater.
    
        (i) For an emission point controlled using a reference control 
    technology, the percent reduction for calculating credits shall be no 
    greater than the nominal efficiency associated with the reference 
    control technology, unless a higher nominal efficiency is assigned as 
    specified in paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section.
        (ii) For an emission point controlled to a level more stringent 
    than the reference control technology, the nominal efficiency for 
    calculating credits shall be assigned as described in paragraph (i) of 
    this section. A reference control technology may be approved for use in 
    a different manner and assigned a higher nominal efficiency according 
    to the procedures in paragraph (i) of this section.
        (iii) For an emission point controlled using a pollution prevention 
    measure, the nominal efficiency for calculating credits shall be as 
    determined as described in paragraph (j) of this section.
        (2) Emissions from process vents shall be determined as follows:
        (i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 process vents, EPV1iu, 
    shall be calculated according to the procedures and equation for 
    EPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 process vents controlled using a 
    technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 percent 
    or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than 98 percent 
    emission reduction, EPV1iACTUAL, shall be calculated according to 
    the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.275
    
        (iii) The following procedures shall be used to calculate actual 
    emissions from Group 2 process vents, EPV2iACTUAL:
        (A) For a Group 2 process vent controlled by a control device, a 
    recovery device applied as a pollution prevention project, or a 
    pollution prevention measure, if the control achieves a percent 
    reduction less than or equal to 98 percent reduction,
    
    TR22AP94.276
    
        (1) EPV2iu shall be calculated according to the equations and 
    procedures for EPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of 
    this section, except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this 
    section.
        (2) The percent reduction shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through (g)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of 
    this section, except as provided in paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(4) of this 
    section.
        (3) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution 
    prevention project, EPV2iu shall be calculated prior to that 
    recovery device. The equation for EPViu in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of 
    this section shall be used to calculate EPV2iu; however, the 
    sampling site for measurement of vent stream flow rate and organic HAP 
    concentration shall be at the inlet of the recovery device.
        (4) If a recovery device was added as part of a pollution 
    prevention project, the percent reduction shall be demonstrated by 
    conducting a performance test at the inlet and outlet of that recovery 
    device.
        (B) For a Group 2 process vent controlled using a technology with 
    an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 percent or a pollution 
    prevention measure achieving greater than 98 percent reduction,
    
    TR22AP94.277
    
        (iv) Emissions from Group 2 process vents at baseline, 
    EPV2iBASE, shall be calculated as follows:
        (A) If the process vent was uncontrolled on November 15, 1990, 
    EPV2iBASE=EPV2iu and shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures and equation for EPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and 
    (g)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (B) If the process vent was controlled on November 15, 1990,
    
    TR22AP94.278
    
    where EPV2iu is calculated according to the procedures and 
    equation for EPViu in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this 
    section. The percent reduction shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(iii)(B)(1) through 
    (g)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of this section.
        (C) If a recovery device was added to a process vent as part of a 
    pollution prevention project initiated after November 15, 1990, 
    EPV2iBASE=EPV2iu, where EPV2iu is calculated according 
    to paragraph (h)(2)(iii)(A)(3) of this section.
        (3) Emissions from storage vessels shall be determined as follows:
        (i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 storage vessels, 
    ES1iu, shall be calculated according to the equations and 
    procedures for ESiu in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section.
        (ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 storage vessels controlled using 
    a technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 95 
    percent or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than 95 
    percent emission reduction, ES1iACTUAL, shall be calculated 
    according to the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.279
    
        (iii) The following procedures shall be used to calculate actual 
    emissions from Group 2 storage vessels, ES2iACTUAL:
        (A) For a Group 2 storage vessel controlled using a control device 
    or a pollution prevention measure (other than an internal or external 
    floating roof) achieving a percent reduction less than or equal to 95-
    percent reduction,
    
    TR22AP94.280
    
        (1) ES2iu is calculated according to the equations and 
    procedures for ESiu in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section.
        (2) The percent reduction shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures in paragraphs (g)(3)(ii)(B)(1) and (g)(3)(ii)(B)(2) of this 
    section.
        (3) If an internal or external floating roof meeting the 
    specifications of Sec. 63.119 (b), (c), or (d) of this subpart is used 
    to control the vessel, the percent reduction shall be 95 percent.
        (B) If a Group 2 storage vessel is controlled with an internal or 
    external floating roof not meeting the specifications of Sec. 63.119 
    (b), (c), or (d) of this subpart, ES2iACTUAL shall be calculated 
    as specified for ESiACTUAL in paragraph (g)(3)(iii) or (g)(3)(iv) 
    of this section.
        (C) For a Group 2 storage vessel controlled using a technology with 
    an approved nominal efficiency greater than 95 percent or a pollution 
    prevention measure achieving greater than 95 percent reduction,
    
    TR22AP94.281
    
        (iv) Emissions from Group 2 storage vessels at baseline, 
    ES2iBASE, shall be calculated as follows:
        (A) If the fixed-roof vessel was uncontrolled on November 15, 1990, 
    ES2iBASE=ES2iu and shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures and equations for ESiu in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this 
    section.
        (B) If the storage vessel was controlled on November 15, 1990:
        (1) The equations for ESiACTUAL in paragraph (g)(3)(iii) of 
    this section shall be used to calculate ES2iBASE for vessels 
    controlled with an internal floating roof that does not meet the 
    specifications of Sec. 63.119 (b) or (d) of this subpart.
        (2) The equations for ESiACTUAL in paragraph (g)(3)(iv) of 
    this section shall be used to calculate ES2iBASE for vessels 
    controlled with an external floating roof that does not meet the 
    specifications of Sec. 63.119(c) of this subpart.
        (3) The following equations shall be used to calculate 
    ES2iBASE for vessels controlled with a control device,
    
    TR22AP94.282
    
    where ES2iu shall be calculated according to the equations for 
    ESiu in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section. The percent reduction 
    shall be calculated according to the procedures in paragraphs 
    (g)(3)(ii)(B)(1) and (g)(3)(ii)(B)(2) of this section.
        (4) Emissions from transfer racks shall be determined as follows:
        (i) Uncontrolled emissions from Group 1 transfer racks, 
    ETR1iu, shall be calculated according to the procedures and 
    equations for ETRiu as described in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through 
    (g)(4)(iv) of this section.
        (ii) Actual emissions from Group 1 transfer racks controlled using 
    a technology with an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 
    percent or a pollution prevention measure achieving greater than 98 
    percent emission reduction, ETRiACTUAL, shall be calculated 
    according to the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.283
    
        (iii) The following procedures shall be used to calculate actual 
    emissions from Group 2 transfer racks, ETR2iACTUAL:
        (A) For a Group 2 transfer rack controlled by a control device or a 
    pollution prevention measure achieving a percent reduction less than or 
    equal to 98 percent reduction,
    
    TR22AP94.284
    
        (1) ETR2iu shall be calculated according to the equations and 
    procedures for ETRiu in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (g)(4)(iv) of 
    this section.
        (2) The percent reduction shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures in paragraph (g)(4)(v)(B)(1) and (g)(4)(v)(B)(2) of this 
    section.
        (B) For a Group 2 transfer rack controlled using a technology with 
    an approved nominal efficiency greater than 98 percent or a pollution 
    prevention measure achieving greater than 98 percent reduction,
    
    TR22AP94.285
    
        (iv) Emissions from Group 2 transfer racks at baseline, 
    ETR2iBASE, shall be calculated as follows:
        (A) If the transfer rack was uncontrolled on November 15, 1990, 
    ETR2iBASE=ETR2iu and shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures and equations for ETRiu in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through 
    (g)(4)(iv) of this section.
        (B) If the transfer rack was controlled on November 15, 1990,
    
    TR22AP94.286
    
    where ETR2iu is calculated according to the procedures and 
    equations for ETRiu in paragraphs (g)(4)(i) through (g)(4)(iv) of 
    this section. Percent reduction shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures in paragraphs (g)(4)(v)(B)(1) and (g)(4)(v)(B)(2) of this 
    section.
        (5) Emissions from wastewater shall be determined as follows:
        (i) EWW1ic shall be calculated according to the equation for 
    EWWic in paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section.
        (ii) EWW2iBASE shall be calculated according to the equation 
    for EWWiACTUAL in paragraph (g)(5)(ii) of this section for each 
    Group 2 wastewater stream i, which, on November 15, 1990, was not 
    managed according to the requirements of Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 or 
    Sec. 63.138(i)(3) of this subpart, as applicable.
        (iii) EWW2iBASE shall be calculated according to the equation 
    for EWWiACTUAL in paragraph (g)(5)(iii) of this section for each 
    Group 2 wastewater stream i, which, on November 15, 1990, was managed 
    according to the requirements of Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 or 
    Sec. 63.138(i)(3) of this subpart, as applicable, and was uncontrolled 
    or controlled to a level less stringent than the reference control 
    technology.
        (iv) For Group 2 wastewater streams that are managed according to 
    the requirements of Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 or Sec. 63.138(i)(3) of 
    this subpart, as applicable, EWW2iACTUAL shall be calculated as 
    follows:
        (A) EWW2iACTUAL shall be calculated according to the equation 
    for EWWiACTUAL in paragraph (g)(5)(iii) of this section for each 
    Group 2 wastewater stream i that is controlled to a level less 
    stringent than, or equivalent to, the reference control technology.
        (B) EWW2iACTUAL shall be calculated according to the 
    procedures for calculating EWW1iACTUAL in paragraph (h)(5)(v) of 
    this section for each Group 2 wastewater stream that is controlled to a 
    level more stringent than the reference control technology.
        (v) The following equations for EWW1iACTUAL shall be used to 
    calculate emissions from each Group 1 wastewater stream i that is 
    managed according to the requirements of Secs. 63.133 through 63.137 or 
    Sec. 63.138(i)(3) of this subpart, as applicable, and is controlled to 
    a level more stringent than the reference control technology.
        (A) If the Group 1 wastewater stream i is controlled using a 
    treatment process or series of treatment processes with an approved 
    nominal reduction efficiency in the total VOHAP concentration of stream 
    i greater than that of the design steam stripper specified in 
    Sec. 63.138(g) of this subpart, and the control device used to reduce 
    organic HAP emissions from the vapor stream(s) vented from the 
    treatment process(es) achieves a percent reduction equal to 95 percent, 
    the following equation shall be used:
    
    TR22AP94.288
    
    where all terms are as defined and determined in paragraph (g)(5) of 
    this section.
        (B) If the Group 1 wastewater stream i is not controlled using a 
    treatment process or series of treatment processes with a nominal 
    reduction efficiency in the total VOHAP concentration greater than that 
    of the design steam stripper specified in Sec. 63.138(g) of this 
    subpart, but the vapor stream(s) vented from the treatment process(es) 
    are controlled using a device with an approved nominal efficiency 
    greater than 95 percent, the following equation shall be used:
    
    TR22AP94.287
    
    where all terms other than nominal efficiency are as defined and 
    determined in paragraph (g)(5) of this section.
        (C) If the Group 1 wastewater stream i is controlled using a 
    treatment process or series of treatment processes with an approved 
    nominal reduction efficiency in the total VOHAP concentration greater 
    than that of the design steam stripper specified in Sec. 63.138(g) of 
    this subpart, and the vapor stream(s) vented from the treatment process 
    are controlled using a device with an approved nominal efficiency 
    greater than 95 percent, the following equation shall be used:
    
    TR22AP94.289
    
    where all terms other than nominal efficiency are as defined and 
    determined in paragraph (g)(5) of this section.
        (i) The following procedures shall be followed to establish nominal 
    efficiencies. The procedures in paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(6) of 
    this section shall be followed for control technologies that are 
    different in use or design from the reference control technologies and 
    achieve greater percent reductions than the percent efficiencies 
    assigned to the reference control technologies in Sec. 63.111 of this 
    subpart.
        (1) In those cases where the owner or operator is seeking 
    permission to take credit for use of a control technology that is 
    different in use or design from the reference control technology, and 
    the different control technology will be used in more than three 
    applications at a single plant-site, the owner or operator shall submit 
    the information specified in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) of 
    this section to the Director of the EPA Office of Air Quality Planning 
    and Standards in writing:
        (i) Emission stream characteristics of each emission point to which 
    the control technology is or will be applied including the kind of 
    emission point, flow, organic HAP concentration, and all other stream 
    characteristics necessary to design the control technology or determine 
    its performance.
        (ii) Description of the control technology including design 
    specifications.
        (iii) Documentation demonstrating to the Administrator's 
    satisfaction the control efficiency of the control technology. This may 
    include performance test data collected using an appropriate EPA method 
    or any other method validated according to Method 301 of appendix A of 
    this part. If it is infeasible to obtain test data, documentation may 
    include a design evaluation and calculations. The engineering basis of 
    the calculation procedures and all inputs and assumptions made in the 
    calculations shall be documented.
        (iv) A description of the parameter or parameters to be monitored 
    to ensure that the control technology will be operated in conformance 
    with its design and an explanation of the criteria used for selection 
    of that parameter (or parameters).
        (2) The Administrator shall determine within 120 calendar days 
    whether an application presents sufficient information to determine 
    nominal efficiency. The Administrator reserves the right to request 
    specific data in addition to the items listed in paragraph (i)(1) of 
    this section.
        (3) The Administrator shall determine within 120 calendar days of 
    the submittal of sufficient data whether a control technology shall 
    have a nominal efficiency and the level of that nominal efficiency. If, 
    in the Administrator's judgment, the control technology achieves a 
    level of emission reduction greater than the reference control 
    technology for a particular kind of emission point, the Administrator 
    will publish a Federal Register notice establishing a nominal 
    efficiency for the control technology.
        (4) The Administrator may condition permission to take emission 
    credits for use of the control technology on requirements that may be 
    necessary to ensure operation and maintenance to achieve the specified 
    nominal efficiency.
        (5) In those cases where the owner or operator is seeking 
    permission to take credit for use of a control technology that is 
    different in use or design from the reference control technology and 
    the different control technology will be used in no more than three 
    applications at a single plant site, the information listed in 
    paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (i)(1)(iv) can be submitted to the 
    permitting authority for the source for approval instead of the 
    Administrator.
        (i) In these instances, use and conditions for use of the control 
    technology can be approved by the permitting authority as part of an 
    operating permit application or modification. The permitting authority 
    shall follow the procedures specified in paragraphs (i)(2) through 
    (i)(4) of this section except that, in these instances, a Federal 
    Register notice is not required to establish the nominal efficiency for 
    the different technology.
        (ii) If, in reviewing the application, the permitting authority 
    believes the control technology has broad applicability for use by 
    other sources, the permitting authority shall submit the information 
    provided in the application to the Director of the EPA Office of Air 
    Quality Planning and Standards. The Administrator shall review the 
    technology for broad applicability and may publish a Federal Register 
    notice; however, this review shall not affect the permitting 
    authority's approval of the nominal efficiency of the control 
    technology for the specific application.
        (6) If, in reviewing an application for a control technology for an 
    emission point, the Administrator or permitting authority determines 
    the control technology is not different in use or design from the 
    reference control technology, the Administrator or permitting authority 
    shall deny the application.
        (j) The following procedures shall be used for calculating the 
    efficiency (percent reduction) of pollution prevention measures:
        (1) A pollution prevention measure is any practice which meets the 
    criteria of paragraphs (j)(1)(i) and (j)(1)(ii) of this section.
        (i) A pollution prevention measure is any practice that results in 
    a lesser quantity of organic HAP emissions per unit of product released 
    to the atmosphere prior to out-of-process recycling, treatment, or 
    control of emissions, while the same product is produced.
        (ii) Pollution prevention measures may include: substitution of 
    feedstocks that reduce HAP emissions; alterations to the production 
    process to reduce the volume of materials released to the environment; 
    equipment modifications; housekeeping measures; and in-process 
    recycling that returns waste materials directly to production as raw 
    materials. Production cutbacks do not qualify as pollution prevention.
        (2) The emission reduction efficiency of pollution prevention 
    measures implemented after November 15, 1990, can be used in 
    calculating the actual emissions from an emission point in the debit 
    and credit equations in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section.
        (i) For pollution prevention measures, the percent reduction used 
    in the equations in paragraphs (g)(2) through (g)(5) of this section 
    and paragraphs (h)(2) through (h)(5) of this section is the percent 
    difference between the monthly organic HAP emissions for each emission 
    point after the pollution prevention measure for the most recent month 
    versus monthly emissions from the same emission point before the 
    pollution prevention measure, adjusted by the volume of product 
    produced during the two monthly periods.
        (ii) The following equation shall be used to calculate the percent 
    reduction of a pollution prevention measure for each emission point.
    
    TR22AP94.290
    
    where:
    
    Percent reduction=Efficiency of pollution prevention measure (percent 
    organic HAP reduction).
    EB=Monthly emissions before the pollution prevention measure, 
    megagrams per month, determined as specified in paragraphs 
    (j)(2)(ii)(A), (j)(2)(ii)(B), and (j)(2)(ii)(C) of this section.
    Epp=Monthly emissions after the pollution prevention measure, 
    megagrams per month, as determined for the most recent month, 
    determined as specified in paragraphs (j)(2)(ii)(D) or (j)(2)(ii)(E) of 
    this section.
    PB=Monthly production before the pollution prevention measure, 
    megagrams per month, during the same period over which EB is 
    calculated.
    Ppp=Monthly production after the pollution prevention measure, 
    megagrams per month, as determined for the most recent month.
    
        (A) The monthly emissions before the pollution prevention measure, 
    EB, shall be determined in a manner consistent with the equations 
    and procedures in paragraphs (g)(2), (g)(3), and (g)(4) of this section 
    for process vents, storage vessels, and transfer operations.
        (B) For wastewater, EB shall be calculated as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.291
    
    where:
    
    n=Number of wastewater streams.
    QBi=Average flow rate for wastewater stream i before the pollution 
    prevention measure, defined and determined according to paragraph 
    (g)(5)(i) of this section, liters per minute, before implementation of 
    the pollution prevention measure.
    HBi=Number of hours per month that wastewater stream i was 
    discharged before the pollution prevention measure, hours per month.
    s=Total number of organic HAP's in wastewater stream i.
    Fem=Fraction emitted of organic HAP m in wastewater from table 9 
    of this subpart, dimensionless.
    HAPBim=Average concentration of organic HAP m in wastewater stream 
    i, defined and determined according to paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this 
    section, before the pollution prevention measure, parts per million by 
    weight, as measured before the implementation of the pollution measure.
    
        (C) If the pollution prevention measure was implemented prior to 
    April 22, 1994, records may be used to determine EB.
        (D) The monthly emissions after the pollution prevention measure, 
    Epp, may be determined during a performance test or by a design 
    evaluation and documented engineering calculations. Once an emissions-
    to-production ratio has been established, the ratio can be used to 
    estimate monthly emissions from monthly production records.
        (E) For wastewater, Epp shall be calculated using the 
    following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.292
    
    where n, Qppi, Hppi, s, Fem, and HAPppim are 
    defined and determined as described in paragraph (j)(2)(ii)(B) of this 
    section except that Qppi, Hppi, and HAPppim shall be 
    determined after the pollution prevention measure has been implemented.
        (iii) All equations, calculations, test procedures, test results, 
    and other information used to determine the percent reduction achieved 
    by a pollution prevention measure for each emission point shall be 
    fully documented.
        (iv) The same pollution prevention measure may reduce emissions 
    from multiple emission points. In such cases, the percent reduction in 
    emissions for each emission point must be calculated.
        (v) For the purposes of the equations in paragraphs (h)(2) through 
    (h)(5) of this section, used to calculate credits for emission points 
    controlled more stringently than the reference control technology, the 
    nominal efficiency of a pollution prevention measure is equivalent to 
    the percent reduction of the pollution prevention measure. When a 
    pollution prevention measure is used, the owner or operator of a source 
    is not required to apply to the Administrator for a nominal efficiency 
    and is not subject to paragraph (i) of this section.
        (k) The owner or operator must demonstrate that the emissions from 
    the emission points proposed to be included in the average will not 
    result in greater hazard, or at the option of the Administrator, 
    greater risk to human health or the environment than if the emission 
    points were controlled according to the provisions in Secs. 63.113 
    through 63.148 of this subpart.
        (1) This demonstration of hazard or risk equivalency shall be made 
    to the satisfaction of the Administrator.
        (i) The Administrator may require owners and operators to use 
    specific methodologies and procedures for making a hazard or risk 
    determination.
        (ii) The demonstration and approval of hazard or risk equivalency 
    shall be made according to any guidance that the Administrator makes 
    available for use.
        (2) Owners and operators shall provide documentation demonstrating 
    the hazard or risk equivalency of their proposed emissions average in 
    their operating permit application or in their Implementation Plan if 
    an operating permit application has not yet been submitted.
        (3) An emissions averaging plan that does not demonstrate hazard or 
    risk equivalency to the satisfaction of the Administrator shall not be 
    approved. The Administrator may require such adjustments to the 
    emissions averaging plan as are necessary in order to ensure that the 
    average will not result in greater hazard or risk to human health or 
    the environment than would result if the emission points were 
    controlled according to Secs. 63.113 through 63.148 of this subpart.
        (4) A hazard or risk equivalency demonstration must:
        (i) be a quantitative, bona fide chemical hazard or risk 
    assessment;
        (ii) account for differences in chemical hazard or risk to human 
    health or the environment; and
        (iii) meet any requirements set by the Administrator for such 
    demonstrations.
        (l) For periods of excursions, an owner or operator may request 
    that the provisions of paragraphs (l)(1) through (l)(4) of this section 
    be followed instead of the procedures in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and 
    (f)(3)(ii) of this section.
        (1) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of 
    excursions in the Periodic Reports as required in Sec. 63.152 of this 
    subpart.
        (2) The owner or operator shall demonstrate that other types of 
    monitoring data or engineering calculations are appropriate to 
    establish that the control device for the emission point was operating 
    in such a fashion to warrant assigning full or partial credits and 
    debits. This demonstration shall be made to the Administrator's 
    satisfaction, and the Administrator may establish procedures of 
    demonstrating compliance that are acceptable.
        (3) The owner or operator shall provide documentation of the 
    excursion and the other type of monitoring data or engineering 
    calculations to be used to demonstrate that the control device for the 
    emission point was operating in such a fashion to warrant assigning 
    full or partial credits and debits.
        (4) The Administrator may assign full or partial credit and debits 
    upon review of the information provided.
        (m) For each Group 1 or Group 2 emission point included in an 
    emissions average, the owner or operator shall perform testing, 
    monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting equivalent to that required 
    for Group 1 emission points complying with Secs. 63.113 through 63.148 
    of this subpart. The specific requirements for process vents, storage 
    vessels, transfer racks, and wastewater are identified in paragraphs 
    (m)(1) through (m)(6) of this section.
        (1) The source shall implement the following testing, monitoring, 
    recordkeeping, and reporting procedures for each process vent equipped 
    with a flare, incinerator, boiler, or process heater.
        (i) Determine whether the process vent is Group 1 or Group 2 
    according to the procedures in Sec. 63.115 of this subpart.
        (ii) Conduct initial performance tests to determine percent 
    reduction as specified in Sec. 63.116 of this subpart;
        (iii) Monitor the operating parameters, keep records, and submit 
    reports specified in Sec. 63.114, Sec. 63.117(a), and Sec. 63.118 (a), 
    (f), and (g) of this subpart, as appropriate for the specific control 
    device.
        (2) The source shall implement the following procedures for each 
    process vent equipped with a carbon adsorber, absorber, or condenser 
    but not equipped with a control device:
        (i) Determine the flow rate, organic HAP concentration, and TRE 
    index value using the methods specified in Sec. 63.115 of this subpart;
        (ii) Monitor the operating parameters, keep records, and submit 
    reports specified in Sec. 63.114, Sec. 63.117(a), and Sec. 63.118(b), 
    (f), and (g) of this subpart, as appropriate for the specific recovery 
    device.
        (3) The source shall implement the following procedures for each 
    storage vessel controlled with an internal floating roof, external 
    roof, or a closed vent system with a control device, as appropriate to 
    the control technique:
        (i) Perform the monitoring or inspection procedures in Sec. 63.120 
    of this subpart,
        (ii) Perform the reporting and recordkeeping procedures in 
    Secs. 63.122 and 63.123 of this subpart, and
        (iii) For closed vent systems with control devices, conduct an 
    initial design evaluation and submit an operating plan as specified in 
    Sec. 63.120(d) and Sec. 63.122(a)(2) and (b) of this subpart.
        (4) The source shall implement the following procedures for each 
    transfer rack controlled with a vapor balancing system, or a vapor 
    collection system and an incinerator, flare, boiler, process heater, 
    adsorber, condenser, or absorber, as appropriate to the control 
    technique:
        (i) The monitoring and inspection procedures in Sec. 63.127 of this 
    subpart,
        (ii) The testing and compliance procedures in Sec. 63.128 of this 
    subpart, and
        (iii) The reporting and recordkeeping procedures in Sec. 63.129 and 
    Sec. 63.130 of this subpart.
        (5) The source shall implement the following procedures for 
    wastewater emission points, as appropriate to the control techniques:
        (i) For wastewater treatment processes, conduct tests as specified 
    in Sec. 63.138(i) and (j) of this subpart.
        (ii) Conduct inspections and monitoring as specified in Sec. 63.143 
    of this subpart.
        (iii) A recordkeeping program as specified in Sec. 63.147 of this 
    subpart.
        (iv) A reporting program as specified in Sec. 63.146 of this 
    subpart.
        (6) If an emission point in an emissions average is controlled 
    using a pollution prevention measure or a device or technique for which 
    no monitoring parameters or inspection procedures are specified in 
    Sec. 63.114, Sec. 63.120, Sec. 63.127, or Sec. 63.143 of this subpart, 
    the owner or operator shall submit the information specified in 
    Sec. 63.151(f) of this subpart in the Implementation Plan or operating 
    permit application.
        (n) Records of all information required to calculate emission 
    debits and credits shall be retained for five years.
        (o) Initial Notifications, Implementation Plans, Notifications of 
    Compliance Status, Periodic Reports, and other reports shall be 
    submitted as required by Sec. 63.151 and Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.151  Initial notification and implementation plan.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart 
    shall submit the reports listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of 
    this section. Owners or operators requesting an extension of compliance 
    shall also submit the report listed in paragraph (a)(6) of this 
    section.
        (1) An Initial Notification described in paragraph (b) of this 
    section, and
        (2) An Implementation Plan, unless an operating permit application 
    has been submitted prior to the date the Implementation Plan is due.
        (i) The submittal date and contents of the Implementation Plan for 
    emission points to be included in an emissions average are specified in 
    paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.
        (ii) The submittal date and contents of the Implementation Plan for 
    emission points that will not be included in an emissions average are 
    specified in paragraph (c) and (e) of this section,
        (3) A Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec. 63.152 of 
    this subpart,
        (4) Periodic Reports described in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart, and
        (5) Other reports described in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.
        (6) Pursuant to section 112(i)(3)(B) of the Act, an owner or 
    operator may request an extension allowing the existing source up to 1 
    additional year to comply with section 112(d) standards.
        (i) For purposes of this subpart, a request for an extension shall 
    be submitted to the operating permit authority as part of the operating 
    permit application. If the State in which the source is located does 
    not have an approved operating permit program, a request for an 
    extension shall be submitted to the Administrator as part of the 
    Initial Notification or as a separate submittal. Requests for 
    extensions shall be submitted no later than the date the Implementation 
    Plan is required to be submitted. The dates specified in Sec. 63.6(i) 
    of subpart A for submittal of requests for extensions shall not apply 
    to sources subject to subpart G.
        (ii) A request for an extension of compliance must include the data 
    described in Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i) of subpart A.
        (iii) The requirements in Sec. 63.6(i)(8) through (i)(14) of 
    subpart A will govern the review and approval of requests for 
    extensions of compliance with this subpart.
        (b) Each owner or operator of an existing or new source subject to 
    subpart G shall submit a written Initial Notification to the 
    Administrator, containing the information described in paragraph (b)(1) 
    of this section, according to the schedule in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
    section. The Initial Notification provisions in Sec. 63.9(b)(2), 
    (b)(3), and (b)(6) of subpart A shall not apply to owners or operators 
    of sources subject to subpart G.
        (1) The Initial Notification shall include the following 
    information:
        (i) The name and address of the owner or operator;
        (ii) The address (physical location) of the affected source;
        (iii) An identification of the kinds of emission points within the 
    chemical manufacturing process units that are subject to subpart G;
        (iv) An identification of the chemical manufacturing processes 
    subject to subpart G; and
        (v) A statement of whether the source can achieve compliance by the 
    relevant compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F.
        (2) The Initial Notification shall be submitted according to the 
    schedule in paragraph (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (b)(2)(iii) of this 
    section, as applicable.
        (i) For an existing source, the Initial Notification shall be 
    submitted within 120 calendar days after the date of promulgation.
        (ii) For a new source that has an initial start-up 90 calendar days 
    after the date of promulgation of this subpart or later, the 
    application for approval of construction or reconstruction required by 
    Sec. 63.5(d) of subpart A shall be submitted in lieu of the Initial 
    Notification. The application shall be submitted as soon as practicable 
    before construction or reconstruction is planned to commence (but it 
    need not be sooner than 90 calendar days after the date of promulgation 
    of this subpart).
        (iii) For a new source that has an initial start-up prior to 90 
    calendar days after the date of promulgation, the Initial Notification 
    shall be submitted within 90 calendar days after the date of 
    promulgation of this subpart. The application for approval of 
    construction or reconstruction described in Sec. 63.5(d) of subpart A 
    is not required for these sources.
        (c) Each owner or operator of an existing or new source subject to 
    this subpart who has not submitted an operating permit application must 
    submit an Implementation Plan to the Administrator by the dates 
    specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section. The 
    Implementation Plan for emissions averaging is subject to Administrator 
    approval.
        (1) For existing sources, an Implementation Plan shall be submitted 
    as specified in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section.
        (i) Each owner or operator of an existing source subject to this 
    subpart who elects to comply with Sec. 63.112 by using emissions 
    averaging for any emission points, and who has not submitted an 
    operating permit application at least 18 months prior to the compliance 
    dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F, shall develop an 
    Implementation Plan for emissions averaging. For existing sources, the 
    Implementation Plan for those emission points to be included in an 
    emissions average shall be submitted no later than 18 months prior to 
    the compliance dates in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F.
        (ii) Each owner or operator of an existing source subject to this 
    subpart who elects to comply with Sec. 63.112 of this subpart by 
    complying with the provisions of Secs. 63.113 to 63.148 of this 
    subpart, rather than emissions averaging, for any emission points, and 
    who has not submitted an operating permit application at least 12 
    months prior to the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of 
    subpart F, shall develop an Implementation Plan. For an existing 
    source, the Implementation Plan for those emission points that are not 
    to be included in an emissions average shall be submitted to the 
    Administrator no later than 12 months prior to the compliance dates in 
    Sec. 63.100 of subpart F.
        (2) Each owner or operator of a new source shall submit an 
    Implementation Plan by the date specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) or 
    (c)(2)(ii) of this section, as applicable, unless an operating permit 
    application containing the information in paragraph (e) of this section 
    has been submitted by that date.
        (i) For a new source that has an initial start-up 90 calendar days 
    after the date of promulgation of this subpart or later, the 
    Implementation Plan shall be submitted with the application for 
    approval of construction or reconstruction by the date specified in 
    paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (ii) For a new source that has an initial start-up prior to 90 
    calendar days after the date of promulgation, the Implementation Plan 
    shall be submitted within 90 calendar days after the date of 
    promulgation of this subpart.
        (3) The Administrator shall determine within 120 calendar days 
    whether the Implementation Plan submitted by sources using emissions 
    averaging presents sufficient information. The Administrator shall 
    either approve the Implementation Plan, request changes, or request 
    that the owner or operator submit additional information. Once the 
    Administrator receives sufficient information, the Administrator shall 
    approve, disapprove, or request changes to the plan within 120 calendar 
    days.
        (d) Each owner or operator required to submit an Implementation 
    Plan for emissions averaging shall include in the plan, for all 
    emission points included in the emissions average, the information 
    listed in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(8) of this section.
        (1) The identification of all emission points in the planned 
    emissions average and notation of whether each point is a Group 1 or 
    Group 2 emission point as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.
        (2) The projected emission debits and credits for each emission 
    point and the sum for the emission points involved in the average 
    calculated according to Sec. 63.150 of this subpart. The projected 
    credits must be greater than the projected debits, as required under 
    Sec. 63.150(e)(3) of this subpart.
        (3) The specific control technology or pollution prevention measure 
    that will be used for each emission point included in the average and 
    date of application or expected date of application.
        (4) The specific identification of each emission point affected by 
    a pollution prevention measure. To be considered a pollution prevention 
    measure, the criteria in Sec. 63.150(j)(1) of this subpart must be met. 
    If the same pollution prevention measure reduces or eliminates 
    emissions from multiple emission points in the average, the owner or 
    operator must identify each of these emission points.
        (5) A statement that the compliance demonstration, monitoring, 
    inspection, recordkeeping, and reporting provisions in Sec. 63.150(m), 
    (n), and (o) of this subpart that are applicable to each emission point 
    in the emissions average will be implemented beginning on the date of 
    compliance.
        (6) Documentation of the information listed in paragraph (d)(6)(i) 
    through (d)(6)(v) of this section for each process vent, storage 
    vessel, or transfer rack included in the average.
        (i) The values of the parameters used to determine whether the 
    emission point is Group 1 or Group 2. Where TRE index value is used for 
    process vent group determination, the estimated or measured values of 
    the parameters used in the TRE equation in Sec. 63.115(d) of this 
    subpart (flow rate, organic HAP emission rate, TOC emission rate, and 
    net heating value) and the resulting TRE index value shall be 
    submitted.
        (ii) The estimated values of all parameters needed for input to the 
    emission debit and credit calculations in Sec. 63.150 (g) and (h) of 
    this subpart. These parameter values, or as appropriate, limited ranges 
    for the parameter values, shall be specified in the source's 
    Implementation Plan (or operating permit) as enforceable operating 
    conditions. Changes to these parameters must be reported as required by 
    paragraph (i)(2)(ii) of this section.
        (iii) The estimated percent reduction if a control technology 
    achieving a lower percent reduction than the efficiency of the 
    reference control technology, as defined in Sec. 63.111 of this 
    subpart, is or will be applied to the emission point.
        (iv) The anticipated nominal efficiency if a control technology 
    achieving a greater percent emission reduction than the efficiency of 
    the reference control technology is or will be applied to the emission 
    point. The procedures in Sec. 63.150(i) of this subpart shall be 
    followed to apply for a nominal efficiency.
        (v) The operating plan required in Sec. 63.122(a)(2) and (b) of 
    this subpart for each storage vessel controlled with a closed-vent 
    system with a control device other than a flare.
        (7) The information specified in Sec. 63.151(f) of this subpart 
    shall be included in the Implementation Plan for:
        (i) each process vent or transfer rack controlled by a pollution 
    prevention measure or control technique for which monitoring parameters 
    or inspection procedures are not specified in Sec. 63.114, 
    Sec. 63.126(b)(3), or Sec. 63.127 of this subpart, and
        (ii) each storage vessel controlled by pollution prevention or a 
    control technique other than an internal or external floating roof or a 
    closed vent system with a control device.
        (8) Documentation of the information listed in paragraph (d)(8)(i) 
    through (d)(8)(iv) for each process wastewater stream included in the 
    average.
        (i) The information used to determine whether the wastewater stream 
    is a Group 1 or Group 2 wastewater stream. This shall include the 
    information specified in table 14a for wastewater streams at new 
    sources and in table 14b for wastewater streams at new and existing 
    sources.
        (ii) The estimated values of all parameters needed for input to the 
    wastewater emission credit and debit calculations in Sec. 63.150 (g)(5) 
    and (h)(5) of this subpart.
        (iii) The estimated percent reduction if:
        (A) A control technology that achieves an emission reduction less 
    than or equal to the emission reduction achieved by the design steam 
    stripper, as specified in Sec. 63.138(g) of this subpart, is or will be 
    applied to the wastewater stream, or
        (B) A control technology achieving less than or equal to 95 percent 
    emission reduction is or will be applied to the vapor stream(s) vented 
    and collected from the treatment processes, or
        (C) A pollution prevention measure is or will be applied.
        (iv) The anticipated nominal efficiency if the owner or operator 
    plans to apply for a nominal efficiency under Sec. 63.150(i) of this 
    subpart. A nominal efficiency shall be applied for if:
        (A) A control technology is or will be applied to the wastewater 
    stream and achieves an emission reduction greater than the emission 
    reduction achieved by the design steam stripper as specified in 
    Sec. 63.138(g) of this subpart, or
        (B) A control technology achieving greater than 95 percent emission 
    reduction is or will be applied to the vapor stream(s) vented and 
    collected from the treatment processes.
        (v) For each pollution prevention measure, treatment process, or 
    control device used to reduce air emissions of organic HAP's from 
    wastewater and for which no monitoring parameters or inspection 
    procedures are specified in Sec. 63.143 of this subpart, the 
    information specified in Sec. 63.151(f) of this subpart shall be 
    included in the Implementation Plan.
        (e) An owner or operator required to submit an Implementation Plan 
    shall include in the Implementation Plan the information listed in 
    paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section for emission points 
    that are not included in an emissions average.
        (1) A list designating each emission point complying with 
    Secs. 63.113 through 63.148 of this subpart.
        (i) Whether each emission point is Group 1 or Group 2, as defined 
    in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.
        (ii) For process wastewater, the information specified in table 14a 
    for wastewater streams at new sources and in table 14b for wastewater 
    streams at new and existing sources.
        (2) The control technology or method of compliance that will be 
    applied to each Group 1 emission point.
        (3) A statement that the compliance demonstration, monitoring, 
    inspection, recordkeeping, and reporting provisions in Secs. 63.113 
    through 63.148 of this subpart that are applicable to each emission 
    point will be implemented beginning on the date of compliance.
        (4) The operating plan required in Sec. 63.122(a)(2) and (b) of 
    this subpart for each storage vessel controlled with a closed vent 
    system with a control device other than a flare.
        (5) The monitoring information in Sec. 63.151(f) of this subpart 
    if, for any emission point, the owner or operator of a source seeks to 
    comply through use of a control technique other than those for which 
    monitoring parameters are specified in Sec. 63.114 for process vents, 
    Sec. 63.127 for transfer, and Sec. 63.143 for process wastewater.
        (f) The owner or operator who has been directed by any section of 
    this subpart to set unique monitoring parameters or who requests 
    approval to monitor a different parameter than those listed in 
    Sec. 63.114 for process vents, Sec. 63.127 for transfer, or Sec. 63.143 
    for process wastewater shall submit the information specified in 
    paragraphs (f)(1), (f)(2), and (f)(3) of this section with the 
    Implementation Plan required in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this 
    section. An owner or operator who submits an operating permit 
    application instead of an Implementation Plan shall submit the 
    information specified in Sec. 63.152(e) with the operating permit 
    application.
        (1) A description of the parameter(s) to be monitored to ensure the 
    control technology or pollution prevention measure is operated in 
    conformance with its design and achieves the specified emission limit, 
    percent reduction, or nominal efficiency, and an explanation of the 
    criteria used to select the parameter(s).
        (2) A description of the methods and procedures that will be used 
    to demonstrate that the parameter indicates proper operation of the 
    control device, the schedule for this demonstration, and a statement 
    that the owner or operator will establish a range for the monitored 
    parameter as part of the Notification of Compliance Status report 
    required in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart, unless this information has 
    already been included in the operating permit application.
        (3) The frequency and content of monitoring, recording, and 
    reporting if monitoring and recording is not continuous, or if reports 
    of daily average values when the monitored parameter value is outside 
    the range established in the operating permit or Notification of 
    Compliance Status will not be included in Periodic Reports required 
    under Sec. 63.152(c) of this subpart. The rationale for the proposed 
    monitoring, recording, and reporting system shall be included.
        (g) An owner or operator may request approval to use alternatives 
    to the continuous operating parameter monitoring and recordkeeping 
    provisions listed in Secs. 63.114, 63.117, and 63.118 for process 
    vents, Secs. 63.127, 63.129, and 63.130 for transfer operations, and 
    Secs. 63.143, 63.146, and 63.147 for wastewater.
        (1) Requests shall be submitted in the Implementation Plan, if not 
    already included in the operating permit application, and shall contain 
    the information specified in paragraphs (g)(3) through (g)(5) of this 
    section, as applicable.
        (2) The provisions in Sec. 63.8(f)(5)(i) of subpart A shall govern 
    the review and approval of requests.
        (3) An owner or operator of a source that does not have an 
    automated monitoring and recording system capable of measuring 
    parameter values at least once every 15 minutes and generating 
    continuous records may request approval to use a non-automated system 
    with less frequent monitoring.
        (i) The requested system shall include manual reading and recording 
    of the value of the relevant operating parameter no less frequently 
    than once per hour. Daily average values shall be calculated from these 
    hourly values and recorded.
        (ii) The request shall contain:
        (A) A description of the planned monitoring and recordkeeping 
    system;
        (B) Documentation that the source does not have an automated 
    monitoring and recording system;
        (C) Justification for requesting an alternative monitoring and 
    recordkeeping system; and
        (D) Demonstration to the Administrator's satisfaction that the 
    proposed monitoring frequency is sufficient to represent control device 
    operating conditions considering typical variability of the specific 
    process and control device operating parameter being monitored.
        (4) An owner or operator may request approval to use an automated 
    data compression recording system that does not record monitored 
    operating parameter values at a set frequency (for example once every 
    15 minutes) but records all values that meet set criteria for variation 
    from previously recorded values.
        (i) The requested system shall be designed to:
        (A) Measure the operating parameter value at least once every 15 
    minutes.
        (B) Record at least four values each hour during periods of 
    operation.
        (C) Record the date and time when monitors are turned off or on.
        (D) Recognize unchanging data that may indicate the monitor is not 
    functioning properly, alert the operator, and record the incident.
        (E) Compute daily average values of the monitored operating 
    parameter based on recorded data.
        (F) If the daily average is not an excursion, as defined in 
    Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii), the data for that operating day may be converted 
    to hourly average values and the four or more individual records for 
    each hour in the operating day may be discarded.
        (ii) The request shall contain a description of the monitoring 
    system and data compression recording system, including the criteria 
    used to determine which monitored values are recorded and retained, the 
    method for calculating daily averages, and a demonstration that the 
    system meets all criteria in paragraph (g)(4)(i) of this section.
        (5) An owner or operator may request approval to use other 
    alternative monitoring systems according to the procedures specified in 
    Sec. 63.8(f) of subpart A of this part.
        (h) The owner or operator required to prepare an Implementation 
    Plan under paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this section shall also 
    prepare a supplement to the Implementation Plan for any alternative 
    controls or operating scenarios that may be used to achieve compliance.
        (i) The owner or operator of a source required to submit an 
    Implementation Plan for emissions averaging under paragraphs (c) and 
    (d) of this section shall also submit written updates of the 
    Implementation Plan to the Administrator for approval under the 
    circumstances described in paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this section 
    unless the relevant information has been included and submitted in an 
    operating permit application or amendment.
        (1) The owner or operator who plans to make a change listed in 
    paragraph (i)(1)(i) or (i)(1)(ii) of this section shall submit an 
    Implementation Plan update at least 120 calendar days prior to making 
    the change.
        (i) Whenever an owner or operator elects to achieve compliance with 
    the emissions averaging provisions in Sec. 63.150 of this subpart by 
    using a control technique other than that specified in the 
    Implementation Plan or plans to monitor a different parameter or 
    operate a control device in a manner other than that specified in the 
    Implementation Plan.
        (ii) Whenever an emission point or a chemical manufacturing process 
    unit is added to an existing source and is planned to be included in an 
    emissions average, or whenever an emission point not included in the 
    emissions average described in the Implementation Plan is to be added 
    to an emissions average. The information in paragraph (d) of this 
    section shall be updated to include the additional emission point.
        (2) The owner or operator who has made a change listed in paragraph 
    (i)(2)(i) or (i)(2)(ii) of this section shall submit an Implementation 
    Plan update within 90 calendar days after the information regarding the 
    change is known to the source. The update may be submitted in the next 
    quarterly Periodic Report if the change is made after the date the 
    Notification of Compliance status is due.
        (i) Whenever a process change is made such that the group status of 
    any emission point in an emissions average changes.
        (ii) Whenever a value of a parameter in the emission credit or 
    debit equations in Sec. 63.150(g) or (h) changes such that it is 
    outside the range specified in the Implementation Plan and causes a 
    decrease in the projected credits or an increase in the projected 
    debits.
        (3) The Administrator shall approve or request changes to the 
    Implementation Plan update within 120 calendar days of receipt of 
    sufficient information regarding the change for emission points 
    included in emissions averages.
        (j) The owner or operator of a source required to submit an 
    Implementation Plan under paragraphs (c) and (e) of this section, for 
    emission points that are not included in an emissions average, shall 
    also submit written updates of the Implementation Plan to the 
    Administrator under the circumstances described in paragraphs (j)(1), 
    (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this section unless the relevant information has 
    been included and submitted in an operating permit application or 
    amendment. The information shall be submitted within 180 calendar days 
    after the change is made or the information regarding the change is 
    known to the source. The update may be submitted in the next Periodic 
    Report if the change is made after the date the Notification of 
    Compliance status is due.
        (1) Whenever a process change is made such that the group status of 
    any emission point changes. The information submitted shall include a 
    compliance schedule as specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F if the 
    emission point becomes Group 1.
        (2) Whenever an owner or operator elects to achieve compliance with 
    this subpart by using a control technique other than that specified in 
    the Implementation Plan or plans to monitor a different parameter or 
    operate a control device in a manner other than that specified in the 
    Implementation Plan.
        (3) Whenever an emission point or a chemical manufacturing process 
    unit is added to a source, a written addendum to the Implementation 
    Plan containing information in paragraph (e) of this section on the new 
    emission point shall be submitted.
    
    
    Sec. 63.152  General reporting and continuous records.
    
        (a) The owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall 
    submit the reports listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of this 
    section and keep continuous records of monitored parameters as 
    specified in paragraph (f) of this section. Owners or operators 
    requesting an extension of compliance shall also submit the report 
    described in Sec. 63.151(a)(6) of this subpart.
        (1) An Initial Notification described in Sec. 63.151(b) of this 
    subpart.
        (2) An Implementation Plan described in Sec. 63.151 (c), (d), and 
    (e) of this subpart, unless an operating permit application has been 
    submitted prior to the date the Implementation Plan is due.
        (3) A Notification of Compliance Status described in paragraph (b) 
    of this section.
         (4) Periodic Reports described in paragraph (c) of this section.
        (5) Other reports described in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this 
    section.
        (b) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart 
    shall submit a Notification of Compliance Status within 150 calendar 
    days after the compliance dates specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F 
    of this part.
        (1) The notification shall include the results of any emission 
    point group determinations, performance tests, inspections, continuous 
    monitoring system performance evaluations, values of monitored 
    parameters established during performance tests, and any other 
    information used to demonstrate compliance or required to be included 
    in the Notification of Compliance Status under Sec. 63.117 for process 
    vents, Sec. 63.122 for storage vessels, Sec. 63.129 for transfer 
    operations, Sec. 63.146 for process wastewater, and Sec. 63.150 for 
    emission points included in an emissions average.
        (i) For performance tests and group determinations that are based 
    on measurements, the Notification of Compliance Status shall include 
    one complete test report for each test method used for a particular 
    kind of emission point. For additional tests performed for the same 
    kind of emission point using the same method, the results and any other 
    information required in Sec. 63.117 for process vents, Sec. 63.129 for 
    transfer, and Sec. 63.146 for process wastewater shall be submitted, 
    but a complete test report is not required.
        (ii) A complete test report shall include a brief process 
    description, sampling site description, description of sampling and 
    analysis procedures and any modifications to standard procedures, 
    quality assurance procedures, record of operating conditions during the 
    test, record of preparation of standards, record of calibrations, raw 
    data sheets for field sampling, raw data sheets for field and 
    laboratory analyses, documentation of calculations, and any other 
    information required by the test method.
        (2) For each monitored parameter for which a range is required to 
    be established under Sec. 63.114 for process vents, Sec. 63.120(d) for 
    storage, Sec. 63.127 for transfer, Sec. 63.143 for process wastewater, 
    Sec. 63.150(m) for emission points in emissions averages, or 
    Sec. 63.151(f), or Sec. 63.152(e) of this subpart, the Notification of 
    Compliance Status shall include the information in paragraphs 
    (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), and (b)(2)(iii) of this section, unless the 
    range and the operating day definition have been established in the 
    operating permit.
        (i) The specific range of the monitored parameter(s) for each 
    emission point;
        (ii) The rationale for the specific range for each parameter for 
    each emission point, including any data and calculations used to 
    develop the range and a description of why the range indicates proper 
    operation of the control device.
        (A) If a performance test is required by this subpart for a control 
    device, the range shall be based on the parameter values measured 
    during the performance test supplemented by engineering assessments and 
    manufacturer's recommendations. Performance testing is not required to 
    be conducted over the entire range of permitted parameter values.
        (B) If a performance test is not required by this subpart for a 
    control device, the range may be based solely on engineering 
    assessments and manufacturer's recommendations.
        (iii) A definition of the source's operating day for purposes of 
    determining daily average values of monitored parameters. The 
    definition shall specify the times at which an operating day begins and 
    ends.
        (3) For emission points included in an emissions average, the 
    Notification of Compliance Status shall include the values of all 
    parameters needed for input to the emission credit and debit equations 
    in Sec. 63.150 (g) and (h), calculated or measured according to the 
    procedures in Sec. 63.150 (g) and (h) of this subpart, and the 
    resulting calculation of credits and debits for the first quarter of 
    the year. The first quarter begins on the compliance date specified in 
    Sec. 63.100 of subpart F.
        (4) If any emission point is subject to this subpart and to other 
    standards as specified in Sec. 63.110 of this subpart and if the 
    provisions of Sec. 63.110 of this subpart allow the owner or operator 
    to choose which testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping 
    provisions will be followed, then the Notification of Compliance Status 
    shall indicate which rule's requirements will be followed for testing, 
    monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping.
        (c) The owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall 
    submit Periodic Reports.
        (1) Except as specified under paragraphs (c)(5) and (c)(6) of this 
    section, a report containing the information in paragraphs (c)(2), 
    (c)(3), and (c)(4) of this section shall be submitted semiannually no 
    later than 60 calendar days after the end of each 6-month period. The 
    first report shall be submitted no later than 8 months after the date 
    the Notification of Compliance Status is due and shall cover the 6-
    month period beginning on the date the Notification of Compliance 
    Status is due.
        (2) For an owner or operator of a source complying with the 
    provisions of Secs. 63.113 through 63.147 of this subpart for any 
    emission points, Periodic Reports shall include all information 
    specified in Secs. 63.117 and 63.118 for process vents, Sec. 63.122 for 
    storage vessels, Secs. 63.129 and 63.130 for transfer operations, and 
    Sec. 63.146 for process wastewater, including reports of periods when 
    monitored parameters are outside their established ranges.
        (i) For each parameter or parameters required to be monitored for a 
    control device, the owner or operator shall establish a range of 
    parameter values to ensure that the device is being applied, operated 
    and maintained properly. As specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
    section, these parameter values and the definition of an operating day 
    shall be approved as part of and incorporated into the source's 
    Notification of Compliance Status or operating permit, as appropriate.
        (ii) The parameter monitoring data for Group 1 emission points and 
    emission points included in emissions averages that are required to 
    perform continuous monitoring shall be used to determine compliance 
    with the required operating conditions for the monitored control 
    devices. For each excursion, except for excused excursions, the owner 
    or operator shall be deemed to have failed to have applied the control 
    in a manner that achieves the required operating conditions.
        (A) An excursion means any of the three cases listed in paragraphs 
    (c)(2)(ii)(A)(1), (c)(2)(ii)(A)(2), or (c)(2)(ii)(A)(3) of this 
    section. For a control device where multiple parameters are monitored, 
    if one or more of the parameters meets the excursion criteria in 
    paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A)(1), (c)(2)(ii)(A)(2), or (c)(2)(ii)(A)(3), 
    this is considered a single excursion for the control device.
        (1) When the daily average value of one or more monitored 
    parameters is outside the permitted range.
        (2) When the period of control device operation is 4 hours or 
    greater in an operating day and monitoring data are insufficient to 
    constitute a valid hour of data for at least 75 percent of the 
    operating hours.
        (3) When the period of control device operation is less than 4 
    hours in an operating day and more than one of the hours during the 
    period of operation does not constitute a valid hour of data due to 
    insufficient monitoring data.
        (4) Monitoring data are insufficient to constitute a valid hour of 
    data, as used in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(A)(2) and (c)(2)(ii)(A)(3) of 
    this section, if measured values are unavailable for any of the 15-
    minute periods within the hour. For data compression systems approved 
    under Sec. 63.151(g)(4), monitoring data are insufficient to calculate 
    a valid hour of data if there are less than 4 data values recorded 
    during the hour.
        (B) The number of excused excursions for each control device for 
    each semiannual period is specified in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(B)(1) 
    through (c)(2)(ii)(B)(6) of this section. This paragraph applies to 
    sources required to submit Periodic Reports semiannually or quarterly. 
    The first semiannual period is the 6-month period starting the date the 
    Notification of Compliance Status is due.
        (1) For the first semiannual period--six excused excursions.
        (2) For the second semiannual period--five excused excursions.
        (3) For the third semiannual period--four excused excursions.
        (4) For the fourth semiannual period--three excused excursions.
        (5) For the fifth semiannual period--two excused excursions.
        (6) For the sixth and all subsequent semiannual periods--one 
    excused excursion.
        (C) If a monitored parameter is outside its established range or 
    monitoring data are not collected during start-up, shutdown, or 
    malfunction, and the source is operated during such periods in 
    accordance with the source's start-up, shutdown, and malfunction plan 
    as required by Sec. 63.6(e)(3) of subpart A, then the monitoring 
    parameter excursion does not count toward the number of excused 
    excursions for determining compliance and is not a violation.
        (D) Nothing in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section shall be 
    construed to allow or excuse a monitoring parameter excursion caused by 
    any activity that violates other applicable provisions of subparts A, 
    F, or G of this part.
        (E) Paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section shall apply only to 
    emission points and control devices for which continuous monitoring is 
    required by Secs. 63.113 through 63.150 of this subpart.
        (iii) Periodic Reports shall include the daily average values of 
    monitored parameters for both excused and unexcused excursions, as 
    defined in paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section. For excursions 
    caused by lack of monitoring data, the duration of periods when 
    monitoring data were not collected shall be specified.
        (3) If any performance tests are reported in a Periodic Report, the 
    following information shall be included:
        (i) One complete test report shall be submitted for each test 
    method used for a particular kind of emission point tested. A complete 
    test report shall contain the information specified in paragraph 
    (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
        (ii) For additional tests performed for the same kind of emission 
    point using the same method, results and any other information required 
    in Sec. 63.117 for process vents, Sec. 63.129 for transfer, and 
    Sec. 63.146 for process wastewater shall be submitted, but a complete 
    test report is not required.
        (4) Periodic Reports shall include the information in paragraphs 
    (c)(4)(i) through (c)(4)(iv) of this section, as applicable:
        (i) For process vents, reports of process changes as required under 
    Sec. 63.118 (g), (h), (i), and (j) of this subpart,
        (ii) Any supplements to the Implementation Plan required under 
    Sec. 63.151 (i) and (j) of this subpart,
        (iii) Notification if any Group 2 emission point becomes a Group 1 
    emission point, including a compliance schedule as required in 
    Sec. 63.100 of subpart F,
        (5) The owner or operator of a source shall submit quarterly 
    reports for all emission points included in an emissions average.
        (i) The quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 60 
    calendar days after the end of each quarter. The first report shall be 
    submitted with the Notification of Compliance Status no later than 5 
    months after the compliance date specified in Sec. 63.100 of subpart F.
        (ii) The quarterly reports shall include the information specified 
    in this paragraph for all emission points included in an emissions 
    average.
        (A) The credits and debits calculated each month during the 
    quarter;
        (B) A demonstration that debits calculated for the quarter are not 
    more than 1.30 times the credits calculated for the quarter, as 
    required under Sec. 63.150(e)(4) of this subpart.
        (C) The values of any inputs to the credit and debit equations in 
    Sec. 63.150 (g) and (h) of this subpart that change from month to month 
    during the quarter or that have changed since the previous quarter;
        (D) Results of any performance tests conducted during the reporting 
    period including one complete report for each test method used for a 
    particular kind of emission point as described in paragraph (c)(3) of 
    this section;
        (E) Reports of daily average values of monitored parameters for 
    both excused and unexcused excursions as defined in paragraph 
    (c)(2)(ii)(A) of this section. For excursions caused by lack of 
    monitoring data, the duration of periods when monitoring data were not 
    collected shall be specified.
        (F) Any other information the source is required to report under 
    the operating permit or Implementation Plan for the source.
        (iii) Paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section 
    shall govern the use of monitoring data to determine compliance for 
    Group 1 and Group 2 points included in emissions averages.
        (iv) Every fourth quarterly report shall include the following:
        (A) A demonstration that annual credits are greater than or equal 
    to annual debits as required by Sec. 63.150(e)(3) of this subpart; and
        (B) A certification of compliance with all the emissions averaging 
    provisions in Sec. 63.150 of this subpart.
        (6) The owner or operator of a source shall submit reports 
    quarterly for particular emission points not included in an emissions 
    average under the circumstances described in paragraphs (c)(6)(i) 
    through (c)(6)(v) of this section.
        (i) The owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall 
    submit quarterly reports for a period of one year for an emission point 
    that is not included in an emissions average if:
        (A) The emission point has more excursions, as defined in paragraph 
    (c)(2)(ii) of this section, than the number of excused excursions 
    allowed under paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section for a semiannual 
    reporting period; and
        (B) The Administrator requests the owner or operator to submit 
    quarterly reports for the emission point.
        (ii) The quarterly reports shall include all information in 
    paragraphs (c)(2), (c)(3), and (c)(4) of this section applicable to the 
    emission point(s) for which quarterly reporting is required under 
    paragraph (c)(6)(i) of this section. Information applicable to other 
    emission points within the source shall be submitted in the semiannual 
    reports required under paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
        (iii) Quarterly reports shall be submitted no later than 60 
    calendar days after the end of each quarter.
        (iv) After quarterly reports have been submitted for an emission 
    point for one year, the owner or operator may return to semiannual 
    reporting for the emission point unless the Administrator requests the 
    owner or operator to continue to submit quarterly reports.
        (v) Paragraphs (c)(2)(i) through (c)(2)(iii) of this section shall 
    govern the use of monitoring data to determine compliance for Group 1 
    emission points.
        (d) Other reports shall be submitted as specified in subpart A of 
    this part or in Secs. 63.113 through 63.151 of this subpart. These 
    reports are:
        (1) Reports of start-up, shutdown, and malfunction required by 
    Sec. 63.10(d)(5) of subpart A. The semi-annual start-up, shutdown and 
    malfunction reports may be submitted on the same schedule as the 
    Periodic Reports required under paragraph (c) of this section instead 
    of the schedule specified in Sec. 63.10(d)(5)(i) of subpart A.
        (2) For storage vessels, the notifications of inspections required 
    by Sec. 63.122 (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this subpart.
        (3) For owners or operators of sources required to request approval 
    for a nominal control efficiency for use in calculating credits for an 
    emissions average, the information specified in Sec. 63.150(i) of this 
    subpart.
        (e) An owner or operator who submits an operating permit 
    application instead of an Implementation Plan shall submit the 
    following information with the operating permit application:
        (1) The information specified in Sec. 63.151 (f) or (g) of this 
    subpart for any emission points for which the owner or operator 
    requests approval to monitor a unique parameter or use an alternative 
    monitoring and recording system, and
        (2) The information specified in Sec. 63.151(d) of this subpart for 
    points included in an emissions average.
        (3) The information specified in Sec. 63.151(e) of this subpart for 
    points not included in an emissions average.
        (4) The information specified in Sec. 63.151(h) as applicable.
        (f) Owners or operators required to keep continuous records by 
    Secs. 63.118, 63.130, 63.147, 63.150, or other sections of this subpart 
    shall keep records as specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(7) of 
    this section, unless an alternative recordkeeping system has been 
    requested and approved under Sec. 63.151 (f) or (g) or Sec. 63.152(e) 
    of this subpart or under Sec. 63.8(f) of subpart A of this part.
        (1) The monitoring system shall measure data values at least once 
    every 15 minutes.
        (2) The owner or operator shall record either:
        (i) Each measured data value; or
        (ii) Block average values for 15-minute or shorter periods 
    calculated from all measured data values during each period.
        (3) If the daily average value of a monitored parameter for a given 
    operating day is within the range established in the Notification of 
    Compliance Status or operating permit, the owner or operator shall 
    either:
        (i) Retain block hourly average values for that operating day for 5 
    years and discard, at or after the end of that operating day, the 15-
    minute or more frequent average values and readings recorded under 
    paragraph (f)(2) of this section; or
        (ii) Retain the data recorded in paragraph (f)(2) of this section 
    for 5 years.
        (4) If the daily average value of a monitored parameter for a given 
    operating day is outside the range established in the Notification of 
    Compliance Status or operating permit, the owner or operator shall 
    retain the data recorded that operating day under paragraph (f)(2) of 
    this section for 5 years.
        (5) Daily average values of each continuously monitored parameter 
    shall be calculated for each operating day, and retained for 5 years, 
    except as specified in paragraph (f)(6) of this section.
        (i) The daily average shall be calculated as the average of all 
    values for a monitored parameter recorded during the operating day. The 
    average shall cover a 24-hour period if operation is continuous, or the 
    number of hours of operation per operating day if operation is not 
    continuous.
        (ii) The operating day shall be the period defined in the operating 
    permit or the Notification of Compliance Status. It may be from 
    midnight to midnight or another daily period.
        (6) If all recorded values for a monitored parameter during an 
    operating day are within the range established in the Notification of 
    Compliance Status or operating permit, the owner or operator may record 
    that all values were within the range and retain this record for 5 
    years rather than calculating and recording a daily average for that 
    operating day. For these operating days, the records required in 
    paragraph (f)(3) of this section shall also be retained for 5 years.
        (7) Monitoring data recorded during periods of monitoring system 
    breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks, and zero (low-level) and high-
    level adjustments shall not be included in any average computed under 
    this subpart. Records shall be kept of the times and durations of all 
    such periods and any other periods during process or control device 
    operation when monitors are not operating.
    
    Appendix to Subpart G--Tables and Figures
    
             Table 1.--Process Vents--Coefficients for Total Resource Effectiveness for Existing Source Nonhalogenated and Halogenated Vent Streams         
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            Values of Coefficients                          
        Type of Stream                      Control Device Basis                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      a               b                     c                     d         
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Nonhalogenated.......  Flare.................................................    1.935  3.660 x 10-1          -7.687 x 10-3         -7.333 x 10-4       
                           Thermal Incinerator 0 Percent Heat Recovery...........    1.492  6.267 x 10-2          3.177 x 10-2          -1.159 x 10-3       
                           Thermal Incinerator 70 Percent Heat Recovery..........    2.519  1.183 x 10-2          1.300 x 10-2          4.790 x 10-2        
    Halogenated..........  Thermal Incinerator and Scrubber......................    3.995  5.200 x 10-2          -1.769 x 10-3         9.700 x 10-4        
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
                Table 2.--Process Vents--Coefficients for Total Resource Effectiveness for New Source Nonhalogenated and Halogenated Vent Streams           
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                             Values of Coefficients                         
        Type of stream                      Control device basis                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      a              b                     c                     d          
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Nonhalogenated.......  Flare.................................................   0.5276  0.0998                -2.096 x 10-3         -2.000 x 10-4       
                           Thermal Incinerator 0 Percent Heat Recovery...........   0.4068  0.0171                8.664 x 10-3          -3.162 x 10-4       
                           Thermal Incinerator 70 Percent Heat Recovery..........   0.6868  3.209 x 10-3          3.546 x 10-3          1.306 x 10-2        
    Halogenated..........  Thermal Incinerator and Scrubber......................   1.0895  1.417 x 10-2          -4.822 x 10-4         2.645 x 10-4        
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
        Table 3.--Process Vents--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting   
      Requirements for Complying With 98 Weight-Percent Reduction of Total  
       Organic HAP Emissions or a Limit of 20 Parts per Million by Volume   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Recordkeeping and reporting  
      Control device     Parameters to be      requirements for monitored   
                            monitoreda                 parameters           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Thermal             Firebox             1. Continuous recordsc.         
     Incinerator.        temperatureb       2. Record and report the firebox
                         [63.114(a)(1)(i)].  temperature averaged over the  
                                             full period of the performance 
                                             test NCSd.                     
                                            3. Record the daily average     
                                             firebox temperature for each   
                                             operating daye.                
                                            4. Report all daily average     
                                             temperatures that are outside  
                                             the range established in the   
                                             NCS or operating permit and all
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PRg.           
    Catalytic           Temperature         1. Continuous records           
     Incinerator.        upstream and       2. Record and report the        
                         downstream of the   upstream and downstream        
                         catalyst bed        temperatures and the           
                         [63.114(a)(1)(ii)   temperature difference across  
                         ].                  the catalyst bed averaged over 
                                             the full period of the         
                                             performance test--NCS.         
                                            3. Record the daily average     
                                             upstream temperature and       
                                             temperature difference across  
                                             catalyst bed for each operating
                                             daye.                          
                                            4. Report all daily average     
                                             upstream temperatures that are 
                                             outside the range established  
                                             in the NCS or operating permit--
                                             PR.                            
                                            5. Report all daily average     
                                             temperature differences across 
                                             the catalyst bed that are      
                                             outside the range established  
                                             in the NCS or operating permit--
                                             PR.                            
                                            6. Report all operating days    
                                             when insufficient monitoring   
                                             data are collectedf.           
    Boiler or Process   Firebox             1. Continuous records.          
     Heater with a       temperatureb.      2. Record and report the firebox
     design heat input   [63.114(a)(3)].     temperature averaged over the  
     capacity less                           full period of the performance 
     than 44 megawatts                       test--NCS                      
     and Vent Stream                        3. Record the daily average     
     is not introduced                       firebox temperature for each   
     with or as the                          operating daye.                
     primary fuel.                          4. Report all daily average     
                                             firebox temperatures that are  
                                             outside the range established  
                                             in the NCS or operating permit 
                                             and all operating days when    
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
                                                                            
    Flare.............  Presence of a       1. Hourly records of whether the
                         flame at the        monitor was continuously       
                         pilot light         operating and whether the pilot
                         [63.114(a)(2)].     flame was continuously present 
                                             during each hour.              
                                            2. Record and report the        
                                             presence of a flame at the     
                                             pilot light over the full      
                                             period of the compliance       
                                             determination--NCS.            
                                            3. Record the times and         
                                             durations of all periods when a
                                             pilot flame is absent or the   
                                             monitor is not operating.      
                                            4. Report the times and         
                                             durations of all periods when  
                                             all pilot flames of a flare are
                                             absent--PR                     
    Scrubber for        pH of scrubber      1. Continuous records.          
     Halogenated Vent    effluent           2. Record and report the pH of  
     Streams (Note:      [63.114(a)(4)(i)]   the scrubber effluent averaged 
     Controlled by a     , and.              over the full period of the    
     combustion device                       performance test--NCS.         
     other than a                           3. Record the daily average pH  
     flare).                                 of the scrubber effluent for   
                                             each operating daye.           
                                            4. Report all daily average pH  
                                             values of the scrubber effluent
                                             that are outside the range     
                                             established in the NCS or      
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
    Scrubber for        Scrubber liquid     1. Continuous records.          
     Halogenated Vent    and gas flow       2. Record and report the        
     Streams (Note:      rates               scrubber liquid/gas ratio      
     Controlled by a     [63.114(a)(4)(ii)   averaged over the full period  
     combustion device   ].                  of the performance test--NCS.  
     other than a                           3. Record the daily average     
     flare)                                  scrubber liquid/gas ratio for  
     (Continued).                            each operating daye.           
                                            4. Report all daily average     
                                             scrubber liquid/gas ratios that
                                             are outside the range          
                                             established in the NCS or      
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
                                            ................................
                                                                            
    All Control         Presence of flow    1. Hourly records of whether the
     Devices.            diverted to the     flow indicator was operating   
                         atmosphere from     and whether flow was detected  
                         the control         at any time during each hour.  
                         device             2. Record and report the times  
                         [63.114(d)(1)] or.  and durations of all periods   
                                             when the vent stream is        
                                             diverted through a bypass line 
                                             or the monitor is not          
                                             operating--PR.                 
                        Monthly             1. Records that monthly         
                         inspections of      inspections were performed.    
                         sealed valves      2. Record and report all monthly
                         [63.114(d)(2)].     inspections that show the      
                                             valves are not closed or the   
                                             seal has been changed--PR.     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aRegulatory citations are listed in brackets.                           
    bMonitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately 
      downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange isP    
      encountered.                                                          
    c``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.      
    dNCS=Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec. 63.152 of this 
      subpart.                                                              
    eThe daily average is the average of all recorded parameter values for  
      the operating day. If all recorded values during an operating day are 
      within the range established in the NCS or operating permit, a        
      statement to this effect can be recorded instead of the daily average.
                                                                            
    fThe periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when        
      monitoring data is not collected for each excursion as defined in Sec.
      63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this subpart.                                  
    gPR=Periodic Reports described in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.          
    
    
       Table 4.--Process Vents--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements for Maintaining aP TRE Index  
                                             Value >1.0 and 4.0                                          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Recordkeeping and reporting requirements
      Final recovery device            Parameters to be monitoreda                  for monitored parameters        
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Absorberb.................  Exit temperature of the absorbing liquid   1. Continuous records.c                  
                                 [63.114(b)(1)], and.                      2. Record and report the exit temperature
                                                                            of the absorbing liquid averaged over   
                                                                            the full period of the TREP             
                                                                            determination--NCS.d                    
                                                                           3. Record the daily average exit         
                                                                            temperature of the absorbing liquid for 
                                                                            each operating day.e                    
                                                                           4. Report all the daily average exit     
                                                                            temperatures of the absorbing liquid    
                                                                            that are outside the range established  
                                                                            in the NCS or operating permit--PR.f    
                                Exit specific gravity [63.114(b)(1)].....  1. Continuous records.                   
                                                                           2. Record and report the exit specific   
                                                                            gravity averaged over the full period of
                                                                            the TRE determination--NCS.             
                                                                           3. Record the daily average exit specific
                                                                            gravity for each operating day.e        
                                                                           4. Report all daily average exit specific
                                                                            gravity values that are outside the     
                                                                            range established in the NCS or         
                                                                            operating permit--PR.                   
    Condenserd................  Exit (product side) temperature            1. Continuous records.                   
                                 [63.114(b)(2)].                           2. Record and report the exit temperature
                                                                            averaged over the full period of the TRE
                                                                            determination--NCS.                     
                                                                           3. Record the daily average exit         
                                                                            temperature for each operating day.e    
                                                                           4. Report all daily average exit         
                                                                            temperatures that are outside the range 
                                                                            established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                            permit--PR.                             
    Carbon Adsorberd..........  Total regeneration stream mass flow        1. Record of total regeneration stream   
                                 during carbon bed regeneration cycle(s)    mass flow for each carbon bed           
                                 [63.114(b)(3)], and                        regeneration cycle.                     
                                                                           2. Record and report the total           
                                                                            regeneration stream mass flow during    
                                                                            each carbon bed regeneration cycle      
                                                                            during the period of the TRE            
                                                                            determination--NCS.                     
                                                                           3. Report all carbon bed regeneration    
                                                                            cycles when the total regeneration      
                                                                            stream mass flow is outside the range   
                                                                            established in the NCS or operating     
                                                                            permit--PR.                             
                                Temperature of the carbon bed after        1. Records of the temperature of the     
                                 regeneration [and within 15 minutes of     carbon bed after each regeneration.     
                                 completing any cooling cycle(s)]          2. Record and report the temperature of  
                                 [63.114(b)(3)].                            the carbon bed after each regeneration  
                                                                            during the period of the TRE            
                                                                            determination--NCS.                     
                                                                           3. Report all carbon bed regeneration    
                                                                            cycles during which temperature of the  
                                                                            carbon bed after regeneration is outside
                                                                            the range established in the NCS or     
                                                                            operating permit--PR.                   
    All Recovery Devices (as    Concentration level or reading indicated   1. Continuous records.                   
     an alternative to the       by an organic monitoring device at the    2. Record and report the concentration   
     above)..                    outlet of the recovery device.             level or reading averaged over the full 
                                                                            period of the TRE determination--NCS.   
                                                                           3. Record the daily average concentration
                                                                            level or reading for each operating     
                                                                            day.e                                   
                                                                           4. Report all daily average concentration
                                                                            levels or readings that are outside the 
                                                                            range established in the NCS or         
                                                                            operating permit--PR.                   
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aRegulatory citations are listed in brackets.                                                                   
    bAlternatively, these devices may comply with the organic monitoring device provisions listed at the end of this
      table under ``All Recovery Devices.''                                                                         
    c``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.                                              
    dNCS=Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.                                
    eThe daily average is the average of all values recorded during the operating day. If all recorded values during
      an operating day are within the range established in the NCS or operating permit, a statement to this effect  
      can be recorded instead of the daily average.                                                                 
    fPR=Periodic Reports described in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.                                                  
    
    
                                                                   Table 5.--Group 1 Storage Vessels at Existing Sources                                                                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Vapor pressurea                                                                                                                    
          Vessel capacity (cubic meters)              (kilopascals)                                                                                                                     
    --------------------------------------------------------------------                                                                                                                
    75capacity<151.................. reserved.="">capacity.....................  5.2                                                                                                                         
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aMaximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage temperature.                                                                                                           
    
    
                                                                                                        Table 6.--Group 1 Storage Vessels at New Sources                                                                                                    
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Vapor pressurea                                                                                                                                                                                        
          Vessel capacity (cubic meters)              (kilopascals)                                                                                                                                                                                         
    --------------------------------------------------------------------                                                                                                                                                                                    
    38capacity<151.................. 13.1="">capacity.....................  0.7                                                                                                                                                                                             
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aMaximum true vapor pressure of total organic HAP at storage temperature.                                                                                                                                                                               
    
    
     Table 7.--Transfer Operations--Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting
      Requirements for Complying With 98 Weight-Percent Reduction of Total  
       Organic HAP Emissions or a Limit of 20 Parts per Million by Volume   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Recordkeeping and reporting  
      Control device     Parameters to be      requirements for monitored   
                            monitoreda                 parameters           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Thermal             Firebox             1. Continuous recordsc during   
     Incinerator.        temperatureb        loading.                       
                         [63.127(a)(1)(i)]. 2. Record and report the firebox
                                             temperature averaged over the  
                                             full period of the performance 
                                             test--NCS.d                    
                                            3. Record the daily average     
                                             firebox temperature for each   
                                             operating day.e                
                                            4. Report daily average         
                                             temperatures that are outside  
                                             the range established in the   
                                             NCS or operating permit and all
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.g           
    Catalytic           Temperature         1. Continuous records during    
     Incinerator.        upstream and        loading.                       
                         downstream of the  2. Record and report the        
                         catalyst bed        upstream and downstream        
                         [63.127(a)(1)(ii)   temperatures and the           
                         ].                  temperature difference across  
                                             the catalyst bed averaged over 
                                             the full period of the         
                                             performance test--NCS.         
                                            3. Record the daily average     
                                             upstream temperature and       
                                             temperature difference across  
                                             catalyst bed for each operating
                                             day.e                          
                                            4. Report all daily average     
                                             upstream temperatures that are 
                                             outside the range established  
                                             in the NCS or operating permit--
                                             PR.                            
                                            5. Report all daily average     
                                             temperature differences across 
                                             the catalyst bed that are      
                                             outside the range established  
                                             in the NCS or operating permit--
                                             PR.                            
                                            6. Report all operating days    
                                             when insufficient monitoring   
                                             data are collected.f           
    Boiler or Process   Firebox             1. Continuous records during    
     Heater with a       temperatureb        loading.                       
     design heat input   [63.127(a)(3)].    2. Record and report the firebox
     capacity less                           temperature averaged over the  
     than 44 megawatts                       full period of the performance 
     and vent stream                         test--NCS.                     
     is not introduced                      3. Record the daily average     
     with or as the                          firebox temperature for each   
     primary fuel.                           operating day.e                
                                            4. Report all daily average     
                                             firebox temperatures that are  
                                             outside the range established  
                                             in the NCS or operating permit 
                                             and all operating days when    
                                             insufficient data are          
                                             collectedf--PR.                
    Flare.............  Presence of a       1. Hourly records of whether the
                         flame at the        monitor was continuously       
                         pilot light         operating and whether the pilot
                         [63.127(a)(2)]..    flame was continuously present 
                                             during each hour.              
                                            2. Record and report the        
                                             presence of a flame at the     
                                             pilot light over the full      
                                             period of the compliance       
                                             determination--NCS.            
                                            3. Record the times and         
                                             durations of all periods when a
                                             pilot flame is absent or the   
                                             monitor is not operating.      
                                            4. Report the duration of all   
                                             periods when all pilot flames  
                                             of a flare are absent--PR.     
    Scrubber for        pH of scrubber      1. Continuous records during    
     Halogenated Vent    effluent            loading.                       
     Streams (Note:      [63.127(a)(4)(i)]  2. Record and report the pH of  
     Controlled by a     , and.              the scrubber effluent averaged 
     combustion device                       over the full period of the    
     other than a                            performance test--NCS.         
     flare).                                3. Record the daily average pH  
                                             of the scrubber effluent for   
                                             each operating day.e           
                                            4. Report all daily average pH  
                                             values of the scrubber effluent
                                             that are outside the range     
                                             established in the NCS or      
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
    Scrubber for        Scrubber liquid     1. Continuous records during    
     Halogenated Vent    and gas flow        loading.                       
     Streams (Note:      rates              2. Record and report the        
     Controlled by a     [63.127(a)(4)(ii)   scrubber liquid/gas ratio      
     combustion device   ].                  averaged over the full period  
     other than a                            of the performance test--NCS.  
     flare)                                 3. Record the daily average     
     (Continued).                            scrubber liquid/gas ratio for  
                                             each operating day.e           
                                            4. Report all daily average     
                                             scrubber liquid/gas ratios that
                                             are outside the range          
                                             established in the NCS or      
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf-PR.             
    Absorberh.........  Exit temperature    1. Continuous records during    
                         of the absorbing    loading.                       
                         liquid             2. Record and report the exit   
                         [63.127(b)(1)],     temperature of the absorbing   
                         and                 liquid averaged over the full  
                                             period of the performance test--
                                             NCS.                           
                                            3. Record the daily average exit
                                             temperature of the absorbing   
                                             liquid for each operating day.e
                                            4. Report all daily average exit
                                             temperatures of the absorbing  
                                             liquid that are outside the    
                                             range established in the NCS or
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
                        Exit specific       1. Continuous records during    
                         gravity             loading.                       
                         [63.127(b)(1)].    2. Record and report the exit   
                                             specific gravity averaged over 
                                             the full period of the         
                                             performance test--NCS.         
                                            3. Record the daily average exit
                                             specific gravity for each      
                                             operating day.e                
    Absorberh           Exit specific                                       
     (Continued).        gravity                                            
                         [63.127(b)(1)]                                     
                         (continued).                                       
                                            4. Report all daily average exit
                                             specific gravity values that   
                                             are outside the range          
                                             established in the NCS or      
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
    Condenserh........  Exit (product       1. Continuous records during    
                         side) temperature   loading.                       
                         [63.127(b)(2)].    2. Record and report the exit   
                                             temperature averaged over the  
                                             full period of the performance 
                                             test--NCS.                     
                                            3. Record the daily average exit
                                             temperature for each operating 
                                             day.e                          
                                            4. Report all daily average exit
                                             temperatures that are outside  
                                             the range established in the   
                                             NCS or operating permit and all
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
    Carbon Adsorberh..  Total regeneration  1. Record of total regeneration 
                         stream mass flow    stream mass flow for each      
                         during carbon bed   carbon bed regeneration cycle. 
                         regeneration       2. Record and report the total  
                         cycle(s)            regeneration stream mass flow  
                         [63.127(b)(3)],     during each carbon bed         
                         and                 regeneration cycle during the  
                                             period of the performance test--
                                             NCS.                           
                                            3. Report all carbon bed        
                                             regeneration cycles when the   
                                             total regeneration stream mass 
                                             flow is outside the range      
                                             established in the NCS or      
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
    Carbon Adsorberh    Temperature of the  1. Records of the temperature of
     (Continued).        carbon bed after    the carbon bed after each      
                         regeneration (and   regeneration.                  
                         within 15 minutes  2. Record and report the        
                         of completing any   temperature of the carbon bed  
                         Pcooling            after each regeneration during 
                         cycle(s))           the period of the performance  
                         [63.127(b)(3)].     test--NCS.                     
                                            3. Report all the carbon bed    
                                             regeneration cycles during     
                                             which the temperature of the   
                                             carbon bed after regeneration  
                                             is outside the range           
                                             established in the NCS or      
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
    All Recovery        Concentration       1. Continuous records during    
     Devices (as an      level or reading    loading.                       
     alternative to      indicated by an    2. Record and report the        
     the above).         organic             concentration level or reading 
                         monitoring device   averaged over the full period  
                         at the outlet of    of the performance test--NCS.  
                         the Precovery      3. Record the daily average     
                         device              concentration level or reading 
                         [63.127(b)].        for each operating day.d       
                                            4. Report all daily average     
                                             concentration levels or        
                                             readings that are outside the  
                                             range established in the NCS or
                                             operating permit and all       
                                             operating days when            
                                             insufficient monitoring data   
                                             are collectedf--PR.            
    All Control         Presence of flow    1. Hourly records of whether the
     Devices and Vapor   diverted to the     flow indicator was operating   
     Balancing Systems.  atmosphere from     and whether flow was detected  
                         the control         at any time during each hour.  
                         device             2. Record and report the        
                         [63.127(d)(1)] or   duration of all periods when   
                                             the vent stream is diverted    
                                             through a bypass line or the   
                                             monitor is not operating--PR.  
    All Control         Monthly             1. Records that monthly         
     Devices and Vapor   inspections of      inspections were performed.    
     Balancing Systems   sealed valves      2. Record and report all monthly
     (Continued).        [63.127(d)(2)].     inspections that show the      
                                             valves are not sealed closed or
                                             the seal has been changed.     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aRegulatory citations are listed in brackets.                           
    bMonitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately 
      downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange is     
      encountered.                                                          
    c``Continuous records'' is defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.      
    dNCS=Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec. 63.152 of this 
      subpart.                                                              
    eThe daily average is the average of all recorded parameter values for  
      the operating day. If all recorded values during an operating day are 
      within the range established in the NCS or operating permit, a        
      statement to this effect can be recorded instead of the daily average.
                                                                            
    fThe periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when        
      monitoring data are not collected for each excursion as defined in    
      Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this subpart.                             
    gPR=Periodic Reports described in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.          
    hAlternatively, these devices may comply with the organic monitoring    
      device provisions listed at the end of this table under ``All Recovery
      Devices.''                                                            
    
    
    Table 8.--Organic HAP's Subject to the Wastewater Provisions for Process
                              Units at New Sources                          
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Chemical name                           CAS No.a   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Allyl chloride..........................................          107051
    Benzene.................................................           71432
    Butadiene (1,3-)........................................          106990
    Carbon disulfide........................................           75150
    Carbon tetrachloride....................................           56235
    Cumene..................................................           98828
    Ethylbenzene............................................          100414
    Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane)...........................           75003
     Ethylidene dichloride                                             75343
    (1,1-Dichloroethane).                                                   
    Hexachlorobutadiene.....................................           87683
    Hexachloroethane........................................           67721
    Hexane..................................................          100543
    Methyl bromide (Bromomethane)...........................           74839
    Methyl chloride (Chloromethane).........................           74873
    Phosgene................................................           75445
    Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene).................          127184
    Toluene.................................................          108883
    Trichloroethane (1,1,1-) (Methyl chloroform)............           71556
    Trichloroethylene.......................................           79016
    Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)...............................          540841
    Vinyl chloride (chloroethylene).........................           75014
     Vinylidene chloride                                               75354
    (1,1-Dichloroethylene).                                                 
    Xylene (m-).............................................          108383
    Xylene (p-).............................................         106423 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aCAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Service registry number    
      assigned to specific compounds, isomers, or mixtures of compounds.    
    Note.--The list of organic HAP's on table 8 is a subset of the list of  
      organic HAP's on table 9 of this subpart.                             
    
    
    Table 9.--Organic HAP's Subject to the Wastewater Provisions for Process
      Units at New and Existing Sources and Corresponding Fraction Removed  
                                   (Fr) Values                              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Chemical name                      CAS No.a     Fr  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Acetaldehyde........................................      75070     0.95
    Acetonitrile........................................      75058     0.62
    Acetophenone........................................      98862     0.72
    Acrolein............................................     107028     0.96
    Acrylonitrile.......................................     107131     0.96
    Allyl chloride......................................     107051     0.99
    Benzene.............................................      71432     0.99
    Benzyl chloride.....................................     100447     0.99
    Biphenyl............................................      92524     0.99
    Bromoform...........................................      75252     0.99
    Butadiene (1,3-)....................................     106990     0.99
    Carbon disulfide....................................      75150     0.99
    Carbon tetrachloride................................      56235     0.99
    Chlorobenzene.......................................     108907     0.99
    Chloroform..........................................      67663     0.99
    Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene)................     126998     0.99
    Cumene..............................................      98828     0.99
    Dichlorobenzene (p-)................................     106467     0.99
    Dichloroethane (1,2-) (Ethylene dichloride).........     107062     0.99
    Dichloroethyl ether (Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether).......     111444     0.87
    Dichloropropene (1,3-)..............................     542756     0.99
    Diethyl sulfate.....................................      64675     0.90
    Dimethyl sulfate....................................      77781     0.53
    Dimethylaniline (N,N-)..............................     121697     0.99
    Dimethylhydrazine (1,1-)............................      57147     0.57
    Dinitrophenol (2,4-)................................      51285     0.99
    Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)...............................     121142     0.38
    Dioxane (1,4-) (1,4-Diethyleneoxide)................     123911     0.37
    Epichlorohydrin(1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane)..........     106898     0.91
    Ethyl acrylate......................................     140885     0.99
    Ethylbenzene........................................     100414     0.99
    Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane).......................      75003     0.99
    Ethylene dibromide (Dibromomethane).................     106934     0.99
    Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether......................     110714     0.90
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate.............     112072     0.76
    Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate............     110496     0.28
    Ethylene oxide......................................      75218     0.98
    Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-Dichloroethane)..........      75343     0.99
    Hexachlorobenzene...................................     118741     0.99
    Hexachlorobutadiene.................................      87683     0.99
    Hexachloroethane....................................      67721     0.99
    Hexane..............................................     110543     0.99
    Isophorone..........................................      78591     0.60
    Methanol............................................      67561     0.31
    Methyl bromide (Bromomethane).......................      74839     0.99
    Methyl chloride (Chloromethane).....................      74873     0.99
    Methyl ethyl ketone (2-Butanone)....................      78933     0.95
    Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone).....................     108101     0.99
    Methyl methacrylate.................................      80626     0.98
    Methyl tert-butyl ether.............................    1634044     0.99
    Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)................      75092     0.99
    Naphthalene.........................................      91203     0.99
    Nitropropane (2-)...................................      79469     0.98
    Phosgene............................................      75445     0.99
    Propionaldehyde.....................................     123386     0.99
    Propylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloropropane)..........      78875     0.99
    Propylene oxide.....................................      75569     0.99
    Styrene.............................................     100425     0.99
    Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)........................      79345     0.99
    Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene).............     127184     0.99
    Toluene.............................................     108883     0.99
    Toluidine (o-)......................................      95534     0.44
    Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)...........................     120821     0.99
    Trichloroethane (1,1,1-) (Methyl chloroform)........      71556     0.99
    Trichloroethane (1,1,2-) (Vinyl trichloride)........      79005     0.99
    Trichloroethylene...................................      79016     0.99
    Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)............................      95954     0.96
    Triethylamine.......................................     121448     0.99
    Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)...........................     540841     0.99
    Vinyl acetate.......................................     108054     0.99
    Vinyl chloride (Chloroethylene).....................      75014     0.99
    Vinylidene chloride (1,1-Dichloroethylene)..........      75354     0.99
    Xylene (m-).........................................     108383     0.99
    Xylene (o-).........................................      95476     0.99
    Xylene (p-).........................................     106423     0.99
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aCAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Service registry number    
      assigned to specific compounds, isomers, or mixtures of compounds.    
    
    
         Table 10.--Wastewater--Compliance Options for Wastewater Tanks     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Vapor pressure                            
         Capacity (m\3\)              (kPa)          Control requirements   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <75....................... .................="" sec.="" 63.133(a)(1)="">75 and <151....><13.1 sec.="" 63.133(a)(1)="">13.1    Sec. 63.133(a)(2)        
    151............           <5.2 sec.="" 63.133(a)(1)="">5.2     Sec. 63.133(a)(2)        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    
     Table 11.--Wastewater--Inspection and Monitoring Requirements for Waste
                                Management Units                            
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Inspection or                                     
     To comply with        monitoring          Frequency         Method     
                          requirement                                       
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Tanks:                                                                  
        63.133(b)(1)  Inspect fixed roof    Initially......  Method 21b     
                       and all openings     Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       for leaksa.                                          
        63.133(c)...  Inspect floating      See Sec.         Visual.        
                       roof in accordance    63.120(a)(2)                   
                       with Secs. 63.120     and (a)(3).                    
                       (a)(2) and (a)(3).                                   
        63.133(d)...  Measure floating      ...............  See Sec.       
                       roof seal gaps in                      63.120(b)(2)(i
                       accordance with                        ) through     
                       Secs. 63.120(b)(2)(                    (b)(4).       
                       i) through (b)(4).                                   
                      --Primary seal gaps.  Once every 5                    
                                             years.                         
                      --Secondary seal      Annually.......                 
                       gaps.                                                
        63.133(f),    Inspect wastewater    Semi-annually..  Visual.        
         63.133(g).    tank for control                                     
                       equipment failures                                   
                       and improper work                                    
                       practices.                                           
    Surface                                                                 
     impoundments:                                                          
        63.134(b)(1)  Inspect cover and     Initially......  Method 21b     
         (i),          all openings for     Semi-annually..  Visual.        
         63.134(b)(1   leaksa.                                              
         )(ii).                                                             
        63.134(c)...  Inspect surface       Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       impoundment for                                      
                       control equipment                                    
                       failures and                                         
                       improper work                                        
                       practices.                                           
    Containers:                                                             
        63.135(b)(1)  Inspect cover and     Initially......  Method 21b.    
         ,             all openings for                                     
         63.135(b)(2   leaksa.                                              
         )(ii).                                                             
        63.135(d)(1)  Inspect enclosure     Initially......  Method 21b     
                       and all openings     Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       for leaksa.                                          
        63.135(e)...  Inspect container     Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       for control                                          
                       equipment failures                                   
                       and improper work                                    
                       practices.                                           
    Individual drain                                                        
     systemsc:                                                              
        63.136(b)(1)  Inspect cover and     Initially......  Method 21b     
                       all openings for     Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       leaksa.                                              
        63.136(c)...  Inspect individual    Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       drain system for                                     
                       control equipment                                    
                       failures and                                         
                       improper work                                        
                       practices.                                           
        63.136(e)(1)  Verify flow of water  Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       supply to all                                        
                       drains using water                                   
                       seals to ensure                                      
                       appropriate water                                    
                       levels and to                                        
                       prevent other                                        
                       conditions that                                      
                       reduce water seal                                    
                       control                                              
                       effectiveness.                                       
        63.136(f)(1)  Inspect all drains    Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       using tightly-                                       
                       sealed caps or                                       
                       plugs to ensure                                      
                       caps and plugs are                                   
                       in place and                                         
                       properly installed.                                  
        63.136(f)(2)  Inspect all junction  Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       boxes to ensure                                      
                       covers are in place                                  
                       and have tight                                       
                       seals around edges.                                  
        63.136(f)(3)  Inspect unburied      Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       portion of all                                       
                       sewer lines for                                      
                       cracks and gaps.                                     
    Oil-water                                                               
     separators:                                                            
        63.137(b)(1)  Inspect fixed roof    Initially......  Method 21b     
                       and all openings     Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       for leaksa.                                          
        63.137(c)...  Measure floating      ...............  See 40 CFR     
                       roof seal gaps in                      60.696(d)(1). 
                       accordance with 40                                   
                       CFR 60.696(d)(1).                                    
                      --Primary seal gaps.  Once every 5                    
                                             years.                         
        63.137(c)...  --Secondary seal      Annually.......                 
                       gaps.                                                
        63.137(d)...  Inspect oil-water     Semi-annually..  Visual.        
                       separator for                                        
                       control equipment                                    
                       failures and                                         
                       improper work                                        
                       practices.                                           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aLeaks are detectable emissions of 500 parts per million by volume above
      background.                                                           
    bMethod 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The owner or operator shall   
      comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.148.                          
    cAs specified in Sec. 63.136(a), the owner or operator shall comply with
      the requirements of either Sec. 63.136(b) or (c).                     
    
    
    
                         Table 12.--Wastewater--Monitoring Requirements for Treatment Processes                     
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           To comply with           Parameters to be monitored         Frequency                   Methods          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1. HAP mass removal of each    Appropriate parameters may be  Continuous..........  Method 304, or any other    
     organic HAP compound or        monitored upon approval from                         method which has been      
     total organic HAP compounds    the permitting authority in                          approved by EPA during     
     in a properly operated         accordance with the                                  compliance demonstrations. 
     biological treatment unit.     requirements specified in                                                       
                                    Sec. 63.143(c).                                                                 
    63.138(b)(1)(iii)(C)                                                                                            
    63.138(c)(1)(iii)(D)                                                                                            
    2. HAP mass removal of 95      Appropriate parameters may be  Continuous..........  Method 304, or any other    
     percent of total organic HAP   monitored upon approval from                         method which has been      
     compounds in a properly        the permitting authority in                          approved by EPA during     
     operated biological            accordance with the                                  compliance demonstrations. 
     treatment unit.                requirements specified in                                                       
                                    Sec. 63.143(c).                                                                 
    63.138(e)                                                                                                       
    3. Design steam stripper.....  Steam flow rate..............  Continuously........  Integrating steam flow      
                                                                                         monitoring device equipped 
                                                                                         with a continuous recorder.
    63.138(g) (3), (4), and (5)                                                                                     
                                   Wastewater feed mass flow      Continuously........  Liquid flow meter installed 
                                    rate.                                                at stripper influent and   
                                                                                         equipped with a continuous 
                                                                                         recorder.                  
                                   Wastewater feed temperature..  Continuously........  Liquid temperature          
                                                                                         monitoring device installed
                                                                                         at stripper influent and   
                                                                                         equipped with a continuous 
                                                                                         recorder.                  
    4. Alternative monitoring      Other parameters may be                                                          
     parameters.                    monitored upon approval from                                                    
                                    the Administrator in                                                            
                                    accordance with the                                                             
                                    requirements specified in                                                       
                                    Sec. 63.143(d) .                                                                
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aIf method(s) are used to measure organic HAP concentrations in a waste or wastewater stream, rather than       
      measuring VOHAP concentrations in an air stream purged from a waste or wastewater stream, the correction      
      factors listed in table 34 may be used to adjust the results to provide a measure of the volatile portion     
      (i.e., the VOHAP concentration) of the organic HAP compounds.                                                 
    
    
                           Table 13.--Wastewater--Monitoring Requirements for Control Devices                       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Monitoring equipment                                                                  
       Control device               required              Parameters to be monitored               Frequency        
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    All control devices..  1. Flow indicator           1. Presence of flow diverted from  Hourly records of whether 
                            installed at all bypass     the control device to the          the flow indicator was   
                            lines to the atmosphere     atmosphere or.                     operating and whether the
                            and equipped with                                              flow was detected at any 
                            continuous recorderb or.                                       time during each hour.   
                           2. Valves sealed closed     2. Monthly inspections of sealed   Monthly.                  
                            with car-seal or lock-and-  valves.                                                     
                            key configuration.                                                                      
    Thermal Incinerator..  Temperature monitoring      Firebox temperature..............  Continuous.               
                            device installed in                                                                     
                            firebox or in ductwork                                                                  
                            immediately downstream of                                                               
                            fireboxa and equipped                                                                   
                            with a continuous                                                                       
                            recorderb.                                                                              
    Catalytic Incinerator  Temperature monitoring      1. Temperature upstream of         Continuous.               
                            device installed in gas     catalyst bed or.                                            
                            stream immediately before  2. Temperature difference across                             
                            and after catalyst bed      catalyst bed.                                               
                            and equipped with a                                                                     
                            continuous recorderb.                                                                   
    Flare................  Heat sensing device         Presence of a flame at the pilot   Hourly records of whether 
                            installed at the pilot      light.                             the monitor was          
                            light and equipped with a                                      continuously operating   
                            continuous recorderb.                                          and whether the pilot    
                                                                                           flame was continuously   
                                                                                           present during each hour.
    Boiler or process      Temperature monitoring      Combustion temperature...........  Continuous.               
     heater <44 megawatts="" device="" installed="" in="" and="" vent="" stream="" is="">a and equipped                                                                   
     not mixed with the     with continuous recorderb.                                                              
     primary fuel.                                                                                                  
    Condenser............  Temperature monitoring      Condenser exit (product side)      Continuous.               
                            device installed at         temperature.                                                
                            condenser exit and                                                                      
                            equipped with continuous                                                                
                            recorderb.                                                                              
    Carbon Adsorber        Integrating regeneration    Total regeneration stream mass     For each regeneration     
     (Regenerative).        stream flow monitoring      flow during carbon bed             cycle, record the total  
                            device having an accuracy   regeneration cycle(s).             regeneration stream mass 
                            of 10                                              flow.                    
                            percent, and.                                                                           
                           Carbon bed temperature      Temperature of carbon bed after    For each regeneration     
                            monitoring device.          regeneration [and within 15        cycle and within 15      
                                                        minutes of completing any          minutes of completing any
                                                        cooling cycle(s)].                 cooling cycle, record the
                                                                                           carbon bed temperature.  
    Carbon Adsorber (Non-  Organic compound            Organic compound concentration of  Daily or at intervals no  
     regenerative).         concentration monitoring    adsorber exhaust.                  greater than 20 percent  
                            devicec.                                                       of the design carbon     
                                                                                           replacement interval,    
                                                                                           whichever is greater.    
    Alternative            Other parameters may be                                                                  
     monitoring             Monitored upon approval                                                                 
     parameters.            from the Administrator in                                                               
                            accordance with the                                                                     
                            requirements in Sec.                                                                    
                            63.143(e)(3).                                                                           
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aMonitor may be installed in the firebox or in the ductwork immediately downstream of the firebox before any    
      substantial heat exchange is encountered.                                                                     
    b``Continuous recorder'' is defined in Sec. 63.111 of this subpart.                                             
    cAs an alternative to conducting this monitoring, an owner or operator may replace the carbon in the carbon     
      adsorption system with fresh carbon at a regular predetermined time interval that is less than the carbon     
      replacement interval that is determined by the maximum design flow rate and organic concentration in the gas  
      stream vented to the carbon adsorption system.                                                                
    
    
        Table 14a.--Wastewater--Information on Table 8 Organic HAP's To Be Submitted With Implementation Plan for   
                                            Process Units at New Sourcesa,b                                         
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            VOHAP                                                                   
                                        concentration                             Intend to    Intended    Intended 
      Process unit         Stream        (ppmw)d,e      Flow rate    Group 1 or   control?h   treatment     control 
    identificationc   identification  ----------------  (lpm)e,f     group 2g     (Y or N)   technologyi    device  
                                           Average                                                                  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it may be submitted in any format. This    
      table presents an example format.                                                                             
    bOther requirements for the Implementation Plan are specified in Sec. 63.151 of this Subpart.                   
    cAlso include a description of the chemical manufacturing process unit (e.g., storage tank).                    
    dExcept when Sec. 63.132(c) is used, annual average VOHAP concentrations, at point of generation, of each HAP   
      compound listed in table 8 of this subpart that is present in the wastewater stream, parts per million by     
      weight (ppmw).                                                                                                
    eIf Sec. 63.132(c) is used, include annual average VOHAP concentration and flow rate for the point where Group 1
      streams are designated.                                                                                       
    fExcept when Sec. 63.132(c) is used, annual average flow rate at point of generation, liters per minute (lpm).  
    gIs the stream Group 1 or Group 2 for table 8 compounds as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.132
      (c) and (d) of this subpart?                                                                                  
    hDoes the owner or operator intend to control the stream in accordance with the requirements specified in Sec.  
      63.138(b) of this Subpart, yes (Y) or no (N)?                                                                 
    iIf the owner or operator intends to control the stream, what is the intended treatment technology (e.g., steam 
      stripping, biological treatment, etc.)?                                                                       
    
    
        Table 14b.--Wastewater--Information on Table 9 Organic HAP's To Be Submitted With Implementation Plan for   
                                      Process Units at New and Existing Sourcesa,b                                  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Total VOHAP                                                                
        Chemical                        concentration                             Intend to    Intended    Intended 
      manufacturing        Stream        (ppmw)d,e      Flow rate    Group 1 or   controlh    treatment     control 
      process unit    identification  ----------------  (lpm)e,f     group 2g     (Y or N)   technologyi    device  
    identificationc                        Average                                                                  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it may be submitted in any format. This    
      table presents an example format.                                                                             
    bOther requirements for the Implementation Plan are specified in Sec. 63.151 of this subpart.                   
    cAlso include a description of the process unit (e.g., storage tank).                                           
    dExcept when Sec. 63.132(c) is used, annual average total VOHAP concentration and expected range of total VOHAP 
      in wastewater stream at point of generation, parts per million by weight (ppmw).                              
    eIf Sec. 63.132(c) is used, include annual average VOHAP concentration and flow rate for the point where Group 1
      streams are designated.                                                                                       
    fExcept when Sec. 63.132(c) is used, annual average flow rate at point of generation, liters per minute (lpm).  
    gIs the stream Group 1 or Group 2 for table 9 compounds as determined by the procedures specified in Sec.       
      63.132(c) or (g) of this subpart?                                                                             
    hDoes the owner or operator intend to control the stream in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.138(c)  
      or (d) of this Subpart, yes (Y) or no (N)?                                                                    
    iIf the owner or operator intends to control the stream, what is the intended treatment technology (e.g., steam 
      stripping, biological treatment, etc.)?                                                                       
    
    
     Table 15a.--Wastewater--Information on Table 8 Organic HAP's To Be Submitted With Notification of Compliance Status for Process Units at New Sourcesa,b
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  VOHAP                                                                                                     
       Process unit           Stream          concentration                                                  Treatment       Waste management     Intended  
      identification      identification       (ppmw)d,e        Flow rate    Group 1 or     Compliance      process(es)           unit(s)          control  
           codec               code        ------------------   (lpm)e,f      group 2g      approachh      identification    identificationj       device   
                                                 Average                                                       codei                                        
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it may be submitted in any format. This table presents an example format.          
    bOther requirements for the Notification of Compliance Status are specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart.                                          
    cAlso include a description of the process unit (e.g., storage tank).                                                                                   
    dExcept when Sec. 63.132(c) is used, annual average VOHAP concentrations, at point of generation, of each HAP compound listed in table 8 of this subpart
      that is present in the wastewater stream, parts per million by weight (ppmw).                                                                         
    eWhen Sec. 63.132(c) is used, include the annual average VOHAP concentration and flow rate for the point where the Group 1 stream is designated.        
    fExcept when Sec. 63.132(c) is used, annual average flow rate at point of generation, liters per minute (lpm).                                          
    gIs the stream Group 1 or Group 2 for table 8 compounds as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.132 (c) or (d) of this subpart?            
    hIf stream is being controlled in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.138(b), identify the subparagraph in Sec. 63.138(b) with which the owner  
      or operator has elected to comply. For example, if the owner or operator elects to recycle the stream to a production process, the appropriate        
      subparagraph is Sec. 63.138(b)(1)(i).                                                                                                                 
    iIf the stream is being treated in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.138(b), give identification code of treatment unit(s) treating stream.   
      Identification codes should correspond to entries in table 17a.                                                                                       
    jFor each Group 1 wastewater stream, identify the waste management unit(s) receiving or managing the stream. Identification codes should correspond to  
      entries in table 18.                                                                                                                                  
    
    
        Table 15b.--Wastewater--Information on Table 9 Organic HAP's To Be Submitted With Notification of Compliance Status for Process Units at New and    
                                                                      Existing Sourcesa,b                                                                   
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Total VOHAP                                                                                                   
                                             concentration                                                                   Waste management     Intended  
       Process unit           Stream          (PPMW)d,e        Flow rate    Group 1 or     Compliance    Treatment process         unit            control  
     identificationc     identification   ------------------   (1pm)e,f      group 2g      approachh     identificationi     identificationj       device   
                                               Average                                                                                                      
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it may be submitted in any format. This table presents an example format.          
    bOther requirements for the Notification of Compliance Status are specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart.                                          
    cAlso include a description of the process unit (e.g., storage tank).                                                                                   
    dExcept when Sec. 63.132(c) is used, annual average total VOHAP concentration and expected range of total VOHAP concentration in wastewater stream at   
      point of generation, parts per million by weight (ppmw).                                                                                              
    eWhen Sec. 63.132(c) is used, include the annual average VOHAP concentration and flow rate for the point where the Group 1 stream is designated.        
    fExcept when Sec. 63.132(c) is used, annual average flow rate at point of generation, liters per minute (1pm).                                          
    gIs the stream Group 1 or Group 2 for table 9 HAP compounds as determined by the procedures specified in Sec. 63.132(c) or (g)?                         
    hIf the stream is being controlled in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 63.138(c), identify the subparagraph in Sec. 63.138(c) with which the    
      owner or operator has elected to comply. For example, if the owner or operator elects to reduce the total VOHAP mass flow rate of an individual stream
      by 99 percent, the appropriate subparagraph is Sec. 63.138(c)(1)(ii)(B).                                                                              
    iIf stream is being treated in accordance with Sec. 63.138(c), give identification code of treatment unit(s) treating stream. Identification codes      
      should correspond to entries in table 17a.                                                                                                            
    jFor each Group 1 wastewater stream, identify the waste management unit(s) receiving or managing the stream. Identification codes should correspond to  
      entries in table 18.                                                                                                                                  
    
    
     Table 16.--Wastewater--Information To Be Submitted With Notification of Compliance Status for Process Units at 
                    Existing Sources Complying With Process Unit Alternative in Sec. 63.138(d)a,b,c                 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Total VOHAP                                                          
                                              concentratione                                       Waste management 
        Process unit           Stream            (ppmw)          Flowf rate    Treatment process         unit       
      identificationd     identification   -------------------     (lpm)       identificationg      identificationh 
                                                 Average                                                            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe information specified in this table shall be provided for each wastewater stream generated by the process  
      unit to which this alternative provision is being applied.                                                    
    bThe information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it may be submitted in any format. This    
      table presents an example format.                                                                             
    cOther requirements for the Notification of Compliance Status are specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this Subpart.  
    dAlso include a description of the process unit (e.g., storage tank).                                           
    eFlow-weighted annual average and expected range of total VOHAP concentration of individual or combined stream  
      before exposure to the atmosphere and before combination with streams other than process wastewater from the  
      specific process unit, parts per million by weight (ppmw).                                                    
    fAnnual average flow rate of combined or individual wastewater stream, liters per minute (lpm).                 
    gIf stream is being controlled, give identification code(s) of treatment unit(s) treating stream. Identification
      codes should correspond to entries in Table 17.                                                               
    hFor each wastewater stream generated within the process unit, identify the waste management unit(s) receiving  
      or managing the stream. Identification codes should correspond to entries in Table 18.                        
    
    
        Table 17.--Wastewater--Information for Treatment Processes To Be    
              Submitted With Notification of Compliance Statusa,b           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Wastewater                     
    Treatment process     Descriptiond        stream(s)        Monitoring   
     identificationc                          treatede        parametersf   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it 
      may be submitted in any format. This table presents an example format.
                                                                            
    bOther requirements for the Notification of Compliance Status are       
      specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this Subpart.                          
    cIdentification codes should correspond to those listed in Tables 14a   
      through 16.                                                           
    dDescription of treatment process.                                      
    eStream identification code for each wastewater stream treated by each  
      treatment unit. Identification codes should correspond to entries     
      listed in Tables 14a through 16.                                      
    fParameter(s) to be monitored or measured in accordance with Table 12 in
      Sec. 63.143 of this Subpart.                                          
    
    
       Table 18.--Wastewater--Information for Waste Management Units To Be  
              Submitted With Notification of Compliance Statusa,b           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Waste management unit                             Wastewater stream(s) 
        identificationc            Descriptiond        received or managede 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it 
      may be submitted in any format. This table presents an example format.
                                                                            
    bOther requirements for the Notification of Compliance Status are       
      specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this Subpart.                          
    cIdentification codes should correspond to those listed in Tables 14a   
      through 16.                                                           
    dDescription of waste management unit.                                  
    eStream identification code for each wastewater stream received or      
      managed by each waste management unit. Identification codes should    
      correspond to entries listed in Tables 14a through 16.                
    
    
                           Table 19.--Wastewater--Information on Residuals To Be Submitted With Notification of Compliance Statusa,b                        
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        Control device                                      
          Residual             Residual        Wastewater stream      Treatment          Fateg       identification code    Control device    Control device
      identificationc       descriptiond       identificatione        processf                                              descriptionh       efficiencyi  
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                            
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe information specified in this table must be submitted; however, it may be submitted in any format. This table presents an example format.          
    bOther requirements for the Notification of Compliance Status are specified in Sec. 63.152(b) of this subpart.                                          
    cName or identification code of residual removed from Group 1 wastewater stream.                                                                        
    dDescription of residual (e.g., steam stripper A-13 overhead condensates).                                                                              
    eIdentification of stream from which residual is removed.                                                                                               
    fTreatment process from which residual originates.                                                                                                      
    gIndicate whether residual is sold, returned to production process, or returned to waste management unit or treatment process; or whether HAP mass of   
      residual is destroyed by 99 percent.                                                                                                                  
    hIf the fate of the residual is such that the HAP mass is destroyed by 99 percent, give description of device used for HAP destruction.                 
    iIf the fate of the residual is such that the HAP mass is destroyed by 99 percent, provide an estimate of control device efficiency and attach          
      substantiation in accordance with Sec. 63.146(b)(9) of this subpart.                                                                                  
    
    
      Table 20.--Wastewater--Periodic Reporting Requirements for Control Devices Used To Comply With 63.133-63.139  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Control device                                       Reporting requirements                           
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Thermal incinerator................  1. Report all daily averagea temperatures that are outside the range       
                                          established in the NCSa or operating permit and all operating days when   
                                          insufficient monitoring data are collectedc                               
    Catalytic incinerator..............  1. Report all daily averagea upstream temperatures that are outside the    
                                          range established in the NCSb or operating permit                         
                                         2. Report all daily averagea temperature differences across the catalyst   
                                          bed that are outside the range established in the NCSb or operating permit
                                         3. Report all operating days when insufficient monitoring data are         
                                          collectedc                                                                
    Boiler or process heater with a      1. Report all daily averagea firebox temperatures that are outside the     
     design heat input capacity less      range established in the NCSb or operating permit and all operating days  
     than 44 megawatts and vent stream    when insufficient monitoring data are collectedc                          
     is not mixed with the primary fuel.                                                                            
    Flare..............................  1. Report the duration of all periods when the pilot flame is absent       
    Condenser..........................  1. Report all daily averagea exit temperatures that are outside the range  
                                          established in the NCSb or operating permit and all operating days when   
                                          insufficient monitoring data are collectedc                               
    Carbon adsorber....................  1. Report all carbon bed regeneration cycles when the total regeneration   
                                          stream mass flow is outside the range established in the NCSb or operating
                                          permit                                                                    
                                         2. Report all carbon bed regeneration cycles during which the temperature  
                                          of the carbon bed after regeneration is outside the range established in  
                                          the NCSb or operating permit                                              
                                         3. Report all operating days when insufficient monitoring data are         
                                          collectedc                                                                
    All control devices................  1. Report the times and durations of all periods when the vent stream is   
                                          diverted through a bypass line or the monitor is not operating, or        
                                         2. Report all monthly inspections that show the valves are not sealed      
                                          closed or the seal has been changed                                       
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe daily average is the average of all values recorded during the operating day, as specified in Sec.         
      63.147(e) of this subpart.                                                                                    
    bNCS = Notification of Compliance Status described in Sec. 63.152 of this subpart.                              
    cThe periodic reports shall include the duration of periods when monitoring data are not collected for each     
      excursion as defined in Sec. 63.152(c)(2)(ii)(A) of this subpart.                                             
    
    
     Table 21.--Average Storage Temperature (Ts) as a Function of Tank Paint
                                     Color                                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Average  
                                                                   Storage  
                             Tank Color                          Temperature
                                                                    (Ts)    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    White......................................................      TAa + 0
    Aluminum...................................................     TA + 2.5
    Gray.......................................................     TA + 3.5
    Black......................................................    TA + 5.0 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aTA is the average annual ambient temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.    
    
    
                 Table 22.--Paint Factors for Fixed Roof Tanks              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Tank color                       Paint factors (Fp)  
    -------------------------------------------------    Paint Condition    
                                                     -----------------------
              Roof                    Shell              Good        Poor   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    White..................  White..................        1.00        1.15
    Aluminum (specular)....  White..................        1.04        1.18
    White..................  Aluminum (specular)....        1.16        1.24
    Aluminum (specular)....  Aluminum (specular)....        1.20        1.29
    White..................  Aluminum (diffuse).....        1.30        1.38
    Aluminum (diffuse).....  Aluminum (diffuse).....        1.39        1.46
    White..................  Gray...................        1.30        1.38
    Light gray.............  Light gray.............        1.33        1.44
    Medium gray............  Medium gray............        1.40       1.58 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
                    Table 23.--Average Clingage Factors (c)a                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Shell condition      
                                               -----------------------------
                      Liquid                      Light     Dense    Gunite 
                                                  rustb     rust      lined 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Gasoline..................................    0.0015    0.0075      0.15
    Single component stocks...................    0.0015    0.0075      0.15
    Crude oil.................................    0.0060     0.030      0.60
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aUnits for average clingage factors are barrels per 1,000 square feet.  
    bIf no specific information is available, these values can be assumed to
      represent the most common condition of tanks currently in use.        
    
    
     Table 24.--Typical Number of Columns as a Function of Tank Diameter for
         Internal Floating Roof Tanks With Column Supported Fixed Roofsa    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Typical 
                                                                   number of
                   Tank diameter range (D in feet)                 columns, 
                                                                     (NC)   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    0 < d=""> 85........................................           1
    85 < d=""> 100......................................           6
    100 < d=""> 120.....................................           7
    120 < d=""> 135.....................................           8
    135 < d=""> 150.....................................           9
    150 < d=""> 170.....................................          16
    170 < d=""> 190.....................................          19
    190 < d=""> 220.....................................          22
    220 < d=""> 235.....................................          31
    235 < d=""> 270.....................................          37
    270 < d=""> 275.....................................          43
    275 < d=""> 290.....................................          49
    290 < d=""> 330.....................................          61
    330 < d=""> 360.....................................          71
    360 < d=""> 400.....................................         81 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aData in this table should not supersede information on actual tanks.   
    
    
                   Table 25.--Effective Column Diameter (Fc)                
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Fc  
                              Column type                             (feet)
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    9-inch by 7-inch built-up columns..............................      1.1
    8-inch-diameter pipe columns...................................      0.7
    No construction details known..................................      1.0
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
       Table 26.--Seal Related Factors for Internal Floating Roof Vessels   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Seal type                            KS      n  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Liquid mounted resilient seal:                                          
      Primary seal only.......................................    3.0      0
      With rim-mounted secondary seal a.......................    1.6      0
    Vapor mounted resilient seal:                                           
      Primary seal only.......................................    6.7      0
      With rim-mounted secondary seal a.......................    2.5     0 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aIf vessel-specific information is not available about the secondary    
      seal, assume only a primary seal is present.                          
    
    
     Table 27.--Summary of Internal Floating Deck Fitting Loss Factors (KF) 
                      and Typical Number of Fittings (NF)                   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Deck fitting                       
             Deck fitting type            loss factor    Typical number of  
                                            (KF)a          fittings (NF)    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Access hatch.......................  ............  1.                   
        Bolted cover, gasketed.........           1.6                       
        Unbolted cover, gasketed.......            11                       
        Unbolted cover, ungasketed.....           b25                       
    Automatic gauge float well.........  ............  1.                   
      Bolted cover, gasketed...........           5.1                       
      Unbolted cover, gasketed.........            15                       
      Unbolted cover, ungasketed.......           b28                       
    Column well........................  ............  (see Table 24).      
        Builtup column-sliding cover,              33                       
         gasketed.                                                          
        Builtup column-sliding cover,             b47                       
         ungasketed.                               10                       
        Pipe column-flexible fabric                19                       
         sleeve seal.                                                       
        Pipe column-sliding cover,                 32                       
         gasketed.                                                          
        Pipe column-sliding cover,                                          
         ungasketed.                                                        
    Ladder well........................  ............  1.                   
        Sliding cover, gasketed........            56                       
        Sliding cover, ungasketed......           b76                       
    Roof leg or hanger well............  ............  (5+D/10+D\2\/600)c.  
        Adjustable.....................          b7.9                       
        Fixed..........................             0                       
    Sample pipe or well................  ............  1.                   
        Slotted pipe-sliding cover,                44                       
         gasketed.                                                          
        Slotted pipe-sliding cover,                57                       
         ungasketed.                                                        
        Sample well-slit fabric seal,             b12                       
         10 percent open area.                                              
    Stub drain, 1-in diameterd.........           1.2  (D\2\/125)c.         
    Vacuum breaker.....................  ............  1.                   
        Weighted mechanical actuation,           b0.7                       
         gasketed.                                                          
        Weighted mechanical actuation,           0.9                        
         ungasketed.                                                        
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aUnits for KF are pound-moles per year.                                 
    bIf no specific information is available, this value can be assumed to  
      represent the most common/typical deck fittings currently used.       
    cD=Tank diameter (feet).                                                
    dNot used on welded contact internal floating decks.                    
    
    
      Table 28.--Deck Seam Length Factorsa (SD) for Internal Floating Roof  
                                     Tanks                                  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Typical deck
                        Deck construction                        seam length
                                                                   factor   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Continuous sheet constructionb:                                         
      5-feet wide sheets......................................          0.2c
      6-feet wide sheets......................................          0.17
      7-feet wide sheets......................................          0.14
    Panel constructiond:                                                    
      5  x  7.5 feet rectangular..............................          0.33
      5  x  12 feet rectangular...............................          0.28 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aDeck seam loss applies to bolted decks only. Units for SD are feet per 
      square feet.                                                          
    bSD=1/W, where W = sheet width (feet).                                  
    cIf no specific information is available, these factors can be assumed  
      to represent the most common bolted decks currently in use.           
    dSD=(L+W)/LW, where W = panel width (feet), and L = panel length (feet).
    
    
       Table 29.--Seal Related Factors for External Floating Roof Vessels   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Welded vessels      Riveted   
                                             ----------------    vessels    
                   Seal type                                 ---------------
                                                KS      N       KS       N  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Metallic shoe seal:                                                     
        Primary seal only...................     1.2     1.5     1.3     1.5
        With shoe-mounted secondary seal....     0.8     1.2     1.4     1.2
        With rim-mounted secondary seal.....     0.2     1.0     0.2     1.6
    Liquid mounted resilient seal:                                          
        Primary seal only...................     1.1     1.0     aNA      NA
        With weather shield.................     0.8     0.9      NA      NA
        With rim-mounted secondary seal.....     0.7     0.4      NA      NA
    Vapor mounted resilient seal:                                           
        Primary seal only...................     1.2     2.3      NA      NA
        With weather shield.................     0.9     2.2      NA      NA
        With rim-mounted secondary seal.....     0.2     2.6      NA      NA
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aNA=Not applicable.                                                     
    
    
               Table 30.--Roof Fitting Loss Factors, KFa, KFb, and m,a and Typical Number of Fittings, NT           
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Loss factorsb                                          
                                             ----------------------------------------------                         
     Fitting type and construction details                                        m             Typical number of   
                                              KFa (lb-mole/ KFb (lb-mole/  (dimensionless)        fittings, NT      
                                                  yr)       [mi/hr]m-yr)                                            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Access hatch (24-in-diameter well)......  ............  .............  ...............  1.                      
        Bolted cover, gasketed..............          0             0               c0                              
        Unbolted cover, ungasketed..........          2.7           7.1              1.0                            
        Unbolted cover, gasketed............          2.9           0.41             1.0                            
    Unslotted guide-pole well (8-in-diameter  ............  .............  ...............  1.                      
     unslotted pole, 21-in-diameter well).                                                                          
        Ungasketed sliding cover............          0            67               c0.98                           
        Gasketed sliding cover..............          0             3.0              1.4                            
    Slotted guide-pole/sample well (8-in-     ............  .............  ...............  (d).                    
     diameter unslotted pole, 21-in-diameter                                                                        
     well).                                                                                                         
        Ungasketed sliding cover, without             0           310                1.2                            
         float.                                                                                                     
        Ungasketed sliding cover, with float          0            29                2.0                            
        Gasketed sliding cover, without               0           260                1.2                            
         float.                                                                                                     
        Gasketed sliding cover, with float..          0             8.5              1.4                            
    Gauge-float well (20-inch diameter).....  ............  .............  ...............  1.                      
        Unbolted cover, ungasketed..........          2.3           5.9             c1.0                            
        Unbolted cover, gasketed............          2.4           0.34             1.0                            
        Bolted cover, gasketed..............          0             0                0                              
    Gauge-hatch/sample well (8-inch           ............  .............  ...............  1.                      
     diameter).                                                                                                     
        Weighted mechanical actuation,                0.95          0.14            c1.0                            
         gasketed.                                                                                                  
        Weighted mechanical actuation,                0.91          2.4              1.0                            
         ungasketed.                                                                                                
    Vacuum breaker (10-in-diameter well)....  ............  .............  ...............  NF6 (Table 31).         
        Weighted mechanical actuation,                1.2           0.17            c1.0                            
         gasketed.                                                                                                  
        Weighted mechanical actuation,                1.2           3.0              1.0                            
         ungasketed.                                                                                                
    Roof drain (3-in-diameter)..............  ............  .............  ...............  NF7 (Table 31).         
        Open................................          0             7.0             e1.4    NF8 (Table 32f).        
        90 percent closed...................          0.51          0.81             1.0                            
    Roof leg (3-in-diameter)................  ............  .............  ...............  NF8 (Table 32f).        
        Adjustable, pontoon area............          1.5           0.20            c1.0    ........................
        Adjustable, center area.............          0.25          0.067           c1.0                            
        Adjustable, double-deck roofs.......          0.25          0.067            1.0                            
        Fixed...............................          0             0                0                              
    Roof leg (2\1/2\-in-diameter)...........  ............  .............  ...............  NF8 (Table 32f).        
        Adjustable, pontoon area............          1.7           0                0                              
        Adjustable, center area.............          0.41          0                0                              
        Adjustable, double-deck roofs.......          0.41          0                0                              
        Fixed...............................          0             0                0                              
    Rim vent (6-in-diameter)................  ............  .............  ...............  1g.                     
        Weighted mechanical actuation,                0.71          0.10            c1.0                            
         gasketed.                                                                                                  
        Weighted mechanical actuation,                0.68          1.8              1.0                            
         ungasketed.                                                                                                
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThe roof fitting loss factors, KFa, KFb, and m, may only be used for wind speeds from 2 to 15 miles per hour.  
    bUnit abbreviations are as follows: lb = pound; mi = miles; hr = hour; yr = year.                               
    cIf no specific information is available, this value can be assumed to represent the most common or typical roof
      fittings currently in use.                                                                                    
    dA slotted guide-pole/sample well is an optional fitting and is not typically used.                             
    eRoof drains that drain excess rainwater into the product are not used on pontoon floating roofs. They are,     
      however, used on double-deck floating roofs and are typically left open.                                      
    fThe most common roof leg diameter is 3 inches. The loss factors for 2\1/2\-inch diameter roof legs are provided
      for use if this smaller size roof is used on a particular floating roof.                                      
    gRim vents are used only with mechanical-shoe primary seals.                                                    
    
    
    Table 31.--Typical Number of Vacuum Breakers, NF6 and Roof Drains,a NF7 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 No. of vacuum       No. of 
                                                breakers, NF6         roof  
                                            ----------------------  drains, 
            Tank diameter D (feet)b                                   NF7   
                                              Pontoon    Double-    double- 
                                               roof     deck roof     deck  
                                                                     roofc  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    50.....................................          1          1          1
    100....................................          1          1          1
    150....................................          2          2          2
    200....................................          3          2          3
    250....................................          4          3          5
    300....................................          5          3          7
    350....................................          6          4          d
    400....................................          7          4         d 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThis table should not supersede information based on actual tank data. 
    bIf the actual diameter is between the diameters listed, the closest    
      diameter listed should be used. If the actual diameter is midway      
      between the diameters listed, the next larger diameter should be used.
                                                                            
    cRoof drains that drain excess rainwater into the product are not used  
      on pontoon floating roofs. They are, however, used on double-deck     
      floating roofs, and are typically left open.                          
    dFor tanks more than 300 feet in diameter, actual tank data or the      
      manufacturer's recommendations may be needed for the number of roof   
      drains.                                                               
    
    
                  Table 32.--Typical Number of Roof Legs,a NF8              
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Pontoon roof               
                                            ----------------------   No. of 
            Tank diameter D (feet)b            No. of     No. of    legs on 
                                              pontoon     center    double- 
                                                legs       legs    deck roof
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    30.....................................          4          2          6
    40.....................................          4          4          7
    50.....................................          6          6          8
    60.....................................          9          7         10
    70.....................................         13          9         13
    80.....................................         15         10         16
    90.....................................         16         12         20
    100....................................         17         16         25
    110....................................         18         20         29
    120....................................         19         24         34
    130....................................         20         28         40
    140....................................         21         33         46
    150....................................         23         38         52
    160....................................         26         42         58
    170....................................         27         49         66
    180....................................         28         56         74
    190....................................         29         62         82
    200....................................         30         69         90
    210....................................         31         77         98
    220....................................         32         83        107
    230....................................         33         92        115
    240....................................         34        101        127
    250....................................         34        109        138
    260....................................         36        118        149
    270....................................         36        128        162
    280....................................         37        138        173
    290....................................         38        148        186
    300....................................         38        156        200
    310....................................         39        168        213
    320....................................         39        179        226
    330....................................         40        190        240
    340....................................         41        202        255
    350....................................         42        213        270
    360....................................         44        226        285
    370....................................         45        238        300
    380....................................         46        252        315
    390....................................         47        266        330
    400....................................         48        281        345
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aThis table should not supersede information based on actual tank data. 
    bIf the actual diameter is between the diameters listed, the closest    
      diameter listed should be used. If the actual diameter is midway      
      between the diameters listed, the next larger diameter should be used.
    
    
                          Table 33.--Saturation Factors                     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Cargo carrier               Mode of operation           S factor 
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Tank trucks and rail tank   Submerged loading of a clean            0.50
     cars.                       cargo tank.                                
                                Submerged loading: dedicated            0.60
                                 normal service.                            
                                Submerged loading: dedicated            1.00
                                 vapor balance service.                     
                                Splash loading of a clean cargo         1.45
                                 tank.                                      
                                Splash loading: dedicated               1.45
                                 normal service.                            
                                Splash loading: dedicated vapor         1.00
                                 balance service.                           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
       Table 34. Fraction Measured (Fm) and Fraction Emitted (Fe) For HAP   
                        Compounds in Wastewater Streams                     
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                CAS                         
                 Chemical name                Numbera       Fm         Fe   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Acetaldehyde...........................      75070   1.00       0.48    
    Acetonitrile...........................      75058   0.99       0.36    
    Acetophenone...........................      98862   0.31       0.14    
    Acrolein...............................     107028   1.00       0.43    
    Acrylonitrile..........................     107131   1.00       0.43    
    Allyl chloride.........................     107051   1.00       0.89    
    Benzene................................      71432   1.00       0.80    
    Benzyl chloride........................     100447   1.00       0.47    
    Biphenyl...............................      92524   0.86       0.45    
    Bromoform..............................      75252   1.00       0.49    
    Butadiene (1,3-).......................     106990   1.00       0.98    
    Carbon disulfide.......................      75150   1.00       0.92    
    Carbon tetrachloride...................      56235   1.00       0.94    
    Chlorobenzene..........................     108907   0.96       0.73    
    Chloroform.............................      67663   1.00       0.78    
    Chloroprene (2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene)...     126998   1.00       0.68    
    Cumene.................................      98828   1.00       0.88    
    Dichlorobenzene (p-)...................     106467   1.00       0.72    
    Dichloroethane (1,2-) (Ethylene                                         
     dichloride)...........................     107062   1.00       0.64    
    Dichloroethyl ether (Bis(2-Chloroethyl                                  
     ether))...............................     111444   0.76       0.21    
    Dichloropropene (1,3-).................     542756   1.00       0.76    
    Diethyl sulfate........................      64675   0.0025     0.11    
    Dimethyl sulfate.......................      77781   0.086      0.079   
    Dimethylaniline (N,N-).................     121697   0.00080    0.34    
    Dimethylhydrazine (1,1-)...............      57147   0.38       0.054   
    Dinitrophenol (2,4-)...................      51285   0.0077     0.060   
    Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)..................     121142   0.085      0.18    
    Dioxane (1,4-) (1,4-Diethyleneoxide)...     123911   0.87       0.18    
    Epichlorohydrin(1-Chloro-2,3-                                           
     epoxypropane).........................     106898   0.94       0.35    
    Ethyl acrylate.........................     140885   1.00       0.48    
    Ethylbenzene...........................     100414   1.00       0.83    
    Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane)..........      75003   1.00       0.90    
    Ethylene dibromide (Dibromomethane)....     106934   1.00       0.57    
    Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether.........     110714   0.86       0.32    
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate     112072   0.043      0.067   
    Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether                                        
     acetate...............................     110496   0.093      0.048   
    Ethylene oxide.........................      75218   1.00       0.50    
    Ethylidene dichloride (1,1-                                             
     Dichloroethane).......................      75343   1.00       0.79    
    Hexachlorobenzene......................     118741   0.97       0.64    
    Hexachlorobutadiene....................      87683   0.88       0.86    
    Hexachloroethane.......................      67721   0.50       0.85    
    Hexane.................................     110543   1.00       1.00    
    Isophorone.............................      78591   0.47       0.11    
    Methanol...............................      67561   0.85       0.17    
    Methyl bromide (Bromomethane)..........      74839   1.00       0.85    
    Methyl chloride (Chloromethane)........      74873   1.00       0.84    
    Methyl ethyl ketone (2-Butanone).......      78933   0.99       0.48    
    Methyl isobutyl ketone (Hexone)........     108101   0.98       0.53    
    Methyl methacrylate....................      80626   1.00       0.37    
    Methyl tert-butyl ether................    1634044   1.00       0.57    
    Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)...      75092   1.00       0.77    
    Naphthalene............................      91203   0.99       0.51    
    Nitrobenzene...........................      98953   0.39       0.23    
    Nitropropane (2-)......................      79469   0.99       0.44    
    Phosgene...............................      75445   1.00       0.87    
    Propionaldehyde........................     123386   1.00       0.41    
    Propylene dichloride (1,2-                                              
     Dichloropropane)......................      78875   1.00       0.72    
    Propylene oxide........................      75569   1.00       0.60    
    Styrene................................     100425   1.00       0.80    
    Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)...........      79345   1.00       0.46    
    Tetrachloroethylene (Perchloroethylene)     127184   1.00       0.92    
    Toluene................................     108883   1.00       0.80    
    Toluidine (o-).........................      95534   0.15       0.052   
    Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)..............     120821   1.00       0.64    
    Trichloroethane (1,1,1-) (Methyl                                        
     chloroform)...........................      71556   1.00       0.91    
    Trichloroethane (1,1,2-) (Vinyl                                         
     Trichloride)..........................      79005   0.98       0.60    
    Trichloroethylene......................      79016   1.00       0.87    
    Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)...............      95954   1.00       0.086   
    Triethylamine..........................     121448   1.00       0.38    
    Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)..............     540841   1.00       1.00    
    Vinyl acetate..........................     108054   1.00       0.59    
    Vinyl chloride (Chloroethylene)........      75014   1.00       0.97    
    Vinylidene chloride (1,1-                                               
     Dichloroethylene).....................      75354   1.00       0.94    
    Xylene (m-)............................     108383   1.00       0.82    
    Xylene (o-)............................      95476   1.00       0.79    
    Xylene (p-)............................     106423   1.00       0.82    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    aCAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Service registry number    
      assigned to specific compounds, isomers, or mixtures of compounds.    
    
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    TR22AP94.315
    
                 Figure 1. Overview of HON Wastewater Provisions
    
    TR22AP94.316
    
                     Figure 2. HON Wastewater Determination
    
    TR22AP94.317
    
         Figure 3. Designation of Group 1 Wastewater Streams (Refer to 
                         Secs. 63.132(c) and 63.144(d))
    
    TR22AP94.318
    
      Figure 4. Group 1 and Group 2 Determinations for Wastewater Streams--
             Table 8 HAP's (Refer to Secs. 63.132(d) and 63.138(b))
    
    TR22AP94.319
    
      Figure 5. Group 1 and Group 2 Determinations for Wastewater Streams--
             Table 9 HAP's (Refer to Secs. 63.132(f) and 63.138(c))
    
    TR22AP94.320
    
      Figure 6. Compliance Options for Control of Table 8 HAP's (Refer to 
                                 Sec. 63.138(b))
    
    TR22AP94.321
    
      Figure 7. Compliance Options for Control of Table 9 HAP's (Refer to 
                                 Sec. 63.138(c))
    
    TR22AP94.322
    
       Figure 8. Process Unit Alternative Compliance Option (for existing 
                     sources only) (Refer to Sec. 63.138(d))
    
    TR22AP94.323
    
     Figure 9. Biological Treatment Alternative Compliance Option (for new 
                 and existing sources) (Refer to Sec. 63.138(e))
    
    TR22AP94.324
    
        Figure 10. Compliance Options for Control of Residuals (Refer to 
                                 Sec. 63.138(h))
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
    
    Subpart H--National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air 
    Pollutants for Equipment Leaks
    
    
    Sec. 63.160  Applicability and designation of source.
    
        (a) The provisions of this subpart apply to pumps, compressors, 
    agitators, pressure relief devices, sampling connection systems, open-
    ended valves or lines, valves, connectors, surge control vessels, 
    bottoms receivers, instrumentation systems, and control devices or 
    systems required by this subpart that are intended to operate in 
    organic hazardous air pollutant service 300 hours or more during the 
    calendar year within a source subject to the provisions of a specific 
    subpart in 40 CFR part 63.
        (b) While the provisions of this subpart are effective, equipment 
    to which this subpart applies that are also subject to the provisions 
    of:
        (1) 40 CFR part 60 of this chapter, will be required to comply only 
    with the provisions of this subpart.
        (2) 40 CFR part 61 of this chapter, will be required to comply only 
    with the provisions of this subpart.
        (c) The provisions in Sec. 63.1(a)(3) of subpart A of this part do 
    not alter the provisions in paragraph (b) of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.161  Definitions.
    
        All terms used in this subpart shall have the meaning given them in 
    the Act and in this section as follows, except as provided in any 
    subpart that references this subpart.
        Batch process means a process in which the equipment is fed 
    intermittently or discontinuously. Processing then occurs in this 
    equipment after which the equipment is generally emptied. Examples of 
    industries that use batch processes include pharmaceutical production 
    and pesticide production.
        Batch product-process equipment train means the collection of 
    equipment (e.g., connectors, reactors, valves, pumps, etc.) configured 
    to produce a specific product or intermediate by a batch process.
        Bottoms receiver means a tank that collects distillation bottoms 
    before the stream is sent for storage or for further downstream 
    processing.
        Closed-loop system means an enclosed system that returns process 
    fluid to the process and is not vented to the atmosphere except through 
    a closed-vent system.
        Closed-vent system means a system that is not open to the 
    atmosphere and that is composed of piping, ductwork, connections and, 
    if necessary, flow-inducing devices that transport gas or vapor from a 
    piece or pieces of equipment to a control device or back into the 
    process.
        Compliance date means the dates specified in Sec. 63.100(k) or 
    Sec. 63.100(l)(3) of subpart F of this part for process units subject 
    to subpart F of this part; the dates specified in Sec. 63.190(e) of 
    subpart I of this part for process units subject to subpart I of this 
    part. For sources subject to other subparts in 40 CFR part 63 that 
    reference this subpart, compliance date will be defined in those 
    subparts.
        Connector means flanged, screwed, or other joined fittings used to 
    connect two pipe lines or a pipe line and a piece of equipment. A 
    common connector is a flange. Joined fittings welded completely around 
    the circumference of the interface are not considered connectors for 
    the purpose of this regulation. For the purpose of reporting and 
    recordkeeping, connector means joined fittings that are not 
    inaccessible, glass, or glass-lined as described in Sec. 63.174(h) of 
    this subpart.
        Control device means any equipment used for recovering or oxidizing 
    organic hazardous air pollutant vapors. Such equipment includes, but is 
    not limited to, absorbers, carbon adsorbers, condensers, flares, 
    boilers, and process heaters.
        Double block and bleed system means two block valves connected in 
    series with a bleed valve or line that can vent the line between the 
    two block valves.
        Duct work means a conveyance system that does not meet the 
    definition of hard-piping.
        Equipment means each pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief 
    device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, 
    connector, surge control vessel, bottoms receiver, and instrumentation 
    system in organic hazardous air pollutant service; and any control 
    devices or systems required by this subpart.
        First attempt at repair means to take action for the purpose of 
    stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to the atmosphere.
        Hard-piping means tubing that is manufactured and properly 
    installed using good engineering judgement and standards, such as ANSI 
    B31-3.
        In food/medical service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
    hazardous air pollutant service contacts a process stream used to 
    manufacture a Food and Drug Administration regulated product where 
    leakage of a barrier fluid into the process stream would cause any of 
    the following:
        (1) A dilution of product quality so that the product would not 
    meet written specifications,
        (2) An exothermic reaction which is a safety hazard,
        (3) The intended reaction to be slowed down or stopped, or
        (4) An undesired side reaction to occur.
        In gas/vapor service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
    hazardous air pollutant service contains a gas or vapor at operating 
    conditions.
        In heavy liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
    hazardous air pollutant service is not in gas/vapor service or in light 
    liquid service.
        In light liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
    hazardous air pollutant service contains a liquid that meets the 
    following conditions:
        (1) The vapor pressure of one or more of the organic compounds is 
    greater than 0.3 kilopascals at 20  deg.C,
        (2) The total concentration of the pure organic compounds 
    constituents having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kilopascals at 20 
     deg.C is equal to or greater than 20 percent by weight of the total 
    process stream, and
        (3) The fluid is a liquid at operating conditions.
    
    
    (Note: Vapor pressures may be determined by the methods described in 
    40 CFR 60.485(e)(1).)
    
        In liquid service means that a piece of equipment in organic 
    hazardous air pollutant service is not in gas/vapor service.
        In organic hazardous air pollutant or in organic HAP service means 
    that a piece of equipment either contains or contacts a fluid (liquid 
    or gas) that is at least 5 percent by weight of total organic HAP's as 
    determined according to the provisions of Sec. 63.180(d) of this 
    subpart. The provisions of Sec. 63.180(d) of this subpart also specify 
    how to determine that a piece of equipment is not in organic HAP 
    service.
        In vacuum service means that equipment is operating at an internal 
    pressure which is at least 5 kilopascals below ambient pressure.
        In volatile organic compound or in VOC service means, for the 
    purposes of this subpart, that:
        (1) The piece of equipment contains or contacts a process fluid 
    that is at least 10 percent VOC by weight (see 40 CFR 60.2 for the 
    definition of VOC, and 40 CFR 60.485(d) to determine whether a piece of 
    equipment is not in VOC service); and
        (2) The piece of equipment is not in heavy liquid service as 
    defined in 40 CFR 60.481.
        In-situ sampling systems means nonextractive samplers or in-line 
    samplers.
        Initial start-up means the first time a new or reconstructed source 
    begins production. Initial start-up does not include operation solely 
    for testing equipment. Initial start-up does not include subsequent 
    start-ups (as defined in this section) of process units following 
    malfunctions or process unit shutdowns.
        Instrumentation system means a group of equipment components used 
    to condition and convey a sample of the process fluid to analyzers and 
    instruments for the purpose of determining process operating conditions 
    (e.g., composition, pressure, flow, etc.). Valves and connectors are 
    the predominant type of equipment used in instrumentation systems; 
    however, other types of equipment may also be included in these 
    systems. Only valves nominally 0.5 inches and smaller, and connectors 
    nominally 0.75 inches and smaller in diameter are considered 
    instrumentation systems for the purposes of this subpart. Valves 
    greater than nominally 0.5 inches and connectors greater than nominally 
    0.75 inches associated with instrumentation systems are not considered 
    part of instrumentation systems and must be monitored individually.
        Liquids dripping means any visible leakage from the seal including 
    dripping, spraying, misting, clouding, and ice formation. Indications 
    of liquid dripping include puddling or new stains that are indicative 
    of an existing evaporated drip.
        Nonrepairable means that it is technically infeasible to repair a 
    piece of equipment from which a leak has been detected without a 
    process unit shutdown.
        Open-ended valve or line means any valve, except pressure relief 
    valves, having one side of the valve seat in contact with process fluid 
    and one side open to atmosphere, either directly or through open 
    piping.
        Plant site means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under 
    common control, including properties that are separated only by a road 
    or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that 
    are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, 
    subsidiary, or any combination thereof.
        Polymerizing monomer means a molecule or compound usually 
    containing carbon and of relatively low molecular weight and simple 
    structure (e.g., hydrogen cyanide, acrylonitrile, styrene), which is 
    capable of conversion to polymers, synthetic resins, or elastomers by 
    combination with itself due to heat generation caused by a pump 
    mechanical seal surface, contamination by a seal fluid (e.g., organic 
    peroxides or chemicals that will form organic peroxides), or a 
    combination of both with the resultant polymer buildup causing rapid 
    mechanical seal failure.
        Pressure release means the emission of materials resulting from the 
    system pressure being greater than the set pressure of the pressure 
    relief device. This release can be one release or a series of releases 
    over a short time period due to a malfunction in the process.
        Process unit means a chemical manufacturing process unit as defined 
    in subpart F of this part, a process subject to the provisions of 
    subpart I of this part, or a process subject to another subpart in 40 
    CFR part 63 that references this subpart.
        Process unit shutdown means a work practice or operational 
    procedure that stops production from a process unit or part of a 
    process unit during which it is technically feasible to clear process 
    material from a process unit or part of a process unit consistent with 
    safety constraints and during which repairs can be effected. An 
    unscheduled work practice or operational procedure that stops 
    production from a process unit or part of a process unit for less than 
    24 hours is not a process unit shutdown. An unscheduled work practice 
    or operational procedure that would stop production from a process unit 
    or part of a process unit for a shorter period of time than would be 
    required to clear the process unit or part of the process unit of 
    materials and start up the unit, and would result in greater emissions 
    than delay of repair of leaking components until the next scheduled 
    process unit shutdown, is not a process unit shutdown. The use of spare 
    equipment and technically feasible bypassing of equipment without 
    stopping production are not process unit shutdowns.
        Repaired means that equipment is adjusted, or otherwise altered, to 
    eliminate a leak as defined in the applicable sections of this subpart.
        Screwed connector means a threaded pipe fitting where the threads 
    are cut on the pipe wall and the fitting requires only two pieces to 
    make the connection (i.e., the pipe and the fitting).
        Sensor means a device that measures a physical quantity or the 
    change in a physical quantity, such as temperature, pressure, flow 
    rate, pH, or liquid level.
        Set pressure means the pressure at which a properly operating 
    pressure relief device begins to open to relieve atypical process 
    system operating pressure.
        Start-up means the setting in operation of a piece of equipment or 
    a control device that is subject to this subpart.
        Surge control vessel means feed drums, recycle drums, and 
    intermediate vessels. Surge control vessels serve several purposes 
    including equalization of load, mixing, recycle, and emergency supply.
    
    
    Sec. 63.162  Standards: General.
    
        (a) Compliance with this subpart will be determined by review of 
    the records required by Sec. 63.181 of this subpart and the reports 
    required by Sec. 63.182 of this subpart, review of performance test 
    results, and by inspections.
        (b) (1) An owner or operator may request a determination of 
    alternative means of emission limitation to the requirements of 
    Secs. 63.163 through 63.169, and Secs. 63.172 through 63.174 of this 
    subpart as provided in Sec. 63.177.
        (2) If the Administrator makes a determination that a means of 
    emission limitation is a permissible alternative to the requirements of 
    Secs. 63.163 through 63.170, and Secs. 63.172 through 63.174 of this 
    subpart, the owner or operator shall comply with the alternative.
        (c) Each piece of equipment in a process unit to which this subpart 
    applies shall be identified such that it can be distinguished readily 
    from equipment that is not subject to this subpart. Identification of 
    the equipment does not require physical tagging of the equipment. For 
    example, the equipment may be identified on a plant site plan, in log 
    entries, or by designation of process unit boundaries by some form of 
    weatherproof identification.
        (d) Equipment that is in vacuum service is excluded from the 
    requirements of this subpart.
        (e) Equipment that is in organic HAP service less than 300 hours 
    per calendar year is excluded from the requirements of Secs. 63.163 
    through 63.174 of this subpart and Sec. 63.178 of this subpart if it is 
    identified as required in Sec. 63.181(j) of this subpart.
        (f) When each leak is detected as specified in Secs. 63.163 and 
    63.164; Secs. 63.168 and 63.169; and Secs. 63.172 through 63.174 of 
    this subpart, the following requirements apply:
        (1) A weatherproof and readily visible identification, marked with 
    the equipment identification number, shall be attached to the leaking 
    equipment.
        (2) The identification on a valve or connector may be removed after 
    it has been monitored as specified in Sec. 63.168(f)(3), 
    Sec. 63.174(e), and Sec. 63.175(e)(7)(i)(D) of this subpart, and no 
    leak has been detected during the follow-up monitoring.
        (3) The identification on equipment, except on a valve or 
    connector, may be removed after it has been repaired.
    
    
    Sec. 63.163  Standards: Pumps in light liquid service.
    
        (a) The provisions of this section apply to each pump that is in 
    light liquid service.
        (1) The provisions are to be implemented on the dates specified in 
    the specific subpart in 40 CFR part 63 that references this subpart in 
    the phases specified below:
        (i) For each group of existing process units at existing sources 
    subject to the provisions of subparts F or I of this part, the phases 
    of the standard are:
        (A) Phase I, beginning on the compliance date;
        (B) Phase II, beginning no later than 1 year after the compliance 
    date; and
        (C) Phase III, beginning no later than 2\1/2\ years after the 
    compliance date.
        (ii) For new sources subject to the provisions of subparts F or I 
    of this part, the applicable phases of the standard are:
        (A) After initial start-up, comply with the Phase II requirements; 
    and
        (B) Beginning no later than 1 year after initial start-up, comply 
    with the Phase III requirements.
        (2) The owner or operator of a source subject to the provisions of 
    subparts F or I of this part may elect to meet the requirements of a 
    later phase during the time period specified for an earlier phase.
        (3) Sources subject to other subparts in 40 CFR part 63 that 
    reference this subpart shall comply on the dates specified in the 
    applicable subpart.
        (b) (1) The owner or operator of a process unit subject to this 
    subpart shall monitor each pump monthly to detect leaks by the method 
    specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart and shall comply with the 
    requirements of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, except as 
    provided in Sec. 63.162(b) of this subpart and paragraphs (e) through 
    (i) of this section.
        (2) The instrument reading, as determined by the method as 
    specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart, that defines a leak in 
    each phase of the standard is:
        (i) For Phase I, an instrument reading of 10,000 parts per million 
    or greater.
        (ii) For Phase II, an instrument reading of 5,000 parts per million 
    or greater.
        (iii) For Phase III, an instrument reading of:
        (A) 5,000 parts per million or greater for pumps handling 
    polymerizing monomers;
        (B) 2,000 parts per million or greater for pumps in food/medical 
    service; and
        (C) 1,000 parts per million or greater for all other pumps.
        (3) Each pump shall be checked by visual inspection each calendar 
    week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal. If there 
    are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, a leak is 
    detected.
        (c) (1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
    except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section or Sec. 63.171 
    of this subpart.
        (2) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after the leak is detected. First attempts at repair 
    include, but are not limited to, the following practices where 
    practicable:
        (i) Tightening of packing gland nuts.
        (ii) Ensuring that the seal flush is operating at design pressure 
    and temperature.
        (3) For pumps in Phase III to which a 1,000 parts per million leak 
    definition applies, repair is not required unless an instrument reading 
    of 2,000 parts per million or greater is detected.
        (d) (1) The owner or operator shall decide no later than the first 
    monitoring period whether to calculate percent leaking pumps on a 
    process unit basis or on a source-wide basis. Once the owner or 
    operator has decided, all subsequent percent calculations shall be made 
    on the same basis.
        (2) If, in Phase III, calculated on a 6-month rolling average, the 
    greater of either 10 percent of the pumps in a process unit or three 
    pumps in a process unit leak, the owner or operator shall implement a 
    quality improvement program for pumps that complies with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.176 of this subpart.
        (3) The number of pumps at a process unit shall be the sum of all 
    the pumps in organic HAP service, except that pumps found leaking in a 
    continuous process unit within 1 month after start-up of the pump shall 
    not count in the percent leaking pumps calculation for that one 
    monitoring period only.
        (4) Percent leaking pumps shall be determined by the following 
    equation:
    
    %PL=((PL-PS)/(PT-PS)) x 100
    
    where:
    
    %PL=Percent leaking pumps
    PL=Number of pumps found leaking as determined through monthly 
    monitoring as required in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section.
    PT=Total pumps in organic HAP service, including those meeting the 
    criteria in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section.
    PS=Number of pumps leaking within 1 month of start-up during the 
    current monitoring period.
        (e) Each pump equipped with a dual mechanical seal system that 
    includes a barrier fluid system is exempt from the requirements of 
    paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, provided the following 
    requirements are met:
        (1) Each dual mechanical seal system is:
        (i) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is at all 
    times greater than the pump stuffing box pressure; or
        (ii) Equipped with a barrier fluid degassing reservoir that is 
    connected by a closed-vent system to a control device that complies 
    with the requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart; or
        (iii) Equipped with a closed-loop system that purges the barrier 
    fluid into a process stream.
        (2) The barrier fluid is not in light liquid service.
        (3) Each barrier fluid system is equipped with a sensor that will 
    detect failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
        (4) Each pump is checked by visual inspection each calendar week 
    for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal.
        (i) If there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal 
    at the time of the weekly inspection, the pump shall be monitored as 
    specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart to determine if there is a 
    leak of organic HAP in the barrier fluid.
        (ii) If an instrument reading of 1,000 parts per million or greater 
    is measured, a leak is detected.
        (5) Each sensor as described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section is 
    observed daily or is equipped with an alarm unless the pump is located 
    within the boundary of an unmanned plant site.
        (6) (i) The owner or operator determines, based on design 
    considerations and operating experience, criteria applicable to the 
    presence and frequency of drips and to the sensor that indicates 
    failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
        (ii) If indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal exceed 
    the criteria established in paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section, or if, 
    based on the criteria established in paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this 
    section, the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier 
    fluid system, or both, a leak is detected.
        (iii) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
    except as provided in Sec. 63.171 of this subpart.
        (iv) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after each leak is detected.
        (f) Any pump that is designed with no externally actuated shaft 
    penetrating the pump housing shall comply with the requirements of 
    paragraph (b)(3) of this section and is exempt from the other 
    requirements in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.
        (g) Any pump equipped with a closed-vent system capable of 
    capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals back to 
    the process or to a control device that complies with the requirements 
    of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart is exempt from the requirements of 
    paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
        (h) Any pump that is located within the boundary of an unmanned 
    plant site is exempt from the weekly visual inspection requirement of 
    paragraphs (b)(3) and (e)(4) of this section, and the daily 
    requirements of paragraph (e)(5) of this section, provided that each 
    pump is visually inspected as often as practicable and at least 
    monthly.
        (i) If more than 90 percent of the pumps at a process unit meet the 
    criteria in either paragraph (e) or (f) of this section, the process 
    unit is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.164  Standards: Compressors.
    
        (a) Each compressor shall be equipped with a seal system that 
    includes a barrier fluid system and that prevents leakage of process 
    fluid to the atmosphere, except as provided in Sec. 63.162(b) of this 
    subpart and paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section.
        (b) Each compressor seal system as required in paragraph (a) of 
    this section shall be:
        (1) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is greater 
    than the compressor stuffing box pressure; or
        (2) Equipped with a barrier fluid system that is connected by a 
    closed-vent system to a control device that complies with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart; or
        (3) Equipped with a closed-loop system that purges the barrier 
    fluid directly into a process stream.
        (c) The barrier fluid shall not be in light liquid organic HAP 
    service.
        (d) Each barrier fluid system as described in paragraphs (a) 
    through (c) of this section shall be equipped with a sensor that will 
    detect failure of the seal system, barrier fluid system, or both.
        (e) (1) Each sensor as required in paragraph (d) of this section 
    shall be observed daily or shall be equipped with an alarm unless the 
    compressor is located within the boundary of an unmanned plant site.
        (2) The owner or operator shall determine, based on design 
    considerations and operating experience, a criterion that indicates 
    failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
        (f) If the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier 
    fluid system, or both based on the criterion determined under paragraph 
    (e)(2) of this section, a leak is detected.
        (g) (1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
    except as provided in Sec. 63.171 of this subpart.
        (2) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after each leak is detected.
        (h) A compressor is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) 
    through (f) of this section if it is equipped with a closed-vent system 
    capable of capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal back to 
    the process or to a control device that complies with the requirements 
    of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart.
        (i) Any compressor that is designated, as described in 
    Sec. 63.181(b)(2)(ii) of this subpart, to operate with an instrument 
    reading of less than 500 parts per million above background, is exempt 
    from the requirements of paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section if 
    the compressor:
        (1) Is demonstrated to be operating with an instrument reading of 
    less than 500 parts per million above background, as measured by the 
    method specified in Sec. 63.180(c) of this subpart; and
        (2) Is tested for compliance with paragraph (i)(1) of this section 
    initially upon designation, annually, and at other times requested by 
    the Administrator.
    
    
    Sec. 63.165  Standards: Pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service.
    
        (a) Except during pressure releases, each pressure relief device in 
    gas/vapor service shall be operated with an instrument reading of less 
    than 500 parts per million above background except as provided in 
    paragraph (b) of this section, as measured by the method specified in 
    Sec. 63.180(c) of this subpart.
        (b) (1) After each pressure release, the pressure relief device 
    shall be returned to a condition indicated by an instrument reading of 
    less than 500 parts per million above background, as soon as 
    practicable, but no later than 5 calendar days after each pressure 
    release, except as provided in Sec. 63.171 of this subpart.
        (2) No later than 5 calendar days after the pressure release and 
    being returned to organic HAP service, the pressure relief device shall 
    be monitored to confirm the condition indicated by an instrument 
    reading of less than 500 parts per million above background, as 
    measured by the method specified in Sec. 63.180(c) of this subpart.
        (c) Any pressure relief device that is equipped with a closed-vent 
    system capable of capturing and transporting leakage from the pressure 
    relief device to a control device as described in Sec. 63.172 of this 
    subpart is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
    this section.
        (d) Any pressure relief device that is equipped with a rupture disk 
    upstream of the pressure relief device is exempt from the requirements 
    of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, provided the owner or 
    operator complies with the requirements in paragraph (e) of this 
    section.
        (e) After each pressure release, a rupture disk shall be installed 
    upstream of the pressure relief device as soon as practicable, but no 
    later than 5 calendar days after each pressure release, except as 
    provided in Sec. 63.171 of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.166  Standards: Sampling connection systems.
    
        (a) Each sampling connection system shall be equipped with a 
    closed-purge, closed-loop, or closed-vent system, except as provided in 
    Sec. 63.162(b) of this subpart. This system shall collect or capture 
    the sample purge for return to the process. Gases displaced during 
    filling of the sample container are not required to be collected or 
    captured.
        (b) Each closed-purge, closed-loop, or closed-vent system as 
    required in paragraph (a) of this section shall:
        (1) Return the purged process fluid directly to the process line; 
    or
        (2) Collect and recycle the purged process fluid; or
        (3) Be designed and operated to capture and transport all the 
    purged process fluid to a control device that complies with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart.
        (c) In-situ sampling systems and sampling systems without purges 
    are exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this 
    section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.167  Standards: Open-ended valves or lines.
    
        (a) (1) Each open-ended valve or line shall be equipped with a cap, 
    blind flange, plug, or a second valve, except as provided in 
    Secs. 63.162(b) of this subpart and paragraph (d) of this section.
        (2) The cap, blind flange, plug, or second valve shall seal the 
    open end at all times except during operations requiring process fluid 
    flow through the open-ended valve or line, or during maintenance or 
    repair.
        (b) Each open-ended valve or line equipped with a second valve 
    shall be operated in a manner such that the valve on the process fluid 
    end is closed before the second valve is closed.
        (c) When a double block and bleed system is being used, the bleed 
    valve or line may remain open during operations that require venting 
    the line between the block valves but shall comply with paragraph (a) 
    of this section at all other times.
        (d) Open-ended valves or lines in an emergency shutdown system 
    which are designed to open automatically in the event of a process 
    upset are exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) 
    of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.168  Standards: Valves in gas/vapor service and in light liquid 
    service.
    
        (a) The provisions of this section apply to valves that are either 
    in gas service or in light liquid service.
        (1) The provisions are to be implemented on the dates set forth in 
    the specific subpart in 40 CFR part 63 that references this subpart as 
    specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), or (a)(1)(iii) of this 
    section.
        (i) For each group of existing process units at existing sources 
    subject to the provisions of subpart F or I of this part, the phases of 
    the standard are:
        (A) Phase I, beginning on the compliance date;
        (B) Phase II, beginning no later than 1 year after the compliance 
    date; and
        (C) Phase III, beginning no later than 2\1/2\ years after the 
    compliance date.
        (ii) For new sources subject to the provisions of subpart F or I of 
    this part, the applicable phases of the standard are:
        (A) After initial start-up, comply with the Phase II requirements; 
    and
        (B) Beginning no later than 1 year after initial start-up, comply 
    with the Phase III requirements.
        (iii) Sources subject to other subparts in 40 CFR part 63 that 
    reference this subpart shall comply on the dates specified in the 
    applicable subpart.
        (2) The owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart may 
    elect to meet the requirements of a later phase during the time period 
    specified for an earlier phase.
        (b) The owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall 
    monitor all valves, except as provided in Sec. 63.162(b) of this 
    subpart and paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section, at the intervals 
    specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section and shall comply 
    with all other provisions of this section, except as provided in 
    Sec. 63.171, Sec. 63.177, Sec. 63.178, and Sec. 63.179 of this subpart.
        (1) The valves shall be monitored to detect leaks by the method 
    specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart.
        (2) The instrument reading that defines a leak in each phase of the 
    standard is:
        (i) For Phase I, an instrument reading of 10,000 parts per million 
    or greater.
        (ii) For Phase II, an instrument reading of 500 parts per million 
    or greater.
        (iii) For Phase III, an instrument reading of 500 parts per million 
    or greater.
        (c) In Phases I and II, each valve shall be monitored quarterly.
        (d) In Phase III, the owner or operator shall monitor valves for 
    leaks at the intervals specified below:
        (1) At process units with 2 percent or greater leaking valves, 
    calculated according to paragraph (e) of this section, the owner or 
    operator shall either:
        (i) Monitor each valve once per month; or
        (ii) Within the first year after the onset of Phase III, implement 
    a quality improvement program for valves that complies with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.175 (d) or (e) of this subpart and monitor 
    quarterly.
        (2) At process units with less than 2 percent leaking valves, the 
    owner or operator shall monitor each valve once each quarter, except as 
    provided in paragraphs (d)(3) and (d)(4) of this section.
        (3) At process units with less than 1 percent leaking valves, the 
    owner or operator may elect to monitor each valve once every 2 
    quarters.
        (4) At process units with less than 0.5 percent leaking valves, the 
    owner or operator may elect to monitor each valve once every 4 
    quarters.
        (e)(1) Percent leaking valves at a process unit shall be determined 
    by the following equation:
    
    %VL=((VL/(VT+VC)) x 100
    where:
    
    %VL=Percent leaking valves.
    VL=Number of valves found leaking excluding nonrepairables as 
    provided in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section.
    VT=Total valves monitored, in a monitoring period excluding valves 
    monitored as required by paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
    VC=Optional credit for removed valves = 0.67  x  net number (i.e., 
    total removed--total added) of valves in organic HAP service removed 
    from process unit after the date set forth in Sec. 63.100(k) of subpart 
    F for existing process units, and after the date of initial start-up 
    for new sources. If credits are not taken, then VC=0.
    
        (2) For use in determining monitoring frequency, as specified in 
    paragraph (d) of this section, the percent leaking valves shall be 
    calculated as a rolling average of two consecutive monitoring periods 
    for monthly, quarterly, or semiannual monitoring programs; and as an 
    average of any three out of four consecutive monitoring periods for 
    annual monitoring programs.
        (3) (i) Nonrepairable valves shall be included in the calculation 
    of percent leaking valves the first time the valve is identified as 
    leaking and nonrepairable and as required to comply with paragraph 
    (e)(3)(ii) of this section. Otherwise, a number of nonrepairable valves 
    (identified and included in the percent leaking calculation in a 
    previous period) up to a maximum of 1 percent of the total number of 
    valves in organic HAP service at a process unit may be excluded from 
    calculation of percent leaking valves for subsequent monitoring 
    periods.
        (ii) If the number of nonrepairable valves exceeds 1 percent of the 
    total number of valves in organic HAP service at a process unit, the 
    number of nonrepairable valves exceeding 1 percent of the total number 
    of valves in organic HAP service shall be included in the calculation 
    of percent leaking valves.
        (f) (1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after the leak is 
    detected, except as provided in Sec. 63.171 of this subpart.
        (2) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after each leak is detected.
        (3) When a leak is repaired, the valve shall be monitored at least 
    once within the first 3 months after its repair.
        (g) First attempts at repair include, but are not limited to, the 
    following practices where practicable:
        (1) Tightening of bonnet bolts,
        (2) Replacement of bonnet bolts,
        (3) Tightening of packing gland nuts, and
        (4) Injection of lubricant into lubricated packing.
        (h) Any valve that is designated, as described in 
    Sec. 63.181(b)(7)(i) of this subpart, as an unsafe-to-monitor valve is 
    exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (f) of this 
    section if:
        (1) The owner or operator of the valve determines that the valve is 
    unsafe to monitor because monitoring personnel would be exposed to an 
    immediate danger as a consequence of complying with paragraphs (b) 
    through (d) of this section; and
        (2) The owner or operator of the valve has a written plan that 
    requires monitoring of the valve as frequently as practicable during 
    safe-to-monitor times.
        (i) Any valve that is designated, as described in 
    Sec. 63.181(b)(7)(ii) of this subpart, as a difficult-to-monitor valve 
    is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (d) of this 
    section if:
        (1) The owner or operator of the valve determines that the valve 
    cannot be monitored without elevating the monitoring personnel more 
    than 2 meters above a support surface or it is not accessible at 
    anytime in a safe manner;
        (2) The process unit within which the valve is located is an 
    existing source or the owner or operator designates less than 3 percent 
    of the total number of valves in a new source as difficult-to-monitor; 
    and
        (3) The owner or operator of the valve follows a written plan that 
    requires monitoring of the valve at least once per calendar year.
        (j) Any equipment located at a plant site with fewer than 250 
    valves in organic HAP service is exempt from the requirements for 
    monthly monitoring and a quality improvement program specified in 
    paragraph (d)(1) of this section. Instead, the owner or operator shall 
    monitor each valve in organic HAP service for leaks once each quarter, 
    or comply with paragraphs (d)(3) or (d)(4) of this section except as 
    provided in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.169  Standards: Pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in 
    heavy liquid service; instrumentation systems; and pressure relief 
    devices in liquid service.
    
        (a) Pumps, valves, connectors, and agitators in heavy liquid 
    service, pressure relief devices in light liquid or heavy liquid 
    service, and instrumentation systems shall be monitored within 5 
    calendar days by the method specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart 
    if evidence of a potential leak is found by visual, audible, olfactory, 
    or any other detection method, except as provided in Sec. 63.162(b) of 
    this subpart. If a potential leak in an instrumentation system is 
    repaired as required in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, it is 
    not necessary to monitor the system for leaks by the method specified 
    in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart.
        (b) If an instrument reading of 10,000 parts per million or greater 
    for agitators, 2,000 parts per million or greater for pumps, or 500 
    parts per million or greater for valves, connectors, instrumentation 
    systems, and pressure relief devices is measured, a leak is detected.
        (c) (1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
    except as provided in Sec. 63.171 of this subpart.
        (2) The first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after each leak is detected.
        (3) For instrumentation systems that are not monitored by the 
    method specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart, repaired shall mean 
    that the visual, audible, olfactory, or other indications of a leak 
    have been eliminated; that no bubbles are observed at potential leak 
    sites during a leak check using soap solution; or that the system will 
    hold a test pressure.
        (d) First attempts at repair include, but are not limited to, the 
    best practices described under Sec. 63.168(g) of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.170  Standards: Surge control vessels and bottoms receivers.
    
        Each surge control vessel and bottoms receiver that is not routed 
    back to the process shall be equipped with a closed-vent system that 
    routes the organic vapors vented from the vessel back to the process or 
    to a control device that complies with the requirements in Sec. 63.172 
    of this subpart, except as provided in Sec. 63.162(b) of this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.171  Standards: Delay of repair.
    
        (a) Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected 
    is allowed if the repair is technically infeasible without a process 
    unit shutdown. Repair of this equipment shall occur by the end of the 
    next process unit shutdown.
        (b) Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected 
    is allowed for equipment that is isolated from the process and that 
    does not remain in organic HAP service.
        (c) Delay of repair for valves, connectors, and agitators is also 
    allowed if:
        (1) The owner or operator determines that emissions of purged 
    material resulting from immediate repair would be greater than the 
    fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of repair, and
        (2) When repair procedures are effected, the purged material is 
    collected and destroyed or recovered in a control device complying with 
    Sec. 63.172 of this subpart.
        (d) Delay of repair for pumps is also allowed if:
        (1) Repair requires replacing the existing seal design with a new 
    system that the owner or operator has determined under the provisions 
    of Sec. 63.176(d) of this subpart will provide better performance or:
        (i) A dual mechanical seal system that meets the requirements of 
    Sec. 63.163(e) of this subpart,
        (ii) a pump that meets the requirements of Sec. 63.163(f) of this 
    subpart, or
        (iii) a closed-vent system and control device that meets the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.163(g) of this subpart; and
        (2) Repair is completed as soon as practicable, but not later than 
    6 months after the leak was detected.
        (e) Delay of repair beyond a process unit shutdown will be allowed 
    for a valve if valve assembly replacement is necessary during the 
    process unit shutdown, valve assembly supplies have been depleted, and 
    valve assembly supplies had been sufficiently stocked before the 
    supplies were depleted. Delay of repair beyond the next process unit 
    shutdown will not be allowed unless the next process unit shutdown 
    occurs sooner than 6 months after the first process unit shutdown.
    
    
    Sec. 63.172  Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.
    
        (a) Owners or operators of closed-vent systems and control devices 
    used to comply with provisions of this subpart shall comply with the 
    provisions of this section, except as provided in Sec. 63.162(b) of 
    this subpart.
        (b) Vapor recovery systems (e.g., condensers and adsorbers) shall 
    be designed and operated to recover the organic emissions vented to 
    them with an efficiency of 95 percent or greater.
        (c) Enclosed combustion devices shall be designed and operated to 
    reduce the organic HAP emissions or VOC emissions vented to them with 
    an efficiency of 95 percent or greater or to provide a minimum 
    residence time of 0.50 seconds at a minimum temperature of 760  deg.C.
        (d) Flares used to comply with this subpart shall comply with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
        (e) Owners or operators of control devices that are used to comply 
    with the provisions of this subpart shall monitor these control devices 
    to ensure that they are operated and maintained in conformance with 
    their design.
    
    (Note: The intent of this provision is to ensure proper operation 
    and maintenance of the control device.)
    
        (f) Except as provided in paragraphs (k) and (l) of this section, 
    each closed-vent system shall be inspected according to the procedures 
    and schedule specified in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section.
        (1) If the closed-vent system is constructed of hard-piping, the 
    owner or operator shall:
        (i) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
    paragraph (g) of this section, and
        (ii) Conduct annual visual inspections for visible, audible, or 
    olfactory indications of leaks.
        (2) If the vapor collection system or closed-vent system is 
    constructed of duct work, the owner or operator shall:
        (i) Conduct an initial inspection according to the procedures in 
    paragraph (g) of this section, and
        (ii) Conduct annual inspections according to the procedures in 
    paragraph (g) of this section.
        (g) Each closed-vent system shall be inspected according to the 
    procedures in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart.
        (h) Leaks, as indicated by an instrument reading greater than 500 
    parts per million above background or by visual inspections, shall be 
    repaired as soon as practicable, except as provided in paragraph (i) of 
    this section.
        (1) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after the leak is detected.
        (2) Repair shall be completed no later than 15 calendar days after 
    the leak is detected.
        (i) Delay of repair of a closed-vent system for which leaks have 
    been detected is allowed if the repair is technically infeasible 
    without a process unit shutdown or if the owner or operator determines 
    that emissions resulting from immediate repair would be greater than 
    the fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of repair. Repair of 
    such equipment shall be complete by the end of the next process unit 
    shutdown.
        (j) For each closed-vent system that contains bypass lines that 
    could divert a vent stream away from the control device and to the 
    atmosphere, the owner or operator shall comply with the provisions of 
    either paragraph (j)(1) or (j)(2) of this section, except as provided 
    in paragraph (j)(3) of this section.
        (1) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a flow indicator that 
    determines whether vent stream flow is present at least once every 15 
    minutes. Records shall be generated as specified in Sec. 63.118(a)(3) 
    of subpart G of this part. The flow indicator shall be installed at the 
    entrance to any bypass line; or
        (2) Secure the bypass line valve in the closed position with a car-
    seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of the 
    seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month 
    to ensure the valve is maintained in the closed position and the vent 
    stream is not diverted through the bypass line.
        (3) Equipment such as low leg drains, high point bleeds, analyzer 
    vents, open-ended valves or lines, and pressure relief valves needed 
    for safety purposes are not subject to this paragraph.
        (k) Any parts of the closed-vent system that are designated, as 
    described in paragraph 63.181(b)(7)(i), as unsafe to inspect are exempt 
    from the inspection requirements of paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) of 
    this section if:
        (1) The owner or operator determines that the equipment is unsafe 
    to inspect because inspecting personnel would be exposed to an imminent 
    or potential danger as a consequence of complying with paragraphs 
    (f)(1) or (f)(2) of this section; and
        (2) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
    inspection of the equipment as frequently as practicable during safe-
    to-inspect times.
        (l) Any parts of the closed-vent system that are designated, as 
    described in Sec. 63.181 (b)(7)(i) of this subpart, as difficult to 
    inspect are exempt from the inspection requirements of paragraphs 
    (f)(1) and (f)(2) of this section if:
        (1) The owner or operator determines that the equipment cannot be 
    inspected without elevating the inspecting personnel more than 2 meters 
    above a support surface; and
        (2) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
    inspection of the equipment at least once every 5 years.
        (m) Whenever organic HAP emissions are vented to a closed-vent 
    system or control device used to comply with the provisions of this 
    subpart, such system or control device shall be operating.
    
    
    Sec. 63.173  Standards: Agitators in gas/vapor service and in light 
    liquid service.
    
        (a) (1) Each agitator shall be monitored monthly to detect leaks by 
    the methods specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart, except as 
    provided in Sec. 63.162(b) of this subpart.
        (2) If an instrument reading of 10,000 parts per million or greater 
    is measured, a leak is detected.
        (b) (1) Each agitator shall be checked by visual inspection each 
    calendar week for indications of liquids dripping from the agitator.
        (2) If there are indications of liquids dripping from the agitator, 
    a leak is detected.
        (c) (1) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
    except as provided in Sec. 63.171 of this subpart.
        (2) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after each leak is detected.
        (d) Each agitator equipped with a dual mechanical seal system that 
    includes a barrier fluid system is exempt from the requirements of 
    paragraph (a) of this section, provided the requirements specified in 
    paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(6) of this section are met:
        (1) Each dual mechanical seal system is:
        (i) Operated with the barrier fluid at a pressure that is at all 
    times greater than the agitator stuffing box pressure; or
        (ii) Equipped with a barrier fluid degassing reservoir that is 
    connected by a closed-vent system to a control device that complies 
    with the requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart; or
        (iii) Equipped with a closed-loop system that purges the barrier 
    fluid into a process stream.
        (2) The barrier fluid is not in light liquid organic HAP service.
        (3) Each barrier fluid system is equipped with a sensor that will 
    detect failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
        (4) Each agitator is checked by visual inspection each calendar 
    week for indications of liquids dripping from the agitator seal.
        (i) If there are indications of liquids dripping from the agitator 
    seal at the time of the weekly inspection, the agitator shall be 
    monitored as specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart to determine 
    the presence of organic HAP in the barrier fluid.
        (ii) If an instrument reading of 10,000 parts per million or 
    greater is measured, a leak is detected.
        (5) Each sensor as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section is 
    observed daily or is equipped with an alarm unless the agitator is 
    located within the boundary of an unmanned plant site.
        (6) (i) The owner or operator determines, based on design 
    considerations and operating experience, criteria applicable to the 
    presence and frequency of drips and to the sensor that indicates 
    failure of the seal system, the barrier fluid system, or both.
        (ii) If indications of liquids dripping from the agitator seal 
    exceed the criteria established in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section, 
    or if, based on the criteria established in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this 
    section, the sensor indicates failure of the seal system, the barrier 
    fluid system, or both, a leak is detected.
        (iii) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
    except as provided in Sec. 63.171 of this subpart.
        (iv) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after each leak is detected.
        (e) Any agitator that is designed with no externally actuated shaft 
    penetrating the agitator housing is exempt from paragraphs (a) through 
    (c) of this section.
        (f) Any agitator equipped with a closed-vent system capable of 
    capturing and transporting any leakage from the seal or seals back to 
    the process or to a control device that complies with the requirements 
    of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart is exempt from the requirements of 
    paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.
        (g) Any agitator that is located within the boundary of an unmanned 
    plant site is exempt from the weekly visual inspection requirement of 
    paragraphs (b)(1) and (d)(4) of this section, and the daily 
    requirements of paragraph (d)(5) of this section, provided that each 
    agitator is visually inspected as often as practicable and at least 
    monthly.
    
    
    Sec. 63.174  Standards: Connectors in gas/vapor service and in light 
    liquid service.
    
        (a) The owner or operator of a process unit subject to this subpart 
    shall monitor all connectors in gas/vapor and light liquid service, 
    except as provided in Sec. 63.162(b) of this subpart, and in paragraphs 
    (f) through (h) of this section, at the intervals specified in 
    paragraph (b) of this section.
        (1) The connectors shall be monitored to detect leaks by the method 
    specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart.
        (2) If an instrument reading greater than or equal to 500 parts per 
    million is measured, a leak is detected.
        (b) The owner or operator shall monitor for leaks at the intervals 
    specified in either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section and in 
    paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
        (1) For each group of existing process units within an existing 
    source, within the first 12 months after the compliance date, the owner 
    or operator shall monitor all connectors, except as provided in 
    paragraphs (f) through (h) of this section.
        (2) For new sources, within the first 12 months after initial 
    start-up or within 12 months after the date of promulgation of a 
    specific subpart that references this subpart, whichever is later, the 
    owner or operator shall monitor all connectors, except as provided in 
    paragraphs (f) through (h) of this section.
        (3) After conducting the initial survey required in paragraph 
    (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, the owner or operator shall perform 
    all subsequent monitoring of connectors at the frequencies specified in 
    paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (b)(3)(v) of this section, except as 
    provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section:
        (i) Once per calendar year, if the percent leaking connectors in 
    the process unit was 0.5 percent or greater during the last required 
    annual or biennial monitoring period.
        (ii) Once every 2 calendar years, if the percent leaking connectors 
    was less than 0.5 percent during the last required monitoring period. 
    An owner or operator may comply with this paragraph by monitoring at 
    least 40 percent of the connectors in the first year and the remainder 
    of the connectors in the second year. The percent leaking connectors 
    will be calculated for the total of all monitoring performed during the 
    2-year period.
        (iii) If the owner or operator of a process unit in a biennial leak 
    detection and repair program calculates less than 0.5 percent leaking 
    connectors from the 2-year monitoring period, the owner or operator may 
    monitor the connectors one time every 4 years. An owner or operator may 
    comply with the requirements of this paragraph by monitoring at least 
    20 percent of the connectors each year until all connectors have been 
    monitored within 4 years.
        (iv) If a process unit complying with the requirements of paragraph 
    (b) of this section using a 4-year monitoring interval program has 
    greater than or equal to 0.5 percent but less than 1 percent leaking 
    connectors, the owner or operator shall increase the monitoring 
    frequency to one time every 2 years. An owner or operator may comply 
    with the requirements of this paragraph by monitoring at least 40 
    percent of the connectors in the first year and the remainder of the 
    connectors in the second year. The owner or operator may again elect to 
    use the provisions of paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section when the 
    percent leaking connectors decreases to less than 0.5 percent.
        (v) If a process unit complying with requirements of paragraph 
    (b)(3)(iii) of this section using a 4-year monitoring interval program 
    has 1 percent or greater leaking connectors, the owner or operator 
    shall increase the monitoring frequency to one time per year. The owner 
    or operator may again elect to use the provisions of paragraph 
    (b)(3)(iii) of this section when the percent leaking connectors 
    decreases to less than 0.5 percent.
         (c)(1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this 
    section, each connector that has been opened or has otherwise had the 
    seal broken shall be monitored for leaks within the first 3 months 
    after being returned to organic HAP service, including those determined 
    to be nonrepairable prior to process unit shutdown. If the follow-up 
    monitoring detects a leak, it shall be repaired according to the 
    provisions of paragraph (d) of this section, unless it is determined to 
    be nonrepairable, in which case it is counted as a nonrepairable for 
    the purposes of paragraph (i)(2) of this section.
        (ii) As an alternative to the requirements in paragraph (c)(1)(i) 
    of this section, an owner or operator may choose to calculate percent 
    leaking connectors for the monitoring periods described in paragraph 
    (b) of this section, by setting the nonrepairable component, CAN, 
    in the equation in paragraph (i)(2) of this section to zero for all 
    monitoring periods.
        (iii) An owner or operator may switch alternatives described in 
    paragraphs (c)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section at the end of the 
    current monitoring period he is in, provided that it is reported as 
    required in Sec. 63.182 of this subpart and begin the new alternative 
    in annual monitoring. The initial monitoring in the new alternative 
    shall be completed no later than 12 months after reporting the switch.
        (2) As an alternative to the requirements of paragraph (b)(3) of 
    this section, each screwed connector 5.08 centimeters or less in 
    nominal diameter installed in a process unit before December 31, 1992 
    for sources subject to subparts F and I of this part and before 
    proposal of a subpart that references this subpart may:
        (i) Comply with the requirements of Sec. 63.169 of this subpart, 
    and
        (ii) Be monitored for leaks within the first 3 months after being 
    returned to organic HAP service after having been opened or otherwise 
    had the seal broken. If the follow-up monitoring detects a leak, it 
    shall be repaired according to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this 
    section.
        (d) When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after the leak is 
    detected, except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section and in 
    Sec. 63.171 of this subpart. A first attempt at repair shall be made no 
    later than 5 calendar days after the leak is detected.
        (e) If a leak is detected, the connector shall be monitored for 
    leaks within the first 3 months after its repair.
        (f) Any connector that is designated, as described in 
    Sec. 63.181(b)(7)(i) of this subpart, as an unsafe-to-monitor connector 
    is exempt from the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section if:
        (1) The owner or operator determines that the connector is unsafe 
    to monitor because personnel would be exposed to an immediate danger as 
    a result of complying with paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section; 
    and
        (2) The owner or operator has a written plan that requires 
    monitoring of the connector as frequent as practicable during safe to 
    monitor periods.
        (g) Any connector that is designated, as described in 
    Sec. 63.181(b)(7)(iii) of this subpart, as an unsafe-to-repair 
    connector is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a), (d), and 
    (e) of this section if:
        (1) The owner or operator determines that repair personnel would be 
    exposed to an immediate danger as a consequence of complying with 
    paragraph (d) of this section; and
        (2) The connector will be repaired before the end of the next 
    scheduled process unit shutdown.
        (h) (1) Any connector that is inaccessible or is glass or glass-
    lined, is exempt from the monitoring requirements of paragraph (a) of 
    this section and from the recordkeeping and reporting requirements of 
    Sec. 63.181 and Sec. 63.182 of this subpart. An inaccessible connector 
    is one that is:
        (i) Buried;
        (ii) Insulated in a manner that prevents access to the connector by 
    a monitor probe;
        (iii) Obstructed by equipment or piping that prevents access to the 
    connector by a monitor probe;
        (iv) Unable to be reached from a wheeled scissor-lift or hydraulic-
    type scaffold which would allow access to connectors up to 7.6 meters 
    (25 feet) above the ground;
        (v) Inaccessible because it would require elevating the monitoring 
    personnel more than 2 meters above a permanent support surface or would 
    require the erection of scaffold; or
        (vi) Not able to be accessed at any time in a safe manner to 
    perform monitoring. Unsafe access includes, but is not limited to, the 
    use of a wheeled scissor-lift on unstable or uneven terrain, the use of 
    a motorized man-lift basket in areas where an ignition potential 
    exists, or access would require near proximity to hazards such as 
    electrical lines, or would risk damage to equipment.
        (2) If any inaccessible or glass or glass-lined connector is 
    observed by visual, audible, olfactory, or other means to be leaking, 
    the leak shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 
    calendar days after the leak is detected, except as provided in 
    Sec. 63.171 of this subpart and paragraph (g) of this section.
        (3) A first attempt at repair shall be made no later than 5 
    calendar days after the leak is detected.
        (i) For use in determining the monitoring frequency, as specified 
    in paragraph (b) of this section, the percent leaking connectors shall 
    be calculated as specified in paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this 
    section.
        (1) For the first monitoring period, use the following equation:
    
    %CL=CL/(Ct+CC) x 100
    
    where:
    
    %CL=Percent leaking connectors.
    CL=Number of connectors measured at 500 parts per million or 
    greater, by the method specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart.
    Ct=Total number of monitored connectors in the process unit.
    CC=Optional credit for removed connectors=0.67 x net (i.e., total 
    removed-total added) number of connectors in organic HAP service 
    removed from the process unit after the compliance date set forth in 
    the applicable subpart for existing process units, and after the date 
    of initial start-up for new process units. If credits are not taken, 
    then CC=0.
    
        (2) For subsequent monitoring periods, use the following equation:
    
    %CL=[(CL-CAN)/(Ct+CC)] x 100
    
    where:
    
    %CL=Percent leaking connectors.
    CL=Number of connectors, including nonrepairables, measured at 500 
    parts per million or greater, by the method specified in Sec. 63.180(b) 
    of this subpart.
    CAN=Number of allowable nonrepairable connectors, as determined by 
    monitoring required in paragraphs (b)(3) and (c) of this section, not 
    to exceed 2 percent of the total connector population, Ct.
    Ct=Total number of monitored connectors, including nonrepairables, 
    in the process unit.
    CC=Optional credit for removed connectors=0.67 x net number (i.e., 
    total removed-total added) of connectors in organic HAP service removed 
    from the process unit after the compliance date set forth in the 
    applicable subpart for existing process units, and after the date of 
    initial start-up for new process units. If credits are not taken, then 
    CC=0.
    
        (j) Optional credit for removed connectors. If an owner or operator 
    eliminates a connector subject to monitoring under paragraph (b) of 
    this section, the owner or operator may receive credit for elimination 
    of the connector, as described in paragraph (i) of this section, 
    provided the requirements in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(4) are met.
        (1) The connector was welded after the date of proposal of the 
    specific subpart that references this subpart.
        (2) The integrity of the weld is demonstrated by monitoring it 
    according to the procedures in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart or by 
    testing using X-ray, acoustic monitoring, hydrotesting, or other 
    applicable method.
        (3) Welds created after the date of proposal but before the date of 
    promulgation of a specific subpart that references this subpart are 
    monitored or tested by 3 months after the compliance date specified in 
    the applicable subpart.
        (4) Welds created after promulgation of the subpart that references 
    this subpart are monitored or tested within 3 months after being 
    welded.
        (5) If an inadequate weld is found or the connector is not welded 
    completely around the circumference, the connector is not considered a 
    welded connector and is therefore not exempt from the provisions of 
    this subpart.
    
    
    Sec. 63.175  Quality improvement program for valves.
    
        (a) In Phase III, an owner or operator may elect to comply with one 
    of the alternative quality improvement programs specified in paragraphs 
    (d) and (e) of this section. The decision to use one of these 
    alternative provisions to comply with the requirements of 
    Sec. 63.168(d)(1)(ii) of this subpart must be made during the first 
    year of Phase III for existing process units and for new process units.
        (b) An owner or operator of a process unit subject to the 
    requirements of paragraphs (d) or (e) of this section shall comply with 
    those requirements until the process unit has fewer than 2 percent 
    leaking valves, calculated as a rolling average of 2 consecutive 
    quarters, as specified in Sec. 63.168(e) of this subpart.
        (c) After the process unit has fewer than 2 percent leaking valves, 
    the owner or operator may elect to comply with the requirements in 
    Sec. 63.168 of this subpart, to continue to comply with the 
    requirements in paragraph (e) [or (d), if appropriate] of this section, 
    or comply with both the requirements in Sec. 63.168 and Sec. 63.175.
        (1) If the owner or operator elects to continue the quality 
    improvement program, the owner or operator is exempt from the 
    requirements for performance trials as specified in paragraph (e)(6) of 
    this section, or further progress as specified in paragraph (d)(4) of 
    this section, as long as the process unit has fewer than 2 percent 
    leaking valves calculated according to Sec. 63.168(e).
        (2) If the owner or operator elects to comply with both paragraph 
    (e) of this section and Sec. 63.168 of this subpart, he may also take 
    advantage of the lower monitoring frequencies associated with lower 
    leak rates in Sec. 63.168 (d)(2), (d)(3), and (d)(4) of this subpart.
        (3) If the owner or operator elects not to continue the quality 
    improvement program, the program is no longer an option if the process 
    unit again exceeds 2 percent leaking valves, and in such case, monthly 
    monitoring will be required.
        (d) The following requirements shall be met if an owner or operator 
    elects to use a quality improvement program to demonstrate further 
    progress:
        (1) The owner or operator shall continue to comply with the 
    requirements in Sec. 63.168 of this subpart except each valve shall be 
    monitored quarterly.
        (2) The owner or operator shall collect the following data, and 
    maintain records as required in Sec. 63.181(h)(1) of this subpart, for 
    each valve in each process unit subject to the quality improvement 
    program:
        (i) The maximum instrument reading observed in each monitoring 
    observation before repair, the response factor for the stream if 
    appropriate, the instrument model number, and date of the observation.
        (ii) Whether the valve is in gas or light liquid service.
        (iii) If a leak is detected, the repair methods used and the 
    instrument readings after repair.
        (3) The owner or operator shall continue to collect data on the 
    valves as long as the process unit remains in the quality improvement 
    program.
        (4) The owner or operator must demonstrate progress in reducing the 
    percent leaking valves each quarter the process unit is subject to the 
    requirements of paragraph (d) of this section, except as provided in 
    paragraphs (d)(4)(ii) and (d)(5) of this section.
        (i) Demonstration of progress shall mean that for each quarter 
    there is at least a 10-percent reduction in the percent leaking valves 
    from the percent leaking valves determined for the preceding monitoring 
    period. The percent leaking valves shall be calculated as a rolling 
    average of two consecutive quarters of monitoring data. The percent 
    reduction shall be calculated using the rolling average percent leaking 
    valves, according to the following:
    
    %LVR = (%LVAVG1 - %LVAVG2 / %LVAVG1  x  100
    
    where:
    
    %LVR=Percent leaking valve reduction.
     %LVAVG1=(%VLi + %VLi+1)/2.
    %LVAVG2=(%VLi+1 + %VLi+2)/2.
    
    where:
        %VLi, %VLi+1, %VLi+2
    
    are percent leaking valves calculated for subsequent monitoring 
    periods, i, i+1, i+2.
        (ii) An owner or operator who fails for two consecutive rolling 
    averages to demonstrate at least a 10-percent reduction per quarter in 
    percent leaking valves, and whose overall average percent reduction 
    based on two or more rolling averages is less than 10 percent per 
    quarter, shall either comply with the requirements in 
    Sec. 63.168(d)(1)(i) of this subpart using monthly monitoring or shall 
    comply using a quality improvement program for technology review as 
    specified in paragraph (e) of this section. If the owner or operator 
    elects to comply with the requirements of paragraph (e) of this 
    section, the schedule for performance trials and valve replacements 
    remains as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
        (iii) As an alternative to the provisions in paragraph (d)(4)(i), 
    an owner or operator may use the procedure specified in paragraphs 
    (d)(4)(iii)(A) and (d)(4)(iii)(B) of this section to demonstrate 
    progress in reducing the percent leaking valves.
        (A) The percent reduction that must be achieved each quarter shall 
    be calculated as follows:
    
    
    TR22AP94.293
    
    %RR = percent reduction required each quarter, as calculated according 
    to Sec. 63.168(e)
    %VL = percent leaking valves, calculated according to 
    Sec. 63.168(e), at the time elected to use provisions of 
    Sec. 63.168(d)(1)(ii)
        (B) The owner or operator shall achieve less than 2 percent leaking 
    valves no later than 2 years after electing to use the demonstration of 
    progress provisions in Sec. 63.175(d) of this subpart.
        (e) The following requirements shall be met if an owner or operator 
    elects to use a quality improvement program of technology review and 
    improvement:
        (1) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in 
    Sec. 63.168 of this subpart except the requirement for monthly 
    monitoring in Sec. 63.168(d)(1)(i) of this subpart does not apply.
        (2) The owner or operator shall collect the data specified below, 
    and maintain records as required in Sec. 63.181(h)(2), for each valve 
    in each process unit subject to the quality improvement program. The 
    data may be collected and the records may be maintained on a process 
    unit or group of process units basis. The data shall include the 
    following:
        (i) Valve type (e.g., ball, gate, check); valve manufacturer; valve 
    design (e.g., external stem or actuating mechanism, flanged body); 
    materials of construction; packing material; and year installed.
        (ii) Service characteristics of the stream such as operating 
    pressure, temperature, line diameter, and corrosivity.
        (iii) Whether the valve is in gas or light liquid service.
        (iv) The maximum instrument readings observed in each monitoring 
    observation before repair, response factor for the stream if adjusted, 
    instrument model number, and date of the observation.
        (v) If a leak is detected, the repair methods used and the 
    instrument readings after repair.
        (vi) If the data will be analyzed as part of a larger analysis 
    program involving data from other plants or other types of process 
    units, a description of any maintenance or quality assurance programs 
    used in the process unit that are intended to improve emission 
    performance.
        (3) The owner or operator shall continue to collect data on the 
    valves as long as the process unit remains in the quality improvement 
    program.
        (4) The owner or operator shall inspect all valves removed from the 
    process unit due to leaks. The inspection shall determine which parts 
    of the valve have failed and shall include recommendations, as 
    appropriate, for design changes or changes in specifications to reduce 
    leak potential.
        (5) (i) The owner or operator shall analyze the data collected to 
    comply with the requirements of paragraph (e)(2) of this section to 
    determine the services, operating or maintenance practices, and valve 
    designs or technologies that have poorer than average emission 
    performance and those that have better than average emission 
    performance. The analysis shall determine if specific trouble areas can 
    be identified on the basis of service, operating conditions or 
    maintenance practices, equipment design, or other process specific 
    factors.
        (ii) The analysis shall also be used to identify any superior 
    performing valve technologies that are applicable to the service(s), 
    operating conditions, or valve designs associated with poorer than 
    average emission performance. A superior performing valve technology is 
    one for which a group of such valves has a leak frequency of less than 
    2 percent for specific applications in such a process unit. A candidate 
    superior performing valve technology is one demonstrated or reported in 
    the available literature or through a group study as having low 
    emission performance and as being capable of achieving less than 2 
    percent leaking valves in the process unit.
        (iii) The analysis shall include consideration of:
        (A) The data obtained from the inspections of valves removed from 
    the process unit due to leaks,
        (B) Information from the available literature and from the 
    experience of other plant sites that will identify valve designs or 
    technologies and operating conditions associated with low emission 
    performance for specific services, and
        (C) Information on limitations on the service conditions for the 
    valve design and operating conditions as well as information on 
    maintenance procedures to ensure continued low emission performance.
        (iv) The data analysis may be conducted through an inter- or intra-
    company program (or through some combination of the two approaches) and 
    may be for a single process unit, a company, or a group of process 
    units.
        (v) The first analysis of the data shall be completed no later than 
    18 months after the start of Phase III. The first analysis shall be 
    performed using a minimum of two quarters of data. An analysis of the 
    data shall be done each year the process unit is in the quality 
    improvement program.
        (6) A trial evaluation program shall be conducted at each plant 
    site for which the data analysis does not identify superior performing 
    valve designs or technologies that can be applied to the operating 
    conditions and services identified as having poorer than average 
    performance, except as provided in paragraph (e)(6)(v) of this section. 
    The trial program shall be used to evaluate the feasibility of using in 
    the process unit the valve designs or technologies that have been 
    identified by others as having low emission performance.
        (i) The trial program shall include on-line trials of valves or 
    operating and maintenance practices that have been identified in the 
    available literature or in analysis by others as having the ability to 
    perform with leak rates below 2 percent in similar services, as having 
    low probability of failure, or as having no external actuating 
    mechanism in contact with the process fluid. If any of the candidate 
    superior performing valve technologies is not included in the 
    performance trials, the reasons for rejecting specific technologies 
    from consideration shall be documented as required in 
    Sec. 63.181(h)(5)(ii) of this subpart.
        (ii) The number of valves in the trial evaluation program shall be 
    the lesser of 1 percent or 20 valves for programs involving single 
    process units and the lesser of 1 percent or 50 valves for programs 
    involving groups of process units.
        (iii) The trial evaluation program shall specify and include 
    documentation of:
        (A) The candidate superior performing valve designs or technologies 
    to be evaluated, the stages for evaluating the identified candidate 
    valve designs or technologies, including the estimated time period 
    necessary to test the applicability;
        (B) The frequency of monitoring or inspection of the equipment;
        (C) The range of operating conditions over which the component will 
    be evaluated; and
        (D) Conclusions regarding the emission performance and the 
    appropriate operating conditions and services for the trial valves.
        (iv) The performance trials shall initially be conducted for, at 
    least, a 6-month period beginning not later than 18 months after the 
    start of Phase III. Not later than 24 months after the start of Phase 
    III, the owner or operator shall have identified valve designs or 
    technologies that, combined with appropriate process, operating, and 
    maintenance practices, operate with low emission performance for 
    specific applications in the process unit. The owner or operator shall 
    continue to conduct performance trials as long as no superior 
    performing design or technology has been identified, except as provided 
    in paragraph (e)(6)(vi) of this section. The compilation of candidate 
    and demonstrated superior emission performance valve designs or 
    technologies shall be amended in the future, as appropriate, as 
    additional information and experience is obtained.
        (v) Any plant site with fewer than 400 valves and owned by a 
    corporation with fewer than 100 total employees shall be exempt from 
    trial evaluations of valves. Plant sites exempt from the trial 
    evaluations of valves shall begin the program at the start of the 
    fourth year of Phase III.
        (vi) An owner or operator who has conducted performance trials on 
    all candidate superior emission performance technologies suitable for 
    the required applications in the process unit may stop conducting 
    performance trials provided that a superior performing design or 
    technology has been demonstrated or there are no technically feasible 
    candidate superior technologies remaining. The owner or operator shall 
    prepare an engineering evaluation documenting the physical, chemical, 
    or engineering basis for the judgment that the superior emission 
    performance technology is technically infeasible or demonstrating that 
    it would not reduce emissions.
        (7) Each owner or operator who elects to use a quality improvement 
    program for technology review and improvement shall prepare and 
    implement a valve quality assurance program that details purchasing 
    specifications and maintenance procedures for all valves in the process 
    unit. The quality assurance program may establish any number of 
    categories, or classes, of valves as needed to distinguish among 
    operating conditions and services associated with poorer than average 
    emission performance as well as those associated with better than 
    average emission performance. The quality assurance program shall be 
    developed considering the findings of the data analysis required under 
    paragraph (e)(5) of this section, if applicable, the findings of the 
    trial evaluation required in paragraph (e)(6) of this section, and the 
    operating conditions in the process unit. The quality assurance program 
    shall be reviewed and, as appropriate, updated each year as long as the 
    process unit has 2 percent or more leaking valves.
        (i) The quality assurance program shall:
        (A) Establish minimum design standards for each category of valves. 
    The design standards shall specify known critical parameters such as 
    tolerance, manufacturer, materials of construction, previous usage, or 
    other applicable identified critical parameters;
        (B) Require that all equipment orders specify the design standard 
    (or minimum tolerances) for the valve;
        (C) Include a written procedure for bench testing of valves that 
    specifies performance criteria for acceptance of valves and specifies 
    criteria for the precision and accuracy of the test apparatus. All 
    valves repaired off-line after preparation of the quality assurance 
    plan shall be bench-tested for leaks. This testing may be conducted by 
    the owner or operator of the process unit, by the vendor, or by a 
    designated representative. The owner or operator shall install only 
    those valves that have been documented through bench-testing to be 
    nonleaking.
        (D) Require that all valves repaired on-line be monitored using the 
    method specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart for leaks for 2 
    successive months, after repair.
        (E) Provide for an audit procedure for quality control of purchased 
    equipment to ensure conformance with purchase specifications. The audit 
    program may be conducted by the owner or operator of the process unit 
    or by a designated representative.
        (F) Detail off-line valve maintenance and repair procedures. These 
    procedures shall include provisions to ensure that rebuilt or 
    refurbished valves will meet the design specifications for the valve 
    type and will operate such that emissions are minimized.
        (ii) The quality assurance program shall be established no later 
    than the start of the third year of Phase III for plant sites with 400 
    or more valves or owned by a corporation with 100 or more employees; 
    and no later than the start of the fourth year of Phase III for plant 
    sites with less than 400 valves and owned by a corporation with less 
    than 100 employees.
        (8) Beginning at the start of the third year of Phase III for plant 
    sites with 400 or more valves or owned by a corporation with 100 or 
    more employees and at the start of the fourth year of Phase III for 
    plant sites with less than 400 valves and owned by a corporation with 
    less than 100 employees, each valve that is replaced for any reason 
    shall be replaced with a new or modified valve that complies with the 
    quality assurance standards for the valve category and that is 
    identified as superior emission performance technology. Superior 
    emission performance technology means valves or valve technologies 
    identified with emission performance that, combined with appropriate 
    process, operating, and maintenance practices, will result in less than 
    2 percent leaking valves for specific applications in a large 
    population, except as provided in paragraph (e)(8)(ii) of this section.
        (i) The valves shall be maintained as specified in the quality 
    assurance program.
        (ii) If a superior emission performance technology cannot be 
    identified, then valve replacement shall be with one of (if several) 
    the lowest emission performance technologies that has been identified 
    for the specific application.
    
    
    Sec. 63.176  Quality improvement program for pumps.
    
        (a) In Phase III, if, on a 6-month rolling average, the greater of 
    either 10 percent of the pumps in a process unit (or plant site) or 
    three pumps in a process unit (or plant site) leak, the owner or 
    operator shall comply with the requirements of this section as 
    specified below:
        (1) Pumps that are in food/medical service or in polymerizing 
    monomer service shall comply with all requirements except for those 
    specified in paragraph (d)(8) of this section.
        (2) Pumps that are not in food/medical or polymerizing monomer 
    service shall comply with all requirements of this section.
        (b) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
    this section until the number of leaking pumps is less than the greater 
    of either 10 percent of the pumps or three pumps, calculated as a 6-
    month rolling average, in the process unit (or plant site). Once the 
    performance level is achieved, the owner or operator shall comply with 
    the requirements in Sec. 63.163 of this subpart.
        (c) If in a subsequent monitoring period, the process unit (or 
    plant site) has greater than 10 percent of the pumps leaking or three 
    pumps leaking (calculated as a 6-month rolling average), the owner or 
    operator shall resume the quality improvement program starting at 
    performance trials.
        (d) The quality improvement program shall include the following:
        (1) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements in 
    Sec. 63.163 of this subpart.
        (2) The owner or operator shall collect the following data, and 
    maintain records as required in Sec. 63.181(h)(3), for each pump in 
    each process unit (or plant site) subject to the quality improvement 
    program. The data may be collected and the records may be maintained on 
    a process unit or plant site basis.
        (i) Pump type (e.g., piston, horizontal or vertical centrifugal, 
    gear, bellows); pump manufacturer; seal type and manufacturer; pump 
    design (e.g., external shaft, flanged body); materials of construction; 
    if applicable, barrier fluid or packing material; and year installed.
        (ii) Service characteristics of the stream such as discharge 
    pressure, temperature, flow rate, corrosivity, and annual operating 
    hours.
        (iii) The maximum instrument readings observed in each monitoring 
    observation before repair, response factor for the stream if 
    appropriate, instrument model number, and date of the observation.
        (iv) If a leak is detected, the repair methods used and the 
    instrument readings after repair.
        (v) If the data will be analyzed as part of a larger analysis 
    program involving data from other plants or other types of process 
    units, a description of any maintenance or quality assurance programs 
    used in the process unit that are intended to improve emission 
    performance.
        (3) The owner or operator shall continue to collect data on the 
    pumps as long as the process unit (or plant site) remains in the 
    quality improvement program.
        (4) The owner or operator shall inspect all pumps or pump seals 
    which exhibited frequent seal failures and were removed from the 
    process unit due to leaks. The inspection shall determine the probable 
    cause of the pump seal failure or of the pump leak and shall include 
    recommendations, as appropriate, for design changes or changes in 
    specifications to reduce leak potential.
        (5) (i) The owner or operator shall analyze the data collected to 
    comply with the requirements of paragraph (d)(2) of this section to 
    determine the services, operating or maintenance practices, and pump or 
    pump seal designs or technologies that have poorer than average 
    emission performance and those that have better than average emission 
    performance. The analysis shall determine if specific trouble areas can 
    be identified on the basis of service, operating conditions or 
    maintenance practices, equipment design, or other process specific 
    factors.
        (ii) The analysis shall also be used to determine if there are 
    superior performing pump or pump seal technologies that are applicable 
    to the service(s), operating conditions, or pump or pump seal designs 
    associated with poorer than average emission performance. A superior 
    performing pump or pump seal technology is one with a leak frequency of 
    less than 10 percent for specific applications in the process unit or 
    plant site. A candidate superior performing pump or pump seal 
    technology is one demonstrated or reported in the available literature 
    or through a group study as having low emission performance and as 
    being capable of achieving less than 10 percent leaking pumps in the 
    process unit (or plant site).
         (iii) The analysis shall include consideration of:
        (A) The data obtained from the inspections of pumps and pump seals 
    removed from the process unit due to leaks;
        (B) Information from the available literature and from the 
    experience of other plant sites that will identify pump designs or 
    technologies and operating conditions associated with low emission 
    performance for specific services; and
        (C) Information on limitations on the service conditions for the 
    pump seal technology operating conditions as well as information on 
    maintenance procedures to ensure continued low emission performance.
        (iv) The data analysis may be conducted through an inter- or intra-
    company program (or through some combination of the two approaches) and 
    may be for a single process unit, a plant site, a company, or a group 
    of process units.
        (v) The first analysis of the data shall be completed no later than 
    18 months after the start of the quality improvement program. The first 
    analysis shall be performed using a minimum of 6 months of data. An 
    analysis of the data shall be done each year the process unit is in the 
    quality improvement program.
        (6) A trial evaluation program shall be conducted at each plant 
    site for which the data analysis does not identify use of superior 
    performing pump seal technology or pumps that can be applied to the 
    areas identified as having poorer than average performance, except as 
    provided in paragraph (d)(6)(v) of this section. The trial program 
    shall be used to evaluate the feasibility of using in the process unit 
    (or plant site) the pump designs or seal technologies, and operating 
    and maintenance practices that have been identified by others as having 
    low emission performance.
        (i) The trial program shall include on-line trials of pump seal 
    technologies or pump designs and operating and maintenance practices 
    that have been identified in the available literature or in analysis by 
    others as having the ability to perform with leak rates below 10 
    percent in similar services, as having low probability of failure, or 
    as having no external actuating mechanism in contact with the process 
    fluid. If any of the candidate superior performing pump seal 
    technologies or pumps is not included in the performance trials, the 
    reasons for rejecting specific technologies from consideration shall be 
    documented as required in Sec. 63.181(h)(5)(ii).
        (ii) The number of pump seal technologies or pumps in the trial 
    evaluation program shall be the lesser of 1 percent or two pumps for 
    programs involving single process units and the lesser of 1 percent or 
    five pumps for programs involving a plant site or groups of process 
    units. The minimum number of pumps or pump seal technologies in a trial 
    program shall be one.
        (iii) The trial evaluation program shall specify and include 
    documentation of:
        (A) The candidate superior performing pump seal designs or 
    technologies to be evaluated, the stages for evaluating the identified 
    candidate pump designs or pump seal technologies, including the time 
    period necessary to test the applicability;
        (B) The frequency of monitoring or inspection of the equipment;
        (C) The range of operating conditions over which the component will 
    be evaluated; and
        (D) Conclusions regarding the emission performance and the 
    appropriate operating conditions and services for the trial pump seal 
    technologies or pumps.
        (iv) The performance trials shall initially be conducted, at least, 
    for a 6-month period beginning not later than 18 months after the start 
    of the quality improvement program. No later than 24 months after the 
    start of the quality improvement program, the owner or operator shall 
    have identified pump seal technologies or pump designs that, combined 
    with appropriate process, operating, and maintenance practices, operate 
    with low emission performance for specific applications in the process 
    unit. The owner or operator shall continue to conduct performance 
    trials as long as no superior performing design or technology has been 
    identified, except as provided in paragraph (d)(6)(vi) of this section. 
    The initial list of superior emission performance pump designs or pump 
    seal technologies shall be amended in the future, as appropriate, as 
    additional information and experience is obtained.
        (v) Any plant site with fewer than 400 valves and owned by a 
    corporation with fewer than 100 employees shall be exempt from trial 
    evaluations of pump seals or pump designs. Plant sites exempt from the 
    trial evaluations of pumps shall begin the pump seal or pump 
    replacement program at the start of the fourth year of the quality 
    improvement program.
        (vi) An owner or operator who has conducted performance trials on 
    all alternative superior emission performance technologies suitable for 
    the required applications in the process unit may stop conducting 
    performance trials provided that a superior performing design or 
    technology has been demonstrated or there are no technically feasible 
    alternative superior technologies remaining. The owner or operator 
    shall prepare an engineering evaluation documenting the physical, 
    chemical, or engineering basis for the judgment that the superior 
    emission performance technology is technically infeasible or 
    demonstrating that it would not reduce emissions.
        (7) Each owner or operator shall prepare and implement a pump 
    quality assurance program that details purchasing specifications and 
    maintenance procedures for all pumps and pump seals in the process 
    unit. The quality assurance program may establish any number of 
    categories, or classes, of pumps as needed to distinguish among 
    operating conditions and services associated with poorer than average 
    emission performance as well as those associated with better than 
    average emission performance. The quality assurance program shall be 
    developed considering the findings of the data analysis required under 
    paragraph (d)(5) of this section, if applicable, the findings of the 
    trial evaluation required in paragraph (d)(6) of this section, and the 
    operating conditions in the process unit. The quality assurance program 
    shall be updated each year as long as the process unit has the greater 
    of either 10 percent or more leaking pumps or has three leaking pumps.
        (i) The quality assurance program shall:
        (A) Establish minimum design standards for each category of pumps 
    or pump seal technology. The design standards shall specify known 
    critical parameters such as tolerance, manufacturer, materials of 
    construction, previous usage, or other applicable identified critical 
    parameters;
        (B) Require that all equipment orders specify the design standard 
    (or minimum tolerances) for the pump or the pump seal;
        (C) Provide for an audit procedure for quality control of purchased 
    equipment to ensure conformance with purchase specifications. The audit 
    program may be conducted by the owner or operator of the plant site or 
    process unit or by a designated representative; and
        (D) Detail off-line pump maintenance and repair procedures. These 
    procedures shall include provisions to ensure that rebuilt or 
    refurbished pumps and pump seals will meet the design specifications 
    for the pump category and will operate such that emissions are 
    minimized.
        (ii) The quality assurance program shall be established no later 
    than the start of the third year of the quality improvement program for 
    plant sites with 400 or more valves or 100 or more employees; and no 
    later than the start of the fourth year of the quality improvement 
    program for plant sites with less than 400 valves and less than 100 
    employees.
        (8) Beginning at the start of the third year of the quality 
    improvement program for plant sites with 400 or more valves or 100 or 
    more employees and at the start of the fourth year of the quality 
    improvement program for plant sites with less than 400 valves and less 
    than 100 employees, the owner or operator shall replace, as described 
    in paragraphs (d)(8)(i) and (d)(8)(ii) of this section, the pumps or 
    pump seals that are not superior emission performance technology with 
    pumps or pump seals that have been identified as superior emission 
    performance technology and that comply with the quality assurance 
    standards for the pump category. Superior emission performance 
    technology is that category or design of pumps or pump seals with 
    emission performance which, when combined with appropriate process, 
    operating, and maintenance practices, will result in less than 10 
    percent leaking pumps for specific applications in the process unit or 
    plant site. Superior emission performance technology includes material 
    or design changes to the existing pump, pump seal, seal support system, 
    installation of multiple mechanical seals or equivalent, or pump 
    replacement.
        (i) Pumps or pump seals shall be replaced at the rate of 20 percent 
    per year based on the total number of pumps in light liquid service. 
    The calculated value shall be rounded to the nearest nonzero integer 
    value. The minimum number of pumps or pump seals shall be one. Pump 
    replacement shall continue until all pumps subject to the requirements 
    of Sec. 63.163 of this subpart are pumps determined to be superior 
    performance technology.
        (ii) The owner or operator may delay replacement of pump seals or 
    pumps with superior technology until the next planned process unit 
    shutdown, provided the number of pump seals and pumps replaced is 
    equivalent to the 20 percent or greater annual replacement rate.
        (iii) The pumps shall be maintained as specified in the quality 
    assurance program.
    
    
    Sec. 63.177  Alternative means of emission limitation: General.
    
        (a) Permission to use an alternative means of emission limitation 
    under section 112(h)(3) of the Act shall be governed by the following 
    procedures in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section.
        (b) Where the standard is an equipment, design, or operational 
    requirement:
        (1) Each owner or operator applying for permission to use an 
    alternative means of emission limitation under Sec. 63.6(g) of subpart 
    A of this part shall be responsible for collecting and verifying 
    emission performance test data for an alternative means of emission 
    limitation.
        (2) The Administrator will compare test data for the means of 
    emission limitation to test data for the equipment, design, and 
    operational requirements.
        (3) The Administrator may condition the permission on requirements 
    that may be necessary to ensure operation and maintenance to achieve 
    the same emission reduction as the equipment, design, and operational 
    requirements.
        (c) Where the standard is a work practice:
        (1) Each owner or operator applying for permission shall be 
    responsible for collecting and verifying test data for an alternative 
    means of emission limitation.
        (2) For each kind of equipment for which permission is requested, 
    the emission reduction achieved by the required work practices shall be 
    demonstrated for a minimum period of 12 months.
        (3) For each kind of equipment for which permission is requested, 
    the emission reduction achieved by the alternative means of emission 
    limitation shall be demonstrated.
        (4) Each owner or operator applying for permission shall commit, in 
    writing, for each kind of equipment to work practices that provide for 
    emission reductions equal to or greater than the emission reductions 
    achieved by the required work practices.
        (5) The Administrator will compare the demonstrated emission 
    reduction for the alternative means of emission limitation to the 
    demonstrated emission reduction for the required work practices and 
    will consider the commitment in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
        (6) The Administrator may condition the permission on requirements 
    that may be necessary to ensure operation and maintenance to achieve 
    the same or greater emission reduction as the required work practices 
    of this subpart.
        (d) An owner or operator may offer a unique approach to demonstrate 
    the alternative means of emission limitation.
        (e) (1) Manufacturers of equipment used to control equipment leaks 
    of an organic HAP may apply to the Administrator for permission for an 
    alternative means of emission limitation that achieves a reduction in 
    emissions of the organic HAP achieved by the equipment, design, and 
    operational requirements of this subpart.
        (2) The Administrator will grant permission according to the 
    provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 63.178  Alternative means of emission limitation: Batch processes.
    
        (a) As an alternative to complying with the requirements of 
    Secs. 63.163 through 63.171 and Secs. 63.173 through 63.176, an owner 
    or operator of a batch process that operates in organic HAP service 
    during the calendar year may comply with one of the standards specified 
    in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, or the owner or operator may 
    petition for approval of an alternative standard under the provisions 
    of Sec. 63.177 of this subpart. The alternative standards of this 
    section provide the options of pressure testing or monitoring the 
    equipment for leaks. The owner or operator may switch among the 
    alternatives provided the change is documented as specified in 
    Sec. 63.181.
        (b) The following requirements shall be met if an owner or operator 
    elects to use pressure testing of batch product-process equipment to 
    demonstrate compliance with this subpart. An owner or operator who 
    complies with the provisions of this paragraph is exempt from the 
    monitoring provisions of Sec. 63.163, Secs. 63.168 and 63.169, and 
    Secs. 63.173 through 63.176 of this subpart.
        (1) Each time equipment is reconfigured for production of a 
    different product or intermediate, the batch product-process equipment 
    train shall be pressure-tested for leaks before organic HAP is first 
    fed to the equipment and the equipment is placed in organic HAP 
    service.
        (i) When the batch product-process train is reconfigured to produce 
    a different product, pressure testing is required only for the new or 
    disturbed equipment.
        (ii) Each batch product process that operates in organic HAP 
    service during a calendar year shall be pressure tested at least once 
    during that calendar year.
        (iii) Pressure testing is not required for routine seal breaks, 
    such as changing hoses or filters, which are not part of the 
    reconfiguration to produce a different product or intermediate.
        (2) The batch product process equipment shall be tested either 
    using the procedures specified in Sec. 63.180(f) of this subpart for 
    pressure or vacuum loss or with a liquid using the procedures specified 
    in Sec. 63.180(g) of this subpart.
        (3) (i) For pressure or vacuum tests, a leak is detected if the 
    rate of change in pressure is greater than 6.9 kilopascals (1 psig) in 
    1 hour or if there is visible, audible, or olfactory evidence of fluid 
    loss.
        (ii) For pressure tests using a liquid, a leak is detected if there 
    are indications of liquids dripping or if there is other evidence of 
    fluid loss.
        (4) (i) If a leak is detected, it shall be repaired and the batch 
    product-process equipment shall be retested before start-up of the 
    process.
        (ii) If a batch product-process fails the retest or the second of 
    two consecutive pressure tests, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable, but not later than 30 calendar days after the second 
    pressure test, provided the conditions specified in paragraph (d) of 
    this section are met.
        (c) The following requirements shall be met if an owner or operator 
    elects to monitor the equipment to detect leaks by the method specified 
    in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart to demonstrate compliance with this 
    subpart.
        (1) The owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of 
    Secs. 63.163 through 63.170, and Secs. 63.172 through 63.176 of this 
    subpart.
        (2) The equipment shall be monitored for leaks by the method 
    specified in Sec. 63.180(b) of this subpart when the equipment is in 
    organic HAP service, in use with an acceptable surrogate volatile 
    organic compound which is not an organic HAP, or is in use with any 
    other detectable gas or vapor.
        (3) The equipment shall be monitored for leaks as specified below:
        (i) Each time the equipment is reconfigured for the production of a 
    new product, the reconfigured equipment shall be monitored for leaks 
    within 30 days of start-up of the process. This initial monitoring of 
    reconfigured equipment shall not be included in determining percent 
    leaking equipment in the process unit.
        (ii) Connectors shall be monitored in accordance with the 
    requirements in Sec. 63.174 of this subpart.
        (iii) Equipment other than connectors shall be monitored at the 
    frequencies specified in table 1 of this subpart. The operating time 
    shall be determined as the proportion of the year the batch product-
    process that is subject to the provisions of this subpart is operating.
        (iv) The monitoring frequencies specified in table 1 of this 
    subpart are not requirements for monitoring at specific intervals and 
    can be adjusted to accommodate process operations. An owner or operator 
    may monitor anytime during the specified monitoring period (e.g., 
    month, quarter, year), provided the monitoring is conducted at a 
    reasonable interval after completion of the last monitoring campaign. 
    For example, if the equipment is not operating during the scheduled 
    monitoring period, the monitoring can be done during the next period 
    when the process is operating.
        (4) If a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as 
    practicable but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, 
    except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
        (d) Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected 
    is allowed if the replacement equipment is not available providing the 
    following conditions are met:
        (1) Equipment supplies have been depleted and supplies had been 
    sufficiently stocked before the supplies were depleted.
        (2) The repair is made no later than 10 calendar days after 
    delivery of the replacement equipment.
    
    
    Sec. 63.179  Alternative means of emission limitation: Enclosed-vented 
    process units.
    
        Process units enclosed in such a manner that all emissions from 
    equipment leaks are vented through a closed-vent system to a control 
    device meeting the requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart are 
    exempt from the requirements of Sec. 63.163, through 63.171, and 
    Secs. 63.173 and 63.174 of this subpart. The enclosure shall be 
    maintained under a negative pressure at all times while the process 
    unit is in operation to ensure that all emissions are routed to a 
    control device.
    
    
    Sec. 63.180  Test methods and procedures.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this 
    subpart shall comply with the test methods and procedures requirements 
    provided in this section.
        (b) Monitoring, as required under this subpart, shall comply with 
    the following requirements:
        (1) Monitoring shall comply with Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, 
    appendix A.
        (2) The detection instrument shall meet the performance criteria of 
    Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, except the instrument response 
    factor criteria in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 shall be for the 
    average composition of the process fluid not each individual VOC in the 
    stream.
        (3) The instrument shall be calibrated before use on each day of 
    its use by the procedures specified in Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, 
    appendix A.
        (4) Calibration gases shall be:
        (i) Zero air (less than 10 parts per million of hydrocarbon in 
    air); and
        (ii) (A) For Phase I, a mixture of methane in air at a 
    concentration of approximately, but less than, 10,000 parts per 
    million.
        (B) For Phase II, a mixture of methane and air at a concentration 
    of approximately, but less than, 10,000 parts per million for 
    agitators, 5,000 parts per million for pumps, and 500 parts per million 
    for all other equipment, except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of 
    this section.
        (C) For Phase III, a mixture of methane and air at a concentration 
    of approximately, but less than, 10,000 parts per million methane for 
    agitators; 2,000 parts per million for pumps in food/medical service; 
    5,000 parts per million for pumps in polymerizing monomer service; 
    1,000 parts per million for all other pumps; and 500 parts per million 
    for all other equipment, except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of 
    this section.
        (iii) The instrument may be calibrated at a higher methane 
    concentration up to 2,000 parts per million than the leak definition 
    concentration for a specific piece of equipment for monitoring that 
    piece of equipment. If the monitoring instrument's design allows for 
    multiple calibration gas concentrations, then the lower concentration 
    calibration gas shall be no higher than 2,000 ppm methane and the 
    higher concentration calibration gas shall be no higher than 10,000 ppm 
    methane.
        (5) Monitoring shall be performed when the equipment is in organic 
    HAP service, in use with an acceptable surrogate volatile organic 
    compound which is not an organic HAP, or is in use with any other 
    detectable gas or vapor.
        (6) If no instrument is available that will meet the performance 
    criteria specified in section 3.1.2(a) of Method 21 of 40 CFR Part 60, 
    appendix A, the instrument leadings may be adjusted by multiplying by 
    the average response factor for the stream.
        (c) When equipment is monitored for compliance or when equipment 
    subject to a leak definition of 500 ppm is monitored for leaks as 
    required in Secs. 63.164(i) and 63.165(a) of this subpart, and 
    Sec. 63.172(f) of this subpart, the monitoring shall comply with the 
    following requirements:
        (1) The requirements of paragraphs (b) (1) through (4) of this 
    section shall apply.
        (2) The background level shall be determined, as set forth in 
    Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
        (3) The instrument probe shall be traversed around all potential 
    leak interfaces as close to the interface as possible as described in 
    Method 21 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.
        (4) The arithmetic difference between the maximum concentration 
    indicated by the instrument and the background level is compared with 
    500 parts per million for determining compliance.
        (d) (1) Each piece of equipment within a process unit that can 
    reasonably be expected to contain equipment in organic HAP service is 
    presumed to be in organic HAP service unless an owner or operator 
    demonstrates that the piece of equipment is not in organic HAP service. 
    For a piece of equipment to be considered not in organic HAP service, 
    it must be determined that the percent organic HAP content can be 
    reasonably expected not to exceed 5 percent by weight on an annual 
    average basis. For purposes of determining the percent organic HAP 
    content of the process fluid that is contained in or contacts 
    equipment, Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A shall be used.
        (2) (i) An owner or operator may use good engineering judgment 
    rather than the procedures in paragraph (d)(1) of this section to 
    determine that the percent organic HAP content does not exceed 5 
    percent by weight. When an owner or operator and the Administrator do 
    not agree on whether a piece of equipment is not in organic HAP 
    service, however, the procedures in paragraph (d)(1) of this section 
    shall be used to resolve the disagreement.
        (ii) Conversely, the owner or operator may determine that the 
    organic HAP content of the process fluid does not exceed 5 percent by 
    weight by, for example, accounting for 98 percent of the content and 
    showing that organic HAP is less than 3 percent.
        (3) If an owner or operator determines that a piece of equipment is 
    in organic HAP service, the determination can be revised after 
    following the procedures in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, or by 
    documenting that a change in the process or raw materials no longer 
    causes the equipment to be in organic HAP service.
        (4) Samples used in determining the percent organic HAP content 
    shall be representative of the process fluid that is contained in or 
    contacts the equipment.
        (e) When a flare is used to comply with Sec. 63.172(d) of this 
    subpart, the compliance determination shall be conducted using Method 
    22 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A to determine visible emissions.
        (f) The following procedures shall be used to pressure test batch 
    product-process equipment for pressure or vacuum loss to demonstrate 
    compliance with the requirements of Sec. 63.178(b)(3)(i) of this 
    subpart.
        (1) The batch product-process equipment train shall be pressurized 
    with a gas to the operating pressure of the equipment or the systems 
    shall be placed under a vacuum pressure.
        (2) Once the test pressure is obtained, the gas source or vacuum 
    source shall be shut off.
        (3) The test shall continue for not less than 15 minutes unless it 
    can be determined in a shorter period of time that the allowable rate 
    of pressure drop or of pressure rise was exceeded. The pressure in the 
    batch product-process equipment shall be measured after the gas or 
    vacuum source is shut off and at the end of the test period. The rate 
    of change in pressure in the batch product-process equipment shall be 
    calculated using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.294
    
    where:
    
    P/t=Change in pressure, psig/hr.
    Pf=Final pressure, psig.
    Pi=Initial pressure, psig.
    tf-ti=Elapsed time, hours.
    
        (4) The pressure shall be measured using a pressure measurement 
    device (gauge, manometer, or equivalent) which has a precision of 
    2.5 millimeter mercury in the range of test pressure and is 
    capable of measuring pressures up to the relief set pressure of the 
    pressure relief device.
        (5) An alternative procedure may be used for leak testing the 
    equipment if the owner or operator demonstrates the alternative 
    procedure is capable of detecting a pressure loss or rise.
        (g) The following procedures shall be used to pressure-test batch 
    product-process equipment using a liquid to demonstrate compliance with 
    the requirements of Sec. 63.178(b)(3)(ii) of this subpart.
        (1) The batch product-process equipment train, or section of the 
    train, shall be filled with the test liquid (e.g., water, alcohol) 
    until normal operating pressure is obtained. Once the equipment is 
    filled, the liquid source shall be shut off.
        (2) The test shall be conducted for a period of at least 60 
    minutes, unless it can be determined in a shorter period of time that 
    the test is a failure.
        (3) Each seal in the equipment being tested shall be inspected for 
    indications of liquid dripping or other indications of fluid loss. If 
    there are any indications of liquids dripping or of fluid loss, a leak 
    is detected.
        (4) An alternative procedure may be used for leak testing the 
    equipment, if the owner or operator demonstrates the alternative 
    procedure is capable of detecting losses of fluid.
    
    
    Sec. 63.181  Recordkeeping requirements.
    
        (a) An owner or operator of more than one process unit subject to 
    the provisions of this subpart may comply with the recordkeeping 
    requirements for these process units in one recordkeeping system if the 
    system identifies each record by process unit and the program being 
    implemented (e.g., quarterly monitoring, quality improvement) for each 
    type of equipment. All records and information required by this section 
    shall be maintained in a manner that can be readily accessed at the 
    plant site. This could include physically locating the records at the 
    plant site or accessing the records from a central location by computer 
    at the plant site.
        (b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the 
    following information pertaining to all equipment in each process unit 
    subject to the requirements in Secs. 63.162 through 63.174 of this 
    subpart shall be recorded:
        (1) (i) A list of identification numbers for equipment (except 
    connectors exempt from monitoring and recordkeeping identified in 
    Sec. 63.174 of this subpart and instrumentation systems) subject to the 
    requirements of this subpart. Connectors need not be individually 
    identified if all connectors in a designated area or length of pipe 
    subject to the provisions of this subpart are identified as a group, 
    and the number of connectors subject is indicated.
        (ii) A schedule by process unit for monitoring connectors subject 
    to the provisions of Sec. 63.174(a) of this subpart and valves subject 
    to the provisions of Sec. 63.168(d) of this subpart.
        (iii) Physical tagging of the equipment to indicate that it is in 
    organic HAP service is not required. Equipment subject to the 
    provisions of this subpart may be identified on a plant site plan, in 
    log entries, or by other appropriate methods.
        (2) (i) A list of identification numbers for equipment that the 
    owner or operator elects to equip with a closed-vent system and control 
    device, under the provisions of Sec. 63.163(g), Sec. 63.164(h), 
    Sec. 63.165(c), or Sec. 63.173(f) of this subpart.
        (ii) A list of identification numbers for compressors that the 
    owner or operator elects to designate as operating with an instrument 
    reading of less than 500 parts per million above background, under the 
    provisions of Sec. 63.164(i) of this subpart.
        (iii) Identification of surge control vessels or bottoms receivers 
    subject to the provisions of this subpart that the owner or operator 
    elects to equip with a closed-vent system and control device, under the 
    provisions of Sec. 63.170 of this subpart.
        (3) (i) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief 
    devices subject to the provisions in Sec. 63.165(a) of this subpart.
        (ii) A list of identification numbers for pressure relief devices 
    equipped with rupture disks, under the provisions of Sec. 63.165(d) of 
    this subpart.
        (4) Identification of instrumentation systems subject to the 
    provisions of this subpart. Individual components in an instrumentation 
    system need not be identified.
        (5) Identification of screwed connectors subject to the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.174(c)(2) of this subpart. Identification can 
    be by area or grouping as long as the total number within each group or 
    area is recorded.
        (6) The following information shall be recorded for each dual 
    mechanical seal system:
        (i) Design criteria required in Secs. 63.163(e)(6)(i), 
    63.164(e)(2), and 63.173(d)(6)(i) of this subpart and an explanation of 
    the design criteria; and
        (ii) Any changes to these criteria and the reasons for the changes.
        (7) The following information pertaining to all valves subject to 
    the requirements of Sec. 63.168(h) and (i) of this subpart, and all 
    connectors subject to the requirements of Sec. 63.174(f), (g), and (h) 
    of this subpart shall be recorded:
        (i) Identification of equipment designated as unsafe to monitor, 
    difficult to monitor, or unsafe to inspect and the plan for monitoring 
    or inspecting this equipment.
        (ii) A list of identification numbers for valves that are 
    designated as difficult to monitor, an explanation why the valve is 
    difficult to monitor, and the planned schedule for monitoring each 
    valve.
        (iii) A list of identification numbers for connectors that are 
    designated as unsafe to repair and an explanation why the connector is 
    unsafe to repair.
        (8) (i) A list of valves removed from and added to the process 
    unit, as described in Sec. 63.168(e)(1) of this subpart, if the net 
    credits for removed valves is expected to be used.
        (ii) A list of connectors removed from and added to the process 
    unit, as described in Sec. 63.174(i)(1) of this subpart, and 
    documentation of the integrity of the weld for any removed connectors, 
    as required in Sec. 63.174(j) of this subpart. This is not required 
    unless the net credits for removed connectors is expected to be used.
        (9) For batch process units that the owner or operator elects to 
    monitor as provided under Sec. 63.178(c) of this subpart, a list of 
    equipment added to batch product process units since the last 
    monitoring period required in Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(ii) and (3)(iii) of 
    this subpart.
        (c) For visual inspections of equipment subject to the provisions 
    of this subpart [e.g., Sec. 63.163(b)(3), Sec. 63.163(e)(4)(i)], the 
    owner or operator shall document that the inspection was conducted and 
    the date of the inspection. The owner or operator shall maintain 
    records as specified in paragraph (d) of this section for leaking 
    equipment identified in this inspection, except as provided in 
    paragraph (e) of this section. These records shall be retained for 2 
    years.
        (d) When each leak is detected as specified in Secs. 63.163 and 
    63.164; Secs. 63.168 and 63.169; and Secs. 63.172 through 63.174 of 
    this subpart, the following information shall be recorded and kept for 
    2 years:
        (1) The instrument and the equipment identification number and the 
    operator name, initials, or identification number.
        (2) The date the leak was detected and the date of first attempt to 
    repair the leak.
        (3) The date of successful repair of the leak.
        (4) Maximum instrument reading measured by Method 21 of 40 CFR part 
    60, appendix A after it is successfully repaired or determined to be 
    nonrepairable.
        (5) ``Repair delayed'' and the reason for the delay if a leak is 
    not repaired within 15 calendar days after discovery of the leak.
        (i) The owner or operator may develop a written procedure that 
    identifies the conditions that justify a delay of repair. In such 
    cases, reasons for delay of repair may be documented by citing the 
    relevant sections of the written procedure.
        (ii) If delay of repair was caused by depletion of stocked parts, 
    there must be documentation that the spare parts were sufficiently 
    stocked on-site before depletion and the reason for depletion.
        (6) Dates of process unit shutdowns that occur while the equipment 
    is unrepaired.
        (7) (i) Identification, either by list, location (area or 
    grouping), or tagging of connectors disturbed since the last monitoring 
    period required in Sec. 63.174(b) of this subpart, as described in 
    Sec. 63.174(c)(1) of this subpart.
        (ii) The date and results of follow-up monitoring as required in 
    Sec. 63.174(c) of this subpart. If identification of disturbed 
    connectors is made by location, then all connectors within the 
    designated location shall be monitored.
        (8) The date and results of the monitoring required in 
    Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(i) of this subpart for equipment added to a batch 
    process unit since the last monitoring period required in Sec. 63.178 
    (c)(3)(ii) and (c)(3)(iii) of this subpart. If no leaking equipment is 
    found in this monitoring, the owner or operator shall record that the 
    inspection was performed. Records of the actual monitoring results are 
    not required.
        (9) Copies of the periodic reports as specified in Sec. 63.182(d) 
    of this subpart, if records are not maintained on a computerized 
    database capable of generating summary reports from the records.
        (e) The owner or operator of a batch product process who elects to 
    pressure test the batch product process equipment train to demonstrate 
    compliance with this subpart is exempt from the requirements of 
    paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (f) of this section. Instead, the owner 
    or operator shall maintain records of the following information:
        (1) The identification of each product, or product code, produced 
    during the calendar year. It is not necessary to identify individual 
    items of equipment in a batch product process equipment train.
        (2) Records demonstrating the proportion of the time during the 
    calendar year the equipment is in use in a batch process that is 
    subject to the provisions of this subpart. Examples of suitable 
    documentation are records of time in use for individual pieces of 
    equipment or average time in use for the process unit. These records 
    are not required if the owner or operator does not adjust monitoring 
    frequency by the time in use, as provided in Sec. 63.178(c)(3)(iii) of 
    this subpart.
        (3) Physical tagging of the equipment to identify that it is in 
    organic HAP service and subject to the provisions of this subpart is 
    not required. Equipment in a batch product process subject to the 
    provisions of this subpart may be identified on a plant site plan, in 
    log entries, or by other appropriate methods.
        (4) The dates of each pressure test required in Sec. 63.178(b) of 
    this subpart, the test pressure, and the pressure drop observed during 
    the test.
        (5) Records of any visible, audible, or olfactory evidence of fluid 
    loss.
        (6) When a batch product process equipment train does not pass two 
    consecutive pressure tests, the following information shall be recorded 
    in a log and kept for 2 years:
        (i) The date of each pressure test and the date of each leak repair 
    attempt.
        (ii) Repair methods applied in each attempt to repair the leak.
        (iii) The reason for the delay of repair.
        (iv) The expected date for delivery of the replacement equipment 
    and the actual date of delivery of the replacement equipment.
        (v) The date of successful repair.
        (f) The dates and results of each compliance test required for 
    compressors subject to the provisions in Sec. 63.164(i) and the dates 
    and results of the monitoring following a pressure release for each 
    pressure relief device subject to the provisions in Secs. 63.165 (a) 
    and (b) of this subpart. The results shall include:
        (1) The background level measured during each compliance test.
        (2) The maximum instrument reading measured at each piece of 
    equipment during each compliance test.
        (g) The owner or operator shall maintain records of the information 
    specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(3) of this section for 
    closed-vent systems and control devices subject to the provisions of 
    Sec. 63.172 of this subpart. The records specified in paragraph (g)(1) 
    of this section shall be retained for the life of the equipment. The 
    records specified in paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section shall 
    be retained for 2 years.
        (1) The design specifications and performance demonstrations 
    specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (g)(1)(iv) of this section.
        (i) Detailed schematics, design specifications of the control 
    device, and piping and instrumentation diagrams.
        (ii) The dates and descriptions of any changes in the design 
    specifications.
        (iii) The flare design (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or non-
    assisted) and the results of the compliance demonstration required by 
    Sec. 63.11(b) of subpart A of this part.
        (iv) A description of the parameter or parameters monitored, as 
    required in Sec. 63.172(e) of this subpart, to ensure that control 
    devices are operated and maintained in conformance with their design 
    and an explanation of why that parameter (or parameters) was selected 
    for the monitoring.
        (2) Records of operation of closed-vent systems and control 
    devices.
        (i) Dates and durations when the closed-vent systems and control 
    devices required in Secs. 63.163 through 63.166, and Sec. 63.170 of 
    this subpart are not operated as designed as indicated by the monitored 
    parameters, including periods when a flare pilot light system does not 
    have a flame.
        (ii) Dates and durations during which the monitoring system or 
    monitoring device is inoperative.
        (iii) Dates and durations of start-ups and shutdowns of control 
    devices required in Secs. 63.163 through 63.166, and Sec. 63.170 of 
    this subpart.
        (3) Records of inspections of closed-vent systems subject to the 
    provisions of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart.
        (i) For each inspection conducted in accordance with the provisions 
    of Sec. 63.172(f)(1) or (f)(2) of this subpart during which no leaks 
    were detected, a record that the inspection was performed, the date of 
    the inspection, and a statement that no leaks were detected.
        (ii) For each inspection conducted in accordance with the 
    provisions of Sec. 63.172(f)(1) or (f)(2) of this subpart during which 
    leaks were detected, the information specified in paragraph (d) of this 
    section shall be recorded.
        (h) Each owner or operator of a process unit subject to the 
    requirements of Secs. 63.175 and 63.176 of this subpart shall maintain 
    the records specified in paragraphs (h)(1) through (h)(9) of this 
    section for the period of the quality improvement program for the 
    process unit.
        (1) For owners or operators who elect to use a reasonable further 
    progress quality improvement program, as specified in Sec. 63.175(d) of 
    this subpart:
        (i) All data required in Sec. 63.175(d)(2) of this subpart.
        (ii) The percent leaking valves observed each quarter and the 
    rolling average percent reduction observed in each quarter.
        (iii) The beginning and ending dates while meeting the requirements 
    of Sec. 63.175(d) of this subpart.
        (2) For owners or operators who elect to use a quality improvement 
    program of technology review and improvement, as specified in 
    Sec. 63.175(e) of this subpart:
        (i) All data required in Sec. 63.175(e)(2) of this subpart.
        (ii) The percent leaking valves observed each quarter.
        (iii) Documentation of all inspections conducted under the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.175(e)(4) of this subpart, and any 
    recommendations for design or specification changes to reduce leak 
    frequency.
        (iv) The beginning and ending dates while meeting the requirements 
    of Sec. 63.175(e) of this subpart.
        (3) For owners or operators subject to the requirements of the pump 
    quality improvement program as specified in Sec. 63.176 of this 
    subpart:
        (i) All data required in Sec. 63.176(d)(2) of this subpart.
        (ii) The rolling average percent leaking pumps.
        (iii) Documentation of all inspections conducted under the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.176(d)(4) of this subpart, and any 
    recommendations for design or specification changes to reduce leak 
    frequency.
        (iv) The beginning and ending dates while meeting the requirements 
    of Sec. 63.176(d) of this subpart.
        (4) If a leak is not repaired within 15 calendar days after 
    discovery of the leak, the reason for the delay and the expected date 
    of successful repair.
        (5) Records of all analyses required in Secs. 63.175(e) and 
    63.176(d) of this subpart. The records will include the following:
        (i) A list identifying areas associated with poorer than average 
    performance and the associated service characteristics of the stream, 
    the operating conditions and maintenance practices.
        (ii) The reasons for rejecting specific candidate superior emission 
    performing valve or pump technology from performance trials.
        (iii) The list of candidate superior emission performing valve or 
    pump technologies, and documentation of the performance trial program 
    items required under Secs. 63.175(e)(6)(iii) and 63.176(d)(6)(iii) of 
    this subpart.
        (iv) The beginning date and duration of performance trials of each 
    candidate superior emission performing technology.
        (6) All records documenting the quality assurance program for 
    valves or pumps as specified in Secs. 63.175(e)(7) and 63.176(d)(7) of 
    this subpart.
        (7) Records indicating that all valves or pumps replaced or 
    modified during the period of the quality improvement program are in 
    compliance with the quality assurance requirements in Sec. 63.175(e)(7) 
    and Sec. 63.176(d)(7) of this subpart.
        (8) Records documenting compliance with the 20 percent or greater 
    annual replacement rate for pumps as specified in Sec. 63.176(d)(8) of 
    this subpart.
        (9) Information and data to show the corporation has fewer than 100 
    employees, including employees providing professional and technical 
    contracted services.
        (i) Information, data, and analysis used to determine that a piece 
    of equipment or process unit is in heavy liquid service shall be 
    recorded. Such a determination shall include an analysis or 
    demonstration that the process fluids do not meet the criteria of ``in 
    light liquid or gas service.'' Examples of information that could 
    document this include, but are not limited to, records of chemicals 
    purchased for the process, analyses of process stream composition, 
    engineering calculations, or process knowledge.
        (j) Identification, either by list, location (area or group) of 
    equipment in organic HAP service less than 300 hours per year within a 
    process unit subject to the provisions of this subpart under 
    Sec. 63.160 of this subpart.
        (k) Owners and operators choosing to comply with the requirements 
    of Sec. 63.179 of this subpart shall maintain the following records:
        (1) Identification of the process unit(s) and the organic HAP's 
    they handle.
        (2) A schematic of the process unit, enclosure, and closed-vent 
    system.
        (3) A description of the system used to create a negative pressure 
    in the enclosure to ensure that all emissions are routed to the control 
    device.
    
    
    Sec. 63.182  Reporting requirements.
    
        (a) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart 
    shall submit the reports listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(5) of 
    this section. Owners or operators requesting an extension of compliance 
    shall also submit the report listed in paragraph (a)(6) of this 
    section.
        (1) An Initial Notification described in paragraph (b) of this 
    section, and
        (2) A Notification of Compliance Status described in paragraph (c) 
    of this section,
        (3) Periodic Reports described in paragraph (d) of this section, 
    and
        (4) Reserved.
        (5) Reserved.
        (6) Pursuant to section 112(i)(3)(B) of the Act, an owner or 
    operator may request an extension allowing an existing source up to 1 
    additional year beyond the compliance date specified in the subpart 
    that references this subpart.
        (i) For purposes of this subpart, a request for an extension shall 
    be submitted to the operating permit authority as part of the operating 
    permit application. If the State in which the source is located does 
    not have an approved operating permit program, a request for an 
    extension shall be submitted to the Administrator as a separate 
    submittal. The dates specified in Sec. 63.6(i) of subpart A of this 
    part for submittal of requests for extensions shall not apply to 
    sources subject to this subpart.
        (ii) A request for an extension of compliance must include the data 
    described in Sec. 63.6(i)(6)(i) through (i)(6)(ii) of subpart A of this 
    part.
        (iii) The requirements in Sec. 63.6(i)(8) through (i)(14) of 
    subpart A of this part will govern the review and approval of requests 
    for extensions of compliance with this subpart.
        (b) Each owner or operator of an existing or new source subject to 
    the provisions of this subpart shall submit a written Initial 
    Notification to the Administrator, containing the information described 
    in paragraph (b)(1), according to the schedule in paragraph (b)(2) of 
    this section. The Initial Notification provisions in Sec. 63.9(b)(1) 
    through (b)(3) of subpart A of this part shall not apply to owners or 
    operators of sources subject to this subpart.
        (1) The Initial Notification shall include the following 
    information:
        (i) The name and address of the owner or operator;
        (ii) The address (physical location) of the affected source;
        (iii) An identification of the chemical manufacturing processes 
    subject to this subpart; and
        (iv) A statement of whether the source can achieve compliance by 
    the applicable compliance date specified in the subpart in 40 CFR part 
    63 that references this subpart.
        (2) The Initial Notification shall be submitted according to the 
    schedule in paragraph (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), or (b)(2)(iii) of this 
    section, as applicable.
        (i) For an existing source, the Initial Notification shall be 
    submitted within 120 days after the date of promulgation of the subpart 
    that references this subpart.
        (ii) For a new source that has an initial start-up 90 days after 
    the date of promulgation of this subpart or later, the application for 
    approval of construction or reconstruction required by Sec. 63.5(d) of 
    subpart A of this part shall be submitted in lieu of the Initial 
    Notification. The application shall be submitted as soon as practicable 
    before the construction or reconstruction is planned to commence (but 
    it need not be sooner than 90 days after the date of promulgation of 
    the subpart that references this subpart).
        (iii) For a new source that has an initial start-up prior to 90 
    days after the date of promulgation of the applicable subpart, the 
    Initial Notification shall be submitted within 90 days after the date 
    of promulgation of the subpart that references this subpart.
        (c) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart 
    shall submit a Notification of Compliance Status within 90 days of the 
    compliance dates specified in the subpart in 40 CFR part 63 that 
    references this subpart, except as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this 
    section.
        (1) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
    paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (c)(1)(iv) of this section for each 
    process unit subject to the requirements of Sec. 63.163 through 
    Sec. 63.174 of this subpart.
        (i) Process unit identification.
        (ii) Number of each equipment type (e.g., valves, pumps) excluding 
    equipment in vacuum service.
        (iii) Method of compliance with the standard (for example, 
    ``monthly leak detection and repair'' or ``equipped with dual 
    mechanical seals'').
        (iv) Planned schedule for each phase of the requirements in 
    Sec. 63.163 and Sec. 63.168 of this subpart.
        (2) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
    paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii) of this section for each process 
    unit subject to the requirements of Sec. 63.178(b) of this subpart.
        (i) Batch products or product codes subject to the provisions of 
    this subpart, and
        (ii) Planned schedule for pressure testing when equipment is 
    configured for production of products subject to the provisions of this 
    subpart.
        (3) The notification shall provide the information listed in 
    paragraphs (c)(3)(i) and (c)(3)(ii) of this section for each process 
    unit subject to the requirements in Sec. 63.179 of this subpart.
        (i) Process unit identification.
        (ii) A description of the system used to create a negative pressure 
    in the enclosure and the control device used to comply with the 
    requirements of Sec. 63.172 of this subpart.
        (4) For existing sources subject to subpart F of this part, the 
    Notification of Compliance Status shall be submitted for the group of 
    process units with the earliest compliance date specified in 
    Sec. 63.100(k) of subpart F of this part. The Notification of 
    Compliance Status for subsequent groups shall be submitted as part of 
    the next periodic report.
        (d) The owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall 
    submit Periodic Reports.
        (1) A report containing the information in paragraphs (d)(2), 
    (d)(3), and (d)(4) of this section shall be submitted semiannually 
    starting 6 months after the Notification of Compliance Status, as 
    required in paragraph (c) of this section.
        (2) For each process unit complying with the provisions of 
    Sec. 63.163 through Sec. 63.174 of this subpart, the summary 
    information listed in paragraphs (i) through (xvi) of this paragraph 
    for each monitoring period during the 6-month period.
        (i) The number of valves for which leaks were detected as described 
    in Sec. 63.168(b) of this subpart, the percent leakers, and the total 
    number of valves monitored;
        (ii) The number of valves for which leaks were not repaired as 
    required in Sec. 63.168(f) of this subpart, identifying the number of 
    those that are determined nonrepairable;
        (iii) The number of pumps for which leaks were detected as 
    described in Sec. 63.163(b) of this subpart, the percent leakers, and 
    the total number of pumps monitored;
        (iv) The number of pumps for which leaks were not repaired as 
    required in Sec. 63.163(c) of this subpart;
        (v) The number of compressors for which leaks were detected as 
    described in Sec. 63.164(f) of this subpart;
        (vi) The number of compressors for which leaks were not repaired as 
    required in Sec. 63.164(g) of this subpart;
        (vii) The number of agitators for which leaks were detected as 
    described in Sec. 63.173(b) of this subpart;
        (viii) The number of agitators for which leaks were not repaired as 
    required in Sec. 63.173(c) of this subpart;
        (ix) The number of connectors for which leaks were detected as 
    described in Sec. 63.174(a) of this subpart, the percent of connectors 
    leaking, and the total number of connectors monitored;
        (x) The number of screwed connectors for which leaks were detected 
    as described in Sec. 63.174(a) of this subpart, the percent of screwed 
    connectors leaking, and the total number of screwed connectors 
    monitored;
        (xi) The number of connectors for which leaks were not repaired as 
    required in Sec. 63.174(d) of this subpart, identifying the number of 
    those that are determined nonrepairable;
        (xii) The number of screwed connectors for which leaks were not 
    repaired as required in Sec. 63.174(d) of this subpart; and
        (xiii) The facts that explain any delay of repairs and, where 
    appropriate, why a process unit shutdown was technically infeasible.
        (xiv) The results of all monitoring to show compliance with 
    Secs. 63.164(i), 63.165(a), and 63.172(f) of this subpart conducted 
    within the semiannual reporting period.
        (xv) If applicable, the initiation of a monthly monitoring program 
    under Sec. 63.168(d)(1)(i) of this subpart, or a quality improvement 
    program under either Secs. 63.175 or 63.176 of this subpart.
        (xvi) If applicable, notification of a change in connector 
    monitoring alternatives as described in Sec. 63.174(c)(1) of this 
    subpart.
        (3) For owners or operators electing to meet the requirements of 
    Sec. 63.178(b) of this subpart, the report shall include the 
    information listed in paragraphs (i) through (v) of this paragraph for 
    each process unit.
        (i) Batch product process equipment train identification;
        (ii) The number of pressure tests conducted;
        (iii) The number of pressure tests where the equipment train failed 
    the pressure test;
        (iv) The facts that explain any delay of repairs; and
        (v) The results of all monitoring to determine compliance with 
    Sec. 63.172(f) of this subpart.
        (4) The information listed in paragraph (c) of this section for the 
    Notification of Compliance Status for process units with later 
    compliance dates. Any revisions to items reported in earlier 
    Notification of Compliance Status, if the method of compliance has 
    changed since the last report. 
    
                                         Table 1 to Subpart H.--Batch Processes                                     
                                Monitoring Frequency for Equipment Other than Connectors                            
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Equivalent continuous process monitoring frequency time in use    
           Operating time (% of year)        -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Monthly               Quarterly                Semiannually      
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    0 to <25................................ quarterly.........="" annually................="" annually.="" 25="" to=""><50............................... quarterly.........="" semiannually............="" annually.="" 50="" to=""><75............................... bimonthly.........="" three="" times.............="" semiannually.="" 75="" to="" 100...............................="" monthly...........="" quarterly...............="" semiannually.="" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------="" subpart="" i--national="" emission="" standards="" for="" organic="" hazardous="" air="" pollutants="" for="" certain="" processes="" subject="" to="" the="" negotiated="" regulation="" for="" equipment="" leaks="" sec.="" 63.190="" applicability="" and="" designation="" of="" source.="" (a)="" this="" subpart="" provides="" applicability="" provisions,="" definitions,="" and="" other="" general="" provisions="" that="" are="" applicable="" to="" sources="" subject="" to="" this="" subpart.="" (b)="" the="" provisions="" of="" subparts="" i="" and="" h="" of="" this="" part="" apply="" to="" emissions="" of="" designated="" organic="" hazardous="" air="" pollutants="" from="" the="" processes="" specified="" in="" paragraphs="" (b)(1)="" through="" (b)(6)="" of="" this="" section="" that="" are="" located="" at="" a="" plant="" site="" that="" is="" a="" major="" source="" as="" defined="" in="" section="" 112(a)="" of="" the="" act.="" the="" specified="" processes="" are="" further="" defined="" in="" sec.="" 63.191="" of="" this="" subpart.="" (1)="" styrene-butadiene="" rubber="" production="" (butadiene="" and="" styrene="" emissions="" only).="" (2)="" polybutadiene="" rubber="" production="" (butadiene="" emissions="" only).="" (3)="" the="" processes="" producing="" the="" agricultural="" chemicals="" listed="" in="" paragraphs="" (b)(3)(i)="" through="" (b)(3)(v)="" of="" this="" section="" (butadiene,="" carbon="" tetrachloride,="" methylene="" chloride,="" and="" ethylene="" dichloride="" emissions="" only).="" (i)="">,
        (ii) Captan,
        (iii) Chlorothalonil,
        (iv) Dacthal, and
        (v) TordonTM acid.
        (4) Processes producing the polymers/resins or other chemical 
    products listed in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (b)(4)(vi) of this 
    section (carbon tetrachloride, methylene chloride, tetrachloroethylene, 
    chloroform, and ethylene dichloride emissions only).
        (i) Hypalon,
        (ii) Oxybisphenoxarsine/1,3-diisocyanate (OBPA),
        (iii) Polycarbonates,
        (iv) Polysulfide rubber,
        (v) Chlorinated paraffins, and
        (vi) Symmetrical tetrachloropyridine.
        (5) Pharmaceutical processes using carbon tetrachloride or 
    methylene chloride (carbon tetrachloride and methylene chloride 
    emissions only).
        (6) Processes producing the polymers/resins or other chemical 
    products listed in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) through (b)(6)(v) of this 
    section (butadiene emissions only).
        (i) Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA)
        (ii) Methylmethacrylate-butadiene-styrene resins (MBS)
        (iii) Butadiene-furfural cotrimer,
        (iv) Methylmethacrylate-acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (MABS) 
    resins, and
        (v) Ethylidene norbornene.
        (c) The owner or operator of a process listed in paragraph (b) of 
    this section that does not use as a reactant or manufacture as a 
    product, by-product or co-product the designated organic hazardous air 
    pollutants shall comply only with the requirements of Sec. 63.192(k) of 
    this subpart. To comply with this subpart, such processes shall not be 
    required to comply with the provisions of subpart A of this part.
        (d) For the purposes of subparts I and H of this part, the source 
    includes pumps, compressors, agitators, pressure relief devices, 
    sampling connection systems, open-ended valves or lines, valves, 
    connectors, surge control vessels, bottoms receivers, and 
    instrumentation systems that are associated with the processes 
    identified in paragraph (b) of this section and are intended to operate 
    in organic hazardous air pollutant service (as defined in Sec. 63.191 
    of this subpart) for 300 hours or more during the calendar year.
        (e) Sources subject to this subpart are required to comply with the 
    provisions of subpart H of this part on or before the dates specified 
    in paragraphs (e)(1) or (e)(2) of this section, unless the source 
    eliminates the use or production of all HAP's that cause the source to 
    be subject to this rule no later than 18 months after April 22, 1994.
        (1) New sources that commence construction or reconstruction after 
    December 31, 1992 shall comply upon initial start-up or April 22, 1994.
        (2) Existing sources shall comply no later than October 24, 1994, 
    unless an extension has been granted by the Administrator or operating 
    permit authority as provided in Sec. 63.6(i) of subpart A of this part.
        (f) The provisions of subparts I and H of this part do not apply to 
    research and development facilities, regardless of whether the 
    facilities are located at the same plant site as a process subject to 
    the provisions of subparts I and H of this part.
        (g) (1) If an additional process specified in paragraph (b) of this 
    section is added to a plant site that is a major source as defined in 
    section 112(a) of the Act, the addition shall be subject to the 
    requirements for a new source if:
        (i) it is an addition that meets the definition of construction in 
    Sec. 63.2 of subpart A of this part;
        (ii) such construction commenced after December 31, 1992; and
        (iii) the addition has the potential to emit 10 tons per year or 
    more of any HAP or 25 tons per year or more of any combination of 
    HAP's, unless the Administrator establishes a lesser quantity.
        (2) If any change is made to a process subject to this subpart, the 
    change shall be subject to the requirements of a new source if:
        (i) It is a change that meets the definition of reconstruction in 
    Sec. 63.2 of subpart A of this part;
        (ii) Such reconstruction commenced after December 31, 1992.
    
    
    Sec. 63.191  Definitions.
    
        (a) The following terms as used in subparts I and H of this part 
    shall have the meaning given them in subpart A of this part: Act, 
    Administrator, affected source, approved permit program, commenced, 
    compliance date, construction, effective date, EPA, equivalent emission 
    limitation, existing source, Federally enforceable, hazardous air 
    pollutant, lesser quantity, major source, malfunction, new source, 
    owner or operator, performance evaluation, performance test, permit 
    program, permitting authority, reconstruction, relevant standard, 
    responsible official, run, standard conditions, State, and stationary 
    source.
        (b) All other terms used in this subpart and in subpart H of this 
    part shall have the meaning given them in the Act and in this section. 
    If the same term is defined in subpart A or H of this part and in this 
    section, it shall have the meaning given in this section for purposes 
    of subparts I and H of this part.
        Bottoms receiver means a tank that collects distillation bottoms 
    before the stream is sent for storage or for further downstream 
    processing.
        Butadiene-furfural cotrimer (R-11) means the product of reaction of 
    butadiene with excess furfural in a liquid phase reactor. R-11 is 
    usually used as an insect repellant and as a delousing agent for cows 
    in the dairy industry.
        Captafol means the fungicide Captafol ([cis-N(1,1,2,2-
    tetrachloroethyl)-thio]-4-cylcohexene-1,2-dicarboximide). The category 
    includes any production process units that store, react, or otherwise 
    process 1,3-butadiene in the production of Captafol.
        Captan means the fungicide Captan. The production process 
    typically includes, but is not limited to, the reaction of 
    tetrahydrophthalimide and perchloromethyl mercaptan with caustic.
        Chlorinated paraffins means dry chlorinated paraffins, which are 
    mainly straight-chain, saturated hydrocarbons. The category includes, 
    but is not limited to, production of chlorinated paraffins by passing 
    gaseous chlorine into a paraffin hydrocarbon or by chlorination by 
    using solvents, such as carbon tetrachloride, under reflux.
        Chlorothalonil means the agricultural fungicide, bactericide and 
    nematocide Chlorothalonil (Daconil). The category includes any process 
    units utilized to dissolve tetrachlorophthalic acid chloride in an 
    organic solvent, typically carbon tetrachloride, with the subsequent 
    addition of ammonia.
        DacthalTM means the pre-emergent herbicide DacthalTM, 
    also known as DCPA, DAC, and dimethyl ester 2,3,5,6-
    tetrachloroterephthalic acid. The category includes, but is not limited 
    to, chlorination processes and the following production process units: 
    photochlorination reactors, thermal chlorination reactors, and 
    condensers.
        Ethylidene Norbornene means the diene with CAS number 16219-75-3. 
    Ethylidene norbornene is used in the production of ethylene-propylene 
    rubber products.
        HypalonTM (chlorosulfonated polyethylene) means a synthetic 
    rubber produced by reacting polyethylene with chloric and sulfur 
    dioxide, transforming the thermoplastic polyethylene into a vulcanized 
    elastomer. The reaction is conducted in a solvent (carbon 
    tetrachloride) reaction medium.
        Initial start-up means the first time a new or reconstructed source 
    begins production. Initial start-up does not include operation solely 
    for testing equipment. For purposes of subpart H of this part, initial 
    start-up does not include subsequent start-ups (as defined in 
    Sec. 63.161 of subpart H of this part) of process units (as defined in 
    Sec. 63.161 of subpart H of this part) following malfunctions or 
    process unit shutdowns.
        In organic hazardous air pollutant service or in organic HAP 
    service means that a piece of equipment either contains or contacts a 
    fluid (liquid or gas) that is at least 5 percent by weight of the 
    designated organic HAP's listed in Sec. 63.190(b) of this subpart.
        Methyl Methacrylate-Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (MABS) Resins 
    means styrenic polymers containing methyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, 
    1,3-butadiene, and styrene. The MABS copolymers are prepared by 
    dissolving or dispersing polybutadiene rubber in a mixture of methyl 
    methacrylate- acrylonitrile-styrene and butadiene monomer. The graft 
    polymerization is carried out by a bulk or a suspension process.
        Methyl Methacrylate-Butadiene-Styrene (MBS) Resins means styrenic 
    polymers containing methyl methacrylate, 1,3-butadiene, and styrene. 
    Production of MBS terpolymers is achieved using an emulsion process in 
    which methyl methacrylate and styrene are grafted onto a styrene- 
    butadiene rubber.
        Oxybisphenoxarsine (OBPA)/1,3-Diisocyanate means the chemical with 
    CAS number 58-36-6. The chemical is primarily used for fungicidal and 
    bactericidal protection of plastics. The process uses chloroform as a 
    solvent.
        Pharmaceutical production means a process that synthesizes 
    pharmaceutical intermediate or final products using carbon 
    tetrachloride or methlyene chloride as a reactant or process solvent.
        Polybutadiene production means a process that produces 
    polybutadiene through the polymerization of 1,3-butadiene.
        Polycarbonates means a special class of polyester formed from any 
    dihydroxy compound and any carbonate diester or by ester interchange. 
    Polycarbonates may be produced by solution or emulsion polymerization, 
    although other methods may be used. A typical method for the 
    manufacture of polycarbonates includes the reaction of bisphenol-A with 
    phosgene in the presence of pyridine to form a polycarbonate. Methylene 
    chloride is used as a solvent in this polymerization reaction.
        Polysulfide rubber means a synthetic rubber produced by reaction of 
    sodium sulfide and p-dichlorobenzene at an elevated temperature in a 
    polar solvent. This rubber is resilient and has low temperature 
    flexibility.
        Styrene-butadiene rubber production means a process that produces 
    styrene-butadiene copolymers, whether in solid (elastomer) or emulsion 
    (latex) form.
        Surge control vessel means feed drums, recycle drums, and 
    intermediate vessels. Surge control vessels serve several purposes 
    including equalization of load, mixing, recycle, and emergency supply.
        Symmetrical tetrachloropyridine means the chemical with CAS number 
    2402-79-1.
        Tordon acidTM means the synthetic herbicide 4-amino-3,5,6-
    trichloropicolinic acid, picloram. The category includes, but is not 
    limited to, chlorination processes utilized in TordonTM acid 
    production.
    
    
    Sec. 63.192  Standard.
    
        (a) The owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart shall 
    comply with the requirements of subpart H of this part for the 
    processes and designated organic HAP's listed in Sec. 63.190(b) of this 
    subpart.
        (b) All provisions in Secs. 63.1 through 63.15 of subpart A of this 
    part which apply to owners and operators of sources subject to subparts 
    I and H of this part, are:
        (1) The applicability provisions of Sec. 63.1 (a)(1), (a)(2), 
    (a)(10), (a)(12) through (a)(14);
        (2) The definitions of Sec. 63.2 unless changed or modified by 
    specific entry in Sec. 63.191 or Sec. 63.161;
        (3) The units and abbreviations in Sec. 63.3;
        (4) The prohibited activities and circumvention provisions of 
    Sec. 63.4;
        (5) The construction and reconstruction provisions of Sec. 63.5 
    (a), (b), (d) (except the review is limited to the equipment subject to 
    the provisions of subpart H), (e), and (f);
        (6) The compliance with standards and maintenance requirements of 
    Sec. 63.6 (a), (b)(3), (c)(5), (e), (i)(1), (i)(2), (i)(4)(i)(A), 
    (i)(6)(i), (i)(8) through (i)(10), (i)(12) through (i)(16), and (j);
        (7) The performance testing requirements of Sec. 63.7(a)(3), (d), 
    (e)(1), (e)(2), (e)(4), and (h);
        (8) The notification requirements of Sec. 63.9(a)(1), (a)(3), 
    (a)(4), (b)(1)(i), (b)(4), (b)(5) (except, use the schedule specified 
    in subpart H), (c), and (d);
        (9) The recordkeeping and reporting requirements of Sec. 63.10(a) 
    and (f);
        (10) The control device requirements of Sec. 63.11(b); and
        (11) The provisions of Sec. 63.12 through Sec. 63.15.
        (c) Initial performance tests and initial compliance determinations 
    shall be required only as specified in subpart H of this part.
        (1) Performance tests and compliance determinations shall be 
    conducted according to the applicable sections of subpart H.
        (2) The owner or operator shall notify the Administrator of the 
    intention to conduct a performance test at least 30 days before the 
    performance test is scheduled to allow the Administrator the 
    opportunity to have an observer present during the test.
    
        [Note: This requirement does not apply to equipment subject to 
    monitoring using Method 21 of part 60, appendix A.]
    
        (3) Performance tests shall be conducted according to the 
    provisions of Sec. 63.7(e) of subpart A of this part, except that 
    performance tests shall be conducted at maximum representative 
    operating conditions for the process. During the performance test, an 
    owner or operator may operate the control or recovery device at maximum 
    or minimum representative operating conditions for monitored control or 
    recovery device parameters, whichever results in lower emission 
    reduction.
        (4) Data shall be reduced in accordance with the EPA-approved 
    methods specified in the applicable subpart, or, if other test methods 
    are used, the data and methods shall be validated according to the 
    protocol in Method 301 of appendix A of this part.
        (d) An application for approval of construction or reconstruction, 
    40 CFR 63.5 of this chapter, will not be required if:
        (1) The new process unit complies with the applicable standards in 
    Sec. 63.162 or Sec. 63.178 of subpart H of this part; and
        (2) In the next semiannual report required by Sec. 63.182(d) of 
    subpart H of this part, the information in Sec. 63.182(c) of subpart H 
    of this part is reported.
        (e) If an owner or operator of a source plans to eliminate the use 
    or production of all HAP's that cause the source to be subject to the 
    provisions of subparts I and H of this part no later than 18 months 
    after (insert date of publication in Federal Register), the owner or 
    operator shall submit to the Administrator a brief description of the 
    change, identify the HAP's eliminated, and the expected date of 
    cessation of operation of the current process.
        (f) Each owner or operator of a source subject to subparts I and H 
    of this part shall keep copies of all applicable reports and records 
    required by subpart H for at least 2 years, except as otherwise 
    specified in subpart H.
        (1) All applicable records shall be maintained in such a manner 
    that they can be readily accessed. This could include hard-copy or 
    computer records maintained on-site at the source or accessing the 
    records from a central location by computer.
        (2) The owner or operator subject to subparts I and H of this part 
    shall keep the records specified in this paragraph, as well as records 
    specified in subpart H of this part.
        (i) Records of the occurrence and duration of each start-up, 
    shutdown, and malfunction of operation of a process subject to this 
    subpart as specified in Sec. 63.190(b) of this subpart.
        (ii) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of 
    air pollution control equipment or continuous monitoring systems used 
    to comply with subparts I and H of this part.
        (iii) For each start-up, shutdown, and malfunction, records that 
    the procedures specified in the source's start-up, shutdown, and 
    malfunction plan were followed, and documentation of actions taken that 
    are not consistent with the plan.
        (g) All reports required under subpart H shall be sent to the 
    Administrator at the addresses listed in Sec. 63.13 of subpart A of 
    this part.
        (1) Wherever subpart A specifies ``postmark'' dates, submittals may 
    be sent by methods other than the U.S. Mail (e.g., by fax or courier).
        (i) Submittals sent by U.S. Mail shall be postmarked on or before 
    the specified date.
        (ii) Submittals sent by other methods shall be received by the 
    Administrator on or before the specified date.
        (2) If acceptable to both the Administrator and the owner or 
    operator of a source, reports may be submitted on electronic media.
        (h) If, in the judgment of the Administrator, an alternative means 
    of emission limitation will achieve a reduction in organic HAP 
    emissions at least equivalent to the reduction in organic HAP emissions 
    from that source achieved under any design, equipment, work practice, 
    or operational standards in subpart H of this part, the Administrator 
    will publish in the Federal Register a notice permitting the use of the 
    alternative means for purposes of compliance with that requirement.
        (1) The notice may condition the permission on requirements related 
    to the operation and maintenance of the alternative means.
        (2) Any notice under paragraph (h) of this section shall be 
    published only after public notice and an opportunity for a hearing.
        (3) Any person seeking permission to use an alternative means of 
    compliance under this section shall collect, verify, and submit to the 
    Administrator information showing that the alternative means achieves 
    equivalent emission reductions.
        (i) Each owner or operator of a source subject to this subpart 
    shall obtain a permit under 40 CFR part 70 or part 71 from the 
    appropriate permitting authority.
        (1) If EPA has approved a State operating permit program under 40 
    CFR part 71, the permit shall be obtained from the State authority.
        (2) If the State operating permit program has not been approved, 
    the source shall apply to the EPA regional office pursuant to 40 CFR 
    part 70.
        (j) The requirements in subparts I and H of this part are Federally 
    enforceable under section 112 of the Act on and after the dates 
    specified in Sec. 63.190(d) of this subpart.
        (k) Information, data, and analyses used to determine that a 
    process does not use as a reactant or manufacture as a product the 
    designated organic hazardous air pollutant shall be recorded. Examples 
    of information that could document this include, but are not limited 
    to, records of chemicals purchased for the process, analyses of process 
    stream composition, engineering calculations, or process knowledge.
    
    
    Sec. 63.193  Delegation of authority.
    
        In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to a State 
    under section 112(d) of the Act, the authority for Sec. 63.177 of 
    subpart H of this part shall be retained by the Administrator and not 
    transferred to a State.
        4. Appendix A of part 63 is amended by adding Methods 304A, 304B, 
    and 305 to read as follows:
    
    Appendix A to Part 63--Test Methods
    
    Method 304A: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds 
    (Vent Option)
    
    1. Applicability and Principle
    
        1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for the 
    determination of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an 
    activated sludge process. The test method is designed to evaluate 
    the ability of an aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or 
    destroy specific components in waste streams. The method may also be 
    used to determine the effects of changes in wastewater composition 
    on operation. The biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this 
    method are not representative of a full-scale system. The rates 
    measured by this method shall be used in conjunction with the 
    procedures listed in Appendix C of this part to calculate the 
    fraction emitted to the air versus the fraction biodegraded.
        1.2  Principle. A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is 
    assembled in the laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and 
    the waste stream is then fed continuously. The bioreactor is 
    operated under conditions identical to the target full-scale 
    activated sludge process. Bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen 
    concentration, average residence time in the reactor, waste 
    composition, biomass concentration, and biomass composition of the 
    full-scale process are the parameters which are duplicated in the 
    laboratory system. If antifoaming agents are used in the full-scale 
    system, they shall also be used in the bioreactor. The feed flowing 
    into the reactor and the effluent exiting the reactor are analyzed 
    to determine the biodegradation rates of the target compounds. The 
    flow rate of the exit vent is used to calculate the concentration of 
    target compounds (utilizing Henry's law) in the exit gas stream. If 
    Henry's law constants for the compounds of interest are not known, 
    this method cannot be used in the determination of the 
    biodegradation rate and Method 304B is the suggested method. The 
    choice of analytical methodology for measuring the compounds of 
    interest at the inlet and outlet to the reactor are left to the 
    discretion of the source, except where validated methods are 
    available.
    
    2. Apparatus
    
        Figure 1 illustrates the typical laboratory apparatus used to 
    measure biodegradation rates. Throughout the testing period, ensure 
    that the bioreactor system is self-contained and isolated from the 
    atmosphere (except for the exit vent stream) by leak-checking 
    fittings, tubing, etc.
        2.1  Laboratory apparatus.
        2.1.1  Reactor. The biological reaction is conducted in a 
    conical 6-L glass biological oxidation reactor. The reactor is 
    sealed and equipped with internal probes to control and monitor 
    dissolved oxygen and internal temperature. The top of the reactor is 
    tapped for aerators, gas flow ports, and instrumentation (while 
    ensuring that no leaks to the atmosphere exist around the fittings).
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    TR22AP94.325
    
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
        2.1.2  Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the reactor 
    through three diffusers, which are glass tubes (4 mm O.D.) that 
    extend to the bottom fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen 
    pressurized cylinder is recommended in order to maintain the 
    specified oxygen concentration. Install a blower (Diaphragm Type, 15 
    SCFH capacity) to blow the aeration gas into the reactor diffusers. 
    Measure the aeration gas flow rate with a rotameter (0-15 SCFH 
    recommended). The aeration gas will rise through the reactor, 
    dissolving oxygen into the mixture in the process. The aeration gas 
    must provide sufficient agitation to keep the solids in suspension. 
    Provide an exit for the aeration gas from the top flange of the 
    reactor through a water-cooled Allihn-type condenser. Install the 
    condenser through a gas-tight fitting in the reactor closure. 
    Install a splitter which directs a portion of the gas to an exit 
    vent and the rest of the gas through an air recycle pump back to the 
    reactor. Monitor and record the flow rate through the exit vent at 
    least 3 times per day throughout the day.
        2.1.3  Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the 
    reactor in a 20-L collapsible low-density polyethylene container 
    equipped with a spigot cap (collapsible containers of other material 
    may be required due to the permeability of some volatile compounds 
    through polyethylene). Obtain the wastewater feed by sampling the 
    wastewater feed in the target process. A representative sample of 
    wastewater shall be obtained from the piping leading to the aeration 
    tank. This sample may be obtained from existing sampling valves at 
    the discharge of the wastewater feed pump, or collected from a pipe 
    discharging to the aeration tank, or by pumping from a well-mixed 
    equalization tank upstream from the aeration tank. Alternatively, 
    wastewater can be pumped continuously to the laboratory apparatus 
    from a bleed stream taken from the equalization tank of the full-
    scale treatment system.
        2.1.3.1  Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by 
    ice or by refrigeration to 4  deg.C. If using a bleed stream from 
    the process, refrigeration is not required if the residence time in 
    the bleed stream is less than five minutes.
        2.1.3.2  Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the 
    refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive 
    equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the 
    reactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine the rate of 
    feed addition to provide a retention time in the bioreactor that is 
    numerically equivalent to the retention time in the full-scale 
    system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate sufficient to achieve 
    90 to 100 percent of the full-scale system residence time.
        2.1.3.3  Treated wastewater feed. The reactor effluent exits at 
    the bottom of the reactor through a tube and proceeds to the 
    clarifier.
        2.1.4  Clarifier. The effluent flows to a clarifier constructed 
    from a 2-liter pear-shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by 
    removing the stopcock and adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the 
    bottom. Reactor effluent enters the clarifier through a tube 
    inserted to a depth of 0.08 m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top 
    of the clarifier. System effluent flows from a tube inserted through 
    the stopper at the top of the clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle 
    when sampling). The underflow from the clarifier leaves from the 
    glass tube at the bottom of the clarifier through an o-ring fitting 
    and a reducer. Flexible tubing connects this fitting to the sludge 
    recycle pump. This pump is coupled to a variable speed pump drive. 
    The discharge from this pump is returned through a tube inserted in 
    a port on the side of the reactor. An additional port is provided 
    near the bottom of the reactor for sampling the reactor contents. 
    The mixed liquor from the reactor flows into the center of the 
    clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass 
    and flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall 
    be no headspace in the clarifier. Optional Clarifier Design: An 
    internal clarifier may be used instead of the external clarifier 
    described here as long as the biomass concentration is maintained to 
    method specifications.
        2.1.5  Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the 
    system at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale 
    system, 2  deg.C.
        2.1.5.1  Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type 
    temperature probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature 
    readout with a resolution of 0.1  deg.C.
        2.1.5.2  Reactor Heater. The heater is connected to the 
    temperature control device.
        2.1.6  Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen 
    concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system, 
    0.5 mg/L.
        2.1.6.1  Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored 
    with a polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a 
    dissolved oxygen meter (0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50  deg.C).
        2.1.6.2  Reactor Pressure Monitor. The reactor pressure is 
    monitored through a port in the top flange of the reactor. This is 
    connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-cm water vacuum to 
    13-cm water pressure. A relay is activated when the vacuum exceeds 
    an adjustable setpoint which opens a solenoid valve (normally 
    closed), admitting oxygen to the system. The vacuum setpoint 
    controlling oxygen addition to the system shall be set at 
    approximately 2.5  0.5 cm water and maintained at this 
    setting except during brief periods when the dissolved oxygen 
    concentration is adjusted.
        2.1.7  Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon 
    or equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this 
    specification is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the 
    wastewater feed pump, which may be Viton, Silicone or another type 
    of flexible tubing.
        2.2  Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in 
    the wastewater is not known to the source, a representative sample 
    of the wastewater shall be analyzed in order to identify all of the 
    compounds of interest present. A gas chromatography/mass 
    spectrometry screening method is recommended.
        2.2.1  After identifying the compounds of interest in the 
    wastewater, develop an analytical technique capable of measuring all 
    of those compounds (more than one analytical technique may be 
    required, depending on the characteristics of the wastewater). Test 
    Method 18, found in Appendix A of 40 CFR part 60, may be used as a 
    guideline in developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap 
    techniques may be used for analysis providing the target components 
    are sufficiently volatile as to make this technique appropriate. The 
    limit of quantitation for each compound shall be determined.\1\ If 
    the effluent concentration of any target compound is below the limit 
    of quantitation determined for that compound, use the limit of 
    quantitation concentration as the outlet concentration for that 
    compound in the biodegradation calculations.
        2.2.2  Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from 
    pure certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze 
    three concentrations of calibration standards for each target 
    component (or for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily 
    throughout the analyses of the test samples. At each concentration 
    level, a single calibration shall be within 5 percent of the average 
    of the three calibration results. The low and medium calibration 
    standards shall bracket the expected concentration of the effluent 
    (treated) wastewater. The medium and high standards shall bracket 
    the expected influent concentration.
        2.3  Audit Analysis. Analyze a performance audit sample during 
    every compliance test, if an audit sample is available. Audit 
    availability information may be obtained by contacting the Emission 
    Measurement Technical Information Center at (919) 541-2237. Use the 
    same analytical equipment and analyst used in conducting the 
    compliance test to conduct the audit analysis.
    
    3. Reagents
    
        3.1  Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at 
    the inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing 
    full-scale treatment plant (See Section 2.1.3). If there is no 
    existing full-scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as 
    close to the point of generation as possible. Collect the sample by 
    pumping the wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The loss 
    of volatiles shall be minimized from the wastewater by collapsing 
    the container before filling, by minimizing the time of filling, and 
    by avoiding a headspace in the container after filling. If the 
    wastewater requires the addition of nutrients to support the biomass 
    growth and maintain biomass characteristics, those nutrients are 
    added and mixed with the container contents after the container is 
    filled.
        3.2  Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for 
    rate constant determination in the bench-scale process from the 
    existing full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture 
    that has been developed for a future full-scale process. This 
    biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened acclimated mixed 
    liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing from the mixed 
    liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted container, or by 
    collecting aeration tank effluent at the effluent overflow weir. 
    Transport the sample to the laboratory within 12 hours of 
    collection. Maintain the biomass concentration in the reactor at the 
    level of the full-scale system 10 percent throughout the 
    sampling period of the test method.
    
    4. Procedure.
    
        Safety Note: If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of 
    biodegradation, closely monitor headspace concentration of these 
    gases to ensure laboratory safety. Placement of bioreactor system 
    inside a laboratory hood is recommended regardless of byproducts 
    produced.
        4.1  Reactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to the reactor, 
    minimizing headspace over the liquid surface to minimize entrainment 
    of mixed liquor in the circulating gas. Fasten the reactor headplate 
    to the reactor over the liquid surface. Maintain the temperature of 
    the contents of the laboratory reactor system at the temperature of 
    the full-scale system, 2  deg.C, throughout the testing 
    period. Monitor and record the temperature of the reactor contents 
    to the nearest 0.1  deg.C.
        4.1.1  Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 
    20-L collapsible container. Store the container at 4  deg.C 
    throughout the testing period. Connect the container to the reactor 
    feed pump.
        4.1.2  Wastewater Flow Rate. The hydraulic residence time of the 
    aeration tank is calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank 
    (L) to the flow rate (L/min). At the beginning of a test the 
    container shall be connected to the feed pump and solution pumped to 
    the reactor at the required flow rate to achieve the calculated 
    hydraulic residence time of the aeration tank.
    
    TR22AP94.295
    
    where:
    
    Qtest=wastewater flow rate (L/min)
    Qfs=average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)
    Vfs=volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)
    
        The flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as the flow rate 
    in the full-scale process multiplied by the ratio of bioreactor 
    volume (6 L) to the volume of the full-scale aeration tank. The 
    hydraulic residence time shall be maintained at 90 to 100 percent of 
    the residence time maintained in the full-scale unit. A nominal flow 
    rate is set on the pump based on a pump calibration. Changes in the 
    elasticity of the tubing in the pump head and the accumulation of 
    material in the tubing affect this calibration. The nominal pumping 
    rate shall be changed as necessary based on volumetric flow 
    measurements. Discharge the reactor effluent to a wastewater 
    storage, treatment, or disposal facility, except during sampling or 
    flow measurement periods.
    
        4.1.3  Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a 
    rate sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the 
    clarifier. Set the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the 
    biomass in suspension.
        4.1.4  Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. Temperature, 
    dissolved oxygen concentration, exit vent flow rate, reactor 
    effluent flow rate, and air circulation rate shall be measured and 
    recorded three times throughout each day of reactor operation. If 
    other parameters (such as pH) are measured and maintained in the 
    full-scale unit, these parameters shall be monitored and maintained 
    to full-scale specifications in the bioreactor. At the beginning of 
    each sampling period (Section 4.2), sample the reactor contents for 
    suspended solids analysis. Take this sample by loosening a clamp on 
    a length of tubing attached to the lower side port. Determine the 
    suspended solids determination gravimetrically by the Gooch 
    crucible/glass fiber filter method for total suspended solids, in 
    accordance with Standard Methods3 or equivalent. When 
    necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower side port of the 
    reactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be replaced with an 
    equal volume of the reactor effluent. Add thickened activated sludge 
    mixed liquor as necessary to the reactor to increase the suspended 
    solids concentration to the desired level. Pump this mixed liquor to 
    the reactor through the upper side port (Item 24 in Figure 1). 
    Change the membrane on the dissolved oxygen probe before starting 
    the test. Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately before the start of 
    the test and each time the membrane is changed.
        4.1.5  Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line 
    tubing becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow 
    rate is not within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate 
    is measured, reset pump and measure flow rate again until target 
    flow rate is achieved.
        4.2  Test Sampling. Two and one half hydraulic residence times 
    after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall be 
    permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent 
    samples of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 1) and the 
    influent wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to 
    which two drops of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been 
    added. Sample the clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. 
    These samples will be composed of the entire flow from the system 
    for a period of several minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from 
    the feed pump suction line after temporarily stopping the reactor 
    feed, removing a connector, and squeezing the collapsible feed 
    container. Store both influent and effluent samples at 4  deg.C 
    immediately after collection and analyze within 8 hours of 
    collection.
        4.2.1  Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and 
    analyze the wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six 
    times. The sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 
    hours. During any individual sampling interval, sample the 
    wastewater feed simultaneously with or immediately after the 
    effluent sample. Calculate the relative standard deviation (RSD) of 
    both the influent and effluent sample concentrations. Both RSD 
    values shall be  15 percent. If an RSD value is > 15 
    percent, continue sampling and analyzing influent and effluent sets 
    of samples until the RSD values are within specifications.
        4.2.2  Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, 
    after starting sampling procedures, the bioreactor system is exposed 
    to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow at least 
    one hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming sampling.
    
    5. Operational Checks and Calibration
    
        5.1  Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen 
    concentration may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected 
    gas leaks, increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids 
    resulting from cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, 
    changes in diffuser performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and 
    overcorrection due to faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe 
    response. Control the dissolved oxygen concentration in the reactor 
    by changing the proportion of oxygen in the circulating aeration 
    gas. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift below the 
    designated experimental condition, bleed a small amount of aeration 
    gas from the system on the pressure side (i.e., immediately upstream 
    of one of the diffusers). This will create a vacuum in the system, 
    triggering the pressure sensitive relay to open the solenoid valve 
    and admit oxygen to the system. Should the dissolved oxygen 
    concentration drift above the designated experimental condition, 
    stop the oxygen input to the system until the dissolved oxygen 
    concentration approaches the correct level.
        5.2  Sludge Wasting. Determine the suspended solids 
    concentration (Section 4.1.4) at the beginning of a test, and once 
    per day thereafter during the test. If the test is completed within 
    a two day period, determine the suspended solids concentration after 
    the final sample set is taken. If the suspended solids concentration 
    exceeds the specified concentration, remove a fraction of the sludge 
    from the reactor. The required volume of mixed liquor to remove is 
    determined as follows:
    
    
    TR22AP94.296
    
     where
    
    Vw is the wasted volume (Liters),
    Vr is the volume of the reactor (6 Liters),
    Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
    Ss is the specified solids (g/L).
    
    Remove the mixed liquor from the reactor by loosening a clamp on the 
    mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the required volume to drain 
    to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when the correct volume has 
    been wasted. Replace the volume of the liquid wasted by pouring the 
    same volume of effluent back into the bioreactor. Dispose of the 
    waste sludge properly.
        5.3  Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids 
    concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge 
    back into the bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge added by 
    the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.297
    
    where
        Vw is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),
        Vr is the volume of the reactor (6 Liters),
        Sw is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),
        Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
        Ss is the specified solids (g/L).
        5.4  Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow 
    rate by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least 
    one hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record 
    the collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow 
    rate. Adjust the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.
    
    6. Calculations
    
        6.1  Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the 
    calculations.
        Ci=Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of 
    interest, as analyzedP (mg/L)
        Co=Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound 
    of interest, as analyzedP (mg/L)
        X=Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)
        t=Hydraulic residence time in the reactor (hours)
        V=Volume of the bioreactor (6L)
        Q=Flow rate of wastewater into the reactor, average (L/hour)
        6.2  Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the reactor 
    is equal to the ratio of the volume of the reactor (L) to the flow 
    rate (L/h)
    
    TR22AP94.298
    
        6.3  Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of 
    biodegradation for each component with the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.299
    
        6.4  First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order 
    biorate constant (K1) for each component with the following 
    equation:
    
    TR22AP94.300
    
        6.5  Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard 
    deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations 
    (S) using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.301
    
        6.6  Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent 
    Biodegraded. Use the results from this test method and follow the 
    applicable procedures in Appendix C of 40 CFR part 63, entitled, 
    ``Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a 
    Biological Treatment Unit'' to determine Fbio.
    
    7. Bibliography
    
        1. ``Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation 
    in Environmental Chemistry'', Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical 
    Chemistry, Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.
        2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A.
        3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
    16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-
    105  deg.C, APHA, 1985.
        4. Water7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
    Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental 
    Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
        5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal 
    Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental 
    Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
    
    Method 304B: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds 
    (Scrubber Option)
    
    1. Applicability and Principle
    
        1.1  Applicability. This method is applicable for the 
    determination of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an 
    activated sludge process. The test method is designed to evaluate 
    the ability of an aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or 
    destroy specific components in waste streams. The method may also be 
    used to determine the effects of changes in wastewater composition 
    on operation. The biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this 
    method are not representative of a full-scale system. Full-scale 
    systems embody biodegradation and air emissions in competing 
    reactions. This method measures biodegradation in absence of air 
    emissions. The rates measured by this method shall be used in 
    conjunction with the procedures listed in appendix C of this part to 
    calculate the fraction emitted to the air versus the fraction 
    biodegraded.
        1.2  Principle. A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is 
    assembled in the laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and 
    the waste stream is then fed continuously. The bioreactor is 
    operated under conditions identical to the target full-scale 
    activated sludge process, except that air emissions are not a 
    factor. Bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, 
    average residence time in the reactor, waste composition, biomass 
    concentration, and biomass composition of the full-scale process are 
    the parameters which are duplicated in the laboratory system. If 
    antifoaming agents are used in the full-scale system, they shall 
    also be used in the bioreactor. The feed flowing into the reactor 
    and the effluent exiting the reactor are analyzed to determine the 
    biodegradation rates of the target compounds. The choice of 
    analytical methodology for measuring the compounds of interest at 
    the inlet and outlet to the reactor are left to the discretion of 
    the source, except where validated methods are available.
    
    2. Apparatus
    
        Figure 1 illustrates the typical laboratory apparatus used to 
    measure biodegradation rates. Throughout the testing period, ensure 
    that the bioreactor system is self-contained and isolated from the 
    atmosphere by leak-checking fittings, tubing, etc.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    
    EPA METHOD 304B BIOREACTOR SYSTEM
    
    TR22AP94.326
    
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
        2.1  Laboratory apparatus.
        2.1.1  Reactor. The biological reaction is conducted in a 
    conical 6-L glass biological oxidation reactor. The reactor is 
    sealed and equipped with internal probes to control and monitor 
    dissolved oxygen and internal temperature. The top of the reactor is 
    tapped for aerators, gas flow ports, and instrumentation (while 
    ensuring that no leaks to the atmosphere exist around the fittings).
        2.1.2  Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the reactor 
    through three diffusers, which are glass tubes (4 mm O.D.) that 
    extend to the bottom fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen 
    pressurized cylinder is recommended in order to maintain the 
    specified oxygen concentration. Install a blower (Diaphragm Type, 15 
    SCFH capacity) to blow the aeration gas into the reactor diffusers. 
    Measure the aeration gas flow rate with a rotameter (0-15 SCFH 
    recommended). The aeration gas will rise through the reactor, 
    dissolving oxygen into the mixture in the process. The aeration gas 
    must provide sufficient agitation to keep the solids in suspension. 
    Provide an exit for the aeration gas from the top flange of the 
    reactor through a water-cooled Allihn-type condenser. Install the 
    condenser through a gas-tight fitting in the reactor closure. Design 
    the system so that at least 10 percent of the gas flows through an 
    alkaline scrubber containing 175 mL of 45 percent by weight solution 
    of potassium hydroxide (KOH) and 5 drops of 0.2 percent alizarin 
    yellow dye. Route the balance of the gas through an adjustable 
    scrubber bypass. Route all of the gas through a 1-L knock-out flask 
    to remove entrained moisture and then to the intake of the blower. 
    The blower recirculates the gas to the reactor.
        2.1.3  Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the 
    reactor in a 20-L collapsible low-density polyethylene container 
    equipped with a spigot cap (collapsible containers of other material 
    may be required due to the permeability of some volatile compounds 
    through polyethylene). Obtain the wastewater feed by sampling the 
    wastewater feed in the target process. A representative sample of 
    wastewater shall be obtained from the piping leading to the aeration 
    tank. This sample may be obtained from existing sampling valves at 
    the discharge of the wastewater feed pump, or collected from a pipe 
    discharging to the aeration tank, or by pumping from a well-mixed 
    equalization tank upstream from the aeration tank. Alternatively, 
    wastewater can be pumped continuously to the laboratory apparatus 
    from a bleed stream taken from the equalization tank of the full-
    scale treatment system.
        2.1.3.1  Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by 
    ice or by refrigeration to 4  deg.C. If using a bleed stream from 
    the process, refrigeration is not required if the residence time in 
    the bleed stream is less than five minutes.
        2.1.3.2  Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the 
    refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive 
    equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the 
    reactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine the rate of 
    feed addition to provide a retention time in the bioreactor that is 
    numerically equivalent to the retention time in the full-scale 
    system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate sufficient to achieve 
    90 to 100 percent of the full-scale system residence time.
        2.1.3.3  Treated wastewater feed. The reactor effluent exits at 
    the bottom of the reactor through a tube and proceeds to the 
    clarifier.
        2.1.4  Clarifier. The effluent flows to a clarifier constructed 
    from a 2-liter pear-shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by 
    removing the stopcock and adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the 
    bottom. Reactor effluent enters the clarifier through a tube 
    inserted to a depth of 0.08 m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top 
    of the clarifier. System effluent flows from a tube inserted through 
    the stopper at the top of the clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle 
    when sampling). The underflow from the clarifier leaves from the 
    glass tube at the bottom of the clarifier through an o-ring fitting 
    and a reducer. Flexible tubing connects this fitting to the sludge 
    recycle pump. This pump is coupled to a variable speed pump drive. 
    The discharge from this pump is returned through a tube inserted in 
    a port on the side of the reactor. An additional port is provided 
    near the bottom of the reactor for sampling the reactor contents. 
    The mixed liquor from the reactor flows into the center of the 
    clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass 
    and flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall 
    be no headspace in the clarifier. Optional Clarifier Design: An 
    internal clarifier may be used instead of the external clarifier 
    described here as long as the biomass concentration is maintained to 
    method specifications.
        2.1.5  Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the 
    system at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale 
    system, 2  deg.C.
        2.1.5.1  Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type 
    temperature probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature 
    readout with a resolution of 0.1  deg.C.
        2.1.5.2  Reactor Heater. The heater is connected to the 
    temperature control device.
        2.1.6  Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen 
    concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system, 
    plus-minuss>0.5 mg/L.
        2.1.6.1  Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored 
    with a polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a 
    dissolved oxygen meter (0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50  deg.C).
        2.1.6.2  Reactor Pressure Monitor. The reactor pressure is 
    monitored through a port in the top flange of the reactor. This is 
    connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-cm water vacuum to 
    13-cm water pressure. A relay is activated when the vacuum exceeds 
    an adjustable setpoint which opens a solenoid valve (normally 
    closed), admitting oxygen to the system. The vacuum setpoint 
    controlling oxygen addition to the system shall be set at 
    approximately 2.5 plus-minuss>0.5 cm water and maintained at 
    this setting except during brief periods when the dissolved oxygen 
    concentration is adjusted.
        2.1.7  Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon 
    or equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this 
    specification is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the 
    wastewater feed pump, which may be Viton, Silicone or another type 
    of flexible tubing.
        2.2  Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in 
    the wastewater is not known to the source, a representative sample 
    of the wastewater shall be analyzed in order to identify all of the 
    compounds of interest present. A gas chromatography/mass 
    spectrometry screening method is recommended.
        2.2.1  After identifying the compounds of interest in the 
    wastewater, develop an analytical technique capable of measuring all 
    of those compounds (more than one analytical technique may be 
    required, depending on the characteristics of the wastewater). Test 
    Method 18, found in Appendix A of 40 CFR part 60, may be used as a 
    guideline in developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap 
    techniques may be used for analysis providing the target components 
    are sufficiently volatile as to make this technique appropriate. The 
    limit of quantitation for each compound shall be determined\1\. If 
    the effluent concentration of any target compound is below the limit 
    of quantitation determined for that compound, use the limit of 
    quantitation concentration as the outlet concentration for that 
    compound in the biodegradation calculations.
        2.2.2  Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from 
    pure certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze 
    three concentrations of calibration standards for each target 
    component (or for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily 
    throughout the analyses of the test samples. At each concentration 
    level, a single calibration shall be within 5 percent of the average 
    of the three calibration results. The low and medium calibration 
    standards shall bracket the expected concentration of the effluent 
    (treated) wastewater. The medium and high standards shall bracket 
    the expected influent concentration.
        2.3  Audit Analysis. Analyze a performance audit sample during 
    every compliance test, if an audit sample is available. Audit 
    availability information may be obtained by contacting the Emission 
    Measurement Technical Information Center at (919) 541-2237. Use the 
    same analytical equipment and analyst used in conducting the 
    compliance test to conduct the audit analysis.
    
    3. Reagents
    
        3.1  Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at 
    the inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing 
    full-scale treatment plant (See Section 2.1.3). If there is no 
    existing full-scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as 
    close to the point of generation as possible. Collect the sample by 
    pumping the wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The loss 
    of volatiles shall be minimized from the wastewater by collapsing 
    the container before filling, by minimizing the time of filling, and 
    by avoiding a headspace in the container after filling. If the 
    wastewater requires the addition of nutrients to support the biomass 
    growth and maintain biomass characteristics, those nutrients are 
    added and mixed with the container contents after the container is 
    filled.
        3.2  Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for 
    rate constant determination in the bench-scale process from the 
    existing full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture 
    that has been developed for a future full-scale process. This 
    biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened acclimated mixed 
    liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing from the mixed 
    liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted container, or by 
    collecting aeration tank effluent at the effluent overflow weir. 
    Transport the sample to the laboratory within 12 hours of 
    collection. Maintain the biomass concentration in the reactor at the 
    level of the full-scale system plus-minuss>10 percent 
    throughout the sampling period of the test method.
    
    4. Procedure
    
        Safety Note: If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of 
    biodegradation, closely monitor headspace concentration of these 
    gases to ensure laboratory safety. Placement of bioreactor system 
    inside a laboratory hood is recommended regardless of byproducts 
    produced.
    
        4.1  Reactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to the reactor, 
    minimizing headspace over the liquid surface to minimize entrainment 
    of mixed liquor in the circulating gas. Fasten the reactor headplate 
    to the reactor over the liquid surface. Maintain the temperature of 
    the contents of the laboratory reactor system at the temperature of 
    the full-scale system, plus-minuss>2  deg.C, throughout the 
    testing period. Monitor and record the temperature of the reactor 
    contents to the nearest 0.1  deg.C.
        4.1.1  Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 
    20-L collapsible container. Store the container at 4  deg.C 
    throughout the testing period. Connect the container to the reactor 
    feed pump.
        4.1.2  Wastewater Flow Rate. The hydraulic residence time of the 
    aeration tank is calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank 
    (L) to the flow rate (L/min). At the beginning of a test the 
    container shall be connected to the feed pump and solution pumped to 
    the reactor at the required flow rate to achieve the calculated 
    hydraulic residence time of the aeration tank.
    
    TR22AP94.302
    
    where Qtest=wastewater flow rate (L/min)
    Qfs=average flow rate of full-scale processP (L/min)
    Vfs=volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)
    
        The flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as the flow rate 
    in the full-scale process multiplied by the ratio of bioreactor 
    volume (6 L) to the volume of the full-scale aeration tank. The 
    hydraulic residence time shall be maintained at 90 to 100 percent of 
    the residence time maintained in the full-scale unit. A nominal flow 
    rate is set on the pump based on a pump calibration. Changes in the 
    elasticity of the tubing in the pump head and the accumulation of 
    material in the tubing affect this calibration. The nominal pumping 
    rate shall be changed as necessary based on volumetric flow 
    measurements. Discharge the reactor effluent to a wastewater 
    storage, treatment, or disposal facility, except during sampling or 
    flow measurement periods.
        4.1.3  Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a 
    rate sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the 
    clarifier. Set the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the 
    biomass in suspension.
        4.1.4  Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. Temperature, 
    dissolved oxygen concentration, flow rate, and air circulation rate 
    shall be measured and recorded three times throughout each day of 
    testing. If other parameters (such as pH) are measured and 
    maintained in the full-scale unit, these parameters shall be 
    monitored and maintained to full-scale specifications in the 
    bioreactor. At the beginning of each sampling period (Section 4.2), 
    sample the reactor contents for suspended solids analysis. Take this 
    sample by loosening a clamp on a length of tubing attached to the 
    lower side port. Determine the suspended solids determination 
    gravimetrically by the Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for 
    total suspended solids, in accordance with Standard Methods\3\ or 
    equivalent. When necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower 
    side port of the reactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be 
    replaced with an equal volume of the reactor effluent. Add thickened 
    activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the reactor to 
    increase the suspended solids concentration to the desired level. 
    Pump this mixed liquor to the reactor through the upper side port 
    (Item 24 in Figure 1). Change the membrane on the dissolved oxygen 
    probe before starting the test. Calibrate the oxygen probe 
    immediately before the start of the test and each time the membrane 
    is changed. The scrubber solution shall be replaced each weekday 
    with 175 mL 45 percent W/W KOH solution to which five drops of 0.2 
    percent alizarin yellow indicator in water have been added. The 
    potassium hydroxide solution in the alkaline scrubber shall be 
    changed if the alizarin yellow dye color changes.
        4.1.5  Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line 
    tubing becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow 
    rate is not within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate 
    is measured, reset pump and measure flow rate again until target 
    flow rate is achieved.
        4.2  Test Sampling. Two and one half hydraulic residence times 
    after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall be 
    permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent 
    samples of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 1) and the 
    influent wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to 
    which two drops of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been 
    added. Sample the clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. 
    These samples will be composed of the entire flow from the system 
    for a period of several minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from 
    the feed pump suction line after temporarily stopping the reactor 
    feed, removing a connector, and squeezing the collapsible feed 
    container. Store both influent and effluent samples at 4 deg.C 
    immediately after collection and analyze within 8 hours of 
    collection.
        4.2.1  Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and 
    analyze the wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six 
    times. The sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 
    hours. During any individual sampling interval, sample the 
    wastewater feed simultaneously with or immediately after the 
    effluent sample. Calculate the relative standard deviation (RSD) of 
    both the influent and effluent sample concentrations. Both RSD 
    values shall be  15 percent. If an RSD value is > 15 
    percent, continue sampling and analyzing influent and effluent sets 
    of samples until the RSD values are within specifications.
        4.2.2  Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, 
    after starting sampling procedures, the bioreactor system is exposed 
    to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow at least 
    one hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming sampling.
    
    5. Operational Checks and Calibration
    
        5.1  Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen 
    concentration may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected 
    gas leaks, increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids 
    resulting from cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, 
    changes in diffuser performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and 
    overcorrection due to faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe 
    response. Control the dissolved oxygen concentration in the reactor 
    by changing the proportion of oxygen in the circulating aeration 
    gas. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift below the 
    designated experimental condition, bleed a small amount of aeration 
    gas from the system on the pressure side (i.e. immediately upstream 
    of one of the diffusers). This will create a vacuum in the system, 
    triggering the pressure sensitive relay to open the solenoid valve 
    and admit oxygen to the system. Should the dissolved oxygen 
    concentration drift above the designated experimental condition, 
    stop the oxygen input to the system until the dissolved oxygen 
    concentration approaches the correct level.
        5.2  Sludge Wasting. Determine the suspended solids 
    concentration (Section 4.1.4) at the beginning of a test, and once 
    per day thereafter during the test. If the test is completed within 
    a two day period, determine the suspended solids concentration after 
    the final sample set is taken. If the suspended solids concentration 
    exceeds the specified concentration, remove a fraction of the sludge 
    from the reactor. The required volume of mixed liquor to remove is 
    determined as follows:
    
    TR22AP94.303
    
    where Vw is the wasted volume (Liters),
    Vr is the volume of the reactor (6 Liters),
    Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
    Ss is the specified solids (g/L).
    
        Remove the mixed liquor from the reactor by loosening a clamp on 
    the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the required volume to 
    drain to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when the correct volume 
    has been wasted. Replace the volume of the liquid wasted by pouring 
    the same volume of effluent back into the bioreactor. Dispose of the 
    waste sludge properly.
        5.3  Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids 
    concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge 
    back into the bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge added by 
    the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.304
    
    where Vw is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),
    Vr is the volume of the reactor (6 Liters),
    Sw is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),
    Sm is the measured solids (g/L), and
    Ss is the specified solids (g/L).
    
        5.4  Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow 
    rate by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least 
    one hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record 
    the collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow 
    rate. Adjust the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.
    
    6. Calculations
    
        6.1  Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the 
    calculations.
    
    Ci=Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of interest, 
    as analyzedP (mg/L)
    Co=Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound of 
    interest, as analyzed P(mg/L)
    X=Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)
    t=Hydraulic residence time in the reactor (hours)
    V=Volume of the bioreactor (6L)
    Q=Flow rate of wastewater into the reactor, average (L/hour)
    
        6.2  Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the reactor 
    is equal to the ratio of the volume of the reactor (L) to the flow 
    rate (L/h)
    
    TR22AP94.305
    
        6.3  Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of 
    biodegradation for each component with the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.306
    
        6.4  First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order 
    biorate constant (K1) for each component with the following 
    equation:
    
    TR22AP94.307
    
        6.5  Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard 
    deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations 
    (S) using the following equation:
    
    TR22AP94.308
    
        6.6  Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent 
    Biodegraded. Use the results from this test method and follow the 
    applicable procedures in Appendix C of 40 CFR Part 63, entitled, 
    ``Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a 
    Biological Treatment Unit'' to determine Fbio.
    
    7. Bibliography
    
        1. ``Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation 
    in Environmental Chemistry'', Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical 
    Chemistry, Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.
        2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A.
        3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 
    16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-
    105 deg.C, APHA, 1985.
        4. Water7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and disposal 
    Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental 
    Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
        5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and disposal 
    Facilities (TSDF)--Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental 
    Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.
    
    Method 305: Measurement of Emission Potential of Individual Volatile 
    Organic Compounds in Waste
    
    1. Applicability and Principle
    
        This procedure is used to determine the emission potential of 
    individual volatile organics (VOs) in waste. The heated purge 
    conditions established by Method 25D (40 CFR part 60, Appendix A) 
    are used to remove VOs from a 10-g sample of waste suspended in a 
    50/50 solution of polyethylene glycol (PEG) and water. The purged 
    VOs are quantified by using the sample collection and analytical 
    techniques appropriate for the VOs present in the waste. The 
    recovery efficiency of the sample collection and analytical 
    technique is determined for each waste matrix. A correction factor 
    is determined for each compound (if acceptable recovery criteria 
    requirements are met of 70 to 130 percent recovery for every target 
    compound), and the measured waste concentration is corrected with 
    the correction factor for each compound. A minimum of three 
    replicate waste samples shall be analyzed.
    
    2. Apparatus and Materials
    
        2.1  Method 25D Purge Apparatus.
        2.1.1  Purge Chamber. The purge chamber shall accommodate the 
    10-g sample of waste suspended in a matrix of 50 mL of PEG and 50 mL 
    of deionized, hydrocarbon-free water. Three fittings are used on the 
    glass chamber top. Two #7 Ace-threads are used for the purge gas 
    inlet and outlet connections. A #50 Ace-thread is used to connect 
    the top of the chamber to the base (see Figure 1). The base of the 
    chamber has a side-arm equipped with a #22 Sovirel fitting to allow 
    for easy sample introductions into the chamber. The dimensions of 
    the chamber are shown in Figure 1.
        2.1.2  Flow Distribution Device (FDD). The FDD enhances the gas-
    to-liquid contact for improved purging efficiency. The FDD is a 6 mm 
    OD by 30 cm long glass tube equipped with four arm bubblers as shown 
    in Figure 1. Each arm shall have an opening of 1 mm in diameter.
        2.1.3  Coalescing Filter. The coalescing filter serves to 
    discourage aerosol formation of sample gas once it leaves the purge 
    chamber. The glass filter has a fritted disc mounted 10 cm from the 
    bottom. Two #7 Ace-threads are used for the inlet and outlet 
    connections. The dimensions of the chamber are shown in Figure 2.
        2.1.4  Oven. A forced convection airflow oven capable of 
    maintaining the purge chamber and coalescing filter at 
    752 deg.C.
        2.1.5  Toggle Valve. An on/off valve constructed from brass or 
    stainless steel rated to 100 psig. This valve is placed in line 
    between the purge nitrogen source and the flow controller.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    TR22AP94.327
    
    
    Figure 1. Schematic of Purge Chamber
    
    TR22AP94.328
    
    
    Figure 2. Schematic of Coalescing Filter
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
        2.1.6  Flow Controller. High-quality stainless steel flow 
    controller capable of restricting a flow of nitrogen to 
    60.06 L/min at 40 psig.
        2.1.7  Polyethylene Glycol Cleaning System.
        2.1.7.1  Round-Bottom Flask. One liter, three-neck glass round-
    bottom flask for cleaning PEG. Standard taper 24/40 joints are 
    mounted on each neck.
        2.1.7.2  Heating Mantle. Capable of heating contents of the 1-L 
    flask to 120 deg.C.
        2.1.7.3  Nitrogen Bubbler. Teflon or glass tube, 0.25 in. OD.
        2.1.7.4  Thermometer. Partial immersion glass thermometer.
        2.1.7.5  Hose Adapter. Glass with 24/40 standard tapered joint.
        2.1.8  Reagents.
        2.1.8.1  Polyethylene Glycol. Ninety-eight percent pure organic 
    polymer with an average molecular weight of 400. Volatile organics 
    are removed from the PEG prior to use by heating to 
    1205 deg.C and purging with pure nitrogen at 1 L/min for 
    2 hours. The PEG is stored at room temperature under a nitrogen 
    purge maintained at 1 L/min until used. A typical apparatus used to 
    clean the PEG is shown in Figure 3.
        2.1.8.2  Water. Organic-free deionized water is required.
        2.1.8.3  Nitrogen. High-purity nitrogen (less than 0.5 ppm total 
    hydrocarbons) is used to remove test compounds from the purge 
    matrix. The source of nitrogen shall be regulated continuously to 40 
    psig before the on/off toggle valve.
        2.2  Volatile Organic Recovery System.
        2.2.1  Splitter Valve (Optional). Stainless steel cross-pattern 
    valve capable of splitting nominal flow rates from the purge flow of 
    6 L/min. The valve shall be maintained at 752 deg.C in 
    the heated zone and shall be placed downstream of the coalescing 
    filter. It is recommended that 0.125 in. OD tubing be used to direct 
    the split vent flow from the heated zone. The back pressure caused 
    by the 0.125 in. OD tubing is critical for maintaining proper split 
    valve operation. Note: The splitter valve design is optional; it may 
    be used in cases where the concentration of a pollutant would 
    saturate the adsorbents.
        2.2.2  Injection Port. Stainless steel 1/4 in. OD compression 
    fitting tee with a 6-mm septum fixed on the top port. The injection 
    port is the point of entry for the recovery study solution. If using 
    a gaseous standard to determine recovery efficiency, connect the 
    gaseous standard to the injection port of the tee.
        2.2.3  Knockout Trap (Optional but Recommended). A 25-mL 
    capacity glass reservoir body with a full-stem impinger (to avoid 
    leaks, a modified midget glass impinger with a screw cap and ball/
    socket clamps on the inlet and outlet is recommended). The empty 
    impinger is placed in an ice water bath between the injection port 
    and the sorbent cartridge. Its purpose is to reduce the water 
    content of the purge gas (saturated at 75 deg.C) before the sorbent 
    cartridge.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    TR22AP94.329
    
                   Figure 3. Schematic of PEG Cleaning System
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
        2.2.4  Insulated Ice Bath. A 350-mL dewar or other type of 
    insulated bath is used to maintain ice water around the knockout 
    trap.
        2.2.5  Sorbent Cartridges. Commercially available glass or 
    stainless steel cartridge packed with one or more appropriate 
    sorbents. The amount of adsorbent packed in the cartridge depends on 
    the breakthrough volume of the test compounds but is limited by back 
    pressure caused by the packing (not to exceed 7 psig). More than one 
    sorbent cartridge placed in series may be necessary depending upon 
    the mixture of the measured components.
        2.2.6  Volumetric Glassware. Type A glass 10-mL volumetric 
    flasks for measuring a final volume from the water catch in the 
    knockout trap.
        2.2.7  Thermal Desorption Unit. A clam-shell type oven, used for 
    the desorption of direct thermal desorption sorbent tubes. The oven 
    shall be capable of increasing the temperature of the desorption 
    tubes rapidly to recommended desorption temperature.
        2.2.8  Ultrasonic Bath. Small bath used to agitate sorbent 
    material and desorption solvent. Ice water shall be used in the bath 
    because of heat transfer caused by operation of the bath.
        2.2.9  Desorption Vials. Four-dram (15-mL) capacity borosilicate 
    glass vials with Teflon-lined caps.
        2.2.10 Reagents.
        2.2.10.1  Water. Same as specified in Section 2.1.8.2.
        2.2.10.2  Desorption Solvent (when used). Appropriate high-
    purity (99.99 percent) solvent for desorption shall be used. 
    Analysis shall be performed (utilizing the same analytical technique 
    as that used in the analysis of the waste samples) on each lot to 
    determine purity.
        2.3  Analytical System. A gas chromatograph (GC) is commonly 
    used to separate and quantify compounds from the sample collection 
    and recovery procedure. Method 18 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A) may 
    be used as a guideline for determining the appropriate GC column and 
    GC detector based on the test compounds to be determined. Other 
    types of analytical instrumentation may be used (i.e., HPLC) in lieu 
    of GC systems as long as the recovery efficiency criteria of this 
    method are met.
        2.3.1  Gas Chromatograph. The GC shall be equipped with a 
    constant-temperature liquid injection port or a heated sampling 
    loop/valve system, as appropriate. The GC oven shall be temperature-
    programmable over the useful range of the GC column. The choice of 
    detectors is based on the test compounds to be determined.
        2.3.2  GC Column. Select the appropriate GC column based on (1) 
    literature review or previous experience, (2) polarity of the 
    analytes, (3) capacity of the column, or (4) resolving power (i.e., 
    length, diameter, film thickness) required.
        2.3.3  Data System. A programmable electronic integrator for 
    recording, analyzing, and storing the signal generated by the 
    detector.
        2.3.4  Reagents. The gases required for GC operation shall be of 
    the highest obtainable purity (hydrocarbon free). Consult the 
    operating manual for recommended settings.
    
    3. Procedure
    
        Assemble the glassware and associated fittings (see Figures 4 or 
    5, as appropriate) and leak-check the system (approximately 7 psig 
    is the target pressure). After an initial leak check, mark the 
    pressure gauge and use the initial checkpoint to monitor for leaks 
    throughout subsequent analyses. If the pressure in the system drops 
    below the target pressure at any time during analysis, that analysis 
    shall be considered invalid.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    TR22AP94.330
    
    
    Figure 4. Schematic of Purge and Recovery Apparatus
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
        3.1  Recovery Efficiency Determination. Determine the individual 
    recovery efficiency (RE) for each of the target compounds in 
    duplicate before the waste samples are analyzed. To determine the 
    RE, generate a water blank (Section 3.2.4) and use the injection 
    port to introduce a known volume of spike solution (or certified 
    gaseous standard) containing all of the target compounds at the 
    levels expected in the waste sample. Introduce the spike solution 
    immediately after the nitrogen purge has been started (Section 
    3.2.2). Follow the procedures outlined in Section 3.2.3. Analyze the 
    recovery efficiency samples using the techniques described in 
    Section 3.3.  Determine the recovery efficiency (Equation 1, Section 
    4.2) by comparing the amount of compound recovered to the 
    theoretical amount spiked. Determine the RE twice for each compound; 
    the RSD shall be  10 percent for each compound. If the 
    RSD for any compound is not  10 percent, modify the 
    sampling/analytical procedure and complete an RE study in duplicate, 
    or continue determining RE until the RSD meets the acceptable 
    criteria. The average RE shall be 0.70RE1.30 
    for each compound. If the average RE does not meet these criteria, 
    an alternative sample collection and/or analysis technique shall be 
    developed and the recovery efficiency determination shall be 
    repeated for that compound until the criteria are met for every 
    target compound. Example modifications of the sampling/analytical 
    system include changing the adsorbent material, changing the 
    desorption solvent, utilizing direct thermal desorption of test 
    compounds from the sorbent tubes, utilizing another analytical 
    technique.
        3.2  Sample Collection and Recovery.
        3.2.1  The sample collection procedure in Method 25D shall be 
    used to collect (into a preweighed vial) 10 g of waste into PEG, 
    cool, and ship to the laboratory. Remove the sample container from 
    the cooler and wipe the exterior to remove any ice or water. Weigh 
    the container and sample to the nearest 0.01 g and record the 
    weight. Pour the sample from the container into the purge flask. 
    Rinse the sample container three times with approximately 6 mL of 
    PEG (or the volume needed to total 50 mL of PEG in the purge flask), 
    transferring the rinses to the purge flask. Add 50 mL of organic-
    free deionized water to the purge flask. Cap the purge flask tightly 
    in between each rinse and after adding all the components into the 
    flask.
        3.2.2  Allow the oven to equilibrate to 75  deg.C. 
    Begin the sample recovery process by turning the toggle valve on, 
    thus allowing a 6-L/min flow of pure nitrogen through the purge 
    chamber.
        3.2.3  Stop the purge after 30 min. Immediately remove the 
    sorbent tube(s) from the apparatus and cap both ends. Remove the 
    knockout trap and transfer the water catch to a 10-mL volumetric 
    flask. Rinse the trap with organic-free deionized water and transfer 
    the rinse to the volumetric flask. Dilute to the 10-mL mark with 
    water. Transfer the water sample to a sample vial and store at 
    4 deg.C with zero headspace. The analysis of the contents of the 
    water knockout trap is optional for this method. If the target 
    compounds are water soluble, analysis of the water is recommended; 
    meeting the recovery efficiency criteria in these cases would be 
    difficult without adding the amount captured in the knockout trap.
        3.2.4  Water Blank. A water blank shall be analyzed daily to 
    determine the cleanliness of the purge and recovery system. A water 
    blank is generated by adding 60 mL of organic-free deionized water 
    to 50 mL of PEG in the purge chamber. Treat the blank as described 
    in Section 3.2.2 and 3.2.3. The purpose of the water blank is to 
    insure that no contaminants exist in the sampling and analytical 
    apparatus which would interfere with the quantitation of the target 
    compounds. If contaminants are present, locate the source of 
    contamination, remove it, and repeat the water blank analysis.
        3.3  Sample Analysis. Sample analysis in the context of this 
    method refers to techniques to remove the target compounds from the 
    sorbent tubes, separate them using a chromatography technique, and 
    quantify them with an appropriate detector. Two types of sample 
    extraction techniques typically used for sorbents include solvent 
    desorption or direct thermal desorption of test compounds to a 
    secondary focusing unit (either sorbent or cryogen based). The test 
    compounds are then typically transferred to a GC system for 
    analysis. Other analytical systems may be used (i.e., HPLC) in lieu 
    of GC systems as long as the recovery efficiency criteria of this 
    method are met.
        3.3.1  Recover the test compounds from the sorbent tubes that 
    require solvent desorption by transferring the adsorbent material to 
    a sample vial containing the desorption solvent. The desorption 
    solvent shall be the same as the solvent used to prepare calibration 
    standards. The volume of solvent depends on the amount of adsorbed 
    material to be desorbed (1.0 mL per 100 mg of adsorbent material) 
    and also on the amount of test compounds present. Final volume 
    adjustment and or dilution can be made so that the concentration of 
    test compounds in the desorption solvent is bracketed by the 
    concentration of the calibration solutions. Ultrasonicate the 
    desorption solvent for 15 min in an ice bath. Allow the sample to 
    sit for a period of time so that the adsorbent material can settle 
    to the bottom of the vial. Transfer the solvent with a pasteur pipet 
    (minimizing the amount of adsorbent material taken) to another vial 
    and store at 4  deg.C.
        3.3.2  The analytical instrument shall be calibrated with a 
    minimum of three levels of standards for each compound whose 
    concentrations bracket the concentration of test compounds from the 
    sorbent tubes. Liquid calibration standards shall be used for 
    calibration in the analysis of the solvent extracts. The liquid 
    calibration standards shall be prepared in the desorption solvent 
    matrix. The calibration standards may be prepared and injected 
    individually or as a mixture. If thermal desorption and focusing 
    (onto another sorbent or cryogen focusing) are used, a certified 
    gaseous mixture or a series of gaseous standards shall be used for 
    calibration of the instrument. The gaseous standards shall be 
    focused and analyzed in the same manner as the samples.
        3.3.3  The analytical system shall be certified free from 
    contaminants before a calibration is performed (see Section 3.2.4). 
    The calibration standards are used to determine the linearity of the 
    analytical system. Perform an initial calibration and linearity 
    check by analyzing the three calibration standards for each target 
    compound in triplicate starting with the lowest level and continuing 
    to the highest level. If the triplicate analyses do not agree within 
    5 percent of their average, additional analyses will be needed until 
    the 5 percent criteria is met. Calculate the response factor 
    (Equation 3, Section 4.4) from the average area counts of the 
    injections for each concentration level. Average the response 
    factors of the standards for each compound. The linearity of the 
    detector is acceptable if the response factor of each compound at a 
    particular concentration is within 10 percent of the overall mean 
    response factor for that compound. Analyze daily a mid-level 
    calibration standard in duplicate and calculate a new response 
    factor. Compare the daily response factor average to the average 
    response factor calculated for the mid-level calibration during the 
    initial linearity check; repeat the three-level calibration 
    procedure if the daily average response factor differs from the 
    initial linearity check mid-level response factor by more than 10 
    percent. Otherwise, proceed with the sample analysis.
        3.3.4  Analyze the desorption solvent or direct thermal 
    desorption tubes from each sample using the same analytical 
    parameters used for the calibration standard. Calculate the total 
    weight detected for each compound (Equation 4, Section 4.5). The 
    slope (area/amount) and y-intercept are calculated from the line 
    bracketed between the two closest calibration points. Correct the 
    concentration of each waste sample with the appropriate recovery 
    efficiency factor and the split flow ratio (if used). The final 
    concentration of each individual test compound is calculated by 
    dividing the corrected measured weight for that compound by the 
    weight of the original sample determined in Section 3.2.1 (Equation 
    5, Section 4.6).
        3.4  Repeat the sample collection, recovery, and analysis twice 
    more, for a total of three samples. Report the corrected 
    concentration of each of the waste samples, average waste 
    concentration, and relative standard deviation (Equation 6, Section 
    4.7).
    
    4. Calculations
    
    4.1  Definitions and Variables
    
    AS=Mean area counts of test compound in standard.
    Au=Mean area counts of test compound in sample desorption 
    solvent.
    b=y-intercept of the line formed between the two closest calibration 
    standards that bracket the concentration of the sample.
    CT=Amount of test compound (g) in calibration 
    standard.
    CF=Correction for adjusting final amount of sample detected for 
    losses during individual sample runs.
    Fp=Nitrogen flow through the purge chamber (6 L/min).
    Fs=Nitrogen split flow directed to the sample recovery system 
    (use 6 L/min if split flow design was not used).
    PPM=Final concentration of test compound in waste sample 
    (g/g).
    RE=Recovery efficiency for adjusting final amount of sample detected 
    for losses due to inefficient trapping and desorption techniques.
    R.F.=Response factor for test compound, calculated from a 
    calibration standard.
    S=Slope of the line (area counts/CT) formed between two closest 
    calibration points that bracket the concentration of the sample.
    WC=Weight of test compound expected to be recovered in spike 
    solution based on theoretical amount.
    WE=Weight of vial and PEG (g).
    WF=Weight of vial, PEG and waste sample (g).
    WS=Weight of original waste sample (g).
    WT=Corrected weight of test compound measured (g) in 
    sample.
    WX=Weight of test compound measured during analysis of recovery 
    efficiency spike samples (g).
        4.2  Recovery efficiency for determining trapping/desorption 
    efficiency of individual test compounds in the spike solution, 
    decimal value.
    
    TR22AP94.309
    
        4.3  Weight of waste sample (g).
    
    TR22AP94.310
    
        4.4  Response Factor for individual test compounds.
    
    TR22AP94.311
    
        4.5  Corrected weight of a test compound in the sample, in 
    g.
    
    TR22AP94.312
    
        4.6  Final concentration of a test compound in the sample in 
    ppmw.
    
    TR22AP94.313
    
        4.7  Relative standard deviation (RSD) calculation.
    
    TR22AP94.314
    
        5. Part 63 is amended by adding Appendix C to read as follows:
    
    Appendix C to part 63
    
    Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a Biological 
    Treatment Unit
    
    I. Purpose
    
        The purpose of this appendix is to define the procedures for an 
    owner or operator to use to calculate the site specific fraction of 
    organic compounds biodegraded (Fbio) in a biological treatment 
    unit. If an acceptable level of organic compounds is destroyed 
    rather than emitted to the air or remaining in the effluent, the 
    biological treatment unit may be used to comply with the applicable 
    treatment requirements without the unit being covered and vented 
    through a closed vent system to an air pollution control device.
        The determination of Fbio shall be made on a system as it 
    would exist under the rule. The owner or operator should anticipate 
    changes that would occur to the wastewater flow and concentration of 
    organics, to be treated by the biological treatment unit, as a 
    result of enclosing the collection and treatment system as required 
    by the rule.
    
    II. Definitions
    
        Biological treatment unit = wastewater treatment unit designed 
    and operated to promote the growth of bacteria and other factors to 
    destroy organic materials in wastewater.
        fbio = The fraction of individual applicable organic 
    compounds in the wastewater biodegraded in a biological treatment 
    unit.
        Fbio = The fraction of total applicable organic compounds 
    in the wastewater biodegraded in a biological treatment unit.
        Fe = The fraction of applicable organic compounds emitted from 
    the wastewater to the atmosphere.
        Kl = First order biodegradation rate constant, L/g bio-hr.
        KL = liquid-phase mass transfer coefficient, m/s.
        M = compound specific mass flow weighted average of organic 
    compounds in the wastewater, Mg/Yr.
    
    III. Procedures for Determination of fbio
    
        The first step in the analysis to determine if a biological 
    treatment unit may be used without being covered and vented through 
    a closed vent system to an air pollution control device, is to 
    determine the compound specific fbio. The following 3 
    procedures may be used to determine fbio:
        (1) EPA Test Method 304A or 304B (Appendix C, Part 63)--Method 
    for the Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds,
        (2) Performance data with and without biodegradation,
        (3) Inlet and outlet concentration measurements. All procedures 
    must be executed so that the resulting Fbio based on the 
    collection system and waste management units being in compliance 
    with the regulation. If the collection system and waste management 
    units meet the suppression requirements at the time of the 
    performance test, any of the three procedures may be chosen. If the 
    collection system and waste management units are not in compliance 
    at the time of the performance test, then only Method 304A or 304B 
    shall be chosen.
        Select the appropriate procedure from the three listed above 
    based on the availability of site specific data. If the facility 
    does not have site specific data on the removal efficiency of their 
    biological treatment unit, then Procedure 1 may be used. Procedure 1 
    allows the use of a bench scale reactor to determine the first order 
    biodegradation rate constant. Procedure 3 would be used if the 
    facility has, or measures to determine, data on the inlet and outlet 
    individual organic compound concentration for the biological 
    treatment unit. Procedure 2 is used if a facility has performance 
    data on a biotreatment unit prior to and after addition of the 
    microbial mass. An example where Procedure 2 could be used is, an 
    activated sludge unit where measurements have been taken on inlet 
    and exit concentration of organic compounds in the wastewater prior 
    to seeding with the microbial mass and start up of the unit. The 
    flow chart listed in Figure 1 outlines the steps to use for each of 
    the procedures.
    
    A. Method 304A or 304B (Procedure 1)
    
        If the first procedure is selected, follow the instructions in 
    Appendix C of part 63 Method 304A ``Method for the Determination of 
    Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds (Vented Option)'' or 
    Method 304B ``Method for the Determination of Biodegradation Rates 
    of Organic Compounds (Scrubber Option)''. Method 304A or 304B 
    provides instruction on setting up and operating a self-contained 
    benchtop bioreactor system which is operated under conditions 
    representative of the target full-scale system. Method 304A uses a 
    benchtop bioreactor system with a vent, and uses modeling to 
    estimate any air emissions. Method 304B uses a benchtop bioreactor 
    system which is equipped with a scrubber and is not vented.
        There are some restrictions on which method a source may use. If 
    the facility is measuring the rate of biodegradation of compounds 
    that may tend to react or hydrolyze in the scrubber of Method 304B, 
    this method shall not be used and Method 304A is the required 
    method. If a Henry's law value is not available to use with Form V, 
    then Method 304A shall not be used and Method 304B is the required 
    method. When using either method, the feed flow to the benchtop 
    bioreactor shall be representative of the flow and concentration of 
    the wastewater that will be treated by the full scale biological 
    treatment unit after the collection and treatment system has been 
    enclosed as required under the applicable subpart.
        The conditions under which Method 304A or 304B is run 
    establishes the operating parameters of the full scale biological 
    treatment unit. If the biological treatment unit is operated at a 
    non-steady state for example, varying dissolved oxygen, mixed liquor 
    suspended solids, temperature, or other critical parameters, the 
    Agency believes this will adversely affect the biodegradation rate 
    and is an unacceptable treatment option. If the variation in 
    operating parameters is due to seasonal changes or process changes, 
    the facility shall conduct the test method at these different 
    parameters and show the system is achieving the acceptable level of 
    control as required by the regulation. The facility would be making 
    multiple runs of the test method to establish an acceptable 
    operating range for its biological treatment unit. For wide ranges 
    of variation in operating parameters, the facility shall demonstrate 
    the biological treatment unit is achieving an acceptable level of 
    control, as required by the regulation, across the range and not 
    only at the endpoints.
        If Method 304A is used, complete Form V initially. Form V is 
    used to calculate K1 from the Method 304A results. Form V uses the 
    Henry's law constant to estimate the fraction lost from the benchtop 
    reactor vent. The owner or operator shall use the Henry's law values 
    in Table I. Form V also gives direction for calculating an 
    equivalent KL. Note on Form V if the calculated number for line 11 
    is greater than the calculated value for line 13, this procedure 
    shall not be used to demonstrate the compound is biodegradable. If 
    line 11 is greater than line 13, this is an indication the fraction 
    emitted from the vent is greater than the fraction biodegraded. The 
    equivalent KL determined on Form V is used in Form II (line 6). 
    Estimation of the Fe and fbio must be done following the steps 
    in Form III. Form III uses the previously calculated values of K1 
    and KL (equivalent KL), and site specific parameters of the full 
    scale bioreactor as input to the calculations. Forms II, III, and V 
    must be completed for each organic compound in the wastewater to 
    determine Fe and fbio.
        If Method 304B is used, perform the method and use the 
    measurements to determine K1, which is the first order 
    biodegradation rate constant. Form I lists the sequence of steps in 
    the procedure for calculating K1 from the Method 304B results. Once 
    K1 is determined, KL must be calculated by use of mass transfer 
    equations. Form II outlines the procedure to follow for use of mass 
    transfer equations to determine KL. Because of the complexity of 
    these equations, a computer program which incorporates these mass 
    transfer equations may be used. Water7 is a program that 
    incorporates these mass transfer equations and may be used to 
    determine KL. Refer to Form II-A to determine KL, if Water7 or the 
    most recent update to this model is used. The Bay Area Sewage Toxics 
    Emission (BASTE) model and the TOXCHEM (Environment Canada's 
    Wastewater Technology Centre and Environmega, Ltd.) model may also 
    be used with several stipulations. The programs must be altered to 
    output a KL value which is based on the site specific parameters of 
    the unit modeled, and the Henry's law values listed in Table I must 
    be substituted for the existing Henry's law values in the programs. 
    Input values used in the model and corresponding output values shall 
    become documentation of the fbio determination. The owner or 
    operator should be aware these programs do not allow modeling of 
    certain units. To model these units, the owner or operator shall use 
    one of the other appropriate procedures as outlined in this 
    appendix. The owner or operator shall not use a default value for 
    KL. The KL value determined by use of these models shall be based on 
    the site specific parameters of the specific unit. This KL value 
    shall be inserted in Form II (line 6). Estimation of the Fe and 
    fbio must be done following the steps in Form III. Form III 
    uses the previously calculated values of K1 and KL, and site 
    specific parameters of the full scale bioreactor as input to the 
    calculations. Forms I, II, and III must be completed for each 
    organic compound in the wastewater to determine Fe and fbio.
    
    B. Performance Data With and Without Biodegradation (Procedure 2)
    
        Procedure 2 uses site specific performance data that represents 
    or characterizes operation of the unit both with and without 
    biodegradation. As previously mentioned, proper determination of 
    fbio must be made on a system as it would exist under the rule. 
    Using Form IV, calculate KL and K1. After KL and K1 are determined, 
    Form III is used to calculate Fe and fbio for each organic 
    compound present in the wastewater.
    
    C. Inlet and Outlet Concentration Measurements (Procedure 3)
    
        Procedure 3 uses measured inlet and outlet organic compound 
    concentrations for the unit. Again, proper determination of 
    fbio must be made on a system as it would exist under the rule. 
    The first step in using this procedure is to calculate KL using Form 
    II. Again because of the complexity of the calculations, a computer 
    model may be used. If the Water7 model or the most recent update to 
    this model is used, then use Form II-A to calculate KL. After KL is 
    determined using field data, complete Form VI to calculate K1. The 
    TOXCHEM or BASTE model may also be used to calculate KL, with the 
    stipulations listed in procedure 304B. After KL and K1 are 
    determined, Form III is used to calculate Fe and fbio for each 
    organic compound.
    
    IV. Calculation of Fbio
    
        At this point, the individual fbio's determined by the 
    previously explained procedures must be summed to obtain the total 
    fbio. To determine the Fbio multiply each compound 
    specific fbio by the compound specific average mass flow rate 
    of the organic compound in the wastewater stream (see regulation for 
    instruction on calculation of average mass flow rate). Sum these 
    products and divide by the total wastewater stream average mass flow 
    rate of organic compounds.
    
    
    TR22AP94.549
    
    
    M=compound specific average mass flow rate of the organic compounds 
    in the wastewater(Mg/Yr)
    n=number of organic compounds in the wastewater
    The Fbio is then used in the applicable compliance equations in 
    the regulation to determine if biodegradation may be used to comply 
    with the treatment standard without covering and venting to an air 
    pollution control device.
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    TR22AP94.331
    
    
    TR22AP94.532
    
    
    TR22AP94.533
    
    
    TR22AP94.534
    
    
    TR22AP94.535
    
    
    TR22AP94.336
    
    
    TR22AP94.337
    
    
    TR22AP94.338
    
    
    TR22AP94.339
    
    
    TR22AP94.340
    
    
    TR22AP94.341
    
    
    TR22AP94.542
    
    
    TR22AP94.343
    
    
    TR22AP94.344
    
    
    TR22AP94.545
    
    
    TR22AP94.346
    
    
    TR22AP94.347
    
    
    TR22AP94.348
    
    
    TR22AP94.349
    
    
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
    [FR Doc. 94-6043 Filed 4-21-94; 8:45 am]
    BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Published:
04/22/1994
Entry Type:
Uncategorized Document
Action:
Final rule.
Document Number:
94-6043
Dates:
April 22, 1994. The incorporation by reference of certain publications in these standards is approved by the Director of the Office of the Federal Register as of April 22, 1994. The information collection requirements contained in 40 CFR Part 63 subparts F, G, H, and I have not been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and are not effective until OMB has approved them.
Pages:
0-0 (1 pages)
Docket Numbers:
Federal Register: April 22, 1994
CFR: (165)
40 CFR 63.151(a)(6)
40 CFR 63.113(a)(1)
40 CFR 63.113(a)(2)
40 CFR 63.113(a)(3)
40 CFR 63.123(a)
More ...